(Cambodia - 2007) Code of Criminal Procedure

ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď
KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA
ďĳЊ ⅜₤Ĝ ŪĮйņΉ˝℮Ūĳ
NATION RELIGION KING
Ū˝ņĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź

аĕ
ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď
CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE

OF
THE KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA
Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ļ⅜ЯŠŊũ - Β₣сЮÐų ₤
ЮģйĮНņįЮŲЧ˝◦БņУŎ ЯŠ˝Ŕň ĂĖƯ

е ƠƠ7
KHMER - ENGLISH TRANSLATION
FIRST PUBLICATION - SEPTEMBER 2008
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means for commercial purposes or
financial gain. Exceptions are allowed for the purposes of research, teaching,
seminars, private study, or for work-related purposes. Enquiries concerning
reproduction outside these terms should be sent to ccp.feedback@gmail.com.
ũ˝⅝₤Њ◦ċЊŪÐĠсŗл₣¤ Βĳ□Ġ◦Ĉе₣Β₤сЯřŲŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ю₤ЬŷЮŅЮĕй ĕЕ₣ņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕĩŲЊĳЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ũ˝⅝◦Н˝

˝ĖО₣ŪĠĮњĕċĩОĀ˝ĮњĳхŌĕ ιĠŃąС ĕ″ņ◦Ūņ₣сЮĩ℮₣6 ι″ņņЮĊŜģŎ₧ņУŎ˝ŚБ ₤ŪŌĠсЮýŲĠе‗₣
ĵ‗ЊĄą˝ņŊ ιŁũşеЮ‗ŀĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕч΅ЊũŃňŷĳ□О¤ ˝ũ‗БЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ÐЙ₤ŪŌĠсЯĳЮýŲĠе‗₣Ū⅜ŷŪďŷ
ĠЮŪ₣Эĕ ₤ЊŁš⅜ŵ Łũ₤Њ˝⅝υ˝Ąĕ ι₤ŪŌĠсЮýŲĠе‗₣Łũİũ¤ Łũ⅜˝₤УũĈе₣ΐŎĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣
Ч ˝ΒНЯБ ņлŲ ccp.feedback@gmail.com¤
ŁũĩŲЊĳЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ЮĝЮŪłĮБŲ˝šŠ‗Źž₣ЮŲЧ ΖşЮĩńņ
ŪģũĮċǻ◦ şеЮĵйŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠşĤĠс
Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗ŹаĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďŪĳСŷģĕũřť₤ļΒĕНņњĳŁŲĮБаℓĞ◦́
Ū˝ņĕБĳЊŷĊ Б ЯŠņЊℓĜ
Н ĂĖеƯƠỚ¤
ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņЮĕйďļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ÐЙďŁũČеģşс ЮřЧņġБďĄеĕУŎřŲсĄĕďĳЊĠũЮ◦₤ ďЮčŪ˝ņ ЮņēŷВ ΒĖ˝ŪĠ˝Ġ
ŷЋďąĄБŷк ĕЊ₣ĠНÐŲ
ð ŪĮņĈе₣⅜□Ġњĕĵ˝сĮњĕċĜĜ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ ЮčŪ˝ņ ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ĠНÐŲ
ð Њ˝ΒĕŉũďĳЊ ЮĊſЧŁũЮĝ˝ĖО₣
Β₣ðĄĕ
е НеĄŪņй ŷЋ⅜ņŃň˝ĖО₣ĳНŵŁũ˝ņįО ď (Β.ŷ.ĳ.˝.)¤ Β.ŷ.ĳ.˝. ÐЙďĳНŵŁũşŪņОй ЮŢŎŌĕĠНÐŲ
ð Њ˝ďĳЊ ĕЊ₣
ΒĕŉũďĳЊ ЮĊſЧŁũũУņýĖ ЮřЧņġБŁĳсЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ЮņřЕ˝ĜеďĕсŠį₤ас ĕũĠĠ˝ņįО ďŪĠďĊЊĠЮĳŎŏ ĕЊ₣ĄĕĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲ◦◦УŲŠН₤
ŪĳСŷŠį₤Ġ
с еĩНĳ şеЮĵйΧŪ˝Њřť˝ņŊ ЯřŲģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳ˝
ŉ ĖО₣ΒņųО ₣аℓĞ ớ Юņ⅜ ơṭ́ řŲсаℓĞ ̀ ņ˝Ŭ ơt́t¤ ЮŎЧ₣Ōĕ
ŁũũжĮЕ₣ĩ₣Яřũ▫ ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠşĤĠсЮĕйĕЕ₣ĄУŎ₤ŪņФŲřŲсŁũİũũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ ЮņēŷВЯŠŊũ ņūĕŚБ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņх ŪĮņĈе₣ĄĕĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũ˝ĖО₣ ŷЋ₤Ŏ
њ şĤĠс¤ Ю₤ЬŷЮŅЮĕйΖşĕЕ₣ĄУŎ₤ŪņФŲŗл₣ЮŪşЧĕřŲс
˝Њş₤
Ć ΅ŪĠĳЊĠĳŉЊŁũĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ũĠ₤сĮУ˝ЮÐďņУŎаřÐРΒĕŉũďĳЊ¤
ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮŲЧŪĠŷĳŉаЊ ĕЮ₤ş˝ŚŪБ ĵ₣şĤĠс ŷЋĊБ⅜ū₤Ś аĕŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠũĠ₤сЮŎЧ₣ŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſď

Ч ĮБũřе₧˝сŁŲ¤
Е
Юŵ˝ Ą₣ Н ЮΌ₣ ģĕЮũЬĠşеŁũİũďņРŲŢťĕ ЮŢŎģĕЮĊſЧŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠĮБΒĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ¤
Ġпĕ
Юŵ˝ģĕЮĊſЧŁũďΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠĬĀŲсŌĳс ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠυ˝⅜ũ Β₤сũŎкЮĮŲĄЊĳ ƯƠĂĖеņ˝Ю΅ЧŎ¤
ЮĝĂĖеơtt́ Юŵ˝ģĕ◦◦УŲ₤ŔňĠњŪĳ▫Ė˝сΒĕНĠ‗ŹЊĳ ĮБ⅜˝ŲŷЋ◦ŜŲњŎЮþĕЮĠŬм ŪĠЮ◦₤ΒРū⅜ŚŲБ ЯĩĖ˝
ĠЮŪ₣Эĕļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤₤ŪŌĠсΒĖ˝ĕЊŗŎļ⅜řа◦Ю◦Ьĳ¤ Юŵ˝ÐЙďņĕН₤℮ŌĖ˝с ˝ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠĬĀŲсŌĳс
ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠυ˝⅜ũ ņУŎşеĕУĕĳРş ЯřŲ⅜□ĠњĕďĳЊ₤ŪŌĠсĩŚŲсĕБĳ₤

Њ ņġĈũĠ₤сŪĠЮ◦₤ΒРū⅜ŚŲБ ЮΊŁĳс▫ ₧ĊБ
(NAATI) ĩŚŲĕ
с БĳЊ₤ņġĈĄРĕ¤ ₧ĊБ ÐЙď⅜□ĠњĕЯĳņУŎÐĳсЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĠЮ◦₤ΒРū⅜ŚŲБ ₤ŪŌĠсĩŲ
ŉ ĕ
с БĳЊ₤ņġĈ Ю΅ЧŎ
ĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮĕйŌĕŁũ◦◦УŲ⅜ðŲс◦РĈ₣
е ĮЊķĮЮŵ˝¤
ЮŢŎ⅜ũЮ₤ş˝ŚБŪĵ₣şĤĠсЮřЧņďļ⅜ģŬе ₣ Юŵ˝ ŎР΅ðЊĕ Ζ⅜Ŋĕс ģĕЮĊſЧ₤НŠřНņĕБŎ˝ņŊŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠ
ļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ďņУŎĕЕ₣ļ⅜ģŬе ₣¤ ĠşĆĠ
О ġĕĖЮĕй Юŵ˝ŌĕĳУĜ◦Бď◦БŪĠЕ˝⅝şĤĠсаĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ₤΅ŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ Β.ŷ.ĳ.˝.¤ ĠĜĀĠсĮБģĕ₤Њ˝⅝şĤĠсЮĝŪĠЮ◦₤ΖΌЙņл₣с ĕЊ₣ģŬе₣ņ˝ ЮĝĂĖеƯƠƠƯ Юŵ˝ģĕŁųŎďũřťΖďń
Юĝ◦БŪ˝О₣ Ήе ЮĠпГ˝ ŪĠЮ◦₤ΖΌЙņл₣¤

с ČĠс″₣
е ĮБĂĖеƯƠỜņ˝ ņĄęņ‗ŹŲΒķЊŷűΘĕчĕ₣
Њ Ю◦₤ĕŉũŪĠЮŷ₤ĕчΒĕŉũďĳЊģĕ
ĠŃąС ĕЮŵ˝ņ˝ĠеЮĮŀŁũİũЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĠЮ◦₤˝ņįОď¤ ņĄęņ‗ŹŲЮĕйďЯĩĖ˝ņУŎаĕĠ₧Ś ŀĊе◦РŵŎũĠ₤с˝ЊşĆ₤΅
ŪĠĳЊĠĳŉЊŁũΒķЊŷűΘĕчΖΌЙņл₣сЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĠЮ◦₤˝ņįО ď ģĕĩŚŲĄ
с еĕУŎ΅ЊũŃňŷĳ□ОřŲсЮŎЧ₣˝ĖО₣ŁũЮģйĮНņįĩ⅝ŎЮŲЧ˝◦БơЮĕй¤
ЮŎЧ₣ģĕşе₧ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵĬĀŲсŠФ ųĕΒ₤сďЮŪşЧĕЮŌл₣ Ю΅ЧŎŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņЮĕй ĮЊĳďĮНеΖş₤ЮŪņşģĕ
ЮΌЧŎ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮŎЧ₣ĮНеģĕ◦◦УŲĄеĕŎ
У řєŪĠЮ₤ЧũĮБ₤΅Ł ũВ ЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũũУņýĖЮĝ Β.ŷ.ĳ.˝.¤ ďĠŤņ ЮŎЧ₣₤РņЯℓų₣
Βе‗ũÐН‗řŲс Юŵ˝ ″ĕс Ю₤₧ũм₣

Н ₤΅ŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣ Β.ŷ.ĳ.˝. şеЮĵйŁũĩŚŲсņĳЊЮŗĠŲс ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝
Ћ ŪБ Į΅Ŋ ◦‗ŹЮĕй¤ ЮŎЧ₣₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗ĩ₣ЯřũřŲс Юŵ˝

řєŌĕĳаņų ЮŲЧŪ˝ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ ũВЮĘЧř ЮΒũЖĕ şеЮĵй
ŁũЯ˝₤ŪņФŲЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБŪĵ₣ ˝ĖО₣Ĝņď ãΒĖ˝ĕЊŗŎļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ЮřЧņå¤ ◦ĕĀЕņĕЕ₣ЮĜй ЮŎЧ₣˝є₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition

řŲс Юŵ˝ Ю₤₣ ĩŲų Б şеЮĵйŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ЯřŲşеЮ‗йřЕ₣˝ĖО₣ ŷЋ₤њŎşĤĠсũĠ₤сЮŵ˝ ģĕĩŉŲď
с ĄеĕŎ
У ŗл₣
ЮŪşЧĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũЯ˝ĳŪņСŷΒĳ□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠЮĕй¤ ЮŲЧ₤ĮБЮĜй ЮŎЧ₣˝є₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗řŲс Юŵ˝ ˝Н˝ ⅜ũНĕ ЯřŲģĕ
ĄУŎΖĕЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳс¤ ЮĈйĠБďЮŎЧ₣ģĕĮŜŗņĕЊ₣Ŏ˝şЊĳ◦
ŉ Н˝Ţ˝с˝ĖО₣ŁũЮũЬĠşеЮ₤ş˝ŚБŪĵ₣ŗл₣₧˝ŚБ ˝єýĳсģĕũ˝
ЮþЧŀ˝е΅Н₤ĳРş6ďЮŪşЧĕ ЯřŲЮĕйďŁũũУņŷЋļÐĈĕřєŪĠЮ₤ЧũĠеĩНĳ¤ ďşН₣ЮŪŁŎ ЮŎЧ₣˝є₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗řє
ŪďŲЮŪĐřŲс ˝Ŕň ŲБ ₤НĈċ ũВ ЯřŲģĕşе₧ŎЮĮŲřєŌĕĳаņų ĄУŎЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤˝НеĮŏС◦њũ¤ ýĳсģĕĩŚŲĄ

с Ĝ
е ŀ
ЯĩĖ˝˝НеĮŏС◦њũ ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮũЬĠЮũЬ₣υ˝⅜ũĠ˝ЯŪĠЯřŲŌĕļĮ₤ŊО Ð⅜ŊŀЮĕй ďĮЊЮ₤₤ŁũЮũЬĠşе″Ŭ₣ŌĳЊŁЮŢŎ
₤ſ њŎŪĠŷĳŉ¤
Њ ĠşĆĠ
О ġĕĖ ýĳсďĜŎЊŁŪĠĳЊĠĳŉаЊ ĕΒ₣ðŁũЯℓĈе₤НŠļĮ˝НŌũ (ЮΒş ₤НБ ₤Н)Б ¤
ΒĖ˝ΖĕŪÐĠсũРĠÐУũЯĳΖĕ˝е‗ĳс₤ŌðŲсаĕŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņЮĕйďņНĕ¤ ˝е‗ĳс₤ŌðŲсŌĕĩŉŲсĮњĳхŌĕĈ˝с◦₣
ĕЕ₣ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀŠųй ЮŪĠЧЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠ ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБĠŔą˝сЮŲЧĠ ũЋĠ◦аĕŌŪ″ņУŎşеĕУĕ¤
Ћ ŪБ Į΅Ŋ◦‗ŹЮĕй
ЮŎЧ₣◦◦УŲ⅜ðŲсĮБļĮŲеģ˝˝ĖО₣ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ ĮБЮŪĵйļ⅜ЮřЧņаĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБŪĵ₣şĤĠс
ЮĕйÐЙďļ⅜ģŬе₣ Ю΅ЧŎĠĜĀĠсņ˝ŪĳСŷģĕĠ˝ЯŪĠďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ ņНĕĕЕ₣ũřť₤ļģĕΒĕНņњĳ¤ Ю₤ЬŷЮŅĠ˝ЯŪĠĮБũļ⅜
ЮĕйņЊĕЯņĕŲ∆ ΟĳЮžĆйЮĜйЮ◦ ЮĈйĠБďЮŎЧ₣ģĕŪĠЕ₣ЯŪĠ₣Β₤сĮБ₤ņĳ□ļĮ˝Ś¤

Б ЮŎЧ₣ŌĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБЮŪĳ˝ΒũĠеĩНĳĕЕ₣◦◦УŲ
Ŏ˝ĕРŷņĳЊЮŗĠŲс ũЋйÐĕсĕЊ₣⅜□ĠĜ ĮБŪĠЊŎņЊĳΒ

ŉ Ė˝ΖĕĈе₣Β₤с¤ ₤РņЮĩń₤
Ч еЮ‗Ч″ņũŎкΒНБЯņлŲ
ccp.feedback@gmail.com¤
ЮĊſЧЮĝķĖЮе Įŀ аℓĞ◦Ơ
Б t ЯŠ˝Ŕň ĂĖеƯƠƠ
ŎР΅ðĕ
Њ Ζ⅜Ŋĕс Е ĠпНĕЮΌ₣
Ą₣
◦БŪĠЕ˝⅝şĤĠс ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ Β.ŷ.ĳ.˝.
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition ii

Preface To The Translation Of This Law
The Law entitled ‘Code of Criminal Procedure of the Kingdom of Cambodia’ was adopted
by the National Assembly on 7th June 2007. It is necessary to have the law translated into English
in order to assist foreign judges, lawyers, professionals and interested individuals or institutions,
especially those working in the Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia (ECCC). The
ECCC is a mixed tribunal composed of both national and international staff to bring to trial senior
leaders of Democratic Kampuchea and those who were most responsible for the crimes committed
during the period from 17 April 1975 to 6 January 1979. The translation will hopefully also
facilitate the work of all the Cambodian judges, prosecutors, lawyers, judicial police officers and
those working in the legal education. Their cooperation and discussions with international
counterparts should become significantly easier with this book.
Our translation approach was two-fold, taking into account the drafting history of the law.
Mr. Bunleng CHEUNG has laid the groundwork by producing a draft translation from the
Khmer legal text. He has been working as an English-Khmer translator/interpreter for almost 20
years.
In 1997, Mr. CHEUNG received his Masters Degree in TESOL (Teaching English to
Speakers of Other Languages) from the University of Canberra – Australia. He is also one of a few
translators/interpreters recognized and certified by NAATI (National Accreditation Authority for
Translators and Interpreters) as a professional translator/interpreter in both directions (formerly
NAATI Level 3). NAATI is the sole institution in Australia that provides accreditation to
translators/interpreters and the accreditation is recognized worldwide.
Given that the original drafting language of the Law is French, Mr. Jürgen ASSMANN has
then harmonized the draft English translation with the French version. He is currently working as a
Legal Advisor at the Office of the Co-Prosecutors in the ECCC. After his studies of Law in
Germany and France, he became a German state prosecutor for the city of Hamburg in 2002. Since
2006, he is seconded to Cambodia by the Centre for International Migration and Development
(CIM). The financial support of the Centre, which is part of the wider network of German
Development Cooperation in Cambodia, enabled us to publish this first edition of our work.
The translation has taken many hours of personal time and it goes without saying that we
would not have been able to achieve it if we had not received the wonderful assistance from our
colleagues at the ECCC. First of all, we would like to thank Mr. Senarong TAN, ECCC Deputy
Co-Prosecutor, for his invaluable inputs and discussions on the law. Second, we would like to thank
Mr. Richard ARANT for his ‘native’ touch and corrections to the draft. Third, we would like to
thank Mr. Phally SENG for his review of the draft as his legal background certainly helped a great
deal. We also would like to thank Mr. Sarun KOC for his proof reading. Although we have tried
to be careful in producing the draft, he still could spot many minor mistakes. Finally, we would like
to extend our profound thanks to Ms. Sotheary LY for her invaluable technical contribution. She
provided her computer skills in formatting this rather complicated document, especially the
automatic formatting of the Table of Contents. Ms. LY is currently the Executive Director of
Healthcare Center for Children (HCC).
Every user is encouraged to read the Note on the Translation of the Law first. It provides
background information to certain terms used in the translation and clarifications on the context of
certain articles.
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition iii

We have to acknowledge the difficulty in translating this Law. This difficulty rests mainly
in the fact that the original drafting language was French, which was then translated into the Khmer
version to be adopted by the National Assembly. We are aware that this bilingual book is not
perfect despite all our best efforts. We would be grateful to receive constructive feedback and
comments from all readers. Any suggestions are welcome under ccp.feedback@gmail.com.
Phnom Penh, 9th September 2008
Jürgen ASSMANN Bunleng CHEUNG

Legal Advisor UNAKRT/ECCC Translator
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition iv

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition
˝е‗ĳс₤ŌðŲсЮŲЧŁ ũĠ˝ЯŪĠşĤĠс
ď◦РЮĉ şĤĠсÐЙďΒĳ□Ġ◦ņУŎЯřŲŪĠďĄĕ⅜ņŃňΖşŎŲсģĕ¤ ЮýŲĠе‗₣₤еžĕсũĠ₤сşĤĠсÐЙĩŲ

ŉ сĕРŷ
ŁũЯ‗ĜеΒеĮБş ũЋĳŲ˝š‗кũĠ₤сǻ ЮřЧņġБЯℓũ˝⅝Łũĵũ₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠс₤₣ðņ ĕЊ₣Łũũ₤сЮĝŪĠ˝ĠЮŢŎ₤ĕŚļ

Њ Į₤ŪŌĠс
ĠНÐŲ Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹЮĕй ģĕĩŉŲď

ð ŪÐĠс6ũРĠ¤ ЮýŲĠе‗₣₤еžĕс◦БĮБũũĠ₤сşĤĠс ďĮЊЮ₤₤ ÐЙŪ˝ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ с ΧĠ˝ũ‗чņУŎ
řŲсЮčŪ˝ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮřЧņġБΒĕНŷĳŉĕŷР ÐН‗ĳаņų ₤С Ė Ųаĕ₤₣ðņ ЮřЧņġБŢ˝с◦‗Ź˝ņŊЮŢŎŌĕŪĠ₤Њ◦ċЊļĮřŲс
ĄĕЮŲŊ Ч₤ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŌĕřеЮ‗ЧũŁũЮŢŎŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņх ЯřŲ˝ĖО₣ЮĜй ŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳЊĠ
ŉ ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ĕЊ₣ĮЊũ◦
Н ċ ļĮ ŪĳСŷģĕũ˝ЮþЧŀЮŢŎ
ýŊĕņĕĀЊŲ₤₣℮њŎ¤
Ų˝š‗кĊņŊďĳЊаĕşĤĠсĕБņУŎ6ÐЙЮĠЧ˝şе΅₤ŪŌĠсŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ¤ ЮĕйďşũЋĳŲ˝š‗к˝₧Ś ŲаĕŁũЮĊſЧ
Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ ЯřŲĕЊŎņĕњŎаĕĠ◦ĠġŃňĳş Б
Њŉ ĤĠсďņРŲŢťĕŪĳСŷģĕ˝е‗ĳсŁĕсЯĳşĤ₤с₤ŪŌĠсŪÐĠсřŁ
Ĉе₣Β₤с¤ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŷĳŉΒ₤сũŎкЮĮŲďЮŪşЧĕĂĖе ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲ ЮčŪ˝ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с
Β₤сũŎкЮĮŲЮŪşЧĕĄеĜĕс ŎНĳЊ⅜
ŉ ū₤Ś ŌĕŲеĕЕ₣ņУŎĕЕ₣ŪĳСŷģĕΒķЊŷűΘ¤ şĤĠсĜЮĮŲĠşĆĠ
О ġĕĖ ˝єřРşďşĤĠсřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ
ЯřũÐЙ ŌĕļĮņЊĕ₤Н₤
Б İſ˝с ĕЊ₣ļĮņЊĕşĤ₤сŵ₤с¤ ŗл₣₧ņНЊŀ ЮŎЧ₣ģĕĮŜŗņЮĊſЧόŏΒĳ□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠЮĕйΖşĕЕ₣
ŎŲсģĕЮŢŎŠųФĕυ₣ ЮŢŎŁũЮĊſ₤
Ч НŠřНņĕБŎ˝ņŊũǻ₣ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠďļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤şН₣ЮŪŁŎ ďņУŎĕЕ₣Βĳ□Ġ◦
ņРŲŢť ĕ ďļ⅜ЯŠŊũĕЊ₣ģŬе₣¤ ЮŢŎЮ΅ĳН▫şĤĠсЮĕйŪĳСŷģĕũřť₤ļΒĕНņњĳďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ Βĳ□Ġ◦ďļ⅜ЯŠŊũÐЙď
ņÐðЮО ◦Ā₤˝чŠį₤Ġ
с еĩНĳũĠ₤сЮŎЧ₣¤
Е şĤĠсЮĕй ˝е‗ĳс₤ŌðŲсž₣ЮŪŁņΖşĕЕ₣ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчк
ЮřЧņġБ₤ŪņФŲřŲсŁũŎŲсř₣
ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “judicial authorities” Юĝ˝ĖО₣Βĳ□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ďĕЊşď

Ć ŁŲ ÐЙ₤еЮţĈе₣ЮčŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ЮĈйĠБďЮĝ˝ĖО₣Βĳ□Ġ◦Ū˝ņЮřЧņďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ ŌĕŁũЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀĮБũЮĩ℮₣ýĖ ₤еŬĠсЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤с
⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ˝єЮŢŎ ˝є˝ĖО₣ļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ ŌĕЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀЯĳņУŎĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ şе‗ş

Н Юĕй
Б
Ĉ˝с◦₣ЮĉĕЕ₣ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “indictment” ЯřŲЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠ ŪĳСŷģĕЮŪĠЧ₤ŪŌĠсřŁ ЯřŲЮşŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ₤ŪŌĠсĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕĄ

Не Ūņй¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĠĄН₤
е њĮĀĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ЯřŲЮŎЧ₣ЮŪĠЧ
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńņЊĕЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņşĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕĄ

Не ŪņйЮ◦¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďń₤ЮŪņşņЊĕĵ˝сĮњĕċ
ďņУŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĮБĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ďĊņŊ″ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńĕЕ₣ĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũ
″ņũŎкřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс “citation”¤
ŪĠĄНе₤њĮĀĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤şĤĠсďļ⅜ģŬе ₣ ЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮũĀ ņ
У ₤ŪŌĠс ЮčŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ÐЙĵ˝ŏ
“Magistrats”¤ ЮŢŎ⅜ũņЊĕŌĕǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀũņ
У ЯĠĠЮĕйЮĝ˝ĖО₣ļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ ЮŎЧ₣ŪĳСŷŪĠĘņņНŠЮŢйŪ⅜ŎĠŔΆ ▫
ЮĳЧЮŎЧ₣ŪĳСŷЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ₧όŏģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ şеЮĵйŁũЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀЮĕйşеĕĕ
У ơ ř₣ Юĝ˝ĖО₣Βĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсďļ⅜
ģŬе₣¤ ˝ĖО₣ŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝řеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ÐЙЮŎЧ₣ĮŜŗņĠŔą˝сЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳĵ

Њŉ ˝сĮњĕċĕņ
Б УŎ6 ▫ЮĳЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮЮĀ Ĝй ЮŪĠЧ
₤ŪŌĠсЮčŪ˝ņ ιŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ЮŢŎ⅜ũ˝ЊşĆŁũЮĕйď˝ЊşĆŁũĮЊģ˝ ЮŎЧ₣₤РņόŏΒĖ˝ΖĕĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŲЧĠ ũЋĠ◦аĕĠ◦
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition v

ĠġŃňĳЊĵ
ŉ ˝сĮњĕċĕБņУŎ6¤ ЮŎЧ₣₤₣−Еņ▫ЮĝЮĮŲΒĖ˝ΖĕģĕĮЊĕЊĳŏ ĕЕ₣ЮþЧŀ▫ ЮŎЧ₣ЮĊſЧģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷЮ₤Ā ЧũŪÐĠс˝ũ‗Б
Ĉе₣Β₤с¤ ďΧĈũ‗ч ÐЙŌŪ″ ơƠơ (ЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “magistrat” ЯřŲŌĕĕњŎ▫ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲΖşĮĕŜũЮĮŲ
ĠĕŉŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ųĕ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮЊЮ₤₤) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơtơ (ЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “magistrat” ЯřŲŌĕĕњŎ▫ ЮčŪ˝ņ ЯřŲşНй
Б ĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ)¤
΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŲЧřŁ
₤ŪŌĠсǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ order ĕЊ₣ warrant ņЊĕŌĕŁũĩŉŲΒ

с ĳ□ĕњŎЮĩ℮₣ýĖЮ◦¤ şеЮĵйǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “writ” ŷЋŀ ÐЙЮŪĠЧ
₤ŪŌĠсĮ‗хĜΒеĮБ řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ˝ĖО₣◦Ūņ₣сĮЊЮ₤₤ЯĳĠлНЮ₧‼ й řРşĮ‗хĜЮĝ˝ĖО₣ Ðĕ□Б ́ ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉¤ ŌŪ″ ưỞ
ЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣▫ ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “judgment” ŌĕĕњŎ▫ ĳНŵŁũģĕЮşŀЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş (ņЊĕЯņĕŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮ◦)¤
ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “confrontation” ₤еЮţřŲс ŷЋēĕŁũЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ ЯřŲ˝ĖО₣ЮĜй ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣/ι ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣
ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĳСŷģĕЮčŪ˝ņ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ũУņýĖ ЯřŲřеЮ‗ЧũŁũЮĕй ĩŉŲсŲ◦ċļĮόŏЮčŪ˝ņΖşЮĊſЧŁũĠŔą˝сЮŲЧşе‗ş
Н
ЯŠſ₣ýĖЮĝ˝ĖО₣şЮņų ЧŎĈе₣ЮĜй ЮŢŎĬĀŲсЯĳņŉ₣¤
ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ accused ĕЊ₣ convicted person ņЊĕŌĕļĮŠН₤ýĖЮĮ˝ЮĜйЮ◦ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ ЮŢŎ⅜ũЯĳŌĕŁũ
Ĭų₤сĠСũŉ Šųй Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĠĄНе₤њĮĠ

Ā ЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ аĕŪ˝ņЮřЧņďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ (ďΧĈ΅ũ‗ч ₤РņΖĕ ŌŪ″ ưƯ)¤
ŁũĮЕ₣Яĩ∆˝ЮŲЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮş
Ā ĤĠсďļ⅜ΐ″е₣ ÐЙďŁũЮĄЬ₤ĮНеũУşЮΌЧŎ řРşďΟ◦ċ ЊĮŲаĕΖďńΒ₤сĄĕ
е Не res
judicata Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşņУŎşеĕĕ
У ¤ ŌĕЯĳЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũĠлНЮ₧‼ й ЯřŲΖşŌĕΟ◦ċЊĮŲЮĕй
ЮŢŎΉņ¹ĳсņЊĕόŏŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńĳЮĉЮ◦Ьĳ (₤РņΖĕŌŪ″ ̉ơ) ЮŢŎ⅜ũЮĮŲЮŷŵ˝е‗ĳс₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſĠ

Ч ‗ŚЕ₣
Б ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ŪĳСŷģĕĩНĳ˝е‗ĳс ι˝єĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ūš ĳСŷģĕĠřЊЮ₤Ċ (ŌŪ″ ̉ưt)¤ Юŗ₣

Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮŲЧřŁ
″ņÐĕ□Б ̀ ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư Ю₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ЮŪņşЯřŲŌĕΟ◦ċЊĮŲЯĠĠЮĕй ΖşŪĳСŷЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĉĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бřє
ĳЊşĳУşĠеĩНĳ¤
ЮĝŠ‗кЯřŲ ˝ůŠ‗Ź◦Б аĕŌŪ″ ớƠ Яş₣▫ ŪÐĠсĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪĳСŷŢ˝с “ĠŃĆС Ų˝ĖО₣₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣” Ю₤ş˝ŚŪБ ĵ₣
ďļ⅜ģŬе₣ŌĕĕњŎşĤ₤сŵ₤сЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ÐЙņЊĕĳŪņСŷόŏŌĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş (ĠřЊЮ₤Ċ) ũĠ₤сĳŵ

Н ŁũЮ◦¤
řРЮşĖй ₤ŪŌĠсļĮŎЙĳŗлŷ˝ĖО₣ŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏ ĳНŵŁũņЊĕŌĕ₤˝ņŊļĮ₧ņУŎЮ◦ ¤
˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ượ Ướ ĕЊ₣ ƯƯt ЮŎЧ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠЮĉ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņďļ⅜ЯŠŊũк “ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşŗл₣
ŎРũĠеĩНĳ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀĠсĮБЮĮŲĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤” Ю₤ş˝ŚБŪĵ₣ďļ⅜ģŬе₣ЮŪĠЧ¹ų
“communication du dossier” ЯřŲΖşŌĕĕњŎ ĕЊ₣◦еĕ₣ďŌĕĕњŎ▫ “…ĠĜĀĠсĮБЮĮŲ◦◦УŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ĮБ
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤å ЮŎЧ₣ŌĕŁũş₣сř₣
Е ЮřЧņġБ₤Њ˝⅝▫ ЮĳЧŁũΒĕНŷĳŉşĤĠсĕЕ₣ЮŢйŪ⅜ŎřРşЮņŚşďņУŎĕЕ₣ļĮŲеģ˝Юĕй?
ǻřРşďņЊĕ◦еĕ₣Ю◦ЯřŲ▫ ЮčŪ˝ņĕЕ₣ЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎņЊĕŌĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣аřũĠ₤сýĳс¤
ďşН₣ЮŪŁŎ ЮĮŲЯřŲΒĳ□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠĕЊŗŎΒеĮĠ
Б НÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċ ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “he” “him” ι “his” ˝єŌĕΒĳ□ĕњŎ
₤ŪŌĠсΟĳ□БŲЊ₣ĩ
ð ₣Яřũ¤ ЮřЧņġБ₤ŪņФŲ˝ĖО₣ŁũΖĕΒĳ□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠ Ю◦ЧĠЮŎЧ₣ņЊĕĠŃĆС Ųǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “she” ι “her”
₤ŪŌĠс₤ŌðŲсΟĳ□БŲЊ₣¤
ð
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition vi

Note on the Translation of the Law
The law in general is something that ordinary citizens should be able to understand. One of
its main purposes is to provide guidelines for their behaviour, thus maintaining public order and
enabling a peaceful life for everybody. The second main objective especially of this Code of
Criminal Procedure is to provide an instrument for judges, prosecutors and lawyers in order to
implement the core values of the society – to effectively punish perpetrators after a fair process in
which their perpetratorship and guilt has been unequivocally established.
The nature of every law is that it is open to interpretation. It is a central characteristic of

judicial decision making that the underlying legal provisions, with every judgment, become ever
more precisely defined. Only after many years of application, settled jurisprudence will have
developped, after generations of judges, prosecutors and lawyers have used the law. The present
law, like any other one, contains inconsistencies and uncertainties. However, we have tried to make
this translation a text which can be understood out of itself, by harmonizing the final English
translation with the underlying Khmer and French texts. As the law has obviously been adopted by
the Cambodian National Assembly in Khmer, this version has always been our ultimate guidance.
In order to facilitate the understanding the following remarks might be helpful:
The term “judicial authorities” mentioned in the translation always refers to both judges and
prosecutors.
Where the Khmer original might use two different terms for decisions issued by the Court
of First Instance and the Court of Appeal, this is not reflected in the English version. This is
especially relevant for the term “indictment”, which in this translation is used for orders of both the
investigating judge and the Investigating Chamber which forward the case for trial. In the
terminology we used, a prosecutor never issues an indictment: if he chooses not to involve the
investigating judge in the investigation of a misdemeanor, he will usually seize the court by means
of a “citation”.
French legal terminology contains a common term for Judges and Prosecutors, both are
referred to as “Magistrats”. As there is no such common term in the English, we had to face the
problem of how to correctly deal with the 81 different occasions where the French original uses the
term. It was solved by trying to specify for each individual provision whether it actually refers to a
Judge or to a Prosecutor. As this was a difficult task, we have to refer the reader to the context of
the respective provisions. Examining it will hopefully show that we were right in most cases.
Examples for this are Article 101 (mentioning the “magistrat” (=Prosecutor) who might
exceptionally extend the period of Police Custody) and Article 191 (mentioning the “magistrat”
(=Judge) who signed the Order to Bring.
No difference in meaning is given to the terms “order” and “warrant”. The expression
“writ” only describes the special form of notification as introduced by the law in Book 7, Title 4.
Article 304 makes it clear that the term “judgment” implies that the decision has been taken by a
Court (and not by a Prosecutor).
The term “confrontation” refers to an investigative measure where charged persons,

witnesses and/or civil parties are heard by the judge together, thus making it possible for him to
directly clarify contradictions in the respective statements.
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition vii

Neither is strict difference made between the term accused and convicted person, especially
due to some variations of this terminology in the Khmer original of the Law (for example: Article
382).
Some recourse to Latin legal terms was inevitable, such as the res judicata effect of certain
decisions. Only decisions of the Court can obtain this effect prohibiting any further prosecution (see
Article 41), either because the time limits for challenging the decision on the merits have expired or
because a request for cassation has been rejected (Article 439). A decision that has obtained this
quality can only – under very narrow conditions – be challenged before the Supreme Court
according to Book 6, Title 2.
When Article 170 Paragraph 8 mentions that a request shall be “placed in the Case File”, it
becomes clear from the French draft that there is no (rejecting) judicial decision required in this
case. A late filing here results in no judicial action being taken.
In Article 215, 217 and 229, we stayed very close to the Khmer original: “The Investigating
Judge shall decide within a maximum of five days after forwarding the case file to the Royal
Prosecutor.” The French here uses the term “communication du dossier”, which could also – and
even more likely - mean “… after receiving back the case file from the Royal Prosecutor.” We are
curious to learn how legal practice will deal with this difficulty: It seems unlikely that Judges will
decide without the Case File in their hands.
Last but not least, wherever this translation makes reference to an interested person, the
words “he”, “him” or “his” are also meant to include the female gender. Only for the sake of
making the text easier to read we did not put the respective female forms “she” or “her”.
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition viii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Ðĕ□Б◦Б ơ: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................................................ 1
BOOK ONE: CRIMINAL AND

AND CIVIL ACTIONS..............................................................................................1
ACTIONS
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: ЮýŲŁũ‗ч◦ЮР ĉ ................................................................................................................................... 1

TITLE 1: GENERAL PRINCIPLES ....................................................................................................................................... 1
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ЮýŲŁũ‗ч◦ЮР ĉ ........................................................................................................................... 1
UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PRINCIPLES ............................................................................................................... 1
ŌŪ″ ơ Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź.....................................................................................................1
ЮýŲĠе‗₣аĕŪ˝ņĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 1 Purpose of Code of Criminal Procedure ................................................................................1
ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б........................................................................................................1
Article 2 Criminal and Civil Actions ........................................................................................................1
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ............................................................................................................................................ 1
TITLE 2: CRIMINAL ACTIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 1
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ..................................................................................................................................... 1
UNITARY CHAPTER: CRIMINAL ACTIONS ................................................................................................................. 1
ŌŪ″ ư ˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ........................................................................................................................1
Article 3 Purpose of Criminal Actions .....................................................................................................1
ŌŪ″ ̉ ŁũČĠсЮĩŚЧņřеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕĠ‗Ś₣
Е ΖďńЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ ...............................................................................2
Article 4 Initiation of Actions by Prosecution .........................................................................................2
ŌŪ″ ̣ ŁũŢ˝сĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńόŏŌĕşŲĜЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй .................................................................................2
Article 5 Criminal Actions initiated by Victims .......................................................................................2
ŌŪ″ ̀ ŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĈņĈũЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй .............................................................................................2
Article 6 Complaints by Victims ..............................................................................................................2
ŌŪ″ ́ ŁũũŲĳсаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń .....................................................................................................................3
Article 7 Extinction of Criminal Actions...................................................................................................3
ŌŪ″ 7 ņРŲЮ΅ĳНЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũũŲĳсĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ..........................................................................................3
Article 8 Other Causes of Extinction of Criminal Actions......................................................................3
ŌŪ″ o ΧŪ˝Њř˝
ť ņŊЯřŲýŊĕΖďńŎНŁŲ˝е‗ĳс ..................................................................................................3
Article 9 Crimes without Statute of Limitations ......................................................................................3
ŌŪ″ ơƠ ΖďńŎНŁŲаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч ....................................................................................................................4
Article 10 Statute of Limitations of Crime.................................................................................................4
ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũĬŚşсũŎкЮĮŲаĕΖďńŎНŁŲ.........................................................................................................4
Article 11 Interruption of Statute of Limitations .......................................................................................4
ŌŪ″ ơƯ ΖďńΒ₤сĄеĕНе ...................................................................................................................................4
Article 12 Res Judicata ..............................................................................................................................4
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................................................................... 4
TITLE 3: CIVIL ACTIONS................................................................................................................................................. 4
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ............................................................................................................................ 4
UNITARY CHAPTER: CIVIL ACTIONS........................................................................................................................ 4
ŌŪ″ ơư Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ ..........................................................................................................4
Article 13 Civil Action and Injury ...............................................................................................................4
ŌŪ″ ở ŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ .......................................................................................................................5
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition I

Article 14 Compensation for Injury ...........................................................................................................5
ŌŪ″ ợ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б........................................................................................................................5
Article 15 Plaintiff in Civil Action................................................................................................................5
ŌŪ″ ờ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БũĠ₤с₤◦ ћ ŚаĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй...........................................................................................5
Њ ċЊŷĕ
Article 16 Civil Action of Victim’s Successor............................................................................................5
ŌŪ″ ớ ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦ ΒеЮĮЧ΅₣
Њ ⅝˝ĖО₣ŪÐФ⅜ũ ιΒеЮĮЧ΅₣
Њ ⅝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣˝НŌũ..................5
Article 17 Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Sexual Violence, Domestic Violence or Violence
against Children ........................................................................................................................5
ŌŪ″ ơ7 ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũČĠсĮŪ₣ĳс ŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſΖ
Ч ĄБŷ˝ņŊĩСųŷЮķ◦ ....................................6
Article 18 Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Kidnapping, Human Trafficking and Commercial
Sexual Exploitation ....................................................................................................................6
ŌŪ″ ơo ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŁĕсĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ĕЊ₣ŁũЮũВ₤ЮΒЧ₣ ................................................................6
Article 19 Association for Eliminating All Forms of Racism and Discrimination.....................................6
ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕĕРŷĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũĠ₤с₤ŌÐņ ................................................................................7
Article 20 Admissibility of Civil Action of Associations.............................................................................7
ŌŪ″ Ươ şН₣şЮņųЧŎаĕĠ‗Ś₣
Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ............................................................................................................7
Article 21 Defendant in Civil Action .........................................................................................................7
ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ◦еĜ˝с◦еĕ₣₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н ŁũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣ĳНŵŁũũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ...........................................................7
Article 22 Relationship of Jurisdictions of Civil and Criminal Courts ......................................................7
ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũŪĠŁ₤ďņНĕΒеĮБĮЊũН◦ċļĮ .............................................................................................................8
Article 23 Declaration Prior to Conviction ...............................................................................................8
ŌŪ″ Ử ņũ‗ļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ..............................................................................................................8
Article 24 Death of Accused ....................................................................................................................8
ŌŪ″ Ự ŁũŲйĠ₣с ĕЊ₣Łũř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ......................................................................................8
Article 25 Waiver and Withdrawal of Action of Victim...........................................................................8
ŌŪ″ Ừ ΖďńŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗Ś₣
Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б .........................................................................................................8
Article 26 Statute of Limitations for Civil Action.......................................................................................8
Ðĕ□Б◦Б Ư: ΖďńĊũ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО ˝ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ю₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ...................................................................9
BOOK TWO: AUTHORITIES

AUTHORITIES ENTRUSTED WITH PROSECUTION,
PROSECUTION, INVESTIGATION,
INVESTIGATION, AND INTERROGATION
INTERROGATION
POWERS.................................................................................................................................................9
POWERS
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ....................................................................................................................................... 9
TITLE 1: PROSECUTION .................................................................................................................................................. 9
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ.................................................................................................................................. 9
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ........................................................................................................................ 9
ŌŪ″ Ứ ĳУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ ................................................................................................................9
Article 27 Roles of Prosecution..................................................................................................................9
ŌŪ″ Ư7 ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũ ..............................................................................................................................9
Article 28 Prosecutors.................................................................................................................................9
ŌŪ″ Ưo ůĜĕНŪ˝ņаĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ .............................................................................................................9
Article 29 Hierarchy of Prosecution ..........................................................................................................9
ŌŪ″ ưƠ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс ..................................................................................................................... 10
Article 30 Oral Statements....................................................................................................................... 10
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сΒÐð ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮŲ
Р .................................................................................10
CHAPTER 2: FUNCTIONS OF GENERAL PROSECUTOR ATTACHED TO SUPREME COURT ................................................10
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition II

ŌŪ″ ươ Łũĳе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ................................................................................... 10
Article 31 Representation of Prosecutors at Supreme Court ............................................................... 10
ŌŪ″ ưƯ ĳУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ...................................................................................... 11
Article 32 Roles of General Prosecutor at Supreme Court................................................................... 11
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сΒÐð ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ..................................................................................11
CHAPTER 3: FUNCTIONS OF GENERAL PROSECUTOR ATTACHED TO COURT OF APPEAL .............................................11
ŌŪ″ ưư Łũĳе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ................................................................................... 11
Article 33 Representation of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal ...............................................11
ŌŪ″ ử ĳУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ...................................................................................... 11
Article 34 Role of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal .................................................................. 11
ŌŪ″ ự Βе₧şũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ................................................................................... 11
Article 35 Powers of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal ............................................................. 11
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ...........................................................................................12
CHAPTER 4: FUNCTIONS OF PROSECUTORS AT COURTS OF FIRST INSTANCE .............................................................12
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ .........................................................................................................12
SECTION 1: ORGANIZATION OF PROSECUTORS AT COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE .........................................................12
ŌŪ″ ừ Łũĳе₧₣Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ .......................................................................................... 12
Article 36 Representation of Prosecution at Court of First Instance.................................................... 12
ŌŪ″ ứ Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ................................................................................................................ 12
Article 37 Powers of Prosecutors ............................................................................................................. 12
ŌŪ″ ư7 Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣ ............................................................................................................ 13
Article 38 Powers of Deputy Prosecutors ............................................................................................... 13
ŌŪ″ ưo ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ Ć″ņЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ................................................................................................. 13
Article 39 Territorial Competence of Royal Prosecutors....................................................................... 13
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ......................................................................................................................13
SECTION 2: APPLICATION OF CRIMINAL ACTIONS................................................................................................13
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơ ĄЮŪņЧ₤аĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ................................................................................................................ 13
Article 40 Processing of Criminal Proceedings ...................................................................................... 13
ŌŪ″ ̉ơ Łũĳņ˛ŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũ ............................................................................................................ 14
Article 41 File without Processing............................................................................................................ 14
ŌŪ″ ̉Ư ŁĳĮſ˝ş
Њ ĆЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũşеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ .......................................................................... 15
Article 42 Mandatory Report of Felony or Misdemeanor..................................................................... 15
ŌŪ″ ̉ư ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс .............................................................................................................................. 15
Article 43 Criminal Proceedings.............................................................................................................. 15
ŌŪ″ ̉̉ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ....................................................................................................................... 15
Article 44 Opening of Judicial Investigation ......................................................................................... 15
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ņĄęЊņ .................................................................................................... 16
Article 45 Proceedings in Case of Misdemeanors ................................................................................ 16
ŌŪ″ ̉̀ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс .................................................................................................. 17
Article 46 Citations ................................................................................................................................... 17
ŌŪ″ ̉́ ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ .......................................................................................................................... 17
Article 47 Immediate Appearance ....................................................................................................... 17
ŌŪ″ ̉7 Ћ БаĕŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ............................................................................................................... 18
ĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 48 Procedure of Immediate Appearance ................................................................................ 18
ŌŪ″ ̉o řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦Ų΅Н .......................................................................... 19
Article 49 Citations for Petty Offense .................................................................................................... 19
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition III

ŌŪ″ ̣Ơ ĠŃą аБ ĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ .............................................................................................................................. 19
Article 50 Registry of Complaints ............................................................................................................ 19
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ...................................................................................................................................20
TITLE 2: INVESTIGATING JUDGE ....................................................................................................................................20
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ............................................................................................................................20
UNITARY CHAPTER: INVESTIGATING JUDGE ...........................................................................................................20
ŌŪ″ ̣ơ ŁũČĳс″₣
е ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ ...................................................................................................... 20
Article 51 Assignment by Court President.............................................................................................. 20
ŌŪ″ ̣Ư ŁũЯĠ₣Яş˝₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ ........................................................................................ 21
Article 52 Distributions of Case Files by Court President ...................................................................... 21
ŌŪ″ ̣ư Łũř˝΅Рĳ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ............................................................................................. 21
Article 53 Withdrawal of Case Files from Investigating Judge ............................................................ 21
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ ˝ũ‗БņЊĕŪĮņЮŷЬũČ˝ЯřŲĜеόŏЮŌþļĮ.......................................................................................... 21
Article 54 Mandatory Abstention ........................................................................................................... 21
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ........................................................................................................................................22
TITLE 3: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER ...............................................................................................................................22
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ.................................................................................................................................22
UNITARY CHAPTER: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER ......................................................................................................22
ŌŪ″ ̣̣ ₤ļĮЊЮ₤₤аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ........................................................................................................... 22
Article 55 Special Composition of Investigation Chamber of Court of Appeal ................................ 22
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉: ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ..................................................................................................................................22
TITLE 4: JUDICIAL POLICE ............................................................................................................................................22
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ................................................................................................................................22
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ......................................................................................................................22
ŌŪ″ ̣̀ ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ....................................................................................................... 22
Article 56 Missions of Judicial Police....................................................................................................... 22
ŌŪ″ ̣́ ₤Ō₤ļĮũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ..................................................................................................... 22
Article 57 Composition of Judicial Police ............................................................................................. 22
ŌŪ″ ̣7 Łũ₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ₤˝ņŊļĮŁũİũũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ..................................................................... 23
Article 58 Coordination of Judicial Police ............................................................................................ 23
ŌŪ″ ̣o ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŲЧĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ..................................................................................................... 23
Article 59 Supervision of Judicial Police ................................................................................................ 23
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ......................................................................................................................23
CHAPTER 2: JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS ..............................................................................................................23
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Łũ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġĳŚ ЊďņūĕŚ БĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚĊ
Њ ņх .......................................................................23
SECTION 1: QUALIFICATION OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS ..................................................................................23
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ..................................................................................................................... 23
Article 60 Judicial Police Officers ........................................................................................................... 23
ŌŪ″ ̀ơ ₤ŔňĠњŪĳďĕсŠį₤сũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ............................................................................................ 26
Article 61 Higher Diploma of Judicial Police ......................................................................................... 26
ŌŪ″ ̀Ư Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐ ........................................................................................................................... 27
Article 62 Jury for Examination................................................................................................................ 27
ŌŪ″ ̀ư ₤ņġℓаĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ......................................................................................................... 27
Article 63 Oath of Judicial Police Officers ............................................................................................ 27
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition IV

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ˝е΅Н₤ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ˝ОĖ₣ЮĮŲΒĕНŷĳŚ ņНŠİũ ................................................................................................28
SECTION 2: MISCONDUCT COMMITTED DURING PERFORMANCE OF DUTY ...............................................................28
ŌŪ″ ̀̉ Ћ Бž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ .............................................................................................................................. 28
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 64 Disciplinary Procedure............................................................................................................ 28
ŌŪ″ ̣̀ ◦‗Ź˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ ........................................................................................................................... 28
Article 65 Disciplinary Sanctions ............................................................................................................. 28
ŌŪ″ ̀̀ ŁũΉņ¹ĳсņЊĕόŏĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ..................................................................... 28
Article 66 Prohibition of Judicial Police Officers.................................................................................... 28
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ₤ņĳ□ ˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх .......................................................................................30
SECTION 3: TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS ...................................................................30
ŌŪ″ ̀́ ņ‗ŹŲũřťģŲĠеЮĮŀŁũİũ ........................................................................................................... 30
Article 67 Scope of Territorial Authority .................................................................................................. 30
ŌŪ″ ̀7 ŁũĮĜųĳ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ .................................................................................................................. 30
Article 68 Extension of Territorial Jurisdiction.......................................................................................... 30
ŌŪ″ ̀o Ћ ˝аĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮŷЋēĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ .............................................................................................. 31
˝ņŊ ŷģ
Article 69 Consequences of Non-Compliance with Territorial Jurisdiction Rules .............................. 31
ŌŪ″ ́Ơ Ю₤ş˝ŚĠ
Б İðĠсĠŔąũĠ₤сΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũ ............................................................................................ 31
Article 70 Orders of Judicial Authorities ................................................................................................ 31
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊаĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ...................................................................................................31
SECTION 4: MISSIONS OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS ...........................................................................................31
ŌŪ″ ́ơ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤................................................................................................................... 31
Article 71 Records of Offenses ............................................................................................................... 31
ŌŪ″ ́Ư ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН .................................................................................................................................. 32
Article 72 Police Records ........................................................................................................................ 32
ŌŪ″ ́ư ĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣ ................................................................................................................................... 33
Article 73 Complaint Registry.................................................................................................................. 33
ŌŪ″ ́̉ şе₧ĳсŁũĠĕŚĮБŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ....................................................................................................... 33
Article 74 Actions Taken after Receipt of Complaints ......................................................................... 33
ŌŪ″ ̣́ ŁũĠеĵĕЮŲЧ₤˝ņŊļĮĳНŵŁũ ........................................................................................................ 34
Article 75 Abuse of Judicial Actions....................................................................................................... 34
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ................................................................................................................34
CHAPTER 3: JUDICIAL POLICE AGENTS.................................................................................................................34
ŌŪ″ ́̀ Łũ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġĳŚď
Њ ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх......................................................................... 34
Article 76 Qualification of Judicial Police Agents................................................................................. 34
ŌŪ″ ́́ ₤ņġℓũĠ₤сļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ................................................................................................. 34
Article 77 Oath of Judicial Police Agents ............................................................................................. 34
ŌŪ″ ́7 ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ............................................................................................ 35
Article 78 Missions of Judicial Police Agents.......................................................................................... 35
ŌŪ″ ́o ˝е΅Н₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ ............................................................................. 35
Article 79 Misconducts Committed by Judicial Police Agents during Performance of Duty ........ 35
ŌŪ″ 7Ơ ◦‗Ź˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ ........................................................................................................................... 35
Article 80 Disciplinary Sanction .............................................................................................................. 35
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: Łũ˝е‗ĳс₤ņĳ□ ˝ş
Њ Ć ũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ...........................................................36
CHAPTER 4: DETERMINATION OF COMPETENCES OF NATIONAL POLICE AND MILITARY POLICE FORCES ................36
ŌŪ″ 7ơ Łũ˝е‗ĳс₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ........................................................................................................................ 36
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition V

Article 81 Determination of Competences ........................................................................................... 36
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ ЯřŲŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈĮЊЮ₤₤₤ŪŌĠсĮЊĕЊĳŏĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ņУŎ
şеĕУĕ .................................................................................................................................................................36
CHAPTER 5: OFFICIALS AND OTHER PUBLIC AGENTS WITH SPECIAL ACCREDITATION TO ENQUIRE INTO OFFENSE ..........36
ŌŪ″ 7Ư ŁũĩŚŲĕ
с БĳЊ₤ņġĈşеЮĵйņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ....................................................... 36
Article 82 Accreditation of Other Civil Servants and Public Agents ................................................... 36
Ðĕ□ Б◦Б ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ .......................................................................................................................... 38
BOOK THREE:
THREE: POLICE INQUIRY ............................................................................................................ 38
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ.....................................................................................................................................38

TITLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................................................38
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ .............................................................................................................................38
UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PROVISIONS ...........................................................................................................38
ŌŪ″ 7ư Łũ₤ŌĞĳсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ............................................................................................................. 38
Article 83 Confidentiality of Inquiry ....................................................................................................... 38
ŌŪ″ 7̉ ļĮŠН₤ýĖаĕΒе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĉ″ņŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ..................................................... 38
Article 84 Different Investigative Powers of Judicial Police Officers .................................................. 38
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś₣ ..............................................................................................................39
TITLE 2: ENQUIRY OF FLAGRANTE DELICTO CASES...........................................................................................................39
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś₣ ........................................................................................................39
CHAPTER 1: FLAGRANT FELONY OR MISDEMEANOR ...............................................................................................39
ŌŪ″ 7̣ Βе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч ď˝сЯ₤Ś₣...................................................39
Article 85 Authority of Judicial Police Officers in Enquiry of Flagrante Delicto Cases ...................... 39
ŌŪ″ 7̀ ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣............................................................................................ 39
Article 86 Definition of Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor ..................................................................... 39
ŌŪ″ 7́ ŁũČĠсŠФĕ
ų ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣.............................................................................. 39
Article 87 Arrest of Offenders in Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor Cases .......................................... 39
ŌŪ″ 77 ŁũČĳс◦˝
Н řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ .................................................................................. 40
Article 88 Assimilation to Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor ................................................................. 40
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ .......................................................................................................................40
CHAPTER 2: INQUIRY MEASURES ..........................................................................................................................40
ŌŪ″ 7o ŷЋēĕŁũřеĠР₣˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣.......................................................................... 40
Article 89 Preliminary Measures in Flagrant Felonies or Misdemeanors ............................................. 40
ŌŪ″ oƠ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŲЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ .......................................................................................... 40
Article 90 Research and Examination Records..................................................................................... 40
ŌŪ″ oơ ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ................................................................................................................................... 41
Article 91 Searches ................................................................................................................................. 41
ŌŪ″ oƯ ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷĳ□О″₣ .......................................................................................................... 42
Article 92 Sealing of Exhibits ................................................................................................................... 42
ŌŪ″ oư ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŲЧŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ ......................................................................................................... 42
Article 93 Interrogation Records ............................................................................................................. 42
ŌŪ″ ỏ Ġ◦ĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ................................................................ 43
Article 94 Order to Appear – Inquiry of Flagrante Delicto Cases........................................................ 43
ŌŪ″ ọ ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦ Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś .................................................................................... 44
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition VI

Article 95 Scientific or Technical Examination ..................................................................................... 44
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: Łũ¹ĳсŠĕ
Фų ....................................................................................................................................44
CHAPTER 3: POLICE CUSTODY .............................................................................................................................44
ŌŪ″ ò Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ................................................................................................................................... 44
Article 96 Police Custody ....................................................................................................................... 44
ŌŪ″ ó ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б БŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ............................................................................................................. 45
Article 97 Record of Police Custody ...................................................................................................... 45
ŌŪ″ o7 ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФĕ
ų ................................................................................................ 46
Article 98 Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody ...................................................................... 46
ŌŪ″ oo ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ............................................................................................... 47
Article 99 Assistance of Medical Doctors during Police Custody........................................................ 47
ŌŪ″ ơƠƠ ΒĕБĳЊĄĕЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ........................................................................................................... 47
Article 100 Police Custody of Minor ........................................................................................................ 47
ŌŪ″ ơƠơ ĠŃą аБ ĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų .......................................................................................................................... 47
Article 101 Registry of Police Custody...................................................................................................... 47
ŌŪ″ ơƠƯ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ........................................................................................................ 48
Article 102 Final Report of Police Custody............................................................................................... 48
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųĕ
Ф ....................................................................................................................................49
CHAPTER 4: HANDING OVER OF PERSON IN POLICE CUSTODY .............................................................................49
ŌŪ″ ơƠư ŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų .............................................................................................. 49
Article 103 Handing Over of Person in Police Custody .......................................................................... 49
ŌŪ″ ơỞ ũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕ .................................................................................................................. 49
Article 104 Period of Handing-Over ....................................................................................................... 49
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś₣ ..............................................................................50
CHAPTER 5: RULES OF INQUIRY OF FLAGRANT OFFENSES .......................................................................................50
ŌŪ″ ơỢ ŁũΉņ¹ĳсņЊĕόŏ⅜ŚĠсЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ďΖ◦Џ ..................................................................................... 50
Article 105 Prohibition of Listening ........................................................................................................... 50
ŌŪ″ ơỜ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ............................................................................................ 50
Article 106 Duration of Inquiry of Flagrant Offenses .............................................................................. 50
ŌŪ″ ơỚ ŁũĠŃąС ĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ................................................................................................ 50
Article 107 Submission of Police Report to Prosecutor ........................................................................... 50
ŌŪ″ ơƠ7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН.................................................................................................. 50
Article 108 Contents of Police Records.................................................................................................... 50
ŌŪ″ ơƠo ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮŷЋēĕĠŃňĳŚЊ ................................................................................................. 51
Article 109 Mandatory Rules ..................................................................................................................... 51
ŌŪ″ ơơƠ Βе₧şЮĊſЧņРŲ ŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ................................................................................................... 52
Article 110 Authority of Judges and Prosecutors .................................................................................... 52
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ .............................................................................................................................52
TITLE 3: PRELIMINARY INQUIRY .....................................................................................................................................52
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ ......................................................................................................................52
UNITARY CHAPTER: PRELIMINARY INQUIRY............................................................................................................52
ŌŪ″ ơơơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ............................................................................................................. 52
Article 111 Commencement of Preliminary Inquiry................................................................................ 52
ŌŪ″ ơơƯ ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵйŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ ......................................................................................... 53
Article 112 Rules for Preliminary Inquiry .................................................................................................... 53
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition VII

ŌŪ″ ơơư ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ................................................................................................................................... 53
Article 113 Searches .................................................................................................................................. 53
ŌŪ″ ơở ŁũĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ ............................................................................................ 54
Article 114 Order to Appear – Preliminary Inquiry................................................................................... 54
ŌŪ″ ơợ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪ₤₣сşЮņųЧŎ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ ...................................................................................... 54
Article 115 Record of Interrogation – Preliminary Inquiry ....................................................................... 54
ŌŪ″ ơờ Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕďĠс₤₣℮њŎ .............................................................................................................. 55
Article 116 Police Custody of Suspect ..................................................................................................... 55
ŌŪ″ ơớ ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮŷЋēĕĠŃňĳŚЊ ................................................................................................. 55
Article 117 Mandatory Rules ..................................................................................................................... 55
ŌŪ″ ơơ7 Βе₧şЮĊſņ
Ч РŲ ŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ................................................................................................... 55
Article 118 Authority of Judges and Prosecutors .................................................................................... 55
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉: ŁũŪĠÐŲсόŏŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷĳ□О ЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ..................................56
TITLE 4: RETURN OF ITEMS SEIZED DURING INQUIRY ........................................................................................................56
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ŁũŪĠÐŲсόŏŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷĳ□О ЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ..........................56
UNITARY CHAPTER: RETURN OF ITEMS SEIZED DURING INQUIRY ...............................................................................56
ŌŪ″ ơơo ΖďńĊũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆĠİðĠсόŏŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОĄРĕŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ....................................................................... 56
Article 119 Competent Authority to Order Return of Seized Items ...................................................... 56
ŌŪ″ ơƯƠ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ĄРĕŌĆ₤сЮřЧņŷЋŀ ........................................................................................... 56
Article 120 Return of Seized Items ............................................................................................................ 56
BOOK FOUR:
FOUR: JUDICIAL INVESTIGATIONS
INVESTIGATIONS ............................................................................................... 58
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ....................................................................................................................................58

TITLE 1: INVESTIGATING JUDGE ...................................................................................................................................58
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ................................................................................................................................58
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ......................................................................................................................58
ŌŪ″ ơƯơ Łũ₤ŌĞĳсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ................................................................................................................. 58
Article 121 Confidentiality of Judicial Investigation ............................................................................... 58
ŌŪ″ ơƯƯ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ....................................................................................................................... 58
Article 122 Commencement of Judicial Investigation........................................................................... 58
ŌŪ″ ơƯư ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆЯřĕřБ............................................................................................................................... 58
Article 123 Territorial Jurisdictions ............................................................................................................. 58
ŌŪ″ ơỬ řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..................................................................................................... 59
Article 124 Introductory Submissions ........................................................................................................ 59
ŌŪ″ ơỰ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ ....................................................................................................................... 60
Article 125 Scope of Complaint .............................................................................................................. 60
ŌŪ″ ơỪ ŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ ......................................................................................................60
Article 126 Placing Suspect under Judicial Investigation....................................................................... 60
ŌŪ″ ơỨ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŢ˝сĠĕĀ˝
О ĕЊ₣ЮŢйĠĕĀ˝
О .................................................................................................... 61
Article 127 Investigation of Inculpatory and Exculpatory Evidence ..................................................... 61
ŌŪ″ ơƯ7 ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ...................................................................................................................... 61
Article 128 Assistance of Court Clerks ...................................................................................................... 61
ŌŪ″ ơƯo ņНŠİũũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б .................................................................................................................... 61
Article 129 Roles of Court Clerks ............................................................................................................... 61
ŌŪ″ ơưƠ ŁũşНйřŲс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б .......................................................................... 62
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition VIII

Article 130 Travel to Sites by Investigating Judges and Court Clerks.................................................... 62
ŌŪ″ ơươ řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ................................................................................................................ 62
Article 131 Rogatory Letters ...................................................................................................................... 62
ŌŪ″ ơưƯ ŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч ό
Не ŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ............................................................................................ 62
Article 132 Investigative Actions Requested by Royal Prosecutor........................................................ 62
ŌŪ″ ơưư ŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч ό
Не ŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦............................................................................................. 63
Article 133 Investigative Actions Requested by Charged Persons ...................................................... 63
ŌŪ″ ơử ŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч ό
Не ŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................ 63
Article 134 Investigative Actions Requested by Civil Party ................................................................... 63
ŌŪ″ ơự ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń................................................................................................... 64
Article 135 Transmission of Case File to Royal Prosecutor ...................................................................... 64
ŌŪ″ ơừ ŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń şеЮĵй˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ........................................................................................ 64
Article 136 Presence of Prosecutor during Investigative Acts ............................................................... 64
ŌŪ″ ơứ Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĩųСŷΒĕŚŬÐņĕч............................................................................. 64
Article 137 Civil Party Application by Way of Intervention .................................................................... 64
ŌŪ″ ơư7 Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ............................................................................. 65
Article 138 Complaint with Application to become Civil Party ........................................................... 65
ŌŪ″ ơưo ŁũĠŃąС ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ....................................................................................................... 65
Article 139 Delivery of Complaints to Prosecutor.................................................................................... 65
ŌŪ″ ởƠ ŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĳņ˛Ųс◦˝
Н ...................................................................................................................... 65
Article 140 Payment of Deposits .............................................................................................................. 65
ŌŪ″ ởơ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĠеĵĕ ιĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜųŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ ......................................................................... 66
Article 141 Abusive or Dilatory Requests.................................................................................................. 66
ŌŪ″ ởƯ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣όŏĄУ₤ĄНŲŁũŠРşžĳ............................................................................................................ 67
Article 142 Claim for Compensation ....................................................................................................... 67
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ................................................................................................67
CHAPTER 2: INVESTIGATION BY INVESTIGATING JUDGE ..........................................................................................67
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ ..........................................................................67
SECTION 1: NOTIFICATION OF PLACEMENT UNDER JUDICIAL INVESTIGATION ..........................................................67
ŌŪ″ ởư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ĳ
Њ ЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ ............................................................................... 67
Article 143 Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation...................................................... 67
ŌŪ″ ở̉ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ..................................................................................................................... 68
Article 144 Assistance of Interpreter/Translator ....................................................................................... 68
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ..............................................................................................................68
SECTION 2: INTERROGATION OF CHARGED PERSON ...............................................................................................68
ŌŪ″ ợ̉ ŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ ................................................................................................ 68
Article 145 Presence of Lawyer during Interrogation ............................................................................ 68
ŌŪ″ ở̀ ₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ............................................................................... 69
Article 146 Questioning with Authorisation of Investigating Judge ...................................................... 69
ŌŪ″ ở́ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ..................................................................................................................... 69
Article 147 Confrontation ........................................................................................................................ 69
ŌŪ″ ở7 ũŎкЮĮŲΒĠġĠũŌ₤ŪŌĠсŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ ........................................................................................... 70
Article 148 Right to Interrogation ............................................................................................................. 70
ŌŪ″ ởo ₤Њ◦Ł
ċЊ ũĵũŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ........................................................................................................ 70
Article 149 Rights of Defense .................................................................................................................... 70
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..............................................................................................70
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition IX

SECTION 3: INTERVIEW OF CIVIL PARTY ................................................................................................................70
ŌŪ″ ợƠ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б.......................................................................................... 70
Article 150 Interview of Civil Party............................................................................................................. 70
ŌŪ″ ợơ ₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ............................................................................... 71
Article 151 Questioning with Authorization of Investigating Judge ...................................................... 71
ŌŪ″ ợƯ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ιŁũ₤Уũĳ◦Ųс ................................................................................................ 71
Article 152 Confrontation.......................................................................................................................... 71
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б .......................................................................................................................72
SECTION 4: INTERVIEW OF WITNESSES ...................................................................................................................72
ŌŪ″ ợư Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б ..................................................................................................................... 72
Article 153 Interview of Witnesses............................................................................................................. 72
ŌŪ″ ợ̉ ₤ņġℓũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б .......................................................................................................................... 72
Article 154 Oath of Witnesses .................................................................................................................. 72
ŌŪ″ ợ̣ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ..................................................................................................................... 72
Article 155 Assistance of Interpreter/Translator....................................................................................... 72
ŌŪ″ ợ̀ ⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔňĳόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ...................................................................................................... 72
Article 156 Witness without Swearing....................................................................................................... 72
ŌŪ″ ợ́ ļĮýŊĕŲ◦ċļĮ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БņУŎşеĕУĕ ................................................................................. 73
Article 157 Impossibility to Question Witness ........................................................................................... 73
ŌŪ″ ợ7 ŁũşНйЮĉřŲсŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б.................................................................................................... 73
Article 158 Visiting Residence of Witness ................................................................................................. 73
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̣: ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ŷĳ□О ″₣ ................................................................................................73
SECTION 5: SEARCH AND SEIZURE OF EXHIBITS ......................................................................................................73
ŌŪ″ ợo ŷЋēĕΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵйŁũЯđ˝Юđũ............................................................................................................ 73
Article 159 Rules of Search........................................................................................................................ 73
ŌŪ″ ờƠ ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷĳ□О″₣.......................................................................................................... 74
Article 160 Sealing of Exhibits ................................................................................................................... 74
ŌŪ″ ờơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ...................................................... 75
Article 161 Return of Items Seized by Investigating Judge .................................................................... 75
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̀: ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ ..................................................................................................................................75
SECTION 6: EXPERT REPORTS................................................................................................................................75
ŌŪ″ ờƯ ļĮČеģşсаĕŁũЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤ŲŷЋşњŎ ...................................................................................................... 75
Article 162 Necessity of Expert Reports ................................................................................................... 75
ŌŪ″ ờư ĠŃą ▫
Б Ė ˝сďĳЊаĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ................................................................................................................ 76
Article 163 National List of Experts ........................................................................................................... 76
ŌŪ″ ờ̉ ŁũČĳс″₣
е ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲņЊĕ₤□ Њĳ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą Б▫Ė˝сďĳЊ .............................................................................. 76
Article 164 Appointment of Experts Not Registered in National List...................................................... 76
ŌŪ″ ợ̀ řБŁČĳс″₣
е ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ .................................................................................................................... 76
Article 165 Order to Appoint Expert(s) ..................................................................................................... 76
ŌŪ″ ờ̀ ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒ˝
Ė ĄеĜŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ................................................................ 77
Article 166 Supervision of Performance of Experts by Investigating Judge ....................................... 77
ŌŪ″ ờ́ ˝ЊşЯĆ řŲČеģşс₤ŪŌĠсŁũĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒ˝
Ė ĄеĜŀ ................................................................... 77
Article 167 Activities Necessary for Performing Expert’s Tasks ............................................................... 77
ŌŪ″ ờ7 ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сΒ˝
Ė ĄеĜŀ ............................................................................................................ 77
Article 168 Report of Expert....................................................................................................................... 77
ŌŪ″ ờo ŁũČĳс″₣
е ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮŪşЧĕũРĠ .......................................................................................................... 78
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition X

Article 169 Appointment of Multiple Experts ........................................................................................... 78
ŌŪ″ ớƠ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕаĕЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎ ................................................................................... 78
Article 170 Notification of Conclusions of Expert Reports ...................................................................... 78
ŌŪ″ ớơ Ю⅜΅пНŎ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤ŲŷЋşњŎ ..................................................................................................... 80
Article 171 Costs of Expert Reports ........................................................................................................... 80
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ́: Łũ⅜ŚĠс◦ũР ₤њĮĀ .................................................................................................................................80
SECTION 7: LISTENING TO TELEPHONE CONVERSATION ..........................................................................................80
ŌŪ″ ớƯ Łũ⅜ŚĠс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦Џ ЯřŲĠİðĠсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..................................................................... 80
Article 172 Listening to Telephone Conversation Ordered by Investigating Judge ........................... 80
Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ .................................................................................................................81
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б 7: řŁ
SECTION 8: ROGATORY LETTERS ..........................................................................................................................81
ŌŪ″ ớư řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ................................................................................................................ 81
Article 173 Rogatory Letters ...................................................................................................................... 81
ŌŪ″ ớ̉ Βĳ□ĕњŎаĕřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ................................................................................................... 81
Article 174 Content of Rogatory Letter ................................................................................................... 81
ŌŪ″ ợ́ řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ЯřŲЮşŀόŏЮčŪ˝ņŌĖ˝сЮ◦Ьĳ ........................................................................ 81
Article 175 Rogatory Letter Issued to Another Judge ............................................................................ 81
ŌŪ″ ớ̀ řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ЮşŀόŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх .......................................................................... 82
Article 176 Rogatory Letter Issued to Judicial Police Officer ................................................................. 82
ŌŪ″ ớ́ Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕ₤
ŁũŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊřŁ У ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ............................................................. 82
Article 177 Execution of Rogatory Letter by Judicial Police Officer ..................................................... 82
ŌŪ″ ớ7 ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б БŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ......................................................................................... 82
Article 178 Written Record of Research and Finding ............................................................................ 82
ŌŪ″ ớo ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ....................................................... 82
Article 179 Rules for Interrogation by Judicial Police Officer................................................................. 82
ŌŪ″ ơ7Ơ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЯřŲĮНеΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ................................................................. 83
Article 180 Interrogation that cannot be done by Judicial Police Officer .......................................... 83
ŌŪ″ ơ7ơ ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ ЯřŲЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ........................................................ 83
Article 181 Search and Seizure Conducted by Judicial Police Officer ............................................... 83
ŌŪ″ ơ7Ư Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ........................................................................ 83
Article 182 Police Custody Under Rogatory Letter ................................................................................ 83
ŌŪ″ ơ7ư Łũ⅜ŚĠс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦ЏЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤......................................................... 84
Article 183 Listening to Telephone Conversations Under Rogatory Letter ........................................... 84
ŌŪ″ ơ7̉ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН˝⅜₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ..................................................................................... 84
Article 184 Written Records Established by Judicial Police Officers ..................................................... 84
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ŷЋēĕŁũĕЊũĕŚŬŎ ...........................................................................................................................84
CHAPTER 3: SECURITY MEASURES ........................................................................................................................84
Б ..................................................................................................................................................84
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: řŁ
SECTION 1: WARRANTS........................................................................................................................................84
ŌŪ″ ơ7̣ ŁũЮşŀřБŁ ................................................................................................................................. 84
Article 185 Issuance of Warrants .............................................................................................................. 84
Б ĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųĕ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: řŁ Ф .........................................................................................................................84
SECTION 2: SUBPOENA .......................................................................................................................................84
ŌŪ″ ơ7̀ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ....................................................................................................................... 84
Article 186 Subpoena ................................................................................................................................ 84
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XI

ŌŪ″ ơ7́ Б ĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ........................................................................................... 85
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮŲЧřŁ
Article 187 Information Stated in Subpoena ........................................................................................... 85
ŌŪ″ ơ77 Б ĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ................................................................................................. 85
ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřŁ
Article 188 Notification of Subpoena ...................................................................................................... 85
Б ĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠųĕ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: řŁ Ф ...........................................................................................................................86
SECTION 3: ORDER TO BRING ..............................................................................................................................86
ŌŪ″ ơ7o ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ĕ
ų ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ................................................................................ 86
Article 189 Order to Bring Issued by Investigating Judge ...................................................................... 86
ŌŪ″ ơoƠ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ĕ
ų .......................................................................................................................... 86
Article 190 Order to Bring .......................................................................................................................... 86
ŌŪ″ ơoơ Б ĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ĕ
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮŲЧřŁ ų .............................................................................................. 86
Article 191 Information Stated in Order to Bring ..................................................................................... 86
ŌŪ″ ơoƯ Б ĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФĕ
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ ų ............................................................................................................. 86
Article 192 Execution of Order to Bring ................................................................................................... 86
ŌŪ″ ơoư ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕ″ņřБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ĕ
ų .................................................................................................. 87
Article 193 Appearance pursuant to Order to Bring .............................................................................. 87
ŌŪ″ ơỏ ŁũÐЊĳĠŃĆС ŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ .................................................................................. 87
Article 194 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention .................................................................. 87
Б ĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠĕ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: řŁ ųФ .........................................................................................................................87
SECTION 4: ARREST WARRANTS ...........................................................................................................................87
ŌŪ″ ơọ ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ų ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .............................................................................. 87
Article 195 Arrest Warrants Issued by Investigating Judge .................................................................... 87
ŌŪ″ ơò řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ų ....................................................................................................................... 87
Article 196 Arrest Warrants ....................................................................................................................... 87
ŌŪ″ ơó řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ų ĕЊ₣ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń .............................................................................. 88
Article 197 Arrest Warrant and Opinion of Prosecutor ........................................................................... 88
ŌŪ″ ơo7 Б ĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮŲЧřŁ ų ........................................................................................... 88
Article 198 Information Stated in Arrest Warrant..................................................................................... 88
ŌŪ″ ơ Б ĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ ų .......................................................................................................... 88
Article 199 Execution of Arrest Warrant ................................................................................................... 88
ŌŪ″ ƯƠƠ Łũĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎďΒĕŚũďĳЊĕРŷřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ų .................................................................................. 89
Article 200 International Dissemination of Arrest Warrant...................................................................... 89
ŌŪ″ ƯƠơ ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕ″ņřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ų ............................................................................................... 89
Article 201 Appearance Pursuant to Arrest Warrant.............................................................................. 89
ŌŪ″ ƯƠƯ ŁũÐЊĳĠŃĆС ŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ .................................................................................. 90
Article 202 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention .................................................................. 90
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̣: ŁũþНеŠĕ
Фų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ...................................................................................................................90
SECTION 5: PROVISIONAL DETENTION .................................................................................................................90
ŌŪ″ ƯƠư ЮýŲŁũ‗чаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ .............................................................................................. 90
Article 203 Principle of Provisional Detention .......................................................................................... 90
ŌŪ″ ƯỞ ˝ũ‗БаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ....................................................................................................... 90
Article 204 Cases of Provisional Detention ............................................................................................. 90
ŌŪ″ ƯỢ ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ .................................................................................................. 90
Article 205 Reasons for Provisional Detention ......................................................................................... 90
ŌŪ″ ƯỜ ˝е‗ĳс₤ŌðŲсũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪģĠсЮ΅ĳНĩŲаĕřБŁ ................................................................. 91
Article 206 Statement of Charged Persons and Reasons for Provisional Detention ........................... 91
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XII

ŌŪ″ ƯỚ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ................................................................................................... 91
Article 207 Order Denying Provisional Detention.................................................................................... 91
ŌŪ″ ƯƠ7 ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ................................................................................... 92
Article 208 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Felony ........................................................... 92
ŌŪ″ ƯƠo ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ................................................................................... 92
Article 209 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Misdemeanor............................................... 92
ŌŪ″ ƯơƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřŪť ĠĂе₣ņĕН₤℮ďĳЊ ďΖ◦Џ .................................... 92
Article 210 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Crimes against Humanity............................ 92
ŌŪ″ Ươơ ŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ............................................................................................ 93
Article 211 Extension of Provisional Detention......................................................................................... 93
ŌŪ″ ƯơƯ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБĳЊĄĕŌĕΖŎНĳЊşď₣ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе ....................................................... 93
Article 212 Detention of Minor Under 14 Years Old ................................................................................ 93
ŌŪ″ Ươư ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřĈ
ť ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБĳЊĄĕ ŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ
ơ (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖе .......................................................................................................................... 93

Article 213 Duration of Provisional Detention for Felonies Committed by Minor from 14 to 18 Years
Old ............................................................................................................................................ 93
ŌŪ″ Ưở ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕ ŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ
ơ (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖе .......................................................................................................................... 94

Article 214 Duration of Provisional Detention for Misdemeanors Committed by Minor from 14 to 18
Years Old.................................................................................................................................. 94
ŌŪ″ Ượ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНЮе ŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .................................................................. 94
Article 215 Release of Charged Person by Investigating Judge........................................................... 94
ŌŪ″ Ườ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ″ņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń........................................................................ 95
Article 216 Release of Charged Person upon Request of Prosecutor .................................................. 95
ŌŪ″ Ướ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ″ņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ........................................................................ 95
Article 217 Release upon Request of Charged Person.......................................................................... 95
ŌŪ″ Ươ7 Б ЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ........................................................................................ 96
Article 218 Notification of Release Order ................................................................................................ 96
Б ĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠĕ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̀: řŁ ųФ ...........................................................................................................................96
SECTION 6: DETENTION ORDERS..........................................................................................................................96
ŌŪ″ Ươo ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФĕ
ų ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ................................................................................ 96
Article 219 Issuance of Detention Orders by Investigating Judge........................................................ 96
ŌŪ″ ƯƯƠ ĕЊŎņĕњŎřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФĕ
ų ............................................................................................................ 96
Article 220 Definition of Detention Order ................................................................................................ 96
ŌŪ″ ƯƯơ Б ĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮŲЧřŁ ų ............................................................................................. 96
Article 221 Information Stated in Detention Order ................................................................................. 96
Б ĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ŌŪ″ ƯƯƯ ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ ų ............................................................................................................ 97
Article 222 Execution of Detention Order................................................................................................ 97
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ́: ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ .........................................................................................................97
SECTION 7: JUDICIAL SUPERVISION ......................................................................................................................97
ŌŪ″ ƯƯư ŁĳĮſ˝ş
Њ ĆаĕŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ............................................................................................ 97
Article 223 Obligations Under Judicial Supervision................................................................................. 97
ŌŪ″ ƯỬ ŁũņЊĕΒĕНŷĳŚŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ şеЮĵйΒĕБĳЊĄĕŌĕΖŎН ЮŪŁņ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе ........................ 98
Article 224 Non-Applicability of Judicial Supervision to Minors under 14 Years Old ........................... 98
ŌŪ″ ƯỰ ŁũŪĠÐŲсĠİ˛ĕсаř ......................................................................................................................... 98
Article 225 Receipt of Documents ........................................................................................................... 98
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XIII

ŌŪ″ ƯỪ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏŢ˝сЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ............................................................................ 99
Article 226 Order for Judicial Supervision ............................................................................................... 99
ŌŪ″ ƯỨ ŁũЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .............................................. 99
Article 227 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Investigating Judge ................................ 99
ŌŪ″ ƯƯ7 Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ............................................................ 100
Article 228 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Prosecutor ............................................. 100
ŌŪ″ ƯƯo Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦............................................................. 100
Article 229 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Charged Person..................................... 100
ŌŪ″ ƯưƠ ŁũЮÐşЮŷйũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ĮБŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆаĕŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ..................................................... 101
Article 230 Evasion from Obligation Under Judicial Supervision by Charged Person ....................... 101
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ŁũЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ .......................................................................................................102
CHAPTER 4: SUMMONS AND NOTIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................102
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ ...............................................................................................................................102
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................................102
ŌŪ″ Ưươ ũŎкЮĮŲũУņ ................................................................................................................................ 102
Article 231 Common Time Period........................................................................................................... 102
ŌŪ″ ƯưƯ ũЮĠЬĠЮŁйЮΊ............................................................................................................................ 102
Article 232 Method of Summons ............................................................................................................ 102
ŌŪ″ Ưưư ŁũЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ...................................................................................... 102
Article 233 Summons of Charged Person in Detention ........................................................................ 102
ŌŪ″ Ưử ŁũЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВ ....................................................................................................................... 102
Article 234 Summons of Lawyer.............................................................................................................. 102
ŌŪ″ Ưự ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤аĕŁũЮŁйЮΊЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ ............................................................................................. 103
Article 235 Content of Summons in Case File ....................................................................................... 103
Б ₤ЮŪņşřŲсЮņēŷВ ............................................................................................ 103
ŌŪ″ Ưừ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřŁ
Article 236 Notification of Orders to Lawyer.......................................................................................... 103
Б ₤ЮŪņşřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń .................................................................................... 103
ŌŪ″ Ưứ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřŁ
Article 237 Notification of Orders to Royal Prosecutor ......................................................................... 103
Б ₤ЮŪņşřŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦..................................................................................... 103
ŌŪ″ Ưư7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřŁ
Article 238 Notification of Orders to Charged Person.......................................................................... 103
ŌŪ″ Ưưo Б ЮŁйЮΊ ιřБŁЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьĳ........................................................................................ 104
ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Article 239 Serving Summons or other Orders ....................................................................................... 104
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕЮŢŎЯΌ˝ ...........................................................................................................................104
SECTION 2: SPECIAL RULES ................................................................................................................................104
ŌŪ″ ỬƠ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйďŁĳĮſ˝ЊşЮĆ ĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .................................................. 104
Article 240 Compulsory Information in Written Records of Investigating Judge ............................... 104
ŌŪ″ Ửơ ΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŲЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũşРŲŠųФĕďЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣ ............................................................................ 105
Article 241 Signing on Record of First Appearance.............................................................................. 105
ŌŪ″ ỬƯ ŷЋēĕ₤ŪŌĠс₤ũЮ₤ũ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН .................................................................................................... 105
Article 242 Rules for Establishment of Written Records......................................................................... 105
Б ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ.................................................................. 106
ŌŪ″ Ửư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйďŁĳĮſ˝ЊşЮĆ ŲЧřŁ
Article 243 Compulsory Information in Order of Investigating Judge ................................................ 106
ŌŪ″ Ử̉ řБŁĠŃąС ĕŲЊŠЊĳ ........................................................................................................................... 107
Article 244 Document Forwarding Order .............................................................................................. 107
ŌŪ″ Ự̉ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ............................................................................................................. 107
Article 245 Request by Lawyer ............................................................................................................... 107
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XIV

ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: ŁũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ........................................................................................................................108
CHAPTER 5: TERMINATION OF INVESTIGATIONS ...................................................................................................108
ŌŪ″ Ử̀ řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕ⅜□ĮũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ................................................................................................108
Article 246 Final Submission of Royal Prosecutor................................................................................... 108
ŌŪ″ Ử́ řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ........................................................................................................................108
Article 247 Closing Order......................................................................................................................... 108
ŌŪ″ Ử7 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝όŏЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ...................................................................................109
Article 248 Return of Seized Items .......................................................................................................... 109
ŌŪ″ Ửo Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşаĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷ ĳНŵŁũ .....110
Article 249 Provisions of Closing Orders in relation to Provisional Detention and Judicial Supervision..
................................................................................................................................................110
ŌŪ″ ỰƠ ŁũĠŃąС ĕЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй...............................................................................................110
Article 250 Forwarding Case File for Trial ............................................................................................... 110
ŌŪ″ Ựơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũďℓŊБЮŲЧĠĕĀ˝
О ℓŊБЮ◦Ьĳ ...........................................................................................111
Article 251 Re-opening of Judicial Investigation ..................................................................................111
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̀: ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ...............................................................................................................111
CHAPTER 6: NULLITIES OF JUDICIAL INVESTIGATIONS ..........................................................................................111
ŌŪ″ ỰƯ ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮŷЋēĕĠŃňĳŚЊ ...............................................................................................111
Article 252 Mandatory Rules ..................................................................................................................111
ŌŪ″ Ựư ŁũĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ................................................................................................................112
Article 253 Complaint to Investigation Chamber ................................................................................112
ŌŪ″ Ự̉ ŁũŲйĠ₣сЮŢŎļÐБ₧ņУŎ˝ĖО₣ŁũĈņĈũЮŌþļĮ........................................................................112
Article 254 Renunciation of Party’s Right to Nullify Parts of Procedure...............................................112
ŌŪ″ Ự̣ ŁũĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ņ˝₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ....................................................................113
Article 255 Continuation of Investigation In Case of Request to Investigation Chamber................113
ŌŪ″ Ự̀ ŁũŲНĠŵ₣ЮŌþļĮЮŢŎřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ.................................................................................113
Article 256 Clearing Nullities by Closing Order ......................................................................................113
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ......................................................................................................................................113
TITLE 2: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER .............................................................................................................................113
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ..............................................................................................................................113
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................................113
ŌŪ″ Ự́ ĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤Не........................................................................................................113
Article 257 Registry of Appeals and Requests ......................................................................................113
ŌŪ″ Ự7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ..........................................................................................114
Article 258 Notification of Hearing Date................................................................................................114
ŌŪ″ Ựo ŁũĮЊЮŪýй₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧....................................................................................................114
Article 259 Examination of Case File and Briefs ...................................................................................114
ŌŪ″ ỪƠ řеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ..................................................................................................115
Article 260 Conduct of Hearings ............................................................................................................115
ŌŪ″ Ừơ Ћ Б .......................................................................................................116
ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŲЧĕЊŎњĳļĮаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 261 Examination of Regularity of Procedure .............................................................................116
ŌŪ″ ỪƯ ˝ЊşаĆ ĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņ ................................................................................................................116
Article 262 Undertaking of Additional Investigation .............................................................................116
ŌŪ″ Ừư ŁũĮĜųĳŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ řŲсĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ .................................................117
Article 263 Extension of Judicial Investigation to Connected Offenses .............................................117
ŌŪ″ Ừ̉ ŁũĮĜųĳŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ ũ΅РĳřŲсĠНÐŲ
ð Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ ....................................................117
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XV

Article 264 Extension of Judicial Investigation to Other Persons..........................................................117
ŌŪ″ Ự̀ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ďℓŊБĕРŷŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŲЧĠĕĀ˝
О ℓŊБЮ◦Ьĳ........................................................................................117
Article 265 Re-opening of Judicial Investigation...................................................................................117
ĄеĮ˝ Б ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..............................................................................118
Р ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřŁ
CHAPTER 2: APPEALS AGAINST ORDERS OF INVESTIGATING JUDGE ......................................................................118
ŌŪ″ Ừ̀ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ........118
Article 266 Appeal against Orders of Investigating Judge by General Prosecutor attached to Court
of Appeal and Royal Prosecutor .........................................................................................118
ŌŪ″ Ừ́ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ..........................................................118
Article 267 Appeal against Orders of Investigating Judge by Charged Person ...............................118
ŌŪ″ Ừ7 Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..................................................119
Article 268 Appeal against Order of Investigating Judge by Civil Party ...........................................119
ŌŪ″ Ừo Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲũЖĠΒР₤ЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņŷЋŀ ................................................120
Article 269 Appeal against Order Denying Return of Seized Items ....................................................120
ŌŪ″ ỨƠ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч.....................................................................................................................120
Article 270 Time Period of Appeal ..........................................................................................................120
ŌŪ″ Ứơ ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..........................................................................................................120
Article 271 Competence of Investigation Chamber............................................................................120
ŌŪ″ ỨƯ ◦Ūņ₣саĕŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч .......................................................................................................121
Article 272 Forms of Declaration of Appeal ..........................................................................................121
ŌŪ″ Ứư ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ...............................................................................................121
Article 273 Forwarding of Case File to Investigation Chamber...........................................................121
ŌŪ″ Ứ̉ ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Ġİ˛ũŁũĵũ..................................................................................................................121
Article 274 Safeguard Copies of Case Files ..........................................................................................121
ŌŪ″ Ự́ ŁũĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч .................................................................................122
Article 275 Continuation of Investigation in Case of Appeal ..............................................................122
ŌŪ″ Ứ̀ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþό
Не ŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ..........................................................................122
Article 276 Release of Detained Charged Person................................................................................122
ŌŪ″ Ứ́ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ..................................................................................122
Article 277 Appeal against Non-Suit Order ...........................................................................................122
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ŁũþНеŠĕ
Фų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ................................................................................................................123
CHAPTER 3: PROVISIONAL DETENTION...............................................................................................................123
ŌŪ″ Ứ7 ⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ..............................................................................123
Article 278 Decision on Provisional Detention .......................................................................................123
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ЮŌþļĮ .....................................................................................................................................123
CHAPTER 4: ANNULMENT ..................................................................................................................................123
ŌŪ″ Ứo ļĮЯřŲņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НЮе Ōþ˝ņŊ ........................................................................123
Article 279 Inadmissibility of Requests for Annullment ..........................................................................123
ŌŪ″ Ư7Ơ ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ.....................................................................................................................124
Article 280 Effect of Annullment .............................................................................................................124
ŌŪ″ Ư7ơ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ ...................................................................................................................124
Article 281 Consequence of Annullment ..............................................................................................124
ŌŪ″ Ư7Ư Βе₧şĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .......................................................................................124
Article 282 Power of Investigation Chamber to Continue Investigation ............................................124
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: Βе₧şĬĀŲсŠĕ
Фų ũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ......................................................................................125
CHAPTER 5: POWER OF PRESIDENT OF INVESTIGATION CHAMBER .........................................................................125
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XVI

ŌŪ″ Ư7ư Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ...................................................................................................125
Article 283 Power of President of Investigation Chamber ...................................................................125
ŌŪ″ Ư7̉ ″Ŭ₣ŬŎĜņаĕЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ .................................................................................................................125
Article 284 List of Case Files .....................................................................................................................125
ŌŪ″ Ư7̣ ΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşаĆ ĕņĕĀБũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..............................................................................................................126
Article 285 Inspection of Investigation Department ............................................................................126
ŌŪ″ Ư7̀ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НĠ
е Њ◦₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣..................................................................................................................126
Article 286 Request for Closing Case Files .............................................................................................126
Ðĕ□ Б◦Б ̣: ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ.......................................................................................................................... 127
BOOK FIVE:
FIVE: JUDGMENTS.....................................................................................................................
JUDGMENTS 127
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ .........................................................................................................................127

TITLE 1: JUDGMENT OF COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE ......................................................................................................127
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũ ...................................................................................................127
CHAPTER 1: JURISDICTION AND ACCESS TO COURT ...........................................................................................127
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ ...............................................................................................................................127
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................................127
ŌŪ″ Ư7́ ŁũЮũЬĠşе″ņЯřĕřБũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ ................................................................................................... 127
Article 287 Territorial Organization of Courts .........................................................................................127
ŌŪ″ Ư77 ŷЋ₤ņЊĳļĮũǻ₣ņНŠİũЮĩ℮₣6 ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ ..................................................................................... 127
Article 288 Incompatibility of Judicial Profession ..................................................................................127
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ₤ņĳ□ ˝ЊşĆ₤Ōĸũк ĕЊ₣₤ņĳ□ ˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ ..............................................................................................127
SECTION 2: TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION AND SUBJECT-MATTER JURISDICTION .......................................................127
ŌŪ″ Ư7o ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆũĠ₤с⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ............................................................................................................. 127
Article 289 Jurisdiction of Court of First Instance ..................................................................................127
ŌŪ″ ƯoƠ ŷЋǻ◦₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆũǻ₣⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ........................................................................................................ 128
Article 290 Conflict of Jurisdictions of Court of First Instance ..............................................................128
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ŁũĠŚ Е₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũ .........................................................................................................................128
SECTION 3: SEIZING COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE ..................................................................................................128
ŌŪ″ Ưoơ ũЮĠЬĠĠŚЕ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũ ................................................................................................................... 128
Article 291 Methods of Seizure................................................................................................................128
ŌŪ″ ƯoƯ Łũ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ .................................................................................................. 129
Article 292 Setting Hearing Dates ...........................................................................................................129
ŌŪ″ Ưoư ũŎкЮĮŲũУņ ................................................................................................................................ 130
Article 293 Common Time Period ...........................................................................................................130
ŌŪ″ Ưỏ ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ″ņřБŁĠŃąС ĕ ι″ņ⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕ .......................................... 130
Article 294 Summons of Parties for Trial in Case of Indictment ............................................................130
ŌŪ″ Ưọ ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБ″ņřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс.................................................................... 131
Article 295 Summons of Parties in Case of Citation ..............................................................................131
ŌŪ″ Ưò ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ................................................................................ 131
Article 296 Summons of Parties in Case of Immediate Appearance ................................................131
ŌŪ″ Ưó ŁũЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б........................................................................................................................ 132
Article 297 Summons of Witnesses ..........................................................................................................132
ŌŪ″ Ưo7 ŁũЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б″ņũŎкĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б......................................................... 132
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XVII

Article 298 Summons of Witnesses by Accused and Civil Party ..........................................................132
ŌŪ″ Ưoo Ћ Б .......................................................................................................................... 132
ŁũĠŃĆС ŲĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 299 Joinder of Cases ...................................................................................................................132
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
Ф ũĠ₤сļÐБ......................................................................................................................132
CHAPTER 2: APPEARANCE OF PARTIES ...............................................................................................................132
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
Ф ũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ..........................................................................................................132
SECTION 1: APPEARANCE OF ACCUSED ............................................................................................................132
ŌŪ″ ưƠƠ ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦.......................................................................................................... 132
Article 300 Appearance of Accused ....................................................................................................132
ŌŪ″ ưƠơ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ ......................................................................................................................... 132
Article 301 Assistance of Lawyers ........................................................................................................... 132
ŌŪ″ ưƠƯ ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ........................................................................................ 133
Article 302 Free Appearance of Accused ........................................................................................... 133
ŌŪ″ ưƠư ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎŌĕ˝₣˝Ōųе₣Βņ ....................................................................... 133
Article 303 Appearance with Escort of Accused ................................................................................ 133
ŌŪ″ ưỞ Ћ БаĕŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ............................................................................................................. 133
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 304 Procedure of Immediate Appearance .............................................................................. 133
ŌŪ″ ưỢ ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ″ņřБŁĠŃąС ĕ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕ ......................................................... 135
Article 305 Appearance of Accused upon Indictment....................................................................... 135
ŌŪ″ ưỜ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþό
Не ŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮЮŢŎυ˝υ₣........................................................ 136
Article 306 Automatic Release of Detained Accused......................................................................... 136
ŌŪ″ ưỚ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе .......................................................... 136
Article 307 Application for Release of Detained Accused.................................................................. 136
ŌŪ″ ưƠ7 ŁũŢ˝сόŏЮĝďĠсþũНе ΅РĳřŲсĩĳ
Н ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ............................................... 136
Article 308 Continuation of Detention until Lapse of Appeal by Prosecutor..................................... 136
ŌŪ″ ưƠo ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲĮНеΖşşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ .............................................................................................. 137
Article 309 Accused Who Cannot Appear Before Court ................................................................... 137
ŌŪ″ ươƠ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ĕ
ų ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ.................................................................................... 137
Article 310 Order to Bring Issued by Court............................................................................................. 137
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
Ф ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ...........................................................................................138
SECTION 2: APPEARANCE OF CIVIL PARTY .........................................................................................................138
ŌŪ″ ươơ Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ..................................................................... 138
Article 311 Joining of Civil Party during Trial .......................................................................................... 138
ŌŪ″ ươƯ ŷЋ₤ņЊĳļĮũǻ₣ůĕкďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ............................................................ 138
Article 312 Incompatibility of Status of Civil Party and Witness .......................................................... 138
ŌŪ″ ươư ĄеĕУŎ ĕЊ₣Łũĳе₧₣ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................ 139
Article 313 Assistance and Representation of Civil Party..................................................................... 139
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
Ф ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................139
SECTION 3: APPEARANCE OF CIVIL DEFENDANTS................................................................................................139
ŌŪ″ ưở ŁũşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сΒ˝
Ė ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ............................................................................. 139
Article 314 Appearance of Civil Defendants........................................................................................ 139
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
Ф ũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б.....................................................................................................................139
SECTION 4: APPEARANCE OF WITNESSES ............................................................................................................139
ŌŪ″ ượ ŁũşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б.......................................................................................................... 139
Article 315 Appearance of Witnesses ................................................................................................... 139
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XVIII

ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ...................................................................................................................139
CHAPTER 3: TRIAL HEARING ..............................................................................................................................139
Е Ĝе₤ŷĜŁũ .....................................................139
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣Łũř˝
SECTION 1: PUBLIC NATURE OF TRIAL HEARING AND CONDUCT OF TRIAL ............................................................139
ŌŪ″ ườ ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĮ
Ć Њļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ļĮ₤ŌĞĳсаĕ˝ЊşĮ
Ć Њļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ................................................. 139
Article 316 Public Nature of Trial Hearing and Confidentiality ............................................................ 139
ŌŪ″ ướ ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ................................................................................................................... 140
Article 317 Announcement of Judgment ............................................................................................. 140
ŌŪ″ ươ7 ŁũēĜ₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠсаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ .................................................................................................... 140
Article 318 Establishment of Order in Hearing....................................................................................... 140
ŌŪ″ ươo ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣ ............................................................................................................... 140
Article 319 Examining Case Files............................................................................................................. 140
ŌŪ″ ưƯƠ Ġ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ............................................................................. 141
Article 320 Offense Committed during Hearing .................................................................................. 141
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕаĕķ₤ŚО″₣............................................................................................................................141
SECTION 2: RULES OF EVIDENCE .......................................................................................................................141
ŌŪ″ ưƯơ ŁũǻŎĳеаŲЮŲЧķ₤ŚО ″₣ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ ............................................................................................ 141
Article 321 Evidence Evaluation by Court ............................................................................................. 141
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: řеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ...............................................................................................142
SECTION 3: CONDUCT OF TRIAL HEARINGS ........................................................................................................142
ŌŪ″ ưƯƯ ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ļÐБЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ .......................................................................... 142
Article 322 Rules Concerning Parties Present at Hearing..................................................................... 142
ŌŪ″ ưƯư ŷЋǻ◦˝ņŊ₤ŚĮ
Б БĕЊŎĳļĮаĕŁũЮŁйЮΊ............................................................................................... 142
Article 323 Challenges to Regularity of Summons ................................................................................ 142
ŌŪ″ ưỬ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БЯřŲņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ ........................................................................... 143
Article 324 Hearing of Witness Not Summonsed by Court ................................................................... 143
ŌŪ″ ưỰ Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ............................................................................................................ 143
Article 325 Interrogation of Accused..................................................................................................... 143
ŌŪ″ ưỪ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сļÐБ .............................................................................................................. 143
Article 326 Hearing of Parties .................................................................................................................. 143
ŌŪ″ ưỨ ŁũĄеĈ₤сЮĉĕЕ₣Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б...................................................................................... 144
Article 327 Objection to Hearing of Witness.......................................................................................... 144
ŌŪ″ ưƯ7 Łũ₤ġℓũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б ..................................................................................................................... 144
Article 328 Oath of Witness ..................................................................................................................... 144
ŌŪ″ ưƯo ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũ............................................................................................................................. 144
Article 329 Denunciators ....................................................................................................................... 144
ŌŪ″ ưưƠ ĄеĕУŎ ĕЊ₣₤ņġℓũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ .................................................................................................... 145
Article 330 Assistance and Swearing of Interpreter/Translator............................................................ 145
ŌŪ″ ưươ ĄĕÐ ℓų₣с .................................................................................................................................... 145
Article 331 Deaf and Mute Person ........................................................................................................ 145
ŌŪ″ ưưƯ ŁũĠİΆŀŷĳ□О″₣ ......................................................................................................................... 145
Article 332 Presentation of Exhibits ......................................................................................................... 145
ŌŪ″ ưưư ŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝ŁũĮЊĳ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ....................................................................... 145
Article 333 Seeking Truth in Absence of Accused ................................................................................ 145
ŌŪ″ ưử ŁũŢ˝сЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖЊŢťĕũ΅РĳřŲсĠЊ◦˝ЊşĮ
Ć Њļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ .................................................................... 146
Article 334 Submission of Statement until End of Trial Hearing ............................................................ 146
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XIX

ŌŪ″ ưự ₤Њ◦ĕ
ċЊ ЊŗŎ₤Ś БũĠ₤сļÐБĠĜĀĠсĮБşĠс˝ş
Њ ĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ..................................................................... 146
Article 335 Right to Speak at Conclusion of Hearing ........................................................................... 146
ŌŪ″ ưừ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ..................................................................................... 146
Article 336 Oral Submission of Royal Prosecutor ................................................................................... 146
ŌŪ″ ưứ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ .................................................................................................... 147
Article 337 Deliberation of Court ............................................................................................................ 147
ŌŪ″ ưư7 ŁũşНйřŲс˝Яĕų₣ũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ ........................................................................................................ 147
Article 338 Travel to Sites by Court ......................................................................................................... 147
ŌŪ″ ưưo ĮњĳхŌĕĠЯĕ□ņЯřŲĠİðĠсЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ ............................................................................................ 147
Article 339 Additional Investigation Ordered by Court........................................................................ 147
ŌŪ″ ửƠ ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŢ˝сόŏČĳсŁũĠĕŚ ............................................................................................... 148
Article 340 Adjournment of Hearing....................................................................................................... 148
ŌŪ″ ửơ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŷĜŁũ .................................................................................................... 148
Article 341 Establishing Hearing Record ................................................................................................ 148
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: ΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ ......................................................................................................................................149
SECTION 4: OBJECTIONS...................................................................................................................................149
ŌŪ″ ửƯ ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ......................................................................................... 149
Article 342 Competence of Court with Respect to Objection ........................................................... 149
ŌŪ″ ửư ĠŔΆĠĜĀĕсĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣ŁũĠ₣∆₣ņ
с ЊĕĈĕс₤ЮŪņş........................................................................................ 149
Article 343 Interlocutory Question and Suspension of Judgment ...................................................... 149
ŌŪ″ ử̉ ŁũĠİΆŀΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ .................................................................................................................... 149
Article 344 Making Objection ................................................................................................................. 149
ŌŪ″ ự̉ Łũ◦◦УŲĠŔΆĠĜĀĕсĠ₣š.е ................................................................................................................ 150
Article 345 Admission of Interlocutory Question ................................................................................... 150
ŌŪ″ ử̀ ŁũĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮŲЧΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ ............................................................................................................. 150
Article 346 Judgment on Objection ...................................................................................................... 150
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ...............................................................................................................................151
CHAPTER 4: DECISION ......................................................................................................................................151
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ......................................................................................................................151
SECTION 1: ANNOUNCEMENT OF JUDGMENT ......................................................................................................151
ŌŪ″ ử́ ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ................................................................................................................... 151
Article 347 Announcement of Judgment.............................................................................................. 151
ŌŪ″ ử7 Яřĕ˝е‗ĳсаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũşеЮĵйΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН.................................................................................. 151
Article 348 Scope of Seizure of Court (regarding Facts)...................................................................... 151
ŌŪ″ ửo ЯřĕаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũşеЮĵйĠНÐŲ
ð .............................................................................................. 151
Article 349 Scope of Seizure of Court (regarding Persons) .................................................................. 151
ŌŪ″ ựƠ ŁũŪĠŁ₤ĮБĮЊũН◦ċļĮ ................................................................................................................... 152
Article 350 Declaration of Guilt .............................................................................................................. 152
ŌŪ″ ựơ ΒŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ............................................................................................................ 152
Article 351 Absence of Accused............................................................................................................ 152
ŌŪ″ ựƯ ŁũĠŃĆ ĠŁ
с ũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ............................................................................................ 152
Article 352 Termination of Judicial Supervision ..................................................................................... 152
ŌŪ″ ựư řБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФĕ
ų ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ų ЮşŀЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ............................................................ 152
Article 353 Detention Order and Arrest Warrant Issued by Court ....................................................... 152
ŌŪ″ ự̉ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝............................................................................................................. 153
Article 354 Return of Seized Items .......................................................................................................... 153
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XX

ŌŪ″ ự̣ Łũ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ........................................................................................... 153
Article 355 Judgment on Civil Remedy ................................................................................................. 153
ŌŪ″ ự̀ ΒŷĳŉŌĕũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ ........................................................................... 154
Article 356 Absence of Civil Party at Trial .............................................................................................. 154
ŌŪ″ ự́ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ŲŪ˝ņк ЯĩĖ˝₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĕЊ₣ЯĩĖ˝₤ЮŪņş ..................................................................... 154
Article 357 Writing of Judgment: Holding and Ruling........................................................................... 154
ŌŪ″ ự7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮŲЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ...................................................................................................... 154
Article 358 Information Stated in Judgment ......................................................................................... 154
ŌŪ″ ựo ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к ............................................................................... 155
Article 359 Announcement of Judgment in Public Hearing ............................................................... 155
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ........................................................................................................................156
SECTION 2: TYPES OF JUDGMENT .......................................................................................................................156
ŌŪ″ ừƠ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠ ...................................................................................................................... 156
Article 360 Non-default Judgment ........................................................................................................ 156
ŌŪ″ ừơ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŪĳСŷČĳс◦˝
Н ▫şеЮĵйņНŠ ............................................................................................. 156
Article 361 Judgment Deemed as Non-default ................................................................................... 156
ŌŪ″ ừƯ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ ...................................................................................................................... 156
Article 362 Default Judgment................................................................................................................. 156
ŌŪ″ ừư ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀşеЮĵйЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ................................................................................ 157
Article 363 Judgment against Civil Party............................................................................................... 157
ŌŪ″ ừ̉ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀşеЮĵйΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б......................................................................... 157
Article 364 Judgment against Civil Defendants ................................................................................... 157
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģе₣ņНŠ ............................................................................................157
SECTION 3: OPPOSITION AGAINST DEFAULT JUDGMENT .......................................................................................157
ŌŪ″ ự̀ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ .............................................................................................. 157
Article 365 Opposition against Default Judgment ............................................................................... 157
ŌŪ″ ừ̀ ◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ........................................................................... 158
Article 366 Forms and Admissibility of Opposition Motion.................................................................... 158
ŌŪ″ ừ́ ĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ........................................................................................................................... 158
Article 367 Registry of Opposition Motion.............................................................................................. 158
ŌŪ″ ừ7 ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ...................................................................................................... 158
Article 368 Time Limit for Opposition Motion ........................................................................................ 158
ŌŪ″ ừo Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с˝ŪņЊĳşеЮĵйЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ......................................................................... 159
Article 369 Opposition Motion Limited to Civil Part of Judgment ...................................................... 159
ŌŪ″ ứƠ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с .................................................................................................................. 159
Article 370 Effect of Opposition Motion................................................................................................. 159
ŌŪ″ ứơ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с .................................................................................................... 159
Article 371 Judgment on Opposition Motion ...................................................................................... 159
ŌŪ″ ứƯ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б........................................ 160
Article 372 Opposition Motion Made by Civil Party or Civil Defendants ............................................ 160
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ...........................................................................................................160
TITLE 2: APPEALS AGAINST JUDGMENTS .....................................................................................................................160
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Źаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ..............................................................................160
CHAPTER 1: AUTHORITY OF CRIMINAL CHAMBER OF COURT OF APPEAL ................................................................160
ŌŪ″ ứư ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆũĠ₤с₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Źаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ..................................................................................160
Article 373 Jurisdiction of Criminal Chamber of Court of Appeal .................................................... 160
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXI

ŌŪ″ ứ̉ ΒĕНĠǻ◦аĕЮčŪ˝ņņУŎşеĕУĕ ...........................................................................................................161
Article 374 Abstention of Certain Judges or Prosecutors .................................................................... 161
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ...............................................................................161
CHAPTER 2: ADMISSIBILITY OF APPEALS ..............................................................................................................161
ŌŪ″ ự́ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲΖşЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч .....................................................................................................161
Article 375 Persons Entitled to Make Appeals ....................................................................................... 161
ŌŪ″ ứ̀ ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б...................161
Article 376 Formalities of Appeals by Prosecutor, Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil Defendants
................................................................................................................................................161
ŌŪ″ ứ́ ŁũŪĠŁ₤Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŢŎĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲďĠсþНе ............................................................................162
Article 377 Declaration of Appeal by Detained Convicted Person ................................................... 162
ŌŪ″ ứ7 ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чďΒĕ˝šũĄĕ.............................................................................................................162
Article 378 Illiterate Appellants ............................................................................................................... 162
ŌŪ″ ứo ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń .....................................................................................162
Article 379 Formalities of Appeal by General Prosecutor ................................................................... 162
ŌŪ″ ư7Ơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ..............................................................................................163
Article 380 Access to Appeal Registry ................................................................................................... 163
ŌŪ″ ư7ơ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń..................................................................163
Article 381 Time Period for Appeal by Prosecutor and General Prosecutor...................................... 163
ŌŪ″ ư7Ư ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сĮũЊ Н◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś₣
Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ........................................163
Article 382 Time Period for Appeal by Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil Defendants............ 163
ŌŪ″ ư7ư ũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чк Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чΧĠġĳŚЊЮ΅ĳН .....................................................163
Article 383 Additional Time Period for Appeal: Incidental Appeal..................................................... 163
ŌŪ″ ư7̉ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ......................................164
Article 384 Time Period for Appeal by Prosecutor or Convicted Person in Case of Detention ....... 164
ŌŪ″ ư7̣ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņČĳсũЮĠЬĠ.........................................................................................164
Article 385 Appeal against Interlocutory Judgment ........................................................................... 164
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ................................................................................................164
CHAPTER 3: PROCEDURES OF COURT OF APPEAL ................................................................................................164
ŌŪ″ ư7̀ ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Юĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ..............................................................................................164
Article 386 Forwarding Case Files to Court of Appeal ........................................................................ 164
ŌŪ″ ư7́ Łũ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ũŎкЮĮŲĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй.....................................................................165
Article 387 Setting Hearing Dates and Trial Period ............................................................................... 165
ŌŪ″ ư77 ŁũĄРĕřе‗₣
Е ĕЊ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲņ˝˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ.........................................................................165
Article 388 Notification and Summons to Hearing................................................................................ 165
ŌŪ″ ư7o ŁũЮĩĀũĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе .....................................................................................................165
Article 389 Transfer of Accused in Detention ........................................................................................ 165
ŌŪ″ ưoƠ ũģŎŁũ‗чΧ◦ċũ‗ч .....................................................................................................................165
Article 390 Report of Appeal .................................................................................................................. 165
ŌŪ″ ưoơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲс⅜ũ₧...........................................................................166
Article 391 Consultation of Case File and Submission of Briefs............................................................ 166
ŌŪ″ ưoƯ ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ļĮď₤ŌĞĳсаĕŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ......................................166
Article 392 Public Hearing and in camera Hearing.............................................................................. 166
ŌŪ″ ưoư Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦.............................................................................................................166
Article 393 Interrogation of Accused..................................................................................................... 166
ŌŪ″ ưỏ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ⅜˝℮Б .................................167
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXII

Article 394 Hearing of Civil Party, Civil Defendants, Experts and Witnesses....................................... 167
ŌŪ″ ưọ ŲеŢĠсŲеЮŢŎаĕŁũĕЊŗŎ...........................................................................................................167
Article 395 Order of Speech ................................................................................................................... 167
ŌŪ″ ưò ŁũĮĜųĳřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĕРŷ ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵй⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ...........................................................167
Article 396 Extension of Procedural Rules Applicable to Court of First Instance to Court of Appeal....
................................................................................................................................................167
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ..............................................................................................................167
CHAPTER 4: EFFECTS OF APPEALS......................................................................................................................167
ŌŪ″ ưó ΖĕНļĮЮĩĀũаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч .........................................................................................................167
Article 397 Devolving Effect of Appeals ................................................................................................ 167
ŌŪ″ ưo7 ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŲЧŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ...............................................................................168
Article 398 Effect of Appeal on Execution of Judgment ..................................................................... 168
ŌŪ″ ưoo ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯĳĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠлНЮ₧‼ й .............................................................................168
Article 399 Effect of Appeal by Accused Only ..................................................................................... 168
ŌŪ″ ̉ƠƠ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ...........................................................169
Article 400 Effect of Appeal by Royal Prosecutor and General Prosecutor ..................................... 169
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơơ Łũ˝е‗ĳсŪĠЮķ◦ÐĳЊŎНĳŚаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНďℓŊБЮŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч................................................................169
Article 401 Redetermination of Legal Qualification of Facts by Court of Appeal ............................169
ŌŪ″ ̉ƠƯ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιũĠ₤сΒ˝
Ė ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ...........................169
Article 402 Effects of Appeal by Civil Party or Civil Defendants..........................................................169
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơư ◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŲЧ⅜ŲřБŁ....................................................................................................169
Article 403 Form and Signature of Judgments of Court of Appeal ....................................................169
ŌŪ″ ̉Ở Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ .........................................................................................170
Article 404 Inadmissible Appeals ............................................................................................................170
ŌŪ″ ̉Ợ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ...................................................................................................................170
Article 405 Reversal of Judgment...........................................................................................................170
ŌŪ″ ̉Ờ ₤Њ◦ЮċЊ ŲЧ˝ņ˝ď₤еΖ₣ũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ........................................................................................170
Article 406 Appeal Court’s Right to Replace Judgment of Court of First Instance...........................170
ŌŪ″ ̉Ớ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ιřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ų ЮşŀЮŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч .......................................................170
Article 407 Detention Order or Arrest Warrant Issued by Court of Appeal ........................................170
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơ7 ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ⅜ŲřБŁ.......................................................................................................................171
Article 408 Types of Appeal Judgment .................................................................................................171
ĄеĮ˝ Б ЮşŀЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
Р ◦Б ̣: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲřŁ е ņНŠ ..........................................................................171
CHAPTER 5: OPPOSITION AGAINST DEFAULT JUDGMENT .....................................................................................171
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơo Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ ...............................................................................................171
Article 409 Opposition against Default Judgment ...............................................................................171
ŌŪ″ ̉ơƠ ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с .....................................................................................................................172
Article 410 Form of Opposition Motion ..................................................................................................172
ŌŪ″ ̉ơơ ĠŃą аБ ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с........................................................................................................................172
Article 411 Registry of Opposition Motions ............................................................................................172
ŌŪ″ ̉ơƯ ũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с .................................................................................................................172
Article 412 Time Limit for Opposition Motion .........................................................................................172
ŌŪ″ ̉ơư Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲ˝ŪņЊĳşеЮĵйЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..................................................................173
Article 413 Opposition Motion Limited to Civil Part of Judgment .......................................................173
ŌŪ″ ̉ở Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵйЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ιũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲřБŁ.....................................................173
Article 414 Opposition Motion against Criminal or Civil Part of Judgment .......................................173
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXIII

ŌŪ″ ̉ợ ⅜ŲřБŁЮşŀ″ņĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с .......................................................................................................173
Article 415 Judgment on Opposition Motion .......................................................................................173
ŌŪ″ ̉ờ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бк ũŎкЮĮŲ ◦Ūņ₣с Łũĳе₧₣ ..174
Article 416 Opposition Motion by Civil Party or Civil Defendants: Time Limit, Forms, and
Representation ......................................................................................................................174
Ðĕ□ Б◦Б ̀: ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮŲ

Р ........................................................................................................................ 175
BOOK SIX:
SIX: SUPREME COURT ............................................................................................................... 175
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ......................................................................................................................................175

TITLE 1: REQUEST FOR CASSATION TO SUPREME COURT ...............................................................................................175
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ..............................................................................................................................175
UNITARY CHAPTER: REQUEST FOR CASSATION TO SUPREME COURT ......................................................................175
ŌŪ″ ̉ớ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲΖşЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ...........................................................................................175
Article 417 Decisions Subject to Request for Cassation ......................................................................175
ŌŪ″ ̉ơ7 ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲΖşЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ......................................................................................................175
Article 418 Persons Entitled to Request for Cassation...........................................................................175
ŌŪ″ ̉ơo ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ..............................................................................................................176
Article 419 Grounds for Request for Cassation......................................................................................176
ŌŪ″ ̉ƯƠ ũŎкЮĮŲЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š .......................................................................................................176
Article 420 Time Period for Request for Cassation ...............................................................................176
ŌŪ″ ̉Ươ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝ş
š еЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁČĳсũЮĠЬĠ...........................................................................................177
Article 421 Appeal against Interlocutory Judgment ............................................................................177
ŌŪ″ ̉ƯƯ ◦Ūņ₣саĕŁũŪĠŁ₤Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ....................................................................................................177
Article 422 Forms of Request for Cassation ...........................................................................................177
ŌŪ″ ̉Ưư ŁũşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŲЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ....................................................................................................178
Article 423 Signature on Request for Cassation....................................................................................178
ŌŪ″ ̉Ử ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũ˝еĮŲ
Р ..............................................................................................178
Article 424 Forwarding Case Files to Supreme Court ...........................................................................178
ŌŪ″ ̉Ự ŁũşНйĠŃąаБ ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĝĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ..........................................................................................178
Article 425 Registration of Case Files at Supreme Court ......................................................................178
ŌŪ″ ̉Ừ Łũ″е₣ЮņēŷВ .............................................................................................................................178
Article 426 Appointment of Lawyers ......................................................................................................178
ŌŪ″ ̉Ứ ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠс₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ũ₧ ...................................................................................................178
Article 427 Time Limit for Writing Briefs....................................................................................................178
ŌŪ″ ̉Ư7 ŁũŢ˝с₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ĄРĕĮЊĕЊĳŏ ............................................................................................................179
Article 428 Presentation of Case Files for Examination.........................................................................179
ŌŪ″ ̉Ưo ŁũĮĕŜũũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũ₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ũ₧ .........................................................................................179
Article 429 Extension of Time Limit for Writing Briefs ..............................................................................179
ŌŪ″ ̉ưƠ ŁũČĳс″₣
е ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗ч.....................................................................................................179
Article 430 Appointment of Reporting Judge .......................................................................................179
ŌŪ″ ̉ươ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũũģŎŁũ‗ч ................................................................................................................179
Article 431 Written Report........................................................................................................................179
ŌŪ″ ̉ưƯ ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖЊŢťĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ.......................................180
Article 432 Delivery of Case File to General Prosecutor and Written Submission ..............................180
ŌŪ″ ̉ưư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮŁ
Б ŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũşеЮĵйļÐБ ............................................................................180
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXIV

Article 433 Notification of Hearing Date to Parties ...............................................................................180
ŌŪ″ ̉ử ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ.............................................................................................181
Article 434 Public Hearing .......................................................................................................................181
ŌŪ″ ̉ự ΖĕНļĮĠ₣∆₣ас ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š .........................................................................................................181
Article 435 Effect of Request for Cassation ...........................................................................................181
ŌŪ″ ̉ừ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠŔΆÐĳЊŎНĳŚ .......................................................................................................182
Article 436 Decision on Questions of Law..............................................................................................182
ŌŪ″ ̉ứ ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š .......................................................................................................182
Article 437 Waiver of Request of Cassation ..........................................................................................182
ŌŪ″ ̉ư7 ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠс₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚБ......................................................................................................182
Article 438 Time Period for Decision .......................................................................................................182
ŌŪ″ ̉ưo ĄеĮР˝аĕЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ˝еĮРŲ.........................................................................................183
Article 439 Categories of Judgments of Supreme Court .....................................................................183
ŌŪ″ ̉̉Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮŢŎýŊĕĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣..............................................................................................183
Article 440 Reversal Judgment without Returning of Case .................................................................183
ŌŪ″ ̉̉ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮŢŎŌĕŁũĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣.........................................................................................183
Article 441 Reversal Judgment with Returning of Case .......................................................................183
ŌŪ″ ̉̉Ư ⅜ŲřБŁĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮĮŀΒ₣ð ............................................................................................................184
Article 442 Judgment of Plenary ............................................................................................................184
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ ..............................................................................................................................184
TITLE 2: MOTION FOR REVIEW OF PROCEEDING ..........................................................................................................184
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ .......................................................................................................................184
UNITARY CHAPTER: MOTION FOR REVIEW OF PROCEEDING .................................................................................184
ŌŪ″ ̉̉ư Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ ................................................................................................................................184
Article 443 Motion for Review .................................................................................................................184
ŌŪ″ ̉̉̉ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ........................................................................................................184
Article 444 Review of Criminal Case ......................................................................................................184
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̉ ˝ũ‗БЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤ЧЮ ũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ ..............................................................................................................184
Article 445 Cases of Review of Proceeding ..........................................................................................184
ŌŪ″ ̉̉̀ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲΖşĠŚ₣
Е Ю₤ЧЮ ũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ........................................................................................................185
Article 446 Persons Entitled to Make Motion for Review ......................................................................185
ŌŪ″ ̉̉́ ŁũşНйĠŃąБĠ‗Ś₣
Е Ю₤ЧЮũВ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ .....................................................................185
Article 447 Registration of Motion for Review and Examination of Case File ....................................185
ŌŪ″ ̉̉7 Ћ БЮ₤ЧЮ ũВк ũŎкЮĮŲ..................................................................................................................186
ĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 448 Procedure of Review: Time Limit..........................................................................................186
ŌŪ″ ̉̉o Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĠ₣∆₣сŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ .................................................................................................186
Article 449 Decision to Suspend Execution of Sentence .....................................................................186
ŌŪ″ ̣̉Ơ ŁũĠŃąС ĕĠ‗Ś₣
Е Ю₤ЧЮũВЮĉĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ............................................................................................186
Article 450 Delivery of Motion for Review to Supreme Court ..............................................................186
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ơ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮŁ
Б ŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ .................................186
Article 451 Notification of Hearing Date and Public Hearing..............................................................186
ŌŪ″ ̣̉Ư ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ ......................................................................................................................187
Article 452 Additional Investigations ......................................................................................................187
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ư Łũ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁ ......................................................................................................187
Article 453 Reasons for Judgment..........................................................................................................187
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̉ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĬ∆˝ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ◦‗Ź˝ņŊ ...............................................................................................188
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXV

Article 454 Decision to Suspend Execution of Sentence .....................................................................188
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̉ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũΒĕНЮŪýйЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ď◦РЮĉ ″ņĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ .......................................188
Article 455 Consequence of Pardon and Amnesty on Motion for Review........................................188
Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс řŁ
Ðĕ□Б◦Б ́: řŁ Б ЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣řŁ
Б ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ .............................................. 188
BOOK SEVEN: CITATIONS, SUMMONS

SUMMONS AND NOTIFICATIONS
NOTIFICATIONS..................................................................
IONS 188
Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс...................................................................................................188
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: řŁ
TITLE 1: CITATIONS ...................................................................................................................................................188
ĄеĮ˝ Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ...........................................................................................188
Р ЮĈŲ: řŁ
UNITARY CHAPTER: CITATIONS ..........................................................................................................................188
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̀ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲск ◦Ūņ₣с .....................................................................................188
Article 456 Citation: Form ........................................................................................................................188
ŌŪ″ ̣̉́ Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ Не ŪņйĬĀŲс ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ ...188
Article 457 Time Limit between Delivery of Citation and Appearance..............................................188
ŌŪ″ ̣̉7 Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ Не ŪņйĬĀŲсЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń .........................................................189
Article 458 Delivery of Citation by Prosecutor.......................................................................................189
ŌŪ″ ̣̉o Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąСĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ Не ŪņйĬĀŲсЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ ..........................................................189
Article 459 Delivery of Citation by Bailiff ................................................................................................189
ŌŪ″ ̉̀Ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсş₣
Н řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсĄĕďĠссЮČ◦ ..............................................................189
Article 460 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Accused .............................................................189
ŌŪ″ ̉̀ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсş₣
Н řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷĳŚŌĕ ...........................................190
Article 461 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Absent Accused................................................190
ŌŪ″ ̉̀Ư ŁũŪĠÐŲсş₣
Н řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс .......................................................190
Article 462 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat........................190
ŌŪ″ ̉̀ư Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ........................................................191
ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Article 463 Other Means of Delivery of Citation....................................................................................191
ŌŪ″ ̉̀̉ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊĕŲеЮĝůĕ ιýŊĕ◦Б₤₧
е ˝сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ðŲс.....................................................................191
Article 464 Accused Who Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence .............................................191
Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ........................................................................................192
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: řŁ
TITLE 2: SUMMONS OF ACCUSED TO HEARING ............................................................................................................192
ĄеĮ˝ Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ................................................................................192
Р ЮĈŲ: řŁ
UNITARY CHAPTER: SUMMONS OF ACCUSED TO HEARING...................................................................................192
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̀ ◦Ūņ₣саĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ..............................................................................................192
Article 465 Form of Summons..................................................................................................................192
ŌŪ″ ̉̀̀ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ ...................................................192
Article 466 Time Limit between Summons and Appearance..............................................................192
ŌŪ″ ̉̀́ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń .................................................................193
Article 467 Hand-Delivery of Summons by Royal Prosecutor...............................................................193
ŌŪ″ ̉̀7 řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ......................................................................193
Article 468 Hand-Delivery of Summons by Bailiff...................................................................................193
ŌŪ″ ̉̀o ŁũŪĠÐŲсş₣
Н řБŁЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ....................................................................193
Article 469 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Accused ..........................................................193
ŌŪ″ ̉́Ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦........................................194
Article 470 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Absent Accused .............................................194
ŌŪ″ ̉́ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсş₣
Н řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс .......................................................194
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXVI

Article 471 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat.....................194
Б ЮŁйЮΊ .......................................................................................195
ŌŪ″ ̉́Ư ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Article 472 Other Means of Delivery of Summons.................................................................................195
ŌŪ″ ̉́ư ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊĕŲеЮĝůĕ ĕЊ₣ýŊĕ◦Б₤₧
е ˝сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ðŲс ...................................................................195
Article 473 Accused Who Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence .............................................195
ŌŪ″ ̉́̉ υ˝⅜ũļąĠсЮĉĕЕ₣şН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ .................................................................................................195
Article 474 Documents Attached to Summons.....................................................................................195
Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ.........................................................................196
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: řŁ
TITLE 3: SUMMONS ORDERING PERSONS OTHER THAN ACCUSED TO HEARING ..............................................................196
ĄеĮ˝ Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ..................................................................196
Р ЮĈŲ: řŁ
UNITARY CHAPTER: SUMMONS ORDERING PERSONS OTHER THAN ACCUSED TO HEARING .....................................196
ŌŪ″ ̣̉́ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..................................................................................................196
Article 475 Summons to Civil Party .........................................................................................................196
ŌŪ″ ̉́̀ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй................................................................................................................196
Article 476 Summons to Victim ...............................................................................................................196
ŌŪ″ ̉́́ řБŁЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б .......................................................................................................................197
Article 477 Summons to Witness..............................................................................................................197
ŌŪ″ ̉́7 řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ .................................................................................................................197
Article 478 Summons to Expert................................................................................................................197
ŌŪ″ ̉́o řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ.................................................................................................................198
Article 479 Summons to Interpreter/Translator ......................................................................................198
ŌŪ″ ̉7Ơ řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ..........................................................................................198
Article 480 Summons to Civil Defendant ...............................................................................................198
ŌŪ″ ̉7ơ Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊũУņ...............................................................................................................................199
Article 481 Common Provisions...............................................................................................................199
Б όŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ.....................................................................................199
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉: řŁ
TITLE 4: WRIT OF NOTIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS................................................................................................199
ĄеĮ˝ Б όŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ .............................................................................199
Р ЮĈŲ: řŁ
UNITARY CHAPTER: WRIT OF NOTIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS ......................................................................199
ŌŪ″ ̉7Ư ˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕřБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ ...................................................................................................................199
Article 482 Purpose of Writ of Notification .............................................................................................199
ŌŪ″ ̉7ư Б όŏřе‗Е₣ ..................................................................................................199
Article 483 Information Stated in Writ of Notification ...........................................................................199
ŌŪ″ ̉7̉ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń......................................................................................200
Article 484 Writ of Notification Served by Prosecutor...........................................................................200
ŌŪ″ ̉7̣ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ ......................................................................................200
Article 485 Writ of Notification Served by Bailiff ....................................................................................200
ŌŪ″ ̉7̀ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ĄРĕřŲсļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ..........................................200
Article 486 Delivery of Copied Decision to Involved Party by Bailiff ...................................................200
ŌŪ″ ̉7́ ˝ũ‗БΒŷĳŚŌĕаĕļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ ...................................................................................................201
Article 487 Absence of Involved Party...................................................................................................201
ŌŪ″ ̉77 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс ...............................................................201
Article 488 Delivery of Copied Decision to Chief of Commune or Sangkat ......................................201
ŌŪ″ ̉7o ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ .....................................................................................................202
Article 489 Other Means of Service of Notification ..............................................................................202
ŌŪ″ ̉oƠ ļÐБЯřŲĮНеŌĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤₧
е ˝сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ðŲс ............................................................................203
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXVII

Article 490 Party that Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence.....................................................203
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̣: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊũУņ .......................................................................................................................................203
TITLE 5: COMMON PROVISIONS ................................................................................................................................203
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊũУņ ...............................................................................................................................203
UNITARY CHAPTER: COMMON PROVISIONS .......................................................................................................203
ŌŪ″ ̉oơ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũĮНеģĕЮýũĮũŎкЮĮŲ ...............................................................................................203
Article 491 Consequence of Non-Compliance with Time Limit ..........................................................203
ŌŪ″ ̉oƯ ЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ĕЊ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ........................................................203
Article 492 Annullment of Citation and Summons................................................................................203
ŌŪ″ ̉oư Б ЮŁйĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷ˝ĳсŪ″ЮĝЮŲЧřŁ Не ŪņйĬĀŲс ιřБŁЮŁйЮΊ ...........................................204
Article 493 Information to be Stated in Citation or Summons .............................................................204
ŌŪ″ ̉ỏ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷ˝ĳсŪ″ЮŲЧЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠŪН ĳ ............................................................................................204
Article 494 Information to be Stated on Envelope ...............................................................................204
ŌŪ″ ̉ọ ΅ĳ□ЮŲž ĕЊ₣⅜ĖņŪŌņаř ............................................................................................................205
Article 495 Signature and Finger Print ....................................................................................................205
Ðĕ□Б◦Б 7: ĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБŪĠĳЊĠĳŚ Њ ....................................................................................................................... 206
BOOK EIGHT: ENFORCEMENT

ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURE...........................................................................................
PROCEDURE 206
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ...................................................................................................................................206

TITLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS ..................................................................................................................................206
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ ...........................................................................................................................206
UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PROVISIONS .........................................................................................................206
ŌŪ″ ̉ò ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣◦‗Ź˝ņŊũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б .............................................................................................206
Article 496 Execution of Sentence and Civil Part of Judgment ..........................................................206
ŌŪ″ ̉ó Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş⅜□Įũ.....................................................................................................................206
Article 497 Final Decision.........................................................................................................................206
ŌŪ″ ̉o7 Ћ Б ........................................................................................206
ŁũŪĠņРŲŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 498 Collection of Fines and Proceeding Taxes .........................................................................206
ŌŪ″ ̉oo Łũ₤Не˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к.............................................................................................................206
Article 499 Use of Public Forces ..............................................................................................................206
ŌŪ″ ̣ƠƠ ŁũŲеģ˝Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤................................................................................................207
Article 500 Difficulty in Execution of Sentence......................................................................................207
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơơ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŪ₤СĠЮĈ₤ĠŃĆС ŲýĖ .......................................................................................................207
Article 501 Request for Consolidation of Sentences ............................................................................207
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũŪĠĳЊĠĳŉ ЊŁũþНеŠĕ
ųФ ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ЮĈ₤ř˝΅РĳЮ₤ũВļĮ ..........................................................207
TITLE 2: CARRYING OUT PROVISIONAL DETENTION AND PUNISHMENT DEPRIVING OF FREEDOM ......................................207
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠĕ
Фų ............................................................................................................207
CHAPTER 1: RULES GOVERNING DETENTION ........................................................................................................207
ŌŪ″ ̣ƠƯ ŁũÐ‗ĜℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũ .............................................................................................207
Article 502 Calculation of Duration of Imprisonment ...........................................................................207
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơư ŁũÐЊĳĠŃĆС ŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ................................................................................208
Article 503 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention ................................................................208
ŌŪ″ ̣Ở ŁũЮũЬĠşеĮĕċĜýũ .......................................................................................................................208
Article 504 Prison Organization ...............................................................................................................208
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXVIII

ŌŪ″ ̣Ợ ĠŃą Ą
Б ĕďĠсþНе ............................................................................................................................208
Article 505 Detainee Registry ..................................................................................................................208
ŌŪ″ ̣Ờ ŲЊŠЊĳþНеŠФ ĕ
ų .................................................................................................................................209
Article 506 Detention Authorization .......................................................................................................209
ŌŪ″ ̣Ớ ŁũþНеŠФĕ
ų ЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс ................................................................................................................209
Article 507 Illegal Detention ....................................................................................................................209
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơ7 ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕĄĕďĠсþНе″ņŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч Не ..............................................................................................209
Article 508 Presentation of Detainee Upon Request ............................................................................209
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơo ΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆĮĕċĜýũ ......................................................................................................................209
Article 509 Prison Inspection....................................................................................................................209
ŌŪ″ ̣ơƠ Łũ₤ĕĀĜũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсþНеďņУŎĕЕ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФĕ
ų .............................................................................209
Article 510 Communication of Detainee with His Lawyer....................................................................209
ŌŪ″ ̣ơơ ŁũĩŚŲсřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕΧĠġĳŚЊЮ΅ĳНĊĞĕсĊũĞ ..............................................................209
Article 511 Provision of Information to Prosecutor in Case of Serious Incidents.................................209
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ...................................................................................................210
CHAPTER 2: PAROLE .........................................................................................................................................210
ŌŪ″ ̣ơƯ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ÐеĕЊĳŌũŗ◦ ....................................................................................................210
Article 512 Conditions Relative to Behavior ..........................................................................................210
ŌŪ″ ̣ơư Ų˝šŠ‗ŹĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ ......................................................210
Article 513 Conditions Relative to Duration of Sentence Already Served .........................................210
ŌŪ″ ̣ở ΖďńĊũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ Ć₤ŪŌĠсĩŚŲсŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź.........................................................210
Article 514 Authority Competent to Grant Parole ................................................................................210
ŌŪ″ ̣ợ ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сÐ‗к˝ņŊŁũďĳЊ.......................................................................................................211
Article 515 Opinion of National Commission.........................................................................................211
ŌŪ″ ̣ờ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ....................................................................211
Article 516 Decisions on Parole...............................................................................................................211
ŌŪ″ ̣ớ ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ ĕЊ₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź .......................................................212
Article 517 Enforcement and Conditions of Parole ..............................................................................212
ŌŪ″ ̣ơ7 Łũř˝΅РĳЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ..............................................................................................................212
Article 518 Revocation of Decision ........................................................................................................212
ŌŪ″ ̣ơo ŁũČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ◦‗ŹЊĳЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣............................................................................................212
Article 519 Arrest of Released Convicted Person .................................................................................212
ŌŪ″ ̣ƯƠ Łũř˝΅РĳŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź .......................................................................................213
Article 520 Revocation of Parole............................................................................................................213
ŌŪ″ ̣Ươ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũņЊĕř˝΅Рĳ .............................................................................................................213
Article 521 Consequence of Non-Revocation......................................................................................213
ŌŪ″ ̣ƯƯ ŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх............................................................................................................213
Article 522 Prakas of Ministry of Justice..................................................................................................213
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ .............................................................................................................................214
TITLE 3: IMPRISONMENT IN LIEU OF PAYMENT..............................................................................................................214
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ......................................................................................................................214
UNITARY CHAPTER: IMPRISONMENT IN LIEU OF PAYMENT ....................................................................................214
ŌŪ″ ̣Ưư ˝ũ‗БΒĕНŷĳŚŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ .......................................................................................................214
Article 523 Implementation of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment .......................................................214
ŌŪ″ ̣Ử ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс ...................................................................................................214
Article 524 Enforcement of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment ............................................................214
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXIX

ŌŪ″ ̣Ự Ћ Б .........................................................214
ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ιŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 525 Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment for Failure to Pay Fines or Proceeding Taxes .............214
ŌŪ″ ̣Ừ ĠŔąόŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠФĕ
ų ................................................................................................................215
Article 526 Special Detention Order ......................................................................................................215
ŌŪ″ ̣Ứ Łũĳǻм ĕЕ₣ĠŔąόŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠФĕ
ų ...................................................................................................216
Article 527 Objection to Special Detention Order................................................................................216
ŌŪ″ ̣Ư7 ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ .....................................................................................................216
Article 528 Release...................................................................................................................................216
ŌŪ″ ̣Ưo Ų˝šŠ‗ŹřРşýĖЮĉĕЕ₣ŁũŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũ..............................................................................................216
Article 529 Assimilated Conditions..........................................................................................................216
ŌŪ″ ̣ưƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ .........................................................................................................216
Article 530 Duration of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment ....................................................................216
ŌŪ″ ̣ươ ŁũũУşŠųФĕĮБŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ........................................................................................................217
Article 531 Freedom from Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment...............................................................217
ŌŪ″ ̣ưƯ ļĮЮĝЯĳņЊĕũУşĮБĠе‗Ų
Н řЯřŲ......................................................................................................218
Article 532 Indebtedness Obligations ....................................................................................................218
ŌŪ″ ̣ưư ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б .................................................................. 218
Article 533 Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment Requested by Civil Party .............................................218
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉: ŁũĩŚŲс ĕЊ₣ŁũŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ............................................................................................219
TITLE 4: RESTORATION OF LEGAL CAPACITY AND REHABILITATION ................................................................................219
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ŁũĩŚŲсĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ................................................................................219
CHAPTER 1: JUDICIAL REHABILITATION ...............................................................................................................219
ŌŪ″ ̣ử ⅜ŵĄŪņй˝ŚБЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆŪĠŁ₤ŁũĩŚŲό
с ŏŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ...............................................219
Article 534 Competent Court to Decide Rehabilitation ......................................................................219
ŌŪ″ ̣ự Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЮŲЧũŎкЮĮŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ.................................................219
Article 535 Time Conditions Relative to Application for Rehabilitation ..............................................219
ŌŪ″ ̣ừ ŁũĩŚŲķ
с ₤ŚО ″₣Čеģşс..................................................................................................................219
Article 536 Provision of Necessary Evidence .........................................................................................219
ŌŪ″ ̣ứ ◦Ūņ₣саĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕĳ
Б Њ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ .............................................................................220
Article 537 Form of Application for Rehabilitation................................................................................220
ŌŪ″ ̣ư7 ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďńĄРĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń....................................................................220
Article 538 Forwarding Case File by Prosecutor to General Prosecutor.............................................220
ŌŪ″ ̣ưo Ћ БЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ....................................................................................................221
ĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 539 Proceedings before Court of Appeal .................................................................................221
ŌŪ″ ̣̉Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕĳ
Б Њ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ .........................................................................221
Article 540 Rejection of Application for Rehabilitation ........................................................................221
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс ..................................................................221
CHAPTER 2: REHABILITATION BY LAW .................................................................................................................221
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ơ ŁũŌĕĕБĳ₤
Њ ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс............................................................................221
Article 541 Rehabilitation by Law ...........................................................................................................221
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̣: ĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ ..................................................................................................................................222
TITLE 5: CRIMINAL RECORD .......................................................................................................................................222
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ ..........................................................................................................................222
UNITARY CHAPTER: CRIMINAL RECORD ..............................................................................................................222
ŌŪ″ ̣̉Ư ŁũŪÐĠсŪÐ₣₤ŵ˝ĠŪĳĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤аĕĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤..........................................................................222
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXX

Article 542 Management of Sentence Bulletin of Criminal Record....................................................222
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ........................................................................................................223
Article 543 Information Related to Identity............................................................................................223
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̉ ĮњĳхŌĕаĕĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ .............................................................................................................223
Article 544 Information of Criminal Record ...........................................................................................223
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̉ ĮњĳхŌĕаĕĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ...................................................................................224
Article 545 Information in Criminal Record regarding Legal Entities...................................................224
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̀ ŁũЮşŀŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳ .........................................................................................................................224
Article 546 Disclosing Bulletins .................................................................................................................224
ŌŪ″ ̣̉́ ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ơ ...........................................................................................................................224
Article 547 Bulletin No. 1 ..........................................................................................................................224
ŌŪ″ ̣̉7 ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ Ư ..........................................................................................................................224
ŌŪ″ ̣̉o ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ư ..........................................................................................................................225
ŌŪ″ ̣̣Ơ ŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉаĕĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤к ŪĠŁ₤ ........................................................................................226
Article 550 Functioning of Criminal Record Entity: Prakas....................................................................226
ŌŪ″ ̣̣ơ ŁũЯ˝ĳŪņСŷĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ ...........................................................................................................226
Article 551 Correction of Criminal Record.............................................................................................226
ŌŪ″ ̣̣Ư ΖĕНļĮаĕŁũ◦◦УŲģĕĕБĳ₤
Њ ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ......................................................................................226
Article 552 Effects of Rehabilitation........................................................................................................226
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̀: Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБ .....................................................................................................................................226
TITLE 6: COURT FEES .................................................................................................................................................226
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБ ..............................................................................................................................226
UNITARY CHAPTER: COURT FEES ........................................................................................................................226
ŌŪ″ ̣̣ư Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБ ..............................................................................................................................226
Article 553 Court Fees..............................................................................................................................226
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̉ Ћ Б ..........................................................................................................................226
Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 554 Proceeding Taxes..................................................................................................................226
Ðĕ□Б◦Б o: ĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБЮŢŎЯΌ˝ ................................................................................................................... 228
BOOK NINE: SPECIAL

SPECIAL PROCEEDINGS....................................................................................................
PROCEEDINGS 228
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐðŲ ................................................................................................................228

TITLE 1: PROVISIONS CONCERNING PERSONS .............................................................................................................228
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ЮčŪ˝ņ ..........................................................................................................................................228
CHAPTER 1: JUDGES .........................................................................................................................................228
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Łũř˝Šųĕ
Ф ЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ...................................................................................................................228
SECTION 1: SELF RECUSAL .................................................................................................................................228
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̣ ņРŲЮ΅ĳНŪĳЕņŪĳСŷаĕŁũř˝ŠųФĕ ........................................................................................................ 228
Article 555 Legitimate Reasons for Self Recusal.................................................................................... 228
Њ şЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк .........................................................................................................228
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣řĳ
SECTION 2: CHALLENGE OF JUDGE ...................................................................................................................228
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̀ ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк ......................................................................................... 228
Article 556 Grounds for Challenging Judge.......................................................................................... 228
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXI

ŌŪ″ ̣̣́ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк ....................................................................................................... 229
Article 557 Application for Disqualification ........................................................................................... 229
ŌŪ″ ̣̣7 ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк........................................................................................... 229
Article 558 Recipients of Application for Disqualification of Judge.................................................... 229
ŌŪ″ ̣̣o ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮĵ
Б ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк................................................................................. 230
Article 559 Notification of Application for Disqualification of Judge ................................................. 230
ŌŪ″ ̣̀Ơ ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮњĕĕ
ċ Е₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚ ............................................................................. 230
Article 560 Report of Challenged Judge............................................................................................... 230
ŌŪ″ ̣̀ơ ŁũĮЊĕĳ
Њ ŏĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк........................................................................................... 230
Article 561 Examination of Application for Disqualification of Judge ................................................ 230
ŌŪ″ ̣̀Ư Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк ............................................................................... 230
Article 562 Decision on Application for Disqualification of Judge...................................................... 230
ŌŪ″ ̣̀ư ˝ЊşĆЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀņНĕЮĮŲĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ......................................................................... 231
Article 563 Activities Performed Before Notification of Challenge ..................................................... 231
ŌŪ″ ̣̀̉ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣şеЮĵйЮčŪ˝ņЮŪşЧĕũРĠ ....................................................................................................... 231
Article 564 Application for Disqualification against Several Judges .................................................. 231
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̀ ŁũĠŚ₣
Е řЊĳşЊĳŚŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲņЊĕόŏĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй .............................................................................. 231
Article 565 Application for Disqualification of President of Supreme Court ...................................... 231
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ĠĳŜĠњĕ ........................................................................................................................................231
CHAPTER 2: EXTRADITION .................................................................................................................................231
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ĠĳŜĠњĕЯřŲЮ₤ĖЧ₤НеЮŢŎũřťĠũЮ◦₤ ...............................................................................................231
SECTION 1: EXTRADITION REQUESTED BY FOREIGN STATE .....................................................................................231
˝▫ļÐ◦Б ơ: ĠĳŜĠњĕ ...................................................................................................................................231
SUB-SECTION 1: EXTRADITION ...........................................................................................................................231
ŌŪ″ ̣̀̀ ĠĳŜĠњĕаĕΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЮŲЧЯřĕřБ ............................................................................................. 231
Article 566 Extradition of Foreign Resident in Cambodia Territory ...................................................... 231
ŌŪ″ ̣̀́ ₤ĕċЊ₤Ŕň ĕЊ₣ΒĕН₤ŔňΒĕŚũďĳЊ ......................................................................................................232
Article 567 International Conventions and Treaties.............................................................................. 232
ŌŪ″ ̣̀7 ĕЊŎņĕњŎк ũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ....................................................................................232
Article 568 Definition: Requesting State and Wanted Person ............................................................. 232
˝▫ļÐ◦Б Ư: Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕĠĳŜĠњĕ ................................................................................................................232
SUB-SECTION 2: CONDITIONS OF EXTRADITION ..................................................................................................232
ŌŪ″ ̣̀o Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕĠĳŜĠњĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ..................................................................................................232
Article 569 Conditions of Extradition Relative to Act ............................................................................ 232
ŌŪ″ ̣́Ơ ˝ũ‗БаĕŁũĠлНĕĠл₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ĕЊ₣Łũ₤ņÐеĕЊĳ ...........................................................................233
Article 570 Attempted Offenses and Conspiracy ................................................................................ 233
ŌŪ″ ̣́ơ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũ ..................................................................................................233
Article 571 Conditions Relative to Imprisonment Sentence ................................................................ 233
ŌŪ″ ̣́Ư Ų˝šŠ‗ŹĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊЧ₤ ......................................................................................233
Article 572 Conditions Relative to Place of Commission of Offense .................................................. 233
ŌŪ″ ̣́ư ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗кĕЮŗģŎ.....................................................................................................234
Article 573 Acts of Political Nature ......................................................................................................... 234
ŌŪ″ ̣́̉ ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮŲЧЯřĕřБ ĕЊ₣ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņйď⅜□ĮũũУşЮ΅ЧŎ.....................................................234
Article 574 Acts committed in Cambodia and Tried by Final Judgment .......................................... 234
ŌŪ″ ̣̣́ ŁũũŲĳсаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń .................................................................................................................234
Article 575 Extinction of Criminal Actions .............................................................................................. 234
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXII

ŌŪ″ ̣́̀ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕďЮŪşЧĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯĳŌĖ˝с .............................................................................234
Article 576 Multiple Extradition Requests against Same Person .......................................................... 234
ŌŪ″ ̣́́ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤Не .............................................................................................235
Article 577 Conditions of Extradition Relative to Request .................................................................... 235
ŌŪ″ ̣́7 ŁũĮŏФũĠĳŜĠњĕ ...........................................................................................................................235
Article 578 Suspension of Extradition...................................................................................................... 235
˝▫ļÐ◦Б ư: ĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБаĕĠĳŜĠњĕ ...................................................................................................................236
SUB-SECTION 3: EXTRADITION PROCEDURES .......................................................................................................236
ŌŪ″ ̣́o ŁũĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷşеЮĵйĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ ...................................................................................236
Article 579 Validation of Extradition Request ........................................................................................236
ŌŪ″ ̣7Ơ ŁũĠŃąС ĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ ...........................................................................................................236
Article 580 Forwarding of Extradition Request.......................................................................................236
ŌŪ″ ̣7ơ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ .....................................................................................................236
Article 581 Request of Provisional Arrest ................................................................................................236
ŌŪ″ ̣7Ư ĠŔąόŏČĠсŠФĕ
ų ĕЊ₣þНеŠФ ĕ
ų şеЮĵйĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ..........................................................................237
Article 582 Special Detention Order against Wanted Persons ............................................................237
ŌŪ″ ̣7ư ŁũĠİΆŀĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ...............................237
Article 583 Presentation of Wanted Person to Royal Prosecutor or General Prosecutor..................237
ŌŪ″ ̣7̉ ŁũĠŚ₣
Е Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ................................................................................................................238
Article 584 Filing Case with Investigation Chamber .............................................................................238
ŌŪ″ ̣7̣ Ћ БЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .....................................................................................................238
ĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 585 Proceedings before Investigation Chamber......................................................................238
ŌŪ″ ̣7̀ ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ...........................................................................................................238
Article 586 Decision of Investigation Chamber.....................................................................................238
ŌŪ″ ̣7́ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНũе Ġ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ.....................................................................238
Article 587 Application for Release of Wanted Person ........................................................................238
ŌŪ″ ̣77 ŁũŎŲсŪĮņόŏЮÐЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ .........................................................................................................239
Article 588 Agreement to Extradition .....................................................................................................239
ŌŪ″ ̣7o ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .............................................................................................239
Article 589 Effects of Decision of Investigation Chamber....................................................................239
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ĠĳŜĠњĕЯřŲЮ₤ĖЧ₤НеЮŢŎŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďşеЮĵйũřťĠũЮ◦₤ ..................................................240
SECTION 2: EXTRADITION REQUESTED BY KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA TO FOREIGN STATE .........................................240
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơ ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ .......................................................................................................... 240
Article 590 Competence of Investigation Chamber............................................................................240
ŌŪ″ ̣oơ Ћ БЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ..................................................................................................... 240
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 591 Proceedings before Investigation Chamber......................................................................240
ŌŪ″ ̣oƯ ΖĕНļĮņЊĕĬ∆˝аĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЮŌþļĮ............................................................................................. 240
Article 592 No Suspending Effect of Motion to Invalidate Extradition Request .................................240
ŌŪ″ ̣oư ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊşеЮĵйĠĳŜĠњĕ ................................................................................................. 240
Article 593 Effect of Invalidation of Extradition .....................................................................................240
ŌŪ″ ̣ỏ ŁũŎŲсŪĮņũĠ₤сũřťЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсΖ‗Њ˝Ąĕņ˝ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď .................................................... 241
Article 594 Consent of State That Has Delivered Foreign Resident to Cambodia ............................241
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: Łũđų ₣Łĳс ....................................................................................................................................241
CHAPTER 3: TRANSIT .........................................................................................................................................241
ŌŪ″ ̣ọ ĵ˝ŏ₤Неđų₣Łĳс ............................................................................................................................241
Article 595 Transit Request.......................................................................................................................241
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXIII

ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊЮŢŎЯΌ˝₤ŚБĮБŁũŪĠĳЊĠĳŚ ЊЮĈ₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ ...................................................................241
CHAPTER 4: SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING EXECUTION OF CERTAIN PENALTIES..............................................241
ŌŪ″ ̣ò Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ₤ŚБĮŁ
Б ũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ ............................................................................................241
Article 596 Special Provisions Concerning Execution of Sentences ...................................................241
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: ĕБĳЊĠНÐðŲ .......................................................................................................................................242
CHAPTER 5: LEGAL ENTITIES ...............................................................................................................................242
ŌŪ″ ̣ó ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð .........................................................................................................242
Article 597 Jurisdiction related to Legal Entity.......................................................................................242
ŌŪ″ ̣o7 Łũĳе₧₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐðŲЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠĳНŵŁũ.........................................................................................242
Article 598 Representation of Legal Entity in Court ..............................................................................242
ŌŪ″ ̣oo ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ũĠ₤сĕБĳЊĠÐ
Н Ų
ð ..........................................................................................242
Article 599 Identity of Representative of Legal Entity...........................................................................242
ŌŪ″ ̀ƠƠ ŷЋēĕŁũĠ₣šЯе řŲŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵйĕБĳЊĠÐ
Н Ų
ð ...................................................................................243
Article 600 Coercive Measures against Legal Entity.............................................................................243
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơơ ŁũŢ˝сĕБĳЊĠÐ
Н Ų
ð όŏ₤□ ĳ
Њ ЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ .................................................................243
Article 601 Placement under Judicial Supervision of Legal Entity.......................................................243
ŌŪ″ ̀ƠƯ řБŁЮŁй ĕЊ₣řБŁĄРĕřе‗₣
Е řŲсĕБĳЊĠНÐðŲ............................................................................................243
Article 602 Summons and Writ of Notification of Decisions to Legal Entity ........................................243
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũģĳсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊĳ⅜Ėņ ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЯ˝₤ŪņФŲЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ...............................................244
TITLE 2: LOSS OF DOCUMENTS, INTERPRETATION AND MODIFICATION OF DECISIONS ....................................................244
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ŁũģĳсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊĳ⅜Ėņ ....................................................................................................................244
CHAPTER 1: LOSS OF DOCUMENTS.....................................................................................................................244
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơư Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳЯŚЊ řŲΒĕНŷĳŚ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БģĳсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊĳ⅜Ėņ...............................................................................244
Article 603 Provisions Applicable in case of Loss of Documents .........................................................244
ŌŪ″ ̀Ở ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣ЯřŲĄеĕУ₤ŲЊŠЊĳЮřЧņ ......................................................................................................244
Article 604 Substituted Copy for Original...............................................................................................244
ŌŪ″ ̀Ợ Ћ Б .....................................................................................................244
ŁũĠ₣˛ЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀĕРŷŲЊŠЊĳаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 605 Reconstruction of Procedural Documents .........................................................................244
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЯ˝ĳŪņСŷЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ...............................................................................245
CHAPTER 2: INTERPRETATION AND MODIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS .............................................................245
ŌŪ″ ̀Ờ ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş........................................................................245
Article 606 Competence of Court that Renders Decision...................................................................245
Ðĕ□Б◦Б ơƠ: ΒĕŚũĠġŃňĳŚЊ .......................................................................................................................... 246
BOOK 10: TRANSITIONAL

TRANSITIONAL PROVISION..................................................................................................
PROVISION 246
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ΒĕŚũĠġŃňĳŚЊ ..................................................................................................................................246
UNITARY CHAPTER: TRANSITIONAL PROVISION ....................................................................................................246
ŌŪ″ ̀Ớ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũĩŚŲсÐН‗₤ņġĳŚЊďņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхşеЮĵйĜŎĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĈΉĕ
аĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ .............................................................................................................................................246
Article 607 Qualifications of Judicial Police Officers and Military Police Officers..............................246
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơ7 ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũþНеŠФĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ.........................................................246
Article 608 Time Limit for Provisional Detention .....................................................................................246
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơo ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΧģŪ₤њŎ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с .............................................246
Article 609 Time Limit for Appeal and Objection..................................................................................246
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXIV

ŌŪ″ ̀ơƠ ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷ ŷЋēĕ₤Ś БĮБΖďńŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗Ś₣
Е Ζďń ĕЊ₣ΖďńŎНŁŲаĕЮĈ₤......................247
Article 610 Time Limit for Statute of Limitations of Criminal Actions and Sentence...........................247
BOOK 11: FINAL PROVISION

PROVISION ............................................................................................................... 248
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Βŷ⅜ĕĠġŃňĳŚЊ ...........................................................................................................................248
UNITARY CHAPTER: FINAL PROVISION ................................................................................................................248
ŌŪ″ ̀ơơ Ћ БĮņ
ĕЊŬ˝ũ‗чаĕΒĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠс₤ŚБĮБĕБĳЊŷĊ Б Нĕ ............................................................................................248
Article 611 Abrogation of Previous Laws................................................................................................248
ŌŪ″ ̀ơƯ Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź...............................................................................................248
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚļųņĕРŷŪ˝ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 612 Immediate Entry into Force of Code of Criminal Procedure............................................248
ΧĠ₤ņįĕ
њ ċ ............................................................................................................................................. 250
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Ћ ˝
Б ₣
ОĖ ŁũЮĊſ₤ņġℓ..........................................................................................................................
₤
Ч ņġℓ
₤ņġℓ 250
LEGAL PROCEDURE OF SWEARING

SWEARING THE OATH ...................................................................................... 251
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition XXXV

Ðĕ□ Б◦Б ơ: Ġ‗Ś₣
Е Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
BOOK ONE: CRIMINAL AND CIVIL ACTIONS
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: ЮýŲŁũ‗ч◦ЮР ĉ
TITLE 1: GENERAL PRINCIPLES
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ЮýŲŁũ‗ч◦ЮР ĉ
UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PRINCIPLES
ŌŪ″ ơ Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź
ЮýŲĠе‗₣аĕŪ˝ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 1 Purpose of Code of Criminal Procedure
Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź ŌĕЮýŲĠе‗₣˝е‗ĳсΒеĮБ ŷē
Ū˝ņĕБĳЊŷĊ Ћ ĕĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮ ĕЊ₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ″ņЮŢŎ΅Ŋ ĳş
с ĳс
ЮřЧņġБ˝‗
е ĳсόŏşĤ₤сĕŷР Βĳ□ļ
Њ ĮаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź₧ņУŎ¤
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳаŚЊ ĕŪ˝ņЮĕйŪĳСŷŎ˝ЮĉΒĕНŷĳŚşЮе ĵйЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ŁŲ₧ĮНеŌĕŷЋēĕЮŢŎЯΌ˝Яş₣ЮŢŎşĤĠс
ĮЊЮ₤₤Ю◦ЮĜй¤
This Code of Criminal Procedure aims at defining the rules to be strictly followed and
applied in order to clearly determine the existence of a criminal offense.
The provisions of this Code shall apply to criminal cases unless there are special rules set
forth by separate laws.
ŌŪ″ Ư Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 2 Criminal and Civil Actions
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БÐď
Й Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ĮБũЮĩ℮₣ýĖ¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ŌĕЮýŲĠе‗₣ĮЊĕЊĳŏΒĳ□ЊļĮаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ĠİΆŀόŏЮþЧŀĮЊũН◦ċļĮаĕĄĕЮŲŊ Ч₤ ĕЊ₣ĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ĄĕЮĕй
″ņşĤĠс˝е‗ĳс¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŌĕЮýŲĠе‗₣ЮĊſЧόŏģĕĄУ₤ĄНŲŁũŠРşžĳ ЯřŲĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБΒЮе ĮЧЮŲŊ Ч₤řŲсļÐБ
ũ₣ЮŪýй Ю΅ЧŎ˝ĖО₣ЮýŲĠе‗₣Юĕй όŏΒĖ˝ũ₣ЮŪýйģĕ◦◦УŲ₤е‗₣ĄņĞЙşЊĳŚĊĕ

У ŲŊ ņĕЕ₣Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊЯřŲŠųФĕģĕ◦◦УŲ¤
Criminal and civil actions are two separate kinds of legal actions.
The purpose of a criminal action is to examine the existence of a criminal offense, to prove
the guilt of an offender, and to punish this person according to the law.
The purpose of a civil action is to seek compensation for injuries to victims of an offense
and with this purpose to allow victims to receive reparation corresponding with the injuries they
suffered.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗Ś₣
Е Ζďń
TITLE 2: CRIMINAL ACTIONS
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ‗Ś₣
Е Ζďń
UNITARY CHAPTER: CRIMINAL ACTIONS
ŌŪ″ ư ˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń
Article 3 Purpose of Criminal Actions
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńΒĕНŷĳŚЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠ Ĉе₣ũРĠŷћĕŚĠНÐŲ
ð Ĉе₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ЮŢŎΟĳŪĠŁĕсĮĄ
Р ⅜₤ĕч Į‗х
₤ņġОũ Юķ◦ ļ⅜ ĄеЮĕЩ ⅜₤Ĝ ĕЊĜĖŁũĕЮŗģŎ ЮřЧņ˝еЮ‗ЧĳďĳЊ ůĕк₤₣ðņ Ċĕēĕ ι⅜□ĕļĮυЮ◦ЬĳЮΌЧŎ¤
Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition 1

Criminal actions apply to all natural persons or legal entities regardless of race, nationality,
color, sex, language, creed, religion, political tendency, national origin, social status, resources or
other status.
ŌŪ″ ̉ ŁũČĠсЮĩŚņ
Ч řеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ
Article 4 Initiation of Actions by Prosecution
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŚ˝ĖО₣ĜņаĕĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕч◦РЮĉЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ¤
ΒŎŏŁũЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣₤НеόŏΒĕНŷĳŚ şĤĠсЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũЮ₤НЧĠ ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣
ŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤
Criminal actions are brought by Prosecutors for the general interests of the society.
Prosecutors initiate criminal proceedings and request the application of the law by
investigating and trial judges.
ŌŪ″ ̣ ŁũŢ˝сĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńόŏŌĕşŲĜЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй
Article 5 Criminal Actions initiated by Victims
Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ЮŢŎ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŌĕΖĕНļĮĠŚ Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΒеĮБĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńЮĝ˝ĖО₣
Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲĠŃňĳŚЮŢŎŌŪ″ ơưt (ŁũĠŃąС ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ởƠ (ŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĳņ˛Ųс◦Н˝) аĕŪ˝ņ
Юĕй¤
ŎН″Ś ĊЊŁũŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź˝єΖş◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ĮБņūĕŚ БŬ ĄŁũ ιļĖ ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦ЬĳЯřŲşĤĠсЮŢŎЯΌ˝
ģĕŪĠÐŲсΒе₧şόŏĩ₣Яřũ¤
Victims of a felony or misdemeanor can file a complaint as plaintiffs of a civil action before
the investigating judge. The complaint of plaintiffs in a civil action has the power to seize an
investigating judge with a criminal action under conditions stipulated in Articles 139 (Delivery of
Request to Prosecutor) and 140 (Payment of Deposits) of this Code.
Criminal jurisdictions can also receive complaints from government officials or other public
agents who are authorized under separate laws.
ŌŪ″ ̀ ŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ĈņĈũЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй
Article 6 Complaints by Victims
ĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũĠ
Р ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤▫ ŠųФĕďΒĖ˝ũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ģĕ¤ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣⅜ņŃň ýŊĕ
ΖĕНļĮĜеόŏЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсďĠ◦ŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗ŹЮ◦¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣₤□ ĳ
Њ ЮĝЮŢŎýŊĕşЮņųЧŎ ιŪĳСŷģĕĳņ˛Ųс◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ąĕũ₣
ЮŪýйΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч Юĉ″ņũЮĠЬĠřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣◦Н˝ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ̉ơ (Łũĳņ˛Ųс
ЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Any person who claims to be a victim of an offence can file a complaint. An ordinary
complaint does not automatically initiate criminal proceedings.
In case the Prosecutor does not respond to the claim or keeps the file without processing,
the victim may bring a request to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal in
accordance with Article 41 (File Without Processing) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ́ ŁũũŲĳсаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń
Article 7 Extinction of Criminal Actions
ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũũŲĳсĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńŌĕřРşĳЮĉÐЙк
ơ-ņũ‗ļĮаĕĄĕЮŲŊ Ч₤¤
Ư-ŁũĩНĳΖďńŎНŁŲ¤
ư-ŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ď◦РЮĉ¤
̉-ĕЊŬ˝ũ‗чаĕşĤĠсŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
̣-ΖďńΒ₤сĄĕ
е ¤
Не
ŁŲ₧Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńŪĳСŷĩНĳũŲĳсЮ΅ЧŎ ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсž₣Ġ◦ŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗ŹņЊĕΖşČĠсЮĩŚņ

Ч ģĕЮ◦ЬĳЮ◦ ιŪĳСŷ
ЯĳĠŃęĠс¤
The reasons for extinguishing a charge in a criminal action are as follows:
1. The death of the offender;
2. The expiration of the statute of limitations;
3. A grant of general amnesty;
4. Abrogation of the criminal law;
5. The res judicata.
When a criminal action is extinguished a criminal charge can no longer be pursued or shall
be terminated.
ŌŪ″ 7 ņРŲЮ΅ĳНЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũũŲĳсĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń
Article 8 Other Causes of Extinction of Criminal Actions
ŁŲ₧şĤĠсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ģĕЯş₣ЮŢŎď˝сŵ˝с ЮĜйĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń˝єΖşĩНĳũŲĳсģĕЯřũк
ơ-ЮŢŎŁũ₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲďņУŎũřť¤
Ư-ЮŢŎŁũř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ЮĕйďŲ˝šŠ‗ŹČеģşсаĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсďĠ◦
ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
ư-ЮŢŎŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕŎ
њ ₤ũНĠ ιŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ¤
Where it is expressly provided for in separate laws, criminal actions may also be ceased by:
1. A settlement with the state;
2. The withdrawal of civil complaint in case where the civil complaint is a
condition required for the criminal proceedings;
3. The payment of a lump sum or an agreed fine.
ŌŪ″ o ΧŪ˝Њřť˝ņŊЯřŲýŊĕΖďńŎНŁŲ˝е‗ĳс
Article 9 Crimes without Statute of Limitations
Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠŲњŎĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ņĕН₤℮ďĳЊ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť₤ūİðņ ņЊĕΖşĩНĳΖďńŎНŁŲ
ģĕЮ◦¤
Crimes against humanity, genocide and war crimes have no statute of limitations.

ŌŪ″ ơƠ ΖďńŎНŁŲаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
Article 10 Statute of Limitations of Crime
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚаЊ ĕŌŪ″ t (ΧŪ˝Њřť˝ņŊЯřŲýŊĕΖďńŎНŁŲ˝е‗ĳс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕйЮşŀ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕ
ΖďńŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńŌĕřРşĳЮĉÐЙк
− ợ (řĠсŪģе) ĂĖе şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť
− ̣ (Ūģе) ĂĖе şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ
− ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе şеЮĵйĠ◦Ų΅Н

Except as provided for in Article 9 (Crimes without Statute of Limitations) of this Code, the
time limitation for bringing a criminal action is as follows:
− fifteen years for a felony;
− five years for a misdemeanor; and
− one year for a petty offense
ŌŪ″ ơơ ŁũĬŚşсũŎкЮĮŲаĕΖďńŎНŁŲ
Article 11 Interruption of Statute of Limitations
ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕΖďńŎНŁŲ ŪĳСŷČĠсЮĩŚņ
Ч ÐЊĳĮБЮĮŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤ ΖďńŎНŁŲŪĳСŷĬŚşсЮŢŎŪÐĠс˝ЊşаĆ ĕŁũ
ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ¤ ŁũĠŃĆ Ġс˝ЊşЮĆ Č◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤УũĕБņУŎ6 ĜеόŏČĠсЮĩŚЧņÐЊĳℓЊũЮŷŵℓŊаБ ĕΖďń
ŎНŁŲ ″ņŁũЯŷ˝Яŀ˝аĕŌŪ″ ơƠ (ΖďńŎНŁŲаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ℓЊũЮŷŵℓŊΖ

Б şŎ˝ЮĉĄеĈ₤сģĕ
şеЮĵйĄĕŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲĈ˝с◦ĕ
Њ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣Юĕй¤
The duration of the statute of limitations commences at the time the offense was committed.
The statute of limitations is interrupted by an act of prosecution or investigation. The end of any
such act of prosecution or investigation restarts a new period of the statute of limitations pursuant
to the provisions of Article 10 of this Code (Statute of Limitations of Crime). The new time period
applies to everyone involved in the case.
ŌŪ″ ơƯ ΖďńΒ₤сĄеĕНе
Article 12 Res Judicata
ЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņЮýŲŁũ‗чΖďńΒ₤сĄеĕНе Ąĕ₧ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşόŏũУşŠųФĕď⅜□ĮũЮ΅ЧŎ
ĄĕЮĜйņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮ◦ЬĳЮ◦şеЮĵйΒеЮĮЧřЯřŲ ЮĈйĠБďЮŪŁņŁũ˝е‗ĳсЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ℓŊЮБ ĩ℮₣˝єЮŢŎ¤

In applying the principle of res judicata, any person who has been finally acquitted by a
court judgment cannot be prosecuted once again for the same act, even if such act is subject to
different legal qualification.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: Ġ‗Ś₣
Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
TITLE 3: CIVIL ACTIONS
ĄеĮ˝
UNITARY CHAPTER: CIVIL ACTIONS
ŌŪ″ ơư Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ
Article 13 Civil Action and Injury
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŚЮŢŎĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤

ЮřЧņġБ◦◦УŲŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲģĕ Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊŪĳСŷЯĳк
− ďĩŲŷЋģ˝ĬĀŲсаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч
− ďĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊĬĀŲсŠФ ųĕ
− О ġĕĖ¤
ģĕЮ˝ЧĳЮΌЧ₣ ĕЊ₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠşĆĠ
Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊΖşďĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊž₣₤Ōĸũк ž₣ũРĠŁŎ ιž₣ĩųСŷşЊĳ¤

ŉ
A civil action can be brought by the victim of an offense. In order to be compensated, the
injury must be:
− A direct consequence of an offense;
− Personal damage;
− Actually occurred and exist at the present time.
An injury can be damage to property or physical or psychological damage.
ŌŪ″ ở ŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ
Article 14 Compensation for Injury
Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊΖşŪĳСŷģĕĄУ₤ĄНŲ ЮŢŎŁũĠ₣сĄņĞ ЙşЊĳŚ ЮŢŎŁũ₤₣ЮĉĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйŷЋŀ ĕРŷŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġĳŚЊЯřŲ
ģĕģĳсĠ₣с ιЮŢŎŁũЮĊſЧόŏřРş₤ļĮЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŪ◦ĮŏЯřŲЮÐģĕĠеĩųЊşĠеĬųŀ ιЮĊſό

Ч ŏŠРşžĳ¤
₤е‗₣ĄņĞ ЙşЊĳŚŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŲ˝š‗кĊУĕŲŊ ņďņУŎĕЕ₣Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ ЯřŲ◦◦УŲũ₣¤

An injury can be compensated by paying damages, by giving back to the victim the property
that has been lost or by restoring damaged or destroyed property to its original state.
The damages shall be proportionate to the injury suffered.
ŌŪ″ ợ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 15 Plaintiff in Civil Action
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ◦ġЧ₣˝ĖО₣ĜņĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйģĕ ЮŢŎΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ŁŲ₧Ąĕ
ũ₣ЮŪýйЮĕйďΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕ ιďĕБĳЊĄĕ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņũĠĠşĤĠсŁũĵũ¤
A civil action can be filed on behalf of a victim by his legal representative if the victim is a
minor or an adult under legal guardianship.
ŌŪ″ ờ ћ ŚаĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БũĠ₤с₤Њ◦ċЊŷĕ
Article 16 Civil Action of Victim’s Successor
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бņũ‗ļĮаĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮĩŚņ ћ Ś¤
Ч ЮĊſЧ ιĠĕŚģĕЮŢŎ₤Њ◦ċЊŷĕ
In case of death of the victim, a civil action can be started or continued by his successor.
ŌŪ″ ớ ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦ ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝˝ĖО₣ŪÐФ⅜ũ ιΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣˝НŌũ
Article 17 Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Sexual Violence, Domestic Violence or
Violence against Children
ŪÐĠс₤ŌÐņЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ ŗл₣ĳЊşĠеĩНĳ″е₣ĮБ ư (ĠБ) ĂĖе ņНĕŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч
Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲ˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝кũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ũУņŌĕŁũĳ₤пŪР ĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦ ιΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝˝ĖО₣ŪÐФ⅜ũ ιΒеЮĮЧ
΅Њ₣⅝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣˝НŌũ ЮĜйΖşЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с₤◦
Њ ċ ЊЯřŲ◦◦УŲ⅜ðŲсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйŪĠЮķ◦Ġ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч řРş
ĳЮĉк
− ŁũЮĠЬĳЮĠЬĕЮŢŎЮşĳĜřŲсΖŎНĄБ ŷĳ
Ћ

− ŁũЮĠЬĳЮĠЬĕřŲсĠРũ‗ļĮаĕĠНÐŲ
ð
− ŁũЮĠЬĳЮĠЬĕž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦¤
Any association after having made a valid declaration within 3 years before the date of
occurrence of an offense that a subject of its governing statutes is the struggle against sexual
violence or domestic violence or violence against children, is entitled to be a plaintiff in a civil
action for the following offenses:
− Intentional threat against life;
− Harassment against personal integrity;
− Sexual harassment.
ŌŪ″ ơ7 ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũČĠсĮŪ₣ĳс ŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſΖ
Ч ĄБŷ˝ņŊĩС ųŷЮķ◦
Article 18 Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Kidnapping, Human Trafficking and
Commercial Sexual Exploitation
Ч
Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲ˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝к ũУņŌĕŁũĳ₤пРũŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũČĠсĮŪ₣ĳс ιŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſΖ

Ч ĄБŷ˝ņŊž₣ĩųСŷ
Юķ◦ ΖşЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с₤Њ◦ċЯЊ řŲ◦◦УŲ⅜ðŲсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲģĕĠŃňĳŚЮŢŎşĤĠсЯřŲ
ĵ˝сĮĕċњĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠĂе₣ŁũČĠсĮŪ₣ĳс ŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſΖ

Ч ĄБŷ˝ņŊĩС ŷų Юķ◦¤
Any association after having made a valid declaration within three years before the date of
an offense that a subject of its governing statutes is a struggle against kidnapping, trafficking of
persons or commercial sexual exploitation, is entitled to be a plaintiff in a civil action for an offense
regulated by Law on the Suppression of Kidnapping, Human Trafficking and Commercial Sexual
Exploitation.
ŌŪ″ ơo ₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŁĕсĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ĕЊ₣ŁũЮũВ₤ЮΒЧ₣
Article 19 Association for Eliminating All Forms of Racism and Discrimination
Ч
Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲ˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝к ũУņŌĕŁũĳ₤пРũŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŁĕсĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ĕЊ₣ŁũΧĠĳ□ņĸřŲсĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕŁũ
ЮũВ₤ЮΒЧ₣₤Ś БĮБЮřЧņ˝еЮ‗ЧĳďĳЊ ďĳЊĮĕċО ĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ⅜₤Ĝ ΖşЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с₤Њ◦ċЯЊ řŲ◦◦УŲ⅜ðŲсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣
ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤řРşģĕ˝е‗ĳсž₣ЮŪŁņ ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЮĜй ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ĳНЮřЧņ
˝еЮ‗ЧĳďĳЊаĕĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝с ιЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ĳН▫ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜйď₤ŌĄЊ˝ĮЊĳŪģ˝ř ιЮŢŎ⅜ŊĕаĕďĳЊĮĕċО ĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч
ι ⅜₤Ĝ₧ņУŎď˝е‗ĳск
− ŁũЮũВ₤ЮΒЧ₣
− ŁũЮĠЬĳЮĠЬĕЮŢŎЮşĳĜ řŲсΖŎНĄБ ŷĳ
Ћ ιřŲсĠũР ‗ļĮĠНÐŲ
ð
− ŁũĠеĬųŀ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĊſό
Ч ŏŠРşžĳ¤
Any association after having made a valid declaration within three years before the date of
an offense that a subject of its governing statutes is a struggle against racial discrimination and
supports the rights of victims of discrimination based on national origin, ethnicity, race, or religion,
is entitled to be a plaintiff in a civil action for the following offenses if the offense has been
committed because a person is or was presumed to be of a particular national origin, ethnicity, race
or religion:
− Discrimination;

− Intentional threat against life or personal integrity;
− Destruction or damaging.
ŌŪ″ ƯƠ ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕĕРŷĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũĠ₤с₤ŌÐņ
Article 20 Admissibility of Civil Action of Associations
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲģĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ớ (₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ž₣ĩųСŷЮķ◦ ΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝˝ĖО₣
ŪÐФ⅜ũ ιΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣˝НŌũ) řŲсŌŪ″ ơt (₤ŌÐņŪĠŎН◦ċŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŁĕсĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ĕЊ₣ŁũЮũВ₤
ЮΒЧ₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũĠ₤с₤ŌÐņΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯĳŌĕķ₤ŚО ″₣ĠŔą˝с▫ ģĕ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņΒеĮБ
₤Њ◦ċЊĮБĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ιΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсаĕĄĕЮĕй¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĠЬĳЮĠЬĕřŲсΖŎНĄБ ŷĳ

Ћ Ġ‗Ś₣
Е ũĠ₤с₤ŌÐņΖş
ћ ŚаĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй¤
◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ ŲНйŪ″Яĳ₤ŌÐņģĕĠİΆŀķ₤ŚО ″₣ĠŔą˝с▫ ģĕ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņΒеĮБ₤Њ◦ċЊĮБ₤Њ◦ċЊŷĕ
In cases as provided for from Article 17 (Associations for Eliminating All Forms of Sexual
Violence, Domestic Violence or Violence against Children) to Article 19 (Association for
Eliminating All Forms of Racism and Discrimination) of this Code, the association’s complaint will
be admissible only if the victim or his legal representative has agreed to the action. In case of a
threat on someone’s life, the association’s complaint will be admissible only if the association
shows evidence certified as agreed to by the victim’s successor.
ŌŪ″ Ươ şН₣şЮņųЧŎаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 21 Defendant in Civil Action
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ĄĕĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŪĳСŷĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊ Ġ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ũУņ
Ōĕк
− ČũВ ₤΅ČũВаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
− ΒĖ˝ЮĩŚЧņÐеĕЊĳ ΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕЊĳ
− ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
A civil action can be made against all persons who are liable to compensate for injury
resulting from the offense:
− Perpetrators and co-perpetrators in an offense;
− Accessories and accomplices to an offense;
− Any other individuals who are liable to compensation.
ŌŪ″ ƯƯ ◦еĜ˝с◦еĕ₣₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н ŁũŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣ĳНŵŁũũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 22 Relationship of Jurisdictions of Civil and Criminal Courts
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲďņУŎýĖĕЕ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵĄŪņй˝ŚБŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б˝єΖşЮĊſЧģĕĩ₣Яřũ ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵĄŪņй˝ŚБũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
ΖşŪĳСŷĮŏФũ₤Њĕ řŬĠ₧ņЊĕĈĕсŌĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşď⅜□ĮũņУŎ ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŲЧĠ‗Ś₣

Е Ζďń¤
A civil action can be brought in conjunction with a criminal action that is before a criminal
court.
A civil action can also be brought before the civil court. In this case, the civil action shall
be suspended until the final decision on the criminal action has been made.

ŌŪ″ Ưư ŁũŪĠŁ₤ďņНĕΒеĮБĮЊũН◦ċļĮ
Article 23 Declaration Prior to Conviction
ĳНŵŁũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹĕЕ₣Ζş₤ЮŪņşŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯĳģĕĮЊĕЊĳŏďņНĕ ΒеĮē
Б ĳНĩ℮ еаĕĠ◦
ЮŲŊ Ч₤ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź Ю΅ЧŎģĕŪĠŁ₤▫ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷŌĕĮЊũН◦ċďņНĕ₤Њĕ¤

A criminal court can compensate for injury only after it has examined and confirmed the
elements characterizing the criminal offense and declared the accused a convicted person.
ŌŪ″ Ử ņũ‗ļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Article 24 Death of Accused
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ζş₤Нό ћ ŚаĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠс
е ŏŌĕŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲĮŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊĮБ₤Њ◦ċЊŷĕ
ЮČ◦Юĕй ◦◦УŲņũ‗ļĮЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲřеЮ‗ЧũŁũЮũЩ₣˝ŚБŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź¤ ℓſБĳġЊĳЯĳĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńŪĳСŷũŲĳс ĳНŵŁũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź
ћ ŚĈ₣
ЮĝЯĳŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮ◦ġЧ₣ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣₤Њ◦ċЊŷĕ е ЮĜй¤
The civil party in a civil action can claim compensation for injury from the accused’s
successor if the accused dies during the proceedings. Even though the criminal action is ended, the
criminal court still has the authority to decide a civil action against the successor of the deceased.
ŌŪ″ Ự ŁũŲйĠ₣с ĕЊ₣Łũř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚ₣
Е ũĠ₤сĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй
Article 25 Waiver and Withdrawal of Action of Victim
Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйΖşŲйĠ₣сņĕ
Њ ЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣₤НĈ
е ņĈũ₤е‗₣ ιř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤ ŁũŲйĠ₣сņЊĕĠŚ₣
Е ĕЊ₣ř˝
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ņЊĕΖşĠŃęĠс ιĮŏФũŁũΒĕНŷĳŉаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńģĕЮ◦ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ĠŃňĳŚЊş‗

е ş
Н ◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″
(ņРŲЮ΅ĳНЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũũŲĳсĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
A victim can waive his right to seek compensation or withdraw his complaint. The victim’s
waiver or withdrawal of the lawsuit does not stop or suspend the criminal action except as provided
in point 2 of Article 8 (Other Causes of Extinction of Criminal Action) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ Ừ ΖďńŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 26 Statute of Limitations for Civil Action
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪĳСŷĩНĳΖďńŎНŁŲ″ņŷЋēĕаĕŪ˝ņũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĕйņЊĕΖşЮĊſģ
Ч ĕ
Ю◦ЬĳЮ◦ЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ЮŪŁŎŁũĩНĳℓЊũЮŷŵаĕΖďńŎНŁŲũĠ₤сĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń¤
The statute of limitations for a civil action shall expire in accordance with the rules provided
for in the Civil Code. However, a civil action cannot be brought before a criminal court after the
statute of limitations of the criminal action has expired.

Ðĕ□Б◦Б Ư: ΖďńĊũ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО ˝ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс Ю₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ю₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳ
BOOK TWO: AUTHORITIES ENTRUSTED WITH PROSECUTION, INVESTIGATION, AND
INTERROGATION POWERS
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ
TITLE 1: PROSECUTION
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚ◦
Њ ЮР ĉ
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
ŌŪ″ Ứ ĳУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ
Article 27 Roles of Prosecution
Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ ЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮĠ
Б ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕόŏĳНŵŁũΒĕНŷĳŉşĤĠс¤ Β₣ðŁũ
ΒŎŏŁũēĜŬм Ġсũ₣ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşž₣Ġ◦ŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź ŪĮņĈе₣ēĜŎ˝şЊĳŚ◦˝

Н Ţ˝сЮŲЧŁũĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎřБŁ
ĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ¤
˝ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀļũ˝ЊşũĆ Ġ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŌĕ₤Њ◦ċЊЮ˝‗Ź˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗кЮŢŎĬĀŲсďĄеĕŎ
У ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź¤
The Prosecution brings charges of criminal offenses against charged persons and asks for
the application of laws by the Court. Prosecutors are responsible for the implementation of orders
of the criminal court on criminal offenses, including the dissemination of arrest warrants.
In performing his duties, a Prosecutor has the right to directly mobilize public forces.
A Prosecutor shall attend all hearings of the trial court in criminal cases.
ŌŪ″ Ư7 ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũ
Article 28 Prosecutors
ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŌĕк
ơ-ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤
Ư-ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
ư-ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤
The Prosecutors include:
1. the General Prosecutor, Deputy General Prosecutors and Prosecutors attached to
the Supreme Court;
2. the General Prosecutor, Deputy General Prosecutors and Prosecutors attached to
the Court of Appeal;
3. Royal Prosecutors and deputy Prosecutors attached to a Court of First Instance.
ŌŪ″ Ưo ůĜĕНŪ˝ņаĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũ
Article 29 Hierarchy of Prosecution
ũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ΖşĠŚ₣
Е ĠũЋΉũЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ιŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣
ΒеĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲŠųФĕģĕřЕ₣ ΖşЮĊſΒ

Ч ĊЊĠŔą″ņŁũЯ‗ĜеďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЯřŲŪĳСŷŢ˝сĠŃĆС ŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
όŏΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ιЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ

Њ ť ĕŗл₣₧″ņŁũЯřŲũřťņūĕŚŎ
Б ŲсЮþЧŀ

▫ďŁũÐУũ¤ ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔąřŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιŪĮйŬĄΖďń όŏЮĊſЧŁũĳņ˛ Ų◦
с Н˝
ΟĳČĳсŁũĕРŷЮũЩ₣˝ŚŪБ Į΅Ŋ◦‗Ź₧ņУŎģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŌĕΒе₧şЮŲЧЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũĈе₣Β₤с ЯřŲ₤□ ЊĳЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБ
ũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔąόŏЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝єČĳсόŏЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝єЮĊſЮЧ ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕŗл₣₧ЯřŲ
ŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ďŁũÐУũ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŌĕΒе₧şЮĉЮŲЧЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũЯřŲЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔąόŏЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝єČĳсόŏЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ι˝єЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕŗл₣₧″ņЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ďŁũÐУũ¤
The Minister of Justice can denounce to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of
Appeal or to any Royal Prosecutor any offense that the minister has knowledge of, make a written
injunction on the case file to initiate proceedings, or render other orders which he thinks are
appropriate. The Minister of Justice cannot make injunction to keep any case file without
processing.
The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal has power over all Prosecutors who
are under his territorial jurisdiction. He can issue an injunction to such Prosecutors to initiate
proceedings against someone or to make conclusions that he thinks are appropriate.
The Royal Prosecutor has power over Prosecutors who are under his territorial jurisdiction.
He can issue an injunction to such Prosecutors to initiate proceedings or to make conclusions that
he thinks are appropriate.
ŌŪ″ ưƠ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс
Article 30 Oral Statements
ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŪÐĠсũĠ
Р ŪĳСŷЮýũĮ″ņΒĊЊĠŔą▫Ė˝сЮŲЧũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ″ņůĜĕНŪ˝ņ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũЮĊſЧŁũ˝ĳс₤еýŲсĬĀŲсŌĳсЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ″ņŁũЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫
Ū₤ĠЮĉ″ņ₤ĳЊ₤ņġĄŃňкũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤ ýŊĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсž₣ŷЋĕњŎ₧ņУŎЯřŲΖşŪĳСŷЮĊſş
Ч еЮĵйЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũ
ЮŢŎ⅜ũЯĳǻČũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ЯřŲģĕĠЮĵĆŀЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ⅜йЮΌЧŎ¤
Every Prosecutor shall obey the injunction of his superiors according to the established
hierarchy. However, during a hearing, the Prosecutor may freely provide oral remarks according to
his conscience. No disciplinary action can be brought against a Prosecutor on the basis of his
remarks made during a hearing.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сΒÐð ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮŲ
Р
CHAPTER 2: FUNCTIONS OF GENERAL PROSECUTOR ATTACHED TO SUPREME COURT
ŌŪ″ ươ Łũĳе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
Article 31 Representation of Prosecutors at Supreme Court
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ÐЙďĳе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ
ĳНŵŁũЮĕй¤
The General Prosecutor, Deputy General Prosecutors and Prosecutors attached to the
Supreme Court represent the prosecution body at this court.

ŌŪ″ ưƯ ĳУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
Article 32 Roles of General Prosecutor at Supreme Court
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ şРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣Łũ₤Нό
е ŏŌĕŁũЮýũĮşĤĠсЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЯřŲŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ĳǻм Юĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьĳ ЯřŲŢ˝сĄĕ

Р ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĮЊĕЊĳŏ¤
The General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court participates in requests for
application of the law in the appeal to the Supreme Court, motions for review of a decided case or
other claims made to the Supreme Court.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сΒÐð ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
CHAPTER 3: FUNCTIONS OF GENERAL PROSECUTOR ATTACHED TO COURT OF APPEAL
ŌŪ″ ưư Łũĳе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 33 Representation of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ÐЙďĳе₧₣аĕΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ
ĳНŵŁũЮĕй¤
The General Prosecutor, Deputy General Prosecutors and Prosecutors attached to the Court
of Appeal represent the prosecution body at this court.
ŌŪ″ ử ĳУĜ◦БũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 34 Role of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ¹ųЮе ņЧŲŁũΒĕНŷĳŚşĤĠсЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşЮĊſΒ
Ч ĊЊŁũ˝ЊşЮĆ ĝΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũĈе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ
ЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ĊĞĕсĊũĞ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪĳСŷŬŎŁũ‗чĄРĕũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤

The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal monitors the application of the law
within the territorial jurisdiction of the Court of Appeal.
The General Prosecutor can inspect the offices of Prosecutors that are located within his
territorial jurisdiction.
In case of a serious offense, the General Prosecutor shall make a report to the Minister of
Justice.
ŌŪ″ ự Βе₧şũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч
Article 35 Powers of General Prosecutor at Court of Appeal
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĊſЧŁũ¹ųЮе ņЧŲ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşЮŁйΒЮŃą ЧŀΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷаĕΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
ЮřЧņġБĮЊļ˝⅝ΒеĮБĠŔΆЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊЮĉũĠ₤сΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲĈе₣Юĕй¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşŪĠÐŲсļũ˝ЊşĆřŲсņūĕŚБ ιļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхĈ₣

е Β₤с
όŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĈ
Ć ₣
е ΐŎЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсŁũŪÐĠсŪÐ₣ ιřеЮ‗ЧũŁũřєŲ∆аĕĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤

ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşЮĊſΒ
Ч ĊЊŁũ˝ЊşŪĆ ÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵЮĝΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
Ћ ĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ųĕ
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΖşşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ ΖşŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ ŷē
ďĮЊЮ₤₤ÐЙŁũЮýũĮ◦Ūņ₣сŁũşĤĠс ĕЊ₣ŁũŁĕсŁĠсŪÐĠсŪÐ₣˝Яĕų₣¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
ŪĠēĕΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ιļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪÐĠсũРĠŪĳСŷЮýũĮ″ņ
ΒĊЊĠŔąũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤
The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal shall monitor and control judicial
police officers.
He can invite the person in charge of a judicial police unit to discuss issues related to the
functioning of the unit.
He can assign any duties to be performed by judicial police officers or judicial police agents
that are necessary for good management and functioning of the judicial police.
He can inspect a judiciary police unit at anytime. He can participate in interviews. He can
examine the implementation of police custody, especially to ensure compliance with the legal
procedures and the rules for custodial management.
The heads of units of judicial police officers, judicial police officers or judicial police agents
shall obey the injunction of The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ņНŠŁũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵřеĠ₣
Р
CHAPTER 4: FUNCTIONS OF PROSECUTORS AT COURTS OF FIRST INSTANCE
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠ₣
Р
SECTION 1: ORGANIZATION OF PROSECUTORS AT COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE
ŌŪ″ ừ Łũĳе₧₣Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣
Article 36 Representation of Prosecution at Court of First Instance
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣Βņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ďĳе₧₣Β₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũΒņĳНŵŁũЮĕй¤
The Royal Prosecutor and Deputy Prosecutors attached to the Court of First Instance
represent the prosecution body at this court.
ŌŪ″ ứ Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 37 Powers of Prosecutors
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńřЕ˝Ĝе ĕЊ₣₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ₤˝ņŊļĮũĠ₤сņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхĈ₣
е Β₤сЮĝ˝ĖО₣
₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ Б ₤ЮŪņşČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ

ų ¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŁŲ₧ΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷ₤□ ЊĳЮĝ
ЮŪŁņΒе₧şũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒ₧
е şĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŪ˝ņЮĕйģĕ◦◦УŲ⅜ðŲс όŏřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх˝ĖО₣Łũ
Ю₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşşНйЮĉŁĕс˝Яĕų₣Ю₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſŪЧ ÐĠсŁũЯ‗ĜеЯřŲŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČģ
е şсĮЊЮ₤₤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşř˝₤Њ◦ċЊЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳĮБņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
ĕЊ₣ЮũЬĠşеĄĕ
е У₤ņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũЮĕй¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮĊſЧΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ЮĝΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣
Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņų ЧŎ ΖşŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ ŷЋēĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ųĕ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ÐЙŁũЮýũĮ◦Ūņ₣сşĤĠс ĕЊ₣ŁũŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣
¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
The Royal Prosecutor leads and coordinates the operations of all judicial police agents and
judicial police officers within his territorial jurisdiction. However, when implementing rogatory
letters, the assigned judicial police officers shall be under the authority of the investigating judge.
The Royal Prosecutor shall exercise all authority designated in this code and delegate it to
the judicial police officers for investigative actions.
The Royal Prosecutor may visit the investigation site and give useful instructions to the
judicial police officers. In special circumstances, a Prosecutor can revoke delegated investigative
powers from the judicial police agents and officers and arrange for their replacement.
The Royal Prosecutor can inspect a judiciary police unit at anytime. He can participate in
interviews. He can examine the implementation of any police custody, especially to ensure
compliance with the legal procedures and the rules for custodial management.
ŌŪ″ ư7 Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣
Article 38 Powers of Deputy Prosecutors
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣ЯřŲ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņΒе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒе₧şĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďńŌĕ
˝ĖО₣ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤

Being under the authority of the Royal Prosecutor, Deputy Prosecutors are vested with
powers as they are entrusted with by the Prosecutors in term of searching for and charging of an
offense.
ŌŪ″ ưo ₤ņĳ□˝Њş″
Ć ņЯřĕřБũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 39 Territorial Competence of Royal Prosecutors
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ĆÐЙк
− ŪĮйŬĄΖďńаĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲŌĕŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч
− ŪĮйŬĄΖďńаĕ◦БŲЮе ĝũĠ₤сĄĕЯřŲЮÐ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
− ŪĮйŬĄΖďńаĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤
The following Royal Prosecutors shall have territorial competence:
− The Prosecutor at the site where the offense was committed.
− The Prosecutor in the place of the residence of the person who is suspected for
committing an offense.
− The Prosecutor of the territory in which the suspect for commission of an offense
was arrested.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚĠ‗Ś₣
Е Ζďń
SECTION 2: APPLICATION OF CRIMINAL ACTIONS
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơ ĄЮŪņЧ₤аĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс
Article 40 Processing of Criminal Proceedings
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńℓų₣
Е Яℓų₣ΒеĮБşе₧ĳсŁũЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ ĕЊ₣ĵ˝ŏĠũЋΉũЯřŲŠųФĕģĕ◦◦УŲЮŢŎĬĀŲс ιЯřŲņūĕŚБ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхĠŃąС ĕņ˝¤

ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖş₤ЮŪņşĳņ˛ŲЮс ũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũ ιЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮĠ
Б ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤ ņНĕĕЕ₣₤ЮŪņş
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ ιĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ĊĞĕсĊũĞ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŬŎŁũ‗чĄРĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЯřŲŪĳСŷ
ŬŎŁũ‗чĠĕŚĄРĕũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
The Royal Prosecutor shall consider written complaints and protests that have been received
by him or that have been directly submitted by judicial police officers.
He can decide to either hold a file without processing or to conduct proceedings against the
offenders. Before making the decision, a Prosecutor can conduct preliminary investigations or order
supplemental investigations.
In case of a serious offense, the Prosecutor shall make a report on the case to the General
Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal who also shall submit that report to the Minister of
Justice.
ŌŪ″ ̉ơ Łũĳņ˛ŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũ
Article 41 File without Processing
ŁŲ₧Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₧ņУŎŪĳСŷģĕĳņ˛Ųс◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷόŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚ Е₣ ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųБĠĩ
е Нĳ Ю΅ЧŎŗл₣ŎРũĠеĩĳ
Н ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞşйН ĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣˝ĖО₣ĠŃą Б
ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̣Ơ (ĠŃą аБ ĕĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Łũĳņ˛ŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũ ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ₣şĤĠс ĕЊ₣₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ Łũĳņ˛Ųс◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũЮĕйýŊĕ
ΖďńΒ₤сĄеĕЮНе ◦¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮ₤ЧЮ ũВЯ˝ЯŪĠЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ŷЋŀ ˝ĖО₣Š‗кЯřŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńņЊĕĈĕсĩĳ
Н ũŲĳсЮĝ
ЮΌЧŎ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ņЊĕ₤НŠşЊĳŚĕ₣
Е Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĳņ˛ ŲЮс ũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũЮ◦ ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕΖşЮĊſЧŁũĳǻм Юĉ
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чģĕ¤
Łũĳǻм ЮĕйŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĳņ˛ŲсЮũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟĳČĳс
Łũ¤ Łũĳǻм ЮĕйŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ″ņĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜ņŃň ЮĝΒ₣ðŁũΒŎŏŁũЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ ĠĜĀĠсņ˝ ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ŪĳСŷģĕĠŃąС ĕļųņ
ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЮŢŎĳе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ Łũĳǻм ЮĕйŌĕņРŲЮ΅ĳНŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЮşŀΒĊЊĠŔąřŲс
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ όŏЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĊſЧΒĊЊĠŔą ″ņŁũЯ‗ĜеďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩОĀŎĮБЮĕй ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ĳņ˛ŲсЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣◦Н˝ď
ģĕŁũ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ŪĳСŷόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ĳǻм ¤

In the case that the complaint is filed without processing, the Prosecutor shall inform the
plaintiff about that decision within the shortest possible period, in any case of not more than two
months starting from date of the registration of the complaint as provided for in Article 50
(Registry of Complaints) of this Code.
Filing the case without processing shall be based on grounds of law and fact. Filing without
processing does not have the effect of res judicata.

The Prosecutor may always change his decision as long as the criminal action has not been
extinguished.
If the plaintiff is not satisfied with the Prosecutor’s decision to hold the file without
processing, the plaintiff may appeal that decision to the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of
Appeal.
The appeal shall be lodged within two months, commencing from the date on which the
plaintiff received the decision to hold the file without processing. The appeal shall be lodged in a
standard complaint in the relevant Prosecutor’s office. The un-processed file shall then be
immediately submitted by the representative of the Prosecutors’ office of the Court of First Instance
to the General Prosecutor.
If correct reasons for the appeal are found, the General Prosecutor shall instruct the
Prosecutor to proceed. The instruction shall be in writing. In all other cases, the General Prosecutor
will affirm the decision of the Prosecutor as a valid decision. The General Prosecutor shall inform
the plaintiff of his decision of affirmation.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ư ŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũşеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ
Article 42 Mandatory Report of Felony or Misdemeanor
ΖďńĊũ⅜ēũ‗к ιņūĕŚБŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ
ŪĳСŷЯĳĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļųņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ЮŢŎŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕĕРŷĮњĳхŌĕ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ŲЊŠЊĳ ĕЊ₣
ŷĳ□О″₣Ĉе₣Β₤с ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЮĜй ļąĠсďņУŎĩ₣¤
ņЊĕΖşŌĕŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣řа◦₧ ЮŪłĮБŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣₤Ś БΒĮ

е БΖℓх˝еģ₣
е ž₣ŷЋďąĄБŷк˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲşĤĠсģĕ
Яş₣ŗл₣ď˝сŵ˝сЮĜйЮ◦¤
During the performance of their duties, all public authorities and officers who learn about a
felony or misdemeanor shall immediately report this incident to the judicial police officers or to the
Prosecutors and submit to the Prosecutors all information, records, letters and objects relating to
that offense.
Exception may be made only if professional confidentiality is involved and the law
expressly so stipulates.
ŌŪ″ ̉ư ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс
Article 43 Criminal Proceedings
ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсž₣Ġ◦ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹΖşЮĊſЧ″ņк
− ŁũЮĠЧ˝ЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
− ŁũĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс ι
Ћ БĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ¤
− ″ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Criminal proceedings can be conducted through:
− the opening of judicial investigation;
− a citation; or
− the procedure of immediate appearance.
ŌŪ″ ̉̉ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 44 Opening of Judicial Investigation
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷЯĳЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ ″ņřБŁĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ЯřŲŪĳСŷĠŚЕ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤ ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
ΖşЮĠЧ˝ŪĠĂе₣ЮŲЧ ĠНÐŲ
ð ŌĖ˝с ιЮŪşЧĕĜ˝с ЮŢŎŌĕş₣∆Ų
О ŪģĠсЮěŊ й ιŪĠĂе₣ЮĉЮŲЧΒŔňĳĄĕ¤
řБŁĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũУņŌĕк
− Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б Ю₣šĠаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН
− Łũ˝е‗ĳсЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
− ŁũĠİΆŀΒĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ˝е‗ĳс ĕЊ₣Ġūİ˛ĠĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч ĕЊ₣
− ЮěŊ йĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷũ₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΖş˝е‗ĳсģĕ¤
řБŁĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž¤
◦Ūņ₣сŁũЮĕйŌĕŲ˝š‗кŢşсžĳŪĳСŷЯĳЮýũĮ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮşĖйЮ◦ řБŁĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĕй ŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ď
ЮŌþк¤
In the case of a felony, the Prosecutor shall open a judicial investigation. The judicial
investigation shall be based upon the initial submission provided to the investigating judge. The
judicial investigation may be opened against identified or unidentified individuals.
The initial submission (to be prepared by the Prosecutor) includes:
− A summary of the facts;
− A legal qualification of the facts;
− The indication of relevant provisions of the criminal law and sanction for offense;
− The name (s) of the suspect, if known.
The initial submission shall be dated and signed.
These formalities shall be strictly complied with or the initial submission shall be void.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ņĄęЊņ
Article 45 Proceedings in Case of Misdemeanors
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşк
− ЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũЮŢŎЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ̉̉ (ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
− ĠŃąС ĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲсЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũďĕсřĠ
е Р₣ ЮŢŎЮĊſЧřРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″
̉̀ (řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ι
− ĠİðĠсόŏĜеĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЮŢŎЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣
Ћ БаĕŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̉́ (ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ̉ (ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
In the case of a misdemeanor, the Prosecutor may:
− open a judicial investigation as provided in Article 44 (Opening of Judicial
Investigation) of this Code;
− directly summons the accused to appear before the Court of First Instance by
following the procedure stipulated in Article 46 (Citations) of this Code; or
− order the accused to immediately appear before the Court of First Instance in
accordance with Article 47 (Immediate Appearance) and Article 48 (Procedure of
Immediate Appearance) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ̉̀ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс
Article 46 Citations
řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс ÐЙďĠŔąόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũďĕсřĠ
е Р₣¤
Не ŪņйĬĀŲсũУņŌĕк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
− Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б Ю₣šĠаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН
− ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч
− Βĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ˝е‗ĳс ĕЊ₣Ġūİ˛ĠĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч ¤
řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷş₣∆Ų
О ŪģĠсĮБĳŵ
Н Łũ ŪĮņĈе₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣ЮĮŲаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷ
ĠŔą˝с▫ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΖşĮЕ₣ЮņēŷВόŏΒņŠųФĕģĕ¤
A citation is an order made to the accused to appear before the Court of First Instance. A
citation shall include:
− The identity of the accused;
− A summary of the facts;
− A legal qualification of the facts;
− The indication of relevant provisions of the criminal law and sanction for the
offense.
A citation shall include the relevant court, its location, and the date and time of trial. The
citation shall specify that the accused may be defended by a lawyer.
ŌŪ″ ̉́ ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ
Article 47 Immediate Appearance
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠ₣
Р ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŪÐĠс
Ų˝šŠ‗ŹřРşĳЮĉк
− Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ″ņΒĳ□ĕŎ

њ аĕŌŪ″ ̀ (ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ
ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ (ŁũČĳс◦Н˝řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
− Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũŗл₣ĳЊş ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе ĕЊ₣ŗл₣ЮŪşЧĕ ̣ (Ūģе) ĂĖе
− ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ďĕБĳЊĄĕ
− ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБŌĕŲ˝š‗кŪÐĠсŪýĕсŲŊņĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņйģĕ¤
Prosecutors may order the accused to appear before the Court of First Instance immediately
if all of the following requirements are satisfied:
− The offense is flagrant in accordance with Articles 86 (Definition of Flagrant
Felony or Misdemeanor) and 88 (Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor) of this Code.
− The offense carries a sentence of imprisonment for not less one year and not greater
than five years;
− The accused reaches a legal age; and
− There are substantial facts to be tried.

ŌŪ″ ̉7 Ћ БаĕŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 48 Procedure of Immediate Appearance
ŁŲ₧₤ЮŪņş▫ ŪĳСŷЮŪĠЧĕĳ Ћ БĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷк
Б Њ ŷĊ
− ĮЊĕЊĳŏΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĠŃąС ĕņ˝όŏŠųФĕ
− όŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсĄĕЮĜй ΒеĮБЮũЩ₣Ŭм ŷЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
− ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜй ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕş₣сĕŗ
Њ Ŏ
− ЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБΒеĮБŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪģĠсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦▫ ŠųФĕŌĕ₤Њ◦ċЊ₤НеĮЕ₣ЮņēŷВ″ņŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ιČĳс″₣

е ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎ
ΒĕНЮŵņ″ņşĤĠс₤ŚБĮБŲ˝šĕ˝
ŚЊ кЮņēŷВ¤
ЮņēŷВЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ιČĳс″₣
е ŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ļųņ¤ ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣Ĉ˝с◦₣ďņУŎĄĕ
ďĠсЮČ◦ģĕ¤
Ћ БŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤
ĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤аĕ◦Ūņ₣сŁũĈе₣Юĕй ŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖйЮ◦ ĕБĳЊŷĊ
ĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣″ņ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ¤
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷĠİš₣
е ◦Н˝ЮŢŎŌĕ˝₣˝Ōųе₣Łũĵũ ũ΅РĳřŲсЮĮŲ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ
ĳНŵŁũЯřŲŪĳСŷЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũЮĝ˝ĖО₣аℓĞЮĜйЯĳņŚ₣¤
ЮĝЮĮŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĕй ĳНŵŁũЮŪŁŎĮБģĕЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧ
ũģŎŁũ‗ч₤Ю₣šĠЮũЩ₣Ŭм ŷЯřŲģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ŪĳСŷŪģĠсřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦▫ ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕΖşŌĕũŎкЮĮŲЮřЧņġБЮũЬĠşе
ŁũĵũŠųФĕ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦₤Нũе ŎкЮĮŲ ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĳНŵŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБЮĜйņЊĕĈĕсΖşĄеĕНеĄŪņйļųņ6
ģĕЮ◦ЮĜй ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ŪĳСŷЮŲЧ˝ЮĉЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŪŁŎ¤
ĳНŵŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕĠŔą˝сĮБ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜй ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷЮŗ₣″ņŲ˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŌŪ″ ƯỢ (ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũþНŠ

е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņ
Юĕй¤ ĳНŵŁũЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņşĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ŪĳСŷЯĳŪĠŁ₤˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ΅ч ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞşРŲЮĉ
ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ¤ ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŪĳСŷЯĳĠŃęĠсЮŢŎЮĮŀşĤĠс ЮŪŁŎĮБĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ)
₤ģŚ΅ч¤
Ћ БĠİðĠсόŏĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŌŪ″

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣″ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
̉́ (ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņЊĕΖşĠеЮĮŀЮ◦ ι˝єЮŢŎļĮ⅜еőОае ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ ĳŪņСŷďČеģşсόŏЮĊſŁ

Ч ũ
Ū⅜ŷŪďŷόŏģĕŪďŲЮŪĐĠЯĕ□ņ ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦

ŪĳСŷЯĳĜеЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝаℓĞЮĜйЯĳņŚ₣ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖйЮ◦ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷЯĳЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏ
ŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤
When deciding to implement the procedure for ordering a person to appear immediately, the
Prosecutor shall:
− Check the personal identity of the person brought to him;
− Inform the person about the charge and the type of the offense;
− Receive the statement of the person if he wants to make one;
− Establish a written record on the application of the procedure of immediate
appearance.
The Royal Prosecutor shall inform the accused that he has the right to a lawyer that he
chooses or a lawyer appointed in accordance with the Law on the Bar.
The chosen or appointed lawyer shall be informed immediately about the selection or
appointment. He may study the file and communicate with the accused.
Compliance with these procedures shall be noted on the written record; otherwise such
procedure shall be deemed as void.
The Court of First Instance shall be seized upon reception of the written record of immediate
appearance.
The accused shall be guarded until he appears before the court in which the trial shall be
conducted on the same day.
During the appearance, after confirming the identity of the accused and confronting him with
a summary of the facts, the court shall inform the accused that he is entitled to have a period of time
to prepare his defense.
If the accused requests such time or if the court finds that the case may not be tried
immediately, the trial shall be adjourned to another trial date.
The court can temporarily detain the accused by making a reasoned order. In the order, the
court shall apply the conditions provided in Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this
Code. The court issues the detention order.
The judgment on the merits of the case shall be announced within a period no longer than
two weeks starting from the date of the first appearance before the court. The provisional detention
shall be automatically terminated following the expiration of the two-week arrest period.
If the court has received the case through the procedure of immediate appearance and finds
that the requirements of Article 47 (Immediate Appearance) of this Code were not satisfied or that
the complexity of the facts necessitates further investigation, the court shall send the case back to
the Royal Prosecutor in order to open a judicial investigation. The accused shall be brought before
the investigating judge on the same day. Otherwise the accused shall be released automatically.
ŌŪ″ ̉o řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦Ų΅Н
Article 49 Citations for Petty Offense
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮũЩ₣ЮĜйďĠ◦Ų΅Н ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷЮŁйĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲŠųФĕЮĉņНŠĳНŵŁũĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮŢŎ
ĬĀŲс řРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̉̀ (řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ

Не ŪņйĬĀŲс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
In cases of petty offense, the Prosecutor shall issue a citation for the accused to appear
before the court according to the procedures provided in Article 46 (Citations) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơ ĠŃą аБ ĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣
Article 50 Registry of Complaints
Юĝ″ņĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ĕБņŎ
У 6 ŪĳСŷĠЮ₣˛ЧĳόŏŌĕĠŃą БΒŎŏŁũņУŎ₤ŪŌĠсşНйĠ‗ŚЕ₣ ЯřŲĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲс
řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЯřŲĠŃąС ĕņ˝ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤

ŪÐĠсĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉе₣Β₤сŪĳСŷЯĳşНй˝ĖО₣ĠŃą ЮБ ŢŎŌĕŠųЕņ⅜ũřРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ЯřŲΒŎŏŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣
− Ч ˝ĬĀŲсşеЮĵйŪĮйŬĄΖďń ι˝єĠŃąС ĕņ˝ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ

ŪĠķĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣к Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Юĩńņ Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
− ŪĠЮķ◦аĕЮũЩ₣Ю΅ĳНЯřŲΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ģĕŬŎŁũ‗ч
− şе₧ĳсŁũЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣к Łũ₤ЮŪņşĳņ˛ŲЮс ũЩ₣◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũ ιŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
ĠŃą Баĕĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ŪĳСŷŁĕсŁĠсЮŢŎЮŲžĊЊŁũũĠ₤сΒ ŎŏŁũ ЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ĠŃą Б
ΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ЮņЧŲЮŢŎΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũĈе₣Β₤с ďΖ◦Џ ÐЙΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤

Each Court of First Instance shall create a prosecution registry for registering all complaints
that are submitted directly to the Royal Prosecutor or transmitted by the judicial police officers.
The following content of complaints shall be registered:
− The identity of the plaintiff;
− The date the Prosecutor received the complaint;
− The source of the complaint–whether transmitted by the judicial police officer or
submitted directly to the Prosecutor;
− The type of case that is reported by the plaintiff;
− The action taken - decision to file without processing or criminal prosecution.
The Prosecutor’s Secretariat under the control of the Royal Prosecutor shall maintain the
complaint registry. The registry may be read by all judicial authorities, for example by the General
Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
TITLE 2: INVESTIGATING JUDGE
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
UNITARY CHAPTER: INVESTIGATING JUDGE
ŌŪ″ ̣ơ ŁũČĳс″₣
е ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ
Article 51 Assignment by Court President
ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ₧ŌĖ˝с ĮНеΖşĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕģĕЮ◦ ЮŢŎ⅜ũŁũĘĠс₤ŪŌ˝ ЮŢŎŌĕ
Ąе₣Й ιЮŢŎŌĕņРŲЮ΅ĳНřа◦Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕĳНŵŁũřЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕČĳс″₣

е ď
ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ ЮřЧņġБĠЮе ĮŀņНŠİũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮНеŌĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕĳНŵŁũřЯřŲ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕČĳс″₣

е ďĠЮ₧Ś й
Ζ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũЮřЧņġБĠЮе ĮŀņНŠİũЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ¤
ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũЮşŀřБŁČĳс″₣
е ņУŎЯřŲĮНеЮĠЧ˝ĩųСŷĳǻм ЮΌЧŎ¤
Ћ ũБ řťĠġЮŷ‗БŪĳСŷЯĳЮýũĮ¤
ЮŲЧ₤ĮБЮĕйĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕŌŪ″ Ừ (ŁũЯĠ₣Яş˝ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ) аĕŪ˝ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ

When an investigating judge can not perform his duty because of leave, illness or other
reasons, another investigating judge of the same court shall be temporarily assigned by the court
president to ensure the investigation work.
If there is no investigating judge at the court, the court president may temporarily assign any
judge of the court to conduct the judicial investigation.
The court president renders an assignment order which can not be appealed against.
In addition to the aforementioned, the provisions of Article 26 (Case Distribution) of the
Code of Civil Procedure shall apply.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ư ŁũЯĠ₣Яş˝₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ
Article 52 Distributions of Case Files by Court President
ŁŲ₧ŌĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŪşЧĕũРĠЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĳНŵŁũņУŎ ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣Ĉе₣ΐŎŪĳСŷЯĠ₣Яş˝ЮŢŎŪĠēĕ
ĳНŵŁũ¤
If there are several investigating judges in one court the case files shall be distributed to
each investigating judge by the court president.
ŌŪ″ ̣ư Łũř˝΅Рĳ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 53 Withdrawal of Case Files from Investigating Judge
Łũř˝΅Рĳ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮřЧņġБŪĠÐŲсĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ˝сЮ◦Ьĳ ΖşЮ₤Ė ЮЧ ĉĮБŪĠēĕ
ĳНŵŁũ ЮřЧņġБďŪĠЮŗĄĕчаĕũřťģŲřєŲ∆аĕŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤ ŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеЮĕйΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎĵ˝ŏ₤НЯе řŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН
ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŁũЮĩŚņ
Ч ÐеĕЊĳĬĀŲсŠФ ųĕ ι″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сļÐБ¤
ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũř˝΅Рĳ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷЮŗ₣″ņĠŃňĳŚаЊ ĕŌŪ″ ̣̣̀ (ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣
řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Upon request, a case file may be withdrawn from an investigating judge and assigned to
another investigating judge by the decision of the court president for the sake of good
administration of justice. This request shall be made by a letter with explanation of reasons by the
Royal Prosecutor upon his own initiative or upon request from the parties.
The reasons for withdrawing a case file from an investigating judge shall be based on the
provisions of Article 556 (Grounds for Challenging Judge) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ ˝ũ‗БņЊĕŪĮņЮŷЬũČ˝ЯřŲĜеόŏЮŌþļĮ
Article 54 Mandatory Abstention
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ЯřŲŠųФĕģĕČĳсŁũ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕЮ◦ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮşĖйЮ◦ ŁũĄеĕĄ

Не ŪņйŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŪĠЧΒе₧şЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ņЮĕй¤
The investigating judge may not participate in the trial of a criminal offense that he has
knowledge of in his capacity as investigating judge. Otherwise, the judgment shall be null and void.
The investigating judges exercise the powers as attributed to them in this Code.

ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
TITLE 3: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
UNITARY CHAPTER: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER
ŌŪ″ ̣̣ ₤ļĮЊЮ₤₤аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч
Article 55 Special Composition of Investigation Chamber of Court of Appeal
Юĝ˝ĖО₣⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŌĕ₤ļņУŎЯřŲŌĕЮěŊ й▫ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĄ
Ć еĕĄ
Не Ūņй
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЯřŲЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
₤ŌĄЊ˝аĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮНеΖşşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮũЩ₣˝ŚБŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹЯřŲŠųФĕģĕČĳсŁũ ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕЮ◦ ЮĠЧņĕ
Њ řРЮşĖйЮ◦ ⅜ŲřБŁЮĜйŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤
There is a chamber within the Court of Appeal which is called the Investigation Chamber.
The Investigation Chamber has the competence to adjudicate any appeal against decisions of the
investigating judge.
A member of the Investigation Chamber may not participate in the trial of a criminal
offense which he has knowledge of in his capacity as investigation judge. Otherwise, the judgment
shall be null and void.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉: ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚĊ
Њ ņх
TITLE 4: JUDICIAL POLICE
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ
ŌŪ″ ̣̀ ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚĊ
Њ ņх
Article 56 Missions of Judicial Police
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ÐЙďĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒе₧şĳНŵŁũ¤
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŌĕļũ˝ЊşĆЮĊſЧŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦Ų΅Н ˝е‗ĳсΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ĕЊ₣ČĠс
ĄĕЮŲŊ Ч₤ ŪĮņĈе₣ŪĠņРŲķ₤ŚО ″₣¤

The judicial police perform their duties in support of the judicial body.
The judicial police have the duty to examine felonies, misdemeanors and petty offenses, to
identify and arrest offenders and to collect evidence.
ŌŪ″ ̣́ ₤Ō₤ļĮũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 57 Composition of Judicial Police
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхũУņŌĕк
ơ-ņūĕŚĕ
Ư-ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
ư-ņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ ЯřŲşĤĠсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ŪĠÐŲсΒ₧

е şόŏЮĊſЧŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ
Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Šųй6 ˝ĖО₣ũ₣ſ₣с₤ņĳ□˝ЊşũĆ Ġ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤

The judicial police include:
1. Judicial police officers;

2. Judicial police agents;
3. Government officials and public agents who are authorized by separate laws to
examine offenses in the scope of their territorial jurisdiction.
ŌŪ″ ̣7 Łũ₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ₤˝ņŊļĮŁũİũũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 58 Coordination of Judicial Police
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńřЕ˝Ĝе ĕЊ₣₤ŪņĠ₤ŪņФŲ₤˝ņŊļĮŁũİũũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņхĈ₣
е Β₤сЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŌĕΒе₧şЮĉЮŲЧņūĕŉŬ
Б ĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ ЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ư (Łũ
ĩŚŲсĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈşеЮĵйņūĕŚŬ
Б ĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŁŲ₧ņūĕŚБЮĕйĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤с
ŠųФĕďĕÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņх¤
Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
ŁŲ₧ΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ Ч ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņΒе₧şũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
The Royal Prosecutor supervises and coordinates the activities of all judicial police officers
and judicial police agents.
He has authority over government officials and other public agents as stated in Article 82
(Accreditation of other Government Officials and Public Agents) of this Code when they perform
the functions as judicial police.
When enforcing rogatory letters, judicial police officers are under the authority of the
ŌŪ″ ̣o ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŲЧĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 59 Supervision of Judicial Police
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũ¹ųЮе ņЧŲ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ΒĕНŷĳŚΒ₧
е şž₣ ŷЋĕњŎЮĉЮŲЧĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
The judicial police shall be monitored and controlled by the General Prosecutor attached to
the Court of Appeal.
The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal shall be empowered to take
disciplinary actions against judicial police.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ņūĕŚ ĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
CHAPTER 2: JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Łũ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġĳŚď
Њ ņūĕŚ БĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
SECTION 1: QUALIFICATION OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơ ņūĕŚĕ
Article 60 Judicial Police Officers
ŌĕÐН‗₤ņġĳŚЊďņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхк
ơ-ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲďĳЊ ŌĕůĕĕŚũ₤˝ŚЊČĠсĮБΒĕНЮ₤ĕБŎŪч ĳБЮΌЧ₣Юĉ ЯřŲģĕĠеЮ ũВŁũİũŗл₣ĳЊşĠеĩНĳ Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖе ˝ĖО₣
ĕÐũģŲďĳЊũУşЮ΅ЧŎ Ю΅ЧŎĠĜĀĠсĮБģĕ◦◦УŲ₤ŔňĠњŪĳďĕсŠį₤сž₣ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤

Ư-ĜŎĈΉĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ЯřŲģĕĠеЮ ũВŁũİũŗл₣ĳЊşĠеĩНĳ Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖе ˝ĖО₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ũş
У Ю΅ЧŎ
Ю΅ЧŎĠĜĀĠсĮģ
Б ĕ◦◦УŲ₤ŔňĠњŪĳďĕсŠį₤ž
с ₣ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
ư-ΒĖ˝ŌĕůĕĕŚũ₤њ˝ŚЊ ĕЊ₣ņНŠİũřРşž₣ЮŪŁņк
˝. ΒķЊģŲ ĕЊ₣ΒķЊģŲũ₣ ЮŠĳŚ Ū˝О₣, ΒķЊģŲ ĕЊ₣ΒķЊģŲũ₣ Ū₤О˝ Š‗Ź ĕЊ₣ ЮņþНе Юč₤İ˛ĳс¤
Š. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĜŎ˝Ţťĕ˝₧Ś ŲĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕ ĜŎ˝Ţťĕ˝₧Ś Ų
₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠ ĕЊ₣ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĜŎ˝Ţťĕ˝₧Ś Ų₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠс⅜ēũ‗к аĕΒÐð₤Ė₣ŁũŢťĕĕÐũģŲďĳЊ¤
Ð. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĜŎ˝Ţťĕ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ ЯřŲ◦◦УŲ
ĠĕĀО˝˝ЊşŁ
Ć ũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹĕЊ₣₤□ ЊĳЮŪŁņόǻ◦ũĠ₤сĜŎ˝Ţťĕ˝₧Ś ŲĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĜŎ˝Ţťĕ˝₧Ś Ų₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠ ĕЊ₣
ĜŎ˝Ţťĕ˝₧Ś Ų₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠс⅜ēũ‗к¤
þ. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĜŎ˝Ţťĕ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ аĕк
− ĜŎ˝ŢťĕĕÐũģŲŪĮеЯřĕ ãşеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤đų₣Яřĕå
− ņĕĀБũŪĠĂе₣ЮŪÐЪ₣ЮŀЭĕ
− ĜŎ˝ŢťĕĕÐũģŲЮ◦₤şũ‗ч
− ₤Ė ₣ŁũĮЊЮ₤₤ŁũĵũЮĠĳЊ˝ķњ‗Ź¤
₣. ₤Ė ₣Łũ ₤Ė ₣Łũũ₣ĕÐũģŲЮŠĳŚ Ū˝О₣¤
ş. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ, ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ŁũİũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Źşе‗йН
₤Ė ₣ŁũĕÐũģŲЮŠĳŚ Ū˝О₣ řРşďк
− ŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź˝е ũЋĳĊĞĕс ĕЊ₣ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź˝е ũЋĳŪ⅜Ų
− ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪĠĂе₣ŁũĄУŀřРũņĕН₤℮ ĕЊ₣ŁũĵũΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕ
− ŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲЮ₤řť˝ЊşĆ
− ŁũЋŗŲњŎĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź
− ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪĠĂе₣ЮŪÐЪ₣ЮŀЭĕ
− ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪĠĂе₣Юķũŷ˝ņŊ ĕЊ₣
− ŁũЋŗŲњŎĄĕĠũЮ◦₤¤
đ. ΒĊЊŁũ ĕЊ₣ΒĊЊŁũũ₣ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹаĕΒĊЊŁũŢťĕĕÐũģŲ Ū₤О˝ Š‗Ź¤
Ą. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲşŬşũ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝ ĕÐũģŲşŬşũ ãşеЮĵй
Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤şŬşũå¤ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎŪÐĠсŪÐ₣ΖŷНĊ ďĳЊĩОĀй ĕЊ₣ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝аĕ
ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪÐĠсŪÐ₣ΖŷНĊďĳЊĩйОĀ ãşеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ΖŷНĊ ďĳЊĩОĀйå¤ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕΒ₣ðļĮ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣
ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲЮ◦₤şũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕ ЯĩĖ˝аĕŁũЋŗŲњŎĕÐũģŲЮ◦₤şũ‗ч¤
Ę. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕĠлН₤ŚЏĕÐũģŲũřťģŲþН₤
е İ˛ĳс ãşеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Źå¤

ŀ. ЮņĠŔąŁũ ĕЊ₣ЮņĠŔąŁũũ₣ аĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝˝ЊşŁ
Ć ũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
ř. ЮņĠŔąŁũ ĕЊ₣ЮņĠŔąŁũũ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ŪĠČеЮŠĳŚ Ū˝О₣ ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝˝ЊşŁ

Ć ũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗№ű¤
Ť. ЮņĠŔąŁũ ĕЊ₣ЮņĠŔąŁũũ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ŪĠČеŪ₤О˝ Š‗Ź ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝˝ЊşŁ

Ć ũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
ű. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕŁũЋŗŲњŎ ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕЯĩĖ˝аĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝˝ЊşŁ

Ć ũ
ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
Γ. ŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣ΒĕНŪĠēĕΒ₣ðļĮЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀ˝

О ˝ЊşŁ
Ć ũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ЯřŲŪĳСŷ
ģĕĠЮ₣˛ЧĳЮΌЧ₣˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČģ
е şс¤
ũřťņūĕŚБďΖ₧ĮŜģŲаĕņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲ ιďΖ₧ĮŜģŲаĕĜŎĈΉĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□Ĉ₣
е ΐŎ ЯřŲ
ŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣şе‗ş
Н ◦Бơ ◦БƯ ĕЊ₣◦Бư аĕŌŪ″Юĕй Ōĕļũ˝ЊşĆЯĳ₣″е₣ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĈΉĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□
Ĉе₣ΐŎ₧ЯřŲŪĳСŷĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņďņУŎũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
The persons who are capable of performing the duty of Judicial Police include:
1. Police officers who hold the grade of at least major lieutenant and who have at least two
years of work experience in the service of national police, after obtaining a Higher
Diploma of the Judicial Police;
2. Military Police Officers who have at least two years of work experience in the service of
Royal Military Police Forces, after obtaining a Higher Diploma of the Judicial Police;
3. Bearers of the following ranks and functions:
a. Governor and deputy governor of provinces and municipalities, governor and
deputy governor of District and Khan, chief of commune and chief of Sangkat;
b. Director and deputy director of the Central Department of Judicial Police;
director and deputy director of the Central Department of Security of the
National Police;
c. Director and deputy director of department, chief and vice chief of offices, chief
and vice chief of sections that are in charge of criminal affairs and that are under
the authority of the Central Department of Judicial Police and the Central
Department of Security and Central Department for Public Order;
d. Chief and vice-chief of departments, chief and deputy chief of offices and chief
and vice-chief of units of:
− Department of Border Police for “cross-border crimes”;
− Department of Drug-Combating;
− Department of Tourist Police;
− Special Commissioner for Patrimony Protection.
e. Commissioners and vice commissioners of provincial and municipal polices;
f. Chief and vice-chief of offices, chief and vice-chief of units that are in charge of
criminal affairs of the provincial and municipal police, such as:
− Office of Penal Police for Serious Offenses and Office of Penal Police for
Minor Offenses;
− Office of Prevention of Human Trafficking and Juvenile Protection;
− Office of Economic Police;
− Office of Scientific and Technical Service;
− Office of Drug-Combating;
− Office of Anti-Terrorism; and
− Office of Immigration.

g. Inspector and deputy inspector, and chief and vice-chief of Criminal Units of
District/Khan Police Inspection;
h. Chief and vice-chief of Traffic Police Offices, chief and vice-chief of Traffic
Police Sections "for traffic offenses"; Chief and vice-chief of Explosives
Management Office; Chief and vice-chief of Explosives Management Sections
“for weapons and explosives offenses”; Chief and vice-chief of Tourist Police
Units; Chief and vice-chief of Tourist Police Office; Chief and vice-chief of
Tourist Police Sections.
i. Chief and vice-chief of Khum/Sangkat Administrative Police Station "for
criminal affairs";
j. Commander and deputy commander of the Royal Military Police Forces in
charge of criminal affairs;
k. Commander and deputy commander of the Provincial and Municipal Royal
Military Police Forces in charge of the criminal affairs;
l. Commander and deputy commander of the Khum/Sangkat Royal Military Police
Forces in charge of criminal affairs;
m. Chief and vice-chief of offices, chief and vice-chief of units of the Royal Armed
Forces in charge of criminal affairs;
n. Chief and vice-chief of other units responsible for criminal investigations which
may be created in special cases.
The Ministers who have supervising authority over different police and military officers
mentioned in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Article respectively shall appoint those police and
military officers to perform their duties as officers of the judicial police by Inter-ministerial Prakas
together with the Minister of Justice.
ŌŪ″ ̀ơ ₤ŔňĠњŪĳďĕсŠį₤ũс Ġ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 61 Higher Diploma of Judicial Police
₤ŔňĠњŪĳďĕсŠį₤ас ĕĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĳСŷĩŚŲĄ
с РĕĠĜĀĠсĮБđų₣ŁĳсŁũŪĠŲ₣ЯĠĠ ŷЋďąĄБŷк ЯřŲũУņŌĕ
ŷЋŔň⅜ďņРŲŢťĕřРşž₣ЮŪŁņк
ơ-ŷЋŔň⅜₤Ś БĮБĕБĳЊŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
Ư- ŷЋŔň⅜₤Ś Į Ћ ŪБ Į΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
Б БĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ư- ŷЋŔň⅜₤Ś БĮБ˝ũ‗БŎ˝Њş⅜
Ć ū₤Ś řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ņ₤БŲĊņх ЯřŲ″˝сЯĳ₣ЮŢŎ
Β₣ðŁũ₤΅ŪĠďďĳЊ¤
₤ŔňĠњŪĳЮĕйŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũУņЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚĊ
Њ ņх ĕЊ₣ũřťņūĕŚĵ
Б ˝сĮњĕċ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤
The Higher Diploma of Judicial Police shall be delivered to those who have successfully
passed a professional examination which comprises the following examination subjects:
1. Cambodian criminal law;
2. Cambodian criminal procedure;
3. Code of ethics, such as the ethical rules taken from codes of conduct adopted by the
United Nations.
The Higher Diploma of Judicial Police shall be co-signed by all relevant ministers and
affixed their seals.

ŌŪ″ ̀Ư Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐ
Article 62 Jury for Examination
Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐаĕŁũŪĠŲ₣ ₤□ ЊĳЮŪŁņΒĊЊĠĳБļĮũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ιЮčŪ˝ņ
ΒŎŏŁũΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲņНŠİũЮĕй¤
ơ-Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ņūĕŚаБ ĕĕÐũģŲďĳЊ Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐŌĕ₤Ō₤ļĮřРşĳЮĉк
− ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ˝с ЯřŲЯĳ₣″е₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
− ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŌĖ˝с ЯřŲЯĳ₣″е₣ЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
− ĳе₧₣ Ư (ĮБũ) ũРĠ ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ¤
Ư-Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ЮŗĊЊĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ Ð‗кЮņŪĠЮŗÐŌĕ₤Ō₤ļĮřРşĳЮĉк
− ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ˝с ЯřŲЯĳ₣″е₣ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
− ЮčŪ˝ņΒŎŏŁũŌĖ˝с ЯřŲЯĳ₣″е₣ЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
− ĳе₧₣ Ư (ĮБũ) ũРĠ ņ˝ĮБŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďĳЊ¤
ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũЮşŀ₤ŔňĠњŪĳ ŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņņУŎ ũǻ₣ũřťņūĕŚĵ

Б ˝сĮњĕċ¤
The jury for examination shall be headed by the General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme
Court or by any Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court who has been assigned for this work.
1. For the examination of police officers, the jury shall be composed of:
− an investigating judge appointed by the President of the Supreme Court;
− a Prosecutor appointed by the general Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court;
− two representatives of the Ministry of Interior.
2. For Military Police Officers, the jury shall be composed of:
− an investigating judge appointed by the President of the Supreme Court;
− a Prosecutor appointed by the General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court;
− two representatives of the Ministry of National Defense.
The process of issuing this diploma shall be defined in a joint announcement between all
relevant ministers.
ŌŪ″ ̀ư ₤ņġℓаĕņūĕŚĕ
Article 63 Oath of Judicial Police Officers
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŌĖ˝с6 ŪĳСŷ₤ġℓ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĠеЮĮŀЮŢŎķ˝ŚБļĮĕРŷņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤ ₤ņġℓŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ĝņНŠ
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤ ₤ņġℓņЊĕČеģşсЮĊſЧďℓŊņ

Б Ś₣Ю◦ЬĳЮΌЧŎ ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲ◦◦УŲģĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈďņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхĜ
ЮĮŲЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьĳ¤ ũРĠņĕŚаĕ₤ņġℓŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤

Each judicial police officer shall make an oath that he will faithfully perform his duty. The
oath shall be made before the Court of Appeal. The judicial police officer is not required to swear-
in again when he has a legal accreditation as judicial police officer afterwards. The formula of the
oath shall be determined by Prakas of the Ministry of Justice.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ˝е΅Н₤ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ˝ОĖ₣ЮĮŲΒĕНŷĳŚņНŠİũ
SECTION 2: MISCONDUCT COMMITTED DURING PERFORMANCE OF DUTY
ŌŪ″ ̀̉ Ћ Бž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 64 Disciplinary Procedure
ŬŲс˝е΅₤
Н Ĉе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲΒĕНŷĳŚņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ŪĳСŷЯĳ
ŬŎŁũ‗чЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ řŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤ Юŗ₣″ņ˝ũ‗Б
ĕБņУŎ6 ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ŪĠŁ₤ĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďĳЊ
ЮřЧņġБЮĩŚņ Ћ Б ŷЋĕŎ
Ч řеЮ‗ЧũŁũĕБĳЊ ŷĊ њ ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ŪĳСŷģĕĩŚŲсř‗
е ₣ Ћ Б
Е ΒеĮБşе₧ĳсŁũďĠĕŚаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ŷЋĕњŎЮĕй¤
All cases in which a judicial police officer has committed misconduct during the
performance of his duty shall be reported by the Royal Prosecutor or the investigating judge to the
General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal. Depending on the circumstances, the General
Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal notifies the Minister of Interior or the Minister of
National Defense in order to take disciplinary action. The General Prosecutor attached to the Court
of Appeal shall be informed about the results of the disciplinary action.
ŌŪ″ ̣̀ ◦‗Ź˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ
Article 65 Disciplinary Sanctions
◦‗Ź˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎĈе₣ΐŎũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďĳЊ ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤Ðð
řŲсŁũЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńЮ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤₧ņУŎŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ¤
ŁŲ₧ņūĕŚ Бĕ ÐũģŲŎН ĳŚ Њ Ċņх ŪĠŪĮЕ ĳŚ Ġ ◦ЮŲŊ Ч ₤ ˝ĖО ₣ Βе Ό О ₣ЮĮŲĠеЮ ĮŀņН Š İũũĠ₤сŠФų ĕ ŎН″Ś ĊЊ Ł ũ
Ю₤Н Ч Ġ ₤Уũ ιĄе ĕН е Ą ŪņйЯřŲ◦◦У Ų ĠĕĀ О ˝ЮũЩ₣Юĕй ŪĳС ŷЮĩĀ ũ ₤е ‗ Не Ю ũЩ₣″ņЮ₤ş˝Ś Б ₤ ЮŪņşũĠ₤с ĳН ŵ Łũ˝е ĮР Ų Юĉόŏ
ŎН ″Ś ĊЊ ŁũЮĩ℮₣Čĳс Ł ũ ŷЋŀ ģĕ ЮřЧ ņġБ ďŪĠЮŗĄĕчŲ∆ ř Ųсũ řť ģŲĳН ŵ Łũ ĕЊ ₣ ŪĳС ŷĄРĕ řе ‗ Е ₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсř Ųс
Β₣ðļ Į⅜ņБ ¤
ĵ˝ŏ₤Нř
е ˝₤Њ◦ċЊЮĕй ŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
Any disciplinary sanction imposed by the Minister of Interior or the Minister of National
Defense shall not be an obstacle to criminal action, provided that a criminal offense has been
committed by the respective officer.
When a judicial police officer commits an offense during the performance of his duty, the
Supreme Court may decide to withdraw the concerned case file from the investigating judge or trial
judge in charge and delegate the investigation or trial to another jurisdiction in order to ensure the
good administration of justice. The concerned units shall be immediately informed of that decision.
The necessary application for such withdrawal of power shall be made by the Royal
Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ̀̀ ŁũΉņ¹ĳсņЊĕόŏĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚĕ
Article 66 Prohibition of Judicial Police Officers
ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ₤ļĮĊĞĕсĊĞũаĕ˝е΅Н₤ ЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮŢŎ
ņūĕŚ БĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх₧ŌĖ˝с Ōĕ ŷЋ₤ņЊĳļĮďņУŎĕЕ₣ŁũĠеЮ ĮŀņНŠİũ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Ōĕ₤Њ◦ċ ЊŪĠŁ₤Юşŀ ŷЋēĕŁũřРşž₣ЮŪŁņк

ơ-Ήņ¹ĳсņЊĕόŏĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ₤ŪŌĠсũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе)
ĂĖе ŗл₣ЮŪşЧĕĠеĩНĳ¤
Ư-Ήņ¹ĳсņЊĕόŏĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ ďņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхď⅜□Įũ¤
ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮşŀЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЮŁйЮΊņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣˝ĳс
Ū″◦Н˝ĕРŷЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤Ю₣˛ĳũĠ₤сņūĕŚЮБ Ĝй¤ ⅜ņБĄĕΖşũ˝ĄеĕУŎĮБЮņēŷВ ιĮБ◦БŪĠЕ˝⅝ŌĖ˝с ″ņŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ũĠ₤с
ŠųФĕ¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşĮБŁũΉņ¹ĳс ŪĳСŷЯĳĠŔą˝с₤Ζ
е ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЮĕй ŪĳСŷĩŚŲď
с řе‗Е₣řŲсũřťņūĕŚБ
Ū˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďĳЊ Юĉ″ņ˝ũ‗БĕБņУŎ6¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЮĕй Ζşď˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ĳǻм ЮĉũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ЯřŲΖşŪĠŁ₤ĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮČŲŁũ
₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ĳс ιĠĕ□ŎũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũΉņ¹ĳсũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ Ū˝₤У₣⅜ņБаĕņūĕŚĕ

ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ĳсЮĜй ΖşĠŃąС ĕЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕЮĉũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ĳс ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĳǻм ЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣

ņūĕŚĕ
Ю΅ĳН ˝ĖО₣ΒеΌО₣ЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ЮŪņşΉņ¹ĳсЮĜй¤
ũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚЮБ ŲЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣ĳǻм ž₣ЮŲЧ ˝ĖО₣ΒеΌО₣ЮĮŲŗл₣ŎРũ ĠеĩНĳ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ÐЊĳ
ĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣¤ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ņЊĕΖşĠŚЕ₣ĳǻм ģĕЮ◦ġЧŎ¤
˝ĖО₣ΒеΌО₣ЮĮŲЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣ĳǻм ĕЊ₣ΒеΌ₣
О ЮĮŲаĕŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚБЮŲЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣ĳǻм ņūĕŚĕ
ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń₤ЮŪņşΉņ¹ĳсЮĜй ņЊĕΖşĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮ◦ġЧŎ¤ ņūĕŚЮБ ĕй
ΖşĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŷЋŀģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх₤ЮŪņşĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮČŲŁũ₤ЮŪņş
Ήņ¹ĳс ιĠĕ□ŎũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũΉņ¹ĳс¤
˝ЊşĈ
Ć ₣
е ΐŎЯřŲņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхģĕĠеЮĮŀ ЮŢŎĠеĵĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĮБŁũΉņ¹ĳсũĠ₤сΒÐð
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĕй ŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤
When the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal finds that the seriousness of
the misconduct committed by any judicial police officer is incompatible with the performance of
his duty, he is entitled to take the following measures:
1. To prohibit the judicial police officer concerned from performing his duty for a
limited period not exceeding five years;
2. To permanently prohibit the judicial police officer concerned from performing his
duty as judicial police officer.
Before making the above decision, the General Prosecutor shall invite that judicial police
officer and record his comments. That officer is entitled to have his own lawyer or counselor.
The decision to prohibit a judicial police officer from performing his duty shall explain the
reasons. Depending on the nature of each case, the Minister of Interior or the Minister of National
Defense shall be notified of such decision.
The decision is subject to appeal to the Minister of Justice. In such a case, the Minister of
Justice may reject the decision of the General Prosecutor or reduce the duration of prohibition

determined by the General Prosecutor. The Ministry in charge of the prohibited judicial police
officer may make its submission to the Minister of Justice.
The prohibited judicial police officer shall make his appeal with explanation of reasons
within fifteen days from the date on which he received the notification of prohibition.
The Minister of Justice shall make decision on the above-mentioned appeal within one
month at the latest from receipt of the appeal. The decision of the Minister of Justice shall be final
and definitive.
During the appeal period and the period pending a decision on the appeal by the Minister of
Justice, the prohibited judicial police officer is not allowed to perform his duty as judicial police
officer. He may resume the duty after the Minister of Justice rejects the decision of the General
Prosecutor to prohibit him or to reduce the duration of prohibition.
Any acts performed by a prohibited judicial police officer in violation of the prohibition by
the General Prosecutor shall be null.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřũБ Ġ₤сņūĕŚ ĕ

SECTION 3: TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS
ŌŪ″ ̀́ ņ‗ŹŲũřťģŲĠеЮĮŀŁũİũ
Article 67 Scope of Territorial Authority
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŌĖ˝с6 Ōĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ ĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĮеŪĠ◦ŲсЯřĕřБаĕΒ₣ðļĮЯřŲŠųФĕŪĳСŷģĕČĳс″₣
е όŏЮĉĠеЮ ũВ
Łũİũ¤
ЮĝķĖеЮĮŀņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ ĝЮŲЧ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕŪ˝О₣Ĉе₣ņРŲ ЮĈйĠБďΒ₣ðļĮЯřŲŠųФĕ
Ĭų₤сЮĉŁĕсЮĜй Юĝ˝Яĕų₣₧˝єЮŢŎ¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĳ₣″е₣ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷЯĳĠŔą˝сņ‗ŹŲũřťģŲ ЯřŲņūĕŚЮБ ĜйŪĳСŷČĳс″₣
е όŏЮĉ
ĠеЮ ũВŁũ¤ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ŪĳСŷĩŚŲсřе‗Е₣řŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤

Judicial police officers have authority within the territorial boundaries of the unit to which
they are assigned.
In Phnom Penh, judicial police officers have the authority over the whole capital without
consideration of the location of the unit to which they are assigned.
All assignments of judicial police officers shall state the territorial authority of the unit to
which they are assigned. Those decisions shall be notified to the General Prosecutor of the Court of
Appeal.
ŌŪ″ ̀7 ŁũĮĜųĳ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБ
Article 68 Extension of Territorial Jurisdiction
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣″ņΒĳ□ĕњŎаĕŌŪ″ ̀ (ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣)
ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ́ (ŁũČĠсŠФ ųĕ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŁũĠĜĀĕс
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşΒĕНŔňĳόŏņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņхЮĊſЧŪĠĳЊĠĳŉЊŁũЮĝЮŲЧ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕЯřĕřБďĳЊĈ₣
е ņРŲ¤ ŁũΒĕНŔňĳ
ΖşЮĊſЮЧ ŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс ĠлЯН ĕŚŁũΒĕНŔňĳЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŲЊŠЊĳЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ¤
˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũЮşŀřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕс ЮčŪ˝ņ
Юĕй ΖşΒĕНŔňĳόŏņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĊſŪЧ ĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũЮĝЮŲЧŷЋ⅜ŲļĮЯřĕřБďĳЊĈ₣
е ņРŲ¤

ŁŲ₧ЮĊſŪЧ ĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũЮĝЮŪłņ‗ŹŲũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕЮĜй ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷ₤НеĄеĕУŎĮБņūĕŚĕ
ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşž
Ć ₣ЯřĕřБ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏŌĕŁũĮĜųĳ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ŪĳСŷĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń
ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşž
Ć ₣ЯřĕřБ¤
In urgent cases of flagrant felony or misdemeanor defined by Articles 86 (Definition of
Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor) and 87 (Arrest in case of Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor) of
this Code, the Royal Prosecutor may authorize judicial police officers to operate through-out the
national territory. The authorization may be made orally. However, the authorization shall be
mentioned in the investigation records.
Within the scope of judicial investigations, when the investigating judge issues a rogatory
letter in urgent circumstances, he may authorize judicial police officers to operate throughout the
national territory.
When operating outside of their territorial jurisdiction, judicial police officers shall request
for assistance from judicial police officers who belong to other territorial jurisdictions.
Judges who authorize extension of territorial jurisdiction shall notify by all means the Royal
Prosecutor having territorial jurisdiction.
ŌŪ″ ̀o Ћ ˝аĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮŷЋēĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ
˝ņŊ ŷģ
Article 69 Consequences of Non-Compliance with Territorial Jurisdiction Rules
ŷЋēĕаĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşž
Ć ₣ЯřĕřБЯřŲģĕĠŃňĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ņНĕ6Юĕй ŌĕŲ˝š‗кŢşсžĳ¤ ЮĠЧņЊĕЮýũĮ″ņЮ◦
ЮĜй ˝ЊşĈ
Ć ₣
е ΐŎЯřŲĠеЮĮŀЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤
The territorial jurisdiction rules stipulated in the previous articles are mandatory. All actions
of judicial police offers which violate those rules shall be null and void.
ŌŪ″ ́Ơ Ю₤ş˝ŚБĠİðĠсĠŔąũĠ₤сΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũ
Article 70 Orders of Judicial Authorities
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ˝ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ◦◦УŲĠŔą ι₤НеĠŔąЯĳĮБΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũ¤
In performing their mission, judicial police officers receive or ask for orders only form
judicial authorities.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊаĕņūĕŚ ĕ
SECTION 4: MISSIONS OF JUDICIAL POLICE OFFICERS
ŌŪ″ ́ơ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
Article 71 Records of Offenses
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ĈņĈũ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũ¤ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĮЊĕЊĳŏĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч
Ĉе₣ΐŎ¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ˝ĖО ₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŌŪ″
̉ (ļĮŠН₤ýĖаĕΒе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņхЮĉ″ņŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ) řŲсŌŪ″ ơơƠ (Βе₧şЮĊſЧ
ņРŲ ŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũģĕČĠсЮĩŚņ
Ч ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
ŉ ņх ΒĕНŷĳŉřŁ Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У ĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲģĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ớư (řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤) řŲсŌŪ″ ở (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН˝⅜₣
ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņх) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Judicial police officers receive complaints or denunciations. The judicial police officers
examine offenses.
Judicial police officers undertake flagrant enquiry or police preliminary enquiry under the
conditions stipulated in Article 84 (Different Investigative Powers of Judicial Police Officers)
through to Article 110 (Evaluation Powers of Judges) of this Code.
When a judicial investigation has been initiated, judicial police officers enforce rogatory
letter issued by the investigating judge under the conditions stated in Articles 173 (Rogatory
Letters) through 184 (Records created by Judicial Police Officers) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ́Ư ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН
Article 72 Police Records
ŪÐĠсĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЯřŲ◦◦УŲЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĜй ĳŪņСŷόŏŌĕЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪĳСŷŪ₤₣сЮŢŎŪĳЕņŪĳСŷĕРŷЮ₤ş˝ŚŬ
Б ŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČģ
е şс ņūĕŚĕ
ΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠļ⅜ŌĖ˝сЯřŲŪĳСŷ₤ġℓ″ņĄеЮĕЩ ι⅜₤Ĝ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠļ⅜όŏģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņЮ₤ş˝ŚБ
ŬŎŁũ‗ч¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠļ⅜ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤˝ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄ
ΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ЯřŲď˝₣˝Ōųе₣ũУņŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚΒ
Б еĮБŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŪĳСŷŌĕşНйЮ₤ş˝ŚБřРşĳЮĉк
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ
− Β₣ðļĮũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĕй
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦¤
◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣ЮŢŎΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣¤
ŁũđРĳ ŁũЯℓņ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŗ₣ ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕĠŔą˝сЮŢŎŌĕşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣
Юĝ ũЖņ◦еĮњũ¤
ņНĕĕЕ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊĳŪŌņаř ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ŪĳСŷΖĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČģ

е şс ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĳСŷΖĕŠųЕņ⅜ũ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŢŎ₤еЮŲ₣žų₣
е 6¤
Every complaint received by judicial police officers requires the establishment of a written
record. The record shall appropriately mention the allegations of the complainant. If necessary,
judicial police officers can find a language interpreter/translator who shall swear according to his
belief or religion that he will translate the written record accurately. In any case, the
interpreter/translator cannot be chosen from among the judicial police or military police
participating in the operation.
The record of the complaint shall mention the following:
− The names and status of the judicial police officers;
− The units of the judicial police officers;
− The date.
Each page shall be signed by a judicial police officer and by the complainant.

Parts struck out, added or referenced shall be certified by the signature of the judicial police
officer and by complainant in the margin of the page.
Before being signed or thumb-printed, the complainant shall read the record once again. If
necessary, the judicial police officer shall read the content of the record aloud.
ŌŪ″ ́ư ĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣
Article 73 Complaint Registry
ЮĝŪÐĠсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕĠŃą БĠ‗ŚЕ₣ņУŎ¤ ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЯřŲŌĕŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ņūĕŚБ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷşНй˝ĖО₣ĠŃą БĕРŷĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚ₣
Е
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ Ч е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲЮĊſ˝
− ŪĠЮķ◦аĕΒеЮĮЧЯřŲĠŚЕ₣
− şе₧ĳсŁũЮŲЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣řРşďĠŃąС ĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ι˝єЮĩŚņ

Ч ЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ¤
ĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣ŪĳСŷЯĳŁĕсŁĠсďΒşЊаūĕŚŎч₤ŪŌĠсĄРĕΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũ″ņŪĳСŷŁũ¤
All units of judicial police shall maintain a complaint registry. Whenever there is a
complaint, a judicial police officer shall record the following in the in the registry:
− Identity of the complainant;
− The filing date of the complaint;
− The name and status of the judicial police officer who recorded the complaint;
− The type of offense;
− The actions taken on the complaint: either sent to the Prosecutor or initiated a police
inquiry.
The complaint registry shall be permanently held for submission to the judicial authority as
necessary.
ŌŪ″ ́̉ şе₧ĳсŁũĠĕŚĮБŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣
Article 74 Actions Taken after Receipt of Complaints
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮĜй ŪĳСŷЯĳČĠсЮĩŚЧņļųņ6 ЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ι˝єĠŃąС ĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБ
ĮБŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮĜй ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮřЧņġБČĳсŁũĳЮĉ¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ņНĕЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ Ζş₤НеЮ₤ş˝ŚЯБ ‗ĜеĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ŁŲ₧◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũ ЯřŲŌĕĠİΆŀņРŲЮ΅ĳНď˝сşĤ₤с₤ņЮ΅ĳНĩŲ ņūĕŚĕ

ŪĳСŷĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣₤НеŁũЯ‗Ĝе¤
A judicial police officer who receives a complaint shall either immediately initiate a police
inquiry or send the record of the complaint to the Prosecutor who will make a decision on how to
proceed.
Before initiating a police inquiry, the judicial police officer may ask for advice from the
Prosecutor.
When receiving a denunciation which is not manifestly unfounded, the judicial police
officer shall inform the Prosecutor and request for his advice.

ŌŪ″ ̣́ ŁũĠеĵĕЮŲЧ₤˝ņŊļĮĳНŵŁũ
Article 75 Abuse of Judicial Actions
˝Ė О ₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ņūĕŚ БĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚ ЊĊņхņ ЊĕΖşĳņ˛ Ų сЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź ₧ņУŎ◦Н˝ΟĳČĳсŁũģĕЮ◦
ЮĈйĠБďЮŪŁŎĮБŌĕŁũ₤ŪņОй₤ŪņФŲýĖũǻ₣ĄĕЮŲŊ₤
Ч ĕЊ₣Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй ι˝єŌĕŁũř˝ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣˝єЮŢŎ¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н˝˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ιŷĳ□О″₣ЮŢŎЮşĳĜ ι˝єŵ˝сĠģ
е ₣
е řŲсΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũ
ΒеĮБΒĳ□ЊļĮаĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ιŷĳ□О″₣ ŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝▫ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲЮĜйģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤″ņ
Ū˝ņŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Źĵ˝сĮњĕċĕЕ₣ĄеĮР˝₤Ś БĮБŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷũ˝ķ₤ŚО ″₣¤

In any case, the judicial police officer cannot keep a case from being acted upon neither if
the victim revokes the complaint nor if there has been a negotiated settlement between the offender
and the victim or the withdrawal of the complaint.
A judicial police officer who intentionally holds back a written record or evidence or
conceals the existence of such record or evidence from the judicial authority commits an offense
punishable pursuant to the provisions of the Criminal Code, as foreseen in the chapter relating to
search for evidence.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
CHAPTER 3: JUDICIAL POLICE AGENTS
ŌŪ″ ́̀ Łũ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġĳŚЊďļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 76 Qualification of Judicial Police Agents
ŌĕÐН‗₤ņġĳŚЊďļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхк
ơ-ĜŎĕÐũģŲ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĕÐũģŲũ₣ ЯřŲņЊĕŌĕÐН‗₤ņġĳŚď

Њ ņūĕŚĕ
Ư-ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲďĳЊЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤
ư-ĜŎĈΉĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ЯřŲņЊĕŌĕÐН‗₤ņġĳŚď
Њ ņūĕŚĕ
̉-ЮŗĊЊĕЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□¤
The following persons shall have the qualification as judicial police agents:
1. Officers and deputy officers who do not have the status of judicial police officer;
2. Other national police agents;
3. Other officers of the Military Police Forces who are not qualified Judicial Police
Officers;
4. Other soldiers in Military Police Forces.
ŌŪ″ ́́ ₤ņġℓũĠ₤сļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 77 Oath of Judicial Police Agents
ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷ₤ġℓ▫ ĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕЮŢŎЮ⅜ŊйŪĳ₣с¤ ₤ņġℓЮĕйŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ЮĝşеЮĵй
ņНŠ⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤ ₤ņġℓЮĕйĮНеČģ
е şсЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮΌЧŎ ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġĳŚď
Њ ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĜЮĮŲЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьĳ¤ ũРĠņĕŚ₤ņġℓ ŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤

Judicial police agents shall make an oath that they will perform their duty faithfully. The
oath is made before the Court of First Instance. They will not be required to swear again when they
obtain the qualification as judicial police agents afterward. The formula of the oath shall be
determined by Prakas of the Minister of Justice.

ŌŪ″ ́7 ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 78 Missions of Judicial Police Agents
ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŌĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊк
ơ-ĮЊĕЊĳŏĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ďΖ◦Џ Ġ◦Ų΅Н¤
Ư-ĄУŎřŲсņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ˝ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сЮÐ¤
şеЮĵйŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĊſũЧ ģŎŁũ‗ч¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чЮĕй ŌĕĳеаŲŪĳЕņЯĳ
ĮњĳхŌĕĊņŊ″¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхĮНеΖşĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĈ
Ć ₣
е ΐŎ ЯřŲŪĳСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝ĄРĕЯĳņūĕŚБ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤ ˝ЊşĈ
Ć ₣
е ΐŎ₧ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀЮŢŎĠеĵĕЮŲЧŁũΉņ¹ĳсЮĕй ŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤
Judicial police agents have the mission to:
1. Examine misdemeanors, including petty offenses;
2. Assist judicial police officers in the performance of their duties.
Judicial police agents shall make records on misdemeanors and petty offenses they have
examined. Those records are for information only.
Judicial police agents shall not be allowed to perform any duty reserved for judicial police
officers. Where there is a violation of such restriction, the actions undertaken by the judicial police
agents shall be deemed null and void.
ŌŪ″ ́o ˝е΅Н₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ
Article 79 Misconducts Committed by Judicial Police Agents during Performance of Duty
ŬŲс˝е΅₤
Н Ĉе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮŢŎļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ŪĳСŷЯĳ
όŏřе‗₣
Е ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĄРĕşеЮĵйΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤ Юŗ₣″ņ˝ũ‗Б
Ћ ž
ĕБņУŎ6 ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĠŁ₤ŪģĠсũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďĳЊ ЮřЧņġБČĠсЮĩŚЧņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б ₣
ŷЋĕњŎ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷģĕĩŚŲř Ћ Б ŷЋĕњŎ¤

с е‗Е₣ΒеĮБşе₧ĳсŁũĠĕŚаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
All cases in which a judicial police officer has committed misconduct during the
of Appeal shall be informed about the results of the disciplinary action.
ŌŪ″ 7Ơ ◦‗Ź˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎ
Article 80 Disciplinary Sanction
◦‗Ź˝ņŊž₣ ŷЋĕњŎũĠ₤сũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ιũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďĳЊ ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũЮĊſЧ
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńЮ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤₧ņУŎŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ¤
ŁŲ₧ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲΖş
ЮĩĀũΒе₧şόŏЮĉŎН″ŚĊЊŁũЮĩ℮₣ČĳсŁũŷЋŀģĕ ЮřЧņġБďŪĠЮŗĄĕчŲ∆řŲсũřťģŲĳНŵŁũ¤
ĵ˝ŏ₤Нř
е ˝₤Њ◦ċЊЮĕй ŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤

Any disciplinary sanction imposed by the Minister of Interior or the Minister of National
Defense shall not be an obstacle to criminal action, provided that a criminal offense has been
committed by the respective officer.
When a judicial police officer commits an offense during the performance of his duty, the
Supreme Court may delegate the investigation or trial to another jurisdiction in order to ensure the
good administration of justice.
The necessary application for such withdrawal of power shall be made by the Royal
Prosecutor.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: Łũ˝е‗ĳс₤ņĳ□ ˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□
CHAPTER 4: DETERMINATION OF COMPETENCES OF NATIONAL POLICE AND MILITARY POLICE
FORCES
ŌŪ″ 7ơ Łũ˝е‗ĳс₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ
Article 81 Determination of Competences
˝ĖО₣ ŷЋ₤њŎĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ŪĳСŷŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşř
Ć РşŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̣̀
(ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
ЮŲЧ₤ĮБЮĕйЮĉЮ◦Ьĳ şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Юŗē ŌĕЯĳ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□Ю◦ ЯřŲŌĕÐН‗₤ņġĳŚď

Њ ĕÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
˝ЊşŪĆ ĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũ ĕЊ₣˝Њş₤

Ć ΅ŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũũǻ₣ĜŎĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĈΉĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ
ĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũďĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎΒĕНŪ˝Еĳŏ¤
Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њş▫
Ć Ė ˝сďĳЊ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕĠЮ₣˛ЧĳЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄŪ˝Еĳŏ¤
Within the context of the competence of judicial police, the national police and the military
police shall have the competences as stated in Article 56 (Missions of Judicial Police) of this Code.
Furthermore, only military police shall have the qualification to act as judicial police in a
military offense.
Operation and co-operation between national police and military police officers while
undertaking the work of judicial police shall be defined by a Sub-decree (Anukret).
Judicial police organs having the competence nationwide may be established by a Royal
Decree (Preah Reach Kret).
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: ņūĕŚ БŬĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ ЯřŲŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈĮЊЮ₤₤₤ŪŌĠсĮЊĕЊĳŏ
Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ
CHAPTER 5: OFFICIALS AND OTHER PUBLIC AGENTS WITH SPECIAL ACCREDITATION TO ENQUIRE
INTO OFFENSE
ŌŪ″ 7Ư ŁũĩŚŲĕ
с БĳЊ₤ņġĈşеЮĵйņūĕŚŬ
Б ĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ
Article 82 Accreditation of Other Civil Servants and Public Agents
ņūĕŚŬ
Б ĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦ЬĳЯřŲşĤĠсЮŢŎЯ◦ġ˝ŪĠÐŲсΒ₧
е şόŏĮЊĕЊĳŏĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ŪĳСŷŢ˝с
Ћ аБ ĕŁũĩŚŲĕ
όŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņΒе₧şũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũЮĕй¤ ЯĠĠĠ◦ ĕЊ₣ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ с БĳЊ₤ņġĈ ŪĳСŷ
˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņũǻ₣Ū˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĕЊ₣Ū˝₤У₣ĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤

ņūĕŚŬ
Б ĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦ЬĳŪĳСŷ₤ġℓ▫ ĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ЮŢŎЮ⅜ŊйŪĳ₣с¤ ₤ņġℓ
ŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵřеĠ₣
Р ¤ ũРĠņĕŚаĕĵ˝ŏ₤ņġℓ ŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
şеЮĵйŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ņūĕŚŬ
Б ĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũĈе₣Юĕй ЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗ч¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чЮĕй ŌĕĳеаŲŪĳЕņ
ЯĳĮњĳхŌĕĊņŊ″ĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤
ŬŲс˝е΅₤
Н Ĉе₣ΐŎЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮŢŎņūĕŚŬ
Б ĄŁũ ĕЊ₣ļĖ˝сİũ⅜ēũ‗кřа◦Ю◦ЬĳЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ
ũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ŪĳСŷЯĳόŏřе‗₣
Е ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĄРĕşеЮĵйΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
Ћ ž
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĠŁ₤ŪģĠсũřťņūĕŚБЯřŲņūĕŚБ ιļĖ˝сİũЮĜйЮĝЮŪŁņόǻ◦ ЮřЧņġБČĠсЮĩŚЧņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б ₣ ŷЋĕњŎ¤ ΒÐðŪĮй
ŬĄΖďń ŪĳСŷģĕĩŚŲř Ћ Б ŷЋĕњŎ¤ ◦‗Ź˝ņŊž₣ŷЋĕњŎņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũЮĊſĠ

с е‗Е₣ΒеĮБşе₧ĳсŁũĠĕŚаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Ч ‗ŚЕ₣
ΖďńЮ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ¤
Other civil servants and public agents who have been delegated power by separate laws to
do an enquiry into specific offenses shall be under the authority of a Royal Prosecutor when they
perform this function. The formalities and procedures of accreditation shall be defined by Inter-
ministerial Prakas of the Ministry of Justice and concerned ministries.
Those civil servants and public agents shall take an oath that they will perform their duties
faithfully. The oath shall be taken before a court of first instance. The formula of the oath is defined
by Prakas of the Minister of Justice.
When doing an enquiry into an offense, the civil servants and public agents are required to
make a report. Their reports will be for information only.
All cases in which a civil servant or public agent has committed misconduct during the
of Appeal shall be informed about the results of the disciplinary action. A disciplinary sanction
imposed on the official or public agent is not an obstacle to making criminal action, provided that
an offense has been committed.

Ðĕ□ Б◦Б ư: ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳ
BOOK THREE: POLICE INQUIRY
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚ◦
Њ ЮР ĉ
TITLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚ◦
Њ ЮР ĉ
UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PROVISIONS
ŌŪ″ 7ư Łũ₤ŌĞĳсаĕŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳ
Article 83 Confidentiality of Inquiry
ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ŪĳСŷЯĳďŁũ₤ŌĞĳс¤ ĠНÐŲ
ð Ĉе₣ΐŎЯřŲşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ЮčŪ˝ņž₣
ΒŎŏŁũ ЮņēŷВ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ņūĕŚŬ

Б ĄŁũ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏ ĕЊ₣ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲ
Ōĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşř
Ć РşŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ṭ (ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷũ˝⅝Łũ
₤ŌĞĳсаĕŷЋďąĄБŷк¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŁũЮýũĮĕРŷŁũ₤ŌĞĳс ŷЋďąĄБŷк ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũЮŪĠЧ₤Њ◦ċЊаĕŁũŁũĵũŠųФĕЮΌЧŎ¤
ņŜл ₣Ю◦Ьĳ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝ŚЯБ ℓų₣Łũ‗чď⅜ēũ‗к ŁŲ₧ŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫
ĮњĳхŌĕЯřŲĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎĮБЮũЩ₣₧ņУŎЮĜй ďĮњĳхŌĕņЊĕĮЊĳ¤
ŁũĠеĵĕЮŲЧŁũ₤ŌĞĳсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ÐЙďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠсŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹďĊũŌĕ¤

The inquiry is confidential. Persons who participate in the inquiry, especially Prosecutors,
lawyers, court clerks, police and military police officers, civil servants, experts, interpreters
/translators, medical doctors and other persons mentioned in Article 95 (Technical or Scientific
Examination) of this Code, shall maintain professional confidentiality.
However, such professional confidentiality may not be used as an obstacle to the right of
self-defense.
Moreover, the Royal Prosecutor is entitled to make a declaration in public if he considers
that false information in a case has been published.
A breach of confidentiality regarding an inquiry is an offense punishable under the
Criminal Law in force.
ŌŪ″ 7̉ ļĮŠН₤ýĖаĕΒе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĉ″ņŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ
Article 84 Different Investigative Powers of Judicial Police Officers
Βе₧şĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲĩŚŲό
с ŏņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņх ŠН₤ýĖЮĉ″ņЮĮŲЯřŲņūĕŚБЮĜйĠеЮ ũВŁũ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗Źаĕ
ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ι˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ¤
The authority delegated to judicial police officers varies according to whether the
investigation of a flagrante delicto or a preliminary investigation is taking place.

ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś₣
TITLE 2: ENQUIRY OF FLAGRANTE DELICTO CASES
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś₣
CHAPTER 1: FLAGRANT FELONY OR MISDEMEANOR
ŌŪ″ 7̣ Βе₧şũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚĊ
Њ ņх Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś₣
Article 85 Authority of Judicial Police Officers in Enquiry of Flagrante Delicto Cases
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷЯĳЮýũĮ″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕŌĳЊŁ
Юĕй¤
In the case of a flagrant felony or misdemeanor, judicial police officers shall follow the
provisions of this Title.
ŌŪ″ 7̀ ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣
Article 86 Definition of Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor
Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ÐЙк
− Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲ˝еĮН₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ
− Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲЮ◦ЧĠŪĠŪĮЕĳŚũУşļųņ¤
ŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝▫ ďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣Яřũ ŁŲ₧ЮĝЮŪŁŎЮĮŲŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ũУşĠĕŚЊşņ˝к
− ĄĕЯřŲЮÐ₤₣℮њŎ ŪĳСŷģĕ⅜ēũ‗ĄĕЯŪ₤˝ЮřŀŪĠĬĠсČĠсŪĠķБ₣
− ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷЮÐũ˝ЮþЧŀŌĕŷĳ□О ιŌĕ⅜ų˝⅜Ėņ ιĳŪņОŎşĤ₤сŵ₤с Ю΅ЧŎ₤НБ₤İſ˝сЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ
ЯřŲĜеόŏЮÐ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕģĕ▫ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜйģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ ιģĕşРŲũУņŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤
Misdemeanors or felonies are qualified as flagrant:
− during the commission of a crime;
− immediately after the commission of a crime.
If, shortly after a misdemeanor or felony has been committed:
− A suspect is being in a hot pursuit by the public;
− A person is found to have an object, or a scar, mark or any other evidence from
which it can be concluded that he committed or participated in the commission of an
offense.
This shall also be deemed to be a flagrant felony or misdemeanor.
ŌŪ″ 7́ ŁũČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣
Article 87 Arrest of Offenders in Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor Cases
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ŪÐĠсĠНÐŲ
ð Ĉе₣Β₤сΖşČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕЮŲŊ Ч₤ Ю΅ЧŎĜеŠФ ųĕĄĕЮĜйЮĉ
ŪĠÐŲсĄĕ
Р ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲЮĝĄЊĳĠеĩНĳ¤
In case of a flagrant felony or misdemeanor, everyone may arrest the offender and surrender
him to the nearest judicial police officer.

ŌŪ″ 77 ŁũČĳс◦Н˝řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣
Article 88 Assimilation to Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor
ŪĳСŷģĕČĳс◦Н˝řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ĩ₣Яřũ ЮĠЧЮĈйĠБď₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪłĮБ˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣
˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̀ (ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) ž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй˝єЮŢŎ ŪÐĠсĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņĈе₣ΐŎ
₧ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠсЮĝ◦БЮĜй ₤НеόŏŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхşРŲņ˝
ĮЊĕЊĳŏ ιļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲýŊĕņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮĜй¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БşН₣ЮŪŁŎЮĕй
ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷŬŎŁũ‗чďĠĜĀĕсĄРĕřŲсņūĕŚĕ
Apart from the conditions defined in Article 86 (Definition of Flagrant Felony or
Misdemeanor), if a felony or misdemeanor has been committed at a site which the occupant has
asked the Royal Prosecutor or a judicial police officer to establish, the offence shall also be deemed
to be a flagrant felony or misdemeanor. If a Royal Prosecutor or a judicial police officer is
unavailable, the request can be made to a judicial police agent, who shall inform the judicial police
officer immediately to accomplish his function.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ
CHAPTER 2: INQUIRY MEASURES
ŌŪ″ 7o ŷЋēĕŁũřеĠР₣˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣
Article 89 Preliminary Measures in Flagrant Felonies or Misdemeanors
˝ĖО ₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷŬŎŁũ‗чļų ņĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхşНйЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣Ю˝ЧĳЮ΅ĳН ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхēĜ
Ŭм Ġсũ₣ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ĕРŷĳŪņОŎаĕķ₤ŚО ″₣Ĉе₣ΐŎ₧ЯřŲΖşģĳсĠ₣с¤ ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ΖşΉņ¹ĳсĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠс
ũРĠ˝НеόŏЮĉ◦Б₧ĂĞŎĮБ˝Яĕų₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ũ΅РĳřŲсЮĮŲĠŃĆ Ġ˝
с ЊşĆŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч ŪĮйŬĄΖďńşНйЮĉŁĕс˝Яĕų₣Ю˝ЧĳЮ΅ĳН ĕЊ₣řЕ˝ĜеŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŁũĠĜĀĕс ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşΒĕНŔňĳόŏņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņх₧ŌĖ˝сЮĊſЧŪĠĳЊĠĳЊŁ
ŉ ũЮŲЧ
ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮĈе₣ņРŲаĕЯřĕřБďĳЊ ЮŢŎЮýũĮ″ņŲ˝šŠ‗ŹĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̀ (ŁũĮĜųĳ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ
ЯřĕřБ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
In the case of a flagrant felony or misdemeanor, the judicial police officer shall immediately
inform the Royal Prosecutor.
The judicial police officer shall visit the site to establish the necessary facts. Judicial police
officers shall protect evidence from disappearing. Judicial police officers may order any persons on
the site not to leave until the police operations are completed.
If the Royal Prosecutor considers it useful, he may go to the site to supervise the inquiry.
In urgent cases, in compliance with Article 68 (Extension of Territorial Authority) of this
Code, the Royal Prosecutor may authorize judicial police officers to operate in any territory of the
entire country.
ŌŪ″ oƠ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŲЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ
Article 90 Research and Examination Records
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷЮĊſ˝
Ч е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б БŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤

Judicial police officers shall establish a written record of their research and examination.
ŌŪ″ oơ ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ
Article 91 Searches
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũģĕ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲďĠŤņĕРŷŁũ
ΒĕНŔňĳĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĈйĠБďŁũΒĕНŔňĳЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс˝єЮŢŎ¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĳСŷЮĊſŁ
Ч ũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιЮĠЧýŊĕΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠсЮ◦ ŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ĝ
şеЮĵйņНŠ⅜˝℮БĮБũĜ˝с¤ ⅜˝℮БŪĳСŷČĳс″₣
е ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤ ⅜˝℮БņЊĕΖşďĕÐũģŲ ι˝єď˝₣ŬĄ
ΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ЯřŲď˝₣˝Ōųе₣ũУņŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũ˝ĖО₣ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĜйģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ņЊĕΖşЮĩŚņ
Ч ЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝ЮđũņНĕЮŌл₣ ̀ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮŌл₣ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б
ЮΌЧŎ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яĳк
− ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ̀ (ĕЊŎņĕњŎĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
− ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ (ŁũČĳс◦Н˝řРşďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) аĕŪ˝ņ
Юĕй
− ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕ₤еЯũ˝ЯŪ₤˝όŏЮÐĄУŎĮБ˝ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣
− ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŌл₣ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝şе΅řŲс⅜ũēũ‗Ąĕ
− ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝŪÐĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲĩŲЊĳ ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ ĄУŀřРũ Яş˝ČŎ ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сЮŪÐЪ₣ЮŀЭĕ¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЯřŲЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĜйŌĕşНй:
− ŁũΒĕНŔňĳũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮŢŎŪģĠсаℓĞ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣аĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳЮĕй
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БĕБņŎ
У 6¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũЋŗŲњŎЮņēŷВģĕЮ◦¤ ŌĕЯĳŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũЯĳĠлЮН ₧‼ й ЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĕйģĕ ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВ ιŪĠĳЊķРũĠ₤сŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВ
ιЮņēŷВ⅜ņБ¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ΖşЮĊſŁ
Ч ũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ˝ĖО₣Βýũ⅜ũĮњĳхŌĕ ₤΅Ūý₤аĕ⅜ũĮњĳхŌĕ₤ũЮ₤ũ ι
₤΅Ūý₤⅜ũĮњĳхŌĕЮ⅜ĳ◦₤℮ĕч ģĕЯĳşеЮĵйņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ˝с ЯřŲēĜŬм Ġсũ₣˝НеόŏŁũ
Яđ˝ЮđũЮĕй ĠлйĵŲсřŲсŁũŪĠ˝ĠЮŢŎЮ₤ũВĕŷР ņНŠũĠũΒĖ˝⅜ũĮњĳхŌĕ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧόŏŎЙĳŗлŷřŲсŁũĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎĮњĳхŌĕЮĕй
ЮŢŎņЊĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ¤
The judicial police officer may conduct a search. In such case, the judicial police officer
shall first obtain the authorization from the Royal Prosecutor, which is valid even if the
authorization is verbal.
The judicial police officer shall conduct a search in the presence of the occupant of the
place to be searched. In the absence of such person, the search shall be done in the presence of two
witnesses. The witnesses shall be appointed by the judicial police officers. The witnesses shall not
be police or military police who are participating in the search operation.
Judicial police officers may not conduct a search prior to 6:00 a.m. or after 6:00 p.m.,

except if:
− A search is conducted in cases provided for in Article 86 (Definition of Flagrant
Felony or Misdemeanor) of this Code;
− A search is conducted in cases provided for in Article 88 (Assimilation of
Flagrant Felony or Misdemeanor)of this Code;
− There is a call for help from inside a place;
− A search is conducted at a place that is open to the public;
− A search is conducted at a place where drugs are produced, stored, circulated,
distributed or used.
Judicial police officers shall establish a written record of the search, which shall include:
− The authorization by the Royal Prosecutor, which shall include the date and time
of such authorization;
− The identity of the occupant or of any witnesses.
Judicial police officers may not search the office of a lawyer. Only the Prosecutors or
investigating judges who may conduct a search in the office of a lawyer, however only in the
presence of the President of the Bar Association, or a delegate of the President of the Bar
Association, or together with the lawyer concerned.
Judicial police officers may conduct a search of any building of a newspaper, news
reporting companies or news broadcasting companies only in the presence of a Prosecutor or an
investigating judge who shall guarantee that the search does not affect the freedom of the press and
does not improperly delay the news broadcasting or publishing.
ŌŪ″ oƯ ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷĳ□О″₣
Article 92 Sealing of Exhibits
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ΖşČĠсŎ˝ŷĳ□О″₣¤ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ЮģйŪ″ЮĝЮŲЧŷĳ□О″₣ЮĜй¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕĠİΆŀŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕřŲсΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιřŲс⅜˝℮БĮБũĜ˝сЮņЧŲũУş ņūĕŚĕ

ЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũČĠсŎ˝ ЯřŲũУņŌĕĠŃą ⅜
Б ũЮĮЧķњ‗Źаĕŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠс¤ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũČĠсŎ˝ ŪĳСŷşНй
΅ĳ□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊĳŪŌņаřЮŢŎΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιЮŢŎ⅜˝℮БĮБũĜ˝с¤

Judicial police officers may confiscate any exhibits. They shall place a seal on all such
pieces.
After showing the confiscated object to the occupant of the searched site or to the two
witnesses, the judicial police officer shall make a written record of the confiscation in which all
confiscated objects are listed. This written record shall be signed by or finger-printed by the
occupant of the searched site or by the two witnesses.
ŌŪ″ oư ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŲЧŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч
Article 93 Interrogation Records
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮΊ ĕЊ₣Ĝеņ˝ŁĕсΒ₣ðļĮũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕĕРŷĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣
Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤ ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ĄĕĈе₣ЮĜй¤
Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĕБņУŎ6 ŪĳСŷŌĕЮĊſ˝
Ч е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪĳСŷř˝Ū₤₣с″ņЮŢŎŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ ĕРŷЮ₤ş˝ŚŬ
Б ŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĩŚŲş
с ЮņųЧŎ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б
ČеģşсņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх Ζşũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠЯřŲ₤ġℓ▫ĕЊŗŎŁũĮЊĳ Ū₤Ġ″ņĄеЮĕЩ ι⅜₤ĜũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤

ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠņЊĕΖşЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤Ŏ˝ĮБ˝ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ιĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĈ˝с◦ĕ
Њ ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ďņУŎýĖģĕ
Ю◦¤
◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6аĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊĳŪŌņаřЮŢŎĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲģĕЮđųЧŎ¤
ņНĕĕЕ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊĳŪŌņаř ĠНÐŲ

ð ЮĜйŪĳСŷΖĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČģ
е şс ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷΖĕЮŢŎ₤еЮŲ₣žų₣
е 6 ĕРŷŠųЕņ⅜ũ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠģĕ¤
ŁŲ₧ĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜйņЊĕŪĮņşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž ιņЊĕŪĮņĩŚЊĳŪŌņаřЮ◦ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳс
Ю΅ĳН¤
Judicial police officers may order to appear or bring any person who is suspected of
committing an offense to their offices. Judicial police officers shall interrogate any such person.
For each interrogation, a written record shall be established.
The written record shall be an accurate account of the interrogated person’s responses. If it
is necessary, judicial police officers may use an interpreter/translator who shall take an oath
according to his own religion or beliefs. The interpreter/translator shall not be chosen from among
the police or military police or any person with a connection to the case.
The interrogated person shall sign or affix his finger-print to each page of the written
record.
Before signing or affixing the finger-print on the written record, the interrogated person
shall re-read the record. If necessary, a judicial police officer shall read the record aloud. Judicial
police officers may call for an interpreter/translator. If the interrogated person refuses to sign or
affix his finger-print on the written record, the judicial police officer shall so note on the written
record.
ŌŪ″ ỏ Ġ◦ĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣
Article 94 Order to Appear – Inquiry of Flagrante Delicto Cases
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠ ЯřŲΖşĩŚŲĮ
с њĳхŌĕ₤Ś БΒеĮБЮũЩ₣Ю΅ĳНģĕ¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮŁйЮΊЮĜй ŪĳСŷşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б ũЖ₣◦◦Е₣ ņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņх ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲс
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲΖşЮşŀĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕģĕ¤ ĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕЮĕй ŪĳСŷŌĕΒĳŉ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ
ŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ ĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ΒĕНŔňĳόŏņūĕŚБ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņхЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗кЮřЧņġБĠ₣šĠ
е НÐŲ
ð ЮĜй όŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ¤ ˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư řŲс◦Б ̣ аĕŌŪ″
tư (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŲЧŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉ¤

Judicial police officers may order any person to appear and interview any person who can
provide them with the relevant facts.
The person who is ordered to appear must appear. In case of refusal to appear as ordered,
the judicial police officer shall inform the Royal Prosecutor who may order such person to appear.
The order to appear shall include the identity of the person, the date, the signature and the seal of
the Royal Prosecutor. By virtue of an order to appear, judicial police officers may use the police
forces to force the person to appear before them. Paragraphs 2 to 5 of Article 93 (Interrogation
Records) of this Code shall apply.

ŌŪ″ ọ ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś
Article 95 Scientific or Technical Examination
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĳСŷЮĊſЧŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ЯřŲņЊĕΖşĠ₣∆₣сģĕ ņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņхΖşĮЕ₣řŲс
ĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲŌĕņНŠĄеĜŀ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜйņЊĕĈĕсģĕşНйЮěŊ йЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą Β
Б ˝
Ė ĄеĜŀЯřŲЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″
ờư (ĠŃą ▫
Б Ė ˝сďĳЊаĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕйЮ◦ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜйŪĳСŷ₤ġℓ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ▫ ĕЕ₣ĄУŎЮŢŎ
ķ˝ŚБļĮřŲсĳНŵŁũ¤
If a scientific or a technological examination is needed and cannot be delayed, the judicial
police officers may call on any person who has the requisite expertise. If such an individual's name
is not yet registered in the national registry of experts according to Article 163 (National List of
Experts) of this Code, such individual shall take an oath in accordance with his own beliefs or
religion that he will assist the judicial authority honestly.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: Łũ¹ĳсŠĕ
ųФ
CHAPTER 3: POLICE CUSTODY
ŌŪ″ ò Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 96 Police Custody
ЮřЧņġБЮđųЧŎĳĠĕЕ₣ĳŪņСŷŁũČеģşсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх Ζş¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲ₤₣℮њŎ▫
ģĕşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤ ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх˝єΖş¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲΖşĩŚŲсĮњĳхŌĕ₤Ś БΒеĮБЮũЩ₣Ю΅ĳНģĕЯřũ
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŲ˝šŠ‗Źž₣ЮŪŁņЮĕйŪĳСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀк
− ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲΖşĩŚŲĮ
с њĳхŌĕŪĠЯ˝˝ņЊĕŪĮņĩŚŲĮ
с њĳхŌĕ
− ŌĕŁũŎŲсŪĮņďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũόŏЮĊſЧŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷŬŎŁũ‗чļųņĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĮņĈе₣ŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕŪÐĠсķ₤ŚО ″₣Ĉе₣Β₤сЯřŲĳŪņСŷ
όŏŌĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų Юĕй¤ Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ ̉ (Я₤₤ЊĠŪģеĠ)Б ЮŌл₣¤ ℓЊũЮŷŵŪĳСŷČĠсÐЊĳĮБЮŌл₣ЯřŲ
⅜ņБŠФ ųĕņ˝řŲсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□¤
şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ŁŲ₧ŌĕĳŪņОŎЯřŲĠİΆŀόŏЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ņūĕŚБ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşĮĕŜũЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŷЋēĕŁũЮĕйďŁũČеģşсЮřЧņġБόŏŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉ
ģĕŲ∆ ¤ ŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲЮĕйŪĳСŷ₤НеЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŪĳСŷЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲņРŲ˝ļĮ¤ ŁũΒĕНŔňĳόŏĮĕŜũЮĮŲ
¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ЯřŲЮĊſď
Ч ŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ŪĳСŷŢ˝сĠŃĆС ŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤ ŁũĮĕŜũÐЙď ŷЋēĕŁũ
ĮЊЮ₤₤¤ ŁũĮĕŜũЮĕйņЊĕΖşόŏЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ử (аņĸĠУĕ) ЮŌл₣ЮΌЧŎ ЮŢŎņЊĕÐЊĳĮБℓũЊ ЮŷŵČеģşс˝ĖО₣ŁũřЕ˝ĄŃąС ĕ¤
ŁũĮĕŜũņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷŎŲсŪĮņģĕЮ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐŲ
ų ЮĜйďΒĕБĳЊĄĕ¤
şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНĮБ ở ĂĖе řŲс ЮŪŁņ ờ ĂĖе ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷЮÐ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ΅У₤ũŎкЮĮŲ
ừ ЮŌл₣ЮΌЧŎ¤
şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ΒĕБĳЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНĮБ ở ĂĖе řŲс ЮŪŁņ ờ ĂĖе ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷЮÐ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ

Ử ЮŌл₣ЮΌЧŎ¤

şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНĮБ ờ ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ ĂĖе ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷЮÐ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
̉ ЮŌл₣ЮΌЧŎ¤
şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ΒĕБĳЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНĮБ ờ ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ ĂĖе ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷЮÐ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ

ừ ЮŌл₣ЮΌЧŎ¤
ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕЯřŲŌĕΖŎНЮŪŁņ ở ĂĖе ĮНеΖşŪĳСŷЮÐ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
In order to respond to the needs of an inquiry, judicial police officers may remand in
custody a person suspected of participating in the commission of an offense. Judicial police officers
may also remand in custody individuals who may provide them with relevant facts if the following
provisions are fulfilled:
− An individual who may provide information refuses to do so;
− A written authorization to keep the person in custody has been obtained from a
Prosecutor.
Judicial police officers shall immediately report any measure of police custody to the Royal
Prosecutor and shall deliver to him all relevant evidence that led the police to take the custodial
action.
The maximum duration of any police custody is 48 (forty eight) hours. The duration shall
commence from the time when the detained person arrives at the police or military police office.
In case of a felony, when there is evidence showing the detained person is guilty, the
judicial police officer may extend the duration of the police custody if such measure is necessary to
conduct the inquiry properly. Any extension shall be authorized beforehand by the Royal
Prosecutor who has to examine whether the factual and legal conditions are fulfilled. The written
authorization for an extension of the duration of the police custody with an explanation of the
reasons shall be placed on the case file. The extension is an exceptional measure. An extension of
the duration of the police custody shall not be longer than 24 (twenty four) additional hours,
excluding the time necessary for the transportation of detained persons.
An extension is not permitted if the detained person is a minor.
In case of felony, a minor aged between 14 years old and less than 16 years old may not be
placed in police custody for more than 36 hours.
In case of misdemeanor, a minor aged between 14 years old and less than 16 years old may
not be placed in police custody for more than 24 hours.
In case of felony, a minor aged between 16 years old and less than 18 years old may not be
placed in police custody for more than 48 hours.
In case of misdemeanor, a minor aged between 16 years old and less than 18 years old may
not be placed in police custody for more than 36 hours.
A minor who is less than 14 years old may not be placed in police custody.
ŌŪ″ ó ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б БŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 97 Record of Police Custody
ŁŲ₧ŌĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ņУŎ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷόŏřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀĕсΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤с
ŠųФĕřŲсĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜй ЮŢŎŪģĠсόŏģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş¹ĳсŠФ ųĕЮĕй¤ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪģĠсřŲс
⅜ņБŠФ ųĕόŏģĕřЕ₣ĩ₣Яřũ ΒеĮБ₤Њ◦ċЊЯřŲģĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ t (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ

ų ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČģ
е şс ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б БŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ųĕ
ďĠĜĀĕс ЮŢŎŌĕşНйЮ₤ş˝Śř
Б РşĳЮĉк

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲģĕĠİðĠсόŏ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖе ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣ЯřŲЮĩŚЧņ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ

ų
− Е ΒеĮБ₤Њ◦ċЯЊ řŲģĕĠŃňĳŚаĕŌŪ″ t (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ

Łũόŏřе‗₣ ų ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
− ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН ЮěŊ йΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮĕйŪĳСŷŌĕşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž ιĩŚЊĳŪŌņаřũĠ₤сĄĕ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕΖĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНũş
У ιЮĠЧ
⅜ņБŠФ ųĕņЊĕЮşйΒ˝℮ũ ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷΖĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНόŏ⅜ŚĠс¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕЮĕйŪĠЯ˝˝ņЊĕŪĮņşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž
ιĩŚЊĳŪŌņаřЮ◦ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤¤ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪĳСŷļąĠсďņУŎ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣¤
When a person is placed in police custody, the judicial police officer shall immediately
notify their decision and the reasons to the detainee. Judicial police officers shall also inform the
detainee about the rights provided in Article 98 (Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody) of
this Code. If necessary, a judiciary police officer may call for an interpreter/translator.
The judicial police officer shall immediately establish a written record of the police custody.
The record shall include the following information:
− The name and position of the judicial police officer who ordered the detention;
− The identity of the detained person;
− The reasons for the police custody;
− The starting date and time of the police custody;
− The notification of the rights provided for in Article 98 (Assistance of Lawyers during
Police Custody) of this Code;
− The name of the interpreter/translator, if any.
This written record shall be signed or finger-printed by the detainee after he has completed
reading such record. If the detainee is illiterate, a judicial police officer shall read aloud this record
to him. If the detainee refuses to sign or affix finger-print on the record, a judicial police officer
shall so note on the written record. The written record shall be placed on the case file.
ŌŪ″ o7 ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 98 Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody
˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ử ЮŌл₣ģĕ˝ĕų₣ĩНĳЮĉ ″е₣ĮБЮĮŲЮĩŚЧņаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ņ˝ЮĜй ĠНÐŲ
ų Ζş₤Не
₤ĕĀĜďņУŎЮņēŷВ ιďņУŎĄĕ₧ŌĖ˝сЯřŲŠųФĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ˝НеόŏЯĳĄĕЮĕйŌĕŁũĈ˝с◦ЊĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ďņУŎ¤ ĄĕЮĕй
ŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ĮБŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч НеЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤Юĕй ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ ĕЊ₣ďĠĜĀĕс¤ ĄĕЮĕйΖşşРŲЮĉŁĕс˝Яĕų₣
¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ĕЊ₣Ĉ˝с◦₣ďņУŎĠНÐŲ
ð ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕģĕ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) Ĝ◦Б ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹēĜŁũ₤ŌĞĳсаĕŁũ₤ĕĀĜЮĕй¤
ЮŪŁŎŁũ₤ĕĀĜĄĕЮĕй ΖşЮĊſ˝
Ч е‗ĳс₤ŌðŲсďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЯřŲŪĳСŷļąĠсďņУŎ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤
After a period of twenty four hours from the beginning of the police custody has expired,
the detainee may request to speak with a lawyer or any other person who is selected by the
detainee, provided that the selected person is not involved in the same offense. The selected person
shall be informed of the request immediately and by all means available. The selected person may
enter into the custodial site and talk with the detained person for 30 minutes under conditions
guaranteeing the confidentiality of the discussion. Following the discussion, the selected person
may make a written note to be placed on the case file.

ŌŪ″ oo ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 99 Assistance of Medical Doctors during Police Custody
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ₤НеόŏŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏņ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏĠНÐŲ
ų ģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏ
ЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲ▫ ЮĳЧ⅜□ĕļĮ₤НŠļĮаĕĠНÐŲ
ð ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų Юĕй ₤ņŪ₤ĠĕЕ₣Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ЯřũιЮ◦¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ⅜□ĕļĮ₤НŠļĮũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜй ĮНе₤ņŪ₤ĠďņУŎĕЕ₣Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų Ю◦ЮĜй
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŬŎŁũ‗чďĠĜĀĕсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЮşŀ ŷЋŔňĠĕĠњŪĳĠŔą˝с₤НŠļĮЯřŲŪĳСŷļąĠс
ďņУŎ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤ ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх şНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮĝЮŲЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНΒеĮБЮěŊ йũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏ ŪĮņĈе₣аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂеĖ ĕЊ₣
ЮŌл₣аĕŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ₤НŠļĮ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşşНйЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ĬĀŲс ЮřЧņġБЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсŲ˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
The Royal Prosecutor or the judicial police officer may ask a doctor to examine the detained
person at any time. The doctor shall verify whether the health condition of the detained person is
sufficient for detention or not.
If the medical doctor certifies that the arrested person’s health condition is not sufficient for
police custody, the judicial police officer shall immediately notify the Prosecutor. The health
certificate issued by medical doctor shall be placed on the case file. The judicial police officer shall
write down the name of the medical doctor, and the date and time of the examination in the record.
The Royal Prosecutor may visit the custodial site to verify the condition of the detained
person.
ŌŪ″ ơƠƠ ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 100 Police Custody of Minor
ŁŲ₧ĠНÐŲ
ų ďΒĕБĳЊĄĕ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎřŲс
ΰĮН˝ ŌŚŎ řŲсΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ιřŲсΒĖ˝◦◦УŲļũ˝ЊşĆЮŲЧΒĕБĳЊĄĕЮĕй¤

When a detained person is a minor, the judicial police officer shall notify by all means the
parents, the legal representative or any person who is responsible for that minor.
ŌŪ″ ơƠơ ĠŃą аБ ĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 101 Registry of Police Custody
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝Яĕų₣ĕБņŎ
У 6ũĠ₤сĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ЯřŲ₤ŪŌĠс◦◦УŲĄĕЯřŲŪĳСŷ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷŌĕĠŃą Б
₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ņУŎ¤
ŪÐĠсŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷŌĕşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą ЮБ ŢŎŌĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБřş
Р ĳЮĉЮĕй:
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲģĕĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſŁ
Ч ũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ų
− аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖе ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣ЯřŲČĠсЮĩŚЧņ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ

ų ĕЊ₣ĠŃĆ ĠŁ
с ũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏĠĕŚŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН
− ЮěŊ йũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЯřŲģĕĮЊĕЊĳŏĠНÐŲ
ð ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН
− ŪĠЮķ◦аĕЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳ˝е‗ĳсŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
ĠŃą БЮĕйŪĳСŷŁĕсŁĠсďŪĠČе₤ŪŌĠсĄРĕΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũ″ņŪĳСŷŁũ¤

Each office of judicial police or military police, which is entitled to receive persons kept in
police custody, shall maintain a Registry of Police Custody.
Every police custody measure, including the following information will be recorded into the
Registry:
− The full name and position of the judicial police officer who ordered the police custody;
− The identity of the arrested person;
− The date and time of the commencement and the termination of the police custody;
− The full name and position of the judicial authority who approves the continuation of
the arrest, if applicable;
− The full name of the medical doctor who examined the arrested person, if applicable;
− The judicial authority decision at the expiry of the police custody period.
The registry shall be made available to the judicial authority upon their request.
ŌŪ″ ơƠƯ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 102 Final Report of Police Custody
ŪÐĠсŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕЮĊſ˝
Ч е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ũНĠЮĕйŪĳСŷŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲĠİðĠсόŏ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ų
− ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖе ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣ЯřŲЮĩŚЧņŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ

ų
− ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń
− Њ ĕЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŉ″ņŌŪ″ ơƠƠ (ΒĕБĳĄ ų ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
− ЮěŊ йŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЯřŲģĕĮЊĕЊĳŏĠНÐŲ
ð ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сĄĕЯřŲģĕ₤ĕĀĜďņУŎĠНÐŲ
ð ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų Ū₤Ġ″ņŌŪ″ t (ĄеĕŎ
У ũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ
˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲďŎ▫Ю΅ĳНģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏĠĕŚŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĕБņŎ
У 6 ĕЊ₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũ₤ŪŌ˝ЯřŲЮĝşЮĜųйŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĕБņŎ
У 6
− аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖе ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣аĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ

ų
− ŪĠЮķ◦аĕЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũЮĝЮĮŲĠŃĆ ĠŁ
с ũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
− Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮЊ ĉаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĮņĈе₣ΧĠġĳŚЊЮ΅ĳНďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷļąĠсďņУŎ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤
A final report shall be made for every arrest.
This rewritten record shall include the following information:
− The full name and position of the judicial police officer who ordered the police custody;
− The identity of the arrested person;
− The reason for the police custody;
− The date and time of the commencement of the police custody;
− The procedures applied for notifying the Royal Prosecutor;

− The procedures applied for notification in accordance with Article 100 (Police Custody
of a Minor) of this Code;
− The full name of the doctor who examined the arrested person;
− The identity of any person who talked with the arrested person in accordance with
Article 98 (Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody) of this Code;
− The full name and position of the judicial authority who approved the extension of the
police custody, if applicable;
− The duration of any interrogation and the duration of any breaks between interrogation
periods;
− The date and time of police custody;
− The decision of the judicial authority at the end of the police custody;
− The operational conditions of the police custody and any incidences occurred thereto.
The final report of police custody shall be placed on the case file.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųĕ
Ф
CHAPTER 4: HANDING OVER OF PERSON IN POLICE CUSTODY
ŌŪ″ ơƠư ŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕĠНÐŲ
ų
Article 103 Handing Over of Person in Police Custody
ЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳ˝е‗ĳсаĕũŎкЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ĠНÐŲ
ų ЮĜйŪĳСŷк
− ĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ι
− ЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЮĕйЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
At the expiry of the period of police custody, the concerned person shall be:
− handed over to the Royal Prosecutor; or
− released.
The decision shall be made by the Royal Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ơỞ ũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕ
Article 104 Period of Handing-Over
ŁŲ₧ĠНÐŲ
ų ŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĜйĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĕйŪĳСŷģĕЮÐĜеŠФ ųĕļųņŎ˝Юĉ
şеЮĵйņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕĠНÐŲ
ų ĮНеΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮĝаℓĞЯĳņУŎģĕЮŢŎ⅜ũŌĕņРŲЮ΅ĳН
ĮЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБŁũŲеģ˝˝ĖО₣ŁũřЕ˝ĄŃąС ĕ ιşŌĞŎĩųСŷаĕŁũřЕ˝ĄŃąС ĕЮĜй ũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņΖşĩŚŲсόŏ
ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďńģĕ¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗БĈ₣
е Β₤с ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕĠНÐŲ
ų ŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєĂĠсĠеĩНĳ
″ņŁũЯřŲΖşЮĊſЮЧ ĉģĕ¤
ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũŎЙĳŗлŷŪĳСŷşНй˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ЯřŲŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
When an arrested person has to be handed over to the Prosecutor, that person shall be
brought before him immediately.

Where timely handing-over is not possible and due to transportation difficulties or long
distance of the place, the arrested person cannot be handed over on the same day, the Prosecutor
may allow for an additional time period to transport the arrested person.
In any case, the handing-over of the arrested person shall be done as soon as possible.
The causes of the delay shall be written in the record which a judicial police officer shall
submit to the Royal Prosecutor.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś₣
CHAPTER 5: RULES OF INQUIRY OF FLAGRANT OFFENSES
ŌŪ″ ơỢ ŁũΉņ¹ĳсņЊĕόŏ⅜ŚĠсЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ďΖ◦Џ
Article 105 Prohibition of Listening
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĮНеŌĕΒе₧şĠİðĠсόŏ⅜ŚĠс ĕЊ₣ℓĳ₤еЮŲ₣Łũ₤ĕĀĜ″ņ◦Рũ₤њĮЮĀ ΌЧŎ¤ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ĮНеŌĕΒе₧şĠİðĠсόŏČĠс ĕЊ₣ℓĳŁũЮđųЧŎđų₣ЯřŲЮşŀ″ņņЮĊŜģŎ◦РũÐņĜÐņĕч ďΖ◦Џ ⅜ũ″ņ
◦Рũ⅜ũ ι⅜ũ″ņΒЊĕЮĊЧЯ‗ĳ¤
Judicial police officers have no authority to order any person to secretly listen to or record
any telephone conversation. They have no authority to intercept or record any correspondences by
telecommunication, such as facsimiles or email messages.
ŌŪ″ ơỜ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣
Article 106 Duration of Inquiry of Flagrant Offenses
ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣ ņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ́ (ŪģеĮБũ) аℓĞ ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤ ˝ЊşĆ
Ю₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳŪĳСŷŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉďĠсďĕЊşЮĆ ĝ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳņЊĕģĕĠŃĆ Ġ˝

с ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ́
(ŪģеĮБũ) аℓĞЮĜйЮ◦ ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷЮ₤Ė Ч₤ЮНе ŗĠŲсЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
The duration of an inquiry of a flagrant offense shall be no more than seven (7) days from
the date of the occurrence of an offense. The inquiry shall be conducted without interruption during
that period. If the inquiry does not finish within seven (7) days, the judicial police officer shall refer
the case file to the Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ơỚ ŁũĠŃąС ĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 107 Submission of Police Report to Prosecutor
ЮŪŁŎĠŃĆ ĠŁ
с ũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ĕЊ₣ŷĳ□О″₣Ĉе₣Β₤сЮĉŪĮйŬĄ
Ζďń¤
ŁŲ₧ĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ņУŎŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮĜйŁũĠŃąС ĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ĕЊ₣ŷĳ□О″₣ ŪĳСŷЮĊſď
Ч ņУŎŁũ
ĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜйЯřũ¤
After the inquiry, the judicial police officer shall send all written records and all exhibits to
the Prosecutor.
If an arrested person is handed over to the Royal Prosecutor, the written records and
exhibits shall be sent to the Royal Prosecutor at the same time.
ŌŪ″ ơƠ7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН
Article 108 Contents of Police Records
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЯřŲЮĊſЮЧ ŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷşНк:

− Β₣ðļĮũĠ₤сņūĕŚЮБ Ĝй
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦¤
◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
ĵ˝ŏđРĳŲНĠ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŗ₣ŪĳСŷŌĕĠŔą˝сŎŲсŪĮņЮŢŎŌĕşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĝ ũЖņ
◦еĮњũ¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б БŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ι₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷŌĕşНйΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤
The records prepared by judicial police officers shall include:
− The names and positions of the judicial police officers;
− The unit of such judicial police officers;
− The date.
Each page of the records shall be signed by the judicial police officers.
The approval of any stricken word or reference shall be indicated by the signature of a
judicial police officer in the margin of the page.
The identity shall be mentioned in the written record of interrogation or police custody.
ŌŪ″ ơƠo ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕĠŃňĳŚЊ
Article 109 Mandatory Rules
ŷЋēĕ ĕЊ₣◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲģĕĠŃňĳŚЮĝŌŪ″к
− ŌŪ″ tƠ (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŲЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ)
− ŌŪ″ tơ (ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ)
− ŌŪ″ tƯ (ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷĳ□О″₣)
− ŌŪ″ tư (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŲЧŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ)
− ŌŪ″ t̉ (Ġ◦ĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣)
− ŌŪ″ ṭ (ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś )
− ŌŪ″ t̀ (Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų )
− ŌŪ″ t́ (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų )
− ŌŪ″ t (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų )
− ŌŪ″ tt (ĄеĕŎ
У ũĠ₤сŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų )
− ŌŪ″ ơƠƠ (ΒĕБĳĄ

ų )
− ŌŪ″ ơỢ (ŁũΉņ¹ĳсņЊĕόŏ⅜ŚĠсЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ďΖ◦Џ)
− ŌŪ″ ơỜ (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣) ĕЊ₣
− ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Ћ ¤
ŌĕŲ˝š‗кŢşсžĳŪĳСŷЯĳЮýũĮ ЮĠЧņЊĕřРЮşĖйЮ◦ĕЕ₣ĜеόŏŌĕЮŌþļĮаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б

The rules and procedures provided for in the following Articles shall be strictly complied with or
the undertakings in violation of them shall be deemed as null and void:
− Article 90 (Research and Examination Records);
− Article 91 (Searches);
− Article 92 (Sealing Exhibits);
− Article 93 (Interrogation Records);
− Article 94 (Order to Appear- Inquiry of Flagrant Offense);
− Article 95 (Scientific or Technical Examination);
− Article 96 (Police Custody);
− Article 97 (Records of Police Custody);
− Article 98 (Assistance of Lawyers during Police Custody);
− Article 99 (Assistance of Medical Doctors during Police Custody);
− Article 100 (Police Custody of Minor);
− Article 105 (Prohibition of Listening);
− Article 106 (Duration of Inquiry of Flagrant Offense); and
− Article 108 (Contents of Police Records) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ơơƠ Βе₧şЮĊſņ
Ч РŲ ŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ
Article 110 Authority of Judges and Prosecutors
″ņЮýŲŁũ‗ч˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŌĕĳаņųŪýĕсЯĳďĮњĳхŌĕĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďĠĜĀŲс ãυ˝⅜ũЮřЧņå ŌĕĕњŎ▫ ŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďυ˝⅜ũЯřŲŪĳСŷЮĄЩũ΅РĳřŲсŌĕķ₤ŚО ″₣ĩĀОŎ¤
ķ₤ŚО ″₣ĩĀОŎΖşĄРĕņ˝ЮčŪ˝ņģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠс¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮĊſņ
Ч РŲ ŷЋČũ‗чЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ЮŲЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЯřŲЮĊſЧЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũ
Ю₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣¤
Generally, the written records established by judicial police officers are for information only
. However, such records shall be deemed original and valid unless the contrary is proven. Counter-
evidence may be freely presented to the judge by all means permissible by laws.
Judges and prosecutors freely evaluate the records established by Judicial Police officers in
the framework of investigation of flagrant offenses.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ
TITLE 3: PRELIMINARY INQUIRY
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ
UNITARY CHAPTER: PRELIMINARY INQUIRY
ŌŪ″ ơơơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Article 111 Commencement of Preliminary Inquiry
ŁŲ₧ģĕřЕ₣ĮБΒЮе ĮЧЯřŲΖşďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų΅Н ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮĊſЧŁũ
Ю₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ι″ņŁũ₤НеũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
When judicial police officers have knowledge of acts which may be qualified as felony,
misdemeanor or petty offense, they may conduct a preliminary inquiry at their discretion or upon
the request of a Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ơơƯ ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵйŁũЮ₤НĠ
Article 112 Rules for Preliminary Inquiry
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕŌŪ″к
− ŌŪ″ tƠ (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŲЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ)
− ŌŪ″ ṭ (ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś )
− ŌŪ″ ơỚ (ŁũĠŃąС ĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń)
− ŌŪ″ ơƠ (ĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ¤
The provisions of following Articles of this Code shall apply to the preliminary inquiry:
− Article 90 (Research and Examination Records);
− Article 95 (Scientific or Technical Examination);
− Article 107 (Submission of Police Records to Prosecutor);
− Article 108 (Contents of Police Records).
ŌŪ″ ơơư ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ
Article 113 Searches
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳďĠŤņЮĜй Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮĊſЧŁũ
Яđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ČĠсŎ˝ŷĳ□О″₣¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ďĠŤņŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņşĤ₤сŵ₤с ĕЊ₣ĮЊĳŪģ˝řĮБΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣¤
ŁũŎŲсŪĮņЮĕйŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ◦ġЧ₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ₤ũЮ₤ũЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ
ΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņЊĕЮşйΒ˝℮ũ ЮĜйŪĳСŷ₤ũЮ₤ũόŏģĕşĤ₤сŵ₤с˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН▫ ΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮĜйņЊĕ
ЮşйΒ˝℮ũ Ю΅ЧŎŎŲсŪĮņόŏЯđ˝Юđũ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ΒŷĳŚŌĕ ιĠřЊЮ₤ĊŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБ
ΖşЮşŀřБŁΒĕНŔňĳόŏЯđ˝Юđũ ″ņŁũ₤НеũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĳСŷřЕ˝ĜеЮŢŎĬĀŲсĕРŷŁũЯđ˝Юđũ
Юĕй¤ ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ĝşеЮĵйņНŠΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιЮĠЧýŊĕΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠсЮ◦ŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜˝℮БĮБũĜ˝с¤
⅜˝℮БŪĳСŷČĳс″₣
е ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ⅜˝℮БņЊĕΖşďĕÐũģŲ ιď˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ЯřŲď˝₣˝Ōųе₣ũУņ
ŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũ˝ĖО₣ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĜйЮΌЧŎ¤ ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũņЊĕΖşЮĩŚЧņņНĕЮŌл₣ ̀ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮŌл₣ ơ (řĠс
ŪģеĠБ) ЮΌЧŎ¤
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕŌŪ″ tƯ (ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷĳ□О″₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚ ˝ĖО₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ŷĳ□О″₣¤

When the preliminary inquiry involves a felony or misdemeanor, judicial police officers
may conduct a search and seize relevant exhibits.
Judicial police officers shall seek an express and real approval from the occupant of the
premises.

The approval may be hand-written by the occupant of the premises. If he cannot write, a
judicial police officer shall state in the written record that the occupant of the premises is illiterate
and accepts the search.
Where the occupant of the premises is absent or denies the search, the President of the Court
of First Instance which has territorial jurisdiction on the case may authorize the search upon a
Prosecutor’s request. The Prosecutor shall personally lead this search. Judicial police officer shall
conduct the search at the presence of the occupant of the premises, or if he is absent, at the presence
of two witnesses. The witnesses shall be assigned by the Prosecutor; they cannot be judicial police
or military police who are participating in the search. The search cannot be conducted before six
o’clock in the morning and after six o’clock in the evening.
The provisions of Article 92 (Sealing Exhibits) of this Code shall apply to the confiscated
objects.
ŌŪ″ ơở ŁũĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Article 114 Order to Appear – Preliminary Inquiry
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣
Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ιЯřŲΖşĩŚŲсĮњĳхŌĕ₤Ś БĮБЮũЩ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮŁйЮΊŪĳСŷЯĳşРŲņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БũЖ₣◦◦Е₣ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхĄĕ
Р řе‗Е₣řŲс
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЯřŲΖşЮşŀĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ¤ ĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕЮĕйŪĳСŷŌĕşНйΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċ ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦
ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″¤
ĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ΒĕНŔňĳόŏņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к ЮřЧņġБĠ₣šĠ
е НÐŲ
ð ЮĜйόŏşРŲ
ĠİΆŀŠųФĕ¤
Judicial police officers may summons and interrogate any person who is suspected of the
commission of an offense or who may provide relevant information on the matter.
The person who is summonsed must appear. In case of refusal to appear as summonsed, the
judicial police officer shall notify the Prosecutor who may issue an order to appear. The order to
appear shall state the identity of relevant person. It shall be dated, signed and sealed by the
Prosecutor.
The order to appear allows the judicial police officer to call for police force to compel such
person to appear before him.
ŌŪ″ ơợ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪ₤₣сşЮņųЧŎ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ
Article 115 Record of Interrogation – Preliminary Inquiry
Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĕБņУŎ6 ŪĳСŷŌĕЮĊſ˝
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪĳСŷř˝Ū₤₣сЮŢŎŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşЮņųŎ
Ч ũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠЯřŲģĕ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠόŏģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ¤
ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤˝ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ιĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ďņУŎ
Ю◦¤
A written record shall be established for every interrogation.
The record shall accurately reflect the responses of the relevant person. If necessary, the
judicial police officer may call for an interpreter/translator who shall swear under his religion or
beliefs to interpret the responses as accurately as possible. In any case, the interpreter/translator
shall not be selected from the police, military police, or any person who is involved in the case.

ŌŪ″ ơờ Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕďĠс₤₣℮њŎ
Article 116 Police Custody of Suspect
ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņЮĜй Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕĄеĮР˝◦Б ư ₤Ś БĮБŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ĕЊ₣
ĄеĮР˝◦Б ̉ ₤Ś БĮБŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕ аĕŌĳЊŁ◦БƯ ₤Ś БĮБŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ˝ũ‗Бď˝сЯ₤Ś₣˝ĖО₣Ðĕ□БЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚ¤

The provisions of Chapters 3 and 4 of this Title 2 of the book on police custody and handing
-over of an arrested person shall apply if the preliminary inquiry related to a felony or
misdemeanor.
ŌŪ″ ơớ ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕĠŃňĳŚЊ
˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ ŷЋēĕ ĕЊ₣◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″к
− ŌŪ″ t̀ (Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų )
− ŌŪ″ t́ (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų )
− ŌŪ″ ơƠƠ (ΒĕБĳĄ

ų )
− ŌŪ″ ơỚ (ŁũĠŃąС ĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń)
− ŌŪ″ ơơư (ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ)
− ŌŪ″ ơở (ŁũĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŁũЮ₤НĠ

Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
Ћ ¤
ŌĕŲ˝š‗кŢşсžĳŪĳСŷЯĳЮýũĮ″ņ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮşĖйЮ◦ĜеόŏŌĕЮŌþļĮаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б
In the course of a preliminary investigation, the rules and procedures stipulated in the
following Articles of this code are mandatory otherwise the proceedings shall be deemed as null
and void.
− Article 96 (Police Custody);
− Article 97 (Written Record of Police Custody);
− Article 100 (Police Custody of Minor);
− Article 107 (Submission of Police Report to Prosecutor);
− Article 113 (Searches);
− Article 114 (Order to Appear –Preliminary Inquiry).
ŌŪ″ ơơ7 Βе₧şЮĊſņ
Ч РŲ ŷЋČũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ
Article 118 Authority of Judges and Prosecutors
″ņЮýŲŁũ‗ч ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŌĕĳаņųŪýĕсЯĳďĮњĳхŌĕĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНũĠ₤сņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņхŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďĠĜĀŲс ãυ˝⅜ũЮřЧņå ŌĕĕњŎ▫ ŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďυ˝⅜ũЯřŲŪĳСŷЮĄЩũ΅РĳřŲсŌĕķ₤ŚО ″₣ĩĀОŎ¤
ķ₤ŚО ″₣ĩĀОŎΖşĄРĕņ˝ЮčŪ˝ņģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠс¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮĊſņ
Ч РŲ ŷЋČũ‗чЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ЮŲЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЯřŲЮĊſЧЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũ
Ю₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳĠŤņ¤

Generally, the written records established by judicial police officers are for information only
. However, such records shall be deemed original and valid unless the contrary is proven. Counter-
evidence may be freely presented to the judge by all means permissible by laws.
Judges and prosecutors freely evaluate the records established by Judicial Police officers in
the framework of a police inquiry.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉: ŁũŪĠÐŲсόŏŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ

TITLE 4: RETURN OF ITEMS SEIZED DURING INQUIRY
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ŁũŪĠÐŲсόŏŌĆ₤сЮřЧņŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳ
UNITARY CHAPTER: RETURN OF ITEMS SEIZED DURING INQUIRY
ŌŪ″ ơơo ΖďńĊũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĠ
Ć İðĠсόŏŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОĄРĕŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ
Article 119 Competent Authority to Order Return of Seized Items
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĠ
Ć İðĠсόŏŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳ ЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŷĳ□ОĈ₣
е ЮĜйĮНеŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч₤ŪŌĠсŁũ₤еЯř₣ŁũĮЊĳЮ◦ЮĜй Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ˝ņŊ₤Њ◦ċЮЊ ŲЧŷĳ□ОЮĜй ýŊĕŁũ
ĄеĈ₤сΒŪſБ ģ˝řŪĠďЮ◦¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŷĳ□ОЯřŲŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė˝сşеЮĵйņĕН₤℮ ιşеЮĵйŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġĳŚЊ řРşďΖŷНĊ ιďĳЊĩОĀй ŪĮņĈе₣ŷĳ□ОЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ
ŁĕсŁĠсЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс ņЊĕΖşŪĠÐŲсόŏ ŷЋŀģĕЮ◦¤ ŷĳ□ОĈ₣

е ЮĜйŪĳСŷũЖĠΒР₤◦Н˝ď₤ņġĳŚũЊ řť ιŪĳСŷĠеĬųŀЮČŲ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕŪĮņŪĠÐŲсόŏ ŷЋŀЮ◦ ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ΖşĠŚЕ₣ĳǻм ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńģĕ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ýŊĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њş˝

Ć ĖО₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ŌĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣Юĝ
şеЮĵйņНŠŎН″ŚĊЊŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιŎН″ŚĊЊŁũĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĝЯĳŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ŁŲ₧
ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷģĕĠŃĆ ĠЮс ŢŎЮ₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ЮŪņşЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсď⅜□Įũ¤
The Royal Prosecutor can order the return of an item seized during a preliminary inquiry.
He will do so if those items are not necessary as exhibits and there is no serious dispute over the
ownership of such item.
However, any item that is dangerous to persons or to property, such as weapons or
explosives, or any item which is illegally held may not be returned. Such item shall be seized and
deemed as property of the state or be destroyed.
In case a Prosecutor refuses to return a seized item, a complainant may appeal to the
General Prosecutor.
The Royal Prosecutor and the General Prosecutor are not competent to return seized items
during a judicial investigation or trial court proceedings. The Royal Prosecutor and the General
Prosecutor regain their competence if a judicial investigation is completed by a final non-suit order.
ŌŪ″ ơƯƠ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ĄРĕŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ
Article 120 Return of Seized Items
ŁŲЮĠЧĳНŵŁũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ģĕЮşŀЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşņУŎď⅜□Įũ Ю΅ЧŎĮНģ
е ĕ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚЮБ ŲЧŁũ
ŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОřŲсŌĆ₤сЮřЧņŷЋŀЮ◦ ЮĜйŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ ĉ″ņ˝ũ‗БĕБņУŎ6 ЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņş
ЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ЮŲЧĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏŌĕŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОřŲсŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮĕй ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲ˝ņŊ₤Њ◦ċаЊ ĕŷĳ□ОЮĜй ĮНеŌĕŁũĄеĈ₤сΒſБ
ďŪģ˝řŪĠďЮ◦¤

If a case has been finally decided by the trial court, but the court fails to make a decision on
the return of a seized item, the Royal Prosecutor or the General Prosecutor can decide at his
discretion on the return as long as there is no serious dispute over the ownership of such item.

Ðĕ□ ◦
Б Б ̉: ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
BOOK FOUR: JUDICIAL INVESTIGATIONS
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
TITLE 1: INVESTIGATING JUDGE
ĄеĮ˝
ŌŪ″ ơƯơ Łũ₤ŌĞĳсаĕŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 121 Confidentiality of Judicial Investigation
ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЯĳďŁũ₤ŌĞĳс¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð Ĉе₣ΐŎЯřŲşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ЮčŪ˝ņ ЮņēŷВ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□
ņūĕŚŬ
Б ĄŁũ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏ ĕЊ₣ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşř
Ć РşЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ṭ (ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏž₣ЯĩĖ˝
ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ι ŷЋ◦Ŝ⅜ū₤Ś ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷũ˝⅝Łũ₤ŌĞĳсаĕŷЋďąĄБŷк¤
ĠлНЯĕŚ ŁũЮýũĮĕРŷŁũ₤ŌĞĳс ŷЋďąĄБŷк ņЊĕΖşďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũЮŪĠЧ₤Њ◦ċЊаĕŁũŁũĵũŠųФĕЮΌЧŎ¤
ņŜл ₣Ю◦ЬĳŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБЯℓų₣Łũ‗чď⅜ēũ‗к ŁŲ₧ŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ĮњĳхŌĕЯřŲ
ĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎĮБЮũЩ₣₧ņУŎЮĜй ďĮњĳхŌĕņЊĕĮЊĳ¤
ŁũĠеĵĕЮŲЧŁũ₤ŌĞĳсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ÐЙďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠсŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗ŹďĊũŌĕ¤

The judicial investigation is confidential.
Persons who participate in the judicial investigation, especially prosecutors, judges,
lawyers, court clerks, judicial police and military police officers, civil servants, experts, interpreters
/translators, medical doctors and other persons mentioned in Article 95 (Technical or Scientific
Examination) of this Code, shall maintain professional confidentiality.
However, such professional confidentiality may not be used as an obstacle to the right of
self-defense.
Moreover, the Royal Prosecutor is entitled to make a declaration in public if he considers
that false information in a case has been published.
A breach of confidentiality regarding a judicial investigation is a misdemeanor punishable
under the Criminal Law in force.
ŌŪ″ ơƯƯ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 122 Commencement of Judicial Investigation
ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЯĳЮĊſЧЮŢŎžĕņЊĕģĕşеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť¤ şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮĊſЧ˝єģĕ ιņЊĕЮĊſ˝
Ч є
ģĕ¤
A judicial investigation is mandatory for a felony; however it is optional for a misdemeanor.
ŌŪ″ ơƯư ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБ
Article 123 Territorial Jurisdictions
ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşÐ
Ć Йк
− ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĜ◦Б˝Яĕų₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
− ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ ₤УũĜ◦БŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤е₧˝сũĠ₤сĠНÐðŲЯřŲ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤

− ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĜ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ČĠсŠФ ųĕĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲ₤₣℮њŎ▫ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕ◦еĜ₤сũǻ₣ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŪşЧĕũРĠЮĝ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ŠН₤6ýĖ Ю΅ЧŎ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉе₣Β₤сýĖ
ΒеĮБЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹЯĳņУŎřРşýĖ ◦ееĜ₤сЮĕйŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤УũЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņş¤
ŷЋǻ◦₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБ ũǻ₣₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŪşЧĕŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤
Łũ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйĠЊ◦ĩųСŷĳǻм ¤
Competent judges are:
− the investigating judge at the place of a criminal offense;
− the investigating judge at the place of residence of a suspected offender;
− the investigating judge at the place where a suspected offender was arrested.
Where there is a conflict of jurisdiction between investigating judges of different courts of
first instance that conflict shall be referred to the President of the Investigation Chamber for
settlement.
The conflicts of territorial jurisdictions between investigation chambers shall be decided by
the President of the Supreme Court.
That decision shall be final and definitive.
ŌŪ″ ơỬ řБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 124 Introductory Submissions
ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ЮŢŎřБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņ
ŌŪ″ ̉̉ (ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮĠЧ˝ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐŲ
ð ŌĖ˝с ιЮŪşЧĕĜ˝с ЮŢŎŌĕş₣∆Ų
О ĠİΆŀŪģĠсЮěŊ йЮĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ťĕ
ĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒŔňĳĄĕ ЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņǻ˝ŏŠњ‗Ź◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ̉̉ (ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ)
аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₧ņУŎģĕ ЮŢŎýŊĕřБŁ₤ĕĖŢ

Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũĠ₤с
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮ◦¤
ŁŲЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ
Ћ ř
″ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б РşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ơưt (ŁũĠŃąС ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ởƠ (ŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĳņ˛Ųс
◦Н˝) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
ŁŲ₧◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣⅜ņŃň ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮĜйЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤

In compliance with Article 44 (Commencement of Judicial Investigation ) of this Code, a
judicial investigation is opened by the introductory submission of the Royal Prosecutor.
As provided in the Article 44 (Commencement of Judicial Investigation), paragraph 2, a
judicial investigation can be opened against one or more persons whose names are specified in the
introductory submission or against unidentified persons.
An investigating judge may not conduct any investigative acts in the absence of an
introductory submission.
When an investigative judge receives a complaint with an application to become a civil
party, the investigating judge shall follow the procedures stated in Articles 139 (Delivery of
Request to Prosecutor) and 140 (Payment of Deposits).

After receiving a normal complaint, an investigating judge shall forward it to the Royal
Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ơỰ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣
Article 125 Scope of Complaint
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН ЯřŲŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО ₣řБŁ₤ĕĖ ЊŢť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũũĠ₤с
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯĳΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНЮĜйĠлНЮ ₧‼ й¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕЮŲşΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНℓŊБ ЯřŲΖşďĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷĄРĕ
ĮњĳхŌĕΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНЮĕйЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşĠŚЕ₣₤Нό
е ŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſŁ
Ч ũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНℓЮŊБ ĕй
″ņřБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņ¤ ЮĠЧýŊĕřБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
ýŊĕΒе₧şЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНℓЮŊБ ĜйЮ◦ġЧŎ¤
Б ₤ĕĖŢ
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕČеģşс₤НеřŁ Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņЮ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНℓЮŊБ Ĝйď
⅜□ĕ◦ņĞĕсЮĈ₤ЮĉЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН ЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũřеĠР₣¤
The investigating judge is seized with the facts specified in the introductory submission.
The investigating judge shall investigate only those facts.
If during a judicial investigation, new facts susceptible to be qualified as a criminal offense
arise, the investigating judge shall inform the Prosecutor. The Prosecutor can ask the investigating
judge to investigate the new facts by making a supplementary submission. If there is no such
supplementary submission, the investigating judge has no power to investigate the new facts.
However, if the new facts only constitute aggravating circumstances of the facts already
under judicial investigation, no supplementary submission is required.
ŌŪ″ ơỪ ŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ
Article 126 Placing Suspect under Judicial Investigation
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷЯĳŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ ĕРŷĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŌĕş₣∆Ų
О ŪģĠсЮěŊйЮĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁ
₤ĕĖЊŢťĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕΒе₧şŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ ĕРŷĠНÐŲ

ð ŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲŌĕĳŪņОŎşĤ₤сŵ₤с
Ю΅ЧŎ₤НБ₤İſ˝сýĖŗл₣žų₣
е ▫ ģĕşРŲũУņŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ЮĈйĠБďýŊĕŁũş₣∆Ų
О ŪģĠсЮěŊ йЮĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕ
ЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ˝єЮŢŎ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŢ˝сĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜйόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ ˝ĖО₣ůĕк ďČũВ ďΒĖ˝ЮĩŚņ
Ч ÐеĕЊĳ ιď
ΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕĳ
Њ ¤
An investigating judge has the power to place any person specified by the introductory
submission under judicial investigation.
Moreover, an investigating judge may place any person under judicial investigation against
whom there is precise and coherent evidence showing that such person is involved in the
commission of the offense, even where that person is not indicated in the introductory submission.
The investigating judge may place such persons under judicial investigation as perpetrators,
instigators or accomplices of the offense.

ŌŪ″ ơỨ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŢ˝сĠĕĀО˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŢйĠĕĀО˝
Article 127 Investigation of Inculpatory and Exculpatory Evidence
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤УũĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч₤ŪŌĠсĠİΆŀόŏЮþЧŀŁũ
ĮЊĳЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņşĤĠс¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕ˝ũ‗БŎ˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤УũĈе₣Ţ˝сĠĕĀО˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŢйĠĕĀО˝¤

An investigating judge, in accordance with the law, performs all investigations that he
deems useful to ascertaining the truth.
An investigating judge has the obligation to collect inculpatory as well as exculpatory
evidence.
ŌŪ″ ơƯ7 ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
Article 128 Assistance of Court Clerks
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷŌĕŪ˝ΐĠŃą ď
Б ĕЊş¤
Ć ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ Ū˝ΐĠŃą ņ
Б ЊĕΖşĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşЯĆ řŲď
₤ņĳ□˝ЊşũĆ Ġ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕЮ◦¤
An investigating judge shall be assisted by a clerk. In any case, the clerk cannot perform the
duties of the investigating judge himself.
ŌŪ″ ơƯo ņНŠİũũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
Article 129 Roles of Court Clerks
₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣Ю₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б Ū˝ΐĠŃą Бşņų₣ŲЊŠЊĳĕБņУŎ6аĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣″ņŲ◦ċļĮЯřŲ
ΖşЮĊſģ
Ч ĕ¤ ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣ЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳĠŔą˝с▫ ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņŲЊŠЊĳЮřЧņ ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б Ю₤ş˝ŚБşņų₣ŪĳСŷЮũЬĠşе◦Н˝Юĝ
˝ĖО₣₤ее‗ЮеН ũЩ₣Ġİ˛ũ◦Н˝¤
ŪÐĠсŲЊŠЊĳаĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ ŪĳСŷЯĳĠ₣сЮŲŠЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą ″

Б ņŲеŢĠсаĕŁŲĠġŷĳŚ¤
Њ
₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣₤е‗Ų

еН ЊŠЊĳЯřŲĠİ˛ũ◦Н˝ŪĳСŷĳņ˛Ų◦
с Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ЮĝņĕĀũБ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ι
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠ₧
с ņУŎаĕĳНŵŁũЯřŲŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠŪÐĠсŪýĕс¤
ЮņēŷВ ιЮŲžĊЊŁũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ ŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũόŏЮĊſЧŁũℓĳşņų₣ЮŢŎŠųФĕďΒĖ˝
ЮşŀЮ⅜΅пНŎ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б
The case file shall be kept by the clerk. If possible, the clerk shall make copies of each
record. The clerk shall certify that the copied records are true copy of the original. The copies
shall be kept in a reserve file.
The clerk shall assign code number for all records in a chronological order.
The original records and the reserve copies of the records shall be stored in the clerk’s
office, in the investigating judge’s office, or in any room of the court with sufficient security
conditions.
The lawyer or his secretary may be authorized by the investigating judge to copy the record
at his own cost under the supervision of the clerk.

ŌŪ″ ơưƠ ŁũşНйřŲс◦˝
Б Яĕų₣ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б
Article 130 Travel to Sites by Investigating Judges and Court Clerks
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşşНйřŲс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ďņУŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą ũБ Ġ₤сŠФ ųĕ ЮĝЮŲЧ ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБаĕĳНŵŁũ
ďĕсřеĠР₣ ЮřЧņġБĠЮе Įŀ˝ЊşĆЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤УũЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчďΖ◦Џ ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ₤Ōĸũк ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣Łũ
ČĠсŎ˝ŷĳ□О″₣¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗₣
Е ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒеĮБŁũşНйЮĉĮЊĕЊĳŏЮĕй¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşũУņ
řеЮ‗ЧũďņУŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĕй¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũČеģşсаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĳŪņСŷ ЮĜйЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşşНйЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ďņУŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ЮĝЮŲЧ
ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮЯřĕřБďĳЊĈ₣
е ņРŲ¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ЮčŪ˝ņŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďņНĕřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЯřĕřБ
ЯřŲŠųФĕЮĊſЧřеЮ‗ЧũЮĉŁĕсЮĜй¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷЮĊſ˝
Ч е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕЮĕй¤
An investigating judge may visit any site, always accompanied by his clerk in the territorial
jurisdiction of the Court of First Instance, to personally conduct any investigative acts that he
believes to be useful, such as site observation, searches, and seizure of exhibits.
An investigating judge shall inform the Royal Prosecutor of this visit, who may accompany
the investigating judge.
When an investigation necessarily so requires the investigating judge may visit any site
within the national territory, accompanied by a clerk. The investigating judge shall notify the
Prosecutor of the Court of First Instance of the location of the visit beforehand.
The investigating judge shall establish a written record of his activities.
ŌŪ″ ơươ řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У
Article 131 Rogatory Letters
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮĩ℮₣ ιņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņх ιΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņх ĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆŠųй
″ņřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ớư (řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤) řŲсŌŪ″
ở (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН˝⅜₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
An investigating judge may issue a rogatory letter asking another judge, a judicial police
officer or any unit of the judicial police to undertake certain investigative activities under the
conditions stated in Articles 173 (Rogatory Letters) to 184 (Written Records to be Established by
Judicial Police) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ơưƯ ŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 132 Investigative Actions Requested by Royal Prosecutor
ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖş₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧ˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₧ņУŎЯřŲŠųФ ĕ
ŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮ◦ЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪĳСŷЮşŀřБŁ
ĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ¤ řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷЯĳĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń˝ĖО₣
ℓЊũЮŷŵŗл₣ĂĠсĠеĩНĳ¤

Ч ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲс
″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤Не Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
At any time during a judicial investigation, the Royal Prosecutor may request the
investigating judge to conduct any investigative act that he believes will be useful.
If the investigating judge refuses to follow the Prosecutor’s request, he shall write a refusal
order within 15 days. This order shall state the reasons for the refusal. The Royal Prosecutor shall
be notified of this order without delay.
If the investigating judge has not decided within 15 days, the Royal Prosecutor can seize the
Investigation Chamber who shall have the power to decide in the place of the investigating judge.
ŌŪ″ ơưư ŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
Article 133 Investigative Actions Requested by Charged Persons
ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦Ζş₤Нό
е ŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎŠųФĕ ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ι⅜˝℮Б ₤Уũĳ◦ŲсýĖ ιşНйЮĉřŲс◦˝

Б Яĕų₣¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НŪе ĳСŷЮĊſď
Ч ŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷŌĕ
₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤Н ЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕйЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪĳСŷЮşŀřБ ŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮĝ˝ĖО ₣
ℓЊũ Юŷŵ ơ (ņУ Ŏ) ЯŠ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮ БЮ ĮŲ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤Н е¤ řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ ₣Ю΅ĳН ĕЊ₣ ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗ Е₣ďĠĜĀ ĕсřŲс
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
Ч ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠЮ◦ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşĠŚ₣
Е ЮŢŎĬĀŲс ″ņ
ũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤Нř
е Ųс₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
At any time during a judicial investigation, the charged person may ask the investigating
judge to interrogate him, question a civil party or witness, conduct a confrontation or visit a site.
The request shall be in writing with a statement of reasons.
If the investigating judge does not grant the request, he shall issue a rejection order within
one month after receiving the request. This order shall state the reasons. The Prosecutor and the
charged person shall be notified of the order without delay.
If the investigating judge has not decided within one month, the Royal Prosecutor can seize
the Investigation Chamber who shall have the power to decide in the place of the investigating
judge.
ŌŪ″ ơử ŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 134 Investigative Actions Requested by Civil Party
ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖş₤НеřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ όŏ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ŠųФĕ ⅜ŚĠс
şЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б ₤УũşЮņųŎ
Ч ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ₤Уũĳ◦ŲсýĖ ιşНйЮĉřŲс◦˝
Б Яĕų₣¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤Не ŪĳСŷЮĊſď
Ч ŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ
₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
Ч ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĕйЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪĳСŷЮşŀřБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ
(ņУŎ) ЯŠ ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤Н¤
е řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀĕсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń
ĕЊ₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

Ч ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠЮ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎ
ĬĀŲс″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤НеřŲс ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕ₤

У ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
At all the times during a judicial investigation, a civil party may request the investigating
judge to question him, question witnesses, interrogate the charged person, conduct a confrontation
or visit a site. The request shall be in writing with a statement of reasons.
If the investigating judge does not grant the request, he shall issue a rejection order within
one month after receiving the request. The order shall state the reasons. The Prosecutor and the
civil party shall be notified of the order without delay.
If the investigating judge has not decided within one month, the Royal Prosecutor can seize
the Investigation Chamber who shall have the power to decide in the place of the investigating
judge.
ŌŪ″ ơự ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 135 Transmission of Case File to Royal Prosecutor
ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣Ю₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ιЮ₤Ė₤
Ч НеόŏĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ņ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏ ĠлЯН ĕŚŪĳСŷ
Ōĕļũ˝ЊşĠ
Ć ₣ſŲ
Њ ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĕйЮĉŷЋŀ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ Ử (аņĸĠĕ
У ) ЮŌл₣¤
At any time, the Prosecutor may examine the case file or ask for its transmission. In the
latter case, the Prosecutor shall send the case file back within 24 hours.
ŌŪ″ ơừ ŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń şеЮĵй˝ЊşĆЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 136 Presence of Prosecutor during Investigative Acts
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ЊşĆЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ďĮЊЮ₤₤˝ĖО₣Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ˝ĖО₣Łũ₤Уũĳ◦Ųс
ĕЊ₣˝ĖО₣Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ¤
The Prosecutor may be present during any investigative act, in particular the interrogations
of the charged person, confrontations and interviews.
ŌŪ″ ơứ Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĩųСŷΒĕŚŬÐņĕч
Article 137 Civil Party Application by Way of Intervention
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ ĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ŠųФĕ▫ďĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйΖş″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņ
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤
Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĩųСŷΒĕŚŬÐņĕч ЮĊſЧЮ◦ġЧ₣ЮŢŎýŊĕĳŪņСŷ″ņ◦Ūņ₣с₧ņУŎЮ◦ġЧŎ¤
ŁŲ₧Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣″ņŲЊŠЊĳ ŲЊŠЊĳЮĕйŪĳСŷŢ˝сĠŃĆС Ų˝ĖО₣₤е‗еН
ЮũЩ₣¤ ŁŲ₧Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮĊſ˝

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĕй řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤

After the opening of a judicial investigation any persons who claim to be victims of an
offense may, at any time, file a request to become civil party to the investigating judge.
No specific form shall be required for the request to become civil party by way of
intervention.
When a civil party’s request has been made in writing, the request shall be attached to the
case file. When the request is made orally the investigating judge shall establish a written record of
it.
The investigating judge shall notify the Prosecutor and the charged person about the civil
party application.

ŌŪ″ ơư7 Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 138 Complaint with Application to become Civil Party
Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ
″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ΖşŢ˝с˝ĖО₣ĜņĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤
A victim of a felony or misdemeanor can file a complaint with a request to become a civil
party with the investigating judge. The request may be lodged by a lawyer on behalf of a victim.
ŌŪ″ ơưo ŁũĠŃąС ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 139 Delivery of Complaints to Prosecutor
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧŁũ˝ĳс₤еýŲсĕРŷŁũŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗Ś₣
Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņ
řБŁ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąС ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮĕйЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕЮþЧŀĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷĠŚЕ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņřБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ řБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĕй ΖşЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ΒŔňĳĄĕ
ЮĈйĠБďĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮČ◦ЮĉЮŲЧЮěŊ йĠНÐŲ

ð ŌĖ˝с ιЮŪşЧĕĜ˝с˝єЮŢŎ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖş₤НеřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝Нό
е ŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńŪĳСŷģĕĩНĳũŲĳс ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ
ΒеЮĮЧЮĜйņЊĕЯņĕďĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹЮ◦¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪĳСŷЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņş ЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣
Ю΅ĳН ЯřŲŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀĕсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĝЯĳ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйŪĳСŷЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣
Ю΅ĳН Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀĕсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
The investigating judge confirms the reception of a complaint with an application to become
a civil party in an order. The investigating judge sends this request to the Royal Prosecutor.
After seeing the complaint with an application to become a civil party, the Prosecutor files
an introductory submission with the investigating judge. This introductory submission may be
made against unidentified persons, even if the civil party names one or more persons.
The Royal Prosecutor may request the investigating judge not to investigate if the criminal
action is extinguished or if the facts do not constitute a crime.
In case an investigating judge decides not to investigate, that judge shall immediately issue
an order with the statement of reasons and notify the civil party without delay.
In case the investigating judge, contrary to the Royal Prosecutor’s request, decides to
continue to investigate, the investigating judge shall issue an order with a statement of reasons. The
Prosecutor shall be notified of the order without delay.
ŌŪ″ ởƠ ŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĳņ˛Ų◦
с Н˝
Article 140 Payment of Deposits
ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮĉЮŲЧĊĕēĕаĕЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ЮĉЮŲЧŁũŲеģ˝аĕЮũЩ₣ЯřŲΖşЮņЧŲЮþЧŀďņНĕ
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝е‗ĳс″ņřБŁ₤ЮŪņş ĕРŷşеĕУĕ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЯřŲЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪĳСŷĠ₣с ŪĮņĈе₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲ
ŪĳСŷĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĕйĩ₣¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĮНеŌĕŲ◦ċļĮΖşĠ₣сŪģ˝сĳņ˛Ų◦
с Н˝ģĕЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũΖşЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣
ņЊĕόŏĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĕйģĕ¤ řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀĕсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĳņ˛Ų◦
с Н˝ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б◦◦УŲĠİ˛ĕсаřЯřŲŌĕşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎ
ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪģ˝сĳņ˛Ųс◦Н˝ņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕĠ₣сЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮ◦ ĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ЮŢŎ
ŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФ ĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤▫ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Юĕй ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЯřŲŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀĕсřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
Ūģ˝сĳņ˛Ų◦
с Н˝ŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲЮĉ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕЮĝЮĮŲĠŃĆ Ġĕ Ћ Б ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŉĠ◦ĠġŃňĳЊаŉ ĕŌŪ″ ởơ
с БĳЊ ŷĊ
(Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĠеĵĕ ιĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜųŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Ūģ˝сĳņ˛Ų◦
с Н˝ŪĳСŷĳņ˛Ų◦
с Н˝Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ð‗ĕБĮЊЮ₤₤ ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĊĜýũ ιũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ˝ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲ
ŌĕŁũēĜ₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠŗл₣ ũЖ₣Ōе ¤ ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮĕйŪĳСŷģĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤″ņŁũŪĮņЮŪĮЭ₣ýĖũĠ₤сŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
Based on the resources of the civil party and on the predicted difficulty of the case, the
investigating judge shall issue an order, fixing the amount of deposit to be paid by the civil party
and the time for payment.
If the civil party is incapable to pay the deposit the investigating judge may exceptionally
not require payment of a deposit. The civil party shall be notified of this order without delay.
For his payment of the deposit, the civil party shall receive a receipt signed by the court
president, the Royal Prosecutor and the court clerk.
If the deposit has not been paid as fixed by the investigating judge, the request by the civil
party shall be declared inadmissible by order of the investigating judge. The civil party shall be
notified of the order by the investigating judge without delay.
The deposit shall be returned when the procedure is completed, except as provided by
Article 141 (Abusive or Dilatory Requests) of this Code.
The deposit shall be maintained in a special bank account in a bank or at any other place
where there is maximum guarantee of security. This place shall be selected with the mutual consent
of the presiding court and the Royal Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ởơ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĠеĵĕ ιĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜųŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ
Article 141 Abusive or Dilatory Requests
ŪĠ₤Њ ĕЮĠЧŁ ũЮ₤Н Ч Ġ ₤Уũ ЯřŲģĕЮĠЧ ˝ ĠĜĀ ĠсĮБ Ōĕĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е ₣ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФ ĕďЮřЧ ņĠ‗Ś Е ₣
ũřť Ġ ġЮŷ‗БŪ ĳС ŷ ģĕĠЊ ◦″ņřБ Ł ЮŲЧ˝ ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс Ю΅Ч Ŏ ŪĠ₤Њ ĕЮĠЧ Ю čŪ˝ņЮ₤Н Ч Ġ ₤Уũ ŎŲс Ю þЧ ŀ▫ ĕБ ĳЊ ŷ ЋĊ Б Ю Ċſ Ч
ЮΌЧ ₣ ЮŢŎũж Юŵķ ιЮŢŎΒР ₤ ĠĜų ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤Н Ч Ġ ₤У ũ Ζş₤ЮŪņş″ņřБ Ł ₤ЮŪņşόŏ
ЮřЧ ņĠ‗Ś Е ₣Ġ₣с Ū ģ˝с ĮЊ ĕ њ Ŏ ũřť Ġ ġЮŷ‗Б¤ şеĕ У ĕ Ūģ˝с ĮЊ ĕ њ Ŏ ņЊ ĕΖşЮŲЧ ₤ şе ĕ У ĕ◦Е ˝ Ūģ˝с ĳ ņ˛ Ųс ◦ Н ˝ ЮΌЧ Ŏ ¤ řБ Ł
₤ЮŪņşόŏĠ₣с Ū ģ˝с Į Њĕ њ Ŏ Юĕй ŪĳС ŷ όŏřе‗ Е₣ řŲс ⅜ ņБ ŠФų ĕďĠĜĀ ĕс ¤

When a judicial investigation opened on the basis of a request from a civil party is
terminated by a non-suit order and the investigating judge considers that the procedure was abusive
or dilatory, he may decide to impose a civil fine on the civil party not exceeding the amount of the
deposit. The civil party shall be notified of the order without delay.

ŌŪ″ ởƯ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣όŏĄУ₤ĄНŲŁũŠРşžĳ
Article 142 Claim for Compensation
Ч ₤УũЯřŲЮĠЧ˝ĠĜĀĠсĮБŌĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĳСŷģĕ
ĠЊ◦″ņřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсşРŲď⅜□Įũ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŌĕЮěŊйЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ΖşĠŚЕ₣₤НŁ
е ũĄУ₤ĄНŲ₤е‗₣ĮБ
Ћ БЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎũжЮŵķ ιЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜųŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤
ΒĖ˝ЯřŲĠŚЕ₣ĮБŠФ ųĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеŁũĄУ₤ĄНŲЮĕй ŪĳСŷŢ˝сĄĕ
Р řŲсĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ЯřŲЮũЩ₣ŪĳСŷģĕЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤ ĳНŵŁũΖş₤Неόŏ
ЮÐĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ņ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏ¤

When the judicial investigation opened on the basis of a complaint with petition to become
a civil party is terminated by a non-suit order, the persons named in the request of the civil party
may claim compensation as a remedy from the civil party where the procedure was abusive or
dilatory .
The claim for compensation for damages shall be submitted to the Court of First Instance
where the case was investigated. The court may request to examine the case file.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
CHAPTER 2: INVESTIGATION BY INVESTIGATING JUDGE
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũĄРĕřе‗₣
Е ΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕĳ
Њ ŏ
SECTION 1: NOTIFICATION OF PLACEMENT UNDER JUDICIAL INVESTIGATION
ŌŪ″ ởư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ĳ
Њ ЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ
Article 143 Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation
ЮĝЮĮŲşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮЊĕЊĳŏΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ŪģĠсĄĕЮĕйόŏģĕřЕ₣
ЮũЩ₣Ŭм ŷЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣ŪģĠсΒеĮБЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎşĤĠс¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪģĠсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦▫
ŠųФĕΖşЮđųЧŎ ιņЊĕЮđųЧŎģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤ ĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤₤Ś БĮБŁũŪģĠсЮĕйŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮĝЮĮŲşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝
řеĠР₣¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ş₣сЮđųЧŎЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎЮĜйļųņ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪģĠсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ όŏģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБ₤Њ◦ċũЊ Ġ₤сŠФ ųĕ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ЮņēŷВ ι ˝ĖО₣Łũ₤Неόŏ
Čĳс″₣
е ЮņēŷВόŏŠųФĕ ЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņşĤĠс₤ŚБĮБŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ďΒĕБĳЊĄĕŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕЮņēŷВΒņďĕЊşĆ¤ ЮĠЧýŊĕŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦Ю◦ ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷģĕ
Čĳс″₣
е Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎşĤĠс₤ŚБΒеĮŲ
Б ˝šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБŁũşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝◦БņУŎ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲЮĝЮŪłþНе ŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤ŪģĠсřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБ
Ζ₤ŎŢťĕũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĕйŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣▫к
− ŠųФ ĕŪĳСŷЯĳĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮĝЮĮŲ₧ЯřŲŠųФ ĕĬų₤сĠСŚ ũΖ₤ŎŢť ĕ
− Е ЯřŲģĕЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣″ņΖ₤ŎŢťĕşН₣ЮŪŁŎ ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĜй

ŪÐĠсŁũόŏřе‗₣
ŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝▫ģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣řŲс⅜ņБŠФ ųĕĬĀŲс¤

Łũόŏřе‗₣
Е ŪĮņĈе₣ŁũŪĠŁ₤₤Ś БΒеĮБŁũĬų₤сĠС ŚũΖ₤ŎŢťĕЮĜй ŪĳСŷşНй˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ЮĝЮĮŲşРŲ
ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣¤
When a charged person appears for the first time, the investigating judge shall check his
identity, inform him of the imputed act and its legal qualification, and receive his statement after
informing him of the right to remain silent. This notification shall be mentioned in the written
record of the first appearance.
If the charged person is willing to answer, the investigating judge shall take the statement
immediately.
The investigating judge shall inform the charged person of his rights to choose a lawyer or
to have a lawyer appointed according to the Law on the Bar.
A charged person who is a minor shall always be assisted by a lawyer. If a charged person
does not choose a lawyer, the court shall appoint a lawyer according to the Law on the Bar.
After his first appearance, a charged person who is released shall inform the investigating
judge of his address. This charged person shall be required that:
− he shall notify the investigating judge of any change of address;
− all notifications made through the last address given by the charged person are deemed
to be made to the charged person.
The above-mentioned notice and information on changes of address shall be recorded in the
written record on the first appearance.
ŌŪ″ ở̉ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ
Article 144 Assistance of Interpreter/Translator
е şс ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠŪĳСŷ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤с
ŠųФĕ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĄУŎřŲсĳНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠόŏģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşЮņųЧŎĈе₣ΐŎ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠņЊĕ
ΖşŪĳСŷЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤˝ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņЮčŪ˝ņ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ļÐБ ι⅜˝℮БЮ◦¤

In case of need, the investigating judge shall call on an interpreter/translator. The interpreter
/translator shall take an oath in accordance with his religion or beliefs to help the court and interpret
/translate the answers correctly. In any case, the interpreter/translator cannot be selected from
among prosecutors, judges, clerks, police, military police, parties or witnesses.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
SECTION 2: INTERROGATION OF CHARGED PERSON
ŌŪ″ ợ̉ ŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųŎ
Ч
Article 145 Presence of Lawyer during Interrogation
ŁŲ₧ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВŗл₣ĳЊşĠеĩНĳ ̣(Ūģе) аℓĞ ņНĕŁũ
Ћ Б¤
₤УũşЮņųЧŎ¤ ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşŪĳСŷ₤УũşЮņųŎ
Ч ģĕЯĳЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮņēŷВЯřŲŪĳСŷ
ģĕЮŁйЮΊŗл₣ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷЮ΅ЧŎ ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝаℓĞ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣˝е‗ĳсЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤УũΖş₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪĳСŷ
ЮČ◦ ЮŢŎýŊĕŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś БΒеĮБΒŷĳŚŌĕЮĕйŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤

˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮЊЮ₤₤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ Ζş₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮŢŎņЊĕģşсЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪĳСŷ
ЮČ◦ЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲŗл₣ď˝сŵ˝сĕРŷŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВŠФ ųĕ¤ ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲЮĕйŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНņУŎЮĩ℮₣
ĮБ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤УũşЮņųŎ
Ч ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕс ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єΖşЮĊſЧŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎЮŢŎņЊĕģşсЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВģĕЯřũ¤ ļĮĠĜĀĕсЮĕй
ŪĳСŷЯĳĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБЮŪýй▫Ė˝сřŲс⅜ųĠс ιĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБŁũķњŎžųşģĳсĠ₣сĳŪņОŎаĕķ₤ŚО ″₣¤ ŪĠЮķ◦аĕļĮĠĜĀĕс
ŪĳСŷЯĳşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠřРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ở̉ (ĄеĕŎ

У ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
When a charged person has a lawyer, the investigating judge shall summons the lawyer at
least five days before the interrogation takes place. During that period, the lawyer may examine the
case file.
A charged person can be interrogated only in the presence of his lawyer. However, if the
lawyer was properly summonsed but does not show up on the specified date and time, the
investigating judge can question the charged person without the presence of his lawyer. The
absence of the lawyer shall be noted in the written record of the charged person’s interrogation.
Exceptionally, the investigating judge may interrogate the charged person without
summonsing the lawyer if the charged person expressly waives his right to his lawyer’s presence.
This waiver shall be noted in a separate written record of the charged person’s interrogation and
shall be signed by the charged person.
In case of urgency, the investigating judge may interrogate the charged person without
summonsing the lawyer. This urgency situation can only be caused by danger of death or by a risk
of losing evidence. The type of urgency shall be written in the report.
The investigating judge may call on an interpreter/translator as provided in Article 144
(Assistance of Interpreter/Translator) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ở̀ ₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 146 Questioning with Authorisation of Investigating Judge
ЮĝЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųŎ
Ч ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ˝єΖşЮŲЧ˝₤е‗УũģĕЯřũ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳĮБ
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕΒĕНŔňĳ ˝ũ‗БЮĜйŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤
During interrogations of a charged person, the Royal Prosecutor and the lawyers may ask
questions with the authorization of the investigating judge.
In cases where authorization is refused, this shall be noted in the written record.
ŌŪ″ ở́ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ
Article 147 Confrontation
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕŌŪ″ ợ̉ (ŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņē ŷВ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ở̀ (₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũ
ΒĕНŔňĳũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₤УũşЮņųЧŎĳ◦ŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤

The provisions of Article 145 (Presence of Lawyer during Interrogation) and Article 146
(Questioning with Authorization of Investigating Judge) shall be applicable also to the
confrontation of a charged person.

ŌŪ″ ở7 ũŎкЮĮŲΒĠġĠũŌ₤ŪŌĠсŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ
Article 148 Right to Interrogation
ŁŲ₧ℓЊũЮŷŵ ̉ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ ģĕ˝ĕų₣ĩНĳЮĉČĠсĮБЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎЮĝЮĮŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
ņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ ι₤Уũĳ◦ŲсЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЯĳ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ģĕЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не¤ ЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŁũ₤НЮе ◦ ЮĜйĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşĠŚЕ₣ĬĀŲсЮĉ₤ļ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎЮĕйЮŢŎŠųФĕυ₣¤ ĠĜĀĠсņ˝˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

If a four month period calculating from the first appearance of a charged person has elapsed,
and the charged person has not been interrogated or had a confrontation, the investigating judge
shall take the statement of the charged person if the charged person so requests. If the investigating
judge does not call the charged person within one month after the request, the charged person may
directly seize the Investigation Chamber who shall then take the charged person’s statement. The
written record of the statement shall then be sent to the investigating judge.
ŌŪ″ ởo ₤Њ◦ċЊŁũĵũŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
Article 149 Rights of Defense
ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе ΖşŪģŪ₤њŎĈ˝с◦₣ЮŢŎЮ₤ũВďņУŎ˝Рĕ˝ŚБũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ι
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ¤ Łũ₤ĕĀĜũǻ₣ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷЮÐ⅜ŚĠс ιℓĳģĕЮ◦¤ ЮņēŷВΖşΖĕŲЊŠЊĳ
аĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣όŏ˝Рĕ˝ŚБŠФ ųĕ⅜ŚĠс¤

с ĩĀОŎЮĉ ŷЋŀ ЮņēŷВņЊĕΖşόŏŲЊŠЊĳℓĳşņų₣ĮБŲЊŠЊĳаĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ řŲс˝Рĕ˝ŚБũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕģĕ
ЮΌЧŎ¤
The lawyer of a charged person who is in detention may freely communicate with his client
in the detention center or in prison. The conversation between the lawyer and the charged person
shall be confidential and shall not be listened to or recorded by others. The lawyer may read out
part of the case file to his client. The lawyer may not give the copies of part of the case file to his
client.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś₣
SECTION 3: INTERVIEW OF CIVIL PARTY
ŌŪ″ ợƠ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 150 Interview of Civil Party
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪĳСŷģĕΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бŗл₣ĳЊşĠеĩĳ
Н ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ņНĕ
Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ Ћ Бģĕ¤
Ч ¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮÐ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЯĳЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ
ЮņēŷВЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊŗл₣ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ Ю΅ЧŎņЊĕşРŲņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝаℓĞ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣″ņ˝е‗ĳсЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ
Ζş⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮŢŎýŊĕŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś Į
Б БΒŷĳŚŌĕ ŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН
⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ¤

˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮЊЮ₤₤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũΖş⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бģĕ ЮŢŎņЊĕģşсЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВ
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲŗл₣ď˝сŵ˝сĕРŷŷĳŚŌĕЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤ ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲЮĕй ŪĳСŷşНй
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНņУŎЮŢŎЯΌ˝ĮБ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎ
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єΖş⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşсЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВģĕ
Яřũ¤ ļĮĠĜĀĕсЮĕйŪĳСŷĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБЮŪýй▫Ė˝сřŲс⅜ųĠс ιĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБķњŎžųşģĳсĠ₣сĳŪņОŎķ₤ŚО ″₣¤ ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ
ļĮĠĜĀĕсŪĳСŷЯĳşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠřРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ở̉ (ĄеĕŎ

У ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
A civil party may be assisted by a lawyer.
In this case, the investigating judge shall summons the lawyer of the civil party at least 5
days before the interview. During that period, the lawyer may examine the case file.
A civil party may be interviewed only in the presence of his lawyer. However, if the lawyer
was properly summonsed but does not show up on the specified date and time, the investigating
judge may interview the civil party without the presence of his lawyer. The absence of the lawyer
shall be noted in the written record of the civil party’s interview.
Exceptionally, the investigating judge may interview the civil party without summonsing
the lawyer if the civil party expressly waives his right to his lawyer’s presence. This waiver shall be
noted in a separate written record of the civil party’s interview and shall be signed by the civil
party.
In case of urgency, the investigating judge may interview the civil party without
summonsing the lawyer. This urgency situation can only be caused by danger of death or by a risk
of losing evidence. The type of urgency shall be written in the report.
The investigating judge may call on an interpreter/translator as provided in Article 144
ŌŪ″ ợơ ₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 151 Questioning with Authorization of Investigating Judge
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşЮŲЧ˝₤е‗Уũņ˝₤Уũģĕ ЮŢŎŌĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳĮБЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕΒĕНŔňĳ ˝ũ‗БЮĜйŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤

During the interviews, the Royal Prosecutor and the lawyers may ask questions with the
authorization of the investigating judge. In cases where authorization is refused, this shall be noted
in the written record.
ŌŪ″ ợƯ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ιŁũ₤Уũĳ◦Ųс
Article 152 Confrontation
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳаЊŉ ĕŌŪ″ ợƠ (Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ợơ (₤е‗УũЮŢŎŌĕ
ŁũΒĕНŔňĳũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₤Уũĳ◦ŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
The provisions of Articles 150 (Interview of Civil Party) and 151 (Questioning with
Authorization of Investigating Judge) shall be applicable also to the confrontation of a civil party.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ⅜˝℮Б
SECTION 4: INTERVIEW OF WITNESSES
ŌŪ″ ợư Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ⅜˝℮Б
Article 153 Interview of Witnesses
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠ ЯřŲşЮņųЧŎЮĜйΖşŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчЮĝ˝ĖО₣Łũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũ
ĮЊĳ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮БŢşсĮБýĖ ЮŢŎýŊĕŷĳŚŌĕĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś₣

Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єΖş₤Уũĳ◦ŲсýĖũǻ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣⅜˝℮Бĩ₣ģĕЯřũ¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ŪĳСŷЯĳņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б ũЖ₣◦◦Е₣ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤УũΖş₤Неόŏ˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к Ġ₣šе⅜˝℮БЮĕйόŏşРŲņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕģĕ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮşŀĠŔąόŏşРŲņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕ¤ ĠŔąЮĕйŪĳСŷŌĕΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦
ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤
The investigating judge may question any person whose response is deemed useful to the
revelation of the truth.
The investigating judge questions witnesses separately, without any presence of the charged
person and any civil party. The investigating judge may also arrange a confrontation between the
charged person, civil parties and witnesses.
Any person who has been summonsed by the investigating judge as a witness must appear.
In the case of refusal to appear, the investigating judge may ask the public police force to
force the witness to appear. The investigating judge issues an order to appear. This order to appear
shall include the identity of the witness and shall be dated and signed by the investigating judge and
sealed.
ŌŪ″ ợ̉ ₤ņġℓũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б
Article 154 Oath of Witnesses
ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮđųЧŎЮĉĕЕ₣₤е‗Уũ ⅜˝℮БŌĖ˝с6ŪĳСŷ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ▫ ĕЊŗŎЯĳŁũĮЊĳ¤
◦Ūņ₣саĕ₤ņġℓŪĳСŷЮĊſЧřРşŌĕ˝е‗ĳсЮĝ˝ĖО₣ΧĠ₤ņįњĕċаĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Before the interview, the witness shall take an oath affirming that he will tell the truth in
accordance with his religion or beliefs. The form of the oath shall be conformed with the template
annexed to this Code.
ŌŪ″ ợ̣ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ
Article 155 Assistance of Interpreter/Translator
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ЮřЧņġБ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ⅜˝℮Б řРşģĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ở̉ (ĄеĕŎ
У ũĠ₤с
ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
The investigating judge may ask for an interpreter/translator as provided in Article 144
ŌŪ″ ợ̀ ⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔňĳόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ
Article 156 Witness without Swearing
ŪĳСŷģĕ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşсЮĊſЧ₤ņġℓ şеЮĵй⅜˝℮БřРşĳЮĉЮĕй:

ơ-ΰĮН˝ ŌŚŎ ĕЊ₣ĠНĮſĄĕŪÐĠсũРĠũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
Ư-˝РĕŪĠО₤ ˝РĕŪ₤Б ĕЊ₣ĠČ̄ĄĕŪÐĠсũРĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
ư-Ġ₣ Ġ∆СĕŪĠО₤ Ū₤БũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
̉-Ġ₣ Ġ∆СĕаℓųŪĠО₤ Ū₤БũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
̣-ĠŚБ ιŪĠĮĕċũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЮĈйĠБģĕЯŲ₣ŲйýĖЮ΅ЧŎ˝єЮŢŎ¤
̀-˝НŌũΖŎНĳЊşď₣ ở ĂĖе¤
The following witnesses may make a statement without having taken an oath:
1- The father, mother and ascendants of the charged person;
2- The sons, daughters and descendants of the charged person;
3- The brothers and sisters of the charged person;
4- The brother-in-laws and sister-in-laws of the charged person;
5- The husband or wife of the charged person, even if they have been divorced;
6- Any child who is less than 14 years old.
ŌŪ″ ợ́ ļĮýŊĕŲ◦ċļĮ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БņУŎşеĕУĕ
Article 157 Impossibility to Question Witness
ЮřЧņġБЮýũĮ₤Њ◦ċŁ
Њ ũĵũŠųФĕ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖş⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ĕРŷĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ņУŎЯřŲŌĕ
ĳŪņОŎĮЊũН◦ċļĮ▫ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳĠ Ћ аБ ĕŌŪ″ ởư (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБ

ŉ ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЮĜйЮ◦¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйЮčŪ˝ņŪĳСŷŎ˝ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉ¤

For the sake of respect of the rights to defense, the investigating judge may not call as a
witness any person against whom there is inculpatory evidence indicating his involvement in the
crime under investigation. In such a case, the judge shall follow the procedures provided in Article
143 (Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ợ7 ŁũşНйЮĉřŲсŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б
Article 158 Visiting Residence of Witness
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜˝℮БĘЙ ιņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧřеЮ‗Чũģĕ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Ζ
Б şşНйЮĉŁĕсŲеЮĝůĕ ι
◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲ⅜˝℮БЮĜйЮĝ ЮřЧņġБ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎ¤
If the witness is sick or cannot travel, the investigating judge and the clerk may visit his
residence or the place where the witness stays to take the statement of the witness.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̣: ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ŷĳ□О″₣

SECTION 5: SEARCH AND SEIZURE OF EXHIBITS
ŌŪ″ ợo ŷЋēĕΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵйŁũЯđ˝Юđũ
Article 159 Rules of Search
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũģĕ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιЮĠЧýŊĕΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠсЮ◦ ŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ĝşеЮĵйņНŠ
⅜˝℮Б Ư (ĮБũ) Ĝ˝с ЯřŲŠųФĕČĳс″₣

е ¤ ⅜˝℮БņЊĕΖşďĕÐũģŲ ιď˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ЯřŲď˝₣˝Ōųе₣ũУņ
ŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũ˝ĖО₣ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĜйģĕЮ◦ġЧŎ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşЮĩŚņ
Ч Яđ˝ЮđũņНĕЮŌл₣ ̀ (ŪģеņŎ
У ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮŌл₣ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ģĕЮ◦
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яĳк
− ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝şе΅řŲс⅜ēũ‗Ąĕ
− ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝŪÐĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲĩŲЊĳ ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ ĄУŀřРũ Яş˝ČŎ ιЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сЮŪÐЪ₣ЮŀЭĕ¤
ŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũЋŗŲњŎЮņēŷВ ŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВ ιŪĠĳЊķũР Ġ₤сŪĠēĕ
Ð‗кЮņēŷВЮĜй¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũЯđ˝ЮđũЮŢŎŌĕşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ũУņďņУŎ
ΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ι⅜˝℮Б Ư (ĮБũ) Ĝ˝с¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ ΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ι⅜˝℮БĕБņУŎ6¤ ŁŲЮĠЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũ
ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũЋŗŲњŎЮņēŷВ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВ ιũĠ₤сŪĠĳЊķРаĕ
ŪĠēĕÐ‗кЮņēŷВЮĕй¤
An investigating judge may conduct a search.
An investigating judge shall conduct a search in the presence of the occupant of a place. In
the absence of the occupants, the judge shall search in the presence of two witnesses, to be selected
by the judge. The witnesses may not be police or military police officers from the force conducting
the search.
An investigating judge may not conduct a search before 6:00 A.M or after 6:00 P.M., except
in the case of searching:
− At a place that is open to the public;
− At a place where drugs are produced, stored, circulated, distributed or consumed.
The search of a lawyer’s office shall only be made in the presence of the President of the
Bar Association or one of his representatives.
The investigating judge has to establish a written record of the search. The investigating
judge, a clerk, and the occupant of the place or the two witnesses shall sign the search report.
The written record shall include the identity of the occupant of the place or of the two
witnesses. If the search is conducted in a lawyer’s office, the record shall identify the President of
the Bar Association or other representative of the Bar Association who was present.
ŌŪ″ ờƠ ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷĳ□О″₣
Article 160 Sealing of Exhibits
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşČĠсŎ˝ŷĳ□О″₣¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЯĳĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷĳ□О″₣¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕĠİΆŀŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсřŲсΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ιřŲс⅜˝℮БĈе₣ Ư (ĮБũ) Ĝ˝с ũУşņ˝ ЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũČĠс ЯřŲũУņŌĕĠŃą Б⅜ũЮĮЧķњ‗Źаĕŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝¤ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ

Б БŁũČĠсЮĕй
ŪĳСŷŌĕşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ũУņďņУŎΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ι⅜˝℮Б Ư (ĮБũ) Ĝ˝с¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪĳСŷŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕΒĖ˝ŁĕсŁĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ι⅜˝℮БĕБņУŎ6¤

An investigating judge may seize any exhibits. The exhibits taken shall be affixed with
official seal.
After showing the exhibits to the occupant of the place or to the two witnesses, the
investigating judge shall establish a written record on the seizure, including an inventory list. This

written record shall be signed by the investigating judge, the clerk, the occupant of the place or the
two witnesses. It shall include the identity of the occupant of the place or of each witness.
ŌŪ″ ờơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 161 Return of Items Seized by Investigating Judge
ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲņЊĕĈĕсЮşŀřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎЮũЩ₣ЮĝЮΌЧŎЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşŪĆ ĠÐŲс₤₣ЮĉŌĆ₤с
ЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕ ŁŲ₧˝ņŊ₤Њ◦ċЊЮĕйýŊĕŁũĄеĈ₤сΒſБŪģ˝řŪĠďЮ◦¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЯřŲ
Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲņĳЊĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ řБŁ₤ЮŪņş ŪĳСŷόŏřе‗₣

Е ďĠĜĀĕсřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВаĕΒĖ˝
ĠŚЕ₣ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤
ņЊĕÐУũŪĠÐŲс₤₣ЮĉόŏΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ ŷЋēĕŁũЮĕй ΖşĠ₣˛ďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũ
ĮЊĳ¤
ŷĳ□ОЯřŲŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė˝сřŲсĠНÐŲ
ð ιŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġĳŚř
Њ РşďΖŷНĊ ιďĳЊĩОĀй ŪĮņĈе₣ŷĳ□ОЯřŲŁũŁĕсŁĠсņЊĕ
Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲс₤₣Юĉόŏ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕģĕЮ◦¤ ŷĳ□ОĈ₣

е ЮĕйŪĳСŷ ũЖĠΒР₤ď˝ņŊ₤◦
Њ ċ ЊũĠ₤сũřť¤
Even before the issuance of the closing order, the investigating judge has the authority to
return the seized items if the ownership is not seriously in dispute. The investigating judge shall
make a decision by a reasoned order after receiving an opinion from the Royal Prosecutor. This
order shall be notified to the plaintiff or his appointed lawyer without delay.
No item shall be returned to the owner if this measure would conflict with the aim of
ascertaining the truth.
Items which are dangerous to a person or property, such as weapons, any type of explosives,
or items of which the possession is illegal, shall not be returned. Such items automatically become
state property.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̀: ЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşŎ
њ
SECTION 6: EXPERT REPORTS
ŌŪ″ ờƯ ļĮČеģşсаĕŁũЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ
Article 162 Necessity of Expert Reports
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕĠŔΆĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ЮČ◦ЮΌЧ₣ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũΖşĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤ŲŷЋşŎ
њ ЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ι
″ņĵ˝ŏ₤Нũе Ġ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗Ś₣

Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
Ч ₤УũĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşњŎЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņş
″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ řБŁŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĜйЮşŀņ˝ĮБ
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏЮĜйЮşŀņ˝ĮБĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй
ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣όŏřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤НеďĠĜĀĕс¤
In case of technical questions, the investigating judge may issue an order to ask for an
expert report either on his own motion or at the request of the Royal Prosecutor, the charged person
or a civil party.
Where the investigating judge denies a request for an expert report, his decision shall be
supported by a justification. The order shall be made within five days if the request is from the
Prosecutor and within one month if the request is from the charged person or from a civil party. The
applicant shall be notified of the decision without delay.

ŌŪ″ ờư ĠŃą ▫
Б Ė ˝сďĳЊаĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ
Article 163 National List of Experts
ŪĳСŷģĕĠЮ₣˛ЧĳόŏŌĕĠŃą ▫
Б Ė ˝сďĳЊņУŎаĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ¤ ĠŃą БЮĕйŪĳСŷЮũЬĠşеЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũşНйЮěŊ й ιŲНĠЮěŊ йЮşŀĮБĠŃą ŪБ ĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤¤
ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕşНйЮěŊ йЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą ▫
Б Ė ˝сďĳЊ ŪĳСŷ₤ġℓЮĝņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чķĖеЮĮŀ Ū₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ
ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ▫ ĕЕ₣ĩŚŲĄ

с еĕŎ
У ЮŢŎЮ⅜ŊйŪĳ₣с řŲсŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕşНйЮěŊ й˝ĖО₣ĠŃą ņ
Б Њĕ
Čеģşс₤ġℓ⅜ďℓŊЮБ ◦ЬĳЮ◦ ЮĝЮĮŲ₧ŠųФĕŪĳСŷģĕЮÐČĳс″₣

е όŏЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ¤
A national list of experts shall be created. This list shall be prepared by the Minister of
Justice. The procedures for registration or cancellation from the list shall be defined by Prakas.
An expert who is registered on the national list of experts shall take an oath at the Phnom
Penh Court of Appeal. The expert shall take an oath according to his religion or beliefs to assist the
court honestly in the search for justice. A registered expert is not required to re-swear every time he
is appointed to testify in a specific case.
ŌŪ″ ờ̉ ŁũČĳс″₣
е ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲņЊĕ₤□ Њĳ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą Б▫Ė˝сďĳЊ
Article 164 Appointment of Experts Not Registered in National List
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņĊņŊ″ŪĳСŷЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕşНйЮěŊ йЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą ▫
Б Ė ˝сďĳЊаĕΒĖ˝
ĄеĜŀ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНďĮЊЮ₤₤ ΖşČĳс″₣

е ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЯřŲýŊĕЮěŊ йЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą Б
▫Ė˝сďĳЊģĕ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷ₤ġℓ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ

ų ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĩŚŲсĄеĕУŎЮŢŎЮ⅜ŊйŪĳ₣сřŲс
ŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
Normally, the investigating judge shall select an expert who is registered in the national list
of experts.
By an order that is specially reasoned, the investigating judge may appoint an expert who is
not registered in the national list of experts. In such a case, the expert shall take an oath according
to his religion or beliefs, swearing to assist the court honestly toward seeking for justice.
ŌŪ″ ợ̀ řБŁČĳс″₣
е ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ
Article 165 Order to Appoint Expert(s)
ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷģĕČĳс″₣
е ″ņřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ řБŁŪĳСŷĠŔą˝сΒеĮБЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ
ŪĮņĈе₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪĳСŷĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊЮĕй¤
ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊΖşĈ˝с◦₣ЮĉĕЕ₣ĠŔΆЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗кĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ЯĳĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧďŁũÐУũЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕņУŎЯĩĖ˝ ιĈе₣Β₤сЮĜйĄРĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕ¤ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀΖşĠеЯĠ˝⅜ų˝ЯřŲĠЊ◦ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşŎ

њ
ģĕ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎЮĕй ΖşЮĊſЧόŏŠРşžĳ ι ŷЋĜ₤řŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсģĕЮĜй ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕřŲс
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣₤НеŁũΒĕНŔňĳĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮĩŚņ

Ч ŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
An expert shall be appointed by an order of the investigating judge. The order shall specify
the tasks of the expert and the duration of the assignment.
The assignment shall cover only the technical aspect of the case.

When it is appropriate, the investigating judge shall give some or all of the exhibits to the
expert. He shall establish a written record on the hand-over of the seized exhibits. The expert may
break the seal on the exhibits in order to perform his tasks as an expert. If an expert needs to
damage or destroy the exhibits, the expert shall inform the investigating judge and request for an
authorization from the investigating judge before beginning such action.
ŌŪ″ ờ̀ ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 166 Supervision of Performance of Experts by Investigating Judge
ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕřŲс
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΒеĮБŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊЮĉаĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ďΖ◦Џ ŁũŲеģ˝ЯřŲŠųФĕΖşĄУĠŪĠ◦й¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀņЊĕЮýũĮũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũČĳсΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ
Юĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳĄеĕУ₤ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮĜй¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁŲкЮ◦₤кĳŪņСŷЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşΒĕНŔňĳ″ņřБŁ₤ЮŪņş
όŏЮĊſЧŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲģĕ¤
An expert performs his tasks under the supervision of the investigating judge. The expert
shall inform the investigating judge of the progress of his performance, especially any possible
difficulties.
If the expert fails to meet the time limit specified by the investigating judge, the
investigating judge will appoint a new expert to replace him. If the circumstances so require, the
investigating judge may issue an order to extend the set time limit.
ŌŪ″ ờ́ ˝ЊşЯĆ řŲČеģşс₤ŪŌĠсŁũĠеЮĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ
Article 167 Activities Necessary for Performing Expert’s Tasks
ЮřЧņġБĠЮе ĮŀЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀΖş⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠЮŪłĮБĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤ şЮņųЧŎЯřŲ
ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀģĕ◦◦УŲЮĜй ŌĕĳаņųŪĳЕņЯĳďĮњĳхŌĕĊņŊ″¤ ĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЮĜй ņЊĕģşс₤ġℓЮ◦¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠФ ųĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ČеģşсŪĳСŷ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷ₤НеŁũΒĕНŔňĳĮБЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦Ζş₤НеόŏΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮņēŷВ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũČĳс″₣
е ŪÐСЮĮ◦ŏ ιΒĖ˝şЊĳŚ⅜ū₤Ś ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊĳŏĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĜй ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ
ЮŷĄą⅜ū₤Ś ιşЊĳŚ⅜ū₤Ś ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎýŊĕŷĳŚŌĕЮņēŷВ¤

In order to perform his tasks, an expert may question any persons other than the charged
person. All the answers that an expert receives shall be considered as simple information. A person
who gives a statement to an expert shall not be asked to do so under oath.
The expert shall seek authorization from the investigating judge, if he becomes aware that it
is necessary to hear the testimony of a charged person. A charged person may require to give his
statement to the expert in the presence of his lawyer.
However, if the investigating judge appoints a doctor or psychologist to examine the
charged person, this examination shall take place in the absence of his lawyer.
ŌŪ″ ờ7 ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ
Article 168 Report of Expert
ŁŲ₧ŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎģĕĠŃĆ Ġс ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮĊſũЧ ģŎŁũ‗чЯřŲЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĜй ŪĳСŷĮ‗хĜŗл₣
şĤ₤сŵ₤сΒеĮБŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ Ю΅ЧŎĕЕ₣ЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖЊŢťĕ¤ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷĠŔą˝с▫ģĕЮĊſЮЧ ŢŎĬĀŲсŠФ ųĕ ĕРŷ
ŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũЯřŲĮ‗хĜЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũģŎŁũ‗ч¤ ũģŎŁũ‗ч ŪĳСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž¤

ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀģĕĠеЯĠ˝⅜ų˝ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊĳŏŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ΒеĮБĠŔΆЮĕйЮĝ˝ĖО₣
ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĠÐŲсũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕЮĜй ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤УũŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠс
Ŏ˝¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ų˝ŪĳСŷģĕĠеЯĠ˝ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ďℓŊЮБ ĝЮŲЧŷĳ□ОЮĜй¤ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũŪĠÐŲс₤₣ĕРŷŷĳ□О
ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳНŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ďℓŊЮБ ŲЧŷĳ□ОЮĜй ŪĳСŷЯĳЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣¤
ŁŲ₧ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎЮĊſό
Ч ŏŠРşžĳ ι ŷЋĜ₤ĕРŷŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũģŎŁũ‗ч
ũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕΒеĮБŁũΒĕНŔňĳũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ řРşŌĕЯş₣Юĝǻ˝ŏŠ‗Ź◦Б ư ˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ư ŌŪ″ ợ̀ (řБŁ
Čĳс″₣
е ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮĜй ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ₤ş˝ŚБşņų₣ũģŎŁũ‗ч Ю΅ЧŎĄРĕЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

At the completion of his tasks, the expert shall make a report. This report shall clearly
describe the activities and the conclusions of the expert. The expert shall attest that he performed all
the activities described in the report himself. The report shall be dated and signed by the expert.
When the expert had to break the seal on exhibits for examination, he shall mention this in
the report.
An expert shall submit the report and return all exhibits that he received for examination to
the investigating judge. If the seal on exhibits was broken, the investigating judge shall re-seal the
exhibits. He shall establish a written record on the return and resealing of the exhibits.
Should the examination have caused any damage or destruction to the exhibits, the expert
shall note this in the report as well as the authorization from the investigating judge according to
paragraph 3 and third phrase of Article 165 (Order to Appoint Expert(s)) of this Code.
Wherever possible, the expert shall make a copy of the report and submit it to the
ŌŪ″ ờo ŁũČĳс″₣
е ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮŪşЧĕũРĠ
Article 169 Appointment of Multiple Experts
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁŲкЮ◦₤кĳŪņСŷЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşČĳс″₣
е ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀЮŪşЧĕĜ˝с¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒ˝
Ė ĄеĜŀЮĕйŌĕЮŗĠŲсŠН₤ýĖЮĜй ŌĖ˝с6ŪĳСŷ₤ũЮ₤ũΒеĮБЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕĬĀŲс
ιŁũņЊĕŎŲсŪĮņũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
If the circumstances so require, the investigating judge may appoint multiple experts.
In this case, if the experts have different opinions, each expert shall put his own opinion or
disagreement in writing.
ŌŪ″ ớƠ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖЊŢťĕаĕЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ
Article 170 Notification of Conclusions of Expert Reports
ŁŲ₧ũģŎŁũ‗чЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ũģŎŁũ‗чЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎŪĳСŷŢ˝сşРŲ˝ĖО₣₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮřЧņġБŪģĠсόŏřЕ₣ĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ

Њ ť ĕаĕЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşŎ
њ Юĕй¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВĩ₣Яřũ ЮřЧņġБŪģĠсόŏřЕ₣ĮБЮ₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕаĕ
ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝е‗ĳсũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲΒĕНŔňĳόŏŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŢ˝сĵ˝ŏ
₤НеЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠĳЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşŎ

њ ¤ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйņЊĕΖşĳЊşď₣ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞЮ◦¤ ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЯřŲũУņŌĕũģŎŁũ‗чЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤
ŪÐĠсĵ˝ŏ₤еřЮБ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠĳЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎ ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗ч
Β˝℮ũ¤
ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſЧЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠĳЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ řБŁŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮşŀņ˝ĮБŪĮй
ŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏЮĕйЮşŀĮБĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ řБŁŪĳСŷόŏřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀĕсřŲс
ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤Не¤
ŪÐĠсĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşŎ

њ ĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠĳЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎЯřŲЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ЮŪŁŎĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ ЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎ
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷŢ˝сĠŃĆС Ų˝ĖО₣₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤
Ч ₤УũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşŎ
њ ЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşŎ
њ ĠЯĕ□ņ ιŪĠĳЊЮŁ₤Ų
ŷЋşњŎ ņЊĕŪĮņ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲģĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ờƯ (ļĮČеģşсаĕŁũЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ)
аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ιЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″Юĕй ΒĖ˝₤НеΖşЮĊſĵ

Ч ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲс ″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤Нř
е Ųс₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ₤ЮŪņş
ĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
When the report of an expert has been submitted, the investigating judge shall inform the
Royal Prosecutor of that report.
Any report by an expert shall be placed in the case file.
The investigating judge shall summons the charged person and his lawyer and inform them
about the conclusions of the expert.
The investigating judge shall also summons all civil parties and their lawyers to inform
them about the conclusions of the experts.
The investigating judge shall set a time limit within which the Royal Prosecutor, the
charged person and the civil party can request for additional expertise or the appointment of a
counter-expert. This time limit shall not be less than ten days. During this period, the lawyers may
examine the case file that includes the report of the expert.
The request for additional expertise or counter-experts shall be in writing and shall be
supported by reasonable reasons.
If the investigating judge does not grant the request, the decision shall be supported by
reasonable reasons. The decision shall be made within five days if the request was made by the
Royal Prosecutor and within one month if the request was made by a charged person or a civil
party. The applicant shall be notified of the order without delay.
Any request for additional expertise or counter-experts that is submitted after the expiration
of the time limit specified by the investigating judge shall be placed in the case file.
If the investigating judge receives a request to appoint an expert, a request for additional
expertise or for counter-experts and the judge fails to make a decision within the time stated in
paragraph 2 of Article 162 (Necessity of Expert Reports) of this Code or in this Article, the
applicant can file a request directly to the Investigation Chamber, who shall decide instead of the

ŌŪ″ ớơ Ю⅜΅пŎ
Н ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ
Article 171 Costs of Expert Reports
Ю⅜΅пŎ
Н ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮĊſЧЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşњŎďĠĕĀ˝
О ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ю₤Ė ₤
Ч Не¤
Ч ₤Уũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх Ю₤Ė Ч₤ό
Не ŏЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşŎ
њ ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşŎ
њ
ĠЯĕ□ņ ιЮĊſЧŪĠĳЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎ Ю⅜΅пНŎĈе₣ЮĕйďĠĕĀ˝

О ũĠ₤сũřť¤
The costs of expert reports shall be borne by the applicant.
The costs of additional expertise or counter-experts which were requested by the
investigating judge, the Royal Prosecutor or a judicial police officer shall be borne by the State.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ́: Łũ⅜ŚĠс◦ũР ₤њĮĀ

SECTION 7: LISTENING TO TELEPHONE CONVERSATION
ŌŪ″ ớƯ Łũ⅜ŚĠс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦Џ ЯřŲĠİðĠсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 172 Listening to Telephone Conversation Ordered by Investigating Judge
″ņĳŪņСŷŁũČеģşсЮřЧņġБ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀĕРŷŁũĮЊĳ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİð Ġсόŏ⅜Ś Ġс ĕЊ₣ℓĳŁũ₤ĕĀĜ
″ņ◦Рũ₤њĮĀ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єΖşĠİðĠсόŏČĠс ĕЊ₣ℓĳŪÐĠсŁũЮđųЧŎđų₣ýĖ ″ņņĊŜŎģŎ◦РũÐņĜÐņĕчĩ ₣
Яřũ řРşď⅜ũ″ņ◦Рũ⅜ũ ι⅜ũ″ņΒЊĕЮĊЧЯ‗ĳ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤НеόŏŪÐĠсΒ₣ðļĮ⅜ēũ‗к ιŪÐĠсņūĕŚŬ
Б ĄŁũĄеĜŀ ″е₣ΧĠ˝ũ‗чĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤ ĕЊ₣
ЮĊſЧŁũℓĳ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŔą˝сЮĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕΒеĮБŪĠЮķ◦аĕ◦еĜ˝с◦еĕ₣ЯřŲŪĳСŷČĠс ŪĮņĈе₣ΒеĮБ
ũŎкЮĮŲаĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊ¤
Β₣ðļĮ⅜ēũ‗к ņūĕŚŬ
Б ĄŁũЯřŲČĳс″₣
е ŪĳСŷĠеЮĮŀ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤НеũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ
ΒĕНŷĳŚЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊ Β₣ðļĮ⅜ēũ‗к ιŪÐĠсņūĕŚŬ

Б ĄŁũЯřŲČĳс″₣
е ŪĳСŷĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊ
ЮĉаĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊ ďΖ◦Џ ΒеĮБŁũŲеģ˝ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН¤ ŁŲ₧ЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊŪĳСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀũУşЮ΅ЧŎ Β₣ðļĮ⅜ēũ‗к
ιŪÐĠсņūĕŚБŬĄŁũЮĜй ŪĳСŷşņų₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũĕРŷ₤еЮŲ₣ЯřŲℓĳģĕ¤ ŁũЮĊſЧόŏЮĉďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЮĕй
ŪĳСŷđųОйĠŔĆ₣
е ŗл₣ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷĕРŷŠųЕņ⅜ũаĕ₤еЮŲ₣ЯřŲℓĳģĕ¤ ₤еЮŲ₣ЯřŲℓĳģĕЮĕй ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ĕЊ₣ĠЊ◦⅜ų˝¤
ŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşşНйЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũČĠс ĕЊ₣ℓĳЮĜй¤ ŁũşРŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣
Ĉе₣Юĕй ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷģĕΉņ¹ĳсřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎ₤еΖ₣ЮŲЧņРŲЮ΅ĳНΒſБģĕЮ◦ ЮĈйĠБď◦Б˝Яĕų₣Юŗē˝є
ЮŢŎ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єΖşЮĊſЧ˝ЊşĆŁũЮĕй″ņřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ģĕЯřũ¤
For the purpose of ascertaining the truth, the investigating judge may issue an order
authorizing the listening to and recording of telephone conversations. The investigating judge may
also order the recording of all other telecommunications, such as by facsimile or emails.
The investigating judge may order any public institutions or civil servants to install the
necessary technical instruments and make the recording. The investigating judge shall identify the
type of communications that are authorized to be intercepted and the duration of the order.

The authorized public institutions or civil servants shall accomplish the order of the
investigating judge. During the course of performance of the assignment, authorized public
institution or civil servants shall report to the investigating judge on the progress of the
performance, particularly of possible difficulties. When the assignment has been completed, the
public institution or civil servants shall transcribe all recorded voices into written transcripts. The
transcriptions shall accurately reflect the substance of the recorded communication. The voice
recordings shall be given to the investigating judge who shall seal them.
The investigating judge can inspect the location where the recording is being done at any
time. The investigating judge may not be prohibited from visiting that location for any reason, even
if the place is a military location.
An investigating judge may proceed as well by way of a rogatory letter.
Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б 7: řŁ Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У
SECTION 8: ROGATORY LETTERS
ŌŪ″ ớư řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У
Article 173 Rogatory Letters
″ņũŎкřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊόŏЮčŪ˝ņаĕĳНŵŁũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ιĳНŵŁũ
Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ιřŲсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮřЧņġБĠЮе Įŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
The investigating judge may issue a rogatory letter authorizing any judge who is in the same
court or in another court, judicial police officers or judicial police units to investigate on his behalf.
ŌŪ″ ớ̉ Βĳ□ĕњŎаĕřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤
Article 174 Content of Rogatory Letter
řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У ĠŔą˝сΒеĮБŪĠЮķ◦аĕ˝ЊşЯĆ řŲŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ¤ ˝ЊşЮĆ ĜйŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ◦еĜ˝с◦еĕ₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲс
ďņУŎĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс¤ řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У ņЊĕΖşŌĕŲ˝š‗кď◦РЮĉЮ◦ ŪĳСŷЯ‗Ĝеόŏģĕ
şĤ₤сŵ₤с¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝е‗ĳсℓũЊ ЮŷŵЯřŲŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ
Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У ¤
řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У ŪĳСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşř˝΅РĳřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У ģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤
A rogatory letter specifies the nature of investigative work to be done. That work shall
relate directly to the offense charged. A rogatory letter cannot be general; the letter shall provide
clear and specific guidelines.
The investigating judge shall set a time limit for the execution of a rogatory letter.
The rogatory letter shall be dated and signed by the investigating judge.
The investigating judge may revoke a rogatory letter at any time.
ŌŪ″ ợ́ řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У ЯřŲЮşŀόŏЮčŪ˝ņŌĖ˝сЮ◦Ьĳ
Article 175 Rogatory Letter Issued to Another Judge
ŁŲ₧řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ŪĳСŷģĕЮşŀόŏřŲсЮčŪ˝ņ₧ŌĖ˝с ЮčŪ˝ņũРĠЮĕйЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒ₧
е ş
Ĉе₣Β₤сũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
When a rogatory letter has been issued to another judge, the assigned judge has all of the
powers of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ớ̀ řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĄеĕ₤
У ЮşŀόŏņūĕŚĕ
Article 176 Rogatory Letter Issued to Judicial Police Officer
ŁŲ₧řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņх ЮĜйņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņх
ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒ₧
е şЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ớ (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ) řŲсŌŪ″ ở
(˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН˝⅜₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ
Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ņūĕŚĕ
şеЮĵйŁũΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх₤□ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņΒе₧ş ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷŬŎŁũ‗чĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйЯĳĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤
When a rogatory letter has been issued to a judicial police officer, that officer has the
powers stated from Articles 178 (Report of Research and Finding) to 184 (Written Records
Established by Judicial Police Officers) of this Code.
Judicial police officers are under the supervision of the investigating judge and shall report
only to this judge concerning the execution of the rogatory letter.
ŌŪ″ ớ́ ŁũŪĠĳЊĠĳŚř Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Њ Ł Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 177 Execution of Rogatory Letter by Judicial Police Officer
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхĠЮе Įŀ˝ЊşЯĆ řŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕ˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư ĕЊ₣◦Б ư ŌŪ″ ̀ (ŁũĮĜųĳ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

Judicial police officers shall perform the duties specified in a rogatory letter in their
territorial jurisdiction, except as otherwise provided in paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 68 (Extension
of Territorial Authority) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ớ7 ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б БŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ
Article 178 Written Record of Research and Finding
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷ ĕЊ₣ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
Judicial police officer shall establish a written record on his research and findings.
ŌŪ″ ớo ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 179 Rules for Interrogation by Judicial Police Officer
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б¤
ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮđųЧŎşеЮĵй₤е‗Уũ ⅜˝℮БŌĖ˝с6ŪĳСŷ₤ġℓ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ▫ ĕЊŗŎЯĳŁũĮЊĳ¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ
⅜˝℮БЯřŲŌĕЮũЬĠŬĠсЮĝŌŪ″ ợ̀ (⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔňĳόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ) ŪĳСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ņЊĕģşсЮĊſ₤

Ч ņġℓ¤
ЮřЧņġБЮýũĮ₤Њ◦ċŁ
Њ ũĵũŠųФĕ ņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņхņЊĕΖş⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ĕРŷĠНÐðŲ₧ņУŎЯřŲŌĕ
ĳŪņОŎаĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЮĜйЮ◦¤ ŁŲ₧Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б₧ŌĖ˝с ģĕЮĊſό

Ч ŏЮŲşĳŪņОŎаĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧ
⅜˝℮БЮĜй ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŉЊĊņхŪĳСŷĠŃęĠсŁũ⅜ŚĠс Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷŬŎŁũ‗чĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲ
ŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņхΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠЯřŲģĕ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ▫ ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĄУŎĠ˝ЯŪĠĄРĕĳНŵŁũόŏ
ģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲģĕЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ŪĳСŷЯĳşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БũЖ₣◦◦Е₣ ņūĕŚĕ
ŬŎŁũ‗чĄĕ
Р ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲΖşЮşŀĠŔąόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ЮŢŎŌĕşНйΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕ⅜˝℮Б¤ ĠŔąЮĕйŪĳСŷŌĕ

şНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤ ĠŔąόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ ΒĕНŔňĳόŏņūĕŚБ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к ЮřЧņġБĠ₣šό
е ŏ⅜˝℮БşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕşеЮĵйņНŠŠųФĕ¤
˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư řŲс◦Б ̣ аĕŌŪ″ tư (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŲЧŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ

Ч ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉЮŲЧ
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б БŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ⅜˝℮Б¤
Judicial police officers may summons and question witnesses.
Before answering any questions, each witness shall take an oath according to his religion or
beliefs that he will speak only the truth, except for the witnesses listed in Article 156 (Witness
without Swearing) who are exempted from taking an oath. In order to protect the right to defense,
the judicial police officer cannot question witnesses against whom there is evidence of guilt. If the
questioning of any witness reveals any evidence of potential guilt of that witness, the judicial police
officer shall stop the questioning and shall report to the investigating judge. A judicial police
officer may call on an interpreter/translator who has sworn in accordance with his religion or
beliefs that he will assist the court by interpreting fairly and accurately.
A witness who is called for questioning must appear. In case of refusal to appear, the
judicial police officers shall report to the investigating judge, who may issue an order to appear in
which the identity of the witness is specified. This order shall be dated and bear the signature and
seal of the investigating judge. The order authorizes the judicial police officers to use public police
forces to bring the witness to appear.
The provisions of paragraphs two through five of Article 93 (Interrogation Records) of this
Code shall apply to the written record of the questioning of witnesses.
ŌŪ″ ơ7Ơ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ЯřŲĮНеΖşЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Article 180 Interrogation that cannot be done by Judicial Police Officer
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхņЊĕΖş₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ι⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕЮ◦¤
Judicial police officers may not question a charged person or a civil party.
ŌŪ″ ơ7ơ ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ŁũČĠсŎ˝ ЯřŲЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Article 181 Search and Seizure Conducted by Judicial Police Officer
ņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņхΖşЮĊſŁ
Ч ũЯđ˝Юđũ ĕЊ₣ČĠсŎ˝ŷĳ□О″₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ tơ (Łũ
Яđ˝Юđũ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ tƯ (ŁũĠЊ◦⅜ų˝ЮģйŪ″ЮŲЧŷĳ□О″₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŁũΒĕНŔňĳЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ǻ˝ŏŠ‗Ź
◦Б Ư ˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ơ ŌŪ″ tơ (ŁũЯđ˝Юđũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷЯĳĩŚŲό

с ŏЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
Judicial police officers may search and seize evidence according to the provisions stated in
Articles 91 (Searches) and 92 (Affixation of Stamp on Exhibits) of this Code. However, the
investigating judge shall give authorization as stated in the second phrase of paragraph 1 of the
Article 91 (Searches) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ơ7Ư Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤
Article 182 Police Custody Under Rogatory Letter
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳаЊŉ ĕŌŪ″ t̀ (Łũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ) řŲсŌŪ″ ơƠƯ (˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ũНĠаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ) ₤Ś БΒеĮБŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕ₤
ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŉřŁ У ¤ ĠлЯН ĕŉ Βе₧şЯřŲŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎŌŪ″
Ĉе₣ЮĕйřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĳСŷģĕЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ₤ŪŌĠсŁũΒĕНŷĳŉŌŪ″ ơƠư (ŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕ
ĠНÐŲ
ų ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơỞ (ũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũĠŃąС ĕŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳ˝е‗ĳсаĕŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų
ĄĕЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ¹ĳсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷЯĳĜеЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤

The provisions of Articles 96 (Police Custody) to 102 (Final Report of Police Custody)
concerning police custody shall apply during the execution of a rogatory letter. The investigating
judge shall exercise the powers given to Prosecutors by those articles. By virtue of Article 103
(Handing Over of Arrested Person) and 104 (Period of Handing-Over) of this Code, when the
period of police custody expires, the detained person shall be brought before the investigating
judge.
ŌŪ″ ơ7ư Łũ⅜ŚĠс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦ЏЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕřБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤
Article 183 Listening to Telephone Conversations Under Rogatory Letter
ŁŲ₧řБŁČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ģĕЯş₣ΒеĮБŁũ⅜ŚĠс ĕЊ₣ŁũℓĳŁũ₤ĕĀĜ″ņ◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ιŁũČĠс ĕЊ₣Łũ
ℓĳŪÐĠсŁũЮđųЧŎđų₣″ņņЮĊŜģŎ◦РũÐņĜÐņĕч řРşď ⅜ũ″ņ◦Рũ⅜ũ ι⅜ũ″ņΒЊĕЮĊЧЯ‗ĳ ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲ
ŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņхЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒ₧
е şЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ЮŢŎǻ˝ŏŠ‗Ź◦Б Ư ˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ơ ĕЊ₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư аĕ
ŌŪ″ ớƯ (Łũ⅜ŚĠс◦Рũ₤њĮĀ ďΖ◦Џ ЯřŲĠİðĠсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

When the rogatory letter allows the listening to and recording of telephone conversations or
obtaining and recording telecommunications by such means as facsimile or email, the judicial
police officer can use the authority provided to the investigating judge under the second phrase of
paragraph 1, and paragraph 2 of Article 172 (Listening to Telephone Conversations Ordered by
Investigating Judge) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ơ7̉ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН˝⅜₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Article 184 Written Records Established by Judicial Police Officers
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЯřŲЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ Б ČĳсόŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕ₤
ŉ ņх Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŉřŁ У
ŪĳСŷ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņĠ◦ĠġŃňĳаЊŉ ĕŌŪ″ ơƠ (ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The written record made by the judicial police officer in relation to the execution of a
rogatory letter shall be in compliance with Article 108 (Content of Police Records) of this Code.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ŷЋēĕŁũĕЊũĕŚ ŬŎ
CHAPTER 3: SECURITY MEASURES
Б
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: řŁ
SECTION 1: WARRANTS
ŌŪ″ ơ7̣ ŁũЮşŀřБŁ
Article 185 Issuance of Warrants
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİðĠсόŏ
þНеŠФ ųĕ¤
An investigating judge may issue subpoena, orders to bring, arrest warrants and detention
orders.
Б ĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųĕ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: řŁ Ф
SECTION 2: SUBPOENA
ŌŪ″ ơ7̀ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ
Article 186 Subpoena
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ¤

řБŁĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ÐЙďĠŔąřŲсĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝с όŏşРŲЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ΖşЮşŀЮĉЮŲЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ιЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐŲ

ð ₧ŌĖ˝сЯřŲŌĕĳŪņОŎĮЊũН◦ċļĮ¤
An investigating judge shall be entitled to issue a subpoena.
A subpoena is an order to a person to appear before the investigating judge.
A subpoena may be issued against a charged person or any person against whom there is
evidence of guilt.
ŌŪ″ ơ7́ Б ĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ
Article 187 Information Stated in Subpoena
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣Βĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ˝е‗ĳс ĕЊ₣Ġūİ˛ĠĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Юĕй
− аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂеĖ ЮŌл₣ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲŪĳСŷşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ¤
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕŪĳСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤
A subpoena shall include the following information:
− The identity of the individual cited;
− The charged offense, and the law which defines and punishes the offense;
− The date, time and place to appear before the investigating judge;
− The name and position of the judge who issued the subpoena.
A subpoena shall be dated, signed and sealed by the investigating judge.
ŌŪ″ ơ77 Б ĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ
Article 188 Notification of Subpoena
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŪĳСŷόŏřее‗₣
Е řŲсĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ ЮŢŎņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ιЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁ Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ ЯřŲŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ŷЋŀ¤
ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ιΖďń⅜ŵŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΒеĮБŪÐĠсŁũ
Ųеģ˝˝ĖО₣ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
A judicial police officer, a judicial police agent, or bailiff shall deliver the subpoena to the
cited person.
The cited person receives a copy of the decision and shall sign the original subpoena, which
will then be returned to the investigating judge.
The judicial police officer, judicial police agent or the bailiff shall notify the investigating
judge of any difficulty in their mission of delivering the subpoena.

Б ĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠĕ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: řŁ ųФ
SECTION 3: ORDER TO BRING
ŌŪ″ ơ7o ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 189 Order to Bring Issued by Investigating Judge
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ¤
An investigating judge shall be entitled to issue an order to bring.
ŌŪ″ ơoƠ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ
Article 190 Order to Bring
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ ÐЙďĠŔąřŲс˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к όŏČĠс ĕЊ₣ĜеŠФ ųĕĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝с ЮĉşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņ
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕΖşŪĳСŷЮşŀЮĉЮŲЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ιЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐŲ

An order to bring is an order to public forces to arrest and bring a person before the
An order to bring may be issued against a charged person or any person against whom
there is evidence of guilt.
ŌŪ″ ơoơ Б ĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ
Article 191 Information Stated in Order to Bring
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ ŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ ŪĳСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤

An order to bring shall include the following information:
− The identity of the individual cited in the order;
− The name and position of the judge who issued the order.
An order to bring shall be dated, signed and sealed by the investigating judge.
ŌŪ″ ơoƯ Б ĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ
Article 192 Execution of Order to Bring
Б ĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсόŏņūĕŚĕ
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕс řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕŪĳСŷĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎřŲсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□″ņŪÐĠс
ņЮĊŜģŎ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁЮĕй ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсĄĕ

Р ďĠĜĀĕсřŲсņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀ˝ Б ЮĜй¤ ņūĕŚБ
О ΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхņЊĕΖşşРŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċņНĕЮŌл₣ ̀ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮŌл₣ ơ
(řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ģĕЮ◦¤ ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũΒеĮБŁũŲеģ˝˝ĖО₣ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊ
ũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
An order to bring shall be executed by the judicial police.

In case of urgency, an order to bring shall be published by all means to police units or
military police units. The original copy of the order to bring shall be given immediately to the
judicial police officer who is in charge of executing it.
Judicial police officers cannot enter into the residence of a cited individual before 6 o’clock
in the morning or after 6 o’clock in the evening. The judicial police officers shall notify the
investigating judge of any difficulty in performing their mission.
ŌŪ″ ơoư ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕ″ņřБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ
Article 193 Appearance pursuant to Order to Bring
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁŲкЮ◦₤кĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċņĕ
Њ ΖşŪĳСŷĜеЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲČĠсŠФ ųĕģĕЮ◦ ĠНÐŲ

ð ЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳĜеŠФ ųĕЮĉ˝ĖО₣Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□˝ĖО₣ņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ιЮĉ
˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ¤ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳĜеŠФ ųĕЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕŗл₣ŎРũĠеĩНĳаℓĞĠĜĀĠс řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιřŲсΒĖ˝ĄеĕУ₤¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕņЊĕģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉЮĝаℓĞĠĜĀĠсЮ◦ ĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕŪċ ĳСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤
If, due to the circumstances, the cited individual cannot be brought before the investigating
judge immediately after the arrest, that person shall be brought to the police unit or military police
office in the detention center or prison. That person shall be presented to the investigating judge or
to his substitute on the following day at the latest. If on that following day, the appearance does not
occur, the cited person shall be released in liberty.
ŌŪ″ ơỏ ŁũÐЊĳĠŃĆС ŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ
Article 194 Deduction of Duration of Provisional Detention
ŁŲ₧ĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝с ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕČĠсŠФ ųĕЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņřБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ ŪĳСŷģĕþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ЮĜй ℓЊũЮŷŵ
аĕŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕЮĕйŪĳСŷŬĠсĠŃĆС ŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤
When a person who has been arrested in the execution of an order to bring, is imprisoned,
the duration of imprisonment shall be included into the duration of provisional detention, if any.
Б ĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠĕ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: řŁ ųФ
SECTION 4: ARREST WARRANTS
ŌŪ″ ơọ ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 195 Arrest Warrants Issued by Investigating Judge
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ¤
An investigating judge shall be entitled to issue an arrest warrant.
ŌŪ″ ơò řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ
Article 196 Arrest Warrants
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ ΖşŪĳСŷЮşŀЮĉЮŲЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ιĠНÐŲ
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЕ₣ΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕģĕ ŲНйŪ″Яĳк
ơ-Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ЯřŲŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũ¤
Ư-ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ ģĕЮÐşŠųФĕņЊĕřЕ₣ď₤□ ЊĳЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣₧ ι₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБаĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝
˝ņįОď¤
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕÐЙďĠŔąк

− řŲс˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к όŏŪ⅜ŷŪďŷũ˝ČĠс ĕЊ₣όŏĜеŠФ ųĕĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜй Юĉ˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų
− řŲсŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Ф ųĕόŏ◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНеŠФ ųĕĠНÐðŲЮĜй¤
An arrest warrant may be issued against a charged person or any individual against whom
there is evidence proving his guilt.
An investigating judge can issue an arrest warrant only if:
1- The offense in question is a felony or misdemeanor punishable by imprisonment;
2- The suspect has fled or his whereabouts are unknown or is staying outside of the
territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia.
The arrest warrant is an order:
− to the public security forces to search for, arrest and bring the charged person to a prison
or detention center;
− to the head of a prison or detention center to receive and detain that person.
ŌŪ″ ơó řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ ĕЊ₣ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 197 Arrest Warrant and Opinion of Prosecutor
ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷЯĳ◦◦УŲЮŗĠŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷ
ЮşŀřБŁЮĕйЮŢŎŌĕЯş₣ņРŲЮ΅ĳН ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲЮŗĠŲсĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńēĜŬм Ġсũ₣ĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ¤

Before issuing an arrest warrant, the investigating judge shall ask for the opinion of the
Royal Prosecutor. The investigating judge shall issue the arrest warrant with reasons which he shall
specify after obtaining the opinion of the Royal Prosecutor.
The Royal Prosecutor shall guarantee the dissemination of the arrest warrant.
ŌŪ″ ơo7 Б ĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ
Article 198 Information Stated in Arrest Warrant
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣Βĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсĠūİ˛ĠĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Юĕй
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ¤
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕŪĳСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤
An arrest warrant shall include the following information:
− The identity of the involved person;
− The name and position of the judge who issued the arrest warrant.
An arrest warrant shall be dated, signed and sealed by the investigating judge.
ŌŪ″ ơ Б ĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ ų
Article 199 Execution of Arrest Warrant
Б ĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ ų ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсόŏņūĕŚĕ
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕс řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎЮĉ″ņΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ″ņŪÐĠс
ņЮĊŜģŎ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲс˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųĠ
Б еĩНĳόŏřŲсņūĕŚĕ Б
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ
ЮĜй¤

ņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ņЊĕΖşşРŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċņНĕЮŌл₣ ̀ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ ĕЊ₣
ЮŪŁŎЮŌл₣ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ģĕЮ◦¤ ņūĕŚĕ

Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ŪĳСŷόŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΒеĮБŁũŲеģ˝Ĉе₣Β₤с
˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲΒĕНŷĳŚЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
The execution of an arrest warrant shall be done by judicial police officers.
In case of urgency, the arrest warrant shall be published by all means to police units or
military police units. The original shall be given immediately to the judicial police officer who is in
charge of executing it.
Judicial police officers may not enter into the residence of the involved individual before 6
o’clock in the morning or after 6 o’clock in the evening. The judicial police officers shall notify the
investigating judge of any difficulty in the performance of their mission.
ŌŪ″ ƯƠƠ Łũĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎďΒĕŚũďĳЊĕРŷřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕ
Article 200 International Dissemination of Arrest Warrant
е şс řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕΖşĩ℮Įſĩ⅝ŎďΒĕŚũďĳЊ″ņũŎкŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ЮŢŎЮŪĠЧŎĕŚŁũ
ĜĜЯřŲŌĕŪĠ₤Њ◦ċļĮ¤
In urgent cases, an arrest warrant may be disseminated internationally through the Ministry
of Justice using any effective mechanism.
ŌŪ″ ƯƠơ ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕ″ņřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 201 Appearance Pursuant to Arrest Warrant
ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ ŪĳСŷЯĳ◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНеŠФ ųĕĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲď˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
е Фĕ
ų ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮřЧņřБŁ ιşН₣řБŁЯřŲŌĕĠŔą˝с▫ ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċŪĳСŷЯĳģĕЮÐĜеЮĉĠİΆŀřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ιΒĖ˝ĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ
ŗл₣ŠųБĠеĩНĳ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ₤□Њĳ˝ĖО₣řе₧˝сŁŲЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũЮĝЮ◦ġЧŎ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĜеŠФ ųĕЮĉĠİΆŀЮĕй ĳŪņСŷόŏŌĕŁũЮĩĀũĠНÐŲ

ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċЮĉĮĕċĜýũ ιЮĉņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Ф ųĕņУŎЮĩ℮₣
Ю◦Ьĳ ŁũЮĩĀũЮĕйŪĳСŷČĳсЯş₣ЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕЮÐĜеŠФ ųĕЮĉĠİΆŀřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιΒĖ˝ĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĝаℓĞ
ĠĜĀĠсĮБŁũČĠссŠФ ĕ
ų ĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳģĕŪĮйŬĄΖďńĜ◦Б˝Яĕų₣þНеŠФ ĕ
ų ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĕйЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б Б
Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ЯřŲŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
A chief of the prison or detention center shall receive and detain the charged person who is
the subject of an arrest warrant. The chief of the prison or detention center shall keep the original or
a copy of the arrest warrant that has been certified as a true copy of the original.
The concerned person shall be brought before the investigating judge or his substitute
immediately if the case is still under judicial investigation.
If this requires the transfer of the concerned person to another prison or to another detention
center, this transfer shall be arranged by the Royal Prosecutor.
If the concerned person is not brought before the investigating judge or his substitute on the
day following the arrest, the Royal Prosecutor at the place of the arrest shall take his statement.
Concerning this, the Royal Prosecutor shall establish a written record and send it to the

ŌŪ″ ƯƠƯ ŁũÐЊĳĠŃĆС ŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ
ŁŲ₧ĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝сЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕČĠсŠФ ųĕЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ЮĜй ℓЊũЮŷŵ
аĕŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕЮĕйŪĳСŷŬĠсĠŃĆС ŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤
When a person is arrested and detained pursuant to an arrest warrant, the duration of the
detention shall be included into the duration of provisional detention, if any.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̣: ŁũþНŠ
е ĕ
Фų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ
SECTION 5: PROVISIONAL DETENTION
ŌŪ″ ƯƠư ЮýŲŁũ‗чаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ
Article 203 Principle of Provisional Detention
ďЮýŲŁũ‗ч ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮЊЮ₤₤ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşŪĳСŷþНŠ
е Фĕ
Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЯĩĖ˝Юĕй¤
In principle, the charged person shall remain at liberty. Exceptionally, the charged person
may be provisionally detained under the conditions stated in this section.
ŌŪ″ ƯỞ ˝ũ‗БаĕŁũþНŠ
Article 204 Cases of Provisional Detention
ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ΖşΒĕНŷĳŚģĕЯĳ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮĠ
Б ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ЯřŲşĤĠс˝е‗ĳс
ĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũЮ₤Ŋ Ч ιЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе¤

Provisional detention may be ordered only in case of a felony or of misdemeanors involving
a punishment of imprisonment of one year or more.
ŌŪ″ ƯỢ ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
Article 205 Reasons for Provisional Detention
ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖΖşŪĳСŷģĕĠİðĠс ŁŲ₧ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĕй ďŁũČеģşск
ơ-ЮřЧņġБĠŃĆ ĠĠ
с ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ιĠİ˛ũĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч ˝НеόŏЮ˝ЧĳďℓŊ¤
Б
Ư-ЮřЧņġБŬŬе ₣˝НеόŏŌĕŁũýĠ₤₣˛ĳЮс ŲЧ⅜˝℮Б ιĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ιЮřЧņġБŬŬе₣˝НеόŏŌĕŁũŪĳСŷũмРŷýĖ ũǻ₣Ąĕ
ŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕĳ
Њ ¤
ư-ЮřЧņġБũ˝⅝ķ₤ŚО ″₣ ιĳŪņОŎď₤Ōĸũк¤
Ћ Б¤
̉-ЮřЧņġБēĜũ˝⅝ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ◦Н˝ĄРĕĳНŵŁũČĳсŁũ″ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
̣-ЮřЧņġБŁũĵũ₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠόŏĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
̀-ЮřЧņġБēĜũ˝⅝₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠс⅜ēũ‗к˝НеόŏŌĕŁũŪşĠР˝ŪşĠŲс ЯřŲĠ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤¤

Provisional detention may be ordered when it is necessary to:
1. stop the offense or prevent the offense from happening again;
2. prevent any harassment of witnesses or victims or prevent any collusion between
the charged person and accomplices;
3. preserve evidence or exhibits;
4. guarantee the presence of the charged person during the proceedings against him;
5. protect the security of the charged person;

6. preserve public order from any trouble caused by the offense.
ŌŪ″ ƯỜ ˝е‗ĳс₤ŌðŲсũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪģĠсЮ΅ĳНĩŲаĕřБŁ
Article 206 Statement of Charged Persons and Reasons for Provisional Detention
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲ₤ЮŪņş▫ĕЕ₣ŪĳСŷþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎÐеĕЊĳЮĩŚņ
Ч ũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕĬĀŲс ι ″ņ
Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĳСŷόŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣◦◦УŲŁũ˝ĳс₤ŌðŲсũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦Юĕй¤
ŁŲ₧ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņĩ₣ЮĜй ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷĠİΆŀņЮĊŜģŎŁũĵũŠųФĕ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁЮĕй
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮŗ₣″ņĠŃňĳŚЊаĕŌŪ″ ƯỢ (ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũþНŠ

е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏ
þНеŠФ ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĳСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļųņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ řРşģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ƯƯƠ (ĕЊŎņĕњŎřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų )
Б ĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ŌŪ″ ƯƯơ (ĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮŲЧřŁ Б ĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ƯƯƯ (ŁũΒĕНŷĳŉřŁ ų ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Where an investigating judge, either at his initiative or after a request by the Royal
Prosecutor, envisages to provisionally detain a charged person, he shall inform the charged person
accordingly and ask for his observations. If the charged person is assisted by a lawyer, the lawyer
presents means of defense available to the charged person.
The investigating judge who orders the provisional detention of a charged person shall issue
an order containing reasons. The investigating judge’s reasons in the order shall be based on the
provisions of Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this Code. The Royal Prosecutor
and the charged person shall be immediately notified of the decision.
The investigating judge shall issue a detention order in accordance with the provisions
stated in Articles 220 (Definition of Detention Order), 221 (Information stated in Detention Order),
and 222 (Execution of Detention Order) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ƯỚ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕþНŠ
Article 207 Order Denying Provisional Detention
Ч ₤УũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣″ņЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲ₤НеόŏþНеŠФ ųĕĄĕŪĳСŷ
ЮČ◦Ġ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĜй ņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņŁũ₤Нό

е ŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ЮĜйЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮşŀ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĕРŷ
řБŁ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşсŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНЮ◦¤ řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ďĠĜĀĕсřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣
₤Не¤
Ч ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲĕЕ₣₤ЮŪņşĄеĕ₤
У ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
When the investigating judge receives an application from the Royal Prosecutor requesting
provisional detention of the charged person, and decides not to order the detention, the judge shall
issue an order not to detain within 5 days. The applicant shall be immediately informed of this
order not to detain, which does not have to contain reasons. The applicant shall be notified of the
order without delay.
If the investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the Prosecutor may directly seize the
Investigation Chamber who will decide instead of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ ƯƠ7 ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť
Article 208 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Felony
şеЮĵйĕБĳЊĄĕЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̀ (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ ģĕ
Ю◦¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĮĕŜũŁũþНŠ

е Фĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņŚ₣ģĕ ̀ (ŪģеņŎ
У ) ЯŠ ЮŢŎ
řБŁŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ ĕЊ₣şĤ₤сŵ₤с¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤ЮŪņşĮĕŜũŁũþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖģĕЯĳ Ư (ĮБũ) ř₣Ðĳс¤
For an adult involved in a felony, provisional detention may not exceed six months. However,
when this time period ends, the investigating judge may extend provisional detention for another
six months, by an order with a proper and express statement of reasons.
The extension may only be made twice.
ŌŪ″ ƯƠo ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ
Article 209 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Misdemeanor
şеЮĵйĕБĳЊĄĕЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̉ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĮĕŜũŁũþНеŠФ ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖģĕЯĳņŚ₣ÐĳсņЊĕόŏЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ)
ЯŠ ЮŢŎřБŁŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ ĕЊ₣şĤ₤сŵ₤с¤
ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ų ĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ņЊĕŪĳСŷЮŲЧ₤ĮБĵ˝с˝₧Ś ŲаĕΒĠġĠũŌаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲşĤĠс
ģĕ˝е‗ ĳсЮ◦ġЧŎ¤
For an adult involved in a misdemeanor, provisional detention may not exceed four months.
However, when this time period ends, the investigating judge may, only once, extend provisional
detention for another two months by an order with a proper and express statement of reasons .
The duration of the above detention may not exceed half of the minimum sentence set by
law for the charged misdemeanor.
ŌŪ″ ƯơƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ņĕН₤℮ďĳЊ ďΖ◦Џ
Article 210 Duration of Provisional Detention in Case of Crimes against Humanity
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ņĕН₤℮ďĳЊ ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠŲњŎĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ιĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť₤ūİðņ
ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖеģĕЮ◦ şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ĕБņŎ
У 6¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕй
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĮĕŜũŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņŚ₣ģĕ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе ЮŢŎřБŁŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ ĕЊ₣
şĤ₤сŵ₤с¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİðĠсόŏĮĕŜũŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĕйģĕЯĳ Ư (ĮБũ) ř₣Ðĳс¤
In case of crimes against humanity, genocide or war crimes, provisional detention shall not
exceed one year for each of these offenses. However, when this time period ends, the investigating
judge may extend a provisional detention for another year by an order with a proper and express
statement of reasons .
The extension can only be made twice.

ŌŪ″ Ươơ ŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲаĕŁũþНŠ
Article 211 Extension of Provisional Detention
Ч ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş▫ĮĕŜũЮĮŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ďĠ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷόŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсĄĕ
ŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣◦◦УŲŁũ˝ĳс₤еýŲсũĠ₤сĄĕЮĕй¤ ŁŲ₧ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņЮĜй ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷĠİΆŀņЮĊŜģŎ
ŁũĵũŠųФĕ˝Рĕ˝ŚũБ Ġ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮĕŜũŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮŗ₣Юĉ″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňĳЊаŉ ĕŌŪ″ ƯỢ (ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũþНŠ

е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷ
όŏřе‗₣
Е ďĠĜĀĕсřŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
If an investigating judge envisages to extend provisional detention, he shall inform the
charged person accordingly and ask for his observations. If the charged person is assisted by a
lawyer, the lawyer presents means of defense available to the charged person.
The investigating judge shall extend provisional detention by issuing an order with a
statement of reasons. The investigating judge shall refer to the provisions of Article 205 (Reasons
for Provisional Detention) of this Code. The charged person shall be notified of the order without
delay.
ŌŪ″ ƯơƯ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБĳЊĄĕŌĕΖŎНĳЊşď₣ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе
Article 212 Detention of Minor Under 14 Years Old
ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕΖŎНĳЊşď₣ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮ◦¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũΖş₤ЮŪņş
ŪĠÐŲсΒĕБĳЊĄĕЮĕйόŏΰĮН˝ŌŚŎ ΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ ι˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БýŊĕΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсЮĉņĄęņ‗ŹŲ
ΒĠсũЯж ℓũ˝⅝ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ũ₣сČЮе ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ¤

A minor under 14 years old may not be temporarily detained. The investigating judge can
decide to send the minor temporarily to his guardians or, if there are no guardians, to a Provisional
Education and Care Center until the competent judge has made his decision on this issue.
ŌŪ″ Ươư ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕ ŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ở (řĠсĠУĕ)
ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ĂĖе

Article 213 Duration of Provisional Detention for Felonies Committed by Minor from 14 to 18
Years Old
şеЮĵйΒĕБĳЊĄĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ĂĖе ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť
ℓЊũЮŷŵþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŌĕřРşĳЮĉк
ơ-ŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̉ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒĕБĳЊĄĕЮĕйŌĕΖŎНĳЊşď₣ ờ
(řĠсŪģеņУŎ) ĂĖе¤
Ư-ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̀ (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕЮĕйŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ờ
(řĠсŪģеņУŎ) ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ĂĖе¤

For a minor of 14 years to 18 years involved in a felony, provisional detention shall be as
follows:
1. provisional detention may not exceed four months if the minor is under 16 years old;
2. provisional detention may not exceed six month if the minor is 16 to 18 years old.

ŌŪ″ Ưở ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕ ŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ở (řĠсĠУĕ)
ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ĂĖе

Article 214 Duration of Provisional Detention for Misdemeanors Committed by Minor from 14
to 18 Years Old
şеЮĵйΒĕБĳЊĄĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ĂĖе ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ņĄęЊņ
ℓЊũЮŷŵþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŌĕřРşĳЮĉк
ơ-ŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒĕБĳЊĄĕЮĕйŌĕΖŎНĳЊşď₣ ờ
(řĠсŪģеņУŎ) ĂĖе¤
Ư-ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̉ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ ģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕЮĕйŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ờ (řĠс
ŪģеņУŎ) ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ĂĖе¤
ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ″ņşе‗ş
Н ◦Б ơ ĕЊ₣şе‗ş
Н ◦Б Ư ž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ņЊĕŪĳСŷЮŲЧ₤ĮБĵ˝с˝₧Ś Ųаĕ
ΒĠġĠũŌаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲşĤĠсģĕ˝е‗ĳс₤ŪŌĠсΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕЮĜйЮ◦ġЧŎ¤
For a minor of 14 to 18 years old involved in a misdemeanor, provisional detention shall be
as follows:
1. provisional detention may not exceed two months if the minor is under 16 years old;
2. provisional detention may not exceed four months if the minor is from 16 to 18
years old.
The duration of provisional detention in items 1 and 2 of this Article shall not exceed half of
the minimum period of sentence set by law for the minor.
ŌŪ″ Ượ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНЮе ŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 215 Release of Charged Person by Investigating Judge
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİðĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНеŷЋŀģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤
ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĕĠе‗₣ЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНЮе Ĝй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕřŲс
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮřЧņġБ₤НеЮŗĠŲс Ю΅ЧŎĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣όŏŪĮйŬĄΖďńĮЊĕЊĳŏ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷĩŚŲсЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ˝ĖО₣
ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųБĠеĩНĳ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşŗл₣ŎРũĠеĩНĳ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Юĉ
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΖşĠİðĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ļųņ ЮŢŎņЊĕũ₣сČЮе ŗĠŲсũĠ₤с
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷş₣∆Ų
О ŪģĠсņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũĠĜĀĕсЮĕй Юĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
The investigating judge may order the release of the charged person at any time.
If an investigating judge intends to release a charged person, he shall immediately inform
the Royal Prosecutor to request his opinion and send the case file to him for examination. The
Royal Prosecutor shall make his observations without delay. The investigating judge shall decide
within a maximum of 5 days after forwarding the case file to the Royal Prosecutor.
In urgent cases, the investigating judge may order the immediate release of a charged
person, without waiting for the Prosecutor's observations. The investigating judge shall indicate the
reasons of the urgency in his order.

ŌŪ″ Ườ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ″ņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 216 Release of Charged Person upon Request of Prosecutor
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖş₤НеόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ
̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ¤
Ч ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşĠŚЕ₣₤Н″
е ņũŎк
ĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕ₤

У ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
řБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕŪĮņЮŢйЯŲ₣ŪĳСŷŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
The Royal Prosecutor may request the release of a charged person at any time. The
investigating judge shall make a decision within 5 days after receiving the request.
If the investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the Royal Prosecutor may directly
seize the Investigation Chamber to decide instead of the investigating judge.
An order not to release a charged person shall contain a statement of reasons.
ŌŪ″ Ướ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ″ņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
Article 217 Release upon Request of Charged Person
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮĝЮŪłþНģ
е ĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĠŃąС ĕĵ˝ŏЮĜйļųņ
ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБĩŚŲЮс ŗĠŲс ĕЊ₣ĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊĳŏ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷĩŚŲЮс ŗĠŲс
˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠųБĠеĩНĳ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşŗл₣ŎРũĠеĩНĳ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀĠсĮБЮĮŲĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣
ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĝЮŪłþН⅜
е ďℓŊБņŚ₣Ю◦Ьĳ ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝ĖО₣
ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŌĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ŲЧ˝ņНĕ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ ι₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷ
₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏЮĕй˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀĠсĮБģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤Н¤

е
řБŁЯřŲņЊĕŪĮņЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНŪе ĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
Ч ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞЮ◦ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĬĀŲсЮĉ
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
The charged person may submit a request for release at any time. The investigating judge
shall send the application to the Royal Prosecutor immediately for his examination of the case file
and observations. The Prosecutor shall make his observations without delay. The investigating
judge shall decide on the application within a maximum of 5 days after forwarding the case file to
the Royal Prosecutor.
The charged person may re-submit a request for release to the investigating judge or to the
Investigation Chamber within one month after a decision denying the previous application. The
investigating judge or the Investigation Chamber shall decide on such request within 5 days from
the date the request was received.
An order not to release a charged person shall contain a statement of reasons.
If the investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the charged person may directly
seize the Investigation Chamber which shall decide instead of the investigating judge.

ŌŪ″ Ươ7 Б ЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе
Article 218 Notification of Release Order
řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНŪе ĳСŷЯĳĄРĕřе‗₣
Е ļųņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ¤
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳаЊŉ ĕŌŪ″ Ứ̀ (ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉ¤
řБŁņЊĕŪĮņЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ŪĳСŷЯĳĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųБĠĩ
е НĳřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
Ч ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşŢ˝сĄĕЮĜйόŏЮĝЮŪŁņŁũ
ŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ƯƯư (ŁĳĮſ˝ЊşаĆ ĕŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ) řŲсŌŪ″
ƯưƠ (ŁũЮÐşЮŷйũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ĮБŁĳĮſ˝ЊşаĆ ĕŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The Royal Prosecutor and the chief of a prison or detention center shall be immediately
notified of an order to release a charged person from detention. The provisions of Article 276
(Release of a Detained Charged Person) of this Code shall apply.
The Royal Prosecutor and the charged person shall be notified of an order not to release the
charged person without delay.
If an investigating judge decides to release a charged person, the judge may place the
charged person under judicial supervision as provided in Articles 223 (Obligations Under Judicial
Supervision) to 230 (Evasion from Obligation under Judicial Supervision by Charged Person) of
this Code.
Б ĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̀: řŁ е ĕ
ųФ
SECTION 6: DETENTION ORDERS
ŌŪ″ Ươo ŁũЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
е Ф ųĕЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 219 Issuance of Detention Orders by Investigating Judge
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ¤
The investigation judge shall be entitled to issue a detention order.
ŌŪ″ ƯƯƠ ĕЊŎņĕњŎřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 220 Definition of Detention Order
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ÐЙďĠŔąřŲсŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Ф ųĕόŏ◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĕЕ₣ЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯĳĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ď˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕřБŁ₤ЮŪņşόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų
ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ¤
A detention order is an order to the chief of a prison or detention center to receive and
detain a charged person. The investigating judge may issue a detention order only if the charged
person is the subject of a provisional detention order.
ŌŪ″ ƯƯơ Б ĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮŲЧřŁ е Фĕ
ų
Article 221 Information Stated in Detention Order
ų ŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
− ŪĠЮķ◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣Βĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲ˝е‗ĳс ĕЊ₣Ġūİ˛ĠĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤

Ч Юĕй

ų ŪĳСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″¤
A detention order shall include the following information:
− The identity of the charged person;
− name and position of the judge who issued the detention order.
A detention order shall be dated, signed and sealed by the investigating judge.
ŌŪ″ ƯƯƯ Б ĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚřŁ е Фĕ
ų
Article 222 Execution of Detention Order
е Фĕ
ų ŪĳСŷЯĳ◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŌĕřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
е Ф ųĕũ΅РĳĈŲсЯĳģĕ
◦◦УŲŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤ ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНŠ

е Ф ųĕ ũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮřЧņřБŁĠİðĠсόŏ
þНеŠФ ųĕ ιşН₣řБŁЮĕй ЯřŲĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ¤

The chief of a prison or detention center shall receive and detain the charged person who is
identified and verified by a detention order until notification is received that the detainee is to be
released. The chief of the prison or detention center shall keep the original of the detention order or
a certified copy of the order.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ́: ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕĳ
Њ ŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ
SECTION 7: JUDICIAL SUPERVISION
ŌŪ″ ƯƯư ŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆаĕŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ
Article 223 Obligations Under Judicial Supervision
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŢ˝сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ όŏЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦Юĕй ŪĳСŷģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсΒеĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ЯřŲŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũ¤
ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũŌĕΖĕНļĮĠİðĠсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲЮĝЮŪłþНе όŏЮýũĮŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆņУŎ ιЮŪşЧĕ
řРşĳЮĉк
ơ-ņЊĕŪĳСŷЮşŀЮŪłŪĮеŪĠ◦ŲсЯřĕřБ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
Ư-ņЊĕŪĳСŷĬų₤сĠС ŚũŲеЮĝůĕЮŢŎýŊĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
ư-ņЊĕŪĳСŷЮĉŁĕс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŠųйЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
̉-ŪĳСŷşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ″ņŁũ˝е‗ĳсЮĝΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ЯřŲČĳс″₣
е ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņ
̣-ŪĳСŷЮđųЧŎĳĠĕЕ₣ŁũЮŁйЮΊĮБŪÐĠсĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲČĳс″₣
е ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
̀-ŪĠÐŲсĄРĕřŲсŁ ũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą ŪБ ÐĠсυ˝⅜ũĠŔą˝сΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗¤
́-ņЊĕŪĳСŷЮĠЧ˝ĠũũℓŎĕŚ¤
-ņЊĕŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲ ιĄУĠĠНÐŲ
ð ņУŎşеĕУĕЯřŲş₣∆Ų
О ĠİΆŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
t-Ţ˝сŪģ˝сēĜЯřŲşеĕУĕŪģ˝сēĜ ĕЊ₣ℓЊũЮŷŵĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĕй ŪĳСŷģĕ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮĉЮŲЧĊĕēĕũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤

ơƠ-ņЊĕŪĳСŷŁĕсŁĠс ιŎ˝″ņŠųФĕĕРŷΖŷНĊ¤ ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсĄРĕřŲсŁ ũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕРŷΖŷНĊЯřŲĄĕ
ŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŁĕсŁĠс¤
ơơ-ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсŠФ ųĕόŏЮĮ◦ŏĮЊĕЊĳŏĮŜģŲ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН Ţ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņũĠĠĮŜģŲЮŬÐ˝ĖО₣
ņĕĀБũЮĮ◦ŏ¤
ơƯ-ņЊĕŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ₤˝ņŊļĮž₣ ŷЋďąĄБŷкŠųй¤
ЮřЧņġБΒĕНŷĳŚşе‗ş
Н ◦Б ơƯ ž₣ЮŲЧ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşΉņ¹ĳсŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ ĕРŷΖ‗ĳŚЊЮģйЮĂĖĳ ι
₤˝ņŊļĮž₣₤΅ĄБĮģĕЮ◦¤
An investigating judge may place a charged person under judicial supervision if the charged
person is under investigation for an offense punishable by imprisonment.
Judicial supervision has the effect of subjecting a charged person at liberty to one or more
of the following obligations:
1. not to go outside the territorial boundaries determined by the investigating judge;
2. not to change residence without the authorization of the investigating judge;
3. not to go to certain places determined by the investigating judge;
4. to present himself personally on fixed dates at the police office or military office
specified by the investigating judge;
5. to respond to a summons from any person appointed by the investigating judge;
6. to provide all identity documents to the clerk’s office;
7. not to drive motor vehicles;
8. not to receive or meet certain people identified by the investigating judge;
9. to deposit a bail in an amount and for a duration of payment determined by the
investigating judge based on the wealth of the charged person;
10. not to possess or bear any weapon and shall turn in all weapons under his possession
to the clerk of the court;
11. to undergo a medical examination and/or treatment under the medical supervision in
the hospital;
12. to refrain from certain specified professional activities.
In implementing item 12 above, the investigating judge may not prohibit parliamentary
activities or any kind of union activities.
ŌŪ″ ƯỬ ŁũņЊĕΒĕНŷĳŚŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ şеЮĵйΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕŌĕΖŎН ЮŪŁņ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе
Article 224 Non-Applicability of Judicial Supervision to Minors under 14 Years Old
ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕΖŎНĳЊşď₣ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũģĕ
Ю◦¤
Minors under 14 years old may not be placed under judicial supervision.
ŌŪ″ ƯỰ ŁũŪĠÐŲсĠİ˛ĕсаř
Article 225 Receipt of Documents
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Ūĳ₣сşе‗ş
Н ◦Б ̀ ◦Б t ĕЊ₣şе‗ş
Н ◦Б ơƠ аĕŌŪ″ ƯƯư (ŁĳĮſ˝ЊşаĆ ĕŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕĳ
Њ ŏ
″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ) ž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦◦◦УŲĠİ˛ĕсаř₤ŚĮ

Б БŁũŪĠÐŲсυ˝⅜ũΒĳŉ₤Ŕň‗ Ūģ˝сēĜ ιΖŷНĊ¤ Ġİ˛ĕсаř
ŪĠÐŲсυ˝⅜ũĠŔą˝сΒеĮБΒĳŉ₤Ŕň‗ ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б
Ġİ˛ĕсаřŪĠÐŲсŪģ˝сēĜ ιΖŷНĊ ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũУņЮŢŎ ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą ¤

Б

Ūģ˝сēĜŪĳСŷĳņ˛Ųс◦Н˝ЮĝÐ‗ĕБĮЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝ЮĝĊĜýũ ιŪĳСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņУŎЯřŲŌĕŁũēĜ
₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠ ũЖ₣Ōе ¤ ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЮĕйŪĳСŷЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤″ņŁũυ˝ļĮýĖЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ΖŷНĊŪĳСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣řРşģĕЮĵŲž₣ЮŲЧ¤
In cases described in items 6, 9 and 10 of Article 223 (Obligations Under Judicial
Supervision), a charged person shall receive a receipt for the delivery of documents, identity, bail
money or weapons. The clerk shall sign the receipt for delivery of identity documents.
The receipt for bail or weapons shall be co-signed by the Court President, the Royal
Prosecutor and the clerk.
Bail money shall be deposited in a special account at the bank or maintained at a place
where there is strict security. The Court President and the Royal Prosecutor shall select this place
by a mutual agreement.
Weapons shall also be kept at the above-mentioned place.
ŌŪ″ ƯỪ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏŢ˝сЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ
Article 226 Order for Judicial Supervision
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŢ˝сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦όŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ″ņÐеĕĳ
Њ ЮĩŚņ
Ч ĬĀŲсũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ
ι″ņЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕ₤ũНĠũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĠŔą˝сЮĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ΒеĮБŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆЯřŲ
ĳŪņСŷЮĉЮŲЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
řБŁ₤ЮŪņşŢ˝сŠФ ĕ
ų όŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųĠ
Б еĩНĳřŲс
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
Ч ₤УũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣″ņЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń ₤НеόŏŢ˝сŠФ ųĕĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦όŏ
₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ņЊĕŪĮņ₤ЮŪņş″ņŁũ₤НЮе ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮşŀřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊŁũ₤Не
Юĕй ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ¤
řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųБĠĩ
е НĳřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
Ч ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
The investigating judge, either at his own initiative or after a request by the Royal
Prosecutor, may issue an order for judicial supervision against a charged person. The investigating
judge shall specify the obligations the charged person has to comply with in the order.
The Royal Prosecutor and the charged person shall be notified of an order for judicial
supervision against the charged person without delay.
After receiving a Prosecutor’s request for judicial supervision, if the investigating judge
does not approve the request, he shall issue a rejection order within 5 days.
The Prosecutor shall be notified of the rejection order without delay.
If the investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the Prosecutor may directly seize the
Investigating Chamber which will make the decision instead of the investigating judge.
ŌŪ″ ƯỨ ŁũЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 227 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Investigating Judge
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΖşЯ˝ЯŪĠŠųЕņ⅜ũаĕŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆ ΖşŲНĠЮČŲ ιĠŃĆС ŲŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆℓģ
ŊБ ĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤

ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єΖşĠŃĆ ĠŁ
с ũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũģĕЯřũ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁ ЯřŲŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНĳřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤

At any time, the investigating judge may change the substance of the obligations by
eliminating or adding new obligations to the order in writing.
The investigating judge may also terminate the judicial supervision of a charged person.
The Royal Prosecutor and the charged person shall be notified of the investigating judge’s
decision without delay.
ŌŪ″ ƯƯ7 Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 228 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Prosecutor
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖş₤НеόŏЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ ιЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ¤ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠųБĠеĩНĳřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
Ч ₤УũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
řБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĠ‗ŚЕ₣₤Нũе Ġ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤

At any time, a Royal Prosecutor may request to drop or change the obligation of judicial
supervision of a charged person. The investigating judge shall decide on the request within 5 days.
The Royal Prosecutor shall be notified of the decision without delay.
If the investigating judge fails to decide within that period, the Royal Prosecutor may
directly seize the Investigating Chamber which will make the decision instead of the investigating
judge.
Any order that decides not to follow the request shall include a statement of reasons.
ŌŪ″ ƯƯo Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
Article 229 Request for Change in Judicial Supervision by Charged Person
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ ιЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąС ĕĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĕйļųņЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБ₤ЮНе ŗĠŲс ĕЊ₣ĄРĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊĳŏ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşŗл₣ŎРũĠеĩНĳ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ řБŁ
₤ЮŪņşЮĕйŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųБĠеĩНĳřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
ŁŲ₧Ōĕĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ ιόŏЯ˝ЯŪĠŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũģĕЮĊſЧďℓŊБ ņНĕЮĮŲЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏ₤НĮ
е БņНĕЮĜй ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ Юĕй ŪĳСŷČĠсЮĩŚЧņÐЊĳĮБЮĮŲЮşŀ
Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏ₤НĮ
е БņНĕ¤ řБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşņЊĕŪĮņЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤Не ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
Ч ₤УũņЊĕ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ЮĕйЮ◦ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĄеĕУ₤ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
The charged person may make a request to drop or change the obligation of judicial
supervision at any time. The investigating judge shall immediately forward that request to the
Royal Prosecutor to ask for an opinion and send the case file to him for examination. The
investigating judge shall decide within 5 days at the latest from the date the case file was sent to the
Prosecutor. The Prosecutor and the charged person shall be notified of the decision without delay.

If a new request for dropping or changing obligations of judicial supervision has been filed
before the investigating judge or the Investigating Chamber has decided on the previous request,
the 5-day period shall start from the date of the decision on the previous request. An order not to
follow the request shall include a statement of reasons.
If an investigating judge fails to decide within 5 days, the charged person may directly seize
the Investigating Chamber which will make decision instead of the investigating judge.
ŌŪ″ ƯưƠ ŁũЮÐşЮŷйũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ĮБŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆаĕŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ
Article 230 Evasion from Obligation Under Judicial Supervision by Charged Person
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮÐşЮŷйЮŢŎЮşĳĜĮБŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖş₤ЮŪņş
όŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖģĕ ЮĈйĠБЮĈ₤ďĠсĮĕċĜýũЯřŲŪĳСŷũ₣ЮĜйŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵĠлНĜŊĕ˝єЮŢŎ Ю΅ЧŎ
ЮĈйĠБďĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĳСŷģĕþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖΒ₤сũŎкЮĮŲΒĳЊĠũŌЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕ
ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť) řŲсŌŪ″ ƯơƠ (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠĂе₣
ņĕН₤℮ďĳЊ ďΖ◦Џ) ŌŪ″ Ươư (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ

е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБĳЊĄĕŌĕΖŎН
ČĠсĮБ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ĂĖе) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ Ưở (ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ

е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ˝ĖО₣
Ġ◦ņĄęЊņĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕŌĕΖŎНČĠсĮБ ở (řĠсĠУĕ) ĂĖе řŲсЮŪŁņ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ĂĖе) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ˝єЮŢŎ¤
Ч ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş ▫ĕЕ₣þНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ĳНž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷ
ĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣◦◦УŲŁũ˝ĳс₤еýŲсũĠ₤сĄĕЮĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņЮĜй ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷ
ĄРĕņЮĊŜģŎŁũĵũ˝Рĕ˝ŚБũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ″ņřБŁЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ řБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣
ļųņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЯřŲ₤ЮŪņş″ņŌŪ″Юĕй ņЊĕΖşόŏЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̉ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ şеЮĵйĕБĳЊĄĕ ĕЊ₣ Ư (ĮБũ)
ЯŠ şеЮĵйΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕ¤
If the charged person intentionally evades the obligations of judicial supervision, the judge
can decide to provisionally detain the charged person regardless of the prescribed term of
imprisonment for the offense and even though the charged person has already been provisionally
detained for the maximum period stated in Articles 208 (Duration of Provisional Detention in case
of a Felony) to 210 (Duration of Provisional Detention in case of Crime against Humanity),
Articles 213 (Duration of Provisional Detention in case of a Felony Committed by Minor under 14
to 18 Years), and 214 (Duration of Provisional Detention in case of a Misdemeanor Committed by
Minor under 14 to 18 Years) of this Code.
When the investigating judge envisages to temporarily detain a charged person based on the
above reason, he shall notify the charged person and receive his observations. If the charged person
is assisted by a lawyer, the lawyer presents means of defense for his client.
The investigating judge shall decide to provisionally detain the charged person by an order
with a statement of reasons. The Prosecutor and the charged person shall be immediately notified of
the order.
Provisional detention decided under this Article may not exceed 4 months for an adult and 2
months for a minor.

ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ŁũЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĄРĕřе‗₣
Е
CHAPTER 4: SUMMONS AND NOTIFICATIONS
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚ◦
Њ ЮР ĉ
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
ŌŪ″ Ưươ ũŎкЮĮŲũУņ
Article 231 Common Time Period
ŪÐĠсℓЊũЮŷŵЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎÐĕ□ БЮĕй ЮřЧņġБĠеЮ Įŀ˝ЊşĆ ι◦Ūņ₣сŁũ₧ņУŎЮĜй ŪĳСŷĩНĳũŲĳсЮĝаℓĞşН₣ЮŪŁŎ
ЮŷŵЮŌл₣ Ử (аņĸĠУĕ)¤ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲĩНĳ″ņĊņŊ″ЮĝаℓĞЮ⅜ũш аℓĞΖ◦Њĳŏ ιаℓĞĠ‗

Н ŏ ŪĳСŷΒР₤ĠĜųŎũ΅РĳřŲсаℓĞ
◦БņУŎ ЯřŲЮĠЧ˝ЮĊſЧŁũŷЋŀ¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗БЯřŲĈņĈũ΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝сЮĝЮŲЧ˝Њş₧
Ć ņУŎЮĜй ΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĕйΖşĄеĕУ₤ЮŢŎ
⅜ĖņŪŌņаř ŁŲ₧ĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜйņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮ◦¤
All time periods stipulated in this Book for completing any activity or formality shall expire
on the last day at twenty four hours. Any time period which may normally end on Saturday, Sunday
or public holiday shall be extended to the first following working day.
In all cases where the signature of a person is required on a document, the signature may be
replaced by a finger-print when the person does not know how to sign.
ŌŪ″ ƯưƯ ũЮĠЬĠЮŁйЮΊ
Article 232 Method of Summons
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłþНе ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣⅜˝℮Б ŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ″ņĩųСŷаŪĠ₤‗БŎч ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ ι
″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□¤
ŁũЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮĉ″ņΖ₤ŎŢťĕşН₣ЮŪŁŎĠ₣∆₤с ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ řРşЯřŲЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″
ởư (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳ№Ŏ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
е şс ŁũЮŁйЮΊΖşЮĊſ″
Ч ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ¤
A charged person who is at liberty, civil parties and witnesses are summonsed by postal or
administrative means, or via a police or military police institution.
A summons of a charged person shall be sent to his last known address as stated in Article
143 (Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation) of this Code.
In case of necessity, the summons may be made by any means.
ŌŪ″ Ưưư ŁũЮŁйЮΊĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 233 Summons of Charged Person in Detention
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷЮŁйЮΊ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ¤
When a charged person is in detention, the summons shall be made through the chief of the
prison or detention center.
ŌŪ″ Ưử ŁũЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВ
Article 234 Summons of Lawyer
ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷЮŁйЮΊ″ņĩųСŷаŪĠ₤‗БŎч ι″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ¤
е şс ŁũЮŁйЮΊΖşЮĊſģ
Ч ĕ″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ¤
Lawyers may be summonsed by postal or administrative means.

In case of necessity, the summons may be made by any means.
ŌŪ″ Ưự ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤аĕŁũЮŁйЮΊЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
Article 235 Content of Summons in Case File
ŷЋĊБЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũЮŁйЮΊ ŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą БЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤Не‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤
The method and date of summonsing shall be recorded in the case file by the clerk.
ŌŪ″ Ưừ Б ₤ЮŪņşřŲсЮņēŷВ
Article 236 Notification of Orders to Lawyer
ЮĝŬŲсЮĮŲЯřŲřБŁŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗₣
Е řŲсЮņēŷВĩ₣Яřũ
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŌĕЮņēŷВΒņ¤
ЮĝŬŲсЮĮŲЯřŲřБŁŪĳСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĜй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝єŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲс
ЮņēŷВĩ₣Яřũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŌĕЮņēŷВΒņ¤
Whenever a charged person needs to be notified of an order, the investigating judge shall
also notify the lawyer of the charged person, if he is represented by a lawyer.
Whenever a civil party needs to be notified of an order, the investigating judge shall also
notify the lawyer, if he is represented by a lawyer.
ŌŪ″ Ưứ Б ₤ЮŪņşřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 237 Notification of Orders to Royal Prosecutor
řБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
Ū˝ΐĠŃą БşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣Юĕй Юĝ ũЖņřБŁ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń″ņЯĠĠĠ◦ЯřŲΒÐð
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńģĕ˝е‗ĳс¤
The Royal Prosecutor shall be orally notified of any order issued by the investigating judge.
The clerk shall register the date of notification on the margin of the page of the order. The
Royal Prosecutor shall sign the notification.
The General Prosecutor determines the process in which he wants the Royal Prosecutor to
inform him about orders of the investigating judge.
ŌŪ″ Ưư7 Б ₤ЮŪņşřŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
Article 238 Notification of Orders to Charged Person
řБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФ ųĕ″ņũЮĠЬĠřРşĳЮĉк
− ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс ι
− ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ¤
řБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłþНе řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ″ņ
ũЮĠЬĠřРşĳЮĉЮĕй:
− ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс
− ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ ι
− ″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□¤

ŁŲ₧ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс ЮĜйŪ˝ΐĠŃą ş
Б НйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ΒеĮŁ
Б ũĄРĕřе‗Е₣Юĝ ũЖņřБŁ¤
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎŁũŪĠÐŲсЮ₤ş˝ŚБşņų₣řБŁ ЮŢŎŌĕşе₧ũũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲ
▫ģĕ◦◦УŲ◦Н˝ď₤ŌðŲс¤
Any order issued by an investigating judge shall be notified to a charged person who is in
detention as follows:
− orally; or
− through the chief of the prison or detention center.
Any order issued by an investigating judge may be notified to the charged person who is not
in detention, to a civil party and to their lawyers as follows:
− orally;
− through administrative procedures; or
− through a police or military police unit.
When notification is made orally, the court clerk shall record the content of the notification
on the margin of the page. The charged person and the civil party shall also sign in the page margin.
In the remaining cases, the notification shall be given by providing a copy of the order to
the recipient upon acknowledgement of receipt.
ŌŪ″ Ưưo Б ЮŁйЮΊ ιřБŁЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьĳ
ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Article 239 Serving Summons or other Orders
ŪÐĠсņūĕŚБŬĄŁũ ŪÐĠсΖďńĊũũřťģŲ ŪÐĠсĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤НеόŏŪĠÐŲс
řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ιřБŁЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьĳ ŪĳСŷЯĳΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņĠŔąũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð Β₣ðļĮ ιΖďńĊũЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũČĳс″₣ Б ЮŁй ιřБŁřŲс⅜ņБŠФ ųĕ ЮŢŎ
е ЮĜй ŪĳСŷЯĳŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Ōĕşе₧ũũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲĠŔą˝с▫ ģĕ◦◦УŲ ◦Н˝ď₤еýŲс¤ řБŁЯřŲŌĕşе₧ũ◦◦УŲЮĕй ŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮĉ
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųБĠеĩНĳ¤
All civil servants, administrative authorities, police or military police who are requested to
serve summonses or other orders by the investigating judge, shall do so according to the judge's
instructions.
Individuals, institutions or authorities that are designated by the investigating judge shall
serve the summons or other orders on the persons concerned and obtain their acknowledgement of
receipt. The order with an acknowledgement of receipt shall be returned to the investigating judge
without delay.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕЮŢŎЯΌ˝
SECTION 2: SPECIAL RULES
ŌŪ″ ỬƠ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйďŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 240 Compulsory Information in Written Records of Investigating Judge
ŪÐĠс˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕşНйЮ₤ş˝Śř
Б РşĳЮĉк
− ЮěŊ йũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
− ЮěŊ йŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б

− ЮŲŠ аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖе ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕřБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
− О ŪģĠсЮĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ŪĠЮķ◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ЯřŲş₣∆Ų
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũЮĊſ˝
◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6аĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ŪĳСŷЯĳşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĕЊ₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНņЊĕŪĳСŷόŏŌĕşЮĜųйĠĜĀĳсЮ◦¤ ŁũđРĳŲНĠ ιŁũЮŗ₣ŪĳСŷЯĳĠŔą˝сЮŢŎ΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤с
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б Юĝ ũЖņ◦еĮњũ¤

All written records of the investigating judge shall include the following:
− The name of the investigating judge;
− The name of the court clerk;
− The number and date of case file;
− The date of the introductory submission;
− The type of the offense alleged in the introductory submission;
− The date of establishment of the written record.
The investigating judge and the court clerk shall sign on every page of the written record.
Every written record shall not contain any blank or space between lines. Any redaction or
deletion shall be confirmed by the signatures of the investigating judge and the clerk on the margin
of the page.
ŌŪ″ Ửơ ΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŲЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũşРŲŠųФĕďЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣
Article 241 Signing on Record of First Appearance
◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6аĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ₤Ś БĮБŁũşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŲЧ˝řеĠР₣ řРşŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ởư (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБ
ŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕЊ₣⅜ņБŠФ ųĕ ЮĝũЖņ
◦еĮњũ¤
ŁŲ₧ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ģĕЮđųЧŎ şЮņųЧŎĈе₣ЮĕйŪĳСŷ˝ĳсŪ″ďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũόŏģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷЮĝ˝ĖО₣
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤
Every page of the written record of the first appearance before the court, as stated in Article
143 (Notification of Placement Under Judicial Investigation) of this Code shall be signed by the
charged person, investigating judge, and the court clerk on the margin of the page.
When the charged person answers questions, the answers shall be accurately recorded in the
written record.
ŌŪ″ ỬƯ ŷЋēĕ₤ŪŌĠс₤ũЮ₤ũ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН
Article 242 Rules for Establishment of Written Records
Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ιŁũ₤Уũĳ◦ŲсĕБņУŎ6 ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕЮĊſ˝
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŪ₤₣сŗл₣ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷĕРŷ₤е‗Уũ şЮņųŎ
Ч ĕЊ₣şЮņųŎ
Ч ЯřŲЮđųЧŎЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤
◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 аĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ũУ şЮņųŎ

Ч ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН
ЮŢŎΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤

◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 аĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН⅜Ś ĠсşЮņų ЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣
ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН ЮŢŎΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤
◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 аĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ⅜˝℮Б ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН ЮŢŎΒĖ˝Ġ˝
ЯŪĠ¤
◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6 аĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤Уũĳ◦Ųс ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ ЮŲžЮŢŎŪÐĠсĠНÐ ðŲĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲĳ◦ŲсýĖ ĕЊ₣
ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН ЮŢŎΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤
ņНĕĕЕ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ι⅜˝℮Б Ζĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐŲ

ð
₧ņУŎņЊĕЮşйΖĕЮ◦ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Ζ
Б ĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮŢŎ₤Юņų ₣žų₣
е 6¤ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ЮĊſЧŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐŲ
ð
₧ņУŎņЊĕŪĮņşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮ◦ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮĝЮŲЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮĜй¤
For each interrogation, interview or confrontation a written record shall be established.

The written record shall accurately state the questions, answers and spontaneous statements.
The charged person and, if applicable, the interpreter/translator shall sign every page of the
written record of any interrogation of the charged person.
A civil party and, if applicable, the interpreter/translator, shall sign every page of the
written record of any interview of the civil party.
A witness and, if applicable, the interpreter/translator shall sign every page of the record of
interview of the witness.
All persons attending a confrontation and, if applicable, the interpreter/translator shall sign
every page of the written record of confrontation.
Before signing the written record, the charged person, civil party and witnesses shall read
through the written record. If a person is unable to read, the court clerk shall read the record aloud.
The interpreter/translator interprets such statement as read. If the concerned person refuses to sign
the record, the investigating judge shall note the refusal in the record.
ŌŪ″ Ửư Б ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйďŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆЮŲЧřŁ
Article 243 Compulsory Information in Order of Investigating Judge
Б ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
ŪÐĠсřŁ Ч ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷŌĕşНйЮ₤ş˝Śř
Б РşĳЮĉк
− ЮěŊ йЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
− ЮěŊ йŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
− ЮŲŠ аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖе ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕřБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
− ŪĠЮķ◦аĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ЯřŲş₣∆Ų
О Юĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ аℓĞ ЯŠ ĂĖе ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣˝еЮ‗Чĳ ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĮЊũН◦ċ˝ņŊ
ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤
− ЮŲŠ ĕЊ₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũЮĊſř Б ¤
Ч Ł
◦еĮњũĕБņУŎ6аĕřБŁ ŪĳСŷЯĳşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б

řБŁņЊĕŪĳСŷόŏŌĕŁũşЮĜųйĠĜĀĳсЮΌЧŎ¤ ŁũđРĳ ιŁũЮŗ₣ ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕĠŔą˝сЮŢŎ΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ЮĝЮŲЧ ũЖņ◦еĮњũ¤

All orders issued by an investigating judge shall include the following:
− The name of the investigating judge;
− The name of the court clerk;
− The number and date of case file;
− The date of the introductory submission;
− The type of the offense alleged in the introductory submission;
− The identity, date of birth, place of birth, and address of the charged person, if any
person has been placed under judicial investigation;
− The number and date of the order.
The investigating judge and the clerk shall sign on every page of the order.
An order shall not contain any blank or space between lines. Any redaction or deletion shall
be confirmed by the signatures of the investigating judge and the clerk on the margin of the page.
ŌŪ″ Ử̉ řБŁĠŃąС ĕŲЊŠЊĳ
Article 244 Document Forwarding Order
Ч ₤УũĠŃąС ĕŲЊŠЊĳ₧ņУŎаĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďńĮЊĕЊĳŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷЮşŀ
řБŁĠŃąС ĕŲЊŠЊĳЮĜй¤
Ч ₤УũĠŃąС ĕ₤Не‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďńĮЊĕЊĳŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷЮşŀřБŁĠŃąС ĕ
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĜй¤
Б ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳаЊŉ ĕŌŪ″ Ửư (ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйďŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆЮŲЧřŁ Ч ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝
ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉşеЮĵйřБŁĠŃąС ĕ¤
Whenever an investigating judge sends any document concerning the case to be examined
by the Royal Prosecutor, the investigating judge shall issue a document forwarding order.
When the investigating judge sends the case file to be examined by the Royal Prosecutor,
the investigating judge shall issue a case file forwarding order.
The provisions in Article 243 (Compulsory Information in the Order of Investigating Judge)
of this Code shall apply to forwarding orders.
ŌŪ″ Ự̉ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ
Article 245 Request by Lawyer
ŪÐĠсЮĮŲЯřŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΒĕНŔňĳόŏĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ĄРĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĕйΖşЮĊſģ
Ч ĕЮŢŎ
ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
ŪÐĠсЮĮŲЯřŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΒĕНŔň ĳόŏЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БĄРĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕй Ζş
ЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎЮņēŷВаĕЮřЧņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřť ĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
ŬŲсĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢŎĠНÐ ðŲЯřŲ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪłĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũόŏŪĠÐŲс₤₣ŷĳ□О ЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎ
ЮņēŷВ¤
Where the provisions of this Code authorize the charged person to make requests to the
investigating judge, such request may be made by his lawyer.

Where the provisions of this Code authorize a civil party to make requests to the
investigating judge, such request may be made by his lawyer.
All requests from person(s) who are not party to the judicial investigation for return of
seized property may be made by lawyer(s).
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: ŁũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
CHAPTER 5: TERMINATION OF INVESTIGATIONS
ŌŪ″ Ử̀ řБŁ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕ⅜□ĮũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 246 Final Submission of Royal Prosecutor
ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ ₤УũģĕĠŃĆ Ġс ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕЮĕйřŲс
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ¤
Ư (ĮБũ) аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎņ˝ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣όŏŪĮйŬĄΖďńĮЊĕЊĳŏ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďńŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ČеģşсŪĳСŷЮĊſ˝
Ч ЊşĆЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũℓŊЮБ ◦ЬĳЮĜй ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷЮĊſ″
Ч ņŌŪ″
ơưƯ (ŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч НеόŏĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşŁ
Ć ũЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĳСŷþНŠ

е Ф ųĕ ĕЊ₣ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
ЮĝЮŪłþНе ŪĮйŬĄΖďńĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŷЋŀЮŢŎŌĕřБŁ₤ĕĖŢ

Њ ť ĕ⅜□ĮũļąĠсďņУŎĩ₣¤
ℓЊũЮŷŵЮĕйŪĳСŷÐЊĳĮБаℓĞЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďńģĕ◦◦УŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďńŎŲсЮþЧŀřРşЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũЯřũ▫ ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷĠŃĆ ĠЮс Ĝй ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĊſř Б
Ч Ł
₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕ⅜□ĮũďŵŎŲ˝š‗Β
ч ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşĠŚЕ₣₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşĠŃąС ĕ
ŠųФĕĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЮĉŁĕсĳНŵŁũĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй ι˝єЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс¤
When an investigating judge considers that the judicial investigation is terminated, he shall
notify the Royal Prosecutor, the charged person, the civil parties and the lawyers.
Two days later, the investigating judge sends the case file to the Royal Prosecutor for
examination.
If the Prosecutor considers that further investigative measures are necessary, the Royal
Prosecutor shall act in compliance with the provisions stated in Article 132 (Investigative Actions
requested by Prosecutor) of this Code.
Within 15 days, if a charged person is detained and within one month if not, the Royal
Prosecutor shall return the case file to the investigating judge together with his final submission.
This time period shall be calculated from the date the Prosecutor receives the case file.
The Prosecutor will issue a written final submission with a statement of reasons if he agrees
with the investigating judge that the judicial investigation is terminated. The Prosecutor may
request the investigating judge to issue an indictment against the charged person or to issue a non-
suit order.
ŌŪ″ Ử́ řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ
Article 247 Closing Order
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ″ņřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ¤ řБŁЮĕйΖşďřБŁĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņй ιřБŁ
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ΒеЮĮЧЮĜй ďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų΅Н ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşĠŃąС ĕĄĕŪĳСŷ
ЮČ◦ ЮĉņНŠĳНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤ řБŁŪĳСŷЮũЬĠŬĠсΒЮе ĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤″ņşĤĠс¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮşŀřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşĳЮĉк
ơ-ΒеЮĮЧŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊ ņЊĕЯņĕďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų΅Н¤
Ư-ĄĕЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚΒЮе ĮЧЮĜйЮĝЯĳЮÐņЊĕ⅜ðŲс¤
ư-ýŊĕķ₤ŚО ″₣Ţ˝сĠĕĀО˝ŪÐĠсŪýĕсЮŲЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦¤
řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎďĕЊşĆŁŲŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕŪĳСŷďĠсŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆ ЮýũĮ″ņřБŁ
₤ĕĖЊŢťĕ⅜□ĮũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮ◦¤ řБŁΖşďřБŁĠŃąС ĕЮĉĳНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй şеЮĵйΒеЮĮЧņУŎşеĕУĕ ĕЊ₣ďřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣
ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсşеЮĵйΒеЮĮЧřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ¤
řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНĳ řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣
ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
An investigating judge terminates the judicial investigation by a closing order. This order
may be an indictment or a non-suit order.
If the judge considers that the facts constitute a felony, a misdemeanor or a petty offense, he
shall decide to indict the charged person before the trial court. The order shall state the facts being
charged and their legal qualification.
The investigating judge shall issue a non-suit order in the following circumstances:
1. The facts do not constitute a felony, misdemeanor or petty offense;
2. The perpetrators of the committed acts remain unidentified.
3. There is insufficient evidence for a conviction of the charged person.
A closing order shall always be supported by a statement of reasons. The investigating
judge is not obliged to conform with the final submission of the Prosecutor. The order may
combine an indictment for certain facts and a non-suit order for other facts.
The Royal Prosecutor, the charged person and the civil parties shall be informed of a
closing order without delay.
ŌŪ″ Ử7 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝όŏЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ
Юĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŁũŪĠÐŲс₤₣ЮĉόŏŌĆ₤сЮřЧņŷЋŀ ĕРŷŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠс
Ŏ˝¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕ˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư ŌŪ″ ơơt (ΖďńĊũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĠ

Ć İðĠсόŏŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОĄРĕŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
˝єŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚЯřũ¤
In a closing order, the investigating judge decides whether any seized property be returned
to the owner by applying paragraph 2 of Article 119 (Competent Authority to Order Return of
Seized Items) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ Ửo Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşаĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷ
ĳНŵŁũ
Article 249 Provisions of Closing Orders in relation to Provisional Detention and Judicial
Supervision
řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĠŃĆ ĠŁ
с ũþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйĠ◦ĠġŃňĳЊаŉ ĕŌŪ″ Ứ̀ (ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣Ąĕ
ŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþό
Не ŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŉ ″ņЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЮŢŎЯΌ˝аĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşũ˝⅝ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ όŏЮĝďĠсþНе
ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ũ΅РĳřŲсЮĮŲşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣řБŁЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮŗ₣″ņŲ˝šŠ‗Ź
аĕŌŪ″ ƯỢ (ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũþНŠ

е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũ˝⅝◦Н˝ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦˝ĖО₣þНď
е ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЯŲ₣ŌĕΖĕНļĮ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̉ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ņЊĕģĕşРŲЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̉ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠЮĜйЮ◦ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĕйŪĳСŷ
ģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНĠ
е Ю₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤
řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĠŃĆ ĠŁ
с ũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ¤
ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕŢ˝с˝е΅ЊĳřŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ όŏĠ₣сŪģ˝сēĜ όŏŪĠÐŲсυ˝⅜ũĠŔą˝сΒеĮБ
ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ιόŏŪĠÐŲсΖŷНĊЯřŲņЊĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ Ūģ˝сēĜ υ˝⅜ũĠŔą˝с ΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ιΖŷНĊЮĜй
ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲс₤₣⅜ņБŠФ ųĕŷЋŀЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ЮŢŎŌĕĠİ˛ĕсаř◦◦УŲЯřŲşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦◦Н˝ď₤еýŲс¤
ĠлНЯĕŚ″ņЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎЯΌ˝аĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşũ˝⅝◦Н˝ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦όŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝ
ЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ũ΅РĳřŲсЮĮŲşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠĳНŵŁũ¤
The closing order terminates provisional detention. Article 276 (Release of a Detained
Charged Person) of this Code shall apply.
However, by a separate decision issued together with the closing order, the investigating
judge may order to keep the charged person in provisional detention until the time he is called to
appear before the trial court. In his order, the investigating judge shall refer to the conditions
defined in Article 205 (Reasons of Provisional Detention) of this Code.
The decision to keep the charged person in provisional detention ceases to be effective after
four months. If the charged person is not called to appear before the trial court within these four
months, the charged person shall be automatically released.
The closing order terminates judicial supervision.
If the investigating judge had ordered the charged person to pay bail or to deliver identity
documents or weapons, if the latter was not used to commit the offense, the court clerk shall return
the bail, identity documents or weapons to the charged person upon acknowledgement of receipt.
However, by a separate decision issued together with the closing order, the investigating
judge may order to keep the charged person under judicial supervision until such time he is called
to appear before the trial court.
ŌŪ″ ỰƠ ŁũĠŃąС ĕЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй
Article 250 Forwarding Case File for Trial
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņşĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠŃąС ĕ
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ďĠĜĀĕсЮĉŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ ЮřЧņġБ˝е‗ĳсЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤

After the judge has issued an indictment, he shall send the case file immediately to the trial
court president who shall fix a date for trial.
ŌŪ″ Ựơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũďℓŊЮБ ŲЧĠĕĀО˝ℓŊЮБ ◦Ьĳ
Article 251 Re-opening of Judicial Investigation
ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲЯřŲřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсũĠ₤с
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũģĕşРŲď⅜□Įũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕŌĕЮŲşЮΌЧ₣ĠĕĀО˝ℓŊБ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşЮĠЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ ″ņŁũЮĩŚЧņÐеĕЊĳũĠ₤с
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
When there is new evidence, even after a non-suit order or a dismissal order of the
Investigation Chamber has become final, the investigating judge may re-open the investigation at
the initiative of the Royal Prosecutor.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̀: ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
CHAPTER 6: NULLITIES OF JUDICIAL INVESTIGATIONS
ŌŪ″ ỰƯ ЮŌþļĮаĕŁũņЊĕЮýũĮ ŷЋēĕĠŃňĳŚЊ
Ћ БЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŌĕŲ˝š‗к
ŷЋēĕ ĕЊ₣◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ž₣ЮŪŁņ ₤Ś БΒеĮБĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦РЮĉаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Ћ Бк
ŢşсžĳŪĳСŷЯĳЮýũĮ″ņ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖйЮ◦ĜеόŏŌĕЮŌþļĮаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
− ŌŪ″ ơƯƯ (ŁũЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ)
− ŌŪ″ ơƯư (₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБ)
− ˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ư аĕŌŪ″ ơỬ (řБŁ₤ĕĖŢ

Њ ť ĕĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣όŏЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ)
− ˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ơ ĕЊ₣◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ơỰ ( ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣) ĕЊ₣
− ŌŪ″ ơƯ (ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą )Б аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
ĜеόŏŌĕЮŌþļĮĩ₣Яřũ ŁŲ₧ŁũĠеĵĕŷЋēĕ ι◦Ūņ₣сŁũ₤еžĕс₧ņУŎЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ņЮĕй ι Ġ◦
ĠġŃňĳŚЊĈ₣ Ћ ŪБ Į΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ЮĊſЧόŏĠлйĵŲсřŲсĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчũĠ₤сļÐБЯřŲ◦◦УŲũ₣ŁũĠеĵĕЮĕй¤ ŷЋēĕ

е ΐŎ₤Ś БĮБĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ĕЊ₣◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗к₤еžĕсЮĜйŌĕ ďΖ◦ЏÐЙ ŷЋēĕ◦Ūņ₣сŁũЯřŲŌĕĠе‗₣ēĜŁũЮýũĮ₤Њ◦ċŁ

Њ ũĵũŠųФĕ¤
The rules and procedures stated in the following Articles regarding general provisions are
mandatory and shall be complied with, otherwise the activities shall be null and void.
− 122 (Commencement of Judicial Investigation);
− 123 (Territorial Jurisdiction);
− 124 (Introductory Submission), paragraph 3;
− 125 (Scope of the Complaint), paragraphs 1 and 2; and
− 128 (Assistance of Court Clerks) of this Code.
Proceedings shall also be null and void if the violation of any substantial rule or procedure
stated in this Code or any provisions concerning criminal procedure affects the interests of the
concerned party. Especially, rules and procedures which intend to guarantee the rights of the
defense have a substantial nature.

ŌŪ″ Ựư ŁũĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 253 Complaint to Investigation Chamber
ŌĕЯĳ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠлЮН ₧ Ћ ¤
‼ й ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ЮřЧņġБĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŌþļĮаĕŲЊŠЊĳаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ Ћ БŌĕЮŌþļĮ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĕйĠŚЕ₣Юĉ

Ч ₤УũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŲЊŠЊĳ₧ņУŎаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĕЊ₣ĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣
ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
Ћ БŌĕЮŌþļĮ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ŢŎŌĕ

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďńŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŲЊŠЊĳ₧ņУŎаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĠŃąС ĕЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕĮњĳхŌĕřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŲЊŠЊĳ₧ņУŎаĕĕЊĳЊ ŷЋĊŌ

Б ĕЮŌþļĮ ⅜ņБĄĕ
ЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĄРĕЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НΖ
е şЮĊſЧЮŢŎ
ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ιũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
ĵ˝ŏ₤НЯе řŲЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″Юĕй ŪĳСŷşНйĠŃą ЮБ ĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ļųņЮĜй Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б
₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ Ћ Бņ˝όŏŠųФĕļųņ¤
Ч ₤Уũ ĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
řБŁЯřŲΖşŪĳСŷĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чģĕ ņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧď˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣₤НЮе ŌþļĮģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

Only the Investigation Chamber has the authority to annul parts of the proceedings.
If the investigating judge considers that any part of the proceedings is null and void, he
seizes the Investigation Chamber by means of an order, including a statement of relevant reasons
and informs the Prosecutor, the charged person and the civil party.
If the Royal Prosecutor considers that any part of the proceedings is null and void, he seizes
the Investigation Chamber with a request for annulment, including a statement of the relevant
reasons and informs the investigating judge.
If the charged person or the civil party considers that any part of the proceedings is null and
void, they seize the Investigation Chamber with a request for annulment, including a statement of
the relevant reasons and inform the investigating judge. The request may be made by the lawyer of
the charged person or of the civil party.
The requests provided for in this article shall be registered with the court clerk of the
Investigation Chamber. The court clerk shall immediately request the investigating judge to provide
him with the case file.
An order against which an appeal may be made cannot be subject to a request for
annulment.
ŌŪ″ Ự̉ ŁũŲйĠ₣сЮŢŎļÐБ₧ņУŎ˝ĖО₣ŁũĈņĈũЮŌþļĮ
Article 254 Renunciation of Party’s Right to Nullify Parts of Procedure
ŁŲ₧ŁũĠеĵĕ ŷЋēĕ ι◦Ūņ₣сŁũ₤еžĕс₧ņУŎģĕЮĊſό
Ч ŏĠлйĵŲсřŲсĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕч аĕļÐБ₧ņУŎ ļÐБ
ЮĕйΖşЮģйĠ₣сņĕ Ћ БЮĕй όŏŌĕļĮŪĠŪ˝ĳБЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤ ŁũЮģйĠ₣с

Њ ЮŲЧ˝Ŏ˝ЮŌþļĮņ˝₤еΖ₣ Ю΅ЧŎЯ˝ЯŪĠĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Юĕй ŪĳСŷЯĳĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤ ŁŲ₧ļÐБŌĕΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷ
ЮŁйЮΊЮņēŷВŗл₣ĳЊş ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ņНĕŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏ
Ћ Бģĕ¤
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ

Where a breach of a substantial rule or procedure has affected any party's interests, that
party may waive his right to request annulment and thus legalize the proceedings. This waiver shall
be recorded by the investigating judge in the written record. If the requesting party has a lawyer,
the investigating judge shall summons the lawyer at least five days before the date of the
establishment of the record. During this period, the lawyer can examine the case file.
ŌŪ″ Ự̣ ŁũĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ņ˝₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 255 Continuation of Investigation In Case of Request to Investigation Chamber
ŁŲ₧₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŌþ˝ņŊ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕģĕ
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳŌĕЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşĩĀОŎĮБЮĕйũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЮĕй ĮНеΖşĠŚЕ₣ĳǻм ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
If the Investigation Chamber receives a request for annulment, the investigating judge may
continue his investigation, unless the President of the Investigation Chamber decides otherwise.
This decision shall not be subject to appeal.
ŌŪ″ Ự̀ ŁũŲНĠŵ₣ЮŌþļĮЮŢŎřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ
Article 256 Clearing Nullities by Closing Order
Ћ ņ
řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎЯřŲşРŲď⅜□Įũ ŲНĠŵ₣ЮŌþļĮаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б Нĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤ ýŊĕЮŌþļĮ
Ћ Бņĕ
₧ņУŎаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Н ΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠĳНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйģĕЮ◦ЬĳЮΌЧŎ¤
A closing order which has become final and definitive shall legalize all nullities in the
proceedings, if any. The parties cannot invoke any alleged previous nullity before the trial court.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
TITLE 2: INVESTIGATION CHAMBER
ĄеĮ˝
ŌŪ″ Ự́ ĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤Не
Article 257 Registry of Appeals and Requests
ŪĳСŷЮĠЧ˝όŏŌĕŁĕсĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤НеņУŎЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤ ĠĜĀĠс
ĮБģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ₤ļЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷЯĳόŏřе‗₣
Е ļųņЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
ŁŲ₧₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷģĕĠŚ Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲс″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤Не Ū˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ₤НеόŏŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
аĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Юĩń Чņ˝όŏŠųФĕĕРŷ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБ ι₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Ġİ˛ũ◦Н˝¤

The registry of appeals and requests shall be established at the office of the court clerk of
the Investigation Chamber. After receiving an appeal or a request, the court clerk of the
Investigation Chamber shall immediately notify the investigating judge.
When the Investigation Chamber receives a request directly, the court clerk of the
Investigation Chamber shall request the clerk of the investigating judge to deliver the case file or a
safeguard copy to him.

ŌŪ″ Ự7 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 258 Notification of Hearing Date
ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲ▫ ЮĳЧ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ŌĕŲ˝š‗кŪÐĠсŪýĕсŲŊņĄеĕНеĄŪņйģĕιЮ◦ ũУş
Ю΅ЧŎ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌĳсΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũ
ЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ řŲсΒ ÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБ
ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĕй řŲсÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣řŲсЮņēŷВ¤
ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧřРşĳЮĉЮĕй:
е Ф ųĕ¤
ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłþНе řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣řŲсЮņēŷВŪĳСŷЮĊſř

Ч РşĳЮĉк
ŁŲ₧ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮĊſЧЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс Ū˝ΐĠŃą БşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ Юĝ ũЖņ◦еĮњũаĕ
řБŁ¤ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιЮņēŷВşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠФ ų ĕ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ŢŎŁũŪĠÐŲсЮ₤ş˝ŚБşņų₣řБŁ ЮŢŎŌĕşе₧ũ◦◦УŲ¤

The President of the Investigation Chamber shall examine whether the case file is up to date
and, if so, determine a date for the hearing. The President of the Investigation Chamber shall orally
inform the General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal of the hearing date. The General Prosecutor
shall inform the parties and lawyers of the hearing date.
The charged person who is in detention shall be informed either:
− orally; or
− through the chief of the prison or detention center.
The charged person who is at liberty, civil parties, and lawyers shall be informed either:
− orally;
− through administrative means; or
− through police or military police units.
When the notification is made orally, the court clerk shall note the date of notification in the
margin of the order. The charged person, civil party or lawyer shall also sign on the margin of the
order.
In the remaining cases, the notification shall be made by handing-over of copies of the order
upon acknowledgement of receipt.
ŌŪ″ Ựo ŁũĮЊЮŪýй₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧
Article 259 Examination of Case File and Briefs
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ũ΅РĳřŲсЮĮŲЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсЮ₤ş˝Ś Б₤ ĕĖЊŢť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũřŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃą Бŗл ₣ŎРũ
ĠеĩНĳ ơ (ņУŎ) аℓĞ ņНĕЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤

ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşŪĠÐŲс⅜ũ₧řŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖЊŢťĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧ŪĳСŷşНй◦ЊŢťŁũЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ЮŢŎŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣
ŪĳСŷĠŃĆС Ų˝ĖО₣₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ļųņ¤
ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏĄРĕ⅜ũ₧ũ΅РĳřŲсЮĮŲČĠсЮĩŚЧņЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ¤
The General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal and lawyers may examine the case file until
the beginning of the hearing.
The General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal shall provide a written submission to the
court clerk at least one day before the hearing date.
Parties and their lawyers may submit their briefs to the court clerk.
The written submission and the brief, if any, shall be dated, stamped and immediately
placed on the case file by the clerk.
The parties and their lawyers shall be permitted to submit their briefs until the
commencement of the hearing.
ŌŪ″ ỪƠ řеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕ˝ЊşĮ
Ć Њļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ
Article 260 Conduct of Hearings
ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĳСŷŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠĮ
с Њļ˝⅝¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сÐРļÐБ
ЮĊſЧŁũ˝ĳс₤еýŲсũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕЮŢŎ₤Ю₣šĠ¤
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİðĠсόŏÐРļÐБ ŪĮņĈе₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ďĠсþНе şРŲņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŢŎĬĀŲсЮ΅ЧŎĕЊ₣ĩŚŲс
ŷĳ□О″₣¤
ŁŲ₧ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲģĕĠŃĆ Ġс ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧŁũĮЊЮŪýй₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎýŊĕŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сΒÐð
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВЮΌЧŎ¤
⅜ŲřБŁŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũΒ⅜ēũ‗кЮĝаℓĞ ЮĜй ι˝єЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŲЧ˝ЮŪŁŎ¤
⅜ŲřБŁŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ ₣Ю΅ĳН Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕēĳНЯřŲČеģşсřŲсŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤
⅜ŲřБŁŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
⅜ŲřБŁŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗ Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ Ųс Ōĳс˝Ė О ₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠų БĠеĩ Нĳ řŲсΒ ÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
Ū˝ΐĠŃą БşНй ĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤Βе Į БŁ ŲĠũЋЮ ş¯◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗ Е₣Юĝ ũЖņ ◦е Įњũаĕ⅜ŲřБ Ł¤ ΒÐðŪ ĮйŬĄΖďń Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ ‗ч
şНй ΅ĳ□ ЮŲž▫ģĕ◦◦УŲ¤
⅜ŲřБŁŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗ Е₣řŲсÐ РļÐБ ĕЊ ₣ЮņēŷВ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝Ė О ₣ŌŪ″ Ưư (ŁũĄРĕřе‗ Й₣Βе ĮБ
řБŁ₤ЮŪņşřŲсĄРĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Hearings shall take place in-camera.

After the President of the Investigation Chamber has made his report, the General
Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal and the lawyers present their summarized observations.
The Investigation Chamber may summons the parties, including a detained charged person,
to appear in person, and may also order the presentation of evidence.

When the hearing is finished, the Investigation Chamber shall discuss the matter in the
absence of the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal, the parties and the lawyers.
The decision shall be announced at the in-camera hearing, either on the same day or one of
the following. The decision shall state reasons and contain the essential elements for the Supreme
Court’s review. The decision shall be signed by the President of the Investigation Chamber.
The General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal shall be orally notified of the decision
without delay. The court clerk shall note the date of notification in the margin of the decision. The
General Prosecutor shall sign in the margin of the notification as acknowledgement.
The parties and lawyers shall also be notified as provided in Article 238 (Notification of
Orders to Charged Person) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ Ừơ Ћ Б
ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŲЧĕЊŎњĳļĮаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 261 Examination of Regularity of Procedure
ЮĝŬŲсЮ ĮŲЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲĮБĕЊŎњĳļĮаĕĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊЮĉřєŲ∆ аĕ
ĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБЮĕй¤
ŁŲ₧ĮЊĕЊĳŏЮþЧŀ▫ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕЮŌþļĮ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşČĳс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк ЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ĕРŷ
ĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБĈ е₣ņРŲ ιЯĩĖ˝₧ņУŎ¤ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО ₣ŌŪ″ ƯƠ (ΖĕНļ ĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ )
аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Every time it is seized, the Investigation Chamber shall examine the regularity and assure
itself of the proper conduct of the proceedings.
If the Investigation Chamber finds grounds for annulling all or part of the proceedings, it
may, on its own motion, annul such proceedings. The Investigation Chamber shall act in
compliance with Article 280 (Effect of Annulment) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ỪƯ ˝ЊşаĆ ĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņ
Article 262 Undertaking of Additional Investigation
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſЧ˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠеЮĮŀĠЯĕ□ņ ″ņЯřŲŠųФ ĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤
ЮřЧņġБĠЮе Įŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ĕй ₤ļЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷČĳс″₣
е ₤ŌĄЊ˝ŌĖ˝сũĠ₤с₤ļ ι˝єЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₧ŌĖ˝сЯřŲŠųФĕ
ŪĠÐŲсΒ₧
е şόŏ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲ◦◦УŲļũ˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĠеЮĮŀЮĜй ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒ₧
е şũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĮеЯřĕ˝е‗ĳс
ЮŢŎ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
Ћ БŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ĳņ˛Ų◦
ŁŲ₧˝ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ с Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎаĕ₤ļ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũℓŊ¤
Б Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳЊаŉ ĕŌŪ″ Ựt (ŁũĮЊЮŪýй₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉ¤

The Investigation Chamber may order additional investigative action which it deems useful.
For this purpose, the Investigation Chamber may appoint one of its own members or
delegate the measure to be undertaken to an investigating judge.
The judge who is in charge shall exercise the power of an investigating judge within the
scope of power specified by the Investigation Chamber.
When the investigative act has been completed, the case file shall be transmitted to the
Investigation Chamber. The President of the Investigation Chamber shall determine a new hearing

date. In such case, the provisions of Article 259 (Examination of Case File and Briefs) of this Code
shall apply.
ŌŪ″ Ừư ŁũĮĜųĳŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ řŲсĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ
Article 263 Extension of Judicial Investigation to Connected Offenses
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ ₤УũЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ι″ņЮ₤ş˝Ś Б₤ ĕĖЊŢť ĕũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ΖşĠİðĠсό ŏ
ĮĜų ĳŁũŢ˝сό ŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ řŲсĠ ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ЯřŲş₣∆ОŲЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЮĜйЮŲşЮşŀĮБ₤е‗ НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷВĊБ¤
Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ýĖÐЙк
− ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲďņУŎýĖ ЮŢŎĠНÐŲ

ð ЮŪşЧĕũУņýĖ
− ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮŢŎĠНÐŲ
ð Юĩ℮₣ýĖ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŌĕŁũŪĮņЮŪĮЭ₣ýĖ ЮĈйĠБďŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮЊ ĝ
˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ ιЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣Юĩ℮₣˝єЮŢŎ ι
− ŁŲ₧ŷĳ□ОЯřŲŲУş аÐĠеģĳс ιģĕņ˝ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤

Ч ₧ņУŎЮĜй ŪĳСŷģĕŵ˝сĠеģĳсЮŢŎĠНÐŲ
ð Юĩ℮₣
Ю◦Ьĳ¤
On its own motion or at the request of the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of
Appeal, the Investigation Chamber may order the extension of judicial investigation to any offenses
related to those already identified by the Investigating Judge, provided that those offenses appear in
the case file.
Related offenses are:
− offenses committed simultaneously by a group of people;
− offenses that are committed by different individuals following an agreement among
them even though the crime is committed at a different time and place; or
− when a stolen or embezzled item or proceeds of the crime were concealed by other
individuals.
ŌŪ″ Ừ̉ ŁũĮĜųĳŁũŢ˝сόŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏ ũ΅РĳřŲсĠНÐŲ
ð Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ
Article 264 Extension of Judicial Investigation to Other Persons
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşĠİð ĠсόŏЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĠНÐðŲЮĩ℮₣ЮŪłĮБĠНÐ ðŲ ЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŲЧ˝
ЯŲ₣ЯĳĠ◦ĠġŃňĳЊ ŉЮĝŌŪ″ ơƯ (ΖďńΒ₤сĄ еĕНе) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The Investigation Chamber may charge other persons who were not envisaged by the
investigating judge, except those who were defined in the provisions of Article 12 (Res Judicata) of
this Code.
ŌŪ″ Ự̀ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ďℓŊĕ
Б ŷР ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŲЧĠĕĀО˝ℓŊЮБ ◦Ьĳ
Article 265 Re-opening of Judicial Investigation
ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲЯřŲřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũЯřŲЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсģĕ
şРŲď⅜□Įũ Ю΅ЧŎŌĕЮŲşЮΌЧ₣ĕРŷĠĕĀО˝ℓŊБ ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮĠЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ″ņÐеĕЊĳЮĩŚņ

Ч ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
When there is new evidence, even after a non-suit order or a dismissal order of the
Investigation Chamber has become final, the judicial investigation may be re-opened at the
initiative of the Royal Prosecutor.

ĄеĮ˝ Б ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Р ◦Б Ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřŁ Ч ₤Уũ
CHAPTER 2: APPEALS AGAINST ORDERS OF INVESTIGATING JUDGE
ŌŪ″ Ừ̀ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ĕЊ₣
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 266 Appeal against Orders of Investigating Judge by General Prosecutor attached to
Court of Appeal and Royal Prosecutor
Б ₤ЮŪņşĈе₣Β₤сũĠ₤с
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйŪÐĠсřŁ
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũģĕ¤
The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal or the Royal Prosecutor shall be
entitled to appeal against any order issued by investigating judges.
ŌŪ″ Ừ́ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũЮŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦
Article 267 Appeal against Orders of Investigating Judge by Charged Person
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁřРşĳЮĉк
− řБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſ˝
Ч ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ơưư (ŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч Неόŏ
ĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ŢŎĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦)
− řБŁņЊĕŪĮņŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсόŏЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ờơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲ
ČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ Ử (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝όŏЮĉ
ŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ)
− řБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşŎ

њ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ờƯ (ļĮČеģşс
аĕŁũЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ)

њ ĠЯĕ□ņ ι₤Нό
е ŏЮĊſŪЧ ĠĳЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź
◦Б ́ аĕŌŪ″ ớƠ (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ĕĖЊŢťĕаĕЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşŎ
њ ) ĕЊ₣
− řБŁ₤Ś БĮБЮũЩ₣þНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̣ ₤Ś БĮБ
ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ́ ₤Ś БĮБŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ аĕĄеĮР˝◦Б ư ₤Ś БĮБ ŷЋēĕŁũ
ĕЊũĕŚŬŎ ˝ĖО₣ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ аĕÐĕ□ЮБ ĕй ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ Ửt (Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşаĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Łũ
þНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
The charged person shall be entitled to appeal against the following orders:
− An order denying an application for investigative action as stated in paragraph 2 of
Article 133 (Investigative Actions Requested Charged Person);
− An order denying the return of seized items as stated in Articles 161 (Return of Items
Seized by Investigating Judge) and 248 (Return of Seized Items);
− An order denying an application for an expert report as stated in paragraph 2 of Article
162 (Necessity of Expert Reports);
− An order denying an application for additional expert reports or for counter-expert
reports as stated in paragraph 7 of Article 170 (Notification of Conclusions of Expert
Reports); and

− Orders related to provisional detention or judicial supervision as provided for in Section
5 (Provisional Detention) and Section 7 (Judicial Supervision) of Chapter 3 (Security
Measures) of Title 1 of this Book and of Article 249 (Provisions of Closing Orders in
relation to Provisional Detention and Judicial Supervision) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ Ừ7 Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 268 Appeal against Order of Investigating Judge by Civil Party
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁřРşĳЮĉк
− řБŁĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮĊſ˝
Ч ЊşЮĆ ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư аĕŌŪ″ ơử (ŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч Неόŏ
ĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б)
− řБŁņЊĕŪĮņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО ₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ̉ аĕŌŪ″ ơưt (ŁũĠŃąС ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń)
− řБŁ˝е‗ĳсşеĕУĕŪģ˝с˝˝с řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ơ аĕŌŪ″ ởƠ (ŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĳņ˛Ųс◦Н˝)
− řБŁŪĠŁ₤ņЊĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣
˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ̉ аĕŌŪ″ ởƠ (ŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĳņ˛Ųс◦Н˝) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
− řБŁĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ởơ (Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎĠеĵĕ ιĠ‗ŚЕ₣
ЮŢŎΒР₤ĠĜųŎЮĮŲЮŷŵ)
− řБŁņЊĕŪĮņŪĠÐŲс₤₣ŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ờơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲс
ŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ Ử (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠс
Ŏ˝όŏЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ)

њ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б Ư аĕ ŌŪ″ ờƯ (ļĮČеģşс
аĕŁũЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ)

њ ĠЯĕ□ņ ι₤Нό
е ŏЮĊſŪЧ ĠĳЊЮŁ₤ŲŷЋşњŎřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź
◦Б ́ аĕŌŪ″ ớƠ (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ĕĖЊŢťĕаĕЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşŎ
њ )
− řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ử́ (řБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

A civil party shall be entitled to appeal against the following orders:
− An order denying an application for investigative action as stated in paragraph 2 of
Article 134 (Investigative Actions requested by Civil Party);
− An order denying the investigative action as stated in paragraph 4 of Article 139
(Delivery of Complaint to Prosecutor);
− An order determining the amount of deposit as stated in paragraph 1 of Article 140
(Payment of Deposits);
− An order denying an application to become a Civil Party as stated in paragraph 4 of
Article 140 (Payment of Deposits) of this Code;
− An order punishing a civil party as stated in Article 141 (Abusive and Dilatory
Requests);
− An order denying the return of seized items as stated in Articles 161 (Return of Items
Seized by Investigating Judge) and 248 (Return of Seized Items);
− An order refusing an application for an expert report as stated in paragraph 2 of Article
162 (Necessity of Expert Reports);

− An order denying an application for additional expert reports or for counter-expert
reports as stated in paragraph 7 of Article 170 (Notification of Conclusions of Expert
Reports); and
− A closing order as stated in Article 247 (Closing Order) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ Ừo Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲũЖĠΒР₤ЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņŷЋŀ
Article 269 Appeal against Order Denying Return of Seized Items
ŪÐĠсĠНÐŲ Ћ БЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲΒĕНЮŵņ″ņŌŪ″ ờơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ όŏЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ
ð ЮĝЮŪłĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ЯřŲ₤Нό

е ŏŪĠÐŲс₤₣ņ˝ŠųФĕ ŷЋŀĕРŷŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝ ΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁ
ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĕй¤
Any person who is not party to the investigation and who had requested the return of seized
items according to Article 161 (Return of Items Seized by Investigating Judge), shall be entitled to
appeal against the order of the investigating judge denying his application.
ŌŪ″ ỨƠ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 270 Time Period of Appeal
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŗл₣ŎРũÐЊĳĮБЮĮŲ
ŪĠŁ₤řБŁ¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĳСŷЮĊſ˝ Б Юĕй¤

Ч ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ČĠсĮБаℓĞĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБřŁ
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ ŌŪ″ Ừt
(Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņ ŷЋŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮŷŵ ̣
Б ¤
(Ūģе) аℓĞ ÐЊĳĮБŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ĮБřŁ
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮĊſЮЧ ΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŁũŪĠÐŲсЮ₤ş˝ŚБşņų₣аĕřБŁ ЮŢŎŌĕşе₧ũ◦◦УŲ ЮĜйũŎкЮĮŲ
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЮĩŚЧņÐЊĳČĠсĮŁ

Б ŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕşе₧ũ◦◦УŲЮĜй¤
An appeal by the General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal shall be made within one
month from the date the order was notified.
An appeal by the Royal Prosecutor shall be made within five days from the date the order
was notified.
An appeal by a charged person, a civil party or by any person designated in Article 269
(Appeal against Order denying the Return of Seized Items) of this Code shall be made within five
days from the date the order was notified.
If the notification was made by providing a copy of the order with acknowledgement of
receipt, the time period for appeal starts from the date of acknowledgement of receipt.
ŌŪ″ Ứơ ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşũĆ Ġ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 271 Competence of Investigation Chamber
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤
Appeals shall be heard by the Investigation Chamber of the Court of Appeal.

ŌŪ″ ỨƯ ◦Ūņ₣саĕŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 272 Forms of Declaration of Appeal
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чŪĳСŷЮĊſ″
Ч ņŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣ЮĝŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ŪĳСŷşНй˝ĖО₣ĠŃą аБ ĕ
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чΖşŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŌĕ
Яş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ Ừt (Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁĠřЊЮ₤ĊņЊĕŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲ ũЖĠΒР₤ ЮĉŌĆ₤сЮřЧņŷЋŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Ġ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþН еŠФų ĕ ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ″ņŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚ Е₣ЮĝņН ŠŪĠēĕĮĕċ Ĝ ýũ ι
ņ‗Ź ŲþН еŠФų ĕ¤ ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜ ýũ ιņ‗Ź ŲþНеŠФų ĕ ŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсļų ņĕРŷŲЊŠЊ ĳĠŚ Е ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чņ УŎşĤĠс ĄРĕЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
аĕĳНŵ ŁũďĕсřеĠ Р₣¤ ŲЊŠЊĳЮĕйŪĳСŷĠŃĆС ŲЮĉ˝Ė О ₣ĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤

The appeal shall be made by declaring it at the office of the clerk of the Court of First
Instance. The appeal shall be registered in the registry of appeals of the court.
Appeals may be made by the lawyer of the charged person, of a civil party or of any person
designated in Article 269 (Appeal against Order denying the Return of Seized Items) of this Code.
The appeal of a charged person who is in detention shall be made by declaring it with the
chief of the prison or detention center. The chief of the prison or detention center shall immediately
forward one copy of the appeal to the court clerk of the Court of First Instance. This copy shall be
recorded in the appeal registry.
ŌŪ″ Ứư ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 273 Forwarding of Case File to Investigation Chamber
ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч Ū˝ΐĠŃą ЮБ ĝĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļųņřŲсЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
Ū˝ΐĠŃą БаĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮũЬĠşе ĕЊ₣ĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ НеЮũЩ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎŌĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБşņų ₣аĕ
ŲЊŠЊĳĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чļąĠсďņУŎĩ₣¤ Ю₤ş˝Ś Бşņų ₣Юĕй ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą БаĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ЮŪŁŎĮБ
ģĕЮþЧŀĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ЯřŲşНй˝ĖО ₣ĠŃą БĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĕйŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŌĕ
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яĳ˝ĖО₣ŁŲкЮ◦₤кЯřŲņЊĕΖşĄеĕйģĕ¤

The court clerk of the Court of First Instance shall notify the investigating judge
immediately after receiving an appeal.
The court clerk of the investigating judge shall bring the case file up to date and submit it to
the Investigation Chamber with the copy of the appeal attached. This copy shall be made by the
clerk of the Court of First Instance after he has verified that the appeal is recorded in the appeal
registry.
The case file shall be sent to the clerk of the Investigation Chamber within 5 days after the
appeal except in circumstances which cannot be overcome.
ŌŪ″ Ứ̉ ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Ġİ˛ũŁũĵũ
Article 274 Safeguard Copies of Case Files
ŁŲ₧₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Ġİ˛ũ◦Н˝ ŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣Ū₤Ġ″ņŌŪ″ ơƯt (ņНŠİũũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą )Б аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮĜй
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũũ˝⅝◦Н˝₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮřЧņ¤ ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Ġİ˛ũ◦Н˝ŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

In compliance with Article 129 (Roles of Court Clerks) of this Code, when a safeguard copy
of a case file is established, the investigating judge keeps the original case file. The safeguard copy
of the case file shall be sent to the Investigation Chamber.
ŌŪ″ Ự́ ŁũĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 275 Continuation of Investigation in Case of Appeal
Б řеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁ₧ņУŎЮŪłĮБřŁ Ч ₤УũΖşĠĕŚŁũ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕģĕ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳŌĕЮ₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ЮŪņşĩĀОŎũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЮĕйņЊĕΖşĳǻм ģĕЮ◦ġЧŎ¤
In case there is an appeal against any order other than a closing order, the investigating judge may
continue his investigation unless it is otherwise decided by the President of the Investigation
Chamber.
This decision shall not be subject to an appeal.
ŌŪ″ Ứ̀ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþό
Не ŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ
Article 276 Release of Detained Charged Person
Ч ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņşόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ЯřŲďĠсþĠ
Не Ю₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĜй ŪĳСŷ
ģĕũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РĳřŲсĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳŪĮйŬĄ
ΖďńŎŲсŪĮņόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЮĜйļųņ¤ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĳСŷŢ˝с
Ћ ¤
ĠŃĆС Ų˝ĖО₣₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б
ŪĳСŷЮĊſř
Ч РşýĖЮĕйЯřũ şеЮĵйřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ŁŲ₧řБŁЮĕйŌĕΖĕНļĮ ĜеόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷ
ЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþ¤
Не
Б ЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ιЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĜй
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒеĮБřŁ
ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе ŪĳСŷģĕũ˝⅝◦Н˝˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РĳĈŲсЯĳ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũģĕ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤

When the investigating judge decides to release a charged person who is in provisional
detention, the charged person shall be kept in prison until the time for filing an appeal by the Royal
Prosecutor expires, unless the Royal Prosecutor agrees to release the charged person immediately.
The written consent of the Prosecutor shall be included in the case file.
The same procedure applies in case of a non-suit order, where it has the effect of releasing a
charged person who is in detention.
Where a release order or a non-suit order is appealed against by the Prosecutor, the detainee
shall continue to be kept in prison until the Investigation Chamber has decided on the appeal.
ŌŪ″ Ứ́ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс
Article 277 Appeal against Non-Suit Order
ŁŲ₧◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵйřБŁЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊřРşЯřŲ
ģĕЯş₣Юĝşе‗ş
Н ◦Б ư ŌŪ″ Ươ (ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
Where a non-suit order is appealed, the Investigation Chamber shall decide in accordance
with paragraph 3 of Article 281 (Consequence of Annulment) of this Code.

ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ŁũþНŠ
е ĕ
Фų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ
CHAPTER 3: PROVISIONAL DETENTION
ŌŪ″ Ứ7 ⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧŁũþНŠ
Article 278 Decision on Provisional Detention
˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣þНеŠФ ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮşŀЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе)
аℓĞĠĜĀĠсĮБģĕ◦◦УŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ЮĠЧĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĳСŷģĕ
ЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНе ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яĳ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЮşŀĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſŁ
Ч ũЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳс ι˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁŲкЮ◦₤к
ЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮņЧŲЮþЧŀďņНĕ ιņЊĕΖşĄеĕйģĕЮĜй Ġ₣˛ďΧĠ₤ÐðņЊĕόŏŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲřБŁģĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй¤
ŁŲ₧₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНЮĝ˝ĖО₣⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ
ЮŢŎЮŗ₣″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňĳЊаŉ ĕŌŪ″ ƯỢ (ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ

ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲďĠĜĀĕсЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŷЋŀ ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕΒĕНŷĳŚ⅜ŲřБŁũУş¤

In case of provisional detention, the decision shall be issued within 15 days of the receipt of
the file by the Investigation Chamber. At the expiry of the fifteen-day period, the charged person
shall be released except if further investigative action has been ordered or if there are unforeseeable
or insurmountable circumstances obstructing the pronouncement of the decision within this period.
When the Investigation Chamber orders provisional detention, the order shall state reasons
with reference to the provision of Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this Code. In
this case, the President of the Investigation Chamber issues a detention order.
The case file shall be immediately returned to the investigating judge following the
execution of the decision.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ЮŌþļĮ
CHAPTER 4: ANNULMENT
ŌŪ″ Ứo ļĮЯřŲņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НЮе Ōþ˝ņ№ņ
Article 279 Inadmissibility of Requests for Annullment
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŪĠŁ₤ņЊĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеόŏЮŌþ˝ņŊ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşĳЮĉк
− ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеýŊĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН
− ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣řБŁЯřŲΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чģĕ
− ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеýŊĕņРŲ˝ļĮŗл₣ď˝сЯ₤Ś ₣¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕΖşĳǻм ģĕЮ◦¤
ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е ₣₤Н еŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮ◦ ₤е‗ НеЮũЩ₣ŪĳСŷĠ₣ſ ЊŲļų ņЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ¤

The Investigation Chamber may declare any request for annulment inadmissible if:
− the request does not contain reasons;
− the request is related to an order that is subject to appeal;
− the request is obviously unfounded.

The decision of the Investigation Chamber is not subject to appeal.
When the request is declared inadmissible, the case file shall immediately be returned to the
ŌŪ″ Ư7Ơ ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ

Article 280 Effect of Annullment
ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЮŌþ˝ņŊşеЮĵй˝ЊşĆ ιŲЊŠЊĳ₧ņУŎаĕĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŎŲсŪĮņ
″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣₤НеЮĕй ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş▫ ЮĳЧЮŌþ˝ņŊЮĕйŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮĉЮŲЧ˝ЊşĆ ιŲЊŠЊĳЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳЯřũιЮ◦¤
˝Њş Ć ιŲЊŠЊĳЯřŲŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк ŪĳСŷř˝ЮşŀĮБ₤е‗ НеЮũЩ₣ Ю΅ЧŎĳņ˛ Ųс◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
аĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
When the Investigation Chamber is seized with a request for annulment of a particular part
of the proceedings, a decision to annul shall include whether the annulment also affects other
documents or proceedings.
Parts of the proceedings which have been nullified shall be removed from the case file and
filed separately by the court clerk of the Investigation Chamber.
ŌŪ″ Ư7ơ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕЮŌþ˝ņŊ
Article 281 Consequence of Annullment
ЮŪŁŎĮБЮĊſЧЮŌþ˝ņŊũş
У ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşк
− Ġ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŷЋŀ
− ř˝₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ čŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ Ю΅ЧŎĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŌĖ˝сЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ ι
− ĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũЮŢŎŠųФĕυ₣ЮŲЧЮũЩ₣ЮĜй¤
After an annulment, the Investigation Chamber may:
− return the case file to the investigating judge;
− revoke investigation power of the investigating judge in charge so far and transfer it to
another investigating judge; or
− continue to investigate the case by itself.
ŌŪ″ Ư7Ư Βе₧şĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 282 Power of Investigation Chamber to Continue Investigation
ŁŲ₧₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş▫ĠĕŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎŠųФ ĕυ₣ЮĜй ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĠÐŲсļũ˝ЊşĆЮĉ₤ŌĄЊ˝
ŠųФ ĕŌĖ˝сЯřŲЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сΒе₧şďЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳΒе₧şЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĄеĮР˝◦Б ̣ ₤Ś БĮБŁũĠЊ◦
ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ аĕŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ ₤Ś БĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ˝ĖО ₣Ðĕ□БЮĕй¤
ŁŲ₧ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΉ˝сřРşďŪĳСŷĠŃĆ Ġс ₤е‗НеЮũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБŪĳСŷĳņ˛ Ųс◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ŪĠēĕаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳЊаŉ ĕŌŪ″ Ựt (ŁũĮЊЮŪýй
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ũ₧) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉ¤
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ″ņ⅜ŲřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ¤ Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕŌŪ″ Ử́ (řБŁ
řеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ) řŲсŌŪ″ ỰƠ (ŁũĠŃąС ĕЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũĄеĕĄ Б řеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ

Не Ūņй) ₤Ś БĮБřŁ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚЮŲЧ⅜ŲřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ

₤ЮŪņşЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĜйŪĳСŷŌĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷĳŚļųņ¤ ĠŃňĳŚаЊ ĕŌŪ″ Ứ̀ (Łũ
ЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþό
Не ŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņЊĕŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚЮ◦¤
When the Investigation Chamber decides to continue to investigate the case by itself, it shall
assign one of its members who shall have the power of an investigating judge to continue the
investigation, except the power defined in Chapter 5 (Termination of Judicial Investigation) of Title
1 (Investigating Judge) of this Book.
When an investigation appears to be completed, the case file shall be filed with the court
clerk of the Investigation Chamber. The President of the Investigation Chamber shall set a hearing
date. The provisions of Article 259 (Examination of Case File and Briefs) of this Code shall apply.
The Investigation Chamber shall close the investigation by a closing order. The provisions
of Articles 247 (Closing Order) to 250 (Forwarding Case File for Trial) of this Code concerning
closing orders issued by an investigating judge shall apply to the closing order issued by the
Investigation Chamber. Where the Investigation Chamber decides to release a charged person who
is in provisional detention, that decision shall be immediately effective. In this case, the provisions
of Article 276 (Release of Detained Charged Person) of this Code shall not be applied.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: Βе₧şĬĀŲсŠĕ
Фų ũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
CHAPTER 5: POWER OF PRESIDENT OF INVESTIGATION CHAMBER
ŌŪ″ Ư7ư Βе₧şũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 283 Power of President of Investigation Chamber
ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ Ŭм Ġсũ₣ЮŲЧŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊЮĉřєŲ∆аĕņĕĀБũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũаĕЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
ЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲďΖ◦Џ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŚĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ ₤Ś Į
Б БŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ řБŁĳНŵŁũЮĩ℮₣6 řБŁČĳсόŏ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ ĕЊ₣ЮŁ₤Ų ŷЋşŎ

њ ¤
ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НĠ Ћ БĈ₣
Ч ₤УũŬм Ġсũ₣˝НеόŏĕБĳЊ ŷĊ е ΐŎŌĕŁũŎЙĳŗлŷЮŢŎņЊĕ₤ņЮ΅ĳНĩŲ¤
ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũΖşşНйЮĉЮĊſЧΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆЮĝ˝ĖО₣ņĕĀũБ Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
The President of the Investigation Chamber shall guarantee the proper functioning of the
office of the investigating judges. The President shall verify the conditions for implementing the
provisions concerning provisional detention, court orders, rogatory letters and forensic experts.
The President of the Investigation Chamber shall supervise that there be no undue delay in
the implementation of proceedings.
The President of the Investigation Chamber may inspect the office of the investigating
judges.
ŌŪ″ Ư7̉ ″Ŭ₣ŬŎĜņаĕЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ
Article 284 List of Case Files
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪÐĠсũРĠ ЮĝЮĮŲřе₧şсŪĳБŌ₤ĕБņУŎ6 ŪĳСŷЮĊſ″
Ч Ŭ₣ŬŎĜņЮěŊ йЮũЩ₣Ĉе₣Β₤сЮŢŎŌĕ
şНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ ₤Ś БĮБ˝Њşş
Ć Н₣ЮŪŁŎаĕŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲģĕĠеЮĮŀ¤
At the end of each trimester each investigating judge shall establish a list of all cases and the
last investigative action completed.

ŌŪ″ Ư7̣ ΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆаĕņĕĀБũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 285 Inspection of Investigation Department
ŪÐĠсΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆаĕņĕĀ БũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷЯĳЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗чЮĩń ЧЮĉŪĠēĕ⅜ŵ
Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
All inspections by the President of the Investigation Chamber of any office of an
investigating judge shall be reported to the President of the Court of Appeal.
ŌŪ″ Ư7̀ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеĠЊ◦₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
Article 286 Request for Closing Case Files
ЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦Ζş₤НеόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĠЊ◦Łũ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЯĳ₤ЮŪņş¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйЮ◦ ĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮĉŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲЮĊſΒ
Ч ĊЊĠŔąřŲсЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũόŏ₤ЮŪņş¤
ŲНйĩНĳℓЊũЮŷŵ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞ″₣
е ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ζş₤Нό
е ŏ
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЊ◦ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ÐЊĳĮБŁũ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤Не ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷЯĳ
₤ЮŪņş¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũņЊĕ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйЮ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĠŚЕ₣ЮĉŪĠēĕ₤ļ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲЮĊſΒ
Ч ĊЊĠŔąόŏЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ₤ЮŪņş¤
Βе₧şЯřŲ◦◦УŲ⅜ðŲсЮŢŎŌŪ″ЮĕйřŲсĄĕŪĳСŷЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşŪĳСŷЮŪĠЧŪģ₤сģĕ
ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤
At the expiration of one year after the notification of placement under judicial investigation,
the charged person can request the investigating judge to close the investigation. The investigating
judge shall decide within one month of receiving the request. If the investigating judge fails to
decide within that period the charged person may seize the President of the Investigation Chamber,
who may order the investigating judge to issue a decision.
At the expiration of one year after having been accepted as a civil party, the civil party may
request the investigating judge to close the investigation. The investigating judge shall decide
within one month of receiving the request. If the investigating judge fails to decide within that
period, the civil party may seize the President of the Investigation Chamber, who may order the
investigating judge to issue a decision.
The rights of a charged person and a civil party recognized under this article may be
exercised by their lawyers.

Ðĕ□ ◦
Б Б ̣: ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
BOOK FIVE: JUDGMENTS
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ⅜ŵřеĠ₣
Р
TITLE 1: JUDGMENT OF COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠŚ Е₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũ
CHAPTER 1: JURISDICTION AND ACCESS TO COURT
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚ◦
Њ ЮР ĉ
SECTION 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
ŌŪ″ Ư7́ ŁũЮũЬĠşе″ņЯřĕřБũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ
Article 287 Territorial Organization of Courts
Юĝ◦БŪĠĄНеĄĕаĕЮŠĳŚ ιŪ˝О₣ĕБņŎ
У 6 ŌĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ņУŎЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşŵ
Ć ĳ₤ĕċ₣
Е ЮŲЧЯřĕřБЮŠĳŚ ι
Ū˝О₣Ĉе₣ņРŲ ЮΊ▫⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤
In each province or municipality there is a Court of First Instance, which has territorial
jurisdiction over the entire territory of the province or municipality.
ŌŪ″ Ư77 ŷЋ₤ņЊĳļĮũǻ₣ņНŠİũЮĩ℮₣6 ũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ
Article 288 Incompatibility of Judicial Profession
ũǻ₣ņНŠİũďЮčŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣ņНŠİũďŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιďŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣ЮĜй ÐЙŌĕ ŷЋ₤ņЊĳļĮĕЕ₣ýĖŗл₣
Ţşсžĳ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņ₧ЯřŲģĕĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďŪĮйŬĄΖďń ďŪĮйŬĄΖďńũ₣ ιďЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮŲЧЮũЩ₣
₧ņУŎ ņЊĕΖşşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ŁũĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮũЩ₣ЮĜйģĕЮ◦ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖйЮ◦ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņĕЕ₣ŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤
The roles of sitting judges and those of Prosecutors or Deputy Prosecutors shall be
absolutely incompatible with each other.
Any sitting judge who has been acting as a Prosecutor or Deputy Prosecutor or investigating
judge upon a certain case may not participate in the adjudication of that case, otherwise the
judgment shall be deemed null and void.
Њ Ć₤Ōĸũк ĕЊ₣₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ₤ņĳ□ ˝ş
SECTION 2: TERRITORIAL JURISDICTION AND SUBJECT-MATTER JURISDICTION
ŌŪ″ Ư7o ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşũĆ Ġ₤с⅜ŵřеĠР₣
Article 289 Jurisdiction of Court of First Instance
⅜ŵřеĠР₣ĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť№ Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦Ų΅Н¤ ⅜ŵřеĠР₣₤ЮŪņşďŪ˝Оņ₤ņР΅ļĮЯřŲŌĕ
ЮčŪ˝ņ ư (ĠБ) ũРĠ şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ŪĮņĈе₣Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦Ų΅НЯřŲďĠсĈ˝с◦₣¤
⅜ŵřеĠР₣₤ЮŪņşďЮčŪ˝ņЮĈŲşеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦Ų΅Н¤
The Court of First Instance shall judge upon felonies, misdemeanors and petty offenses.
Three judges of the Court of First Instance shall sit en banc to judge upon a felony (and if
applicable, on any related misdemeanors and petty offenses).
Otherwise, the Court of First Instance shall try misdemeanors and petty offenses by a single
judge.

ŌŪ″ ƯoƠ ŷЋǻ◦₤ņĳ□˝ЊşũĆ ǻ₣⅜ŵřеĠ₣
Р
Article 290 Conflict of Jurisdictions of Court of First Instance
ĳНŵŁũЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşž
Ć ₣ЯřĕřБÐЙк
− ĳНŵŁũĜ◦Б˝Яĕų₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
− ĳНŵŁũĜŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ι
− ĳНŵŁũĜ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ČĠсŠФ ųĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕĳНŵŁũĮБũ ιЮŪşЧĕ ЯřŲ₤□ ЊĳЮĝ˝ĖО₣ņ‗ŹŲаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чЯĳņУŎ ģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮŲЧ
ЮũЩ₣ЯĳņУŎřРşýĖ ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чČĳс″₣

е ĳНŵŁũЯřŲĕЕ₣ŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ЮŲЧ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣¤
ŷЋǻ◦₤ņĳ□ ˝ЊşĆЯřĕřБũǻ₣ĳНŵŁũЮŪşЧĕЯřŲŌĕ▫Ė ˝сЮ₤Ŋ ЧýĖ ŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕсŠį ₤с¤
Łũ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйĠЊ◦ĩųСŷĳǻм ¤
₤ņĳ□˝Њşş
Ć еЮĵйĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷĮĜųĳũ΅РĳřŲс₤΅ČũВ ΒĖ˝ЮĩŚņ
Ч ÐеĕЊĳ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕĳ
Њ Ĉе₣Β₤с¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĳŵ
Н ŁũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ĮНеŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њş″
Ć ņЯřĕřБĳŵ
Н ŁũЮĕй ŪĠŁ₤▫ĮНеŌĕ
₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ ŢŎ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣ĠİðĠсόŏĠ₣ſŲ

Њ ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБόŏŪĮйŬĄΖďńĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣Юĕй ĄРĕ
ĳНŵŁũЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ş
Њ ″
Ć ņЯřĕřБ¤ ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН ĳНŵŁũЮĕй₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚЮБ ŲЧŁũĠĕŚŢ˝сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏ₤□Њĳ˝ĖО₣Łũ
þНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ιŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕĳ
Њ ŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ¤
Courts with territorial jurisdiction are:
− the court located in the area where the crime occurred;
− the court located in the area where the accused resides; or
− the court located in the area where the accused was arrested.
In case two or more courts belonging to the same jurisdiction of a Court of Appeal have
been seized with the same case, the President of the Court of Appeal shall assign a court to be in
charge of the case.
Conflicts of jurisdictions between several courts of the same degree shall be decided by the
president of the higher court.
The decision in this regard shall not be subject to appeal.
The jurisdiction of a court over an accused shall extend to all co-perpetrators, instigators
and accomplices.
If the court which was seized with a case finds that it does not have territorial jurisdiction, it
shall issue an order stating it has no territorial jurisdiction over the case and return the case file to
the Royal Prosecutor. The Prosecutor shall then seize the court that has territorial jurisdiction over
the case. The court shall decide whether it is appropriate for the charged person to continue to be
detained or placed under judicial supervision, if applicable.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ŁũĠŚ Е₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũ

SECTION 3: SEIZING COURT OF FIRST INSTANCE
ŌŪ″ Ưoơ ũЮĠЬĠĠŚЕ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũ
Article 291 Methods of Seizure
˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź⅜ŵřеĠР₣ŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎк

− řБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
− řБŁĠŃąС ĕЮĉĳНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮŢŎĬĀŲсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń
− ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚĮ
Б БŁũşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņЯřŲЮĊſЧЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ŪÐĠсĠ НÐ ðŲЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĠŃąС ĕЮĉşеЮ ĵйņН ŠĳНŵŁũ ″ņĕБ ĳЊ ŷЋ ĊБ₧ņУŎřР şž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ŌĕЮěŊ й▫
ĄĕďĠсЮ Č◦¤
Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ Ζş″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠĳНŵŁũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠФ ų ĕĮНеĈĕс
ģĕ″е₣ŠųФ ĕЮĝЮΌЧŎЮĝņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤
ŌĕЮěŊ йЮΊ▫ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ÐЙĠНÐŲ

ð ŪÐĠсũРĠ ЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņşĤĠсЯřŲŪĳСŷЯĳĄУ₤ĄНŲ
Įŏ₤ĕ˝ņŊЯřŲĠ₧Ś ŲόŏŌĕřŲсĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч ¤
In a criminal case the Court of First Instance can be seized through:
− the investigating judge's order or the Investigation Chamber’s decision to forward the
case for trial (indictment);
− the citation of the Royal Prosecutor; or
− the written record of immediate appearance submitted by the Royal Prosecutor.
Any person who is brought before the court through any of the above procedures shall be an
accused.
A victim of an offence may apply to join the proceedings as a civil party before the trial
court, even if he has fails to do so during the judicial investigation.
Civil defendants are those who shall be legally liable to compensate for damages caused to
the victim.
ŌŪ″ ƯoƯ Łũ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 292 Setting Hearing Dates
Ћ БşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ¤
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яĳ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĳНŵŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ ЮŢŎŁũĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ЮŢŎřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷЯĳÐЊĳÐРũ″ņũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̣̉́
Б ЮŁйЮΊ ĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ̉̀̀

(ũŎкЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
(ũŎкЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮřЧņġБ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ЮĠЧ˝
₤ŷĜŁũ¤
ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ЮĕйŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳсřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
Unless the court is seized by a written record of immediate appearance, the date of the
hearing shall be determined by the president of the court.
If the court has been seized by a citation or an indictment, the president of the court shall
determine the date of the hearing on the basis of Articles 457 (Time Limit between Citation and
Appearance) and 466 (Time Limit between Summons and Appearance) of this Code.
The Royal Prosecutor shall be orally informed of the trial date.

ŌŪ″ Ưoư ũŎкЮĮŲũУņ
Article 293 Common Time Period
ŪÐĠсℓũЊ ЮŷŵЯřŲЯş₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆ ι◦Ūņ₣сŁũ₧ņУŎЮĜй ŪĳСŷĩНĳũŲĳс ЮĝаℓĞşН₣ЮŪŁŎЮŷŵ
ЮŌл₣ Ử (аņĸĠУĕ)¤ ″ņĊņŊ″ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲĩНĳ˝е‗ĳсЮĝаℓĞЮũш аℓĞΖ◦Њĳŏ ιаℓĞĠН‗ŏ ŪĳСŷΒР₤ĠĜųŎũ΅РĳřŲсаℓĞ◦Б
ņУŎЯřŲЮĠЧ˝ЮĊſЧŁũŷЋŀ¤
Юĝ˝Ė О ₣ ŪÐĠс ˝ũ‗Б Я řŲĈņĈũ΅ĳ□ Ю ŲžũĠ₤с Ġ Н Ð ðŲ ₧ŌĖ ˝с Ю ĝЮŲЧ ˝Њ ş Ć ₧ ņУ ŎЮĜй ΅ĳ□ Ю ŲžЮĕй
ΖşĄе ĕ У₤ ЮŢŎ⅜Ė ņŪŌņаř ŁŲ₧ĠН Ð ðŲ ЮĜйņЊ ĕЮşйşН й ΅ĳ□ Ю Ųž¤

Every time limit provided for in this Code for the compliance with an act or the formality of
a proceeding shall expire on the last day at twenty four hours. Any time period which may normally
end on Saturday, Sunday or public holiday shall be extended to the first following working day.
In all cases where the signature of a person is required on a document, the signature may be
replaced by a finger-print when the person does not know how to sign.
ŌŪ″ Ưỏ ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ″ņřБŁĠŃąС ĕ ι″ņ⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕ
Article 294 Summons of Parties for Trial in Case of Indictment
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĳНŵŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤с₤ļ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷк
− ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
− ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
− Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй
ŁŲ₧ĄĕЮĕйņЊĕĈĕсģĕ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝņНŠ ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
− ⅜˝℮Б
− ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ
− ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ
− ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĮњĳхŌĕЯřŲĩŚŲЮс ŢŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
ŁũЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŪĳСŷЮĊſř
Ч РşЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư Ðĕ□◦
Б Б ́ аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιаĕ⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕ ũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ŪĳСŷļąĠсďņУŎĕЕ₣řБŁ
ЮŁйЮΊЮĕй ЮřЧņġБŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤
Where the court has been seized by an indictment, the Royal Prosecutor shall summons the
following persons to attend the hearing:
− the accused;
− civil party;
− victims who have not applied to become a civil party before the investigating judge;
− witnesses;
− experts;
− interpreters/translators;
− civil defendants identified by the accused or by the civil party.

The summonses shall be served as provided in Title 2 of Book 7 of this Code. A copy of the
indictment shall be attached to the summons to be delivered to the accused.
ŌŪ″ Ưọ ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБ″ņřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс
Article 295 Summons of Parties in Case of Citation
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĳНŵŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮŢŎřБŁĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣
₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷк
− ⅜˝℮Б
− с ŏЮŢŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĮњĳхŌĕЯřŲĩŚŲό
ŁũЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ ŪĳСŷЮĊſř
Ч РşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ Ðĕ□Б◦Б ́ аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
In the case of citation, the Royal Prosecutor shall summons:
− victims;
− witnesses;
The summonses shall be served as provided in Title 1 of Book 7 of this Code.
ŌŪ″ Ưò ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ
Article 296 Summons of Parties in Case of Immediate Appearance
Ћ ş
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ Б РŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷк
− ⅜˝℮Б
− ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņĮњĳхŌĕЯřŲĩŚŲЮс ŢŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
ŁũЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŪĳСŷЮĊſř
Ч РşЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ Ðĕ□◦
Б Б ́ аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ˝ĖО₣
˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕс ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮŁйЮΊĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй ⅜˝℮Б ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б″ņŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎЮĈйĠБ
ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс˝єЮŢŎ¤
Under the procedure for immediate appearance, the Royal Prosecutor shall summons the
following:
− victims;
− witnesses;
The summonses shall be served as provided in Title 1 of Book 7 of this Code. However, in a
case of urgency, the Prosecutor may summons the victims, witnesses, interpreters/translators, and
civil defendants by any means, even by oral summons.

ŌŪ″ Ưó ŁũЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б
Article 297 Summons of Witnesses
⅜˝℮Бž₣Ţ˝сĠĕĀО˝ЯřŲņЊĕĈĕсģĕ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĳ◦ŲсýĖďņУŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ŪĳСŷЯĳЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣
₤ŷĜŁũ¤
Inculpatory witnesses who have never been confronted by the accused shall be summonsed
to testify at the trial hearing.
ŌŪ″ Ưo7 ŁũЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б″ņũŎкĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 298 Summons of Witnesses by Accused and Civil Party
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşĜеşРŲũУņ˝ĖО ₣₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷ⅜˝℮БĈе₣ΐŎ₧ЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďń
ņЊĕģĕЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎŠųФĕďΒĖ˝ЮşŀЮ⅜΅пНŎ¤ ŁũЮŁйЮΊЮĕйŪĳСŷЮĊſ″
Ч ņЯĠĠĠ◦ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư
Ðĕ□Б◦Б ́ аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
At their expenses, the accused and the civil party may summons witnesses who have not
been summonsed by the Prosecutor. The summons shall be served as provided in Title 3 of Book 7
of this Code.
ŌŪ″ Ưoo Ћ Б
ŁũĠŃĆС ŲĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 299 Joinder of Cases
Ћ БЮŪşЧĕ ЯřŲŌĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНЮŪşЧĕďĠсĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ ĳНŵŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏĠŃĆС Ų
ŁŲ₧ĳНŵŁũģĕ◦◦УŲĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Ћ БĈ₣
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ е ЮĜйďņУŎýĖģĕ¤
When the court has been seized with several related cases, it may issue an order to join
them.
ĄеĮ˝ Ф ũĠ₤сļÐБ
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
CHAPTER 2: APPEARANCE OF PARTIES
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
Ф ũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
SECTION 1: APPEARANCE OF ACCUSED
ŌŪ″ ưƠƠ ŁũşРŲŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Article 300 Appearance of Accused
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũЮŢŎĬĀŲс¤
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВŌĖ˝сЯřŲŠųФĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦˝єΖş₤НеόŏČĳс″₣
е ЮņēŷВόŏŠųФĕģĕЯřũ
Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣şĤĠс₤ŚБĮБŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤
The accused shall appear in person during the hearings at the court.
The accused may be assisted by a lawyer chosen by himself. He may also make a request to
have a lawyer appointed for him in accordance with the Law on the Bar.
ŌŪ″ ưƠơ ĄеĕУŎũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ
Article 301 Assistance of Lawyers
ĄеĕУŎĮБЮņēŷВŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŢşсžĳЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşĳЮĉк
ơ-˝ũ‗БĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť¤

Ư-ŁŲ₧ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ďΒĕБĳЊĄĕ¤ ЮĠЧýŊĕŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ЮŢŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ю◦ ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷģĕ
Čĳс″₣
е ″ņÐеĕЊĳЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣şĤĠс₤ŚБĮБŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤
The assistance of a lawyer is compulsory if:
1. The case involves a felony;
2. The accused is a minor.
If the accused has not selected a lawyer, a lawyer shall be appointed upon the initiative of
the court president in accordance with the provisions of the Law on the Bar.
ŌŪ″ ưƠƯ ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Article 302 Free Appearance of Accused
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŢŎŠųФĕυ₣ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤
In cases where a citation is made, the accused will appear freely at the hearing.
ŌŪ″ ưƠư ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎŌĕ˝₣˝Ōųе₣Βņ
Article 303 Appearance with Escort of Accused
Ћ ş
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б РŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷþНŪе Ð₣ЮŢŎ˝₣Łũĵũũ΅РĳřŲс⅜ņБŠФ ųĕşРŲ
ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ¤
ĳНŵŁũΖş₤ЮŪņşόŏþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠЮ₧ Ћ Баĕ
Ś йΖ₤ĕĖģĕ řРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̉ (ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ŪĳСŷЯĳŪĠŁ₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ΅ч ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞĠİΆŀŠųФĕ
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦řŲсĳНŵŁũ¤
ŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŪĳСŷĠŃęĠсЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс ЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳℓЊũЮŷŵ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ΅ч¤
Where the procedure of immediate appearance is applied, the accused shall be escorted by a
security force until he appears before the court.
In accordance with Article 48 (Procedure of Immediate Appearance) of this Code, the court
may decide to provisionally detain the accused.
A judgment on the merits of the case shall be announced within no later than two weeks
from the date of appearance of the accused in the court.
A provisional detention shall automatically end at the expiration of the two-week period.
ŌŪ″ ưỞ Ћ БаĕŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 304 Procedure of Immediate Appearance
ŁŲ₧₤ЮŪņş▫ŪĳСŷЮŪĠЧĕĳ Ћ БĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷк
Б Њ ŷĊ
− ĮЊĕЊĳŏΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĠŃąС ĕņ˝όŏŠųФĕ
− όŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсĄĕЮĜй ΒеĮБЮũЩ₣Ю΅ĳНЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ĕЊ₣ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
− ◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜй ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕş₣сĕŗ
Њ Ŏ
− ЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБΒеĮБŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪģĠсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦▫ ŠųФĕŌĕ₤Њ◦ċЊ₤НеĮЕ₣ЮņēŷВ″ņŁũЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ιČĳс″₣

е ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎ
ΒĕНЮŵņ″ņşĤĠс₤ŚБĮБŲ˝šĕ˝
ŚЊ кЮņēŷВ¤

ЮņēŷВЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ιČĳс″₣
е ŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ļųņ¤ ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣Ĉ˝с◦₣ďņУŎ
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕ¤
Ћ ŪБ ĳСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк¤
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤аĕ◦Ūņ₣сŁũĈе₣ЮĕйŪĳСŷşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖйЮ◦ ĕБĳЊŷĊ
ĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣″ņ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ¤
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷþНеŪÐ₣ЮŢŎ˝₣Łũĵũ ũ΅РĳřŲсЮĮŲ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ ЯřŲŁũ
ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĜйŪĳСŷŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉЮĝ˝ĖО₣аℓĞЮĜйЯĳņŚ₣¤
ЮĝЮĮŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĕй ĳНŵŁũЮŪŁŎĮБģĕЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ũģŎŁũ‗ч
₤Ю₣šĠЮũЩ₣Ю΅ĳНЯřŲģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсņ˝ ŪĳСŷŪģĠсřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦▫⅜ņБŠФ ĕ
ų ΖşŌĕũŎкЮĮŲЮřЧņġБЮũЬĠşеŁũĵũ
ŠųФĕ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦₤Нũе ŎкЮĮŲ ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĳНŵŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ЮũЩ₣ЮĜйņЊĕĈĕсΖşĄеĕĄ

Не ŪņйЮĜй ŪĳСŷ
ЮŲЧ˝Юĉ₤ŷĜŁũЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьĳ¤
ĳНŵŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜй ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷЮŗ₣″ņŲ˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŌŪ″ ƯỢ (ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũþНŠ

ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ŪĳСŷЯĳŪĠŁ₤˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ Ư (ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ΅ч ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞаĕŁũşРŲЮĉ
ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ¤ ŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖŪĳСŷЯĳĠŃęĠсЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс ЮŪŁŎĮБŁũĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ Ư
(ĮБũ) ₤ģŚ΅ч¤
Ћ БĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ Ų˝šŠ‗Źаĕ

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣″ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ŌŪ″ ̉́ (ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņЊĕģĕĠеЮĮŀЮ◦ ι˝єЮŢŎļĮ⅜еőОае ĕЮũЩ₣ĈņĈũďČеģşсόŏЮĊſŁ

Ч ũ
Ū⅜ŷŪďŷόŏģĕŪďŲЮŪĐĠЯĕ□ņ ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝ЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤ ĄĕďĠс
ЮČ◦ŪĳСŷЯĳĜеЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝаℓĞЮĜйЯĳņŚ₣ ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖйЮ◦ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷЯĳЮŢй
ЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤
When deciding to apply the procedure of immediate appearance, the Prosecutor shall:
− check the identity of the person who has been referred to him;
− inform him of the facts and their legal qualification;
− receive a statement of the person, if he wishes to make one; and
− establish a written record of immediate appearance.
The Royal Prosecutor shall inform the accused of his right to defense by a lawyer of his
own choice, or of one pursuant to the Law on the Bar.
The selected or assigned lawyer shall immediately be informed. He shall be entitled to
examine the case file and communicate with the accused.
Conformity with these provisions shall be mentioned in the written record, otherwise the
procedure shall be deemed null and void.
The Court of First Instance is seized with the written record of immediate appearance.

The accused shall be escorted by a security force until his appearance before the court,
which shall take place on the same day.
At the time of appearance, and after checking the identity of the accused and notifying him
of the facts with which he is charged, the court shall inform the accused that he is entitled to have a
period of time for preparing the defense.
If the accused requests such time or if the court finds that the case may not be tried
immediately, it may decide to adjourn the hearing to another date.
The court may remand the accused in provisional detention by a judgment with statement of
reasons. The judgment shall refer to the conditions stipulated in Article 205 (Reasons for
Provisional Detention) of this Code. In such a case, the court shall issue a detention order.
A judgment on the merits of the case shall be pronounced within no later than two weeks
from the appearance of the accused before the court. Provisional detention shall automatically end
at the expiration of the two-week period.
If the court, which was seized by the procedure of immediate appearance, finds that the
conditions stated in Article 47 (Immediate Appearance) of this Code are not fulfilled or that the
complexity of the case requires more thorough investigation, the court may return the case file to
the Royal Prosecutor in order to start preliminary investigation. The accused shall be brought
before an investigating judge on the same day. Failing to do so, the accused shall be automatically
released.
ŌŪ″ ưỢ ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ″ņřБŁĠŃąС ĕ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕ
Article 305 Appearance of Accused upon Indictment
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĳНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ ″ņřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤с₤ļ
Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũģĕ₤ЮŪņşόŏþНŠ

е Ф ųĕ
Ћ ĕŁũČеģşс ЮřЧņġБόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФ ĕ
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńČĳс ŷē ų ŪĳСŷģĕĜеЮĉŁĕс₤ŷĜŁũЮŢŎ
˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к¤
řРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ Ửt (Ю₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ЮŪņşаĕřБŁřеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНŠ
ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй Ю₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ЮŪņşũ˝⅝◦Н˝ŠųФĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĝ˝ĖО₣þНĠ
е Ю₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĳСŷΒ₤с
ΖĕНļĮЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳℓЊũЮŷŵ ̉ (ĠУĕ) ЯŠ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕόŏşРŲЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ˝ĖО₣
ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйЮ◦ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷЯĳģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀЮŢŎυ˝υ₣¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚŪБ ĳСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ņЮ΅ĳНĩŲ¤
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďĄĕďĠсþЮНе Ĝй ЮĝЯĳďĠсþř
Не ЯřŲũ΅РĳřŲс
Ōĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳĳНŵŁũĠİðĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤

Where the court has been seized by an indictment, the accused will remain free to present
himself unless the investigating judge or the President of the Investigation Chamber decides to
provisionally detain him.
The Prosecutor shall take the necessary measures to have public forces bring the accused
who is in detention to the hearing.
According to Article 249 (Provisions of Closing Orders in Relation to Provisional Detention
and Judicial Supervision) of this Code, the order to keep the accused in provisional detention will
expire after four months. If the accused has not been brought before the court within this period, the
accused shall be automatically released.

A judgment on the merits of the case shall be made within a reasonable time period.
The accused who is in detention during a criminal trial shall remain in detention until the
judgment on the merits of the case is rendered, except for a release ordered by the court.
ŌŪ″ ưỜ ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþό
Не ŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮЮŢŎυ˝υ₣
Article 306 Automatic Release of Detained Accused
ЮĝŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĳНŵŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþό
Не ŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀģĕ ιόŏĠĕŉ
ŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎЮŗ₣″ņŌŪ″ ƯỢ (ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũþНŠ
ĳНŵŁũΖş₤ЮŪņşЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜ŚĠсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤

At any time the court may order the release of a detained accused or order that a detention
be continued for the accused according to Article 205 (Reasons for Provisional Detention) of this
Code.
The court shall decide after hearing the accused, his lawyer and the Royal Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ưỚ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе
Article 307 Application for Release of Detained Accused
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФ ĕ
ų Ζş₤НеřŲсĳНŵŁũόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ŠųФĕ όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳсЮĝ
ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ι″ņŲЊŠЊĳЯřŲЮĊſĄ
Ч РĕЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б
ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮĝЮŪłþНе ΖşЮĊſЧЮŢŎЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФ ųĕЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳсЮĝЮĮŲ
₤ŷĜŁũ ι″ņŲЊŠЊĳЯřŲЮĩńЧĄРĕЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б¤
ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏ₤НеģĕЮĊſЧЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс Ū˝ΐĠŃą БŪĳСŷ˝ĳсŪ″Юĝ˝ĖО ₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏ₤Не
ģĕЮĊſЧ″ņŲЊŠЊĳ Ū˝ΐĠŃą БşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦◦◦УŲЮĝЮŲЧŲЊŠЊĳЮĕй Ю΅ЧŎĠŃąС ĕďĠĜĀĕсЮĉřŲсŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ¤
ĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜ŚĠсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ˝ĖО₣
ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНĳ ĕЊ₣ŗл₣ŎРũĠеĩНĳ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎĮБŁũ₤НеЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс ιЮŪŁŎĮБ◦◦УŲ
ĵ˝ŏ₤НЯе řŲЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤
An accused who is in detention may request the court to release him by either orally at a
hearing or in writing, to be submitted to the court clerk.
An application for a release may be made by the lawyer of the accused who is in detention
by oral request at the hearing or by a written request submitted to the court clerk.
If the request for release is made orally, the court clerk shall record it in the hearing record.
If the request is made in writing, the court clerk shall note the date of receipt of the written request
and send it immediately to the Court President.
The court shall decide after hearing the accused, his lawyer, and the Royal Prosecutor. The
court shall decide without delay, but in any case within 10 days after receiving the oral or written
request.
ŌŪ″ ưƠ7 ŁũŢ˝сόŏЮĝďĠсþũНе ΅РĳřŲсĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 308 Continuation of Detention until Lapse of Appeal by Prosecutor
ŁŲ₧ĳНŵŁũĠİðĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀЮĜй ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНŠ
е Ф ųĕЮĜй ŪĳСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РĳřŲсĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ŎŲсŪĮņЮŢй

ЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ЮĜйļųņ¤ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŎŲсŪĮņ ιņЊĕŎŲсŪĮņďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũũĠ₤с
Ћ ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷЯĳŢ˝сĠŃĆС Ų˝ĖО₣₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б
˝ĖО ₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗Ś Е₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲĠİðĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮ Č◦ЯřŲ
ŪĳСŷģĕþНеŠФų ĕЮĜй ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷũ˝⅝◦Н˝˝ĖО ₣ĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РĳĈŲсЯĳ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чģĕ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĠ‗Ś Е₣
Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĕй¤
When the court decides to release an accused who is in provisional detention, the accused
shall be kept in prison until the time for filing an appeal by the Royal Prosecutor expires, unless the
Royal Prosecutor agrees to release the accused immediately. The written consent of the Prosecutor
shall be placed in the case file.
Where a release order is appealed against by the Prosecutor, the detainee shall continue to
be kept in prison until the Court of Appeal has decided on the appeal.
ŌŪ″ ưƠo ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲĮНеΖşşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ
Article 309 Accused Who Cannot Appear Before Court
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ĳН⅜□ĕļĮ₤НŠļĮ ιЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ĳНĊĞĕсĊũĞ ЯřŲЮĊſЧόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕΖşşРŲЮĉ
ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠĳНŵŁũģĕЮ◦ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏ₤УũĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ Юĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲĄĕЮĜйЮĝ¤
ĳНŵŁũ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ¤
Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲŗл₣ď˝сŵ˝сĕРŷŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤с ЮņēŷВŠФ ųĕ¤
Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤
If the accused cannot be present in the court because of health reasons or other serious
reasons, the Court President may order the interrogation of that accused at his place of residence.
The court shall specify the date for interrogation.
The interrogation shall be conducted by the presiding judge in the presence of the Royal
Prosecutor, the court clerk, and the lawyer of the accused, unless the accused has waived his right
to have his lawyer present.
The interrogation shall be recorded in a written record.
ŌŪ″ ươƠ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ
Article 310 Order to Bring Issued by Court
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ņĄęЊņ ĕЊ₣ΧŪ˝Њřť ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮ◦ ĳНŵŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏĠ₣∆₣сЮũЩ₣Юĕй
◦Н˝₤Њĕ ĕЊ₣όŏЮşŀřБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ¤ ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷЯĳĠŔą˝сΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũℓŊ¤

Б
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕŪĳСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳЊŌ Б ĠİðĠсόŏĜеŠФ ųĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉ¤

ŉ Ū″ ơtƯ (ŁũΒĕНŷĳŉřŁ

ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷģĕĜеŠФ ųĕЮĉŁĕсΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ιĮĕċĜýũ ũ΅РĳřŲс
ЮĮŲĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĕйşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ζş₤НеόŏŪĮйŬĄΖďń⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЮĕй¤
In cases of felonies or misdemeanors, if the accused does not appear before the court, the
court shall issue an order to adjourn the hearing temporarily and issue an order to bring the accused
before the court. The court shall specify a date for resuming the hearing.
The order to bring shall include the following information:
− The identity of the accused;
− The charged offense(s) and the legal provision defining the offense and punishment;
− The name and rank of the judge who issues the order.
The order shall be dated, signed and sealed by the presiding judge.
In this case, the provisions of Article 192 (Execution of Order to Bring) shall apply.
The accused shall be brought to a police office, the military police office, a prison or a
detention center until the new hearing date is fixed by the court. The accused may request that the
Royal Prosecutor takes his statement. In this case, the Royal Prosecutor shall establish a written
record.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
Ф ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
SECTION 2: APPEARANCE OF CIVIL PARTY
ŌŪ″ ươơ Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 311 Joining of Civil Party during Trial
˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĊſЧ″ņŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣⅜ņŃňЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б
ŁũŪĠŁ₤ĠŚЕ₣ЮĕйŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤
Łũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮ◦ ЮŪŁŎĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ

Њ ť ĕ₤НеũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮŲЧ
Β₣ðЮ₤ş˝Ś¤
Б
Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйЯřŲģĕ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БũУşЮ΅ЧŎЮĝЮĮŲЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũЮĜй ņЊĕČеģşсĠЮе Įŀ◦Ūņ₣сŁũЮĕйď
ℓŊЮБ ◦ЬĳЮ◦ЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ¤
During the trial hearing, a civil party application can be addressed to the court clerk. Such
fact shall be noted in the hearing’s record.
A civil party application will not be admissible after the Royal Prosecutor made his final
observations on the merits of the case.
A victim who has already submitted his civil party application during the judicial
investigation is not required to comply with this procedure again before the trial court.
ŌŪ″ ươƯ ŷЋ₤ņЊĳļĮũǻ₣ůĕкďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б
Article 312 Incompatibility of Status of Civil Party and Witness
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷЮÐ⅜ŚĠсŎ˝şЮņųЧŎ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮БģĕЮ◦¤
A civil party may never be heard as a witness.

ŌŪ″ ươư ĄеĕУŎ ĕЊ₣Łũĳе₧₣ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 313 Assistance and Representation of Civil Party
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б˝єΖşŪĳСŷģĕΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВЯřŲŠųФĕģĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤¤ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б˝єΖşŪĳСŷ
ģĕĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιőĳЊЮŵ΅ЊĳĬĀŲсЯřũ¤ ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ЯřŲņЊĕЯņĕďЮņēŷВ ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŲЊŠЊĳ
ŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċď
Њ ŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤
A civil party may be assisted by a lawyer of his choice. A civil party may also be
represented by a lawyer, his spouse, or by a direct-line relative. A representative who is not a
lawyer shall produce a written delegation of power.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
Ф ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
SECTION 3: APPEARANCE OF CIVIL DEFENDANTS
ŌŪ″ ưở ŁũşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 314 Appearance of Civil Defendants
ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪĳСŷģĕΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ˝єΖşŪĳСŷģĕĳе₧₣
ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ЮŢŎ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőĳЊЮŵ΅ЊĳĬĀŲсЯřũ¤ ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ЯřŲņЊĕЯņĕďЮņēŷВ ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŲЊŠЊĳ
ŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċď
Њ ŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤
A civil defendant may be assisted by a lawyer of his choice. A civil defendant may also be
represented by a lawyer, his spouse, or by a direct-line relative. A representative who is not a
lawyer shall produce a written delegation of power.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: ŁũşРŲŠųĕ
Ф ũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б
SECTION 4: APPEARANCE OF WITNESSES
ŌŪ″ ượ ŁũşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б
Article 315 Appearance of Witnesses
⅜˝℮БŪĳСŷЯĳşРŲņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ″ņŁũЮŁйЮΊ¤ ĳНŵŁũΖşЮŪĠЧ˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗кЮřЧņġБĠ₣šе
⅜˝℮БόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ¤
Witnesses shall appear before the court in compliance with the summons. The court may
use public forces in order to force the witness to appear.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ
CHAPTER 3: TRIAL HEARING
Е Ĝе₤ŷĜŁũ
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣Łũř˝
SECTION 1: PUBLIC NATURE OF TRIAL HEARING AND CONDUCT OF TRIAL
ŌŪ″ ườ ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĮ
Ć Њļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ļĮ₤ŌĞĳсаĕ˝ЊşĮ
Article 316 Public Nature of Trial Hearing and Confidentiality
ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к¤

ĠлЯН ĕŚ ЮĠЧĳŵ
Н ŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫⅜ēũ‗ļĮ Ġ₣˛όŏŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė˝сřŲс₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠс⅜ēũ‗к ιřŲс◦еЮĕЬņ◦ŌųĠс
ЮĜйĳНŵŁũ″ņЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ΖşĠİðĠсόŏŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲĈе₣Ū₤О₣ ιņУŎЯĩĖ˝ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉď
₤ŌĞĳс¤ ĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņņУŎ ŢşсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ι″ņЮ₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ЮŪņşĮЊЮ₤₤аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
ЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝Ś¤
Б
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũЯřŲĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲď₤ŌĞĳс ņЊĕΖşĳǻм ģĕЮ◦¤
Trial hearings shall be conducted in public.
However, the court may order a complete or partial in-camera hearing, if it considers that a
public hearing will cause a significant danger to the public order or morality. The court shall decide
by a written decision separate from the judgment on the merits or by a special section within the
judgment on the merits.
The decision of the court to hold an in-camera hearing is not subject to appeal.
ŌŪ″ ướ ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
Article 317 Announcement of Judgment
е Β₤с ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷЯĳŪĠŁ₤ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũď⅜ēũ‗к¤
In all cases, the court shall announce the judgment during a public session.
ŌŪ″ ươ7 ŁũēĜ₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠсаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 318 Establishment of Order in Hearing
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũřЕ˝ĜеŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤ ŪĠēĕŪĳСŷŬм Ġсũ₣όŏ₤Њ◦ċЊž₣ŁũŁũĵũ ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉЮŢŎ
Ю₤ũВ¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŪĠēĕΖşĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮşŀĮБŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲĕРŷΒſЯБ řŲŌĕЮýŲĠе‗₣ΒР₤ĠĜųŎŁũĮЊļ˝⅝
ЮřŀЮŢŲЮĕйЮŢŎΟĳŪĠЮŗĄĕч ýŊĕũУņ ŷЋļÐĈĕΒſř

Б ŲсŁũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊĳ¤
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũŬм Ġсũ₣όŏŌĕ₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠсŲ∆ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşΉņ¹ĳсΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕŠųй ιĈе₣Β₤сņЊĕόŏşРŲ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠ₤
с ŷĜŁũ¤
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏĠЮ‗ŚŀĠНÐŲ
ð ŪÐĠсũРĠ ЯřŲĠ₣˛όŏŌĕŁũŪşĠР˝ŪşĠŲсřŲсũЮĠЬĠЮũЬĠũŎаĕ
ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤
˝ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀņНŠİũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к¤
The presiding judge shall conduct and lead the trial hearing. The presiding judge shall
guarantee the free exercise of the right to defense. However the presiding judge may exclude from
the hearing everything he deems to unnecessarily delay the trial hearing without being conducive to
The presiding judge shall have the power to maintain the order during the trial hearing.
The presiding judge may prohibit some or all minors from entering the court room.
The presiding judge may order any person who causes disorder to leave the court room.
In the performance of his duties, the presiding judge may use public forces.
ŌŪ″ ươo ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣
Article 319 Examining Case Files
ņНĕЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕĳНŵŁũ ЮĝЮŪŁņŁũ
ŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б

ЮņēŷВ ιЮŲžĊЊŁũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũόŏЮĊſŁ
Ч ũşņų₣ŲЊŠЊĳаĕ₤ее‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
ЮŢŎŠųФĕďΒĖ˝ЮşŀЮ⅜΅пНŎ ĕЊ₣ЮĝЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б
Before the hearing, the lawyers can examine the case file in the court clerk’s office under
the supervision of the court clerk.
The lawyer or the secretary of the lawyer may be authorized by the court president to copy
documents in the case file at their own cost, under the supervision of the court clerk.
ŌŪ″ ưƯƠ Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 320 Offense Committed during Hearing
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ģĕЮ˝ЧĳЮΌЧ₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНĮЊĕЊĳŏЮũЩ₣Ю΅ĳНЮĕй¤
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏČĠс ĕЊ₣ĜеĄĕЮŲŊ Ч₤ļųņĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБℓųЕ₣Яℓų₣ĮБ ŷЋēĕŁũЯřŲŪĳСŷ
Čĳс¤
ŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ďĠ◦Ų΅Н ιĠ◦ņĄęЊņ ĳНŵŁũΖşĄеĕĄ

Не ŪņйĄĕЮŲŊ Ч₤ļųņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŪĮйŬĄΖďńĠŚЕ₣₤Не
ĕЊ₣ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕЮŲŊ Ч₤ŎŲсŪĮņ¤
If an offense has been committed during the hearing, the presiding judge shall establish a
written record stating the facts.
The presiding judge may order the immediate arrest of the offenders and their immediate
handover to the Royal Prosecutor who will decide on further action.
If the offense is a petty offense or misdemeanor and the Royal Prosecutor so requests and
the offenders agree thereto, the court shall immediately try the offenders.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŷЋēĕаĕķ₤ŚО″₣
SECTION 2: RULES OF EVIDENCE
ŌŪ″ ưƯơ ŁũǻŎĳеаŲЮŲЧķ₤ŚО ″₣ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ
Article 321 Evidence Evaluation by Court
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊşĤĠсĩŎ
ОĀ ĮБЮĕй ķ₤ŚО ″₣˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ΖşĄРĕģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤ ĳНŵŁũℓųЕ₣Яℓų₣
ЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊĳŚ ΒеĮĳ
Б аņųķ₤ŚО ″₣ЯřŲЮÐŢ˝сĄРĕņ˝ŠųФĕĮЊĕĳ
Њ ŏ ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮĉЮŲЧĄеЮĕЩЮ⅜ŊйŪĳ₣сĮЊĳŪģ˝řũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
ĳНŵŁũ₤еΖ₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ЯĳЮĉЮŲЧķ₤ŚО ļ₣ЯřŲŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ ιЯřŲŪĳСŷЮÐŎ˝
ņ˝ĠİΆŀЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤
Łũ⅜ũļĮ˝єřРşďŪĠЮķ◦аĕķ₤ŚО ″₣řа◦Ю◦ЬĳЯřũ ŪĳСŷŢ˝сĄРĕĳНŵŁũЮĊſЧŁũℓųЕ₣Яℓų₣¤ şЮņųЧŎЯřŲ◦◦УŲ
ЮŪŁņŁũĠ₣šЊĳĠ₣šž
е ₣ũРĠŁŎ ιž₣ĩųСŷşЊĳŚЮĕй ýŊĕĳаņųďķ₤ŚО ″₣Ю◦¤
ŁũЮđųЧŎđų₣ũǻ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ņЊĕΖşŎ˝ņ˝ЮĊſЧďķ₤ŚО ″₣ģĕЮ◦ġЧŎ¤

Unless it is provided otherwise by law, in criminal cases all evidence is admissible. The
court has to consider the value of the evidence submitted for its examination, following the judge’s
intimate conviction.
The judgment of the court may be based only on the evidence included in the case file or
which has been presented at the hearing.
A confession shall be considered by the court in the same manner as other evidence.
Declaration given under the physical or mental duress shall have no evidentiary value.

Evidence emanating from communications between the accused and his lawyer is
inadmissible.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: řеЮ‗ЧũŁũаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ
SECTION 3: CONDUCT OF TRIAL HEARINGS
ŌŪ″ ưƯƯ ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ļÐБЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 322 Rules Concerning Parties Present at Hearing
Ū˝ΐĠŃą ЮБ ΊЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣
ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ŪĮņĈе₣ЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ĄĕĈе₣ЮĜй¤
ŁŲ₧ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪĳСŷģĕĳе₧₣ЮŢŎ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőĳЊЮŵ΅ЊĳĬĀŲс Ū˝ΐĠŃą Į

Б ЊĕЊĳŏ
ЮņЧŲΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ ĕЊ₣₤НĮŲļĮаĕŁũŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊ¤ şеЮĵйΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ˝єŪĳСŷЮĊſЧřРЮşĖй
Яřũ¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃą ŪБ ĳСŷ₤НеЮŗĠŲсŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČеģşс¤
ļÐБĕБņУŎ6 Β₣ðŎ
О Юĝ″ņ˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲ◦Н˝₤ŪŌĠсόŏŠųФĕ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠ₤
с ŷĜŁũ¤
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪĳСŷĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ýĖЮ◦¤
ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ĕЊ₣⅜˝℮БℓŎŠųФĕЮĉЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠũс ₣сČЯе řŲ◦Н˝ĠŪņО₣όŏŠųФĕ Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲĮБ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠũс ₣сČЮе Ĝй ŠųФĕņЊĕ
ΖşЮņЧŲЮþЧŀ ιοΒſЯБ řŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠ₤

с ŷĜŁũЮ◦¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠũс ₣сČе ⅜˝℮БņЊĕŪĳСŷĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ýĖЮ◦¤

The court clerk shall call the names of the accused, civil parties, civil defendants, victims,
witnesses and experts and verify the identity of those persons.
If a civil party is represented by his spouse or by a direct-line relative, the court clerk shall
verify the identity of those representatives and verify the validity of their delegation of power.
Representatives of civil defendants shall be subject to the same requirements. In case of necessity,
the court clerk shall ask for the opinion of the presiding judge.
All parties shall sit at their designated places in the court room.
The accused shall not be allowed to communicate with each other.
The experts and witnesses shall retreat and move to the waiting room prepared for them,
from which they cannot see or hear anything in the court room.
While in the waiting room during the hearing, the witnesses are not allowed to communicate
with each other.
ŌŪ″ ưƯư ŷЋǻ◦˝ņŊ₤ŚБĮБĕЊŎĳļĮаĕŁũЮŁйЮΊ
Article 323 Challenges to Regularity of Summons
ŷЋǻ◦˝ņŊ₤ŚБĮБļĮŪĳЕņŪĳСŷаĕřБŁĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс аĕ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ ιŁũЮŁйόŏşРŲ
ņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŪĳСŷЯĳЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ЮĝņНĕЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖйЮ◦
ŷЋǻ◦˝ņŊЮĕйņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
Challenges to the regularity of the citation, the written record of immediate appearance or
the summons to the hearing shall be raised before questioning the accused on the merits of the case
begins. Otherwise, they shall be inadmissible.

ŌŪ″ ưỬ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БЯřŲņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ
Article 324 Hearing of Witness Not Summonsed by Court
ЮĝЮĮŲЮĠЧ˝ĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ļÐБΖş₤Нό
е ŏĳНŵŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ĕРŷĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚ
ŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠс ĠлЯН ĕŚ ņЊĕģĕЮŁйЮΊόŏģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷЮ◦¤ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ

Ч ⅜˝℮БЮĕйŪĳСŷŌĕŁũŎŲсŪĮņĮБŪĠēĕ
₤ŷĜŁũ¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃą ŪБ ₤₣сΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ĕЊ₣ΒЮŃą Чŀ⅜˝℮БЮĕйόŏℓŎЮĉЮĝĠĕĀĠũс ₣сČ¤

е
At the commencement of the trial hearing, each party may request the court to hear
witnesses who are present in the court room but who were not properly summonsed to testify.
Taking the testimony of those witnesses shall be approved by the presiding judge. The court clerk
shall record the identity of the witnesses and instruct them to retreat to the waiting room.
ŌŪ″ ưỰ Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Article 325 Interrogation of Accused
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũŪģĠсřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ όŏģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБΒЮе ĮЧЯřŲЮÐЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧŠФ ųĕ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎ
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤УũŪÐĠс₤е‗УũЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсŁũ₤ЯņŚ ₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũ
ĮЊĳ¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũŌĕ˝ũ‗Б˝Њş₤
Ć УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй Ĉе₣ž₣ЯĩĖ˝Ţ˝сĠĕĀО˝ Ĉе₣ž₣ЯĩĖ˝ЮŢйĠĕĀО˝¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ļÐБ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏЮŲЧ˝
₤е‗Уũ₤УũřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ŪÐĠсŁũЮŲЧ˝₤е‗УũĈе₣Β₤с ŪĳСŷЯĳģĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳĮБŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ЮŪłĮБ₤е‗Уũ
ũĠ₤сĳе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ₤е‗УũЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦Ьĳ ŪĳСŷ₤Уũ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĳǻм ŪĠēĕ
₤ŷĜŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊĳŚ▫ ЮĳЧ₤е‗УũЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳ₤УũιЮ◦¤
The presiding judge shall inform the accused of the charges that he is accused of and
conduct the questioning of the accused. The presiding judge shall ask any questions which he
believes to be conducive to ascertaining the truth. The presiding judge has a duty to ask the accused
both inculpatory and exculpatory questions.
After the presiding judge’s questions, the Royal Prosecutor, the lawyers and all the parties
may be authorized to question the accused. All questions shall be asked with the authorization of
the presiding judge. Except for questions asked by the Royal Prosecutor and the lawyers, all
questions shall be asked through the presiding judge. In case of objection to a question, the
presiding judge decides whether the question should be asked.
ŌŪ″ ưỪ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ũĠ₤сļÐБ
Article 326 Hearing of Parties
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣
ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ″ņŲеŢĠсŲеЮŢŎЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖş⅜ŚĠсĕРŷşЮņųŎ

Ч ņūĕŚБ ĕЊ₣
ļĖ˝сİũĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх ЯřŲģĕşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ΒЮ₣˛ĳ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ļÐБ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏЮŲЧ˝₤е‗Уũ₤Уũ¤ ŪÐĠсŁũЮŲЧ˝₤е‗УũĈе₣Β₤сŪĳСŷЯĳ
ģĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳĮБŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ЮŪłĮБ₤‗
е У ũũĠ₤сĳе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ₤е‗УũЮĩ℮₣6Ю◦ЬĳŪĳСŷ₤Уũ″ņũŎк
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĳǻм ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊĳŚ▫ ЮĳЧ₤е‗УũЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳ₤УũιЮ◦¤

The presiding judge shall listen to the statements of civil parties, civil defendants, victims,
witnesses and experts in the order which he deems useful. The presiding judge can hear judicial
police officers and judicial police agents who conducted the enquiry as witnesses.

The Royal Prosecutor, the lawyers and all the parties may be authorized to ask questions.
All questions shall be asked with the authorization of the presiding judge. Except for questions
asked by the Royal Prosecutor and the lawyers, all questions shall be asked through the presiding
judge. In case of objection to a question, the presiding judge decides whether the question should
be asked.
ŌŪ″ ưỨ ŁũĄеĈ₤сЮĉĕЕ₣Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б
Article 327 Objection to Hearing of Witness
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ļÐБ ΖşĄеĈ₤сĕЕ₣Łũ⅜ŚĠс⅜˝℮Б ЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ şЮņųŎ
Ч ЮĕйýŊĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчΒſБ
řŲсŁũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊĳ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĳǻм ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊĳŚ▫ ЮĳЧŪĳСŷ⅜ŚĠс ιņЊĕ
⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ⅜˝℮БЮĕй¤
The Royal Prosecutor, the lawyers and all parties may object to the hearing of the testimony
of witnesses if their statements are not conducive to ascertaining the truth. In case of objection, the
presiding judge decides whether to hear the witness testimony.
ŌŪ″ ưƯ7 Łũ₤ġℓũĠ₤с⅜˝℮Б
Article 328 Oath of Witness
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ₤Уũ⅜˝℮БŌĖ˝с6▫ ЮĳЧďőĳЊЮŵ΅Њĳ ιőĳЊĮĕċũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ι˝єďΒĖ˝₤НБĘФ Ė ŲĠЮŪņЧĄĕĈе₣ЮĜйιЮ◦¤
ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮđųЧŎЮĉĕЕ₣₤е‗Уũ ⅜˝℮БĕБņУŎ6ŪĳСŷ₤ġℓ▫ ŠųФĕĕЊŗŎЯĳŁũĮЊĳŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ

ų ¤
ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲЮđųЧŎũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ⅜˝℮БĕБņŎ
У 6 ŪĳСŷЯĳЮĝĠŪņО₣ŠųФĕ₤ŪŌĠсЮ₤ş˝ŚБŪĳСŷŁũũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ¤ ĳНŵŁũ
ΖşΒĕНŔňĳόŏ⅜˝℮БЮĕйℓŎŠųФĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤с⅜˝℮БЮĕйЯŲ₣ČеģşсЮ◦ЬĳЮ΅ЧŎ¤
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳЊаŉ ĕŌŪ″ ợ̀ (⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔňĳόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉĩ₣Яřũ¤

The presiding judge shall first question each witness to determine whether he is a direct-line
relative or alliance of the accused, a civil party or a civil defendant, or if he is in their service.
Before answering the questions, each witness shall swear that he will tell the truth according
to his belief or religion.
After being questioned, each witness shall make himself available as the court may require.
The court may allow the witness to leave if his presence is no longer needed.
The provisions of Article 156 (Witness without Swearing) of this Code shall apply.
ŌŪ″ ưƯo ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũ
Article 329 Denunciators
ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲũİſĕсĮБĠ‗ŚЕ₣ĠũЋΉũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ˝єΖşŪĳСŷģĕĳНŵŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎŎ˝ď
ĮњĳхŌĕģĕЯřũ¤
The denunciator who has been rewarded for his denunciation may also be called before the
court to be questioned.

ŌŪ″ ưưƠ ĄеĕУŎ ĕЊ₣₤ņġℓũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ
Article 330 Assistance and Swearing of Interpreter/Translator
е şс ŪĠēĕΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠЮĕйŪĳСŷ₤ġℓŪ₤Ġ″ņ⅜₤Ĝ ιĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ▫
ŠųФĕĕЕ₣ĄУŎřŲсĳНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠşЮņųЧŎόŏģĕЮ⅜ŊйŪĳ₣с¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷģĕ
ЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤˝ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņЮčŪ˝ņ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕÐũģŲ ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ÐРļÐБ ι⅜˝℮БЮ◦¤
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳЊаŉ ĕŌŪ″ ợ̀ (⅜˝℮БЯřŲΒĕНŔňĳόŏũУşĮБ₤ņġℓ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉĩ₣Яřũ¤

If necessary, the presiding judge may seek the assistance of an interpreter/translator. The
interpreter/translator shall swear according to his belief or religion that he will assist the court and
interpret the answers faithfully. In no circumstances can the interpreter/translator be chosen from
amongst judges, court clerks, judicial police, military police, parties to the case or witnesses.
The provision of Article 156 (Witness without Swearing) of this Code shall apply.
ŌŪ″ ưươ ĄĕÐ ℓų₣с
Article 331 Deaf and Mute Person
ŁŲ₧₤е‗УũŪĳСŷ₤УũřŲсĄĕÐ ℓų₣с Ū˝ΐĠŃą ₤
Б ũЮ₤ũ₤е‗Уũ Ю΅ЧŎόŏ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕΖĕ ĕЊ₣ЮđųЧŎЮŢŎŵŎ
Ų˝š‗Β
ч ˝℮ũ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б⅜ņБĄĕņЊĕЮşйΖĕ ιņЊĕЮşйΒ˝℮ũ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũŪĳСŷũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕ
Яş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ưưƠ (ĄеĕŎ

У ĕЊ₣₤ņġℓũĠ₤сΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝ēųĠсŪģŪ₤њŎĈ˝с◦₣ďņУŎĄĕЮĕйņ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĕйŪĳСŷ₤ġℓ″ņ
⅜₤Ĝ ĕЊ₣ĄеЮĕЩũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ▫ĄУŎĳНŵŁũ ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷĠ˝ЯŪĠşЮņųŎ

Ч όŏģĕЮ⅜ŊйŪĳ₣с¤
When questioning a deaf and mute person, the court clerk shall write down the questions
and ask the person being questioned to read the questions and answer them in writing. If the person
cannot read or is illiterate, the presiding judge shall call on an interpreter/translator for him under
the conditions stated in Article 330 (Assistance and Swearing of Interpreter/Translator) of this
Code.
The presiding judge may call on any person who is able to communicate with the deaf and
mute person. That person shall swear according to his belief or religion that he will assist the court
and interpret the answers faithfully.
ŌŪ″ ưưƯ ŁũĠİΆŀŷĳ□О″₣
Article 332 Presentation of Exhibits
ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏĄĕ₧ŌĖ˝сĠİΆŀŷĳ□О″₣ģĕ¤
The presiding judge may order that exhibits be presented during the hearing.
ŌŪ″ ưưư ŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝ŁũĮЊĳ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Article 333 Seeking Truth in Absence of Accused
ЮĈйĠБďĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷĳŚŌĕ˝єЮŢŎ ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷЯĳЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊĳ ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎļÐБřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ
⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣ĮЊĕЊĳŏŷĳ□О″₣¤
Even if the accused is absent, the court shall seek the truth, listen to the answers of the other
parties and witnesses, and examine the exhibits.

ŌŪ″ ưử ŁũŢ˝сЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖЊŢťĕũ΅РĳřŲсĠЊ◦˝ЊşĮ
Article 334 Submission of Statement until End of Trial Hearing
ũ΅Рĳ◦ŲсĕЕ₣ŁũĠЊ◦˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷ
ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΖşЮĊſЮЧ ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕŲЊŠЊĳ⅜ĖņĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ Ōĕ
ŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсŁũ₤еЯř₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊĳ¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖЊŢťĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũŪĳСŷşНй◦ЊŢťŁũЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷļąĠсЮĉ˝ĖО₣
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣¤
Until the end of the trial hearing, the accused, the civil party, and civil defendants may make
written statements and submit all documents and evidence that they think will be conducive to
ascertain the truth.
The written submissions shall be stamped by the presiding judge and the court clerk and be
attached to the case file.
ŌŪ″ ưự ₤Њ◦ċЊĕŗ
Њ Ŏ₤Ś БũĠ₤сļÐБĠĜĀĠсĮБşĠс˝ЊşĮ
Article 335 Right to Speak at Conclusion of Hearing
ЮŪŁŎĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĠЧ˝όŏĄĕřРşž₣ЮŪŁņЮĕйĕЊŗŎďĠĕŚĠĜĀĠсýĖк
− ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧŁũ˝ĳс₤еýŲсŠųБ6
− ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕŁũĵũ
− ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЮЧ ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ

Њ ť ĕĠŚЕ₣₤Не
− ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ĕĖЊŢťĕŁũĵũ¤
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮđųЧŎĳĠЮĉ ŷЋŀģĕ¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ŪĳСŷ
ĕЊŗŎЮŪŁŎЮÐĠ₣∆₤ď
с ĕЊş¤
Ć
ŁũĠеЮĮŀ◦Ūņ₣сŁũЮĕй ŪĳСŷЯĳ˝ĳсŪ″◦Н˝˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣˝ĖО₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤

At the conclusion of the hearing, the presiding judge invites the following people to give
their closing statements one after another:
− The civil party, the civil defendants and the accused can make brief statements;
− the lawyer of the civil party presents his closing arguments;
− the Royal Prosecutor presents his closing arguments;
− the lawyer of the civil defendant and then the lawyer of the accused present their closing
arguments.
The civil party and the Royal Prosecutor can make rebuttal statements. However, the
accused and his lawyer shall be always the last ones to speak.
The compliance with these formalities shall be recorded in the hearing record and in the
judgment.
ŌŪ″ ưừ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳсũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 336 Oral Submission of Royal Prosecutor
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĊſЧŁũ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс ЯřŲŠųФĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ₤ņŪ₤ĠЮĉĕЕ₣ŪĠЮŗĄĕчŲ∆аĕ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤

The Royal Prosecutor shall make an oral closing argument that he considers is in the interest
of justice.
ŌŪ″ ưứ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ
Article 337 Deliberation of Court
ĳНŵŁũℓŎŠųФĕşРŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠĮ
с Њļ˝⅝ЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņş¤ ýŊĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣₤Н₧
е ņУŎΖşŪĳСŷŢ˝сĄРĕĳНŵŁũģĕ
Ю◦ЬĳЮ◦¤ ýŊĕ◦ΌΈБ˝ũ‗ч₧ņУŎΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝Ŏ˝ņ˝₤еΖ₣Ю◦ЬĳģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО ₣ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņşЮĕйЮ◦¤

The court shall retreat to deliberate in a deliberation room to reach its verdict. No further
request may be submitted to the court; no further argument may be raised.
The Royal Prosecutor and the court clerk are not authorized to participate in the
deliberation.
ŌŪ″ ưư7 ŁũşНйřŲс˝Яĕų₣ũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ
Article 338 Travel to Sites by Court
ĳНŵŁũΖşşНйЮĉŁĕсŪÐĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣аĕЯřĕřБďĳЊ ˝ĖО₣ĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчаĕŁũ₤ЯņŚ ₣όŏЮþЧŀŁũĮЊĳ¤
ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą БΒņřеЮ‗ЧũďĕЊ şĆ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮ Č◦ ЮřЧ ņĠ‗Ś Е ₣ũřť ĠġЮŷ‗Б
ΒĖ ˝◦◦УŲ ŠН₤ ŪĳСŷũřť ĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĮņĈе₣ЮņēŷВ ˝єΖ şĄРĕřеЮ‗ЧũĳНŵŁũģĕЯřũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠųФ ĕģĕЮ₤Ė Ч₤Н е¤
ŪĠĳЊĠĳŚЊŁũĈе₣Юĕй ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН¤
The court may conduct a field visit anywhere within the national territory in the interest of
The court shall always be accompanied by the Royal Prosecutor and the court clerk. The
accused, the civil party, the civil defendants and their lawyers may, at their request, also accompany
the court.
All these proceedings shall be recorded in a written record.
ŌŪ″ ưưo ĮњĳхŌĕĠЯĕ□ņЯřŲĠİðĠсЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ
Article 339 Additional Investigation Ordered by Court
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷℓŊď
Б ŁũČеģşс ĳНŵŁũΖşĠİðĠс″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ όŏЮĊſŁ
Ч ũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ĠЯĕ□ņ¤
ΒĖ˝ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ ĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņЮĕйÐЙк
− ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ
− ЮčŪ˝ņņУŎũРĠаĕŪ˝ОņŪĠЕ˝⅝ĄеĕНеĄŪņй ŁŲ₧ĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşďŪ˝Оņ₤ņР΅ļĮ
− ЮčŪ˝ņřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ аĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲĠİðĠсЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņ ŪĳСŷČĳс″₣
е ЮčŪ˝ņόŏ◦◦УŲļũ˝ЊşЮĆ ĕй¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹřРşýĖĕЕ₣ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşк
− şНйЮĉЮŲЧŪÐĠс ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕЯřĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşĳ
Ć НŵŁũ ιЮŲЧŪÐĠс ŷЋ⅜ŲļĮаĕЯřĕřБďĳЊ
− ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ⅜˝℮Б
− ЮĊſЧŁũЯđ˝Юđũ

− ČĠсŎ˝ŷĳ□О″₣
− ĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſЮЧ Ł₤Ų ŷЋşњŎ¤
ЮřЧņġБΒĕНŷĳŚŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĠЯĕ□ņЮĕй ЮčŪ˝ņΖşЮşŀřБŁČĳсόŏ₤УũĄеĕУ₤ģĕЯřũ¤
The court may order additional investigations, if it believes this to be necessary.
The persons who can be authorized to conduct additional investigations are:
− the presiding judge;
− any of the judges of the bench, if applicable;
− All other judges of the Court of First Instance.
An order for additional investigations shall appoint a specific judge. This judge, under the
same conditions as an investigating judge, may:
− conduct field visits anywhere within the territorial jurisdiction of the court or to any part
of the national territory;
− question witnesses;
− conduct searches;
− seize items;
− issue orders for expert reports.
In order to implement additional investigations, the judge may issue rogatory letters.
ŌŪ″ ửƠ ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŢ˝сόŏČĳсŁũĠĕŚ
Article 340 Adjournment of Hearing
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲņЊĕģĕĠŃĆ ĠЮс ĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮĜйЮ◦ ĳНŵŁũΖşĠĕŚЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ
ЮŪŁŎ ″ņŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ЯřŲŠųФĕ˝е‗ĳс¤
If the hearing is not finished in one session, the court can adjourn the hearing to another
date.
ŌŪ″ ửơ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 341 Establishing Hearing Record
ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б₤ũЮ₤ũ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŷĜŁũЯřŲŌĕЮýŲЮţĩŚŲсņЮĊŜģŎřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Е ΒеĮБŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤
Ћ Б ĕЊ₣ģĕŎŲсř₣
ЮĊſЧŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏĕБĳŜĕН˝РŲļĮаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Ū˝ΐĠŃą ŪБ ĳСŷŠЊĳŠеЮũЬĠŬĠсЮŢŎŎ˝şЊĳŚ◦Н˝Ţ˝сΒеĮБŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉаĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣˝ĳсŪ″όŏģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņ
₤е‗УũЯřŲ₤Уũ ŪĮņĈе₣şЮņųŎ
Ч ũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣
ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ¤
˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŷĜŁũŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕЊ₣şНй◦ЊŢťŁũЮŪŁŎĮБŁũЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮŢŎŪĠēĕ
₤ŷĜŁũ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎаℓĞŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤
Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б₧ЯřŲŠąБžąЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũŁĕсŁĠс˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŷĜŁũ ŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲ◦‗Ź˝ņŊ ž₣ŷЋĕњŎ¤

At the hearing, the court clerk shall establish the hearing record for the purpose of giving
the Court of Appeal the means to examine the legality of the proceedings and an understanding of
the hearing.
The court clerk shall make his best efforts to describe the activities of the hearing and make
the record as accurate as possible in relation to the questions and answers of the accused, the civil
party, the civil defendants, the witnesses and the experts.

The hearing record shall be signed by the court clerk and be registered after being verified
by the presiding judge within 10 days after the announcement of the judgment. Any court clerk who
carelessly handles a hearing record shall be subject to disciplinary action.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ̉: ΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ
SECTION 4: OBJECTIONS
ŌŪ″ ửƯ ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşũĆ Ġ₤сĳНŵŁũ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ
Article 342 Competence of Court with Respect to Objection
ĳНŵŁũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń Ōĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ řЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŪÐĠсΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊĈ₣
е Β₤с ЯřŲЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎ
ÐРļÐБ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳşĤĠсģĕĠŃňĳŚЮĩ℮₣ĮБЮĕй¤
Ћ Б ЯřŲЮÐŢ˝сĄРĕŠųФĕĮЊĕЊĳŏ
ĳНŵŁũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ďΖ◦Џ ЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşĮБΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ ₤Ś БĮБЮŌþļĮаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳŁŲ₧ĳНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй″ņřБŁĠŃąС ĕĮБЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤
The court seized with a criminal case is entitled to decide on any objection raised by parties
unless the law provides otherwise.
The court is entitled to decide on any objection regarding the annulment of the procedure,
except in cases where the court has been seized by an indictment.
ŌŪ″ ửư ĠŔΆĠĜĀĕсĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣ŁũĠ₣∆₣сņĕ
Њ Ĉĕс₤ЮŪņş
Article 343 Interlocutory Question and Suspension of Judgment
ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷĠ₣∆₣ņ
с ЊĕĈĕс₤ЮŪņş ŁŲ₧ļÐБ₧ņУŎЮŲЧ˝ĠŔΆĠĜĀĕсĠ₣šЯе řŲŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏĠŔΆЮĕйď
₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĬ
Ć Ś şсņНŠũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤
ĠŔΆĠĜĀĕсĠ₣šеΖşĕЕ₣◦◦УŲģĕŲНйŪ″ЯĳĠŔΆЮĕй ΖşĕЕ₣ŲНĠŵ₣şũЋĳďĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч ĮБΒЮе ĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс
ЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤
˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĠŔΆ₤Ś БĮБ₤Њ◦ċЊž₣˝ņŊ₤Њ◦ċЊ ₤Њ◦ċŪЊ Ġĳŏ˝℮ЮŲЧΒşŲĕŷĳ□О ĕЊ₣ůĕкĠНÐŲ

ð ď₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĬ
Ć Ś şсņНŠ
ũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
The court shall suspend the decision if a party raises an interlocutory question for which
there is an exclusive jurisdiction of another court.
An interlocutory question is only admissible if it would remove a constitutive element of the
crime with which the accused was charged.
Questions regarding ownership rights in immovable property and the status of a person are
under the exclusive jurisdiction of the civil courts.
ŌŪ″ ử̉ ŁũĠİΆŀΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ
Article 344 Making Objection
ΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊŪĳСŷЯĳЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ņНĕřе₧˝сŁŲŁũĵũřŲсΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮşĖйЮ◦ĮНеΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
Any objection must be raised before any defense declaration on the merits, otherwise it is
inadmissible.

ŌŪ″ ự̉ Łũ◦◦УŲĠŔΆĠĜĀĕсĠ₣šе
Article 345 Admission of Interlocutory Question
ĳНŵŁũΖşŪĠŁ₤▫ ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷĠŔΆĠĜĀĕсĠ₣šеЯĳ″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНĠЮлН ₧‼ й¤
ŁŲ₧ΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊņЊĕģĕ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņЮ◦ ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĳСŷĠĕŚ¤
ŁŲ₧ĠŔΆĠĜĀĕсĠ₣šеŪĳСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲŎŲсŪĮņЮŢŎĳНŵŁũЮĜй ĳНŵŁũЮĕйŪĳСŷĠ₣∆₣с
ņЊĕĈĕс₤ЮŪņş Ю΅ЧŎ˝е‗ĳсũŎкЮĮŲόŏļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċĠŚЕ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њş¤
Ć
ŲНйĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċĠİΆŀķ₤ŚО ″₣▫ ģĕĠŚ Е₣ĳНŵŁũŌĕ₤ņĳ□ ˝ЊşĆЮ΅ЧŎ
ĳНŵ Łũ˝е‗ĳсũŎкЮĮŲℓŊБņ УŎЮ◦Ьĳ ЮřЧņġБόŏģĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ ЮŪņşΒеĮБĠŔΆ Юĕй¤ ĳНŵŁũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś Е₣ ŪĳСŷģĕ
◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйĮБŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ЮĠЧýŊĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎĳНŵŁũЮĜйЮ◦ ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹČĠсřеЮ‗ЧũŁũĳЮĉ
Ю◦Ьĳ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũŎЙĳŗлŷЮĕйď˝е΅Н₤Ġ₧Ś Ųņ˝ĮБŁũЮĊſ₤ŪĠЯ΅₤ũĠ₤сļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤

The court may declare an interlocutory question inadmissible only by a judgment with
statement of reasons. If the objection is dismissed, the trial hearing shall proceed.
If an interlocutory question is raised and admitted by the court, the court shall adjourn the
hearing and set the time for the objecting party to clarify the issue with the competent court.
After the expiration of this period, if the objecting party proved that he had filed a lawsuit
with the competent court, the court shall set a new date for resuming the trial. The Royal Prosecutor
shall notify the court before which the lawsuit is pending about this time period.
If, caused by the negligence of the concerned party, there is no decision within the period
specified by the court, the criminal case shall proceed.
ŌŪ″ ử̀ ŁũĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮŲЧΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ
Article 346 Judgment on Objection
ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊ″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņņУŎŢşсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ ĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņаĕΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ĳНŵŁũ˝єΖşĠŃĆС ŲΧĠġĳŚЊЮ΅ĳНЮĉĕЕ₣Β₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ Ю΅ЧŎ₤ЮŪņş″ņ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯĳņУŎřРşýĖ ΒеĮБ
ΒŃňŪĳ˝ņŊďņУŎĕЕ₣Β₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ¤
The court shall issue a decision on an objection in a judgment separate from the judgment
on the merits.
However, the court may also issue only one judgment which includes a decision on the
objection and a decision on the merits.

ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
CHAPTER 4: DECISION
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
SECTION 1: ANNOUNCEMENT OF JUDGMENT
ŌŪ″ ử́ ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
Article 347 Announcement of Judgment
⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮşŀЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ιЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŲЧ˝
ЮŪŁŎ¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бž₣ЮŪŁŎЮĕй ŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсļÐБĈ₣

е ΐŎЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕ ΒеĮБаℓĞЯřŲŪĳСŷ
ŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤
The judgment is issued at the hearing date or in a subsequent session. In the latter case, the
presiding judge shall inform the parties of the date of the announcement.
ŌŪ″ ử7 Яřĕ˝е‗ĳсаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũşеЮĵйΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН
Article 348 Scope of Seizure of Court (regarding Facts)
ĳНŵŁũΖş₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚБģĕЯĳЮĉЮŲЧΒЮе ĮЧĈ₣
е ΐŎ₧ ЯřŲŌĕĠİΆŀЮĝ˝ĖО₣⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕ řБŁĠŃąС ĕ
řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ι˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕļųņ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşũУņďŪ˝Оņ Ю΅ЧŎŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫Β₣ðЮ΅ĳНЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĠŚЕ₣ЮĜй ĠЮ₣˛Чĳģĕď
Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų΅Н ĳНŵŁũЮĜйЮĝЯĳŌĕ₤ņĳ□ ˝ЊşĆЮřЧņġБĄŪņйЮ₤ş˝ŚБřЯřŲ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŌĕЮčŪ˝ņЯĳŌĖ˝сÐĳс Ю΅ЧŎŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫Β₣ðЮ΅ĳНЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĠŚЕ₣
ЮĜй ĠЮ₣˛ЧĳģĕďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ĳНŵŁũЮĜйĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮřЧņġБЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ¤

The court may only decide on acts stated in the indictment, the citation, or on the written
record of immediate appearance.
In case a court which sits en banc finds that the act charged is in fact a misdemeanor or a
petty offense, the court shall remain competent to try that offense.
In case a court which sits as a single judge finds that the act charged is in fact a felony, the
court shall return the case file to the Royal Prosecutor to initiate a judicial investigation.
ŌŪ″ ửo ЯřĕаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũşеЮĵйĠНÐŲ
ð
Article 349 Scope of Seizure of Court (regarding Persons)
ĳНŵŁũΖşĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĠŃąС ĕЮĉşеЮĵйņНŠŠųФĕ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯĳĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤
ð ₧ЯřŲЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲЮĉşеЮĵйņНŠĳНŵŁũ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ΖşŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс˝ĖО₣ůĕк
ďĄĕаřřŲс ιΒĖ˝₤ņÐеĕЊĳ ĠНÐŲ

ð ЮĜйĕЕ₣ΖşŪĳСŷĄеĕНеĄŪņйģĕ ЮŪŁŎĮБŪĳСŷģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсřРşŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ̉ư
(ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс) ЯĳĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤
The court may only judge such persons who appeared as accused before it.
If another person, who has been called as a witness during trial, is suspected of committing
a crime or conspiring with someone to commit a crime, this person may be judged only after his
case has been processed under the provisions of Article 43 (Criminal Proceedings) of this Code.

ŌŪ″ ựƠ ŁũŪĠŁ₤ĮБĮЊũН◦ċļĮ
Article 350 Declaration of Guilt
ĳНŵŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ▫к
− ΒеЮĮЧЮĜйďĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť Ġ◦ņĄęЊņ ιĠ◦Ų΅Н
− ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚΒЮе ĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧŠФ ųĕιЮ◦¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĮЊĕЊĳŏЮþЧŀ▫ ŌĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĳНŵŁũŪĠŁ₤ĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠсĠŃňĳŚ¤

Њ
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĳНŵŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ΒеĮБЮĜйņЊĕЯņĕďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Ю◦ ι˝єĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊĕ˝е΅Н₤Ю◦ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷ
ģĕũУşŠųФĕĮБĠ◦ЮČ◦¤
The court shall examine whether:
− the facts constitute a felony, a misdemeanor, or a petty offense;
− the accused committed the crime of which he has been accused or not.
If the accused is found guilty, the court shall sentence the accused in accordance with the
law.
If the court considers that the act is not an offense or that the accused is not guilty, it acquits
the accused.
ŌŪ″ ựơ ΒŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Article 351 Absence of Accused
ŷЋņĳЊ₤₣℮њŎŪĳСŷЯĳģĕďΒĳ□ŪĠЮŗĄĕчřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ďĕЊşĆ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷĳŚŌĕ ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮĈ₤ЯřŲŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠФ ųĕŪĠŁ₤▫
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĮЊĳďģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤řРşЯřŲģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĜйЯņĕ¤
The accused always has the benefit of the doubt.
In case of absence of the accused, the court shall pronounce a sentence if it convicts the
accused as being guilty.
ŌŪ″ ựƯ ŁũĠŃĆ ĠŁ
с ũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ
Article 352 Termination of Judicial Supervision
ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ŪĳСŷĠŃĆ ĠЮс ĝЮĮŲŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤
When the judgment is issued, the judicial supervision ends.
ŌŪ″ ựư řБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ЮşŀЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ
Article 353 Detention Order and Arrest Warrant Issued by Court
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĳНŵŁũŪĠŁ₤ĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũ ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе ŗл₣ĳЊş ЮŢŎýŊĕŁũĮŏФũЮ◦ ĳНŵŁũ″ņ
Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĮЊЮ₤₤ ĕЊ₣ЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ΖşЮşŀЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũк
− řБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕ
− řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷĳŚŌĕ
ų ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ŌĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷĳŚļųņ6¤
řБŁĈе₣ЮĜйŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ

− ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ◦‗Ź˝ņŊ ĕЊ₣Βĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲďņРŲŢťĕаĕŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Юĕй
řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ĕЊ₣ЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕČĠсŠФ ųĕЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ЮĜй ŪĳСŷЯĳģĕЮÐĜеЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕ˝ĖО₣
ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųĠ
Б еĩНĳЮĝņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ЯřŲόŏřе‗₣
Е řŲс⅜ņБŠФ ųĕΒеĮř Б Юĕй ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
Б Ł ų ¤
ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠЮĜй ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşşЊĳ▫
ŉ ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ŪĳСŷЯĳşРŲ
ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųБĠеĩНĳ ЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşЮĊſĵ

Ч ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĝЮŪł
þНе¤ ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ưỚ (Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НЮе ŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
ЯřŲďĠсþ)Не аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
If the court sentences the accused to at least one-year imprisonment without suspension, it
may, by special reasoned decision, issue the following orders at the end of the hearing:
− a detention order against an accused who is present;
− an arrest warrant against an accused who is absent.
The detention order and the arrest warrant shall become effective immediately.
These orders shall include the following information:
− the identity of the convicted person;
− the nature of punishment and the law which is the legal basis for the punishment;
− the full name and position of the judge who issues the order.
These orders shall be dated, signed and sealed by the issuing judge.
A convicted person who is arrested on the basis of such warrant shall be brought before the
Royal Prosecutor without delay at the place where he has been arrested, the Royal Prosecutor
notifies him about the order and proceeds with his incarceration.
If the judgment is a default judgment, the convicted person who wishes to contest this
judgment shall be brought without delay before the court that issued the judgment. The convicted
person may make an application for release and the court shall decide in accordance with Article
307 (Application for Release of Detained Accused) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ự̉ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝
ĳНŵŁũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њş₤
Ć ЮŪņşΒеĮБŁũŪĠÐŲсŷĳ□ОЯřŲČĠсŎ˝¤
The court has the competence to decide on the return of seized items.
ŌŪ″ ự̣ Łũ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 355 Judgment on Civil Remedy
Юĝ˝ĖО ₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯĳņУŎďņУŎЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
ĳНŵŁũ ŷЋĕЊşњŎ
¯ ΒеĮБļĮΖş◦◦УŲģĕаĕŁũ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ю΅ЧŎ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ũĠ₤с
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮĉЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŲЧΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ŁŲ₧ĳНŵŁũņЊĕĈĕсΖş
₤ЮŪņşģĕЮŲЧĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮ◦ ĳНŵŁũΖşĠ₣∆₣сЮĉ₤ŷĜŁũЮŲЧ˝ЮŪŁŎ ĕЊ₣Ζş₤ЮŪņşόŏŪģ˝с

ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯĳņУŎďņУŎýĖЮĜй ŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷ˝ĖО₣Łũ₤₣ŁũŠРşžĳЮŢŎ
⅜ņÐðļ
Б Į¤
In the criminal judgment, the court shall also decide upon civil remedies. The court shall
determine the admissibility of the civil party application and also decide on the claims of the civil
party against the accused and civil defendants. If a judgment for remedies in the civil matter cannot
yet be made, the court may attribute a tentative amount of compensation and adjourn the final
decision to a subsequent hearing.
Persons who are found liable for the same offense shall have joint liability for compensation
of damages.
ŌŪ″ ự̀ ΒŷĳŉŌĕũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 356 Absence of Civil Party at Trial
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ģĕĄРĕĵ˝ŏ₤НеĈņĈũ₤е‗₣ŁũŠРşžĳЮĝņНĕЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЯĳΒŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ
ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĳŵ
Н ŁũŪĠŁ₤▫ŌĕĮЊũН◦ċЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĜй ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷЯĳ₤ЮŪņşόŏ₤₣ŁũŠРşžĳřŲс
Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮŲЧΒĳ□ĕŎ
њ аĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤
If a civil party claimed for compensation before trial, but was absent during the trial, the
court shall nevertheless make a decision on the compensation for the victim based on the substance
of the case file, if the accused was found guilty by the court.
ŌŪ″ ự́ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ŲŪ˝ņк ЯĩĖ˝₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĕЊ₣ЯĩĖ˝₤ЮŪņş
Article 357 Writing of Judgment: Holding and Ruling
ŪÐĠс⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷŌĕĮБũЯĩĖ˝к
− ЯĩĖ˝₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНЮĵŲÐЙ◦ΌΈБ˝ũ‗чаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН ĕЊ₣Β₣ðşĤĠсЯřŲĜеόŏĳНŵŁũЮşŀЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņş¤
− ЯĩĖ˝₤ЮŪņşЮĵŲÐЙЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ¤
Β₣ðЮ΅ĳНŪĳСŷЯĳşĤ₤сŵ₤с ĕЊ₣ýŊĕŁũ₤₣℮њŎ¤ ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲĠ◦ЮČ◦ĕБņУŎ6 ĕЊ₣◦ΌΈБ˝ũ‗чЯřŲģĕЮŲЧ˝
ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷЮđųЧŎĳĠЮĉĕЕ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũũĠ₤сÐРļÐБ¤
ЯĩĖ˝Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ ΒеĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ЯřŲĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚŠН₤Βĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤
ĕЊ₣◦‗Ź˝ņŊũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
The judgment shall be divided into two parts:
− The holding (the arguments of facts and law that led to the court’s decision)
− The ruling (the decision of the court)
The facts shall be clear and unequivocal. The court shall examine each of the charges and
arguments presented during the trial.
In the holding part of the judgment, the court shall respond to the written arguments
submitted by any party.
In the ruling part of the judgment, the court shall note the offense committed by the
accused, the applicable law, the sentence and any civil remedy.
ŌŪ″ ự7 ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйЮŲЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
Article 358 Information Stated in Judgment
⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą ¤
Б

⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷŌĕşНйЮ₤ş˝ŚБřРşĳЮĉк
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲĄеĕНеĄŪņй
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкĳе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũ
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
− ЮěŊ й ◦БŲеЮĝ ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣˝еЮ‗Чĳ ņНŠũĠũũĠ₤ссĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
− ЮěŊ йũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĠēĕ ĕЊ₣Ū˝ΐĠŃą ũБ Уş ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮřЧņŪĳСŷĳņ˛Ųс◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
ŗл₣ŎРũĠеĩНĳ (ŪģеĠ)Б аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤ ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą БŪĳСŷЯĳũ˝⅝◦Н˝⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮřЧņ
ďĕЊş¤
Ć Ū˝ΐĠŃą Ζ
Б şĩŚŲş
с ĤĠсşņų₣аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņďΖ◦Џ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
A judgment shall be signed by the presiding judge and the clerk. The judgment shall
include:
− the date of the hearing(s);
− the date of the issuance of the judgment;
− the full name and position of the trial judge;
− the full name and position of the Prosecutor;
− the full name and position of the court clerk;
− the full name, place of residence, birth date, birthplace, and occupation of the accused,
of the civil party, and of civil defendants; and
− the names of the lawyers.
The judgment shall be signed by the presiding judge and the court clerk within no more than
8 days after the judgment was issued and shall be filed with the office of the court clerk. The office
of the court clerk shall always keep the original judgment. The court clerk may provide copies of
the judgment in case of appeal.
ŌŪ″ ựo ŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к
Article 359 Announcement of Judgment in Public Hearing
ŪÐĠс⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷЯĳŪĠŁ₤ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к¤ ЯĩĖ˝аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŪĳСŷΖĕЮŢŎ₤Юņų ₣žų₣
е 6
ЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤
All judgments shall be issued and announced during a public hearing session. The ruling
part shall be read aloud by the presiding judge.

ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
SECTION 2: TYPES OF JUDGMENT
ŌŪ″ ừƠ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠ
Article 360 Non-default Judgment
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ЮĜй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪĳСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕЮĕйЮ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠΖşŪĳСŷĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чģĕ¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĝЯĳď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠřЯřŲ ЮĈйĠБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Č˝ЮşŀĮБĠĕĀĠ₤
с ŷĜŁũ˝єЮŢŎ¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝єď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠЯřũ ŁŲ₧ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷģĕ₤УũşЮņųЧŎЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ
ŌŪ″ ưƠt (ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲĮНеΖşşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

If the accused appears at trial, the judgment is a non-default judgment. The accused person
does not need to be notified by writ of notification of the judgment, which is subject to appeal.
A judgment shall remain a non-default judgment even if the accused leaves the court room.
A judgment also is a non-default judgment when the accused was questioned under the
provisions of Article 309 (Accused Who Cannot Appear Before Court) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ừơ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠ
Article 361 Judgment Deemed as Non-default
Б ĠŃąС ĕЮĉ
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕşРŲņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ◦ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮБřŁ
ĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс ιģĕřЕ₣ĮБŁũЮŁйЮΊЮ΅ЧŎЮĜй ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝▫ ď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲČĳс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠЮĕй ŪĳСŷόŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşŪĳСŷĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч
ģĕ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷĳŚŌĕ ģĕĠİΆŀņРŲЮ΅ĳНΒеĮБŁũΒŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ Ю΅ЧŎĳНŵŁũ˝єģĕ
◦◦УŲ▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ ЮĜйĳНŵŁũΖşЮŲЧ˝ЮũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮĝ₤ŷĜŁũņУŎЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьĳ¤
If the accused does not appear for trial, but had knowledge of his citation or summons, the
judgment shall be deemed to be a non-default judgment as far as he is concerned.
The accused shall be notified by writ of notification of the so deemed non-default judgment,
which is subject to appeal.
In case the accused was absent but provided the court with reasons for his absence which
the court accepts as proper, the trial may be adjourned to another date to be specified by the court.
ŌŪ″ ừƯ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ
Article 362 Default Judgment
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ◦ Ю΅ЧŎĕЊ₣ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧýŊĕķ₤ОŚ ″₣ĠİΆŀόŏЮþЧŀ▫
Б ĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
⅜ņБŠФ ųĕřЕ₣ĮБřŁ Не Ūņй ιģĕřЕ₣ΒеĮŁ
Б ũЮŁйЮΊЮĜйЮ◦ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤
⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ŪĳСŷόŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşŪĳСŷĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сģĕ ¤
If the accused does not appear for trial and there is no proof that he had knowledge of his
citation or summons, a default judgment shall be issued in his absence.
The accused shall be notified by writ of notification of the default judgment. This judgment
can be opposed against (See Article 365).

ŌŪ″ ừư ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀşеЮĵйЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 363 Judgment against Civil Party
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ιŌĕΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ЮŢŎŪĳЕņŪĳСŷЮĜй
⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷЯĳď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĕй¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ņЊĕŪĳСŷ
ĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲс⅜ņБŠФ ųĕЮ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чģĕ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БņЊĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ◦ ĕЊ₣ýŊĕΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷЮ◦
⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠЮĕй ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣
ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сģĕ¤
If a civil party appears or is properly represented during the hearing the judgment shall be a
non-default judgment as far as the civil party is concerned. The civil party does not need to be
notified by writ of notification about the judgment, which is subject to appeal.
If the civil party did not appear at the hearing or had no proper representative, a default
judgment shall be issued in its absence. The civil party shall be notified by writ of notification
about the default judgment. This judgment can be opposed against (See Article 372).
ŌŪ″ ừ̉ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀşеЮĵйΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 364 Judgment against Civil Defendants
ð ЯřŲЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ι˝єŌĕ
ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ЮŢŎŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜйď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠЮĕй
ņЊĕŪĳСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйΖşŪĳСŷĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чģĕ¤
ð ЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ýŊĕ
ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷЮ◦ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠЮĕйŪĳСŷ
όŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕй ΖşĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сģĕ¤
If a civil defendant appears or is properly represented at the hearing, or had a legitimate
representative, the judgment shall be a non-default judgment. The civil defendant does not need to
be notified by writ of notification about the judgment, which is subject to appeal.
If the civil defendant did not appear at the hearing and was not properly represented, a
default judgment shall be issued in his absence. The civil defendant shall be notified by writ of
notification about the default judgment. This judgment can be opposed against (See Article 372).
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ
SECTION 3: OPPOSITION AGAINST DEFAULT JUDGMENT
ŌŪ″ ự̀ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ
Article 365 Opposition against Default Judgment
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сĕЕ₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠŠųФĕģĕ¤
A convicted person may file an opposition against a default judgment, as far as he is
concerned.

ŌŪ″ ừ̀ ◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 366 Forms and Admissibility of Opposition Motion
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ŢŎĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗Β
ч ˝℮ũк
− ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
− ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĮйŬĄΖďń Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ιЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ι
ņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşŪĳСŷģĕĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŲЊŠЊĳΒĕНŔňĳόŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕď
ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕ ΖşŪĳСŷĳе₧₣ЮŢŎΰĮН˝ ŌŚŎ ιΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ņЊĕČеģşсŌĕŲЊŠЊĳ
ŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЮЊ ◦¤
ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ŪĮйŬĄΖďń Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ŪĮņĈе₣ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ι
ņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ųĕ ĠŃąС ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĜйļųņЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃą БаĕĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤
ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сņĕ
Њ ЮşйşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮ◦ ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĕйŪĳСŷĩŚЊĳŪŌņаř¤
Any opposition shall be made by a written statement submitted to:
− the office of the clerk of the court which issued the judgment;
− the Royal Prosecutor, the police or military police or to the chief of prison or detention
center.
The convicted person may be represented by a lawyer. The lawyer shall obtain a specific
power of attorney from the convicted person authorizing his activity. However, a convicted person,
who is a minor, may be represented by a parent or guardian. In this case the representative does not
need to have a power of attorney for representation.
When receiving an opposition motion, the Royal Prosecutor, the police and military police,
or the chief of prison or detention center shall immediately forward the motion to the court clerk of
the court which issued the judgment.
If the person filing the motion does not know how to sign, he shall emplace a finger-print on
it.
ŌŪ″ ừ́ ĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 367 Registry of Opposition Motion
Ū˝ΐĠŃą БаĕĳНŵŁũ ŁĕсĠŃą БĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с¤ ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲĠŃą БЮĜйģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤
The court clerk shall keep a registry of opposition motions so that the related parties and
lawyers may freely examine it.
ŌŪ″ ừ7 ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 368 Time Limit for Opposition Motion
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сŪĳСŷЯĳЮĊſЮЧ ĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ЮĩŚņ
Ч ÐЊĳк
− ĮБаℓĞĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЮŢŎĬĀŲсаř ι
− ĮБаℓĞЯřŲĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЮĕйģĕřЕ₣ŗл₣ĮЊĳŪģ˝řΒеĮ⅜
Б ŲŪ˝ņ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйņЊĕģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲс
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮ◦¤
An opposition motion against a default judgment shall be submitted within 15 days from:

− The date of notification of the default judgment, if the judgment was delivered by hand
to the convicted person, or
− The date the convicted person got actual knowledge about the judgment if the judgment
was not delivered by hand to him.
ŌŪ″ ừo Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с˝ŪņЊĳşеЮĵйЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 369 Opposition Motion Limited to Civil Part of Judgment
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сΖş˝ŪņЊĳЮĊſЧЮĉЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝єģĕ¤
An opposition motion may be limited to the civil part of the judgment.
ŌŪ″ ứƠ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 370 Effect of Opposition Motion
ŁŲ₧Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ЮĉЮŲЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņĈе₣ņРŲ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣с¤ ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
ŪĳСŷĮŏФũ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕЮĝЯĳŌĕΖĕНļĮ¤ ĳНŵŁũЮĝЯĳŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ řЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤
ŁŲ₧Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ЮĉЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŌĕЯĳЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ЮĕйĠлЮН ₧‼ й
ЯřŲŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣с¤ ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĕйŪĳСŷĮŏФũ¤
When an opposition motion is made against an entire judgment, the judgment shall be
considered void. The execution of judgment shall be suspended.
However, the arrest warrant shall remain in force. The court has authority to decide whether
to release the accused.
When an opposition motion is made only against the civil part of the judgment, only that
part should be considered void. The execution of the civil part of the judgment shall be suspended.
ŌŪ″ ứơ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 371 Judgment on Opposition Motion
₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ŪĳСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝Ŏ˝ņ˝ĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũřЯřŲ¤
ļÐБĈ₣
е Β₤сŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ″ņÐеĕЊĳЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲļĮΖş◦◦УŲģĕаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĕй ĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ďℓŊБņŚ₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲģĕЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ Ю΅ЧŎņЊĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮ◦ ĳНŵŁũ
ŪĠŁ₤▫Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с◦Н˝ďυ˝⅜ũΟĳģĕŁũ¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲЮÐĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷЯ˝ЯŪĠЮ◦¤ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйŌĕ
ΖĕНļĮĈе₣Ū₤О₣şеЮĵйļÐБĈ₣
е Β₤с¤ ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĝŌĕŲ◦ċ ļĮĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″
ưƯ (ũĠ₤сЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The case shall be heard again before the same court.
All parties are summonsed on the initiative of the Royal Prosecutor.
If the court acknowledges the admissibility of the opposition motion, the court shall judge
de novo on the merits of the case.
If the person making the opposition motion has been properly summonsed, but fails to
appear at the hearing, the court may declare the opposition motion void. Thereafter, the default
judgment cannot be modified. The judgment has all its effect against all parties. However, the

opposing party has the right to appeal against the judgment under the provisions of Article 382
(Time Limit for Appeal by Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil Defendants) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ứƯ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 372 Opposition Motion Made by Civil Party or Civil Defendants
ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś₣
Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б˝Ζ
є şĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сĕЕ₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠŠųФĕģĕЯřũ¤ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĕй ŪĳСŷ
˝е‗ĳсЮĉЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯĳĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сŪĳСŷЮĊſ˝
Ч ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе)аℓĞ ÐЊĳĮБк
− аℓĞόŏřе‗₣ е ņНŠ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮŢŎĬĀŲсаř

Е ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ˝еģ₣
− аℓĞЯřŲЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕřЕ₣ŗл₣ĮЊĳŪģ˝řΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйņЊĕģĕŪĠÐŲс
όŏřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮ◦¤
Ġ‗Ś Е₣Ĉ₤сŪĳСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ЮĝŁũЋŗ ŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą БаĕĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤
ЮřЧ ņĠ‗Ś Е ₣ũřť ĠġЮŷ‗БΖ şŪĳСŷĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ ◦ċ ιőĳЊЮŵ΅ЊĳĬĀ Ųс¤ ΒĖ ˝ ĳе₧₣ ŪĳСŷŌĕ
ŲЊŠ ЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤ Њ◦ċ ЊόŏĠŚ Е ₣Ĉ₤с¤
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕŌŪ″Юĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚЮŲЧĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲĳНŵŁũŪĠŁ₤▫ ŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бĩ₣
Яřũ¤
A civil party may also file an opposition motion against a default judgment. The opposition
is limited to the civil matter of the judgment.
An opposition motion against a default judgment must be submitted within 15 days from:
− The date of notification of the default judgment, if the judgment was delivered by hand
to the civil party, or
− The date the civil party got actual knowledge about the judgment if the judgment was
not delivered by hand to him.
The opposition motion must be submitted in writing to the office of the court clerk of the
court which issued the judgment.
The civil party may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse, or a direct-line relative. The
representative shall provide a special power of attorney to file an opposition motion.
The provisions of this article shall also be applied to any person who has been declared a
civil defendant by the court.
Е Χ◦ċũ‗чşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
TITLE 2: APPEALS AGAINST JUDGMENTS
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆũĠ₤с₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Źаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч
CHAPTER 1: AUTHORITY OF CRIMINAL CHAMBER OF COURT OF APPEAL
ŌŪ″ ứư ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşũĆ Ġ₤с₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Źаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 373 Jurisdiction of Criminal Chamber of Court of Appeal
₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Źаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч Ōĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮБĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЯřŲЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
ũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЯřŲ₤□ЊĳЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ņĳ□ ˝ЊşĆũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ˝ĖО ₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤

The Criminal Chamber of the Court of Appeal has the authority to decide appeals against
decisions of the Court of First Instance within its scope of jurisdiction for criminal cases.
ŌŪ″ ứ̉ ΒĕНĠǻ◦аĕЮčŪ˝ņņУŎşеĕУĕ
Article 374 Abstention of Certain Judges or Prosecutors
ЮčŪ˝ņ₧ŌĖ˝сЯřŲģĕĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ιЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιЯřŲģĕşРŲũУņĄеĕНеĄŪņй⅜ŵřеĠР₣ũУşЮ΅ЧŎ
ЮĜй ņЊĕΖşĕЕ₣şРŲũУņĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮĝ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч˝ĖО₣ůĕкďŪĠēĕ ιЮčŪ˝ņşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣řЯřŲЮĜйģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
A judge or prosecutor who has participated in the enquiry or the judicial investigation, or
who has already participated in the trial at the Court of First Instance, may not participate in the
hearing of the Court of Appeal as a presiding judge or judge for the same case.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕаĕĠ‗Ś₣
Е Χ◦ċũ‗ч
CHAPTER 2: ADMISSIBILITY OF APPEALS
ŌŪ″ ự́ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 375 Persons Entitled to Make Appeals
ΖşĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чģĕк
− ŪĮйŬĄΖďńаĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
− ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ
− ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
− ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б şеЮĵйĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
An appeal may be filed by:
− the Royal Prosecutor of the Court of First Instance and the General Prosecutor attached
to a Court of Appeal;
− the convicted person;
− the civil party, regarding the civil matter of the case;
− the civil defendant, regarding the civil matter of the case.
ŌŪ″ ứ̀ ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 376 Formalities of Appeals by Prosecutor, Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil
Defendants
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ĝ
ŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşŪĳСŷģĕĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċό
Њ ŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗Ś₣
Е Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕďΒĕБĳЊĄĕ Ζşĳе₧₣ЮŢŎΰĮН˝ ŌŚŎ ιΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ņЊĕČеģşсŌĕŲЊŠЊĳ
ŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЮЊ ◦¤
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιőĳЊЮŵ΅ЊĳĬĀŲс¤ ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŲЊŠЊĳ
ŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċό
Њ ŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĕй¤
ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιőĳЊЮŵ΅ЊĳĬĀŲс¤ ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ
ŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊόŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĕй¤

Ū˝ΐĠŃą ş
Б НйĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĝЮŲЧĠŃą Į
Б ЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н˝Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą аБ ĕĳНŵŁũ¤ ŲЊŠЊĳĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чŪĳСŷ
şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ιΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣¤ ŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊ ŪĳСŷļąĠсĕЕ₣ŲЊŠЊĳĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤

The appeal by the Royal Prosecutor, the convicted person, the civil party and the civil
defendants shall be filed with the office of the clerk of the court which issued the judgment.
A convicted person may be represented by a lawyer. The lawyer shall have a written power
of attorney to file an appeal. However, a minor convicted person may be represented by his father,
mother or guardian. In the latter case, the representative is not required to have the power of
attorney.
A civil party may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse or a direct-line relative. The
representative shall provide a written power of attorney to file an appeal.
A civil defendant can be represented by a lawyer, his spouse or a direct-line relative. The
representative shall provide a written power of attorney to file an appeal.
The court clerk shall register any appeal in a special registry of the court. The appeal shall
be signed by the court clerk and the appellant or the appellant’s representative. The power of
attorney shall be attached to the appeal.
ŌŪ″ ứ́ ŁũŪĠŁ₤Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮŢŎĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲďĠсþНе
Article 377 Declaration of Appeal by Detained Convicted Person
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲďĠсþНе Ζş₤еЯř₣đĕĀкũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ˝ĖО ₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĝņНŠŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ųĕ¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ
ЮĕйĠеЮĮŀĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž¤
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чŪĳСŷşНйĠŃą ЮБ ŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНŠ

е Ф ųĕЮĝЮŲЧĠŃą Į
Б ЊЮ₤₤¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž
Юĝ ũЖņаĕĠŃą ЮБ ĕй¤
е Ф ųĕ ŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠĠ
ųБ еĩНĳЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕĳНŵŁũ
ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĕй ЮĝЮŲЧĠŃą БĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чаĕĳНŵŁũ¤

A convicted person being detained may express his decision to appeal to the chief of prison
or detention center. The convicted person shall fill out the appeal action form, which shall be dated
and signed.
The appeal action form shall be filed by the chief of prison or detention center in a separate
registry. The detained convicted person also signs on the page margin of the registry.
The chief of prison or detention center shall send the appeal without delay to the clerk of the
court where the appeal shall be registered in the appeal registry of the court.
ŌŪ″ ứ7 ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чďΒĕ˝šũĄĕ
Article 378 Illiterate Appellants
ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĕйŪĳСŷĩŚЊĳŪŌņаř¤
If the appellant does not know how to sign, the appellant shall emplace his finger-print.
ŌŪ″ ứo ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 379 Formalities of Appeal by General Prosecutor
ŁũĠŚ Е₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ ЮĝŁũЋŗ ŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
Ū˝ΐĠŃą БşНйŲЊŠЊĳĠŚ Е₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĝЮŲЧĠ Ńą БĮЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗ ŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
ŲЊŠЊĳĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤

Any appeal by the General Prosecutor shall be made at the office of the clerk of the Court of
Appeal.
The clerk shall register the appeal in a special registry kept at the office of the clerk of the
Court of Appeal. The appeal shall also be signed by the clerk and the General Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ư7Ơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗Ś₣
Е Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 380 Access to Appeal Registry
ĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чаĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чΖşŪĳСŷģĕļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲģĕЮŢŎ
Ю₤ũВ¤
The appeal registries of the Court of First Instance and the Court of Appeal may be freely
examined by the parties and their lawyers.
ŌŪ″ ư7ơ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 381 Time Period for Appeal by Prosecutor and General Prosecutor
ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷЯĳЮĊſ˝
Ч ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ¤
ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷЯĳЮĊſЧ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ư (ĠБ) ЯŠ¤
ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĩŚņ
Ч ÐЊĳĮБЮĮŲŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤
An appeal by the Royal Prosecutor must be filed within one month.
An appeal by the General Prosecutor must be filed within three months.
The time period for appeal is calculated from the date the judgment was pronounced.
ŌŪ″ ư7Ư ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗Ś₣
Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 382 Time Period for Appeal by Convicted Person, Civil Party and Civil Defendants
ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ŪĳСŷЯĳЮĊſЧ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơ
(ņУŎ) ЯŠ¤
ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜйď⅜ŲŪ˝ņşеЮĵйņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЮĩŚЧņÐЊĳĮБЮĮŲŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲŪ˝ņ¤
ŁŲ₧⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĜйď⅜ŲŪ˝ņČĳс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч ЮĩŚЧņÐЊĳĮБЮĮŲ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣
⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ЮĈйĠБŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ЮĕйЮĊſЧ″ņŷЋĊБ₧˝єЮŢŎ¤
An appeal by the convicted person, the civil party, or a civil defendant shall be made within
one month.
Where the judgment is non-default, the time period for an appeal shall be calculated from
the day the judgment was pronounced.
Where the judgment is deemed to be non-default, the time period for an appeal shall be
calculated from the day the writ of notification was made regardless of the means.
ŌŪ″ ư7ư ũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чк Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чΧĠġĳŚЮЊ ΅ĳН
Article 383 Additional Time Period for Appeal: Incidental Appeal
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲļÐБ₧ņУŎģĕĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲž₣ЮŲЧЮĕй ļÐБřа◦Ю◦ЬĳŌĕũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņ ́
(ŪģеĮБũ) аℓĞ ЮřЧņġБЮĊſĠ

Ч ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чΧĠġĳŚЊЮ΅ĳН¤ ũŎкЮĮŲĠЯĕ□ņЮĕй ЮĩŚЧņÐЊĳĮБŁũĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲĊņŊ″¤
In case of an appeal by any party within the time period provided above, other parties have
an additional 7 days to file an incidental appeal. The additional time shall be calculated from the
expiration of the specified period for filing an appeal.

ŌŪ″ ư7̉ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ
Article 384 Time Period for Appeal by Prosecutor or Convicted Person in Case of Detention
˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣þНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ŁũĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чŪĳСŷЯĳЮĊſЮЧ ŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̉ (Я₤₤ЊĠŪģеĠ)Б ЮŌл₣ ĕЊ₣ЮŢŎ
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ¤ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ЮĩŚņ

Ч ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞЯřŲĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşĮБŁũþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ¤
In cases of detention, an eventual appeal shall be filed by the Royal Prosecutor within 48
hours and by the convicted person within 5 days. This time period shall be calculated from the date
of the court decision on detention.
ŌŪ″ ư7̣ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņČĳсũЮĠЬĠ
Article 385 Appeal against Interlocutory Judgment
ŁŲ₧ĳНŵŁũЮşŀ⅜ŲŪ˝ņČĳсũЮĠЬĠ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чΖşŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲģĕļųņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮĕйĠŃĆ Ġс
ĕБĳЊŷЋĊБ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩОĀŎĮБЮĕй ⅜ŲŪ˝ņČĳсũЮĠЬĠĕЕ₣ΖşŪĳСŷŢ˝сĄРĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чĮЊĕЊĳŏģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯĳЮĊſЧŪĮņýĖďņУŎ
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝Ś¤
Б
If the court issues an interlocutory judgment before sentencing, an appeal is admissible
immediately if the judgment terminates the proceedings. Otherwise, an interlocutory judgment can
only be submitted to the Court of Appeal for examination together with the judgment on the merits.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: ĕБĳЊŷЋĊЮБ ĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч
CHAPTER 3: PROCEDURES OF COURT OF APPEAL
ŌŪ″ ư7̀ ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣Юĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 386 Forwarding Case Files to Court of Appeal
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч Ū˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ЮũЬĠşе₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮřЧņġБĠŃąС ĕЮĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ŪĳСŷЮĩńЮЧ ĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠĠ

ųБ еĩĳ
Н ĄРĕЮĉřŲсŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĕŷР к
− Ћ Б
₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣аĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
− Ю₤ş˝ŚБşņų₣аĕŲЊŠЊĳĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чĕБņУŎ6ЮŢŎŌĕĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ
− Ю₤ş˝ŚБşņų₣аĕ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮŢŎŌĕĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ ₤Ś Β
Б еĮБŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ŪĳСŷ
ĠŃąС ĕ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ŗл₣ŎРũÐЊĳĮБаℓĞĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳŌĕŁŲкЮ◦₤кņЊĕΖşĄеĕйģĕЯřŲŪĳСŷ
ЯĳŌĕĠŔą˝сЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŲЊŠЊĳĠŃąС ĕ¤
If an appeal is filed, the clerk of the Court of First Instance brings the case file up to date for
forwarding it to the Court of Appeal.
The clerk shall forward to the office of the clerk of the Court of Appeal without delay the
following:
− the case file;
− a certified copy of each appeal document;
− a certified copy of the judgment.
In case where there is an appeal against the court's decision on the detention of an accused,
the case files shall be forwarded within 10 days at the latest, calculating from the date of the appeal,

unless there are circumstances that cannot be overcome. Such circumstances shall be noted in the
forwarding letter.
ŌŪ″ ư7́ Łũ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ũŎкЮĮŲĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй
Article 387 Setting Hearing Dates and Trial Period
ЮĝЮĮŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹĮЊĕЊĳŏЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲ▫ ЮĳЧ◦Ūņ₣сЯĠĠĠ◦аĕ
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чģĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷιЮ◦ ĕЊ₣˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤
⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ņŪ₤Ġ¤ ˝ĖО ₣˝ũ‗БĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũďĕс
řеĠР₣ ₤ŚБĮБŁũþНеŠФ ųĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНĳ ĕЊ₣ŗл₣ŎРũĠеĩНĳ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠс
Ūģе) аℓĞ ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞ◦◦УŲ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣¤

When the case is received by the Court of Appeal, the President of the Criminal Chamber
shall examine whether the case file is up to date and, if so, determine a date for the hearing.
The Court of Appeal shall decide within a reasonable period of time. If an appeal is made
against a detention-related decision of the Court of First Instance against the accused, the Court of
Appeal shall decide without delay and within a maximum of 15 days calculating from the date the
case file was received.
ŌŪ″ ư77 ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ĕЊ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲņ˝˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 388 Notification and Summons to Hearing
ŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ řŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ
Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ) ĕЊ₣ ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư (₤ŚБĮБřŁ

˝ĖО₣ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư (₤ŚБĮБřŁ Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ) аĕÐĕ□Б◦Б ́ (₤ŚБĮБřŁ
The President of the Criminal Chamber shall notify the General Prosecutor attached to the
Court of Appeal of the hearing date.
The General Prosecutor shall summons the accused, the civil party and the civil defendants
as provided in Titles 2 (Summons of Accused to Hearing) and 3 (Summons of any Persons other
than Accused to Hearing) of Book 7 (Citations, Summons, and Notifications) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ư7o ŁũЮĩĀũĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе
Article 389 Transfer of Accused in Detention
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе ŪĳСŷЯĳЮĩĀũЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųБĠĩ
е Нĳ ″ņĠŔąũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń όŏЮĉЮĝ˝ĖО₣
ĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ЯřŲЮĝĄЊĳď₣ЮÐĠеĩНĳаĕ◦Б⅜Ė˝сŁũũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
An accused in detention shall be transferred without delay by the order of the General
Prosecutor to the nearest prison or detention center to the seat of the Court of Appeal.
ŌŪ″ ưoƠ ũģŎŁũ‗чΧ◦ċũ‗ч
Article 390 Report of Appeal
ŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹČĳс″₣
е ЮčŪ˝ņЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗чŌĖ˝с¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĊſЧũģŎŁũ‗чЮĕй ΖşďŪĠēĕ ιď
ЮčŪ˝ņΒņ¤

ũģŎŁũ‗чŌĕ˝ņŊ ŷĳ□ОЮũЬĠŬĠсΒеĮБřеЮ‗ЧũЮũЩ₣ Ю΅ЧŎĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧόŏřЕ₣ΒеĮБ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲĄРĕņ˝⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĕй¤
ũģŎŁũ‗чŪĳСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷŢ˝с˝ĖО₣₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чŪĳСŷЯĳЮ˝Ĥй˝ĤŎŲŊ ņ ЮřЧņġБόŏĳНŵŁũ
ģĕ◦◦УŲĮњĳхŌĕŗл₣ЮĮŀЮŲŀ¤
The President of the Criminal Chamber shall appoint a reporting judge. The reporting judge
may be the president or another member of the chamber.
The purpose of the report is to summarize the proceedings in the case and to inform the
members of the chamber about the judgment. The report shall be made in writing and be attached to
the case file. The report shall contain sufficient detail to give the court complete information on the
case.
ŌŪ″ ưoơ ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲс⅜ũ₧
Article 391 Consultation of Case File and Submission of Briefs
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ģĕũ΅РĳřŲсЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤
ļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşŪĠÐŲс⅜ũ₧řŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б¤ ⅜ũ₧ŪĳСŷşНй◦ЊŢťŁũЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ЮŢŎŌĕŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦
ĩ₣ ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷŢ˝сĠŃĆС Ų˝ĖО₣₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ļųņ¤

The General Prosecutor and lawyers may consult the case file prior to the hearing.
Lawyers and parties may submit their briefs to the clerk. These briefs shall be stamped by
the court clerk, dated and placed in the case file immediately.
ŌŪ″ ưoƯ ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ĕЊ₣ļĮď₤ŌĞĳсаĕŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ
Article 392 Public Hearing and in camera Hearing
ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũď⅜ēũ‗к¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĳНŵŁũŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ļĮď⅜ēũ‗кĜеόŏŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė˝сřŲс₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠс⅜ēũ‗к ι
řŲс◦еЮĕЬņ◦ŌųĠс ĳНŵŁũΖşĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſŁ
Ч ũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲď₤ŌĞĳсĈ₣
е Ū₤О₣ ιņУŎЯĩĖ˝ģĕ ″ņЮ₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ ĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş″ņ⅜ŲřБŁņУŎŢşсЮŢŎЯΌ˝ĮБ⅜ŲřБŁЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ι″ņ
Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĮЊЮ₤₤аĕ⅜ŲřБŁЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝Ś¤
Б
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũЯřŲĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲď₤ŌĞĳс ņЊĕΖşĳǻм ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
The appeal hearing shall be conducted in public.
However, the court may order a complete or partial in-camera hearing, if it considers that a
public hearing would cause a significant danger to the public order or morality. The court shall
decide by a judgment separate from the judgment on the merits or by a special section within the
judgment on the merits.
The decision of the court to hold an in-camera hearing is not subject to appeal.
ŌŪ″ ưoư Łũ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Article 393 Interrogation of Accused
ЮŪŁŎĮБΖĕũģŎŁũ‗чũУş ŪĠēĕ₤УũşЮņųЧŎĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ļÐБĈ₣

е ΐŎ ΖşΒĕНŔňĳόŏЮŲЧ˝ď₤е‗УũЮČ◦₤УũĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ŪÐĠсŁũ
ЮŲЧ˝₤е‗УũĈе₣Β₤сŪĳСŷЯĳģĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳĮБŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ЮŪłĮБ₤е‗УũũĠ₤сĳе₧₣ΒŎŏŁũ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ₤е‗Уũ

Юĩ℮₣6Ю◦ЬĳŪĳСŷ₤Уũ″ņũŎкŪĠēĕ₤ŷĜŁũ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĄеĈ₤с ŪĠēĕ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎΟ₤℮ũşЊĳŚ▫ЮĳЧ₤е‗Уũ
ЮĜйŪĳСŷ₤Уũιŗл₣₧¤
Following his reading of the report, the president shall interrogate the accused.
The General Prosecutor, the lawyers and all parties may be authorized to raise questions to
the accused. However, all questions shall be asked through the presiding judge, except the
questions of the Prosecutor and of the lawyers. In case of objection, the presiding judge decides
whether the question may be asked or not.
ŌŪ″ ưỏ Łũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųŎ
Ч ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ⅜˝℮Б
Article 394 Hearing of Civil Party, Civil Defendants, Experts and Witnesses
ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲ₤УũşЮņų Ч ŎĄĕďĠсЮ Č◦ũУş ŪĠēĕ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņų ЧŎЮřЧ ņĠ‗Ś Е₣ũřť ĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ ˝◦◦УŲ ŠН₤ ŪĳСŷ
ũřťĠ ġЮŷ‗Б ″ņŲеŢĠс ŲеЮŢŎЯřŲŠųФ ĕŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤
⅜˝℮Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ĕЕ₣ŪĳСŷģĕЮÐ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎŲНйŪ″ЯĳĳНŵŁũĠİðĠсόŏ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĄĕĈе₣Юĕй¤

Following his questioning of the accused, the presiding judge shall hear the civil party and
the civil defendants in the order he deems useful.
Witnesses and experts will be questioned only if the court so orders.
ŌŪ″ ưọ ŲеŢĠсŲЮе ŢŎаĕŁũĕЊŗŎ
Article 395 Order of Speech
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮΌЧ₣ĕЊŗŎ″ņŲеŢĠсŲеЮŢŎаĕŁũЮΊЮěŊ й¤
е Β₤с ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĕЊŗŎЮŪŁŎЮÐĠеĩĳ
Н ¤ ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏ
ЮĊſЧŁũ˝ĳс₤еýŲсďĠЯĕ□ņЮŢŎ₤Ю₣šĠ¤
The General Prosecutor and the lawyer(s) will make their statements following the order of
appeals.
In all cases the accused speaks last. His lawyer shall be authorized to add his brief
observation.
ŌŪ″ ưò ŁũĮĜųĳřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĕРŷ ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵй⅜ŵřеĠР₣
Article 396 Extension of Procedural Rules Applicable to Court of First Instance to Court of
Appeal
ЮŲЧ₤ĮБЮĕй ŷЋēĕЯřŲΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵйĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵй⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
In addition, the rules that apply to hearings of the Court of First Instance shall also apply to
the Court of Appeal.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч
CHAPTER 4: EFFECTS OF APPEALS
ŌŪ″ ưó ΖĕНļĮЮĩĀũаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗ч
Article 397 Devolving Effect of Appeals
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ŪĳСŷģĕЮĩĀũĄРĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĮеЯřĕЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŲЊŠЊĳĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ĕЊ₣″ņůĕкũĠ₤сΒĖ˝
ĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
A case will be transferred to the Court of Appeal within the scopes determined by the
appeal and according to the status of the appellant.

ŌŪ″ ưo7 ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮŲЧŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
Article 398 Effect of Appeal on Execution of Judgment
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ⅜ŲŪ˝ņŪĳСŷĠ₣∆₣с₤Њĕ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþЯНе řŲģĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ŪĳСŷЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũЮĝ˝ĖО₣
ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşž₣Ġ◦ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź
ЮĜйĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũũ΅РĳřŲс⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч₤ЮŪņş¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ģĕ₤ЮŪņş
όŏũУşŠųФĕ ιģĕĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũũŎкЮĮŲĳЊşď₣ ιЮ₤Ŋ ЧĕЕ₣ũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ

ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń
ΖşŎŲсŪĮņЮŢйЯŲ₣ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ņНĕЮĮŲĩНĳ˝е‗ĳсаĕũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤Ю◦¤
The execution of the judgment shall be suspended until the time limit for appeal has
expired.
However, an accused in detention who appeared before the Court of First Instance shall
remain in prison during the period in which the Prosecutor can appeal. In case the Royal Prosecutor
has appealed against the criminal part of the judgment, the accused shall remain in prison until the
Court of Appeal makes its decision. Where the Court of First Instance had decided to acquit the
accused or to sentence the accused to imprisonment equal to or less than the time spent in
provisional detention, the Royal Prosecutor may agree to release the accused before the expiration
of the time limit for appeal.
The time limit for appeal by the General Prosecutor is not an obstacle to the execution of the
judgment during that time period.
ŌŪ″ ưoo ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЯĳĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠлНЮ₧‼ й
Article 399 Effect of Appeal by Accused Only
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЯĳĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠлЮН ₧‼ й ņЊĕΖşŢ˝с◦ņĞĕЮс Ĉ₤ĄĕЮĜйЮ◦¤
ĳНŵŁũΖşЯ˝ЯŪĠ⅜ŲŪ˝ņģĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĕњŎЯřŲΒĕНЮŪýйřŲсĄĕЮĕйЯĳĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чņЊĕΖşĠЯĕ□ņЮĈ₤
ĠЯĕ□ņĮБЮŲЧņРŲЮĈ₤ģĕЮ◦¤
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чΖşĄеĕУ₤ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ЮŢŎЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ņУŎЮ◦Ьĳ
ģĕ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ņЊĕΖşŢ˝с◦ņĞĕЮс Ĉ₤ЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĕйЮ◦¤
Н ŁũďĕсřеĠ₣
Р ЮķųşŪĠŁ₤ЮĈ₤ĠЯĕ□ņ₧ņУŎЯřŲŢşсžĳŪĳСŷЯĳŪĠŁ₤ЮĜй ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чĠřЊЮ₤Ċ
⅜ŲŪ˝ņЮ΅ЧŎ₤ЮŪņşΒеĮЮБ Ĉ₤ďℓŊņ
Б Ś₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤
ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЯĳĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĠлЮН ₧‼ й ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чņĕ

Њ ΖşĠЯĕ□ņşеĕĕ
У ◦Е˝Ūģ˝с ₤ŪŌĠсĄ₤
У ĄНŲŁũ
ŠРĳžĳόŏřŲсЮřЧņĠ‗Ś₣
Е ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮ◦¤
If an appeal has only been received from the accused, the Court of Appeal may not
aggravate the sentence. It may modify the judgment only in favor of the accused. The Court of
Appeal may not add an incidental sentence to the principal sentence.
The Court of Appeal may requalify the offense found by the Court of First Instance with
another offense, but may not aggravate the sentence imposed on the accused.
If the Court of First Instance fails to declare any incidental sentence that was mandatory, the
Court of Appeal shall annul the judgment and decide on the sentence itself.

If an appeal has only been received from the accused, the Court of Appeal may not raise the
amount of money ordered as compensation of damages to be paid to the civil party.
ŌŪ″ ̉ƠƠ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 400 Effect of Appeal by Royal Prosecutor and General Prosecutor
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĜеόŏЮ₤ЧЮũВЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀĕРŷЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşž₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Źаĕ
ĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН ΖşĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşόŏũУşŠųФĕ ιΖş₤ЮŪņşŢ˝с◦ņĞĕЮс Ĉ₤ЯřŲ
ģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чΖş₤ЮŪņşόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũУşŠųФĕďĕЊşĆ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲс
ЮþЧŀ▫ĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĄĕЮĕйņЊĕΖşĠİΆŀόŏЮþЧŀЮ◦¤
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чΖşŪĠŁ₤ЮĈ₤ĠЯĕ□ņ ЯřŲŢşсžĳŪĳСŷЯĳŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎžĕņЊĕģĕ ЯřŲĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣
ЮķųşņЊĕģĕŪĠŁ₤¤
An appeal by the Royal Prosecutor or the General Prosecutor leads to a review of the
criminal part of the trial judgment.
The Court of Appeal may eventually dismiss an acquittal judgment or affirm the sentence
that was declared by the Court of First Instance. The Court of Appeal can always decide to acquit
the accused if it considers that the person was not proved guilty.
The Court of Appeal may impose any incidental sentence that is mandatory which the Court
of First Instance fails to impose.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơơ Łũ˝е‗ĳсŪĠЮķ◦ÐĳЊŎНĳŚаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНďℓŊЮБ ŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 401 Redetermination of Legal Qualification of Facts by Court of Appeal
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чΖşЯ˝ЯŪĠŪĠЮķ◦ÐĳЊŎНĳŚаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНЯřŲ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ģĕ˝е‗ĳс ЯĳņЊĕŪĳСŷĠЯĕ□ņēĳНℓŊБ
₧ņУŎЯřŲņЊĕģĕŢ˝сĄРĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣₤ЮŪņşЮĜйЮ◦¤
The Court of Appeal may alter the legal qualification of the facts adopted by the Court of
First Instance, but may not add any new element that was not submitted to the Court of First
Instance to decide upon.
ŌŪ″ ̉ƠƯ ΖĕНļĮаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιũĠ₤сΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 402 Effects of Appeal by Civil Party or Civil Defendants
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşЮĊſЧģĕЯĳЮŲЧĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕч
ЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БĠЮлН ₧‼ й¤
ЮĝņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бņĕ

Њ ΖşЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеℓЯŊБ řŲņЊĕģĕŢ˝сĄĕ
Р ĳНŵŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮĜй
Ю◦¤
The appeal of a civil party or a civil defendant may only be based on civil interests.
A civil party may not bring a new request before the Court of Appeal which was not
submitted to the Court of First Instance.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơư ◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŲЧ⅜ŲřБŁ
Article 403 Form and Signature of Judgments of Court of Appeal
ŷЋēĕ₤Ś Į
Б Б◦Ūņ₣с ĕЊ₣΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŲЧ⅜ŲŪ˝ņũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚЮŲЧ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤

The rules governing the form and signature of the written judgment of the Court of First
Instance shall also apply to the judgment of the Court of Appeal.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ở Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЯřŲņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ
Article 404 Inadmissible Appeals
ŁŲ₧⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĊſЧ΅У₤ЮĮŲ˝е‗ĳс ιЮĊſЧЮĝ˝ĖО ₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹņЊĕŪĳЕņŪĳСŷЮĜй
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чŪĠŁ₤▫ Ġ‗Ś₣

Е Χ◦ċ ũ‗чņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕ¤
If the Court of Appeal considers that the appeal has been filed after the time limit or that the
appeal is not submitted in the correct manner, the Court of Appeal shall decide that the appeal is not
admissible.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ợ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ
Article 405 Reversal of Judgment
ŁŲ₧⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ýŊĕĮЊũН◦ċļĮЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ю◦ ι˝єΒеЮĮЧЮĜйņЊĕЯņĕďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Ю◦
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ Ю΅ЧŎόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũУşŠųФĕ¤

If the Court of Appeal considers the accused is not guilty or that act is not an offense, the
Court of Appeal shall reverse the judgment and acquit the accused.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ờ ₤Њ◦ċЊЮŲЧ˝ņ˝ď₤еΖ₣ũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 406 Appeal Court’s Right to Replace Judgment of Court of First Instance
ŁŲ₧⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲЮþЧŀ▫ ⅜ŲŪ˝ņũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŌĕďĠсЮŌþļĮ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч
Ζş₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚЮБ ΌЧŀŷЋŀřРşĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤
If the Court of Appeal finds the judgment of the Court of First Instance is invalid, the Court
of Appeal shall re-decide on the merits of the case in the same way that a Court of First Instance
would.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ớ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ιřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕЮşŀЮŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
Article 407 Detention Order or Arrest Warrant Issued by Court of Appeal
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч₤ЮŪņşЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũŗл₣ĳЊş ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе ЮŢŎýŊĕĮŏФũЮ◦ Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ
ŷЋēĕŁũ₤ĕŚЊ₤НŠĳŪņСŷЮĜй ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч″ņũŎкЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŌĕŲ˝š‗кĮЊЮ₤₤ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ΖşЮşŀЮĝ
ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũĕРŷк
− řБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕ
− řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲΒŷĳŚŌĕ¤
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏþНе ĕЊ₣řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕŌĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷĳŚļųņ¤
řБŁĈе₣ЮĕйŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ
− ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ◦‗Ź˝ņŊ ĕЊ₣Βĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲďņРŲŢťĕаĕ◦‗Ź˝ņŊЮĕй
řБŁĈе₣ЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤

ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲŪĳСŷČĠсŠФ ųĕЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņřБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷĜеŠФ ųĕ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНĳЮĉĠİΆŀĄРĕΒÐð
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńĜ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ЯřŲŪĳСŷόŏřе‗₣ Б ЮĕйřŲс⅜ņБŠФ ųĕ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
Е ĮБřŁ ų ĄĕЮĕй¤
ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşşЊĳ▫
ŉ ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сŪĳСŷЯĳşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ˝ĖО₣
ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩНĳЮĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲřБŁЮĜй¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеόŏЮĝЮŪłþН¤

е ˝ĖО₣
˝ũ‗БЮĕй ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч₤ЮŪņşЮĉ″ņŌŪ″ ưỚ (Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НЮе ŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠс
þНе) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
If the Court of Appeal sentences the accused to at least one-year imprisonment without
suspension, and if security measures so require, the Court of Appeal may, based on a special
decision with reasons, issue during the hearing:
− A detention order against the accused who is currently present;
− An arrest warrant against the accused who is absent.
The detention order and the arrest warrant shall become enforceable immediately.
The order shall include the following information:
− The identity of the convicted person;
− The type of conviction and the legal basis of the conviction;
− The full name and current position of the judge who issued the order.
The order shall be dated, signed, and sealed by the issuing judge.
A convicted person who is arrested on the basis of such warrant shall be brought before the
General Prosecutor without delay at the place where he has been arrested, the General Prosecutor
notifies him about the order and proceeds with his incarceration.
If the judgment is a default judgment, the convicted person who wishes to oppose against
this judgment shall be brought without delay before the court that issued the judgment. The
convicted person may make an application for release and the court shall decide in accordance with
Article 307 (Application for Release of Detained Accused) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơ7 ŪĠЮķ◦аĕ⅜ŲřБŁ
Article 408 Types of Appeal Judgment
⅜ŲřБŁŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чď⅜ŲřБŁşеЮĵйņНŠ ď⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲČĳс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠ ιď
⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ ″ņŁũЯŷ˝Яŀ˝ЯřŲΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵй⅜ŲŪ˝ņЯřŲŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣¤
A judgment issued by the Court of Appeal is a non-default judgment, a judgment that is
deemed a non-default judgment or a default judgment, according to the same criteria as applicable
to a judgment of the Court of First Instance.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: Ġ‗Ś₣ Б ЮşŀЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
Е Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲřŁ е ņНŠ
CHAPTER 5: OPPOSITION AGAINST DEFAULT JUDGMENT
ŌŪ″ ̉Ơo Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ
Article 409 Opposition against Default Judgment
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сĕЕ₣⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠŠųФĕ¤
A convicted person may file an opposition against a default judgment, as far as he is
concerned.

ŌŪ″ ̉ơƠ ◦Ūņ₣саĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 410 Form of Opposition Motion
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сΖşЮĊſЧк
− ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Баĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чЯřŲģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮşŀ
⅜ŲřБŁ ι
− ч ˝℮ũЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□

″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ďŵŎŲ˝š‗Β
ιŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ¤
ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕΖşŪĳСŷĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤ ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŲЊŠĳ
Њ ΒĕНŔňĳόŏЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕď
ΒĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕΖşŪĳСŷĳе₧₣ЮŢŎΰĮН˝ ŌŚŎ ιΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ņЊĕČеģşсŌĕŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс
₤Њ◦ċЊЮ◦¤
ŁŲ₧ģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Β₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ĕЊ₣˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ŪĮņĈе₣ŪĠēĕ
ĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĜйļųņЮĉ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Юşŀ⅜ŲřБŁ¤
ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сņĕ
Њ ЮşйşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮ◦ ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕŪĳСŷĩŚĳ
Њ ŪŌņаř¤
Any opposition motion may be made by a written statement to:
− the office of the clerk of the Court of Appeal which issued the judgment;
− the General Prosecutor, the police, or the military police or the chief of prison or
detention center.
The convicted person may be represented by a lawyer. The lawyer shall obtain a specific
power of attorney authorizing his activity. However, a convicted person, who is a minor, may be
represented by a parent or guardian. In the latter case, the representative does not need to have a
specific power of attorney.
When receiving an apposition motion, the General Prosecutor, the police and the military
police, or the chief of prison or detention center shall immediately forward the motion to the clerk
of the court which issued the judgment.
If the person filing the motion does not know how to sign, he shall emplace a finger-print.
ŌŪ″ ̉ơơ ĠŃą аБ ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 411 Registry of Opposition Motions
Ū˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ŁĕсĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с¤ ÐРļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВΖşЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲģĕЮŢŎЮ₤ũВ¤
The clerk of the Court of Appeal shall keep a registry of opposition motions so that the
related parties and lawyers may freely examine it.
ŌŪ″ ̉ơƯ ũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 412 Time Limit for Opposition Motion
Ч ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ÐЊĳĮБк
− аℓĞόŏřе‗₣
Е ΒеĮБ⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЮĕй ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЮŢŎĬĀŲсаř¤
− аℓĞЯřŲĮЊũН◦ċĄĕģĕřЕ₣ŗл₣ĮЊĳŪģ˝řΒеĮБ⅜ŲřБŁ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйņЊĕģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ
ЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮ◦¤

− The date of notification of the default judgment, if it was delivered by hand to the
convicted person,
− The date the convicted person got actual knowledge about the judgment if it was not
delivered by hand to him.
ŌŪ″ ̉ơư Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲ˝ŪņЊĳşеЮĵйЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 413 Opposition Motion Limited to Civil Part of Judgment
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сΖş˝е‗ĳсЮĉЮŲЧЯĳЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲřБŁģĕ¤
An opposition motion may be limited to the civil part of the judgment.
ŌŪ″ ̉ở Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сşеЮĵйЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ιũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲřБŁ
Article 414 Opposition Motion against Criminal or Civil Part of Judgment
ŁŲ₧Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣⅜ŲřБŁĈе₣ņРŲ ⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣с¤ ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚаĕ
⅜ŲřБŁŪĳСŷĮŏФũ¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕЮĝЯĳŌĕΖĕНļĮ¤ ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ řЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşĮБŁũЮŢй
ЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ŷЋŀ¤
ŁŲ₧Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ЮĜйЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşŪĳ₣сЯĩĖ˝ЮĕйŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ď
Β⅜ũĠ₣с Ю΅ЧŎŁũΒĕНŷĳŚŪĳСŷĮŏФũ¤
When an opposition motion is made against an entire judgment, the judgment shall be
considered void. The execution of the judgment shall be suspended. However, the arrest warrant
shall remain in force. The Court of Appeal has authority to decide whether to release the accused.
When an opposition motion is made only against the civil part of the judgment, only that
part should be considered void. The execution of the civil part of the judgment shall be suspended.
ŌŪ″ ̉ợ ⅜ŲřБŁЮşŀ″ņĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 415 Judgment on Opposition Motion
ЮũЩ₣ŪĳСŷЮŲЧ˝ņ˝ĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĝņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чřЯřŲ¤
ÐРļÐБŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ″ņÐеĕЊĳЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧļĮЯřŲΖş◦◦УŲģĕаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņşďℓŊЮБ ŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝Ś¤

Б
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЯřŲģĕЮŁйЮΊŗл₣ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷЮ΅ЧŎ ЯĳņЊĕşРŲņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ
ĳНŵŁũŪĠŁ₤▫Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũΟĳŁũ¤ ⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷģĕЯ˝ЯŪĠģĕЮ◦¤
⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйŌĕΖĕНļĮĈе₣Ū₤О₣şеЮĵйÐРļÐБ¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ΖşĠŚЕ₣ĳǻм ЮĉĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲģĕ¤

The case shall be heard again before the same Court of Appeal.
The parties shall be summonsed on the initiative of the General Prosecutor.
After deciding on the admissibility of the motion, the court shall re-decide the merits of the
case.
If the person making the opposition motion has been properly summonsed, but fails to
appear at the hearing, the court may declare the opposition motion void. Thereafter, the default
judgment cannot be modified. The judgment has all its effect against all parties. However, the
convicted person may still refer the case to the Supreme Court.

ŌŪ″ ̉ờ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бк ũŎкЮĮŲ ◦Ūņ₣с Łũ
ĳе₧₣
Article 416 Opposition Motion by Civil Party or Civil Defendants: Time Limit, Forms, and
Representation
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б˝єΖşĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сĕЕ₣⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠŠųФĕģĕĩ₣Яřũ¤ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сЮĕй ˝е‗ĳсЮĉЮŲЧЯĳ
Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Баĕ⅜ŲřБŁĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤
Ч ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ÐЊĳĮБк
− Е ĮБ⅜ŲřБŁ˝еģ₣
аℓĞόŏřе‗₣ е ņНŠ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮŢŎ
ĬĀŲсаř
− аℓĞЯřŲЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕřЕ₣ŗл₣ĮЊĳŪģ˝ř ΒеĮБ⅜ŲřБŁ ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйņЊĕģĕŪĠÐŲс
όŏЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮ◦¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤сΖşЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤⅜Ų
řБŁ¤
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşŪĳСŷĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőĳЊЮŵ΅ЊĳĬĀŲс¤ ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ŪĳСŷЯĳ
ŌĕŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċď
Њ ŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũЯřŲΒĕНŔňĳόŏĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с¤
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕŌŪ″Юĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ЮĉΒĕНŷĳŚЮŲЧĠНÐðŲЯřŲ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чŪĠŁ₤όŏ◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤

A civil party may also file an opposition motion against a default judgment. The opposition
is limited to the civil part of the judgment.
− The date of notification of the default judgment, if it was delivered by hand to the civil
party,
− The date the civil party got actual knowledge about the judgment if it was not delivered
by hand to him.
The opposition motion shall be submitted in writing to the office of the clerk of the Court of
Appeal which issued the judgment.
The civil party may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse, or a direct-line relative. The
representative shall provide a written power of attorney to file an opposition motion.
The provisions of this article shall also be applied to any person who has been declared a
civil defendant by the Court of Appeal.

Ðĕ□ ◦
Б Б ̀: ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮŲ
Р
BOOK SIX: SUPREME COURT
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ‗Ś₣
Е ⅜◦Н˝š
TITLE 1: REQUEST FOR CASSATION TO SUPREME COURT
ĄеĮ˝
Е ⅜◦Н˝š
UNITARY CHAPTER: REQUEST FOR CASSATION TO SUPREME COURT
ŌŪ″ ̉ớ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š
Article 417 Decisions Subject to Request for Cassation
⅜ŲřБŁаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŢŎÐЊĳĠŃĆС ŲĈе₣ЮũЩ₣ĠĳŜĠњĕ ŪĮņĈе₣⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşď₤ņĳ□ ˝Њş Ć
şН₣ЮŪŁŎЮŢŎ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ΖşŪĳСŷĠŚ Е₣⅜◦Н˝ šģĕ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŷЋĊĳ
Б ǻм ЮĕйņЊĕΖşЮĊſģ
Ч ĕЮ◦ şеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲĠİðĠсόŏĠŃąС ĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĉ
ĳНŵŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĜй¤
Decisions made by the Investigation Chamber, including extradition issues, and final appeal
judgments issued by a Criminal Chamber of the Court of Appeal may be reviewed through a
request for cassation.
However, no request for cassation is admissible against an indictment issued by the
Investigation Chamber.
ŌŪ″ ̉ơ7 ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š
Article 418 Persons Entitled to Request for Cassation
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ζ
š şŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ŢŎк
− ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
− ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч
− ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ
− ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷЮÐĈņĈũ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БаĕĕБĳЊŷВĊБĠĳŜĠњĕ
ĠНÐŲ
− ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
− ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ŪĳСŷĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŢŎ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹаĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤
A request for cassation may be made by:
− the General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court;
− a General Prosecutor attached to a Court of Appeal;
− an accused or a convicted person;
− a person wanted for extradition;
− a civil party;
− a civil defendant.
The Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court shall examine a request for cassation.

ŌŪ″ ̉ơo ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š
Article 419 Grounds for Request for Cassation
ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲΖşĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşĳЮĉк
− ₤Ō₤ļĮņЊĕŪ₤ĠşĤĠсаĕĳНŵŁũ
− Β₤ņĳ□˝ЊşаĆ ĕĳНŵŁũ
− ŁũũжЮŵķΒе₧ş
− ŁũĠеĵĕşĤĠс ιŁũΒĕНŷĳŚŠН₤şĤĠс
− ŁũĠеĵĕ ιЮķųş◦Ūņ₣сŁũ ЯřŲşĤĠсĠŃňĳŚЊ▫ŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďЮŌþк
− ŁũņЊĕģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеũĠ₤сΒŎŏŁũ ιļÐБ ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НЮе ĕй ЮĊſď

Ч ŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ
ĕЊ₣ŌĕĕњŎŗл₣şĤ₤сŵ₤с
− ŁũĠеаķųΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН
− ýŊĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН
− ŁũĩĀОŎýĖũǻ₣₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņş¤
The Supreme Court may grant a request for cassation:
− for illegal composition of the trial panel;
− for lack of jurisdiction of the court;
− for abuse of power;
− for breaching the law or for misapplication of the law;
− for violations or failure to comply with procedure causing nullity;
− for failure to decide on a request made by the Prosecutor or a party, given it was
unambiguous and made in writing;
− for manipulation of facts;
− for lack of reasons;
− for contradiction between holding and ruling.
ŌŪ″ ̉ƯƠ ũŎкЮĮŲЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š
Article 420 Time Period for Request for Cassation
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ŪĳСŷЮĊſ˝
Ч ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřРşĳЮĉк
− ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ şеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Źаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
− ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ şеЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч
− ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ şеЮĵйņĳЊũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЯřŲĠЮŃĆ ŀ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ĠĳŜĠњĕ¤
ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Юš ĕй ď⅜ŲřБŁşеЮĵйņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲŪĳСŷЮĩŚņ

Ч ÐЊĳĮБŁũŪĠŁ₤⅜ŲřБŁ¤
ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š ď⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲČĳс◦Н˝▫şеЮĵйņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲŪĳСŷЮĩŚЧņĮБŁũόŏřе‗Е₣¤
ŁŲ₧⅜ŲřБŁ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ ũŎкЮĮŲŪĳСŷЮĩŚЧņÐЊĳĮБŁũĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲĠŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с¤
A request for cassation shall be made within the following periods:
− One month for an appeal judgment issued by the Criminal Chamber of the Court of
Appeal;

− Fifteen days for a decision issued by the Investigation Chamber of the Court of Appeal;
− Five days for a decision by the Investigation Chamber concerning issues of extradition.
If the judgment being challenged is a non-default judgment, the time period shall be
calculated from the date the judgment was declared.
If the judgment being challenged is deemed to have been a non-default judgment, the time
period shall be calculated from the date of notification.
If the judgment is a default judgment, the time period shall be calculated from the date of
the expiration of the period for opposition.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ươ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝ş
š еЮĵй⅜ŲřБŁČĳсũЮĠЬĠ
Article 421 Appeal against Interlocutory Judgment
ŁŲ₧⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮşŀ⅜ŲřБŁČĳсũЮĠЬĠ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ūš ĳСŷ◦◦УŲģĕļųņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ⅜ŲřБŁЮĕй
ĠŃĆ Ġĕ Ћ ¤
с БĳЊ ŷĊ Б ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩОĀŎĮБЮĕй ⅜ŲřБŁČĳсũЮĠЬĠΖşŢ˝сĄРĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĮЊĕЊĳŏďņУŎýĖĕЕ₣⅜ŲřБŁЮŲЧ
Β₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚЯБ ĳĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤
If a Court of Appeal rendered an interlocutory judgment before sentencing, a request for
cassation shall be immediately admissible if this judgment terminated the proceedings [of the Court
of Appeal]. Otherwise, an interlocutory judgment can only be submitted for examination by the
Supreme Court together with the judgment on the merits.
ŌŪ″ ̉ƯƯ ◦Ūņ₣саĕŁũŪĠŁ₤Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š
Article 422 Forms of Request for Cassation
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ūš ĳСŷЮĊſ″
Ч ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЯřŲģĕЮşŀЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņş¤
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ЮĕйŪĳСŷşНй˝ĖО₣ĠŃą БĮЊЮ₤₤ЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕĳНŵŁũЮĕй¤
ĄĕďĠсЮ Č◦ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ĕЊ₣ĠНÐ ðŲЯřŲŪĳСŷЮÐĈņĈũ˝ĖО ₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБĠ ĳŜĠњĕΖşĳе₧ ₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤
ЮņēŷВŪĳСŷŌĕŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċ ЊόŏĠŚ Е₣⅜◦Н˝ š¤ ĠлНЯ ĕŚĄĕďĠсЮ Č◦ ιĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ďΒĕБĳЊĄĕΖşŪĳСŷĳе₧₣ЮŢŎΰĮН˝
ŌŚ Ŏ ιΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲ¤ ˝ĖО ₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ņЊĕČеģşсŌĕŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċ ЊЮ◦¤
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőĳЊЮŵ΅ЊĳĬĀŲс¤ ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ŪĳСŷŌĕ
ŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊόŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝¤
š
ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĳе₧₣ЮŢŎЮņēŷВ ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ιЮŢŎőĳЊЮŵ΅ЊĳĬĀŲс¤ ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ŪĳСŷ
ŌĕŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċό
Њ ŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝¤
š
A request for cassation shall be submitted to the office of the clerk of the Court of Appeal
which issued the judgment. This request shall be registered in a special registry kept at the clerk’s
office of the Court of Appeal.
An accused, a convicted person, or a person who is subject to extradition procedures, may
be represented by a lawyer. The lawyer shall provide a written power of attorney to request for
cassation. However, an accused or a convicted person, who is a minor, may be represented by a
parent or guardian. In the latter case, the representative is not required to have the power of
attorney.
A civil party may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse or a direct-line relative. The
representative shall provide a written power of attorney to request for cassation.
A civil defendant may be represented by a lawyer, his spouse or a direct-line relative. The
representative shall provide a written power of attorney to request for cassation.

ŌŪ″ ̉Ưư ŁũşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŲЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š
Article 423 Signature on Request for Cassation
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ūš ĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ ιĳе₧₣¤ ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž
Ю◦ ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕ ιΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ŪĳСŷĩŚЊĳŪŌņаř¤ ŲЊŠЊĳŪĠÐŲс₤Њ◦ċЊŪĳСŷЯĳļąĠсďņУŎĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤НеĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝¤

š
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŠſй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ιŠſйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ζ

š ş◦◦УŲģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧýŊĕЮþЧŀ
ŁũĠĕųΒ
е ЮſБ ◦¤ Ū˝ΐĠŃą ŪБ ĳСŷũ₣ЮĈ₤ĮЊĕњŎ ̣.ƠƠƠ (Ūģеĵĕс) ЮũЬŲ¤ Ūģ˝сĮЊĕњŎЮĕйŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
Юĝ˝ĖО₣⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
The request for cassation shall be signed by the clerk and the requester or his representative.
If the requester does not know how to sign, he or his representative shall emplace a finger-print. A
power of attorney shall be attached with the request for cassation.
If there is no date or clerk’s signature, a request for cassation is still acceptable if there is no
evidence of forgery. In this case, the clerk shall be fined 5000 (Five thousand) Riels. This fine shall
be declared in the judgment of the Supreme Court.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ử ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
Article 424 Forwarding Case Files to Supreme Court
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠĠ
ųБ еĩНĳ Ū˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮũЬĠşе₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ Ю΅ЧŎĠŃąС ĕЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃą ĳ
Б НŵŁũ
˝еĮРŲ¤
The clerk of Court of Appeal shall bring the case file up to date for forwarding it without
delay to the clerk of the Supreme Court.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ự ŁũşНйĠŃą аБ ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĝĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
Article 425 Registration of Case Files at Supreme Court
ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ģĕЮĉřŲсĳŵ
Н Łũ˝еĮРŲ Ū˝ΐĠŃą БŪĳСŷşНйĠŃą Б¤
The clerk of the Supreme Court shall register the case file upon receipt.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ừ Łũ″е₣ЮņēŷВ
Article 426 Appointment of Lawyers
ļÐБΖş″е₣ЮņēŷВģĕČĠс″₣
е ĮБЮĮŲşНйĠŃą Б₤‗
е ЮеН ũЩ₣ Ю΅ЧŎŗл₣ŎРũĠеĩНĳũ΅РĳřŲсņНĕаℓĞЮĠЧ˝₤ŷĜŁũ
ơ (ņУŎ) аℓĞ¤ ļÐБŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮěŊ йЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũόŏřŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃą ĳ

Б НŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤
The parties may appoint a lawyer from the date the case file has been registered. They shall
submit the lawyer’s name in writing to the clerk of the Supreme Court no later than one day before
the hearing.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ứ ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠс₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ũ₧
Article 427 Time Limit for Writing Briefs
Ū˝ΐĠŃą ĳ
Б НŵŁũ˝еĮРŲόŏřе‗₣
Е řŲсÐРļÐБΒеĮБŁũşНйĠŃą аБ ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤
˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ЮŪŁŎŁũόŏřе‗₣

Е Юĕй Ū˝ΐĠŃą Бόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝▫
š ŠųФĕŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ
ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞ ЮřЧņġБЮĩńЧĄРĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ĕРŷ⅜ũ₧ņУŎЯřŲŠųФĕŪĳСŷЮũЬĠŬĠсΒеĮБņЮĊŜģŎž₣şĤĠс¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝ģ
š ĕ″е₣ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ģĕĠŃąС ĕЮěŊ йЮņēŷВЮĕйЮĉŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣Юĕй˝єŪĳСŷЮĩńЮЧ ĉЮņēŷВ
ĩ₣Яřũ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚ Е₣⅜◦Н˝šģĕĄРĕ⅜ũ₧ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Бόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсļÐБřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳНřŲсЮņēŷВ
ЯřŲŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ ƯƠ (аņĸ ) аℓĞ Яřũ ЮřЧņġБЮđųЧŎĳĠЮĉĕЕ₣⅜ũ₧ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚ Е₣⅜◦Н˝š¤

The clerk of the Supreme Court shall notify the parties about the registration of the case file.
Within 10 days after the notification, the clerk shall notify the requester that he has 20 days
to submit a legal brief on the questions of law to the President of the Criminal Chamber of the
Supreme Court. If the requester has already appointed a lawyer and the lawyer’s name has already
been given to the clerk, the clerk shall also notify the lawyer.
If a brief is submitted by the requester, the clerk shall notify the other parties and their
lawyers and notify them that they have 20 days to respond to the requester’s brief.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ư7 ŁũŢ˝с₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ĄРĕĮЊĕЊĳŏ
Article 428 Presentation of Case Files for Examination
₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ŪĳСŷŢ˝сĄРĕЮņēŷВĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ″ņŪĳСŷŁũ ĕЊ₣ЮĊſЧŁũşņų₣ ЮŢŎ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕďΒĖ˝ЮşŀЮ⅜΅пНŎ¤
The case file shall be freely accessible to the lawyers. The case file can be copied at any
time at the expense of the relevant parties.
ŌŪ″ ̉Ưo ŁũĮĕŜũũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũ₤ũЮ₤ũ⅜ũ₧
Article 429 Extension of Time Limit for Writing Briefs
ŁŲ₧ũŎкЮĮŲ ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞЮĕйņЊĕŪÐĠсŪýĕсЮ◦ ļÐБΖş₤НеЮĉřŲсŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹόŏĮĕŜũЮĮŲ¤
ŁũĮĕŜũЮĮŲЮĕйņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞЮ◦¤

If the twenty-day period is insufficient, any party may request an extension from the
President of the Criminal Chamber. The duration of the extension shall not exceed ten days.
ŌŪ″ ̉ưƠ ŁũČĳс″₣
е ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗ч
Article 430 Appointment of Reporting Judge
ŲНйřŲсĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ˝е‗ĳсЮřЧņġБĄРĕ⅜ũ₧ ŪĠēĕČĳс″₣
е ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗чŌĖ˝с ĕЊ₣ĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
ЮĉЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ЮŢŎŌĕļąĠс⅜ũ₧ЮĉďņУŎĩ₣¤
Upon expiration of the period for submitting briefs, the President of the Criminal Chamber
shall nominate one reporting judge and forward him the case file with the attached briefs.
ŌŪ″ ̉ươ Łũ₤ũЮ₤ũũģŎŁũ‗ч
Article 431 Written Report
ũģŎŁũ‗чďŵŎŲ˝š‗Β
ч ˝℮ũŪĳСŷŌĕЮũЬĠŬĠсΒеĮБк
− Ћ Б ĕЊ₣ЮũЩ₣Ю΅ĳН
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
− şе‗ş
Н şĤĠсЯřŲļÐБģĕЮŲЧ˝
− řеЮ₧йŪ⅜ŎЯřŲЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗чЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч Не¤
ũģŎŁũ‗чŪĳСŷĠŃĆС ŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣¤

The written report shall elaborate:
− The proceedings and facts of the case;
− The specific legal issues raised by the parties;
− The solution suggested by the reporting judge.
The report shall be included in the case file.

ŌŪ″ ̉ưƯ ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ
Article 432 Delivery of Case File to General Prosecutor and Written Submission
₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮŢŎŌĕ⅜ũ₧ ĕЊ₣ũģŎŁũ‗чļąĠсďņУŎĩ₣ ŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ
˝еĮРŲ¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ЮũЬĠşеЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕ₤НеďŵŎŲ˝š‗Β
ч ˝℮ũ ЯřŲŪĳСŷĠŃĆС ŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣¤
₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕŪĳΌĠсЮĉŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź ŷЋŀ¤

The case file with attached briefs and the written report shall be forwarded to the General
Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court.
The General Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court shall make a written submission
which shall be included in the case file.
The case file shall be returned to the President of the Criminal Chamber.
ŌŪ″ ̉ưư ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũşеЮĵйļÐБ
Article 433 Notification of Hearing Date to Parties
ŪĠēĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎĬĀ ŲсŌĳсřŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń
ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĕй¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńόŏřе‗₣
Е ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦Юĕй řŲсļÐБ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ¤
Łũόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯřŲďĠсþНе řŲсĮЊũН◦ċĄĕЯřŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ιřŲсĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣
ĠĳŜĠњĕ ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣″ņũЮĠЬĠřРşĳЮĉк
е Ф ųĕ¤
Łũόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĮЊũ◦
Н ċ Ąĕ ιĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłþНе ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
ĕЊ₣řŲсЮņēŷВ ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧřРşĳЮĉк
ŁŲ₧Łũόŏřе‗Е₣ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳс Ū˝ΐĠŃą БşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ЮĉЮŲЧ₤е‗еН
ЮũЩ₣¤ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιЮņēŷВ şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ

ų ¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бřа◦Ю◦Ьĳ Łũόŏřе‗Е₣ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎŌĕĠİ˛ĕсаřĠŔą˝с▫ģĕ◦◦УŲ ₤ŪŌĠс◦Н˝ď₤ŌðŲс¤

The President of the Criminal Chamber shall determine whether the case file is up to date
and if so, shall set a hearing date. He shall orally inform the General Prosecutor of the hearing date.
The General Prosecutor shall inform the parties and the lawyers of the hearing date.
A detained accused, a detained convicted person, or a person subject to extradition
procedures, shall be informed either:
− orally; or
− through the chief of prison or detention center.

A convicted person or an accused who is at liberty, a civil party, a civil defendant and
lawyer shall be informed either:
− orally;
− through administrative means; or
− through police or military police units.
When the notification is made orally, the court clerk shall note the date of the notification in
the case file. The convicted person, the accused, the civil party, the civil defendant or the lawyer
shall add their signatures.
In the remaining cases, the notification shall be made upon acknowledgement of receipt.
ŌŪ″ ̉ử ⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ
Article 434 Public Hearing

ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĳСŷŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũď⅜ēũ‗к¤
ļÐБņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź аĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņų ЧŎЮ◦ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яĳ˝ĖО ₣˝ũ‗Б ЯřŲŪĠēĕĠİðĠс
όŏşРŲņ˝ĠİΆŀŠųФ ĕ¤
ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗чЮĊſЧЮ₤ş˝Ś БŬŎŁũ‗ч¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĊſЧЮ ₤ş˝Ś Б₤ĕĖ ЊŢť ĕ₤Не¤ ЮņēŷВЮ ĊſЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ĕĖ ЊŢť ĕŁũĵũ¤
ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹℓŎŠųФĕЮĉĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņş ĕЊ₣Яĳ₣⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ

ų ¤
⅜ŲřБŁΖşŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤˝ĖО₣аℓĞďņУŎЮĜйЯĳņŚ ₣ ι˝єЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŲЧ˝ЮŪŁŎЯřŲŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗Б ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲņЊĕΖşĮЊļ˝⅝₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧЮũЩ₣₧ņУŎЮŢŎýŊĕЮĊſЧŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ
ŪÐĠсļÐБĈ₣
е Β₤сΖşŢ˝сĄĕ
Р ⅜ũ₧ ι⅜ũ₧ℓŊБЮ◦Ьĳ ũ΅РĳřŲсĠЊ◦ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤
The hearing shall be held in public.
The parties shall not be heard personally by the Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court
unless the President had ordered their appearance.
The reporting judge shall present his report. The General Prosecutor shall present his
submission. The lawyers shall present their submissions.
After the hearing, the Criminal Chamber shall and draft its judgment. The judgment may be
issued on the same day or at a subsequent hearing date set by the court.
Under no circumstances may the Supreme Court deliberate on a case regarding which no
hearing has taken placed.
Any party may submit a brief or supplementary briefs until the closing of the hearing has
been declared.
ŌŪ″ ̉ự ΖĕНļĮĠ₣∆₣саĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š
Article 435 Effect of Request for Cassation
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Юš Ĝй ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чŪĳСŷĠ₣∆₣с₤ĕ
Њ ¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ō
š ĕΖĕНļĮĮŏФũ¤ ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲŪĳСŷĳǻм ЮĕйŪĳСŷЯĳĠ₣∆₣с˝ĖО₣Š‗кЯřŲĳНŵŁũ
˝еĮРŲņЊĕĈĕсģĕ₤ЮŪņş¤

ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũņЊĕŪĳСŷĠ₣∆₣сЮ◦ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ģĕĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠ⅜ŵ
Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч˝ĖО₣ůĕкďĄĕďĠсþЮНе Ĝй¤
řБŁĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕЮĝЯĳŌĕΖĕНļĮ¤
ŁũþНеŠФ ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĝЯĳĠĕŚΒĕНŷĳŚ¤
ĠНÐŲ Ћ БĠĳŜĠњĕЮĝЯĳďĠсþНеřЯřŲ¤
ð ďĠсþЮНе ĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũ₤ЮŪņşόŏũУşŠųФĕ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ¤
As long as the time limit for a request for cassation has not yet expired, the execution of the
judgment of the Court of Appeal shall be suspended.
A request for cassation has the effect of suspending [the execution of judgment]. The
execution of a contested decision shall be suspended while the Supreme Court has not yet made a
decision.
Where a detained accused had appeared before the Court of Appeal, the execution of a
sentence of imprisonment shall not be suspended.
An eventual arrest warrant shall remain in force.
A provisional detention order continues to be enforceable.
A detained person who is subject to an extradition procedure shall remain in detention.
In case of acquittal, the accused shall be released.
ŌŪ″ ̉ừ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠŔΆÐĳЊŎĳ
Н Ś
Article 436 Decision on Questions of Law
ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĠŔΆşĤĠсЯřŲЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎΒĖ˝ĠŚ Е₣⅜◦Н˝š ĕЊ₣ЯřŲŌĕЮũЬĠŬĠсЮĝ˝ĖО₣
⅜ũ₧¤
The Supreme Court shall make a decision on the questions of law which were raised by the
requester and described in his briefs.
ŌŪ″ ̉ứ ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝š
Article 437 Waiver of Request of Cassation
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĮЊũН◦ċĄĕ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷЮÐĈņĈũ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ĠĳŜĠњĕ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷ
ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝ũš Ġ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤ ŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲЮĕй ŪĳСŷĮЊĕЊĳŏ˝ĳсŪ″ЮŢŎŪĠēĕ₤ļ
ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹаĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤
An accused, a convicted person, a person who is subject to extradition procedures, a civil
party or a civil defendant may drop his request for cassation. The waiver shall be recorded by the
President of the Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court.
ŌŪ″ ̉ư7 ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠс₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚБ
Article 438 Time Period for Decision
ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŎРũ ̀ (ŪģеņŎ
У ) ЯŠ ÐЊĳĮБЮĮŲ◦◦УŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳŌĕ
ŁŲкЮ◦₤кЯřŲņЊĕΖşĄеĕйģĕ¤
The Supreme Court shall make its decision within no later than 6 months from the date of
receiving the case file, unless there are circumstances that cannot be overcome.

ŌŪ″ ̉ưo ĄеĮР˝аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ˝еĮРŲ
Article 439 Categories of Judgments of Supreme Court
₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹаĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲΖşк
− ĠřЊЮ₤ĊĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ĉ
š ₣
е Ū₤О₣ ιņУŎЯĩĖ˝
− ĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲЮÐĳǻм ЮĕйЮČŲĈе₣Ū₤О₣ ιņУŎЯĩĖ˝¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ūš ĳСŷģĕĠřЊЮ₤Ċ ЮĜйЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲĳǻм ŌĕΖďńΒ₤сĄĕ

е ¤
Не
ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝ņ
š ĕ
Њ ŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳόŏĠŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝ď
š ℓŊņ
Б Ś ₣Ю◦Ьĳ ΒеĮБ⅜ŲřБŁřЯřŲЮĜйЮ◦¤
ŁŲ₧ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲЮÐĳǻм ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣ ĕЊ₣ÐРļÐБЮĝşеЮĵй
ņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ ιЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чřЯřŲ ĠлЯН ĕŚŌĕ₤Ō₤ļĮℓŊБЮĩ℮₣ĮБ₤Ō₤ļĮņНĕ¤

The Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court may:
− reject the request for cassation in whole or in part;
− reverse a judgment of the Court of Appeal in whole or in part.
If the request for cassation is rejected, the contested decision becomes a res judicata.
The appellant shall not be authorized to bring another request for cassation against the same
judgment.
If the Supreme Court reverses a contested decision, it shall return the case and the parties to
another Court of Appeal or to the same Court of Appeal. However, in the latter case the
composition of the bench shall be different than the previous composition.
ŌŪ″ ̉̉Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮŢŎýŊĕĠ₣ſЊŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
Article 440 Reversal Judgment without Returning of Case
ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсņĕ
Њ ЯņĕďĠ◦ЮŲŊ₤
Ч Ю◦ ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŪĠŁ₤ĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲřБŁũĠ₤с⅜ŵ
Χ◦ċ ũ‗чЮŢŎýŊĕĠ₣ſŲ
Њ ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉŷЋŀЮΌЧŎ¤
If the charged act was not an offense, the Supreme Court shall reverse the judgment of the
Court of Appeal without returning the case [to a Court of Appeal].
ŌŪ″ ̉̉ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮŢŎŌĕŁũĠ₣ſŲ
Њ ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣
Article 441 Reversal Judgment with Returning of Case
ŁŲ₧ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĜй ďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Юĩ℮₣ΒеĮĠ
Б ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣
Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯřŲЮÐĳǻм ĠлНЯĕŚ Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЮĕйŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤řРşýĖ ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşсŪĠŁ₤ĠřЊЮ₤Ċ Ζş
Я˝ЯŪĠŪĠЮķ◦ÐĳЊŎНĳŚаĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНďℓŊБ ЮŢŎũ˝⅝ЮĈ₤ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Ю΅ЧŎ ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЯĩĖ˝ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БЮĝ
řЯřŲ¤
ŁŲ₧ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĜй ďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Юĩ℮₣ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ЮŪņşЯřŲЮÐĳǻм Ю΅ЧŎĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЮĕйŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Юĩ℮₣ЮĜй ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŪĳСŷĠřЊЮ₤Ċ⅜ŲřБŁ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч
ĕЊ₣ĠİðĠсόŏĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣Юĉ⅜ŵĄŪņй˝ŚБŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ ЮřЧņġБĄĕ

е НеĄŪņй¤
If the Supreme Court finds that the offense was different from the offense for which the
accused was convicted in the contested decision, but the offenses have the same terms of sentence,
it may - without reversing the judgment - alter the legal qualification of the offense and uphold the
declared sentence and any existing decision issued on the civil part.

If the Supreme Court finds that the offense was different from the offense for which the
accused was convicted in the contested decision, and the offenses have different terms of sentences
the Supreme Court shall reverse the judgment of the Court of Appeal and refer the case to the
competent court.
ŌŪ″ ̉̉Ư ⅜ŲřБŁĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮĮŀΒ₣ð
Article 442 Judgment of Plenary
Н Łũ◦◦УŲ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ Ġ₣ſЊŲņЊĕΒĕНЮŵņ″ņ⅜ŲřБŁ◦БņУŎũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ˝еĮРŲЮ◦ Ю΅ЧŎ
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧņЮĊŜģŎřЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮŲЧ˝Ŏ˝ņ˝ЮĊſЧď₤еΖ₣ ₤ŪŌĠсĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Юš ŲЧ˝◦БĮБũ ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЯřŲ
ĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņйď₤ļЮĮŀΒ₣ðЮĜй ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚБЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН ĕЊ₣Β₣ðşĤĠс ЮŢŎЮşŀ⅜ŲřБŁ⅜□ĮũņУŎ¤
If a court that receives a returned case does not follow the first judgment of the Supreme
Court and a second request for cassation is submitted, the final judgment on the questions of law
and fact shall be made by the plenary of the Supreme Court.
Е Ю₤ЧЮũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ
TITLE 2: MOTION FOR REVIEW OF PROCEEDING
ĄеĮ˝
Е Ю₤ЧЮ ũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ
UNITARY CHAPTER: MOTION FOR REVIEW OF PROCEEDING
ŌŪ″ ̉̉ư Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ
Article 443 Motion for Review
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ ÐЙďĩųСŷĳǻм ņУŎŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲ⅜□Įũ Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲŌĕΖďńΒ₤сĄĕ
е ¤
Не
₤ļЮĮŀΒ₣ðаĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ ŲЧĠ‗Ś₣
Е Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ¤
A motion for review is a procedure whereby a party contests against a final judgment which
already has the res judicata effect.
The competence to decide on a motion for review rests with the Supreme Court in a plenary
hearing.
ŌŪ″ ̉̉̉ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź
Article 444 Review of Criminal Case
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВΖşŪĳСŷЮĊſЧģĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ЮĈйĠБĳŵ
Н ŁũЯřŲģĕ₤ЮŪņşЮĜйďĳНŵŁũ₧˝єЮŢŎ
ĕЊ₣ЮĈйĠБЮĈ₤ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮĜйďЮĈ₤ΒſБ˝єЮŢŎ¤
A motion for review may be filed in any criminal case regardless of the court which made
the decision and regardless of the sentence pronounced.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̉ ˝ũ‗БЮĠЧ˝ŁũЮ₤ЧЮ ũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ
Article 445 Cases of Review of Proceeding
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚΖ
Б şЮĊſЧģĕЯĳЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşĳЮĉĠлЮН ₧‼ й:
ơ- ŁŲ₧ЮŪŁŎĮБŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ĮБĠ◦ņĕН₤℮¹ĳŌĕЮŲşĳŪņОŎŗл₣ŪÐĠсŪýĕс ЯřŲΒĕНŔňĳόŏÐЊĳ
Ћ ЮĝЮΌЧŎ¤
▫Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýйЮĜйЮĝũ₤сŬĕŌĕĄБ ŷĳ
Ư-ŁŲ₧ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĮБũĜ˝сŪĳСŷģĕĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤řЯřŲЮĕй ЮŢŎŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Ĉе₣ĮБũ
ЮĕйņЊĕşНй₤ŪņО₣ýĖЮ◦¤

ư-ŁŲ₧⅜˝℮Б₧ ņУ Ŏ ŪĳС ŷ ģĕĩŚ ĜĀ ЮĈ₤ĮБ Ġ ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ЮĊſ Чď ⅜˝℮Б Ю ŢŎЯ˝ų ₣ ŪĠĂе ₣ ĕЕ ₣ ĄĕďĠс
ЮČ◦¤
̉-ŁŲ₧ŌĕΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНℓŊБ ιŲЊŠЊĳ ιķ₤ŚО ″₣ℓŊБЯřŲĜеόŏЮÐ₤₣℮њŎЮŲЧĮЊũ◦

Н ċ ļĮаĕ◦‗Źĳ
Њ ¤
A motion for review may be filed:
1. If, after conviction for a crime of murder, sufficient evidence appears to permit the
belief that the victim is still alive;
2. Where two accused have been convicted for the same crime and the two judgments
are not consistent with each other;
3. Where any witness was convicted for giving false testimony against the accused;
4. Where new facts, documents, or other new evidence lead to reasonable doubt as to
the guilt of a convicted person.
ŌŪ″ ̉̉̀ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲΖşĠŚ Е₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ
Article 446 Persons Entitled to Make Motion for Review
₤Њ◦ċЊĠŚЕ₣₤Нό
е ŏЮ₤ЧЮ ũВЮũЩ₣˝ŚБď₤Њ◦ċЊũĠ₤ск
ơ-ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Ư-◦‗ŹЊĳ ιΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗ŹЊĳЮĕйďΒ₤ņĳ□Ąĕ
ư-₤΅Įњ◦ċ ΰĮН˝ ŌŚŎ ˝Рĕ ĕЊ₣ď◦РЮĉ Ąĕ₧ЯřŲŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕчž₣₤Ōĸũк ιž₣ĩųСŷşЊĳŚ˝ĖО₣ŁũŲĠс
Ġеģĳс◦‗Ź˝ņŊЮĕй ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲ◦‗ŹЊĳģĕ◦◦УŲņũ‗ļĮ ιģĳсŠФ ųĕ¤
ũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ņНĕĕЕ₣ЮĉĠŚЕ₣ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ Ζş₤НеřŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆž₣ЯřĕřБ
όŏЮĊſЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ¤
The right to file a motion for review of a case shall rest with:
1. The Minister of Justice;
2. A convicted person; or his legal representative if the convicted person is
incapacitated;
3. The spouse, parents, children, or, generally, any person who has a material or
immaterial interest in the removal of the conviction if the convicted person has died
or disappeared.
Before filing a motion for review with the Supreme Court, the Minister of Justice may
request the General Prosecutor who has territorial jurisdiction to conduct further investigations.
ŌŪ″ ̉̉́ ŁũşНйĠŃą Ġ
Б ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮĠЧ˝ĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣
Article 447 Registration of Motion for Review and Examination of Case File
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НЮе ₤ЧЮ ũВŪĳСŷşНй˝ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą аБ ĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤
₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣аĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ ΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲģĕЮĝŁũЋŗŲњŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą БаĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
ЮŢŎΒĖ˝ĠŚ Е₣₤НеЮ₤ЧЮ ũВ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ

ų ¤ ЮņēŷВΖşşņų₣₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣Юĕйģĕ¤
ŁŲ₧Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеģĕЮĊſЧЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲģĕЮŢŎ◦‗ŹЊĳ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ
ũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б◦‗ŹЊĳģĳсŠФ ųĕ ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ΖşŪĳСŷĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲģĕ ЮŢŎ₤΅Įњ◦ċ ΰĮН˝ ŌŚŎ ι˝РĕũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕģĕ¤
The application for review shall be recorded in a register by the clerk of the Supreme Court.

A person who applies for review or his lawyer may examine the case file at the office of the
clerk of the Supreme Court. The lawyer may make a copy of such file.
If the motion for review is made by the Minister of Justice, the case file may be examined
by the convicted person and his lawyer. If the convicted person has disappeared, the file may be
examined by his spouse, parents or children.
ŌŪ″ ̉̉7 Ћ БЮ₤ЧЮ ũВк ũŎкЮĮŲ
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 448 Procedure of Review: Time Limit
Ū˝ΐĠŃą ĩ
Б ŚŲсř‗
е Е₣řŲсЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣▫ ŠųФĕŌĕũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓĞ ЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
ďŲ˝š‗кĮЊЮ₤₤ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйΖşĮĕŜũģĕЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤
ĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲЮĕй ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲČĳс″₣
е ЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗чŌĖ˝с¤ ŁŲ₧ũģŎŁũ‗чЮĊſЧũУşЮ΅ЧŎ
Б ₤ĕĖŢ
₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮĊſЧřŁ Њ ť ĕďŵŎŲ˝š‗Β
ч ˝℮ũ
˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓĞ¤

The court clerk shall inform the requester that he has thirty days to complete his request. In
exceptional cases, this time limit may be extended by the President of the Supreme Court.
At the expiration of the time limit, the President of the Supreme Court shall designate a
reporting judge. After the report has been written, the case file shall be forwarded to the General
Prosecutor attached to the Supreme Court. The General Prosecutor, thereafter, prepares his written
submission within thirty days.
ŌŪ″ ̉̉o Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĠ₣∆₣сŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤
Article 449 Decision to Suspend Execution of Sentence
₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹаĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ Ζş₤ЮŪņşĮŏФũŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ģĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ
ŌĕņРŲЮ΅ĳНşĤ₤сŵ₤с¤
The Criminal Chamber of the Supreme Court which received the motion for review may
suspend the execution of the sentence if there are specific reasons.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉Ơ ŁũĠŃąС ĕĠ‗Ś₣
Е Ю₤ЧЮ ũВЮĉĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ
Article 450 Delivery of Motion for Review to Supreme Court
ŁŲЮĠЧ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź₤ЮŪņş▫ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВΖş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕЮĜй ₤ļŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣аĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣
Ю₤ЧЮ ũВЮĉĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ЮřЧņġБĄеĕНеĄŪņйď₤ļЮĮŀΒ₣ð ĕЊ₣₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳН ĕЊ₣Β₣ðşĤĠсЮŢŎ⅜ŲřБŁ⅜□Įũ¤

If the Criminal Chamber declares a motion for review admissible, the case file shall be
forwarded to the Supreme Court for organizing a plenary hearing to decide on the questions of law
and fact and render a final judgment.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ơ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĆĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ
Article 451 Notification of Hearing Date and Public Hearing
ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣ĄРĕřе‗₣
Е ЮŢŎĬĀŲсŌĳсřŲсΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΒеĮБ
ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũЮĕй¤ ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũřŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ řРş
ģĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ̉ưư (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũşеЮĵйļÐБ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ
ŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳЊĊ
ŉ ņх ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũřŲс◦‗ŹЊĳ ιřŲс
ŪÐФ⅜ũ¤

ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к¤
ĳНŵŁũ⅜ŚĠсЮ₤ş˝ŚŬ
Б ŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņũģŎŁũ‗ч ũУş⅜ŚĠсЮņēŷВũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤Н¤
е ŁŲ₧Ġ‗ŚЕ₣
Ю₤ЧЮ ũВģĕЮĊſЧЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚĊņх ĳНŵŁũ⅜ŚĠсЮņēŷВũĠ₤с◦‗Źĳ

Њ ιũĠ₤сŪÐФ⅜ũ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫
ŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч ĳНŵŁũ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎ◦‗ŹЊĳ¤
ĳНŵŁũ⅜ŚĠсЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ΖşĕЊŗŎņŚ₣Ю◦Ьĳģĕ¤
The President of the Supreme Court shall set a hearing date and give oral notification to the
General Prosecutor. The General Prosecutor shall notify the requester and his lawyer in accordance
with Article 433 (Notification of Hearing Date to Parties) of this Code. If the application for review
was made by the Minister of Justice, the General Prosecutor shall notify the convicted person or his
family of the hearing date.
The hearing shall be conducted in public.
The court shall hear the report of the reporting judge and then the lawyer of the requester. If
the motion for review was made by the Minister of Justice, the court shall hear the lawyer of the
convicted person or his family. If it is considered useful, the court may hear the convicted person.
The court shall hear the observations of the General Prosecutor. The lawyer of the requester
may make a rebuttal statement.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉Ư ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ
Article 452 Additional Investigations
Н Łũ˝еĮРŲŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ ЮũЩ₣ЮĜйŲŊ ņĄеĕНеĄŪņйģĕ ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ₤ЮŪņşĮБĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ″ņ
⅜ŲřБŁņУŎЯřŲņЊĕΖşĳǻм ģĕЮ◦¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩОĀŎĮБЮĕй ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſЧŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷĠЯĕ□ņ¤ ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲČĳс″₣

е ₤ŌĄЊ˝ũĠ₤с
ŠųФĕŌĖ˝сЮřЧņġБĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşЮĆ ĕй¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲČĳс″₣

е Юĕй ŌĕΒе₧şřРşЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳŁũþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś й
Ζ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ¤
ŁŲ₧ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷģĕĠŃĆ Ġс ŁũŪ⅜ŷŪďŷЮĕйŪĳСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ όŏģĕřЕ₣¤
ŪĠēĕ˝е‗ĳсŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦₤ŷĜŁũ řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ̣̉ơ (ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ
₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣⅜ēũ‗ļĮаĕ˝ЊşĮ
Ć Њļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
As soon as the Supreme Court considers the case to be ready for a decision, it shall decide
on the motion for review by final judgment.
Otherwise, the Supreme Court shall order further investigations. It shall appoint one of its
members to carry them out. The appointed judge shall have the same authority as an investigating
judge, except for provisional detention and judicial supervision.
The person who applied for review and his lawyer shall be notified when the additional
investigations are completed.
The President [of the Supreme Court] shall set a new hearing date as provided for in Article
451 (Notification of Hearing Date to Parties and Public Hearing) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ư Łũ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНşЮе ĵй⅜ŲřБŁ
Article 453 Reasons for Judgment
⅜ŲřБŁŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤ ⅜ŲřБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤ЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к¤
The judgment shall include reasons. It shall be declared in public.

ŌŪ″ ̣̉̉ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĬ∆˝ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ◦‗Ź˝ņŊ
Article 454 Decision to Suspend Execution of Sentence
ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲЮũЩ₣˝ŚĠ
Б ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņйď₤ļЮĮŀΒ₣ðΖşĠİðĠсόŏĬ∆˝ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ
◦‗Ź˝ņŊģĕŪÐĠсЮĮŲЮŷŵ¤ ĳНŵŁũ˝еĮŲ
Р ₤ЮŪņş″ņ⅜ŲřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
After receiving a motion for review, the plenary of the Supreme Court may suspend the
execution of the sentence at any time. Any such decision shall include reasons.
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̉ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũΒĕНЮŪýйЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ď◦РЮĉ ″ņĠ‗Ś₣
Е Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ
Article 455 Consequence of Pardon and Amnesty on Motion for Review
ŁũΒĕНЮŪýйЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũĠŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВЮ◦¤
A pardon or amnesty shall not bar a motion for review.
Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Ðĕ□ Б◦Б ́: řŁ Б ЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣řŁ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс řŁ Б ĄРĕřе‗₣
Е
BOOK SEVEN: CITATIONS, SUMMONS AND NOTIFICATIONS
Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: řŁ Не ŪņйĬĀŲс
TITLE 1: CITATIONS
ĄеĮ˝ Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Р ЮĈŲ: řŁ Не ŪņйĬĀŲс
UNITARY CHAPTER: CITATIONS
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̀ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲск ◦Ūņ₣с
Article 456 Citation: Form
řРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̉̀ (řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕйŪ⅜Ġс řБŁЮŁйЮΊ
ĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲсÐЙďĠŔąřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝĳНŵŁũďĕсřĠ
е Р₣ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşĮБЮũЩ₣
ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤
ЮřЧņřБŁЯřŲŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ◦Б˝Яĕų₣˝еЮ‗Чĳ ĕЊ₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦
ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
As provided in Article 46 (Citations) of this Code, a citation is an order to the accused to
appear in the Court of First Instance which decides criminal offenses.
The original of the citation on which the date, place of birth, and residence of the accused is
mentioned, shall be dated and signed by the Royal Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉́ Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс
ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ
Article 457 Time Limit between Delivery of Citation and Appearance
Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲсόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣аℓĞ
ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
˝е‗ĳсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсřРşĳЮĉк
− ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЯřĕřБаĕ◦Б⅜Ė˝сŁũũĠ₤сĳŵ

Н ŁũďĕсřĠ
е Р₣
− ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ˝ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ˝ĖО₣ЯřĕřБďĳЊ
− Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũřťņУŎďĠсŪĮеЯřĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď

− ư (ĠБ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ˝ĖО₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣řа◦Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤
The time period between delivery of a citation and the date to appear before the court shall
be determined as follows:
− Fifteen days if the accused resides in the territorial jurisdiction of the Court of First
Instance;
− Twenty days if the accused resides in another location in the national territory;
− Two months if the accused resides in a neighboring country to the Kingdom of
Cambodia;
− Three months if the accused resides in any other location.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉7 Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲсЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń
ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Article 458 Delivery of Citation by Prosecutor
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс ΖşŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Б ЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮĕй¤
şНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś БĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŪĠÐŲсřŁ
The citation may be delivered by hand to the accused by the Royal Prosecutor.
In this case, the Royal Prosecutor delivers a copy of the citation to the accused. The Royal
Prosecutor shall make a written note of the date and place of delivery on the original citation. The
accused shall sign the original citation.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉o Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲсЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ
ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Article 459 Delivery of Citation by Bailiff
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс˝Ζ
є şŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵģĕЯřũ¤
Б ЮĕйόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀŲсаř¤
Ζďń⅜ŵŪĳСŷЮŪĠЧŪÐĠсņЮĊŜŎЮřЧņġБŪĠÐŲсřŁ
A citation may also be delivered by a bailiff.
The bailiff shall use all his endeavors to deliver the citation by hand to the accused.
ŌŪ″ ̉̀Ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсĄĕďĠсЮс Č◦
Article 460 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Accused
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΖďń⅜ŵĄУĠŪĠ◦йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĩĀй ιЮĝ˝Яĕų₣řа◦Ю◦Ьĳ Ζďń⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁй
řŲс⅜ņБŠФ ĕ
ų ¤ Ζďń⅜ŵČũЮ₤ş˝ŚБЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ▫ ģĕŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ĬĀŲсаř¤ Ζďń⅜ŵşНй
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤₤Ś БĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣аĕŁũŪĠÐŲс¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕ ŷЋŲ
ŪĳΌĠсЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļųņ¤
If the bailiff encounters the accused at his residence or at any other location, the bailiff shall
deliver a copy of the citation to the named accused. The bailiff shall make a written note on the
original citation that a copy of the original citation has been delivered personally by hand to the
accused. The bailiff shall make a written note of the date and place of delivery on the original
citation. The accused shall sign the original citation. The original citation shall be immediately sent
to the Royal Prosecutor.

ŌŪ″ ̉̀ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷĳŚŌĕ
Article 461 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Absent Accused
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷĳŚŌĕĮБŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų Ζďń⅜ŵŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁόŏřŲсĠНÐŲ
ð Ĉе₣ΐŎ
₧ďĕБĳĄ
Њ ĕЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝŲеЮĝůĕЮĜй¤
Ζďń⅜ŵşНйЮ₤ş˝ŚЮБ ŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ▫ şН₣řБŁŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝŲеЮĝůĕ¤ Ζďń
⅜ŵŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤₤Ś БĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕĠНÐŲ Б ¤ ĠНÐŲ

ð ЮĜй ĕЊ₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁŪĳСŷşНй
΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲņ˝ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŷЋŀļųņ¤
ĠНÐŲ Б Юĕй˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųĠ
ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁŪĳСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсřŁ Б еĩНĳόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤
If the accused is not present at his residence, the bailiff shall deliver a copy of the original
citation to any adult who is present at such residence.
The bailiff shall make a written note on the original citation that a copy of the original
citation has been delivered to the person who was present at the residence. The bailiff shall also add
the identity of such person and the date of delivery. The person who received the citation shall sign
the original citation. The original citation shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.
The person who received the citation shall undertake to deliver the citation to the accused
without delay.
ŌŪ″ ̉̀Ư ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс
Article 462 Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat
Ζďń⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁ όŏřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс ιĄе◦Ġс ιЮč₤İ˛ĳсũ₣ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşĳЮĉк
− ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪĮņ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс
− ýŊĕĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝сŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ю◦
− ð ₧ŌĖ˝сЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŎŲсŪĮņ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйЮ◦¤
ýŊĕĠНÐŲ
Ζďń⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ ΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤őń‗ ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁŪĮņĈе₣
Б ¤ ĠНÐŲ
ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲ
ŪĳŲĠсĄĕ
Р ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŷЋŀļųņ¤
ĠНÐŲ Б ЮĜй˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠĩ
ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁŪĳСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсřŁ е НĳόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤
The bailiff shall deliver a copy of the citation to the chief or deputy chief of commune or
Sangkat in the following cases:
− If the accused refused to receive the citation;
− If no person was present at the residence of the accused;
− If the person who was present at the residence of the accused refused to receive the
citation.
The bailiff shall make a written note on the original citation of the identity and position of
the person who received the copy of the citation and of the date of delivery. The person who
received the copy of the citation shall personally sign the original citation. The original citation
shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.
The person who received the citation shall undertake that he will deliver the citation to the
accused without delay.

ŌŪ″ ̉̀ư Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ Не ŪņйĬĀŲс
Article 463 Other Means of Delivery of Citation
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс˝Ζ
є şŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎк
− Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б
− ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ
− ų ĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ
ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ųĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷþНеŠФ ĕ
Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ΖďńĊũũřťģŲ ΖďńĊũĮĕċĜýũ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ιΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďń₤Неόŏ
ŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀ Ųс ŪĳСŷЯĳЮýũĮ″ņĠŔą ũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ¤
ŪĳСŷĠеЮĮŀ˝ЊşĆЮĕйřРşŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО ₣ŌŪ″ ̉̀Ơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсĄĕ
ďĠсЮČ◦) řŲсŌŪ″ ̉̀Ư (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ ĳс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

A citation may also be delivered by:
− A court clerk;
− Administrative means;
− A chief of the prison or detention center if the accused is being detained for another
case;
− A judicial police or military police officer.
The court clerk, administrative authority, prison authority, judicial police or military officer
who has been instructed by the Royal Prosecutor to deliver the citation shall follow his instructions.
Articles 460 (Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Accused) to 462 (Delivery of Copied
Citation by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat) of this Code shall be applicable accordingly.
ŌŪ″ ̉̀̉ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊĕŲеЮĝůĕ ιýŊĕ◦Б₤е₧˝сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ðŲс
Article 464 Accused Who Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤₧
е ˝с ι˝єũ₤сЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБďĳЊŪĮйŬĄΖďń ˝єΖşЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦
ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй ″ņĩųСŷřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲсģĕЯřũ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũ
Б ŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝▫ďŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
ЮĊſЧřŁ Б ¤
If the accused has neither domicile nor known residence or is living outside the national
territory, the Royal Prosecutor may still proceed against him by way of citation. In this case, the
date of the delivery shall be deemed to be the date of issuance of the citation.

Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: řŁ
TITLE 2: SUMMONS OF ACCUSED TO HEARING
ĄеĮ˝ Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ
Р ЮĈŲ: řŁ
UNITARY CHAPTER: SUMMONS OF ACCUSED TO HEARING
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̀ ◦Ūņ₣саĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ
Article 465 Form of Summons
řРşЯřŲģĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ Ưt̉ (ŁũЮŁйЮΊļÐБόŏşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣₤ŷĜŁũ″ņřБŁĠŃąС ĕ ι″ņ⅜ŲřБŁ
ĠŃąС ĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БаĕřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ

Ч ₤Уũ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń
ŪĳСŷЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ¤
řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũŪĳСŷŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣˝еЮ‗ЧĳаĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
− ŲеЮĝůĕаĕĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
− ŁũЮŗ₣řБŁ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕ
− ĳНŵŁũЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ЮřЧņġБĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй
− ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
řБŁЮŁйŪĳСŷĠŔą˝с▫ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΖşΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВ¤
As provided in Article 294 (Summons of Parties for Trial in case of Indictment) of this
Code, if an indictment was issued by an investigating judge or by the Investigation Chamber, the
Prosecutor shall summons the accused to appear at the hearing.
The summons shall indicate:
− the identity of the accused;
− the date and place of birth of the accused;
− the residential address of the accused;
− a reference to the indictment;
− the competent court;
− the location, date and time of hearing;
− the date and signature of the Royal Prosecutor.
The summons shall indicate the right of the accused to be assisted by a lawyer.
ŌŪ″ ̉̀̀ ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ
Article 466 Time Limit between Summons and Appearance
Б ЮŁйЮΊόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣аℓĞ˝е‗ĳсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ ŪĳСŷ
ũŎкЮĮŲũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
˝е‗ĳсřРşĳЮĉк
− ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЯřĕřБаĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřĠ

е Р₣
− ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕЯřĕřБďĳЊ

− Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũřťņУŎďĠсŪĮеЯřĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď
− ư (ĠБ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ũ₤сЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷþНеŠФ ĕ Б řŲс

ų ýŊĕũŎкЮĮŲ₧ņУŎŪĳСŷģĕĈņĈũЮΌЧŎ ũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣аℓĞ˝е‗ĳсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũ¤
The minimum time period between the delivery of the summons and the date to appear
before the court shall be determined as follows:
− Fifteen days, if the accused resides in the territorial jurisdiction of the Court of First
Instance;
− Twenty days, if the accused resides in another location in the national territory;
− Two months, if the accused resides in a neighboring state to the Kingdom of Cambodia;
and
− Three months, if the accused resides in any other location.
However, no minimum time period between the delivery of the summons and the date to
appear before the court shall be applicable if the accused is being detained.
ŌŪ″ ̉̀́ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 467 Hand-Delivery of Summons by Royal Prosecutor
řБŁЮŁйЮΊΖşŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ ΒеĮБ
ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŪĠÐŲс¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйЮĕй¤

The summons may be hand-delivered to the accused by the Royal Prosecutor.
In this case, the Royal Prosecutor shall deliver a copy of the summons to the accused. The
Royal Prosecutor shall make a written note of the date and place of delivery on the original
summons. The accused shall sign on the original summons.
ŌŪ″ ̉̀7 řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ
Article 468 Hand-Delivery of Summons by Bailiff
řБŁЮŁй˝єΖşŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵĩ₣Яřũ¤
Ζďń⅜ŵŪĳСŷЮŪĠЧŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎЮřЧņġБŪĠÐŲсřБŁЮŁйЮΊ řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀŲсаř¤
The summons may also be delivered by a bailiff.
The bailiff shall use all his endeavors to hand-deliver the summons to the accused.
ŌŪ″ ̉̀o ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Article 469 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Accused
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΖďń⅜ŵĄУĠŪĠ◦йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĝ˝ĖО ₣ŲеЮĝůĕ ιЮĝ˝Яĕų₣řа◦Ю◦Ьĳ Ζďń⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁй
ЮΊόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĕй¤
Ζďń⅜ŵČũЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйЮΊ▫ şН₣řБŁŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮŢŎĬĀŲсаř¤
Б ЮŁйЮΊ¤ ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņ
Ζďń⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсřŁ
řБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĕй ŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕņ˝ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļųņ¤

If the bailiff encounters the accused at his residence or at any other location, the bailiff shall
deliver a copy of the summons to the accused.

The bailiff shall make a written note on the original summons that a copy of the original
summons has been given personally by hand to the accused. The bailiff shall make a written note of
the date and place of delivery on the original summons. The accused shall sign the original
summons. The original summons shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ̉́Ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷĳŚŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
Article 470 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Absent Accused
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷĳŚŌĕĮБŲеЮĝůĕ Ζďń⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйόŏřŲсĠНÐŲ
ð Ĉе₣ΐŎ₧ď
ĕБĳЊĄĕ ЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕ¤
Ζďń⅜ŵČũЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁй▫ şН₣řБŁЮŁйŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ
ŲеЮĝůĕ¤ Ζďń⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕĠНÐŲ Б ЮŁй¤ ĠНÐŲ

ð Юĕй ĕЊ₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ ð ЯřŲ
◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁЮŁйşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁ¤ ЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйЮĕйŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļųņ¤
ĠНÐŲ Б ЮĕйřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠųĠ
ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйŪĳСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсřŁ Б еĩНĳ¤
If the accused is not present at his residence, the bailiff shall deliver a copy of the original
summons to any adult who is present at such residence.
The bailiff shall make a written note on the original summons that a copy of the original
summons has been delivered to the person who was present at the residence. The bailiff shall make
a written note of the identity of such person and the date of delivery. The person who received the
summons shall sign the original summons. The original summons shall be immediately sent to the
Royal Prosecutor.
The person who received the summons shall undertake to deliver the summons to the
accused without delay.
ŌŪ″ ̉́ơ ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс
Article 471 Delivery of Copied Summons by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat
Ζďń⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйόŏřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс ιĄе◦Ġс ιЮč₤İ˛ĳсũ₣₧ņУŎ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşĳЮĉк
− ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪĮņ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁй
− ýŊĕĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Ю◦
− ýŊĕĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝сЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŎŲсŪĮņ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйЮ◦¤
Ζďń⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲşН₣řБŁ ŪĮņ
Ĉе₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲс¤ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮřЧņřБŁЮŁй¤ ЮřЧņřБŁЮŁйŪĳСŷ
Ġ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďńŷЋŀļųņ¤
ĠНÐŲ Б όŏřŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠеĩĳ
ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲřБŁЮŁйŪĳСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсřŁ Н ¤
The bailiff shall deliver a copy of the summons to the chief or deputy chief of commune or
− If the accused refused to receive the summons;
− If no person was present at the residence of the accused;
− If the person who was present at the residence of the accused refused to receive the
summons.
The bailiff shall make a written note on the original summons of the identity and position of
the person who received the copy of the summons and the date of delivery. The person who

received the copy of the summons shall personally sign the original summons. The original
summons shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.
The person who received the summons shall undertake that he will deliver the summons to
the accused without delay.
ŌŪ″ ̉́Ư Б ЮŁйЮΊ
ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Article 472 Other Means of Delivery of Summons
řБŁЮŁй˝єΖşŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсόŏк
− ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
− ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ųĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷþНеĮБЮũЩ₣ņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ
Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ΖďńĊũũřťģŲ ΖďńĊũĮĕċĜýũ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ιΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďń₤Нό

е ŏŪĠÐŲс
řБŁЮŁй ŪĳСŷЯĳЮýũĮ″ņĠŔąŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
˝ЊşЮĆ ĕйŪĳСŷЮĊſЧřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̉̀t (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ řŲсĄĕďĠсЮČ◦)
řŲсŌŪ″ ̉́ơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ řŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

A summons may also be delivered by:
− A court clerk;
case;
The court clerk, administrative authority, prison authority, judicial police or military police
officer who has been instructed by the Royal Prosecutor to deliver the summons shall follow his
instructions.
Articles 469 (Delivery of Summons by Bailiff to Accused) to 471 (Delivery of Copied
Summons by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat) of this Code shall be applicable
accordingly.
ŌŪ″ ̉́ư ĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊĕŲеЮĝůĕ ĕЊ₣ýŊĕ◦Б₤₧
е ˝сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ðŲс
Article 473 Accused Who Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ýŊĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤₧
е ˝с ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБďĳЊ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń˝є
Б ЮŁйŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝ď
ΖşЮŁйЮΊĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ όŏņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũģĕЯřũ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũЮĊſЧřŁ
Б ЮŁй¤
ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Even if the accused has neither domicile nor known residence or is living outside the
national territory, the Prosecutor may still proceed against him by way of summons. In this case,
the date of the delivery shall be deemed to be the date of issuance of the summons.
ŌŪ″ ̉́̉ υ˝⅜ũļąĠсЮĉĕЕ₣şН₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ
Article 474 Documents Attached to Summons
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗БĈе₣Β₤сŲŠ
Њ ĳ
Њ şņų₣ņУŎşĤĠсаĕřБŁ ι⅜ŲřБŁĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣ЮĉĳНŵŁũĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй ŪĳСŷļąĠс
ďņУŎĕЕ₣şН₣řБŁЮŁй¤

In all cases, a copy of the indictment shall be attached to the summons.
Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: řŁ
TITLE 3: SUMMONS ORDERING PERSONS OTHER THAN ACCUSED TO HEARING
ĄеĮ˝ Б ЮŁйЮΊĄĕЮŪłĮБĄĕďĠсЮČ◦όŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũ
Р ЮĈŲ: řŁ
UNITARY CHAPTER: SUMMONS ORDERING PERSONS OTHER THAN ACCUSED TO HEARING
ŌŪ″ ̣̉́ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 475 Summons to Civil Party
řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
− ŲеЮĝůĕЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
− ЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ ₤

Ч ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс
− ĳНŵŁũЯřŲŪĳСŷĄеĕНеĄŪņй
řБŁЮŁйŪĳСŷĠŔą˝с▫ ĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
A summons issued to a civil party shall include:
− the identity of the civil party;
− the residence of the civil party;
− the name of the accused and the type of offense;
The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as a civil party.
ŌŪ″ ̉́̀ řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй
Article 476 Summons to Victim
řБŁЮŁйЮΊĄĕũ₣ЮŪýйόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũ ŁŲ₧ĄĕЮĕйņЊĕģĕ″е₣ŠųФĕďЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
ЮĝņНŠЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũЮ◦¤ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĕйŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй
− ŲеЮĝůĕĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй
− ЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ĕЊ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ ₤

Ч ЯřŲЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс
řБŁЮŁйЮΊŪĳСŷĠŔą˝с▫ ĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďĄĕũ₣ЮŪýй¤

A summons to a victim who has not filed a civil party application before the investigating
judge, shall include:
− the identity of the victim;
− the residence of the victim;
− the name of the accused and the type of offense;
The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as a victim.
ŌŪ″ ̉́́ řБŁЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Б
Article 477 Summons to Witness
řБŁЮŁйЮΊ⅜˝℮Бόŏņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗⅜˝℮Б
− ŲеЮĝůĕ⅜˝℮Б
− ЮěŊ йĄĕďĠсЮČ◦
− ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣ЮŌл₣₤ŷĜŁũ
řБŁЮŁйЮΊŪĳСŷĠŔą˝с▫к
− ĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б
− ŁũņЊĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ŁũņЊĕŪĮņЮđųЧŎόŏĮњĳхŌĕ˝ĖО₣ůĕкď⅜˝℮Б ιŁũЮđųЧŎόŏ
ĮњĳхŌĕЯ˝ų₣ŁųŎŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠс¤
A summons issued to a witness to appear in court shall include:
− the identity of the witness;
− the residence of the witness;
− the name of the accused;
The summons shall indicate that:
− the addressee is being summonsed as a witness;
− any failure to appear before the court, refusal to provide information as a witness or
giving false testimony shall be punished according to the law.
ŌŪ″ ̉́7 řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ
Article 478 Summons to Expert
řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ
− ŲеЮĝůĕΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ

ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ¤
A summons issued to an expert to appear in court shall include:
− the identity of the expert;
− the residence of the expert;
The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as an expert.
ŌŪ″ ̉́o řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ
Article 479 Summons to Interpreter/Translator
řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ
− ŲеЮĝůĕΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ
řБŁЮŁйŪĳСŷĠŔą˝с▫ ĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ¤
A summons issued to an interpreter/translator to appear in court shall include:
− the identity of the interpreter/translator;
− the residence of the interpreter/translator;
The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as an
interpreter/translator.
ŌŪ″ ̉7Ơ řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 480 Summons to Civil Defendant
řБŁЮŁйЮΊΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БόŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũ ŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
− ŲеЮĝůĕΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б

ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċŪĳСŷģĕЮŁйЮΊ˝ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
A summons issued to a civil defendant to appear in court shall include:
− the identity of the civil defendant;
− the residence of the civil defendant;
The summons shall indicate that the addressee is being summonsed as a civil defendant.
ŌŪ″ ̉7ơ Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊũņ
У
Article 481 Common Provisions
řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй ⅜˝℮Б ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
όŏşРŲņ˝Łĕс₤ŷĜŁũ ŪĳСŷ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņĠ◦ĠġŃňĳЊаŉ ĕŌŪ″ ̉̀́ (řБŁЮŁйЮΊЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏЮŢŎĬĀŲсаřЮŢŎ
Б ЮŁйЮΊ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń) řŲсŌŪ″ ̉́Ư (ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
A summons that orders a civil party, a victim, a witness, an expert, an interpreter/translator,
or a civil defendant to appear in court is subject to Articles 467 (Hand-Delivery of Summons by
Royal Prosecutor) to 472 (Other Means of Delivery of Summons) of this Code.
Б όŏřе‗₣
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉: řŁ Е ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ
TITLE 4: WRIT OF NOTIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS
ĄеĮ˝ Б όŏřе‗₣
Р ЮĈŲ: řŁ Е ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ
UNITARY CHAPTER: WRIT OF NOTIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS
ŌŪ″ ̉7Ư ˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕřБŁόŏřе‗Е₣
Article 482 Purpose of Writ of Notification
řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ÐЙďŲЊŠЊĳЯřŲόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮЮБ ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ ЯřŲĠŃňĳŚЊşĤĠсĳŪņСŷόŏĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲс
ļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ ЮřЧņġБόŏļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ◦◦УŲģĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĜй¤
řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ″ņÐеĕЊĳЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιũĠ₤сļÐБ¤

A writ of notification is the act by which, where so required by the law, a court decision is
notified to the involved parties to ensure their knowledge about it.
The writ of notification shall be made at the initiative of the Prosecutor, the General
Prosecutor or one of the parties.
ŌŪ″ ̉7ư Б όŏřе‗Е₣
Article 483 Information Stated in Writ of Notification
řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк

− ŪĠЮķ◦ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŗ₣аĕЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЯřŲŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ĕЊ₣ŲеЮĝůĕаĕļÐБЯřŲŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ЯřŲЮĊſЧŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣¤
řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ĠŔą˝сŪģĠсΒеĮБĩС ųŷĳǻм ЯřŲΖşЮĊſЧģĕ ŪĠĂе₣ЮĉĕЕ₣Ю₤ş˝Ś₤

Б ЮŪņşЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣¤
ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ЯřŲŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ŪĳСŷļąĠсЮĉĕЕ₣řБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤с
ĳНŵŁũ¤
The writ of notification shall include the following information:
− the type and reference of the decision that is being notified;
− the identity and residence of the party being notified;
− the date and signature of the person delivering the writ of notification.
The writ of notification shall indicate the legal procedures under which the party may
challenge the notified decision.
A copy of the decision which is being formally served shall be attached to the writ of
notification.
ŌŪ″ ̉7̉ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 484 Writ of Notification Served by Prosecutor
ŁũĄРĕřе‗₣
Е řŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċΖşŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳşņų ₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ

Н ŁũόŏřŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣аĕŁũŪĠÐŲсŲŠ
Њ Њĳşņų₣¤ ļÐБ
ĵ˝сĮњĕċşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņЮĕй¤
A writ of notification may be served by the Prosecutor.
In this case, the Royal Prosecutor shall deliver a copy of the judicial decision to the
involved party.
The Royal Prosecutor shall make a written note on the original decision of the date and
place of delivery. The involved party shall add their signatures.
ŌŪ″ ̉7̣ ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЯřŲЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣ЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ
Article 485 Writ of Notification Served by Bailiff
ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝єΖşŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵĩ₣Яřũ¤
Ζďń⅜ŵЮŪĠЧŪÐĠсņЮĊŜģŎ ЮřЧņġБĄĕ
Р řе‗₣
Е řŲсĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ¤
A writ of notification may also be served by a bailiff.
The bailiff shall use all his endeavors to notify the decision to the involved individual.
ŌŪ″ ̉7̀ ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳşņų ₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ĄРĕřŲсļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ
Article 486 Delivery of Copied Decision to Involved Party by Bailiff
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΖďń⅜ŵĄУĠŪĠ◦йļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕ ιЮĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣řа◦Ю◦Ьĳ Ζďń⅜ŵŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲс
ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşřŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤

Ζďń⅜ŵŪĳСŷČũЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņ▫ ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċЮŢŎĬĀŲсаř¤
Ζďń⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣¤ ļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņ¤ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņЮĕй ŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďńŷЋŀďĠĜĀĕс¤

If the bailiff encounters the involved party at his residence or at any other location, the
bailiff shall deliver a copy of the decision to him.
The bailiff shall make a written note on the original decision that a copy of the original
decision has been delivered personally by hand to the involved party. The bailiff shall make a
written note of the date and place of delivery on the original decision. The involved party shall sign
the original decision. The original decision shall be immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ̉7́ ˝ũ‗БΒŷĳŚŌĕаĕļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ
Article 487 Absence of Involved Party
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċΒŷĳŚŌĕĮБŲеЮĝůĕ Ζďń⅜ŵŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşόŏĠНÐðŲď
ĕБĳЊĄĕЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО ₣ŲеЮĝůĕ¤
Ζďń⅜ŵŪĳСŷČũЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЮřЧņ▫ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсаřĠНÐŲ
ð
ЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕ¤ Ζďń⅜ŵŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜй ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳ
şņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş¤ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲŲЊŠĳ
Њ ŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņ¤ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņЮĕй
ŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďńŷЋŀļųņ¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŪĳСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБ
ĠеĩНĳ¤
If the involved party is not present at his residence, the bailiff shall deliver a copy of the
original decision to any adult who is present at such residence.
The bailiff shall make a written note on the original decision that a copy of the original
decision has been delivered to the person who was present at the residence. The bailiff shall make a
written note of the identity of such person and the date of delivery. The person who received the
decision shall sign the original decision. The original decision shall be immediately sent to the
Royal Prosecutor.
The person who received the decision shall undertake to deliver the decision to the involved
party without delay.
ŌŪ″ ̉77 ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳşņų ₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс
Article 488 Delivery of Copied Decision to Chief of Commune or Sangkat
Ζďń⅜ŵŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳаĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĉЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс ιЮĉĄе◦Ġс ιЮč₤İ˛ĳсũ₣₧ņУŎ Юĝ˝ĖО₣
˝ũ‗Бřş
Р ĳЮĉк
− ļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċņĕ
Њ ŪĮņ◦◦УŲЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
− ýŊĕĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝сŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċЮ◦
− ð ₧ŌĖ˝сЯřŲŌĕŷĳŚŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŲеЮĝůĕũĠ₤сļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċŎŲсŪĮņ◦◦УŲЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
ýŊĕĠНÐŲ
ЮĜйЮ◦¤

Ζďń⅜ŵşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ЮĝЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲŲЊŠЊĳ
şņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş ŪĮņĈе₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũŪĠÐŲс¤ ĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĝЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņ¤ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņŪĳСŷĠ₣ſЊŲĄРĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŷЋŀļųņ¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşŪĳСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŠųĠ
Б еĩНĳ¤
The bailiff shall deliver a copy of the decision to the chief or deputy chief of commune or
− If the involved party refused to receive the decision;
− If no person was present at the residence of the involved party;
− If the person who was present at the residence of the involved party refused to receive
the decision.
The bailiff shall make a written note on the original decision of the identity and position of
the person who received the copy of the decision and the date of delivery. The person who received
the copy of the decision shall personally sign the original decision. The original decision shall be
immediately sent to the Royal Prosecutor.
The person who received the decision shall undertake to deliver the summons to the
involved party without delay.
ŌŪ″ ̉7o ũЮĠЬĠЮĩ℮₣Ю◦ЬĳаĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣
Article 489 Other Means of Service of Notification
ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣˝єΖşŪĠÐŲсόŏĩ₣Яřũк
− ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б
− ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ųĕ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ŪĳСŷþНеŠФ ĕ

ų ĮБĠ◦řа◦Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ
Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ΖďńĊũũřťģŲ ΖďńĊũĮĕċĜýũ ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ιΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ЯřŲŪĮйŬĄΖďń₤Нό

е ŏĄРĕ
řе‗Е₣ĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ ŪĳСŷЯĳЮýũĮ″ņĠŔąũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤
˝ЊşЮĆ ĕйŪĳСŷЮĊſЧřРşŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ̉̀ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠĳ

Њ şņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĄРĕřŲсļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮĕ
њ ċ
ЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ) řŲсŌŪ″ ̉ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳşņų ₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

A notification may also be delivered by:
− A court clerk;
case;
The court clerk, administrative authority, prison authority, judicial police or military police
officer who has been instructed by the Royal Prosecutor to deliver the notification of the decision
shall follow his instructions.
Articles 486 (Delivery of Copied Decision to Involved Party by Bailiff) to 488 (Delivery of
Copied Decision to Chief of Commune or Sangkat) of this Code shall be applicable accordingly.

ŌŪ″ ̉oƠ ļÐБЯřŲĮНеŌĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤е₧˝сЯřŲЮÐ⅜ðŲс
Article 490 Party that Has neither Domicile nor Known Residence
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċýŊĕŲеЮĝůĕ ι◦Б₤₧
е ˝сЮ◦ ιŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċЮĕйũ₤сЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБďĳЊ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ˝єΖşĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲс⅜ņБŠФ ĕ
ų ģĕЯřũ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĳНŵŁũ
ŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝▫ďŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣¤
If the involved party has neither domicile nor known residence or is living outside the
national territory, the decision of the court may be notified by writ of notification. In this case, the
date of the delivery shall be deemed to be the date of issuance of the writ of notification.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̣: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊũУņ
TITLE 5: COMMON PROVISIONS
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊũņ
У
UNITARY CHAPTER: COMMON PROVISIONS
ŌŪ″ ̉oơ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũĮНеģĕЮýũĮũŎкЮĮŲ
Article 491 Consequence of Non-Compliance with Time Limit
Б ЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕ
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲũŎкЮĮŲĠŃňĳЮŚЊ ŢŎŌŪ″ ̣̉́ (ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣ŁũŪĠÐŲсřŁ
ЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ̉̀̀ (ũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŪĳСŷЮýũĮũǻ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ
ĕЊ₣ŁũĠİðĠсόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ņЊĕģĕЮýũĮЮ◦ ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧřРşĳЮĉЮĕй:
− ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮ◦ ĳНŵŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ

Не Ūņй
ĬĀŲс ιřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕ¤ ĳНŵŁũĠİðĠсόŏЮşŀřБŁЮŁйĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ιřБŁ
ЮŁйЮΊĠİðĠсόŏşРŲŠųФĕďℓŊņ
Б Ś₣Ю◦Ьĳ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ ЯĳĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńŪĳСŷĩНĳũŲĳс¤
− ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦şРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ ĳНŵŁũΖşĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲЮũЩ₣ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠс
ЮČ◦ŎŲсŪĮņŗл₣ď˝сŵ˝сόŏĄеĕНеĄŪņйļųņ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ņЊĕŪĮņόŏĄеĕНеĄŪņйļųņЮ◦
ĳНŵŁũĠİðĠсόŏЮŲЧ˝ЮũЩ₣ЮĕйЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũЮŪŁŎЮ◦Ьĳ¤
If the time limits specified in Articles 457 (Time Limit between Delivery of Citation and
Appearance) and 466 (Time Limit between Summons and Appearance) of this Code have not been
complied with, the following rules shall apply:
− If the accused did not appear, the court shall declare the annulment of the citation or
summons. The court shall order that a new citation or summons be delivered unless the
criminal action has been extinguished;
− If the accused appeared for the hearing before the court, the court may conduct an
immediate trial if the accused expressly agrees, otherwise the court shall order the
postponement of the case to a later hearing.
ŌŪ″ ̉oƯ ЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ĕЊ₣řБŁЮŁйЮΊ
Article 492 Annullment of Citation and Summons
ЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕНеĄŪņйĬĀŲс ΖşĕЕ₣ŪĠŁ₤ģĕ ŁŲ₧řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĕйŌĕ
ΖĕНļĮЮĊſό
Ч ŏĠлйĵŲсřŲсĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕчĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ЯĳĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤

ЮŌþļĮаĕřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲ₤ŷĜŁũЯřŲŪĠÐŲсόŏĄĕďĠсЮČ◦ ιЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б ιΒĖ˝◦◦УŲ
ŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖşĕЕ₣ŪĳСŷŪĠŁ₤ģĕ ŁŲ₧řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĕй ŌĕΖĕНļĮЮĊſό

Ч ŏĠлйĵŲсřŲсĩŲŪĠЮŗĄĕч
ũĠ₤сļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċЯĳĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤
A citation issued may be annulled only if it has affected the interests of the accused.
A summons delivered to an accused, a civil party, or a civil defendant may be annulled if it
has affected the interests of the involved party.
ŌŪ″ ̉oư Б ЮŁйĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷ˝ĳсŪ″ЮĝЮŲЧřŁ Не ŪņйĬĀŲс ιřБŁЮŁйЮΊ
Article 493 Information to be Stated in Citation or Summons
ŁŲ₧řБŁЮŁйЮΊĠŃąС ĕЮĉĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĬĀŲс ιřБŁЮŁйЮΊόŏşРŲŠųФĕ ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ
ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ″ņĩųСŷũřťģŲ ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ι ņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ĕ

ų ι″ņũŎкΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ
΅ĳ□ řБŁЮŁйЮΊЮĜйŪĳСŷŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− Б
ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŪĠÐŲсřŁ
− Б ¤
΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Where a citation or summons is delivered by a bailiff, a court clerk, an administrative
authority, the chief of a prison or detention center, or through a police or military police unit, the
citation or summons shall include the following:
− the identity and position of the person who delivers the citation or summons;
− the signature of the person who delivers the citation or summons.
ŌŪ″ ̉ỏ ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷ˝ĳсŪ″ЮŲЧЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠŪН ĳ
Article 494 Information to be Stated on Envelope
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮŢŎŌŪ″ ̉̀ơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсş₣
Н řБŁЮŁйЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĄĕ
ďĠсЮČ◦ΒŷĳŉŌĕ) ŌŪ″ ̉̀Ư (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁйЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс) ŌŪ″ ̉́Ơ
(ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БΒŷĳŉŌĕũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсЮČ◦) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ̉́ơ (ŁũŪĠÐŲсşН₣řБŁЮŁй
ЮŢŎΖďń⅜ŵřŲсЮņþНе ιЮč₤İ˛ĳс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй şН₣řБŁŪĳСŷŪĠÐŲс ŪĳСŷŢ˝с˝ĖО₣ЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠŪН ĳĠЊ◦ĄЊĳЮŢŎŌĕ
şНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣Ζ₤ŎŢťĕũĠ₤с⅜ņБŠФ ųĕЯřŲŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲřБŁЮĝЯĩĖ˝ž₣ņНŠЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠНŪĳ
− Б ЮĝЯĩĖ˝ž₣ЮŪŁŎЮŪ⅜ņ₤еĠŪН ĳ¤
Ū″ũĠ₤сΒĖ˝ŪĠÐŲсřŁ
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳЮŚЊ ĕйŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ¤
In cases provided for in Articles 461 (Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Absent
Accused), 462 (Delivery of Copied Citation by Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat), 470
(Delivery of Copied Summons to Absent Accused), and 471 (Delivery of Copied Summons by
Bailiff to Chief of Commune or Sangkat) of this Code, a copy of the citation or summons shall be
sent to the interested person in a sealed envelope with the following information:
− The name and address of the addressee on the front side of the envelope;
− The seal of the person who is delivering the citation or summons on its reverse side.
The provisions shall also apply to writs of notification.

ŌŪ″ ̉ọ ΅ĳ□ЮŲž ĕЊ₣⅜ĖņŪŌņаř
Article 495 Signature and Finger Print
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗БЯřŲĳŪņСŷόŏŌĕşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝с ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲЮĝЮŲЧŲЊŠĳ
Њ ₧ņУŎ
΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮĕйΖşŪĳСŷģĕĄеĕ₤
У ЮŢŎŁũĩŚЊĳŪŌņаř ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜйņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮ◦¤
In every case which requires the signature of the addressee on any document, such signature
may be substituted by the finger print if the person does not know how to sign.

Ðĕ□ Б◦Б 7: ĕБĳЊŷЋĊБŪĠĳЊĠĳŚ Њ
BOOK EIGHT: ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURE
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚ◦
Њ ЮР ĉ
TITLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ◦ЮР ĉ
UNITARY CHAPTER: GENERAL PROVISIONS
ŌŪ″ ̉ò ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣◦‗Ź˝ņŊũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Article 496 Execution of Sentence and Civil Part of Judgment
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎŪĳСŷЮĊſЧ″ņÐеĕЊĳЮĩŚņ
Ч ũĠ₤сΒŎŏŁũ¤
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ◦‗Ź˝ņŊũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪĳСŷЯĳЮĊſЧ″ņÐеĕЊĳЮĩŚņ
Ч ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
The execution of a sentence and any imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be initiated by
the competent Prosecutor.
The execution of any eventual civil part of the judgment shall be made at the initiative of
the civil party.
ŌŪ″ ̉ó Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş⅜□Įũ
Article 497 Final Decision
ΒŎŏŁũЮĊſЧŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ ģĕŁųŎЮĉď⅜□Įũ¤
ũŎкЮĮŲ₤ŪŌĠсĠŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤Ю◦¤
The Prosecutor may enforce the sentence only after it has become final.
The period of appeal of the General Prosecutor does not bar the execution of the sentence.
ŌŪ″ ̉o7 ŁũŪĠņРŲŪģ˝сĮЊĕŎ Ћ Б
њ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 498 Collection of Fines and Proceeding Taxes
ŁũŪĠņРŲŪģ˝сĮЊĕŎ Ћ БŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ŢŎļĖ˝сİũũĳĜýũ ЮĝЮŪŁņόǻ◦ũĠ₤сΒŎŏŁũ¤
њ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Ūģ˝сĮЊĕŎ Ћ БЯřŲŪĠņРŲģĕЮĕй ŪĳСŷĠ₣сşРŲℓŷЋŁũřť¤

њ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Ћ ¤
ŪÐĠсЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ď⅜□Įũ ŌĕĳеаŲďĠŔąόŏĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б
The collection of fines and proceeding taxes shall be done by treasury agents under the
supervision of the competent Prosecutor. All fines and proceeding taxes that have been collected
shall be transferred to the national budget.
With the sentencing decision becoming final, the order to pay fines and proceeding taxes
becomes enforceable.
ŌŪ″ ̉oo Łũ₤Не˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к
Article 499 Use of Public Forces
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń Ζş₤Не˝₣˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗к ЮřЧņġБēĜŬм Ġсũ₣ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤¤
The Royal Prosecutor and the General Prosecutor may seek the assistance of all public
forces to ensure the execution of the sentence.

ŌŪ″ ̣ƠƠ ŁũŲеģ˝Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤
Article 500 Difficulty in Execution of Sentence
ŁũŲеģ˝Ĉе₣ΐŎЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ ŪĳСŷЯĳЮŲЧ˝ĄРĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ιĳНŵŁũďĕсŠį₤с
ЯřŲģĕ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮĜй ЮŢйŪ⅜Ŏ¤
ĳНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сΒŎŏŁũ ιũĠ₤сļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ ĳНŵŁũЮĕй₤ЮŪņşЮĝЮĮŲ
₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ē‗к ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜ŚĠсΒŎŏŁũ ļÐБĵ˝сĮĕ

њ ċ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сļÐБЮĕй¤
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ΖşŪĳСŷģĕĮŏФũЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ¤
Any difficulties in the execution of the sentence shall be referred to the court which
imposed the sentence.
The court shall be seized by a request submitted by the Prosecutor or the involved party.
After hearing the Prosecutor, the involved party, and eventually the lawyers of these parties, the
court shall make a decision in a public hearing.
The execution of the sentence may be suspended by the court.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơơ ĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏŪ₤СĠЮĈ₤ĠŃĆС ŲýĖ
Article 501 Request for Consolidation of Sentences
ĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏŪ₤СĠЮĈ₤ĠŃĆС ŲýĖ ŪĳСŷЮŲЧ˝ЮĝņНŠĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ₤ЮŪņşşН₣ЮŪŁŎЮÐ¤
ĳНŵŁũЮĕй◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сΒ
с ŎŏŁũ ιũĠ₤сļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ ĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲ
₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜ŚĠсΒŎŏŁũ ļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ ĕЊ₣ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сļÐБЮĕй¤

A request for consolidation of sentences shall be raised before the court which has made the
final decision.
The court shall be seized by the Prosecutor or the involved party. After hearing the
Prosecutor, the involved party, and eventually the lawyers of these parties, the court shall make a
decision in a public hearing.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũŪĠĳЊĠĳŉŁ
Њ ũþНŠ
е ĕ
Фų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕЊ₣ЮĈ₤ř˝΅РĳЮ₤ũВļĮ
TITLE 2: CARRYING OUT PROVISIONAL DETENTION AND PUNISHMENT DEPRIVING OF
FREEDOM
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ŷЋēĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũþНеŠĕ
Фų
CHAPTER 1: RULES GOVERNING DETENTION
ŌŪ″ ̣ƠƯ ŁũÐ‗ĜℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũ
Article 502 Calculation of Duration of Imprisonment
ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũ˝ĖО₣ ơ (ņУŎ) аℓĞ ŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ Ử (аņĸĠУĕ) ЮŌл₣¤
ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũ ˝ĖО₣ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓĞ¤
ЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŪĳСŷÐЊĳ″ņЮŲŠЮũЬ₣аĕаℓĞ˝ĖО₣ЯŠ◦Б ơ (ņУŎ) ЮĉЮŲŠЮũЬ₣аĕаℓĞ˝ĖО₣ЯŠ
ņУŎЮ◦Ьĳ¤
◦‗Ź ЊĳЯřŲģĕΒĕНŷĳŚ ЮĈ₤ũĠ₤сŠФų ĕũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ŪĳСŷЮŢйЯŲ₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣şЮĜų йĮБЮŌл₣ ̀ (ŪģеņУŎ) ŪĮЕ˝ řŲс
ЮŌл ₣ ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ Б)¤

One-day imprisonment sentence is 24 hours.
One-month imprisonment sentence is 30 days.
Duration of the imprisonment sentence which is more than one month shall be calculated
based on the calendar day of the first month to the calendar day of another month.
A convicted person whose sentence is served shall be released between 6 am and 6 pm.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơư ŁũÐЊĳĠŃĆС ŲℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũþНŠ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĳСŷģĕÐЊĳĠŃĆС ŲĈе₣Ū₤О₣Юĉ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ ЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤
ιďŎ▫Ю΅ĳНаĕℓЊũЮŷŵ₤ũНĠаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲũ₣ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŁũŪ₤СĠЮĈ₤ĠŃĆС ŲýĖ¤

The duration of any provisional detention shall be deducted from the sentence decided by
the court or the total duration of the sentences that has been imposed following the consolidation of
sentences.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ở ŁũЮũЬĠşеĮĕċĜýũ
Article 504 Prison Organization
ŁũЮũЬĠşе ĕЊ₣ũĠĠаĩĀ˝ĖО₣аĕĮĕċĜýũ ĕЊ₣ņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ ŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ЯřŲŪÐĠсŪÐ₣
ĮĕċĜýũ¤
ŪĠŁ₤Юĕй˝е‗ĳсĩ₣Яřũ ΒеĮБŲ˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũЯĠ₣Яş˝◦‗Źĳ
Њ Юĝ″ņĮĕċĜýũ ĕЊ₣ņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ųĕĜĜ ΒеĮЯБ ĠĠ
Ġ◦ΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ř˝΅РĳЮ₤ũВļĮ ĕЊ₣ΒеĮБũĠĠþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
The organization and internal management of prisons and detention centers shall be
determined by ministerial regulation “Prakas” of the Ministry in charge.
The Prakas shall also specify the allocation of convicted persons to various prisons and
detention centers, and the procedures for the serving of sentences depriving freedom and the
management of detention.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ợ ĠŃą БĄĕďĠсþНе
Article 505 Detainee Registry
ŪÐĠсĮĕċĜýũ ĕЊ₣ņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų Ĉе₣Β₤с ŪĳСŷŌĕĠŃą БņУŎЯřŲşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ΒеĮБΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ĠНÐŲ
ð þНеŠФ ųĕ ŁŲ
ĠũЋЮş¯◦þНŠ
е Ф ųĕ ĕЊ₣ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ЮŢйЯŲ₣¤ ĠŃą БЮĕйŪĳСŷģĕŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏďЮũЩŎ6 ЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ¤ ◦еĮũњ ĕБņУŎ6 ŪĳСŷЯĳşНй
◦ЊŢťŁũЮŢŎΒŎŏŁũ¤
ŪÐĠсļĖ˝сİũаĕũřťģŲĮĕċĜýũ ĕЊ₣ņ‗ŹŲþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų ŪĳСŷЯĳĄРĕĠŃą ЮБ ĉЮčŪ˝ņĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲ″ņŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не ŪĮņ
Ĉе₣ĠİΆŀřŲсņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲĠеЮĮŀļũ˝Њş″
Ć ņŁũŪĠÐŲсΒ₧
е şĮБΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũ¤
All prisons and detention centers shall have a registry in which the detainee’s identity, the
date of detention, and the date of release shall be recorded. The registry shall be inspected
frequently by the competent Prosecutor. There shall be an approval signature of the Prosecutor on
each page of the registry.
All administrative agents of the prisons and detention centers shall submit this registry to
any judge upon his request and also shall let the judicial police officers have access to that registry
if they are performing their mission through a delegation of power by the judicial authority.

ŌŪ″ ̣Ờ ŲЊŠЊĳþНеŠФ ųĕ
Article 506 Detention Authorization
ýŊĕļĖ˝сİũũřťģŲĮĕċĜýũ₧Ζş◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝сЮŢŎýŊĕŲЊŠЊĳЮşŀЮŢŎΖďńĊũ
ĳНŵŁũģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
ļĖ˝сİũũřťģŲĮĕċĜýũ₧ЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲ ĕЊ₣þНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠНÐðŲ₧ŌĖ˝сЮŢŎýŊĕŲЊŠЊĳЮşŀЮŢŎΖďńĊũ
ĳНŵŁũЮ◦ЮĜй ŪĳСŷďĠсĮЊũН◦ċĮБĠ◦Ġİš₣
е ņĕН₤℮ЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс¤
No administrative agent of prisons or detention centers may receive and detain any person
without a written judicial authorization.
Any administrative agent of prisons or detention centers who has received and detained any
person without a written judicial authorization shall be guilty of illegal confinement.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ớ ŁũþНеŠФ ųĕЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс
Article 507 Illegal Detention
ŪÐĠсЮčŪ˝ņĈе₣Β₤с ЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣₤Ś БĮБŁũþНŠ
е Ф ųĕĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝сЮŢŎŠН₤şĤĠс ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧŁũЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳс
ďČеģşсļųņ¤
Any judge or prosecutor who has received a complaint regarding any illegal detention shall
immediately examine it.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơ7 ŁũĠİΆŀŠųФĕĄĕďĠсþ″
Не ņŁũЮ₤Ė Ч₤Не
Article 508 Presentation of Detainee Upon Request
ŪÐĠсļĖ˝сİũũřťģŲĮĕċĜýũ ŪĳСŷЯĳĠİΆŀŠųФĕĄĕďĠсþř
Не ŲсЮčŪ˝ņ″ņŁũЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч Не ŪĮņĈе₣řŲсņūĕŚБ
ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхЯřŲĠеЮĮŀļũ˝ЊşĆ ″ņŁũŪĠÐŲсΒ₧
е şĮБΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũ¤
An administrative agent of prisons or detention centers shall present every detainee to a
judge or to a judicial police officer performing his mission through a delegation of power by the
judicial authority, if they so request.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơo ΒĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆĮĕċĜýũ
Article 509 Prison Inspection
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĠēĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũŪĳСŷЮĊſΒ
Ч ĊЊŁũ˝ЊşĆ
ЮŲЧĮĕċĜýũďŪĠČе¤
The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal, the Royal Prosecutor, the President
of the Investigation Chamber, and the investigating judges shall perform regular inspections of the
prisons.
ŌŪ″ ̣ơƠ Łũ₤ĕĀĜũĠ₤сĄĕďĠсþď
Не ņУŎĕЕ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų
Article 510 Communication of Detainee with His Lawyer
ĄĕďĠсþŪНе ĳСŷЯĳŌĕ₤Њ◦ċЊ₤ĕĀĜď₤ŌĞĳсďņУŎĕЕ₣ЮņēŷВũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
A detainee is entitled to have confidential communication with his lawyer.
ŌŪ″ ̣ơơ ŁũĩŚŲсř‗
е Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕΧĠġĳŚЊЮ΅ĳНĊĕ
Ğ сĊũĞ
Article 511 Provision of Information to Prosecutor in Case of Serious Incidents
ŪÐĠсΧĠġĳŚЊЮ΅ĳНĊĕ
Ğ сĊũĞ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĮĕċĜýũ ˝ĖО₣ņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ųĕ ŪĳСŷЯĳĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļųņřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤

˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲΒĖ˝ЮĈ₤ũĳсЮşŀĮБĮĕċĜýũ ιņ‗ŹŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ЮĜйŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮşŀĠŔąЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝ČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ĕЊ₣
Čĳс ŷЋēĕŁũďĠĜĀĕс ЮřЧņġБΒĕНŷĳŉĠŔąЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝ČĠсŠФ ĕ

ų ЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņĠŃňĳЯЊŉ řŲЯş₣˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ơt̀ (řБŁĠİðĠс
όŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ĠĕŉĠĜĀĠсаĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤
The Royal Prosecutor shall be immediately informed about any serious incident occurring
in a prison or detention center.
In case a prisoner escapes from a prison or a detention center, the Royal Prosecutor shall
issue a special arrest warrant and shall immediately take all measures to enforce it in accordance
with Article 196 (Arrest Warrants) and subsequent provisions of this Code.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź
CHAPTER 2: PAROLE
ŌŪ″ ̣ơƯ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ÐеĕЊĳŌũŗ◦
Article 512 Conditions Relative to Behavior
ŪÐĠс◦‗ŹЊĳЯřŲŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũņУŎ ιЮŪşЧĕ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ
◦‗ŹЊĳЮĕйģĕĠİΆŀόŏЮþЧŀ▫ ŠųФĕŌĕÐеĕЊĳŌũŗ◦Ų∆ ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲďĠсþНе ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤ņġĈЯřŲΖşĠŃĆС ŲŠųФĕЮĉ
˝ĖО₣₤₣ðņ ŷЋŀģĕ¤
Any convicted person who is serving one or more imprisonment sentences may be paroled,
provided that he has shown good behavior during imprisonment and appears to be able to
reintegrate into society.
ŌŪ″ ̣ơư Ų˝šŠ‗ŹĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ
Article 513 Conditions Relative to Duration of Sentence Already Served
ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ΖşŪĳСŷĩŚŲό
с ŏřŲс◦‗ŹЊĳ ЯřŲ◦◦УŲũ₣ЮĈ₤ďĠсĮĕċĜýũк
− şеĕУĕĵ˝с˝₧Ś ŲаĕЮĈ₤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮĈ₤ЮĜйĳЊşď₣ ιЮ₤Ŋ Ч ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе
− şеĕУĕĮБũļÐĠБаĕЮĈ₤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤
◦‗ŹЊĳЯřŲŪĳСŷďĠсĮĕċĜýũΒ₤сņŎ Ћ Ζş◦◦УŲŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗ŹЊĳģĕ

У ĄБ ŷĳ
◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ďĠсĮĕċĜýũŗл₣ĳЊşĠеĩНĳ ƯƠ (аņĸ) ĂĖе ũУşņ˝Ю΅ЧŎ¤

Parole may be granted to a convicted person who has served:
− Half of his sentence if the duration of the sentence is less than or equal to one year;
− Two-thirds of the sentence in other cases.
A convicted person who has served at least 20 years of a life imprisonment sentence is also
eligible for parole.
ŌŪ″ ̣ở ΖďńĊũŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њş₤
Ć ŪŌĠсĩŚŲсŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź
Article 514 Authority Competent to Grant Parole
ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪĳСŷĩŚŲό
с ŏЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřĠ
е Р₣аĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣þНŠ
е Ф ųĕ¤ ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ
Юĕй ₤ЮŪņşЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲЮŗĠŲсĮБÐ‗к˝ņŊŁũďĳЊЯřŲŪĳСŷŪĠĄНеЮĝŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚĊ
Њ ņх¤
Ð‗к˝ņŊŁũďĳЊũУņŌĕк
− ₤ŌĄЊ˝ Ư (ĮБũ) ũРĠ Čĳс″₣

е ЮŢŎũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ЯřŲ ơ (ņУŎ) ũРĠďŪĠēĕ

− ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũ ιĳе₧₣ ď₤ŌĄЊ˝¤
The President of the Court of First Instance at the place of detention has the authority to
grant parole to a convicted person. He shall make this decision after having received the opinion
from a national commission which meets at the Ministry of Justice.
The national commission shall be composed of:
− Two members appointed by the Minister of Justice – one of whom shall serve as
chairperson of the commission;
− The Chief of the Prison Administration or his representative – as a member.
ŌŪ″ ̣ợ ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сÐ‗к˝ņŊŁũďĳЊ
Article 515 Opinion of National Commission
ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠ₣
Р ĠŃąС ĕЮĉÐ‗к˝ņŊŁũďĳЊ
ĕРŷк
− ĵ˝ŏ₤Не
− ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ι⅜ŲřБŁĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤
− ďŎ▫Ю΅ĳН⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ĕЊ₣⅜ŲřБŁĈе₣ΐŎ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗ŹЊĳ◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ЮŪşЧĕ
− ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠơ аĕĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤
− ЮŗĠŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďń
− ŪÐĠсŲŠ
Њ ЊĳĈе₣Β₤сЯřŲŌĕŪĠЮŗĄĕч¤
Ð‗к˝ņŊŁũďĳЊĠЮŃĆ ŀЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲŗл₣ŠųБĠĩ
е Нĳ¤ ЮŗĠŲсЮĕйЮĊſď
Ч ŵŎŲ˝š‗ч
Β˝℮ũ ĕЊ₣Ōĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНŪĳСŷЮĩńЧĄРĕЮĉŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ļųņ¤
After an application for parole has been filed, the President of the Court of First Instance
shall deliver to the national committee:
− the application;
− the sentencing judgment;
− all other sentencing judgments if the convicted person had been subject to several
penalties;
− Bulletin No. 1 of the criminal record;
− the opinion of the Royal Prosecutor;
− All other useful documents.
The national commission shall issue its opinion without delay. This opinion shall be in
writing and include reasons. The opinion shall be submitted to the President of the Court of First
Instance immediately.
ŌŪ″ ̣ờ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź
Article 516 Decisions on Parole
ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ņЊĕŪĳСŷďĠсĄеĵ˝сĕЕ₣ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤сÐ‗к˝ņŊ ŁũďĳЊЮ◦¤
ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũЮĕй ΖşŪĳСŷĳǻм ЮĉŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чģĕ˝ĖО₣ũŎк ЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ĳǻм Юĕй ΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ιŪĮйŬĄΖďńаĕĳНŵŁũ⅜ņБЯĳĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤

ŁŲ₧ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ĠİðĠсόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйýŊĕΖĕНļĮ
ΒĕНŷĳŚЮ◦ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) аℓĞ ЯřŲЯş₣˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ư аĕŌŪ″Юĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŁũĳǻм Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
ЮĕйýŊĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷĳŚЮ◦ ũ΅РĳřŲсŌĕřБŁũĠ₤ссŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĕЊ₣ņЊĕΖşĳǻм ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

The President of the Court of First Instance shall not be bound by the opinion of this
national commission.
The decision made by the court president shall include reasons.
The decision of the court president may be appealed to the President of the Court of Appeal
within 5 days. This appeal may be made by the General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal
or the Royal Prosecutor of the court that made the decision.
When the President of the Court of First Instance has granted parole, the decision shall not
take effect in the first 5 days as stated in paragraph 3 of this Article. If there is an appeal, the parole
decision shall not take effect until the decision of the President of the Court of Appeal is issued.
The President of the Court of Appeal shall make a decision including reasons and this
decision cannot be appealed.
ŌŪ″ ̣ớ ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ ĕЊ₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź
Article 517 Enforcement and Conditions of Parole
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ ĕЊ₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣
◦‗ŹЊĳ¤
Б ЮŪņşЮĕй˝е‗ĳсũŎкЮĮŲ⅜˝Ųġ₣ ЯřŲņЊĕΖşЮŲЧ₤ĮБℓũЊ ЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ ЯřŲЮĝ₤Ųсņĕ

Ю₤ş˝Ś₤ Њ Ĉĕсģĕ
◦◦УŲũ₣ЮΌЧŎ¤
A decision granting parole shall designate the means by which it should be enforced and the
requirements the convicted person has to follow.
This decision shall determine a probation period, which shall not exceed the term of the
sentence which is not yet served.
ŌŪ″ ̣ơ7 Łũř˝΅РĳЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
Article 518 Revocation of Decision
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ďℓŊБ ι˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бņĕ
Њ ЮýũĮŲ˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎřБŁЮ◦ ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕс
řеĠР₣Ζşř˝΅РĳЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ ŷЋŀģĕ¤
Where a new sentence is imposed or if the convicted person violates the requirements
determined in the decision to grant parole, the President of the Court of First Instance may revoke
his decision.
ŌŪ″ ̣ơo ŁũČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ◦‗ŹЊĳЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣
Article 519 Arrest of Released Convicted Person
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕс ŪĮйŬĄΖďńаĕĳНŵŁũ⅜ņБ ΖşĠİðĠсόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ◦‗ŹЊĳЯřŲģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮĜйģĕ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗₣
Е řŲсŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřĠ
е Р₣ļųņ¤
In cases of urgency, the Royal Prosecutor of the court which issued the parole decision may
issue a special order to re-arrest the released convicted person. The Royal Prosecutor shall
immediately inform the President of the Court of First Instance.

ŌŪ″ ̣ƯƠ Łũř˝΅РĳŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź
Article 520 Revocation of Parole
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бř˝΅РĳŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ◦‗ŹЊĳŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ЯřŲЮĝЮ₤₤₤Ųс¤
ũŎкЮĮŲЮ₤₤₤Ųс ŪĳСŷÐЊĳČĠсĮБЮĮŲЯřŲ◦‗ŹЊĳģĕ◦◦УŲЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşόŏЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗ŹЊĳŪĳСŷģĕČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŉ″ņŌŪ″ ̣ơt (ŁũČĠсŠФ ųĕ◦‗ŹЊĳЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣) аĕ
Ū˝ņЮĕй ũŎкЮĮŲþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ũ΅Рĳņ˝◦ŲсĕЕ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşř˝΅РĳŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗ŹЮĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ÐЊĳ˝ĖО₣
ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕЮĈ₤ЯřŲЮĝЮ₤₤₤Ųс¤
Where parole is revoked, the convicted person shall serve the remaining sentencing term.
The remaining sentencing term shall be calculated from the date of which the convicted
person has received the parole decision.
If the convicted person has been arrested based on the enforcement of Article 519 (Arrest of
Released Convicted Person) of this Code, the period from the date of the arrest to the date of the
revocation of parole shall be deducted from the remaining sentencing term.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ươ ĩŲŷЋģ˝аĕŁũņЊĕř˝΅Рĳ
Article 521 Consequence of Non-Revocation
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź ņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕř˝΅Рĳ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ⅜˝Ųġ₣Ю◦ ŲНйĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ
⅜˝Ųġ₣ЯřŲ˝е‗ĳс″ņŌŪ″ ̣ớ (ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŚ ĕЊ₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź)
аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣ŁųŎЮĉď⅜□Įũ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕйЮĈ₤ŪĳСŷČĳс◦˝
Н ▫ģĕ◦◦УŲ″е₣ĮБаℓĞЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Źņ˝Юņųйл ¤
If parole is not revoked during the probation period, as specified in Article 517
(Enforcement and Conditions of Parole) of this Code, the release shall become definitive.
In that case the sentence shall be considered served from the date the parole has been
granted.
ŌŪ″ ̣ƯƯ ŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх
Article 522 Prakas of Ministry of Justice
ЯĠĠĠ◦аĕŁũ¹ųЮе ņЧŲ″ņŢĕ ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũĠŃĆС ŲЮĉ˝ĖО₣₤₣ðņ ŷЋŀаĕ◦‗ŹЊĳ ЯřŲЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎ
ŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗ŹŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚĊņх¤ ŪĠŁ₤ЮĕйΖşŪĠÐŲсόŏ⅜□Ġњĕ⅜ēũ‗к ιυ˝Ąĕ
ĕРŷŁũŎ˝şЊĳŚ◦Н˝Ţ˝сēĜŬм Ġсũ₣ЮŲЧŁũĠŃĆС Ų◦‗ŹЊĳЮĉ˝ĖО₣₤₣ðņ ŷЋŀ¤

The modalities of monitoring, supervising, and reintegrating a convicted person into society
shall be determined in the Prakas of the Ministry of Justice. This Prakas may entrust public or
private institutions with the social reintegration of the convicted person.

ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ư: ŁũĠ₣šř
е ŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎ
TITLE 3: IMPRISONMENT IN LIEU OF PAYMENT
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ŁũĠ₣šř
е ŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎ
UNITARY CHAPTER: IMPRISONMENT IN LIEU OF PAYMENT
ŌŪ″ ̣Ưư ˝ũ‗БΒĕНŷĳŚŁũĠ₣šř
е ŲсũРĠŁŎ
Article 523 Implementation of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment
ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎ ŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŚЮŲЧĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲņЊĕĠ₣ск
− Ūģ˝сĮЊĕŎ
њ
− Ћ Б
Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
− Ūģ˝с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşĳ
Њ ŚЯřŲŪĳСŷĠ₣сόŏЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б¤
Imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be applicable against a person who has been found
guilty by the criminal court and has not paid:
− Fines;
− Proceeding Taxes;
− Compensation and any damage to a civil party.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ử ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс
Article 524 Enforcement of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment
Р ŁŎŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŚЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс¤ ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎņЊĕČеģşсŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ
Ю◦¤
Imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be automatically enforceable and it does not require
the court to issue a decision.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ự ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũĠ Ћ Б
Р ŁŎ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ιŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 525 Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment for Failure to Pay Fines or Proceeding Taxes
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗ŹЊĳņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮĕ Ћ БЮ◦ Β₣ðļĮũĳĜýũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďńаĕ
Њ њŎ ιŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ĳНŵŁũΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń˝е‗ĳсũŎкЮĮŲşН₣ЮŪŁŎřŲс◦‗ŹЊĳ ЮřЧņġБĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĜй Ю΅ЧŎόŏřе‗Е₣▫ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧņĕ

Њ Ġ₣с
Ю◦ЮĜй ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕΖşŪĳСŷĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ¤ ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйņЊĕΖşĳЊşď₣ ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ Ю◦¤
Łũόŏřе‗Е₣ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧк
ŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБŁũόŏřе‗Е₣Юĕй¤ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЮĕйŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎ◦‗Źĳ
Њ ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ
◦‗ŹЊĳņЊĕЮşйşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮ◦ ◦‗ŹЊĳŪĳСŷĩŚЊĳŪŌņаř¤
If the convicted person fails to pay the fines or the proceeding taxes the treasury entity shall
inform the competent Royal Prosecutor attached to the Court of First Instance.

The Prosecutor shall determine a final time limit for a convicted person to pay the due
amount and inform him that if he fails to do so, he shall be subject to imprisonment in lieu of
payment. This final time limit shall not be shorter than ten days.
The notification shall be served through:
− oral communication;
− administrative means;
− police and military police.
There shall be a written record of the notification. This record shall be signed by the
convicted person. If the convicted person does not know how to sign he shall emplace his finger-
print.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ừ ĠŔąόŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНŠ
е Фĕ
ų
Article 526 Special Detention Order
ŲНйĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ˝е‗ĳс ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗ŹЊĳņЊĕģĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĜйЮ◦ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮşŀĠŔąόŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşĠ₣∆₣сЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЮĕйģĕ ЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ĳНņĕН₤℮Ċņх ďΖ◦Џ řРşď⅜□ĕļĮаĕ₤НŠļĮũĠ₤с
◦‗Źĳ
Њ ¤
ĠŔąόŏĠ₣šеĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕ◦‗ŹЊĳ
− ŪĠЮķ◦ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮŗ₣аĕ◦‗Ź˝ņŊ
− ŁũЮŗ₣аĕřБŁόŏřе‗Е₣ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̣Ự (ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũĠ

Р ŁŎ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Бņĕ
Њ Ġ₣сŪģ˝с
Ћ )Б аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
ĮЊĕњŎ ιŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
− şеĕУĕ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЯřŲņЊĕģĕĠ₣с
− ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šř
е ŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎ¤
ĠŔąЮĕйŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń₤Нό
е ŏ˝Ōųе₣⅜ēũ‗кČĠс ĕЊ₣þНеŠФ ĕ
ų ◦‗ŹЊĳ¤
If the convicted person has fails to make a payment when the time limit for payment
expires, the Royal Prosecutor shall issue a special detention order. He may suspend the
enforcement of his decision on humanitarian grounds, such as the health conditions of the convicted
person.
The special detention order shall include:
− the identity of the convicted person;
− type of offence and its reference;
− reference to the notification provided for in Article 525 (Imprisonment in Lieu of
Payment for Failure to pay Fines or Proceeding Taxes) of this Code;
− the unpaid amount;
− the duration of imprisonment in lieu of payment.
The order shall be signed and sealed by the Royal Prosecutor.
The Royal Prosecutor may request the competent authorities to arrest and detain the
convicted person.

ŌŪ″ ̣Ứ Łũĳǻм ĕЕ₣ĠŔąόŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНŠ
е Ф ųĕ
Article 527 Objection to Special Detention Order
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮĮŲČĠсŠФ ųĕ þНеŠФ ĕ
ų ιЮŪŁŎņ˝◦‗ŹЊĳĳǻм ΒеĮБЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĮйŬĄΖďń ◦‗ŹЊĳŪĳСŷģĕЮÐĜе
ŠųФĕЮĉĄРĕŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ¤
ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏЮņЧŲĕБĳŜĕН˝РŲļĮаĕĠŔąόŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĠеĵĕşĤĠс ŪĠēĕ
ĳНŵŁũŲНĠЮČŲĠŔąόŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų Юĕй¤
ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ ΖşŪĳСŷĳǻм ЮĉŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чģĕ ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ)
аℓĞ¤ Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ĳǻм ЮĕйΖşЮĊſģ

Ч ĕЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ι◦‗ŹЊĳ¤
ŁŲ₧ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũďĕсřеĠР₣ŲНĠЮČŲĠŔąόŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕй ýŊĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷĳŚ
Ю◦ ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) аℓĞ řРşŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝▫Š‗Ź◦Б ̉ аĕŌŪ″Юĕй¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕŁũĳǻм Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮĕйýŊĕ
ΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷĳŚ ũ΅РĳřŲсŌĕřБŁũĠ₤сŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН ĕЊ₣ņЊĕΖşĳǻм ģĕ¤

If the convicted person objects to the decision of the Prosecutor at the time of arrest,
detention, or afterwards, he shall be presented to the court president.
The court president shall examine the legality of the special detention order. If there is a
violation of law the president shall invalidate the order.
The court president shall make a decision with statement of reasons.
This decision may be appealed to the President of the Court of Appeal within 2 days. The
appeal may be filed by the General Prosecutor, the Royal Prosecutor, or by the convicted person.
If the President of the Court of First Instance has decided to invalidate the special detention
order, the decision does not take effect during the 2 day period mentioned in paragraph 4 of this
Article. In case of appeal, this decision shall not take effect until the decision of the President of
Court of Appeal has been issued.
The President of Court of Appeal shall make a decision with a statement of reasons. This
decision is final.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ư7 ŁũЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ
Article 528 Release
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŲĠ
Н ЮČŲĠŔąόŏĠ₣šе ĕЊ₣όŏþНеŠФ ĕ
ų ЮĜй ◦‗ŹЊĳŪĳСŷЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ¤
In the case of annulment of a special detention order the convicted person shall be released.
ŌŪ″ ̣Ưo Ų˝šŠ‗ŹřРşýĖЮĉĕЕ₣ŁũŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũ
Article 529 Assimilated Conditions
Р ŁŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗ŹřРşýĖĕЕ₣ŁũďĠсЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũЯřũ¤
The conditions of imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be the same as those for regular
imprisonment.
ŌŪ″ ̣ưƠ ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šř
е ŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎ
Article 530 Duration of Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment
ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šř
е ŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсřРşĳЮĉк

− ơƠ (řĠс) аℓĞ ŁŲ₧◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЯřŲņЊĕĠ₣сЮĜйŌĕşеĕĕ
У ņЊĕЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ỰƠ,ƠƠƠ (ĮБũЯ₤ĕŪģеņĕ
НЙ )
ЮũЬŲ¤
− У ĮБ ỰƠ,ƠƠơ (ĮБũЯ₤ĕŪģеņĕ
ƯƠ (аņĸ) аℓĞ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕĕ НЙ ņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс ̣ƠƠ,ƠƠƠ
(ŪģеЯ₤ĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤
− У ĮБ ̣ƠƠ,ƠƠơ (ŪģеЯ₤ĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс ơ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ

ơ (ņУŎ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕĕ
(ņУŎŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤
− Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕĕ
У ĮБ ơ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠơ (ņУŎŵĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс Ư,̣ƠƠ,ƠƠƠ
(ĮБũŵĕŪģеЯ₤ĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤
− ư (ĠБ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕĮБ Ư,̣ƠƠ,ƠƠơ (ĮБũŵĕŪģеЯ₤ĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс
̣,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (Ūģеŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤
− ̀ (ŪģеņŎ
У ) ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕĕ
У ĮБ ̣,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠơ (ŪģеŵĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс ơƠ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ
(řĠсŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤
− ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕĕ

У ĮБ ơƠ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠơ (řĠсŵĕŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс ƯƠ,̣ƠƠ,ƠƠƠ
(аņĸ ŵĕŪģеЯ₤ĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤
− ơ (řĠсŪģеĠ)Б ЯŠ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕУĕĮБ ƯƠ,̣ƠƠ,ƠƠơ (аņĸŵĕŪģеЯ₤ĕņУŎ) ЮũЬŲ řŲс
̣Ơ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (Ή₤ЊĠŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤
− У ЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̣Ơ,ƠƠƠ,ƠƠƠ (Ή₤ЊĠŵĕ) ЮũЬŲ¤

Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖе ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЮĕйŌĕşеĕĕ
ŁŲ₧ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎēĜŁũŪĠņРŲΟ‗Ю◦ŎŏЮŪşЧĕЮĜй ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣šЮе ĕй ŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎ
ÐЊĳÐРũ″ņşеĕУĕ₤ũНĠаĕ◦‗Ź˝ņŊ¤
The duration of imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be determined as follows:
− Ten days if the amount of unpaid money does not exceed 250,000 Riels;
− Twenty days if the amount of money is from 250,001 Riels to 500, 000 Riels;
− One month if the amount of money is from 500,001 Riels to 1,000,000 Riels;
− Two months if the amount of money is from 1,000,001 Riels to 2,500,000 Riels;
− Three months if the amount of money is from 2,500,001 Riels to 5,000,000 Riels;
− Six months if the amount of money is from 5,000,001 Riels to 10,000,000 Riels;
− One year if the amount of money is from 10,000,001 Riels to 20,500,000 Riels;
− Eighteen months if the amount of money is from 20,500,001 Riels to 50,000,000 Riels;
− Two years if the amount of money exceeds 50,000,000 Riels.
If the imprisonment in lieu of payment is enforced to ensure the payment of various debts,
the duration of the imprisonment shall be determined by the total amount due.
ŌŪ″ ̣ươ ŁũũУşŠųФĕĮБŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎ
Article 531 Freedom from Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment
Р ŁŎ ņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧЮĉЮŲЧ◦‗ŹЊĳďΒĕБĳЊĄĕЮĝЮĮŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ЮĉЮŲЧū₤Ś БЯřŲŌĕΖŎН
ČĠсĮБ ̣̀ (΅Н˝₤ЊĠŪģе) ĂĖе ЮΌЧ₣Юĉ ĕЊ₣ЮĉЮŲЧĠНũ₤ΖŎНČĠсĮБ ́Ơ (şЊĳ₤ЊĠ) ĂĖе ЮΌЧ₣ЮĉģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

Р ŁŎņЊĕΖşЮĊſģ
Ч ĕŪĮņďņУŎýĖЮĉЮŲЧĠŚБ ĕЊ₣ŪĠĮĕċģĕЮ◦ ЮĈйĠБďŁũĠ₣šеЮĕйЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣
ЮřЧņġБŪĠņРŲĊĕ◦‗ŹЮĩ℮₣ýĖ˝єЮŢŎ¤
Imprisonment in lieu of payment may not be imposed on a convicted person who is a minor
at the time of the commission of the offense, on women of 65 years or more and on men of 70 years
or more.
Imprisonment in lieu of payment may not be imposed on a husband and wife at the same
time even if the imprisonment is made to collect different monetary penalties.
ŌŪ″ ̣ưƯ ļĮЮĝЯĳņЊĕũУşĮБĠе‗Ų
Н řЯřŲ
Article 532 Indebtedness Obligations
◦‗ŹЊĳЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲŁũĠ₣šеũĠ
Р ŁŎũУşЮ΅ЧŎЮĜй ЮĝЯĳĄеĵ˝сşеĕУĕ◦Е˝Ūģ˝сЯřŲŪĳСŷĠ₣сřЯřŲ¤ ĠлЯН ĕŚ ◦‗ŹЊĳ
ЮĕйņЊĕŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲũ₣ŁũĠ₣šеũĠ
Р ŁŎşеЮĵйĠе‗Ų
Н řЯřŲЮĕйЮ◦ЬĳЮ◦¤
Even though the convicted person has served the imprisonment in lieu of payment, he shall
remain debtor of the amount due. However, he may not be imprisoned again for the same debt.
ŌŪ″ ̣ưư ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сЮřЧņĠ‗Ś₣
Article 533 Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment Requested by Civil Party
ŁŲ₧ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бņĕ
Њ ģĕ◦◦УŲŪģ˝с₤‗
е ₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊĳŚĮБ◦‗ŹЊĳ ιĮБΒĖ˝◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷũřťĠġЮŷ‗Б
Ю◦ ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БΖş₤НеřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďńόŏЮĊſЧŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎģĕ¤
Р ŁŎЮřЧņġБĈũ₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊĳŚ ΖşΒĕНŷĳŚģĕЯĳЮĝЮŲЧ◦‗ŹЊĳĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤
ЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БŪĳСŷĄРĕķ₤ŚО ″₣▫ ŠųФĕģĕЮŪĠЧΒ₤сņЮĊŜģŎΒĕНŷĳŚЯřŲŌĕЯş₣˝ĖО₣şĤĠсřРşďŁũ
Ћ БℓŊБ ЮřЧņġБ⅜˝Ųġ₣Ĉũ
ũЖĠΒР₤şŲĕŷĳ□О ιΒşŲĕŷĳ□ОďЮřЧņ¤ ŪĮйŬĄΖďńΖşЮΊЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БόŏЮĊſЧĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Ūģ˝с₤‗
е ₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊĳŚЮĕй¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗ŹЊĳņ˝ŪĮņĠ₣с ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũĠ
Р ŁŎŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŉЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″
̣Ưư (ŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũĠ Ћ Б) řŲсŌŪ″ ̣ưƯ (ļĮЮĝЯĳņЊĕũУşĮБ

Р ŁŎ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ιŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Ġе‗Ų Ћ Б ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝с₤‗
Н řЯřŲ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũŪĠЯĄ₣ýĖũǻ₣Ūģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ е ₣ ĕЊ₣
ĄņĞ ЙşЊĳЮŉ Ĝй Ūģ˝с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşЊĳŪŉ ĳСŷŌĕΖ◦ЊļĮ◦◦УŲ₤₣ņНĕЮÐ¤

If a civil party does not receive any payment for damages or compensation from the
convicted person or from the civil defendants, he may request the Royal Prosecutor to impose
imprisonment in lieu of payment.
Imprisonment in lieu of payment for demanding damages or compensation may be enforced
only against the convicted person.
The civil party shall provide evidence that he has used all means of enforcement provided in
the law such as seizing personal or real property. The Prosecutor may ask the civil party to take
additional measures to try to obtain payment for damages or compensation.
If the convicted person does not pay, the imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be
applicable under the conditions stated in Articles 523 (Imprisonment in Lieu of Payment for Failure
to pay Fines or Proceeding Taxes) to 532 (Indebtedness Obligation) of this Code. If the debt
consists of fines, proceeding taxes, damages and compensation, then the enforcement of damages
and compensation shall be prioritized.

ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉: ŁũĩŚŲс ĕЊ₣ŁũŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ
TITLE 4: RESTORATION OF LEGAL CAPACITY AND REHABILITATION
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ŁũĩŚŲĕ
с БĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ
CHAPTER 1: JUDICIAL REHABILITATION
ŌŪ″ ̣ử ⅜ŵĄŪņй˝ŚБЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆŪĠŁ₤ŁũĩŚŲсόŏŌĕĕБĳ₤
Њ ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ
Article 534 Competent Court to Decide Rehabilitation
ŁũĩŚŲό
с ŏŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕĩŚŲсόŏ ιņЊĕŪĮņĩŚŲсόŏЮŢŎ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź
аĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ЯřŲŌĕŁũŪĠŁ₤ĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЯĆ řĕřБаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чЮĕй¤

Judicial rehabilitation may be granted or rejected by the Criminal Chamber of the Court of
Appeal in whose territorial jurisdiction the sentence has been announced.
ŌŪ″ ̣ự Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЮŲЧũŎкЮĮŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБĳ₤
Њ ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ
Article 535 Time Conditions Relative to Application for Rehabilitation
ĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏŌĕĕБĳ₤
Њ ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ΖşĕЕ₣Ţ˝сĄĕ
Р ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹĮЊĕЊĳŏģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯĳĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲřРşĳЮĉк
− ̣ (Ūģе) ĂĖе şеЮĵйĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť
− ư (ĠБ) ĂĖе şеЮĵйĠ◦ņĄęЊņ
− ơ (ņУŎ) ĂĖе şеЮĵйĠ◦Ų΅Н¤
ũŎкЮĮŲЮĕйČĠсЮĩŚņ
Ч ÐЊĳк
− ĮБŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ũУş
− ĮБŁũΒĕНŷĳŚŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎũУş Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝▫Š‗Ź◦БƯ ŌŪ″ ̣ừ
(ŁũĩŚŲсķ₤ŚО ″₣Čеģşс) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

The application for rehabilitation may be submitted to the Criminal Chamber of the Court of
Appeal only after the following duration is expired:
− Five years for a felony;
− Three years for a misdemeanor;
− One year for a petty crime.
This duration shall commence:
− From the date of completion of sentence;
− From the date of completion of imprisonment in lieu of payment as provided in
paragraph 2 of Article 536 (Provision of Necessary Evidence) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ̣ừ ŁũĩŚŲсķ₤ŚО ″₣Čеģşс
Article 536 Provision of Necessary Evidence
◦‗ŹЊĳŪĳСŷĄРĕķ₤ŚО ″₣ЯřŲĠŔą˝с▫ ŠųФĕģĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕŎ Ћ Б ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞ ЙşЊĳŚũУş
њ Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Ю΅ЧŎ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮřЧņĠ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗БģĕЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲņЊĕĈũŪģ˝с₤‗
е ₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞ Йşĳ
Њ ŚЮ◦ ◦‗ŹЊĳŪĳСŷĩŚŲсŁũĠŔą˝с
ΒеĮБŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮĕй ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яĳũ˝ЮřЧņ‗ŚЕ₣ũřťĠġЮŷ‗Бņĕ
Њ ЮþЧŀ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗ŹЊĳŪĳСŷģĕĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ ŁũņЊĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕŎ Ћ Б ιŪģ˝с₤е‗₣ ĕЊ₣ĄņĞЙşĳ

њ Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ Њ Ś
ņЊĕЯņĕďΧĠ₤ÐðřŲсŁũόŏŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀЮ◦ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ◦‗ŹЊĳĄРĕ ķ₤ŚО ″₣▫ ŠųФĕ₤□ ĳ

Њ ˝ĖО₣ļĮΒ⅜ĊĕБ¤

ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤НŪе ĳСŷģĕĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ĮБĠ◦ĕЊ◦ċĕļĮ ⅜ņБŠФ ĕ
ų ŪĳСŷĄРĕķ₤ŚО ″₣ЯřŲĠŔą˝с▫ ģĕ◦РĈĳсŪģ˝с
Ġе‗Ų
Н аĕŁũ˝℮њŎĊĕũУşЮ΅ЧŎ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĆ₤сĠе‗Ų
Н ģĕЮģйĠ₣сЮČŲņЊĕόŏ◦РĈĳсŪģ˝сĠ‗
е Ų
Н ЮĕйЮ◦ ◦‗ŹЊĳ
ŪĳСŷĩŚŲсŁũĠŔą˝сĮБŁũЮģйĠ₣сЮĕй¤
The convicted person shall prove that he has paid the fine, proceeding taxes, damages and
compensation. If the civil party has abandoned the claim for damages and compensation, the
convicted person shall provide evidence of the waiver unless the civil party cannot be found.
If the convicted person has been placed under imprisonment in lieu of payment; failure to
pay a fine, proceeding taxes or damages and compensation is not a prejudice for his rehabilitation if
the convicted person proves that he is insolvent.
If the applicant has been punished for insolvency offense, he shall provide evidence to
prove that he has already settled the debts of the bankruptcy. If the creditors have waived the right
to the debts, the convicted person shall prove such waiver.
ŌŪ″ ̣ứ ◦Ūņ₣саĕĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ
Article 537 Form of Application for Rehabilitation
◦‗ŹЊĳЮĊſЧĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲсĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀĄРĕЮĉŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝Њşž
Ć ₣ЯřĕřБ¤
◦‗ŹЊĳŪĳСŷş₣∆Ų
О ĠİΆŀŪĠЮķ◦аĕ◦‗Ź˝ņŊЯřŲŠųФĕģĕũ₣ ĕЊ₣ĠŔą˝сĮБ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲŠųФĕģĕũ₤сЮĝ″е₣ĮБЮĮŲЯřŲŠųФĕŪĳСŷ
ģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ¤
The convicted person may apply for rehabilitation to the competent Royal Prosecutor. The
convicted person shall state the type of sentence that he served and the place where he has been
living since he was released.
ŌŪ″ ̣ư7 ŁũĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗еЮН ũЩ₣ЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄΖďńĄРĕΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Article 538 Forwarding Case File by Prosecutor to General Prosecutor
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńČĳсЮĊſЧŁũЮ₤НЧĠΒЮ₣˛ĳΒеĮБ₤БŲĊņхЮĝŪÐĠс◦Б˝Яĕų₣ ЯřŲ◦‗ŹЊĳēųĠсģĕũ₤сЮĝ ″е₣ĮБЮĮŲŠųФĕŪĳСŷ
ģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń₤Нό
е ŏЮÐŪĠÐŲсņ˝ŠųФĕĕРŷк
− ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤
− ŲЊŠЊĳĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ũУşЮ΅ЧŎ
− ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ơ аĕĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤¤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďńĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ ЮŢŎŌĕЮŗĠŲсЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳНũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ

ų ļąĠсďņУŎ ЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄ
ΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤
The Prosecutor shall undertake an investigation on the morality of the convicted person at
the places where he has been living since he was released.
The Prosecutor shall ask for:
− A copy of the sentencing decision;
− The notification of the date of sentence completion;
− Bulletin No. 1 of the criminal record.
The Royal Prosecutor shall submit the case file together with his observations which have to
be supported by reasons to the General Prosecutor of the Court of Appeal.

ŌŪ″ ̣ưo Ћ БЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 539 Proceedings before Court of Appeal
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńĠŚ Е₣Юĉ₤ļŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Źаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч¤
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮŁ
Б ŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũřŲсΒ˝
Ė ĠŚЕ₣₤Не ĕЊ₣řŲсЮņēŷВ¤
ĳНŵŁũŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņşЮĝЮĮŲ₤ŷĜŁũ⅜ēũ‗к ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜ŚĠс◦‗ŹЊĳ ЮņēŷВ ĕЊ₣ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤

The General Prosecutor seizes the Criminal Chamber of the Court of Appeal.
The General Prosecutor notifies the date of the hearing to the applicant and the lawyer.
The court makes its decision at a public hearing after hearing the convicted person, his
lawyer and the General Prosecutor.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉Ơ ŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲĕ
с БĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ
Article 540 Rejection of Application for Rehabilitation
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĳНŵŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċĵ˝ŏ₤Не ⅜ņБĄĕņЊĕΖşĄРĕĵ˝ŏ₤Нℓ
е ŊБЮ◦Ьĳ ņНĕĩНĳũŎк ЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖе
ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŲЧ˝◦Б ơ ŪĳСŷģĕĳНŵŁũĠřЊЮ₤Ċņ˝ĮБņЊĕЮýũĮũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ̣ự
(Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЮŲЧũŎкЮĮŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲĕ
с ĳ
Б Њ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ĵ˝ŏ₤НеℓŊΖ
Б şЮĊſģ
Ч ĕČĠсĮБ
ĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲЮĜй¤
If the court rejects the application for rehabilitation, the applicant shall not be entitled to
submit a new application before the expiration of a two year period.
However, if the first application was rejected by the court as a result of non-compliance
with the duration stated in Article 535 (Time Conditions Relative to Application for Rehabilitation)
of this Code, the new application may be made at the expiration of this period.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс
CHAPTER 2: REHABILITATION BY LAW
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ơ ŁũŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠс
Article 541 Rehabilitation by Law
ĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈŪĳСŷŌĕЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠсЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БřРşĳЮĉк
− ЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ ̣ (Ūģе) ĂĖе ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ιЮĝЮĮŲЮĈ₤ŪĳСŷĩНĳΖďńŎНŁŲ
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜй ŪĳСŷģĕĳНŵŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũņЊĕЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̣ (Ūģе) ĂĖе Ю◦
ι˝єĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ĮЊĕњŎ¤
− ЮĝЮĮŲĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ ơƠ (řĠс) ĂĖе ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ιЮĝЮĮŲЮĈ₤ŪĳСŷĩНĳΖďńŎНŁŲ
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜй ŪĳСŷģĕĳНŵŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̣ (Ūģе) ĂĖе¤
The convicted person shall by law automatically obtain rehabilitation in the following cases:
− After five years calculated from the date of serving the sentence or from the expiry date
of the statute of limitations of the conviction if the sentence did not exceed five years or
was a fine.
− After ten years calculated from the date of serving the sentence or from the expiry date
of the statute of limitations of the conviction if the sentence exceeded five years.

ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̣: ĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤
TITLE 5: CRIMINAL RECORD
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤
UNITARY CHAPTER: CRIMINAL RECORD
ŌŪ″ ̣̉Ư ŁũŪÐĠсŪÐ₣₤ŵ˝ĠŪĳĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤аĕĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤
Article 542 Management of Sentence Bulletin of Criminal Record
ĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ŪĳСŷģĕŁĕсŁĠсЮŢŎΒ₣ðļĮņУŎаĕŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
şеЮĵйĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮ˝ЧĳЮĝ˝ņįОď ĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤Юĕй ◦◦УŲ₤ŵ˝ĠŪĳЯřŲ˝ĳсŪ″к
− ŪÐĠсŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤şеЮĵйņНŠ ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЯřŲ◦Н˝ďşеЮĵйņНŠ ĕЊ₣ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮŢŎ˝еģ₣

е ņНŠĈе₣Β₤с
ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź˝ņįОď
− ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŁ₤ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũĠũЮ◦₤ Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņ˝ЊşŪĆ ĮņЮŪĮЭ₣ΒĕŚũďĳЊ
ŪĳСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣ņ˝řŲсΖďńĊũ˝ņįОď
− ŷЋēĕŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ĠĕċСũĠĕ□ŎЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŪĠĈĕЮŢŎŪĮйņΉ˝℮Ūĳаĕ ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįО ď
− Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņş˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣ЮŢйЯŲ₣ЮŢŎŌĕŲ˝šŠ‗Ź
− Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņş₤Ś БĮБŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎ
− ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ι⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲŪĠŁ₤Łũ˝℮њŎĊĕ
− Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşόŏŌĕŁũĩŚŲĕ
с БĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ
− Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşĠЮ‗ŚŀĄĕĠũЮ◦₤¤
ŁŲ₧◦‗ŹЊĳģĕ◦◦УŲЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũ ιŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤
ιŁũĠ₣šеřŲсũРĠŁŎЮĕй ŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤¤
Ћ Б ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сЮĕй ŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣
ŁŲ₧◦‗ŹЊĳģĕĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮЊĕњŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤¤
ŁŲ₧ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤₧ņУŎŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈďℓŊБЮŢŎЮĮŀŲ˝š‗кşĤĠсЮĜй ĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤ЮĕйŪĳСŷşНй
Юĝ˝ĖО ₣ĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤¤
ŪĳСŷř˝ЮşŀĮБĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤к
− ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŢŎ˝еģ₣
е ņНŠ ŁŲ₧ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮĕйŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣сĠĜĀĠсĮБŌĕ
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
− ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŲНĠŵ₣ЮŢŎŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ď◦РЮĉ
− ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЯřŲЮ˝Чĳņ˝ЮŢŎŁũķĕŚњŪşΌеΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗
− Ћ аБ ĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ю₤ЧЮ ũВ¤
ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕČĳс◦Н˝ďΒ⅜ũĠ₣сЮŢŎĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
A criminal record is held by an entity under the Ministry of Justice. For persons born in
Cambodia, the criminal record comprises the following information:

− All non-default, deemed non-default, or default convictions declared by Cambodian
criminal courts;
− punishments declared by a foreign court which on the basis of an international treaty
have been notified to Cambodian authorities;
− All amnesty and commutation measures granted by the King of the Kingdom of
Cambodia;
− All parole decisions;
− All decisions on imprisonment in lieu of payment;
− Judgments declaring bankruptcy;
− Decisions on judicial rehabilitation;
− Decisions for deportation of foreigners.
If the convicted person served imprisonment or imprisonment in lieu of payment, the date of
the execution of the sentence or the serving of the imprisonment in lieu of payment shall be
recorded in the criminal record.
If the convicted person paid a fine and proceeding taxes, the date of payment shall be
recorded in the criminal record.
If the convicted person has been rehabilitated by law, this shall be recorded in the criminal
record.
The following information shall be removed from the criminal record:
− A default judgment if it is considered null and void after filing an opposition motion;
− A conviction cancelled by an amnesty;
− A conviction based on a mistake of identity;
− A conviction which is considered null and void after a motion for review.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉ư ĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗
Article 543 Information Related to Identity
ĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤˝є◦◦УŲĩ₣ЯřũĕРŷ₤ŵ˝ĠŪĳЯřŲĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣к
− ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮ˝ЧĳЮĝυĠũЮ◦₤
− ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ņЊĕΖşЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲģĕ ιЯřŲÐУũόŏ₤₣њ℮Ŏ¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б◦БĮБũЮĕй ŪĳСŷşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤ĮЊЮ₤₤Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤▫ ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ņЊĕΖşЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲģĕ
ιΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ÐУũόŏ₤₣њ℮Ŏ¤
The criminal record also contains bulletins concerning:
− Persons who were born abroad;
− Persons whose identities could not be identified or are doubtful.
In the second case, a special notation shall be recorded in the criminal record that the
identity could not be identified or is doubtful.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̉ ĮњĳхŌĕаĕĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤

Article 544 Information of Criminal Record
Ū˝ΐĠŃą БĳНŵŁũ ŪĳСŷЯĳЮĩńĄ
Ч РĕΒ₣ðļĮаĕĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ ЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏũĠ₤сŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ ĕРŷ
₤ŵ˝ĠŪĳşеЮĵйЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĕБņУŎ6ЯřŲŪĳСŷşНй˝ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤¤
ŪĠēĕĮĕċĜýũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсΒ₣ðļĮĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ ιŁũĠ₣šř

е Ųс
ũРĠŁŎũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ¤

Β₣ðļĮũĳĜýũĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсΒ₣ðļĮĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ΒеĮБŁũĠ₣сŪģ˝сĮĕ Ћ ¤
Њ њŎ ĕЊ₣Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б
Ћ ĕŁũЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЮĈ₤ ĕЊ₣ĠĕċСũĠĕ□ŎЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŪĠĈĕЮŢŎŪĮй

Β₣ðļĮĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤Ŭм Ġсũ₣◦◦УŲĮњĳхŌĕ ΒеĮБŷē
ņΉ˝℮Ūĳ ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĠЮ‗ŚŀĄĕĠũЮ◦₤¤
The court clerk shall, under the control of the court president, send a bulletin of each
decision which shall be recorded in the criminal record to the criminal record entity.
The chiefs of prison shall inform the entity in charge of the criminal record about the date of
sentence execution or the date of the serving of imprisonment in lieu of payment.
The treasury entity shall inform the criminal record entity about the payment of fines and
proceeding taxes.
The criminal record entity shall be responsible for collecting information about any amnesty
and commutation measures granted by the King and the decisions for deporting foreigners.
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̉ ĮњĳхŌĕаĕĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð
Article 545 Information in Criminal Record regarding Legal Entities
ĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲşНй₤ŵ˝ĠŪĳĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲĠŔą˝сĮБ ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ŪÐĠсŪĠЮķ◦ ЮŢŎĳНŵŁũ
ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹşеЮĵйĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ¤
The criminal record entity shall also receive and record the bulletins indicating the
information of all nature announced by the criminal courts against legal entities.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉̀ ŁũЮşŀŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳ
Article 546 Disclosing Bulletins
Β₣ðļĮĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ΖşЮşŀŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤¤ ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳÐЙď₤еũ₣саĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Ĉе₣Β₤с ιņУŎЯĩĖ˝
ЯřŲŌĕşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤şеЮĵйĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ņУŎď˝е‗ĳс¤
The criminal record entity may disclose bulletins of the criminal record. The Bulletin shall
include all or part of the information described in the criminal record regarding a specific person.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉́ ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ơ
Article 547 Bulletin No. 1
ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ơ аĕĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ ũУņŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤Ĉе₣Β₤сЯřŲşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą БЮ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ĠНÐŲ
ð ĕБņУŎ6¤
ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ơ ΖşЮşŀόŏřŲсΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũЯĳĠлЮН ₧‼ й¤
Bulletin No. 1 of the criminal record includes an overview of all notations recorded in the
criminal record for a specific person.
Bulletin No. 1 may only be disclosed to judicial authorities.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉7 ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ Ư
ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ Ư ŌĕĕЊЮ◦Ā₤Ĉе₣Β₤сЯřŲşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ơ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Яĳк
− ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŲНĠĠеģĳсЮŢŎŁũĩŚŲсĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ ιЮŢŎЮĮŀ
Ų˝š‗кşĤĠс
− ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ĮŏФũЮŢŎýŊĕŁũř˝΅Рĳ
− ⅜ŲŪ˝ņ ι⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲŪĠŁ₤Łũ˝℮њŎĊĕ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б◦◦УŲģĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤
ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ Ư ŪĳСŷЮşŀόŏřŲск

− ΖďńĊũĳНŵŁũ
− ΖďńĊũЮŗēЯřŲ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НеşРŲĠеЮ ũВ˝ĖО₣˝₣◦њĮ
− ļĖ˝сİũЯřŲŁĕсĠŃą ĵ
Б ‗ЊĄą˝ņŊ
ŪĮЕĳŚĠњŪĳЮŲŠ Ư Юĕй˝єΖşŪĳСŷЮşŀόŏřŲссΒķЊģŲЮŠĳŚ Ū˝О₣ ĕЊ₣Β₣ðļĮũřťĩ₣Яřũк
− ŁŲ₧ΒķЊģŲЮŠĳŚ Ū˝О₣ ĕЊ₣Β₣ðļĮũřťģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĊſЧŁũİũũřť
− ŁŲ₧ΒķЊģŲЮŠĳŚ Ū˝О₣ ĕЊ₣Β₣ðļĮũřť ģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏЮ₤Ė Ч₤ŚБĮБŁũİũ⅜ēũ‗к ι
ΖĠ‗₤Ŕň⅜ēũ‗к
− ŁŲ₧ΒķЊģŲЮŠĳŚ Ū˝О₣ ĕЊ₣Β₣ðļĮũřťģĕ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĠЧ˝ŪÐЕй⅜□ĕЯřŲŪĳСŷЯĳŌĕŁũΒĕНŔňĳ
− Ћ ž
Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б ₣ŷЋĕњŎ¤
Bulletin No. 2 contains all notations recorded in Bulletin No. 1, except:
− convictions eliminated by judicial rehabilitation or automatically by law;
− convictions suspended without revocation;
− judgments declaring bankruptcy, in case of rehabilitation.
Bulletin No. 2 can be disclosed to:
− Judicial authorities;
− Military authorities which have been seized with application for military service; or
− Commercial registrars.
Bulletin No. 2 may also be disclosed to the provincial and municipal governors or state
entities:
− If the provincial or municipal governors or state entity received an application for a
public position;
− If the provincial or municipal governors or state entity received a bid to conduct public
work;
− If the provincial or municipal governors or state entity received an application to start a
business which requires a license;
− For disciplinary procedures.
ŌŪ″ ̣̉o ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ư
ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ư ŌĕşНйЯĳŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ďĠсĮĕċĜýũЮŢŎýŊĕŁũĮŏФũЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤ЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐŲ
ð
₧ņУŎĮБĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť ιņĄęЊņĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŁũĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲĕБĳ₤
Њ ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀЮ΅ЧŎ ýŊĕşНй˝ĖО₣ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ư Ю◦¤
ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ư ŪĳСŷЮşŀόŏřŲс⅜ņБĄĕЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳЮŲŠ ư ņЊĕŪĳСŷЮşŀ
όŏřŲсĳĳЊŎĄĕЮ◦¤
Bulletin No. 3 contains only unsuspended imprisonment punishments declared against the
person for a felony or misdemeanor.
However, sentences for which there has been rehabilitation shall not be recorded in Bulletin
No. 3.
Bulletin No. 3 shall be disclosed to the concerned person. Bulletin No. 3, in any case, must
not be disclosed to third persons.

ŌŪ″ ̣̣Ơ ŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉаĕĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤к ŪĠŁ₤
Article 550 Functioning of Criminal Record Entity: Prakas
Ћ ĕŁũĈе₣ΐŎ₧ЯřŲČеģşс₤ŪŌĠсŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉаĕΒ₣ðļĮ
ŪĠŁ₤ũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх ˝е‗ĳс ŷē
ĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤¤ ŪĠŁ₤Юĕй˝е‗ĳсďΖ◦Џ ĕРŷŲ˝šŠ‗ŹĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲ₤ŵ˝ĠŪĳŪĳСŷģĕĠЮ₣˛ЧĳЮΌЧ₣ ŪĳСŷģĕŪĳФĳ
ĮЊĕЊĳŏ ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷģĕĠŃąС ĕЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б ŪĮņĈе₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹĈе₣ΐŎаĕŁũĠЮ₣˛Чĳ ŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЮşŀŪĮЕĳŚЊĠŪĳ¤

A Prakas of the Ministry of Justice shall determine the necessary measures for the
functioning of the entity in charge of criminal record. The Prakas determines, for instance, the
conditions under which the records are created, controlled and forwarded by court clerks as well as
the conditions under which the bulletins are created, controlled and issued.
ŌŪ″ ̣̣ơ ŁũЯ˝ĳŪņСŷĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤
Article 551 Correction of Criminal Record
ŁŲ₧ĠНÐŲ
ð ₧ņУŎŪĳСŷģĕĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮŢŎŌĕŁũŠН₤ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ ΒŎŏŁũŪĳСŷЯĳ₤НеόŏЮĊſЧŁũЯ˝ĳŪņСŷ
ĠŃą ЮБ ▫˛ŲЮĈ₤ļųņ¤
If any person has been convicted by a mistake of identity, the Royal Prosecutor shall
immediately request the correction of the criminal record.
ŌŪ″ ̣̣Ư ΖĕНļĮаĕŁũ◦◦УŲģĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ŷЋŀ
Article 552 Effects of Rehabilitation
ŁũόŏŌĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ŲНĠŵ₣ЮČŲ◦‗Ź˝ņŊŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź¤ ĠлНЯĕŚ ЮĈ₤ЮĕйЮĝЯĳŌĕşНйЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠŃą Б
Ю▫˛ŲЮĈ₤řЯřŲ ЮŢŎŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā₤▫ ŪĳСŷģĕĕБĳЊ₤ņġĈЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ¤

The rehabilitation has the effect to remove the criminal sentences. However, the sentences
shall remain in the criminal record with the notation “Rehabilitated”.
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̀: Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБ
TITLE 6: COURT FEES
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБ
UNITARY CHAPTER: COURT FEES
ŌŪ″ ̣̣ư Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБ
Article 553 Court Fees
Ūģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБďĠĕĀО˝ũĠ₤сũřť¤
ĠŃą аБ ĕŪģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБ ″Ŭ₣ĳаņųаĕŪģ˝сŪĠŢĠс˝ŚБ ĕЊ₣ ŷЋĊБ◦ЮР ĉŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤¤

The court fees shall be the responsibility of the State.
The list of court fees, rates tables of the court fees and the general modalities shall be
determined by Prakas.
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̉ Ћ Б
Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 554 Proceeding Taxes
Ћ БĄРĕũřť¤ şеĕĕ
◦‗ŹЊĳŌĖ˝с6 ŪĳСŷĠ₣сĮĕċ₤ũНĠаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Ћ БΖşЯŪĠŪĠФŲЮĉ″ņŪĠЮķ◦ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ¤
У Ūģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Ћ БŪĳСŷ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤¤
şеĕУĕŪģ˝сĮĕċаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ

Each convicted person is required to pay a lump sum of proceeding taxes to the State. The
amount of the proceeding taxes may vary depending on the type of case.
The amount of the proceeding taxes shall be determined by Prakas.

Ðĕ□ Б◦Б o: ĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊЮБ ŢŎЯΌ˝
BOOK NINE: SPECIAL PROCEEDINGS
ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ơ: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚĈ
Њ ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐðŲ
TITLE 1: PROVISIONS CONCERNING PERSONS
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ЮčŪ˝ņ
CHAPTER 1: JUDGES
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: Łũř˝Šųĕ
Ф ЮŢŎυ˝υ₣
SECTION 1: SELF RECUSAL
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̣ ņРŲЮ΅ĳНŪĳЕņŪĳСŷаĕŁũř˝ŠųФĕ
Article 555 Legitimate Reasons for Self Recusal
ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲŌĕņРŲЮ΅ĳНŪĳЕņŪĳСŷņЊĕŪĮņşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ιŁũĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮũЩ₣₧ņУŎЮĜйΖş₤Неόŏ
ЮÐĄеĕУ₤ŠųФĕģĕ¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĕйŪĳСŷĄРĕЮĉŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫ņРŲЮ΅ĳНЮĕйŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ
ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũČĳсЮčŪ˝ņЮĩ℮₣Ąеĕ₤
У ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй¤ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũņЊĕΖşĳǻм ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
A judge who has legitimate reasons for not participating in an investigation or a trial of a
specific case may request to be replaced. The replacement request shall be submitted to the
president of the court to which he belongs. If the court president finds that the reasons are
legitimate, he shall arrange the replacement. The replacement decision is not subject to appeal.
Њ şЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: Ġ‗ŚЕ₣řĳ
SECTION 2: CHALLENGE OF JUDGE
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̀ ņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк
Article 556 Grounds for Challenging Judge
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚΖşŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲģĕĵ˝сĮњĕċЯĳЮčŪ˝ņž₣Ζ₤ĕкĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤
ЮčŪ˝ņĈе₣ΐŎ ΖşŪĳСŷĠŚ₣
Е řЊĳşЊĳŚ ЮŢŎņРŲЮ΅ĳНřРşž₣ЮŪŁņЮĕй:
− ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņ ι₤΅Įњ◦ċũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ ιΒĳБĳ₤΅Įњ◦ċũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ ďļÐБ₧ņУŎ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ
− ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņďőĳЊЮŵ΅Њĳũ΅РĳřŲс▫Ė˝с◦Б ̀ ιőĳЊĮĕċũ΅РĳřŲс▫Ė˝с◦Б ư ιΒĳБĳőĳЊĮĕċ
ũ΅РĳřŲс▫Ė˝с◦Б ư ũĠ₤сļÐБ₧ņУŎ
− ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņďΒĖ˝Ζ₧ĮŜģŲũĠ₤сļÐБ₧ņУŎ
− ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ ēųĠс ι˝еĮН₣ŌĕŷЋǻ◦ЮĝĳНŵŁũďņУŎļÐБ₧ņУŎ
− ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņģĕЮĊſЧď⅜˝℮Б ιΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ˝ĖО₣ЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ
− ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņď ιēųĠсďΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ ιďΒĖ˝ĄеĕŎ

У όŏļÐБşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ ι
− ŁŲ₧ЮčŪ˝ņģĕşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣Łũ₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚБ˝ĖО₣Ĝņď ņĄęĳŚ˝ũşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ ιģĕşРŲũУņ˝ĖО₣Łũ
₤ЮŪņşЮ₤ş˝ŚБЮĝ⅜ŵřеĠР₣ЯřŲģĕĠŚЕ₣ΧģŪ₤њŎ ιŁũĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Χ◦ċũ‗чЯřŲģĕΧģŪ₤њŎ
ιĠİΆŀņĳЊЮŗĠŲсЯ‗ĜеЯĩĖ˝şĤĠсşеЮĵйЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ¤

An application for disqualification is admissible only if it is directed against a judge.
Every judge may be challenged on the following grounds:
− If the judge or his spouse, regardless of any possible divorce, is one of the parties;
− If the judge is linked with one of the parties by parental link up to the sixth degree or by
alliance up to the third degree or was formerly linked by alliance up to the third degree;
− If the judge is a guardian of one of the parties;
− If there is a pending litigation between the judge and one of the parties;
− If the judge is a witness or was called to witness as expert in the case;
− If the judge is or was a representative or assistant to one of the parties; or
− If the judge has participated in the decision on the case:
• As an arbitrator;
• At the Court of First Instance in the matter;
• At the Court of Appeal in the matter; or
• Has given legal opinion in the matter.
ŌŪ″ ̣̣́ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк
Article 557 Application for Disqualification
ļÐБЯřŲş₣сĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк₧ņУŎ ŪĳСŷЯĳĄРĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣″е₣ĮБЮĮŲŠųФĕģĕřЕ₣ĮБņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũĠŚЕ₣
řЊĳşЊĳŚ ЮĠЧĮНеřЮР şĖйЮ◦ ņЊĕΖş◦◦УŲģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗Б₧˝єЮŢŎ ĵ˝ŏĠŚ₣
Е řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮΌЧŎ ЮĝЮŪŁŎЮĮŲĠЊ◦ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲ¤
The party who wishes to apply for disqualification of a judge shall file the application as
soon as he becomes aware of the causes. Failure to do so shall cause the application to be
inadmissible.
In no case can an application for disqualification be made after the closing of the hearing.
ŌŪ″ ̣̣7 ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк
Article 558 Recipients of Application for Disqualification of Judge
ļÐБŪĳСŷĄРĕĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣Юĉк
− ŪĠēĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮĜйĈ˝с◦₣řŲсŪĠēĕ ιЮčŪ˝ņĳНŵŁũďĕсřĠ

е Р₣
− ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮĜйĈ˝с◦₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņаĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲ řŲсŪĠēĕ
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗ч ι ЮčŪ˝ņ₧ņУŎаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч¤
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŪĳСŷЯĳş₣∆Ų
О όŏşĤ₤сŵ₤сΒеĮБņРŲЮ΅ĳНаĕŁũĠŚ Е₣řЊĳşЊĳŚ Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷŌĕķ₤ŚО ″₣ĠŔą˝сşĤ₤сŵ₤с
ЮĠЧĮНеřРЮČĖйЮ◦ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĮНΖ
е ş◦◦УŲŎ˝ģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
The party shall file the application to:
− The President of the Court of Appeal if it is directed against the President or a judge of
the Court of First Instance;
− The President of the Supreme Court if it is directed against a judge of the Supreme
Court, the President or a judge of the Court of Appeal.
The application for disqualification shall clearly state the grounds for the challenge,
supported by evidence, otherwise the application is inadmissible.

ŌŪ″ ̣̣o ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк
Article 559 Notification of Application for Disqualification of Judge
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮÐĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйŪĳСŷř˝ŠųФĕЮşŀ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ι˝ĖО₣Łũ
ĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй¤
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕс ЮčŪ˝ņЮĜйŪĳСŷģĕĄеĕУ₤ЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņŌĖ˝сЮ◦Ьĳ ЯřŲŪĳСŷČĳс″₣

е ЮŢŎŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ
ũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤
The application shall be notified to the judge against whom it is made. This judge shall
cease to participate in the investigation or trial.
In urgent cases, the challenged judge shall be replaced by another judge to be appointed by
the president of the court to which he belongs.
ŌŪ″ ̣̀Ơ ũģŎŁũ‗чũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮњĕċĕЕ₣ŁũĠŚ Е₣řЊĳşЊĳŚ
Article 560 Report of Challenged Judge
˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ (ŪģеĠБ) аℓĞ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣Юĕй ЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮĕ
њ ċŪĳСŷŪģĠсόŏřЕ₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ũģŎŁũ‗ч
ЮŢŎŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН▫ ŠųФĕŎŲсŪĮņ ιĄеĈ₤сĕЕ₣ŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮĕй¤ ũģŎŁũ‗чЮĕйŪĳСŷĠŃąС ĕЮĉŪĠēĕ⅜ŵ
Χ◦ċ ũ‗ч ιŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮŲ

Р Юŗ₣Юĉ″ņ˝ũ‗Б ЮřЧņġБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮĕй¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ŎŲсŪĮņ″ņŁũřЊĳşЊĳŚ ⅜ņБŠФ ųĕŪĳСŷģĕЮčŪ˝ņЮĩ℮₣ĄеĕУ₤ļųņ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮčŪ˝ņЮĕйĄеĈ₤сĕ₣
Е ŁũřЊĳşЊĳŚЮĜй ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧŁũ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧņРŲ˝ļĮаĕĵ˝ŏĠŚ₣
Е Юĕй¤
Within eight days of the notification, the relevant judge shall respond in a reasoned
statement that he accepts or refuses the challenge. The statement shall be submitted to the President
of the Court of Appeal or the President of the Supreme Court, as the case may be, to decide on the
application.
If the judge agrees to the challenge, he shall be immediately replaced by another judge.
If the judge rejects the challenge, a decision on the grounds of the application shall be made.
ŌŪ″ ̣̀ơ ŁũĮЊĕЊĳŏĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк
Article 561 Examination of Application for Disqualification of Judge
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ŪĳСŷģĕĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŢŎņЊĕČеģşс⅜ŚĠсļÐБ ιЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮњĕċЮ◦¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲŎ˝ ЮĜйŪĳСŷЮĊſЧŁũČĳс″₣
е ЮčŪ˝ņℓŊБĄĕ
е У₤ЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤
Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĩОĀŎĮБЮĕй ΒĖ˝ĠŚ₣
Е řЊĳşЊĳŚΖşŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲĮЊĕњŎņЊĕЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ƯƠƠ.ƠƠƠ (ĮБũЯ₤ĕ) ЮũЬŲ
ЮŢŎņЊĕĈĕсÐЊĳřŲс₤‗
е ₣ĄņĞ ЙşЊĳŚ ЯřŲΖşŪĳСŷĩŚŲό
с ŏЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲŪĳСŷЮÐĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮĜйЮ◦¤
For the examination of the application no hearing of the parties or the relevant judge is
necessary.
If the challenge is accepted, a new judge replacing the recused judge shall be appointed.
If the challenge is rejected, the applicant for disqualification may be fined 200,000 Riels,
without prejudice to any damage payable to the challenged judge.
ŌŪ″ ̣̀Ư Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮčŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк
Article 562 Decision on Application for Disqualification of Judge
ΖďńĊũŌĕЯş₣ЮĝŌŪ″ ̣̣ (ΒĖ˝◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣řЊĳşЊĳЮŉ čŪ˝ņΖ₤ĕк) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ₤ЮŪņş″ņřБŁņУŎ
ЯřŲņЊĕΖşĠŚ₣
Е ĳǻм ģĕ¤ řБŁЮĕйŪĳСŷĄРĕřе‗Е₣ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б řŲсЮčŪ˝ņĵ˝сĮњĕċ ĕЊ₣řŲсΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣₤Нř Њ şЊĳ¤
е ĳ ŉ

The authority specified in Article 558 (Recipients of Application for Disqualification of
Judge) of this Code shall decide on the challenge by an order which is not subject to appeal. The
relevant judge and the applicant for disqualification shall be notified of the order by the court clerk.
ŌŪ″ ̣̀ư ˝ЊşЯĆ řŲŪĳСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀņНĕЮĮŲĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣
Article 563 Activities Performed Before Notification of Challenge
˝ЊşЯĆ řŲģĕĠеЮĮŀЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņ ЯřŲŪĳСŷЮÐĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚņĕ
Н ŁũĄРĕřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮĜй ņЊĕΖşŪĳСŷ
Ю₤ЧЮ ũВģĕЮΌЧŎ¤
Any activities performed by the challenged judge prior to the notification of an application
for disqualification shall not be affected.
ŌŪ″ ̣̀̉ ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣şеЮĵйЮčŪ˝ņЮŪşЧĕũРĠ
Article 564 Application for Disqualification against Several Judges
ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĠŚ₣
Е ş₣с₤НеĠřЊЮ₤ĊЮčŪ˝ņЮŪşЧĕũРĠ ЯřŲЮΌЧ₣ĄеĕНеĄŪņйЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝Оņ₤ņР΅ļĮ ďņУŎýĖЮĜй
ΒĖ˝ĠŚЕ₣ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ЯĳņУŎÐĳс¤ ΒĖ˝ĠŚ Е₣ΖşŢ˝сĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ĠЯĕ□ņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕņРŲЮ΅ĳНℓŊаБ ĕŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚ
ģĕЮŲşЮΌЧ₣″ņЮŪŁŎ¤
If the applicant wishes to challenge several judges of the same chamber, he may file one
application. The applicant may file additional motions if new grounds for the challenge appear
later.
ŌŪ″ ̣̣̀ ŁũĠŚЕ₣řЊĳşЊĳŚŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲņЊĕόŏĄеĕĄ
Не Ūņй
Article 565 Application for Disqualification of President of Supreme Court
ŁŲ₧ĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣řЊĳşЊĳŚЮĉЮŲЧŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲЮĜй ŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ˝еĮРŲŪĳСŷ₤ЮŪņş″ņ₤ņġĄŃňк▫
ЮĳЧŪĳСŷ ιņЊĕŪĳСŷř˝ŠųФĕĮБŁũĄеĕНеĄŪņй¤
If the application for disqualification is directed against the President of the Supreme Court,
he himself shall decide based on his own conscience whether or not to withdraw.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ĠĳŜĠњĕ
CHAPTER 2: EXTRADITION
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б ơ: ĠĳŜĠњĕЯřŲЮ₤ĖЧ₤НеЮŢŎũřťĠũЮ◦₤
SECTION 1: EXTRADITION REQUESTED BY FOREIGN STATE
˝▫ļÐ◦Б ơ: ĠĳŜĠњĕ
SUB-SECTION 1: EXTRADITION
ŌŪ″ ̣̀̀ ĠĳŜĠњĕаĕΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЮŲЧЯřĕřБ
Article 566 Extradition of Foreign Resident in Cambodia Territory
ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįО ďΖşŎŲсŪ ĮņŪĠÐŲсřŲсũřťĠũЮ◦₤ ĕРŷΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЯřŲ⅜Ė ˝сЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ
˝ņįО ď Ю΅ЧŎЯřŲк
− Ћ БЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũЮĝ˝ĖО₣ũřťЮĕй ι
ď˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
− ŪĳСŷģĕĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮŢŎŢ˝сĮĕċĜýũЮŢŎĳНŵŁũаĕũřťЮĕй¤
The Kingdom of Cambodia may agree to extradite to a foreign State a foreign citizen who is
currently present in the Kingdom of Cambodia and who is:

− subject to criminal proceedings in that State; or
− has been convicted to imprisonment by a court of that State.
ŌŪ″ ̣̀́ ₤ĕċЊ₤Ŕň ĕЊ₣ΒĕН₤ŔňΒĕŚũďĳЊ
Article 567 International Conventions and Treaties
ĠĳŜĠњĕΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ ЯřŲŪĳСŷČĠсŠФų ĕЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБа ĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįО ďŪĳСŷģĕŪÐĠсŪÐ₣
ЮŢŎĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚ Њаĕ₤ĕċ Њ₤Ŕň ĕЊ ₣ΒĕН₤Ŕň ΒĕŚũďĳЊЯ řŲŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲ₤ČĆ Ġњĕ ĮБŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįО ď¤ ˝ĖО ₣
˝ũ‗Б ýŊ ĕ₤ĕċ Њ ₤Ŕň ιΒĕН₤Ŕň ΒĕŚ ũďĳЊЯ řŲŪĳСŷģĕ◦◦УŲ ₤ČĆ ĠњĕĮБŪ ĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņį О ďЮ◦ Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚ Њаĕ
Ąе Į Р˝ЮĕйŪĳСŷ Ŏ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷ ĳŚ ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳŌĕĠŃňĳŚ Њ ĮЊЮ₤₤Юĝ˝ĖО ₣şĤĠсЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤

The extradition of a foreign resident who has been arrested in the territory of the Kingdom
shall be governed by the provisions of international conventions and treaties ratified by the
Kingdom of Cambodia. If there is no such treaty or convention, the provisions of this Chapter shall
apply, unless otherwise provided in a separate law.
ŌŪ″ ̣̀7 ĕЊŎņĕњŎк ũřťЮĊſ₤
Ч еЮ‗Ч ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ
Article 568 Definition: Requesting State and Wanted Person
Юĝ˝ĖО₣ЯĩĖ˝ЮĕйŪĳСŷŌĕЮěŊ йЮΊ▫к
− ũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ÐЙũřťĠũЮ◦₤ЯřŲЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеόŏЮĊſĠ

Ч ĳŜĠњĕΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤
− ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ÐЙďΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЯřŲ⅜Ė˝сЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБаĕŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď ĕЊ₣ЯřŲ
ď˝ņŊŷĳ□Оаĕĵ˝ŏЮ₤Ė Ч₤ό
Не ŏЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ¤
For the purposes of this section:
− “Requesting State” shall mean a foreign State which requests the extradition of a foreign
citizen;
− “Wanted person” is a foreign citizen who is currently present in the Kingdom of
Cambodia and who is the subject of an extradition request.
˝▫ļÐ◦Б Ư: Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕĠĳŜĠњĕ
SUB-SECTION 2: CONDITIONS OF EXTRADITION
ŌŪ″ ̣̀o Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕĠĳŜĠњĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ΒеЮĮЧ
Article 569 Conditions of Extradition Relative to Act
ĠĳŜĠњĕΖşЮĊſЮЧ ĉģĕŲНйŪ″ЯĳΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤″ņ
şĤĠсũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſ₤
Ч еЮ‗Чĩ₣ ĕЊ₣″ņşĤĠс˝ņįОďĩ₣ ЮĈйĠБďк
− ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ₤□ ЊĳЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĠЮķ◦Ġ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ņЊĕřРşýĖ˝ŚБ ι
− ЮěŊ йĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ŁũЮŪĠЧĠЮşĆ˝₤њĮĀ ιĕЊŎņĕњŎ ιŁũ˝е‗ĳсŲ˝š‗кĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ņЊĕřРşýĖ˝ŚБ ι
− ēĳНĩ℮ еĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч аĕşĤĠсũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤Юе ‗Ч ŠН₤ýĖĮБēĳНĩ℮ еĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎşĤĠс˝ņįОď˝єЮŢŎ
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĮЊČũ₧ЮĉЮŲЧşеĕĕ
У ₤ũНĠаĕΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĠİΆŀЮŢŎũřťЮĊſЧ₤Юе ‗ЧÐЙďŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊ
Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤″ņĠŃňĳŚЊаĕşĤĠсďĊũŌĕЮĝ˝ņįОď¤

An extradition may be made only if the prosecuted facts against the wanted person
constitute an offense under the laws of both the requesting State and the Kingdom of Cambodia,
even though:
− The type of offense might be defined differently; or
− The legal qualification of the offense, the use of terminology, the definition or the
determination of characteristics of the offense is different; or
− Elements characterizing the offense under the laws of the requesting State are different
from those under the laws of the Kingdom of Cambodia, provided that the whole set of
elements of the facts presented by the requesting State constitute an offense under the
provisions of the laws in force in Cambodia.
ŌŪ″ ̣́Ơ ˝ũ‗БаĕŁũĠлНĕĠл₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ĕЊ₣Łũ₤ņÐеĕЊĳ
Article 570 Attempted Offenses and Conspiracy
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧΒЮе ĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс″ņşĤĠсаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч ďŁũĠлНĕĠл₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ ĠĳŜĠњĕΖşЮĊſЧЮĉ
ģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯĳŁũĠлНĕĠл₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЮĜйŪĳСŷģĕĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤″ņşĤĠс˝ņįО ďЯřũ¤
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳаŚЊ ĕŌŪ″Юĕй ŪĳСŷŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚĩ₣ЯřũЮŲЧ˝ũ‗Б₤ņÐеĕЊĳ¤

If the prosecuted facts under the laws of the requesting State constitute an attempt to
commit an offense, the extradition is possible only if the attempt can be prosecuted under the laws
of the Kingdom of Cambodia.
The provisions of this Article shall apply accordingly to accomplices.
ŌŪ″ ̣́ơ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũ
Article 571 Conditions Relative to Imprisonment Sentence
ĠĳŜĠњĕΖşЮĊſģ
Ч ĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯĳΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮĉЮŲЧĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй Ōĕ˝ŪņЊĳΒĳЊĠũŌ
аĕЮĈ₤ĮĕċĜýũŗл₣ĳЊşЮ₤Ŋ ЧĕЕ₣ Ư (ĮБũ) ĂĖе ″ņşĤĠсаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚĠĳŜĠњĕ˝єΖşЮĊſЧģĕЯřũ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ŪĳСŷģĕĳНŵŁũаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗ЧĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤
Ţ˝сĮĕċĜýũŗл₣ĳЊşĠеĩНĳЮ₤Ŋ ЧĕЕ₣ ̀ (ŪģеņŎ

У ) ЯŠ Ю΅ЧŎЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮĕйģĕşРŲď⅜□ĮũũУşЮ΅ЧŎ
ЮĈйĠБďЮĈ₤ЯřŲ˝е‗ĳсЮŢŎşĤĠсŌĕℓЊũЮŷŵĠлĜ
Н Ŋ ĕ˝єЮŢŎ¤
An extradition order may be issued if under the law of the requesting state the punishment
against the wanted person amounts to at least two year imprisonment.
However, an extradition order may also be issued if the wanted person has been finally
sentenced by the court of the requesting state to at least six month imprisonment, regardless of the
maximum length of imprisonment provided by the law.
ŌŪ″ ̣́Ư Ų˝šŠ‗ŹĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
Article 572 Conditions Relative to Place of Commission of Offense
ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤Юе ‗Ч
ĠĳŜĠњĕ˝єΖşЮĊſЧģĕЯřũ ЮĈйĠБďĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũņЊĕŌĕ₤ŔąĳЊũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſ₤
Ч еЮ‗Ч˝єЮŢŎ¤
ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĝЮŪłЯřĕřБаĕũřťЮĊſЧ₤Юе ‗Ч
ĠĳŜĠњĕΖşĕЕ₣ŪĳСŷЮĊſЧģĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯĳĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜйŌĕ₤ŔąĳЊũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤
If the act charged against the wanted person was committed in the territory of the requesting
state, an extradition order may be issued whether or not the wanted person is a citizen of the
requesting state.

If the act charged against the wanted person was committed outside the territory of the
requesting state, an extradition order may be issued only if the wanted person is a citizen of the
requesting state.
ŌŪ″ ̣́ư ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗кĕЮŗģŎ
Article 573 Acts of Political Nature
ĠĳŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ŌĕŲ˝š‗кĕЮŗģŎ¤
Ч ŏŌĕЮŪýй▫Ė˝сřŲсĄБ ŷĳ
ĠлЯН ĕŚņЊĕŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝▫ ďĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ĕЮŗģŎЮ◦ şеЮĵйΒеЮĮЧ΅Њ₣⅝ЯřŲЮĊſό Ћ řŲс
ĠРũ‗ļĮž₣ũРĠŁŎ ιřŲсЮ₤ũВļĮũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ¤
An extradition order may not be issued where the prosecuted facts are of political nature.
However, violent acts involving the risk of death or injury to life, body or to individual
freedom shall not be deemed political.
ŌŪ″ ̣́̉ ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮŲЧЯřĕřБ ĕЊ₣ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĄеĕНеĄŪņйď⅜□ĮũũУşЮ΅ЧŎ
Article 574 Acts committed in Cambodia and Tried by Final Judgment
ĠĳŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮ◦ ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚ ЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ˝ņįО ď Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷģĕ
ĄеĕНеĄŪņйď⅜□ ĮũũУşЮ΅ЧŎЮĝ˝ņįО ď¤
An extradition order may not be issued where the prosecuted facts were committed in the
territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia and a trial has been concluded by final judgment.
ŌŪ″ ̣̣́ ŁũũŲĳсаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń
Article 575 Extinction of Criminal Actions
ĠĳŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſģ
Ч ĕЮ◦ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńģĕĩНĳũŲĳс″ņşĤĠсũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤
ŁŲ₧ΒеЮĮЧЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ˝ņįОď ĠĳŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮ◦ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЯřŲ
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńŪĳСŷģĕĩНĳũŲĳс″ņşĤĠс˝ņįОď¤
An extradition order may not be issued where the offenses cannot be prosecuted anymore
under the law of the requesting State (Article 7: Extinction of Criminal Actions).
If the prosecuted acts were committed in the territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia, an
extradition may not be made if the offenses cannot be prosecuted anymore under the laws of the
Kingdom of Cambodia (Article 7: Extinction of Criminal Actions).
ŌŪ″ ̣́̀ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſĠ
Ч ĳŜĠњĕďЮŪşЧĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯĳŌĖ˝с
Article 576 Multiple Extradition Requests against Same Person
ŁŲ₧ŌĕũřťĠũЮ◦₤ЮŪşЧĕģĕ₤НЮе ĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ₤еЮţЮŲЧĠÐ
Н Ų
ð ЯĳŌĖ˝сřРşýĖ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕЮĜй
ŪĳСŷĮЊČũ₧ŪÐĠс⅜□ĕļĮřРşž₣ЮŪŁņк
− ŁĳĮſ˝ЊşĆ₤ĕċЊ₤Ŕňĵ˝сĮњĕċ
− ļĮĊĞĕсĊĞũаĕĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
− ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕЊ₣◦Б˝Яĕų₣аĕŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч
− ŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣ŲеŢĠсņ˝řŲсаĕ₤еЮ‗Ч₤Не
− ₤ŔąĳЊ ŲеЮĝůĕ ◦Б₤₧

е ˝саĕĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ĕЊ₣Ąĕũ₣ЮŪýй
− Ų◦ċļĮŪĠÐŲсņ˝ŷЋŀĕРŷĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſ₤
Ч еЮ‗Ч¤

When there is more than one foreign State requesting extradition of the same person, and if
the extradition is possible, the extradition order shall be issued after consideration of:
− The obligations under the treaties concerned;
− The seriousness of the offense;
− The time and place of the commission of the offense;
− The date and order of the receipt of requests;
− The nationality, domicile, residence of the wanted person and of the victim;
− The possibility of delivery of the wanted person to the requesting state.
ŌŪ″ ̣́́ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĵ˝ŏ₤Не
Article 577 Conditions of Extradition Relative to Request
ĠĳŜĠњĕΖşЮĊſģ
Ч ĕ ŲНйŪ″ЯĳũřťЮĊſЧ₤Юе ‗ЧЮĜй₤ĕŜ▫ ņЊĕЮĊſЧŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ₧ņУŎЮĩ℮₣ЮŪłĮБ
Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ĵ˝ŏЮ₤Ė Ч₤ό

Не ŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ĳŜĠњĕЮĜйЮ◦ Ю΅ЧŎŁŲ₧Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЮĜйģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚņĕ
Н ЮĮŲČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсΖşЮĊſЧЮĉģĕŲНйŪ″ЯĳŌĕŁũŎŲсŪĮņĮБŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď¤ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БЮĕй ũřťЮĊſЧ
₤еЮ‗ЧŪĳСŷĄРĕĵ˝ŏЮ₤Ė ₤
Ч НеĠЯĕ□ņņ˝ΖďńĊũ˝ņįОď¤
An extradition order may be issued only if the requesting State guarantees not to prosecute
any offense not specified in the extradition request, if this offense was committed before the arrest
of the wanted person.
However, the former offense may be prosecuted if approved by the Kingdom of Cambodia.
In this case, the requesting State shall file an additional request with the Cambodian authorities.
ŌŪ″ ̣́7 ŁũĮŏФũĠĳŜĠњĕ
Article 578 Suspension of Extradition
ŁŲ₧ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ŪĳСŷģĕЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũЮĝ˝ņįО ď ĠĳŜĠњĕ ŪĳСŷĮŏФũ˝ĖО₣Š‗к
ЯřŲŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс˝еĮН₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉ ι˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ЮĜй ĠĳŜĠњĕŪĳСŷĮŏФũЯřũ˝ĖО₣Š‗кЯřŲЮĈ₤ņЊĕ
ĈĕсŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŷĳŚ¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď ΖşŎŲсŪĮņόŏЮĩĀũĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй ďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖЮĉόŏũřťЮĊſЧ
₤еЮ‗Ч ЮřЧņġБĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйЮĝ◦БЮĜй¤ ũřťЮĊſЧ₤Юе ‗ЧŪĳСŷ₤ĕŜ▫ ĕЕ₣ŪĠÐŲсĠНÐŲ
ð ĵ˝сĮњĕċņ˝όŏΖďńĊũ˝ņįОďŷЋŀ ЮŪŁŎ
Ћ БĄеĕĄ
ЮĮŲĠŃĆ ĠсĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Не Ūņй¤
If the wanted person is subject to criminal proceedings in the Kingdom of Cambodia, the
extradition shall be suspended during the course of these proceedings or until the sentence has been
served.
However, the Kingdom of Cambodia may agree to transfer the wanted person temporarily
to the requesting state for trial. The requesting state shall guarantee to return such person to the
Kingdom of Cambodia after the completion of its trial proceedings.

˝▫ļÐ◦Б ư: ĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБаĕĠĳŜĠњĕ
SUB-SECTION 3: EXTRADITION PROCEDURES
ŌŪ″ ̣́o ŁũĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷşеЮĵйĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſĠ
Ч ĳŜĠњĕ
Article 579 Validation of Extradition Request
ŪÐĠсĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕŪĳСŷЯĳĄРĕũŢťķЊģŲ˝ņįОď″ņĩųСŷ◦Рĳ¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĕйŪĳСŷŌĕŲЊŠЊĳĠŔą˝сķ₤ŚО ″₣Βņ
ďņУŎĩ₣¤
ŲЊŠЊĳĠŔą˝сķ₤ŚО ″₣ŪĳСŷŌĕк
− υ˝⅜ũЯřŲŌĕŲ˝š‗кŪÐĠсŪýĕс˝ĖО₣Łũ˝е‗ĳсΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ĠНÐŲ
− ũģŎŁũ‗чΒеĮΒ
Б ₣ðЮ΅ĳНЯřŲŪĳСŷЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЮŲЧĠНÐŲ
− Βĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠсЯřŲΒĕНŷĳŚЮĉЮŲЧΒеЮĮЧЮĜй ĕЊ₣ЮĈ₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲũ₣
− ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĩŚĜĀЮĈ₤ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŌĕ¤
υ˝⅜ũĈе₣Β₤сŪĳСŷşНй΅ĳ□ЮŲž ЮģйŪ″ďĩųСŷŁũ ĕЊ₣ĠЊ◦ЮŪ⅜ņ Ю΅ЧŎŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧņЊĕЯņĕďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ ģŬе₣
ιΒ₣сЮÐų₤ ŪĳСŷЯĳļąĠсņ˝ďņУŎĕРŷυ˝⅜ũĠ˝ЯŪĠďļ⅜ņУŎаĕļ⅜Ĉе₣ĠБЮĕй ЮŢŎŌĕЮ₤ş˝ŚĠ

Б Ŕą˝сĩ₣¤
All extradition requests shall be submitted to Royal Government of Cambodia through the
diplomatic channel. Each request shall contain the supporting documents.
The supporting documents shall include:
− Documents adequate for identifying the wanted person;
− A report of the acts for which the wanted person is prosecuted;
− The legal provisions applicable to such offense and the possible sentence; and
− A copy of the sentence decision, if any.
All documents shall be signed, officially sealed and enveloped. If they are not in the Khmer,
French or English language, the request shall be accompanied by a certified translation of the
documents into one of the three languages.
ŌŪ″ ̣7Ơ ŁũĠŃąС ĕĵ˝ŏ₤НЮе ĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ
Article 580 Forwarding of Extradition Request
ũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŁũĠũЮ◦₤˝ņįОďĠŃąС ĕĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ĳŜĠњĕ ĕЊ₣ŲЊŠЊĳĠŔą˝сķ₤ŚО ″₣ЮĉũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣
ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤ ũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮĩĀЭ₣ĬĀĳсЮņЧŲĕЊŎĳļĮаĕĵ˝ŏ₤Не ĕЊ₣ĠŃąС ĕĵ˝ŏЮĜйЮĉΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń
Βņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чķеЮĖ Įŀ¤
The Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Kingdom of Cambodia shall forward the request
together with the supporting documents to the Minister of Justice. The Minister of Justice shall
examine the regularity of the request and then forward it to the General Prosecutor attached to the
Court of Appeal of Phnom Penh.
ŌŪ″ ̣7ơ ĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏČĠсŠФ ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ
Article 581 Request of Provisional Arrest
ũřťЮĊſ₤
Ч Юе ‗ЧόŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ĳŜĠњĕ Ζş₤НеόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ĕРŷĠНÐŲ
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĠĜĀĕсĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏČĠсŠФ ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ΖşЮĊſņ
Ч Нĕĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″
̣́t (ŁũĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷşеЮĵйĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſĠ
Ч ĳŜĠњĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй¤

ĵ˝ŏ₤НеόŏČĠсŠФ ųĕĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ЯřŲŌĕЮýŲЮţŬŬе₣ŁũЮÐşŠųФĕĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ņЊĕĳŪņСŷόŏЮýũĮ
◦Ūņ₣сЯĠĠĠ◦ЮŢŎЯΌ˝ЮΌЧŎ¤
ĠНÐŲ Ћ БаĕŁũČĠсŠФ ųĕĠЮ₧

ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ ŪĳСŷЯĳģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ
ЮŢŎυ˝υ₣ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŬĄũŢťķЊģŲĮНеģĕ◦◦УŲυ˝⅜ũĈе₣ΐŎřРşЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̣́t (ŁũĠŔą˝с
▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷşеЮĵйĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮĊſĠ
Ч ĳŜĠњĕ) аĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ Ư (ĮБũ) ЯŠ ÐЊĳĮБаℓĞČĠсŠФ ųĕ Ю◦ЮĜй¤
The state requesting extradition may request the provisional arrest of the wanted person.
In case of urgency, the request for provisional arrest may be made prior to the extradition
request provided in Article 579 (Validation of Extradition Request) of this Code.
The request for provisional arrest, which is aimed at preventing the wanted person from
escaping, does not need to follow a special format.
The person detained under provisional arrest procedures shall be automatically released if
the Royal Government of Cambodia does not receive all the documents specified in Article 579
(Validation of Extradition Request) within two months from the date of the arrest.
ŌŪ″ ̣7Ư ĠŔąόŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ĕЊ₣þНŠ
е Ф ųĕşеЮĵйĠНÐŲ
Article 582 Special Detention Order against Wanted Persons
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чЮĝķĖеЮĮŀΖşЮşŀĠŔąόŏČĠс ĕЊ₣þНеŠФ ĕ
ų ĠНÐŲ
ĠŔąЮĕйŌĕşНйĕЊЮ◦Ā ₤řРşĳЮĉк
− ŁũЮŗ₣аĕĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ďĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖũĠ₤сũřťĠũЮ◦₤
− ЮěŊ й ĕЊ₣ůĕкũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņЯřŲЮşŀĠŔąЮĕй¤
ĠŔąЮĕйŪĳСŷŌĕşНйŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦ ĕЊ₣şНй΅ĳ□ЮŲžЮŢŎΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ŌĕЮģйŪ″ĩ₣¤
ĠŔąόŏČĠс ĕЊ₣þНŠ
е Ф ųĕŌĕΖĕНļĮΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ˝ņįОďĈе₣ņРŲ¤
The General Prosecutor attached to the Court of Appeal of Phnom Penh may issue a special
detention order against the wanted person.
This order shall include:
− the identity of the wanted person;
− a reference to the request for provisional arrest made by the foreign State;
− the full name and position of the Prosecutor who issued such order.
The above order shall be dated, signed and sealed by the General Prosecutor. The special
detention order shall be enforceable within the entire territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia.
ŌŪ″ ̣7ư ŁũĠİΆŀĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũĄРĕŪĮйŬĄΖďń ιΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆ
Article 583 Presentation of Wanted Person to Royal Prosecutor or General Prosecutor
˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČĠсŠФ ĕ
ų ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ŪĳСŷЯĳĜеЮĉĠİΆŀŠųФĕ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲřєŠųБĠĩ
е НĳřŲсŪĮйŬĄΖďńЯřŲŌĕ
₤ņĳ□˝Њşž
Ć ₣ЯřĕřБ ЯřŲŪĳСŷόŏřе‗Е₣řŲсĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĜй ΒеĮБĠŔąόŏČĠсĕЊ₣þНŠ
е Ф ųĕ Ю΅ЧŎĕЊ₣◦◦УŲşЮņųЧŎĮБĠНÐŲ
ð Юĕй¤
ĠНÐ ðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũŪĳСŷЮĩĀ ũņ˝þНеŠФų ĕ ЮĝĮĕċĜýũķĖеЮĮŀ¤ ĠНÐ ðŲЮĜйΖş₤НеόŏΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńΒņ
⅜ŵΧ◦ċ ũ‗чķĖеЮĮŀ⅜Ś ĠсşЮņų ЧŎŠųФ ĕ¤

In case of arrest, the wanted person shall be brought without delay before the Prosecutor
who has territorial competence and who shall notify such person of the special detention order and
take that person’s statement.
The wanted person shall be transferred to a Phnom Penh prison for detention. He may
request the General Prosecutor attached to the Phnom Penh Court of Appeal to take his statement.
ŌŪ″ ̣7̉ ŁũĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 584 Filing Case with Investigation Chamber
ΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮũЬĠşе₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ ЮřЧņġБĠŚЕ₣Юĉ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чķЮеĖ Įŀ¤
The General Prosecutor shall bring the case file up to date and seize the Investigation
Chamber of the Phnom Penh Court of Appeal.
ŌŪ″ ̣7̣ Ћ БЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 585 Proceedings before Investigation Chamber
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ŪĳСŷЯĳşРŲĠİΆŀŠųФĕЮĝņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ¤ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĕйΖşŪĳСŷΒņЮŢŎЮņēŷВЯřŲ
ŠųФĕЮŪĄЧ₤ЮũВ₤ ιЯřŲČĳс″₣
е ЮŢŎΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņşĤĠс₤ŚĮ
Б БŲ˝šĕŚЊ˝кЮņēŷВ¤
ŁũĮЊļ˝⅝ЮřŀЮŢŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉЮĝ˝ĖО₣ĠĕĀĠс₤ŌĞĳс¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БČģ
е şс ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũΖşЮΊũ˝ΒĖ˝Ġ˝
ЯŪĠ¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜ŚĠсşЮņų ЧŎũĠ₤сĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕ₤НеũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ĕĖŢ
Њ ťĕ
ŁũĵũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВũУşņ˝ ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĩŚŲсЮŗĠŲсď⅜ŲřБŁЯřŲŌĕ₤еΖ₣Ю΅ĳН₤ŚБĮБĵ˝ŏ₤Нό
е ŏЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ
Юĕй¤
The wanted person shall appear before the Investigation Chamber. He may be assisted by a
lawyer of his choice or by a lawyer appointed pursuant to the Law on the Bar.
The hearing shall be conducted in camera. The Investigation Chamber may call on an
interpreter/translator, if necessary.
After hearing the statement of the wanted person and the submissions of the General
Prosecutor and the defense lawyer, the Investigation Chamber shall decide by an order, including
reasons, on the extradition request.
ŌŪ″ ̣7̀ ЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ
Article 586 Decision of Investigation Chamber
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĩŚŲсЮŗĠŲсņĕ
Њ ŎŲсŪĮņ ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧŎŲсЮþЧŀ▫Ų˝šŠ‗ŹşĤĠсаĕĠĳŜĠњĕņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀ
Ю◦¤
The Investigation Chamber may issue an order rejecting the extradition request if it finds
that the legal requirements for extradition are not met.
ŌŪ″ ̣7́ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНũе Ġ₤сĠНÐŲ
Article 587 Application for Release of Wanted Person
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ Ζş₤НеόŏЮÐЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏЮĝЮŪłþНģ
е ĕ¤
ĵ˝ŏ₤НŪе ĳСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤
ĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪĳСŷŢ˝сĄРĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ЯřŲ₤ЮŪņşЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕ₤Не
ũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖЊŢťĕŁũĵũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤

The wanted person may request to be released from detention.
The motion shall be made in writing.
The motion shall be submitted to the Investigation Chamber which will make its decision
after hearing the wanted person’s statement, the submissions of the General Prosecutor and the
defense lawyer.
ŌŪ″ ̣77 ŁũŎŲсŪĮņόŏЮÐЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ
Article 588 Agreement to Extradition
ŪĠ₤Њ ĕЮĠЧĠ НÐ ðŲ ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũ ŎŲс Ū ĮņόŏЮÐĠŃąС ĕŠųФ ĕ ″ņĵ˝ŏ₤Не ũ Ġ₤с ũ řť Ю ĊſЧ ₤ е Ю ‗Ч ЮŪŁŎĮБ ģ ĕ
◦◦У Ų Įњ ĳ х Ō ĕЮĮŀЮŲŀΒе Į Б ĩ ŲŷЋģ ˝аĕŁũŎŲсŪ Įņşе Ю ĵйĠĳŜĠњ ĕ ₤ļЮ₤Н Ч Ġ ₤УũŪĳСŷ şНй ĕЊ Ю◦Ā ₤ ЮĕйЮĝ˝Ė О ₣
⅜ŲřБ Ł ũĠ₤с ŠФų ĕ ¤

If the wanted person agrees to be extradited pursuant to the request of the requesting State
after having been fully informed of the consequences of that agreement, the Investigation Chamber
shall mention such agreement in its order.
ŌŪ″ ̣7o ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŗĠŲсũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 589 Effects of Decision of Investigation Chamber
ŁŲ₧ģĕЮĉď⅜□ĮũũУşЮ΅ЧŎ ⅜ŲřБŁаĕ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũŪĳСŷģĕĄРĕřе‗Е₣ļųņřŲсũřťņūĕŚŪБ ˝₤У₣
ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũĩŚ ŲсЮŗĠŲсņЊĕŎŲсŪ₤ĠЮ◦ ĠĳŜĠњĕņЊĕΖşЮĊſЧģĕЮŢŎŬĄũŢť ķЊģ Ų˝ņįО ď
Ю◦¤ ĠН Ð ðŲЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũŪĳСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀļų ņ ЮŲЧ ˝ЯŲ₣ЯĳĠНÐ ðŲ Юĕй ď˝ņŊ ŷĳ□О аĕ
Ю₤ş˝Ś Б₤ ЮŪņşόŏþНе ŠФų ĕĮБЮũЩ₣Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧ₤ļЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤УũĠЮŃĆ ŀЮŗĠŲсŎŲсŪĮņ ũřťņūĕŚБŪ˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņхΖşĠŃąС ĕЮũЩ₣ЮĕйЮĉŬĄũŢťķЊģŲ
ЮřЧņġБЮşŀΒĕНŪ˝ЕĳŏĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕşеЮĵйĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй¤
ŁŲ₧ĠĳŜĠњĕŪĳСŷģĕĠİðĠс ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲсũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤ Ю⅜΅пНŎ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮĊſЧ
ĠĳŜĠњĕďĠĕĀО˝ũĠ₤сũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤ ЮĝЮĮŲЯřŲĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũЮĜй Č˝ЮşŀĩНĳĮБЯřĕřБ˝ņįОď ˝ġФĕŁũĵũŪĳСŷ
◦◦УŲŠН₤ŪĳСŷЮŢŎũřťЮĊſЧ₤еЮ‗Ч¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧũřťЮĊſЧ₤Юе ‗Ч ņЊĕģĕČĠсЮĩŚņ Ћ БЮĊſЧŌĳНķРņЊĕŷЊ ĳŚĕЮч ĝ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓĞ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŁũĄРĕ

Ч ĕБĳЊŷĊ
řе‗Е₣ΒеĮΒ
Б ĕНŪ˝ЕĳŏĠİðĠсόŏЮĊſĠ
Ч ĳŜĠњĕЮ◦ ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲЮÐĈņĈũŪĳСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ¤
When the order of the Investigation Chamber becomes final, the Minister of Justice shall be
immediately informed.
If the Investigation Chamber makes a rejection order, the extradition cannot be made by the
Cambodian government. The wanted person shall be released immediately unless such person is
subject to detention for another case.
If the Investigation Chamber grants the extradition request, the Minister of Justice shall
propose that the Royal Government issues a sub-decree ordering the extradition of the wanted
person.
After the extradition has been ordered, the wanted person shall be handed over to the
requesting State. The expenses of extradition shall be borne by the requesting State. The security
and protection of the wanted person while he is outside the Kingdom of Cambodia shall be the
responsibility of the requesting State.

If the requesting State fails to initiate measures for repatriation within 30 days after the
notification of the sub-decree ordering the extradition, the wanted person shall be released.
ЯĩĖ˝◦Б Ư: ĠĳŜĠњĕЯřŲЮ₤ĖЧ₤НеЮŢŎŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďşеЮĵйũřťĠũЮ◦₤
SECTION 2: EXTRADITION REQUESTED BY KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA TO FOREIGN STATE
ŌŪ″ ̣Ơ ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşũĆ Ġ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
Article 590 Competence of Investigation Chamber
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũаĕ⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗чķеЮĖ Įŀ ďΒ₣ðŁũЯĳņУŎÐĳсЯřŲŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşЮĆ řЧņġБĮЊČũ₧ЮŲЧĕЊŎĳļĮ
аĕĠĳŜĠњĕЯřŲŬĄũŢťķЊģŲ˝ņįОďģĕ◦◦УŲ¤
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ ŌĕũŎкЮĮŲ ợ (řĠсŪģе) аℓĞ ÐЊĳĮБЮĮŲЯřŲ⅜ņБŠФ ĕ
ų ņ˝řŲс˝ņįОď ЮřЧņġБ
ЮŲЧ˝ΒеĮБЮŌþļĮаĕĠĳŜĠњĕ¤
ĵ˝ŏ₤НŪе ĳСŷЮĊſЧďŵŎŲ˝š‗чΒ˝℮ũ¤
The Investigation Chamber of the Phnom Penh Court of Appeal is the only body competent
to examine the regularity of any extradition to the Cambodian government.
The extradited person shall have fifteen days from the date on which he arrived in the
Kingdom of Cambodia to raise the invalidity of such extradition.
The motion shall be made in writing.
ŌŪ″ ̣oơ Ћ БЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠ₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ
ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 591 Proceedings before Investigation Chamber
₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũЮĊſЧŁũ₤ЮŪņş ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ⅜ŚĠсşЮņųЧŎũĠ₤сĠÐ
Н Ų
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕ₤Не
ũĠ₤сΒÐðŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ĕĖŢ
Њ ť ĕŁũĵũũĠ₤сЮņēŷВ¤
The Investigation Chamber shall make a decision after hearing the statement of the wanted
person, the submissions of the General Prosecutor and the defense lawyer.
ŌŪ″ ̣oƯ ΖĕНļĮņЊĕĬ∆˝аĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЮŌþļĮ
Article 592 No Suspending Effect of Motion to Invalidate Extradition Request
Ћ БЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсЯřŲ˝еĮН₣ЮĊſЧЮĉЮŲЧĄĕЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕ
ĵ˝ŏ₤НеЮŌþļĮаĕĠĳŜĠњĕ ņЊĕĬ∆˝ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ЮΌЧŎ¤
The motion to invalidate an extradition shall not suspend the proceedings against the wanted
person.
ŌŪ″ ̣oư ΖĕНļĮаĕЮŌþ˝ņŊşЮе ĵйĠĳŜĠњĕ
Article 593 Effect of Invalidation of Extradition
Ћ БЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧĠĳŜĠњĕŪĳСŷģĕČĳс◦Н˝ďЮŌþк ЮŢŎЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşď⅜□ĮũũĠ₤с₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕБĳЊŷĊ
ЯřŲ˝еĮН₣ŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĉŪĳСŷĠŃĆ Ġ¤
с ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕŪĳСŷģĕЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮŷЋŀ ĕЊ₣ŌĕŲ◦ċ ļĮČ˝
ЮşŀЮŢŎЮ₤ũВĮБЯřĕřБ˝ņįОď¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚ ŲНйĩНĳũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓĞ ÐЊĳČĠсĮБаℓĞЮŢйЯŲ₣όŏŌĕЮ₤ũВļĮ ĠНÐŲ

ð ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧ
Ћ БЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсďℓŊş
ĠĳŜĠњĕ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕЮÐČĠсŠФ ųĕņŚ₣Ю◦ЬĳЮĝЮŲЧЯřĕřБ˝ņįОď ĕЊ₣ŪĳСŷď˝ņŊŷĳ□ОаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б еЮĵйΒеЮĮЧЯřŲ
ĜеόŏŌĕŁũЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕĠНÐŲ
ð Юĕйģĕ¤

If the extradition is invalidated by a final decision of the Investigation Chamber, all
proceedings against the wanted person shall be terminated. The extradited person shall be released
and is free to leave the Kingdom of Cambodia.
However, at the expiration of a thirty day period after the release, the extradited person can
be re-arrested, if he is still in the territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia and is subject to
prosecution for the charges leading to the extradition.
ŌŪ″ ̣ỏ ŁũŎŲсŪĮņũĠ₤сũřťЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсΖ‗Њ˝Ąĕņ˝ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď
Article 594 Consent of State That Has Delivered Foreign Resident to Cambodia
ŁŲ₧ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďģĕ◦◦УŲĠĳŜĠњĕаĕΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ Ю΅ЧŎЮŪŁŎņ˝Ю◦Ьĳģĕ◦◦УŲ
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤Нό
е ŏЮĊſЧĠĳŜĠњĕĮБũřťĠũЮ◦₤₧ņУŎЮĩ℮₣ ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОďĕЕ₣ΖşŎŲсŪĮņ″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣₤НеЮĕйģĕ
ЮŪŁŎĮБģĕ◦◦УŲŁũŎŲсŪĮņĮБũřťЯřŲģĕŪĠÐŲсΖ‗Њ˝ĄĕЮĕй ņ˝ŬĄũŢťķЊģŲ˝ņįОď¤
ĠлЯН ĕŚŁũŎŲсŪĮņž₣ЮŲЧЮĕйņЊĕďŁũČеģşсЮ◦ ŁŲ₧Ζ‗Њ˝ĄĕĠũЮ◦₤ЮĕйŌĕŲ◦ċļĮČ˝Юşŀ
ЮŢŎЮ₤ũВĮБЯřĕřБ˝ņįОďũУşЮĉЮ΅ЧŎ ˝ĖО₣ũŎкЮĮŲ ưƠ (⅜ņ₤ЊĠ) аℓĞ¤

If the Kingdom of Cambodia receives an extradited foreign resident and later receives a
request for extradition for the same person from another state, the Kingdom of Cambodia may
agree to the extradition request only with the consent of the State that extradited the person to
Cambodia.
However, the above consent is not necessary if the foreign resident has had the opportunity
of leaving Cambodian territory in the thirty day period.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ư: Łũđų₣Łĳс
CHAPTER 3: TRANSIT
ŌŪ″ ̣ọ ĵ˝ŏ₤Неđ₣
ų Łĳс
Article 595 Transit Request
Łũđų₣ŁĳсЯřĕřБ˝ņįОď ЮŢŎĠНÐŲ Ћ БĠĳŜĠњĕ ΖşŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŔňĳ
ð ₧ŌĖ˝сЯřŲ₤□ ЊĳЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ĠŠњ‗ŹаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ŁŲ₧ĠĳŜĠњĕЮĕйņЊĕĈ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣Ġ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ĕЮŗģŎЮ◦¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НеŪĳСŷЮĊſ″

Ч ņĩųСŷ◦Рĳ¤ ĵ˝ŏ₤НŪе ĳСŷЯĳŌĕŲЊŠЊĳ
ĠŔą˝сķ₤ŚО ″₣ĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷΒņďņУŎĩ₣¤
Transit of a person subject to an extradition procedure through Cambodian territory is
allowed, as long as the extradition is not in connection with a political offense. The application
shall be made through the diplomatic channel. It shall include the supporting documents.
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̉: Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊЮŢŎЯΌ˝₤ŚБĮŁ
Б ũŪĠĳЊĠĳŚ ЊЮĈ₤ņУŎşеĕУĕ
CHAPTER 4: SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING EXECUTION OF CERTAIN PENALTIES
ŌŪ″ ̣ò Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ₤ŚБĮБŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ņУŎşеĕĕ
У
Article 596 Special Provisions Concerning Execution of Sentences
şеЮĵйŷЋǻ◦Ĉ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĈ₤ ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ņŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ĳНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĠ‗Ś₣
Е ĮБŪĮйŬĄ
Ζďń″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤НеĊņŊ″¤ ΒŎŏŁũόŏřе‗Е₣ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũ řŲсļÐБĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤

Disputes related to the execution of sentences stated in the Criminal Code shall be referred
to the competent court by simple request of the Prosecutor. He shall inform the interested parties of
the hearing date.

ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ̣: ĕБĳЊĠÐ
Н ðŲ
CHAPTER 5: LEGAL ENTITIES
ŌŪ″ ̣ó ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĈ
Ć ˝с◦₣ĕЕ₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð
Article 597 Jurisdiction related to Legal Entity
şеЮĵйŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс ŁũЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣ŁũĄеĕĄ
Не ŪņйĠ◦ЮŲŊ ₤
Ч ЯřŲŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮŢŎĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ΖďńĊũŌĕ
₤ņĳ□˝ЊşŌ
Ć ĕřРşĳЮĉк
− Ч ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣⅜ŵřеĠР₣аĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲŌĕŁũŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЊĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤
ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
− ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НĠ
Ч ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣⅜ŵřеĠР₣аĕ◦Б˝Яĕų₣ЯřŲĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ″е₣◦Б⅜Ė˝сŁũũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕ¤
The prosecution, the investigation and the trial of offenses committed by legal entities shall
be the competence of the following:
− The Royal Prosecutor, the investigating judge, and the Court of First Instance of the
place of commission of the offense;
− The Royal Prosecutor, the investigating judge and the Court of First Instance of the
place of business of the legal entity.
ŌŪ″ ̣o7 Łũĳе₧₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ЮĝşеЮĵйņНŠĳНŵŁũ
Article 598 Representation of Legal Entity in Court
ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŷĳŚŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ″ņũŎкΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮĊſŁ
Ч ũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕс
ЮĜй¤ ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ĳе₧₣όŏĕБĳĠ

Њ НÐŲ
ð ˝ĖО₣ŁũĠеЮĮŀŪÐĠс˝ЊşĆĈ₣ Ћ ¤
е Β₤саĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ Б
ŁŲ₧ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсŌĕĊНũк ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ΖşЮ₤Ė Ч₤НеřŲсŪĠēĕ⅜ŵřеĠР₣όŏČĳс″₣

е Ζ‗ĳŚЊ
ý΅˝ŌĖ˝с ЮřЧņġБĳ₧
е ₣όŏĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ¤
ŁŲ₧ŁũЮČ◦ŪĠŁĕсĮБĠ◦ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣şеЮĵйΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНřЯřŲ ιşеЮĵйΒ₣ðЮ΅ĳНĈ˝с◦₣ýĖ
ŪĠĂе₣ĕЕ₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ĕЊ₣ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсаĕĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð Юĕй ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсЮĕй ΖşĠŚЕ₣₤НеřŲсŪĠēĕ⅜ŵ
řеĠР₣όŏČĳс″₣
е Ζ‗ĳŚЊý΅˝ŌĖ˝сЮřЧņġБĳ₧
е ₣ĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ¤
Ġ‗ŚЕ₣₤НеЮĕй ΖşЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣″ņũŎкĵ˝ŏ₤Нď
е ŵŎŲ˝š‗Β
ч ˝℮ũ¤
Proceedings against a legal entity shall be made through the legal representative at the time
of the proceedings. The legal representative shall represent the legal entity in all stages of the
proceedings.
When the legal representative is hindered, the Royal Prosecutor may ask the President of the
Court of First Instance to assign an agent to represent the legal entity.
When the proceedings for the same causes or connected causes have been initiated against
both the legal entity and its legal representative, the legal representative may ask the President of
the Court of First Instance to appoint an agent to represent the legal entity.
The request shall be made in writing.
ŌŪ″ ̣oo ΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗аĕΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ũĠ₤сĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð
Article 599 Identity of Representative of Legal Entity
ĠНÐŲ
ð ЯřŲ◦◦УŲĠĕĀО˝ĳе₧₣όŏĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ŪĳСŷЯĳĠİΆŀΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗ũĠ₤сŠФ ųĕşеЮĵйĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕ◦◦УŲ
ĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣¤ ŁũĠİΆŀΒĳŚ₤Ŕň‗Юĕй˝єŪĳСŷЮĊſЧřРşýĖĩ₣Яřũ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĬų₤сĠС ŚũΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠс ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲřеЮ‗ЧũŁũ
Ћ Б¤
ĕБĳЊŷĊ

The person responsible for representing a legal entity shall identify himself at the court
which has been seized with the matter. The same applies, if the legal representative changes during
the course of proceedings.
ŌŪ″ ̀ƠƠ ŷЋēĕŁũĠ₣šеЯřŲŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚşеЮĵйĕБĳЊĠÐ
Н Ų
ð
Article 600 Coercive Measures against Legal Entity
˝ĖО₣ůĕкďΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣όŏĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð ΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣ЮĕйĮНΖ
е ş◦◦УŲũ₣ŷЋēĕŁũĠ₣š₧
е ņУŎģĕЮΌЧŎ ЮŪłĮБ
ŷЋēĕŁũЯřŲΖşŎ˝ņ˝ΒĕНŷĳŚģĕşеЮĵй⅜˝℮Б¤
The representative of a legal entity may not, in his capacity of representative, be subject to
any coercive measures other than those applicable to witnesses.
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơơ ŁũŢ˝сĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð όŏ₤□ ЊĳЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ
Article 601 Placement under Judicial Supervision of Legal Entity
ЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤УũΖşŢ˝сĕБĳЊĠНÐŲ
ð όŏ₤□ ЊĳЮŪŁņŁũŪĳФĳĮЊĕЊĳŏ″ņĩųСŷĳНŵŁũ¤ ЮčŪ˝ņЮĕй ΖşŪĠŁ₤ģĕ
ĕРŷŁĳĮſ˝Њşř
Ć РşĳЮĉк
ơ-Ţ˝сŪģ˝сēĜ ЯřŲŌĕ˝е‗ĳсşеĕĕ
У ◦Е˝Ūģ˝с ℓЊũЮŷŵаĕŁũĠ₣с ĕЊ₣ЯĠĠĠ◦Ĉе₣ΐŎ¤
Ư-ņЊĕŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŚ₤˝ņŊ ļĮŷЋďąĄБŷкņУŎşеĕУĕ¤
ư-₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũ″ņŢĕũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ ˝ĖО₣ℓЊũЮŷŵņУŎЯřŲ ņЊĕЮŲЧ₤ĮБ ̀ (ŪģеņУŎ) ЯŠ¤
Ю₤ş˝Ś Б₤ ЮŪņşŢ˝сό ŏ₤□ ЊĳЮĝЮŪŁņŁũ″ņŢĕũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũ Ġ₧Ś ŲόŏŌĕŁũČĳс″ е₣Ζ‗ĳŚ Њ
ý΅˝ž₣ĳНŵŁũŌĖ ˝с ЯřŲŌĕЮĠ₤˝˝ņŊ ŪĳСŷģĕĠŔą ˝сЮŢŎЮčŪ˝ņЮ₤НЧĠ₤У ũ¤

An investigating judge may place a legal entity under judicial supervision. The judge may
announce the following obligations:
1. To provide a guarantee of an amount and to comply with the fixed period and
formalities;
2. Not to carry out specific professional activities;
3. To be placed under judicial supervision not exceeding six months.
The decision to place a legal entity under judicial supervision necessitates an appointment
of an agent by the investigating judge. The mission of such agent shall be clearly stated.
ŌŪ″ ̀ƠƯ řБŁЮŁй ĕЊ₣řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣řŲсĕБĳЊĠНÐÐ
№ Ų
Article 602 Summons and Writ of Notification of Decisions to Legal Entity
řБŁЮŁйЮΊ ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşĈе₣ΐŎ ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ū˝ņЮĕй ŪĳСŷģĕĠŃąС ĕĕЊ₣όŏřе‗₣
Е Юĉ
ĕБĳЊĠÐ
Н ðŲ ″ņũŎкΒĖ˝ĳе₧₣Ū₤ĠşĤĠсũĠ₤сĕБĳĠ
Њ НÐŲ
ð ЮĜй Юĝ˝ĖО₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹřРşýĖĕЕ₣Ų˝šŠ‗ŹЯřŲŌĕЯş₣₤ŪŌĠс
ũРĠŷћĕŚĠНÐŲ
ð Яřũ¤
The summons and decisions stipulated in this Code shall be delivered by writ of notification
to the legal entity, through the legal representative, under the same conditions as those applicable to
individuals.

ŌĳЊŁ◦Б Ư: ŁũģĳсĠ₣сŲŠ
Њ Њĳ⅜Ėņ ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЯ˝₤ŪņФŲЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
TITLE 2: LOSS OF DOCUMENTS, INTERPRETATION AND MODIFICATION OF DECISIONS
ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б ơ: ŁũģĳсĠ₣сŲЊŠĳ
Њ ⅜Ėņ
CHAPTER 1: LOSS OF DOCUMENTS
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơư Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳЯŚЊ řŲΒĕНŷĳŚ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БģĳсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊĳ⅜Ėņ
Article 603 Provisions Applicable in case of Loss of Documents
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳаŚЊ ĕŌĳЊŁЮĕйŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БŌĕŁũĠеĩųş
Њ ĠеĬųŀ ŁũĠеģĳс ιŁũģĳсĠ₣сŲЊŠЊĳ⅜ĖņřРş
ž₣ЮŪŁņк
− Ю₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşЮřЧņũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ ι
− Ћ Б¤
ŲЊŠЊĳаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
The provisions of this title shall apply to all cases where destruction, damage, or loss occurs
to the following documents:
− The original copy of a judicial decision; or
− Any document of the proceedings.
ŌŪ″ ̀Ở ŲЊŠЊĳşņų ₣ЯřŲĄеĕУ₤ŲЊŠЊĳЮřЧņ
Article 604 Substituted Copy for Original
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧģĕŲЊŠĳ
Њ şņų₣аĕЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ ЯřŲŌĕĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņЮŢŎ
Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ιЮŢŎΖďńĊũņУŎЮĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ ŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣ЮĜйŪĳСŷČĳс◦Н˝▫ ďЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşЮřЧņũĠ₤сĳŵ

Н Łũ¤ ΒĖ˝
ЯřŲŌĕŲЊŠЊĳşņų₣ЮŢŎŌĕĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņŪĳСŷЯĳŪĠÐŲсŲЊŠЊĳЮĜй řŲсŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б″ņŁũЮ₤Ė ₤

Ч Не
ũĠ₤сŪĠēĕĳНŵŁũ¤ ŲЊŠЊĳşņų ₣ℓŊņ

Б УŎЯřŲŌĕĠŔą˝с▫ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņ ŪĳСŷģĕŪĠÐŲсόŏřŲс⅜ņБĄĕЮĜй
ЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą Б¤
ŪĠ₤ЊĕЮĠЧýŊĕŲЊŠЊĳşņų ₣ЮŢŎŌĕĠŔą˝с▫ ŪĳЕņŪĳСŷ″ņşĤĠсЮřЧņЮ◦ ЮĜйЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşℓŊБņУŎŪĳСŷЮĊſЧЮΌЧ₣
ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮĉЮŲЧŲЊŠЊĳşņų ₣ ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳН₤ŷĜŁũ ĕЊ₣υ˝⅜ũЯřŲŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣₤е‗

е еЮН ũЩ₣¤
If there is a copy of the court decision, certified true and accurate by the court clerk or other
authority, the certified copy shall be considered as the original copy of the court decision. Any
person who bears a copy of the court decision which is certified as true copy shall give it to the
court clerk upon his request. A copy of the court decision which is certified as a true copy of the
original shall be given to the interested person by the court clerk.
If there is no copy of the court decision which is certified as a true copy of the original, a
new original decision shall be issued based on the copied documents, the hearing records, and other
documents in the case file.
ŌŪ″ ̀Ợ Ћ Б
ŁũĠ₣˛ЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀĕРŷŲЊŠЊĳаĕĕБĳЊŷĊ
Article 605 Reconstruction of Procedural Documents
Ћ ŪБ ĳСŷĠ₣˛ЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ″ņŲЊŠЊĳşņų ₣ ЯřŲũ˝⅝◦Н˝ЮŢŎΒ₣ðļĮĕÐũģŲ ι ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ļÐБ
ŲЊŠЊĳаĕĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ΒĖ˝ĄеĜŀ Ū˝ΐĠŃą Б ιĠНÐŲ

ð Юĩ℮₣Ю◦Ьĳ¤
Procedural documents shall be reconstructed based on the copied documents kept by the
judicial police or military police units or other parties, experts, the court clerk, or other persons.

ĄеĮ˝
Р ◦Б Ư: ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ ĕЊ₣ŁũЯ˝ĳŪņСŷЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
CHAPTER 2: INTERPRETATION AND MODIFICATION OF COURT DECISIONS
ŌŪ″ ̀Ờ ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşũĆ Ġ₤сĳŵ
Н ŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Ю₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş
Article 606 Competence of Court that Renders Decision
ŪÐĠсŁũŲеģ˝˝ĖО₣ŁũĠ˝Ū⅜ŎЮ₤ş˝Ś₤
Б ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳŵ
Н Łũ ŪĳСŷŢ˝сĄĕ
Р ĳНŵŁũЯřŲģĕŪĠŁ₤Ю₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ЮŪņşЮĜйĮЊĕЊĳŏ¤
ĳНŵŁũЮĕй ˝єΖşŌĕ₤ņĳ□˝ЊşĆЮřЧņġБЮĊſЧŁũЯ˝ĳŪņСŷŁũķњĕŚŪşΌеž₣₤Ōĸũк₤Н◦ċ⅜Ċ ЯřŲŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБ
₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ¤ ĳНŵŁũ◦◦УŲĵ˝ŏĠŚ Е₣ĮБΒŎŏŁũ ″ņÐеĕЊĳЮĩŚЧņũĠ₤сŠФ ĕ
ų ĬĀŲс ι″ņĵ˝ŏĠŚЕ₣ũĠ₤сļÐБ¤ ΒŎŏŁũ
όŏřе‗₣
Е ΒеĮБŁŲĠũЋЮş¯◦аĕ₤ŷĜŁũřŲсļÐБЯřŲĵ˝сĮњĕċ¤ Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪÐĠс˝ũ‗БĈ₣
е Β₤с ΒŎŏŁũŪĳСŷόŏЮŗĠŲс
Any ambiguity in the interpretation of a judicial decision shall be referred to the court which
made that decision.
This court shall also be competent to correct a material mistake appearing in its decision.
The court shall be seized by a request from the Prosecutor, on his own initiative or through the
request of a party. The Prosecutor shall notify the relevant party of the hearing date. In all cases,
the Prosecutor shall provide his opinion at the time of the hearing.

Ðĕ□ Б◦Б ơƠ: ΒĕŚ ũĠġŃňĳŚЊ
BOOK 10: TRANSITIONAL PROVISION
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: ΒĕŚ ũĠġŃňĳŚЊ
UNITARY CHAPTER: TRANSITIONAL PROVISION
ŌŪ″ ̀Ớ Ų˝šŠ‗ŹаĕŁũĩŚŲсÐН‗₤ņġĳŚЊďņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņхşеЮĵйĜŎĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ĕЊ₣ĜŎĈΉĕ
аĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□
Article 607 Qualifications of Judicial Police Officers and Military Police Officers
ĜŎĕÐũģŲďĳЊ ЯřŲŌĕŷЋŔňĠĕĠњŪĳĠŔą˝сŁũ₤Њ˝⅝₤Ś БĮБņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚĊ
Њ ņх ņНĕЮĮŲŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲď
ĊũŌĕ ŪĳСŷ◦◦УŲģĕЮŢŎ₤ſ Ŏ
њ ŪĠŷĳŚЊ ĕРŷ₤ŔňĠњŪĳďĕсŠį₤ž
с ₣ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷЯĳ₣″е₣ďņūĕŚĕ
Б ÐũģŲ
ŎНĳŚЊĊņхЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ņΉаĩĀ ĕЊ₣Ū˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
ĜŎĈΉĕаĕ˝₣ŬĄΖŷНĊ΅ĳ□ ЯřŲŌĕŷЋŔňĠĕĠњŪĳаĕņūĕŚБĠŲ
лР Б₤ĳНŵŁũņНĕŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ ŪĳСŷ
◦◦УŲģĕЮŢŎ₤ſ њŎŪĠŷĳŚЊ ĕРŷ₤ŔňĠњŪĳďĕсŠį₤ž

с ₣ĕÐũģŲŎНĳŚЊĊņх Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷЯĳ₣″е₣ďņūĕŚĕ
ЮŢŎŪĠŁ₤ũУņũĠ₤сŪ˝₤У₣ŁũĵũďĳЊ ĕЊ₣Ū˝₤У₣ŎНĳŚЊĊņх¤
ĠĜĀĠсĮБŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ ЮřЧņġБ◦◦УŲģĕĕРŷÐН‗₤ņġĳЊď
ŉ ņūĕŚĕ
ŉ ņх ŪĳСŷĠеЮĮŀŲ˝šŠ‗Ź
ЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŌŪ″ ̀Ơ (ņūĕŚБĕÐũģŲŎНĳЊĊ
The national police officers already holding diplomas indicating study of judicial police
before this Code comes into effect shall automatically obtain a Higher Degree of Judicial Police
and be appointed as the judicial police officers by Inter-ministerial Prakas of the Ministry of
National Defense and Ministry of Justice.
The military police officers already holding diplomas of judicial police before the entry into
force of this Code shall automatically obtain a Higher Degree of Judicial Police and be appointed as
the judicial police officers by Inter-ministerial Prakas of the Ministry of National Defense and
Ministry of Justice.
After this Code enters into force, to obtain a status of judicial police officer, a person shall
fulfill the conditions stated in Article 60 (Judicial Police Officers) of this Code.
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơ7 ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷũŎкЮĮŲаĕŁũþНŠ
Article 608 Time Limit for Provisional Detention
ų ĠЮ₧Ś йΖ₤ĕĖ şеЮĵйЮũЩ₣˝ŚБ˝еĮН₣ČĳсŁũ ÐЙďũŎкЮĮŲЯřŲŌĕЯş₣Юĝ˝ĖО₣şĤĠсČ₤с
ЮŲЧ˝ЯŲ₣Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠĂе₣ņĕН₤℮ďĳЊ Ġ◦ΧŪ˝ЊřťŪĠŲњŎĮРĄ⅜₤ĕч ιĠ◦ΧŪ˝Њřť₤ūİðņ¤

The time limits for provisional detention for a pending case shall remain as those provided
for in the old law, except for cases of crimes against humanity, genocide or war crimes.
ŌŪ″ ̀Ơo ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΧģŪ₤њŎ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с
Article 609 Time Limit for Appeal and Objection
ŬŲсЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤сĳНŵŁũЯřŲЮşŀЮĝņНĕŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ ŪĳСŷЮýũĮ″ņũŎкЮĮŲаĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣
ΧģŪ₤њŎ ĕЊ₣Ġ‗ŚЕ₣Ĉ₤с ″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕşĤĠсČ₤с¤

All decisions rendered before the entry into force of this Code shall be challengeable within
the time limits set forth in the old law.

ŌŪ″ ̀ơƠ ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝ˝ĖО₣ЮĮŲЮŷŵ ĕРŷ ŷЋēĕ₤Ś БĮБΖďńŎНŁŲаĕĠ‗Ś₣
Е Ζďń ĕЊ₣ΖďńŎНŁŲаĕЮĈ₤
Article 610 Time Limit for Statute of Limitations of Criminal Actions and Sentence
ΖďńŎНŁŲ аĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣Ζďń ĕЊ₣ΖďńŎНŁŲаĕЮĈ₤ şеЮĵйĠ◦ЮŲŊ Ч₤ЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕŪĠŪĮЕĳŚЮĝņНĕŪ˝ņЮĕй
şРŲďĊũŌĕ ŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŚ″ņĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚаЊ ĕşĤĠсČ₤с¤

The statute of limitations for a criminal action and that of a sentence for offenses committed
before the entry into force of this Code shall be governed by the provisions of the old law.

Ðĕ□ Б◦Б ơơ: Βŷ⅜ĕĠġŃňĳŚЊ
BOOK 11: FINAL PROVISION
ĄеĮ˝
Р ЮĈŲ: Βŷ⅜ĕĠġŃňĳŚЊ
UNITARY CHAPTER: FINAL PROVISION
ŌŪ″ ̀ơơ ĕЊŬ˝ũ‗чаĕΒĳ□Ġ◦şĤĠс₤ŚБĮБĕĳ Ћ БĮБņНĕ
Б Њ ŷĊ
Article 611 Abrogation of Previous Laws
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊřРşĳЮĉЮĕйŪĳСŷ◦Н˝ďĕЊŬ˝ũ‗чк
− Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ņНĕĂĖе ơttƯ

ŬŲсĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ₤ŚБĮБĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
− Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ₤ŚБĮĕ Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹаĕĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ₤ŚĮ
Б БĳЊ ŷĊ Ћ Б
Б ŪБ ĠĮњĕċĳНŵŁũ şĤĠсŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ĕЊ₣ĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
ŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź₤еŬĠсΒĕНŷĳŚЮĝŪĠЮ◦₤˝ņįО ď ˝ĖО₣₤ņњŎΒĕŚũŁŲ şНйаℓĞ◦Б ơƠ ЯŠ˝Ŕň ĂĖе ơttƯ
− Ћ ŪБ Į΅Ŋ◦‗Ź ŪĠŁ₤όŏЮŪĠЧЮŢŎŪ˝ЕĳŏЮŲŠ Ươ Ū˝ şНйаℓĞ◦Б Ơ ЯŠņБĜ ĂĖе ơttư

şĤĠс₤ŚБĮБĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
− ŪĮйŬĄŪ˝ņЮŲŠ Ơtt/Ơt şНйаℓĞ◦Б Ừ ЯŠ₤БΉ ĂĖе ơttt ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤όŏЮŪĠЧşĤĠс₤ŚĮ

Б БũŎкЮĮŲ
аĕŁũþНеŠФ ĕ
− şĤĠс₤ŚБĮБ ŷЮЋ ⅜Ċĕ˝ņŊŌŪ″ ừ ŌŪ″ ư ŌŪ″ tƠ ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ tơ аĕşĤĠс₤ŚБĮБĕБĳЊ ŷĊ

Ћ ŪБ Į΅Ŋ◦‗Ź
ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤όŏЮŪĠЧЮŢŎŪĮйŬĄŪ˝ņЮŲŠ ĕ₤/ũ˝ņ/ƠơƠƯ/ƠỢ şНйаℓĞ◦Б ơƠ ЯŠņ˝Ŭ ĂĖе ƯƠƠƯ
Ћ БаĕşĤĠс₤ŚБĮБŁũČĳс″₣
Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊ₤ŚБĮБĕБĳЊ ŷĊ е ĕЊ₣₤˝ņŊļĮũĠ₤с⅜ŵĄеũй˝ŚБаĕũřť˝ņįОď ЯřŲŪĠŁ₤όŏ
ЮŪĠЧЮŢŎŪ˝ЕĳŏЮŲŠ Ờ Ū˝ şНйаℓĞ◦Б Ơ ЯŠ˝Нņĸк ĂĖе ơttư ĮНеΖşΒĕНŷĳŚşЮе ĵйЮũЩ₣ŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗ŹģĕЮΌЧŎ¤

The following provisions shall be abrogated:
− All provisions governing criminal procedures before 1992;
− The provisions of criminal procedures of UNTAC Law concerning the provisions
relative to judicial systems, criminal law and criminal procedure applicable in the
Kingdom of Cambodia during the transitional period adopted on 10 September 1992;
− The Law on Criminal Procedure promulgated by Decree 21 dated 8 March 1993;
− Kram No.0899/09 dated 26 August 1999 concerning the duration of provisional
detention;
− The Law on Amendment of Article 36, 38, 90, and 91 of the Law on Criminal Procedure
promulgated by Royal Kret No. 0102/005 dated 10 January 2002.
The procedural provisions of the law on the organization and activities of the courts of the
Sate of Cambodia, promulgated by Kret No. 06 dated 8 February 1993 shall not apply to criminal
cases.
ŌŪ″ ̀ơƯ Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗Ź
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚļųņĕРŷŪ˝ņĕБĳЊ ŷĊ
Article 612 Immediate Entry into Force of Code of Criminal Procedure
Ū˝ņЮĕйŪĳСŷΒĕНŷĳŚ ļų ņ şеЮĵйŪÐĠс˝ЊşĆĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБЮŪŁŎŪ˝ņЮĕйşРŲďĊũŌĕ¤
ŁũΒĕНŷĳŚļųņĕРŷĠ◦ĠġŃňĳŚЊаĕŪ˝ņЮĕй ĮНеŌĕΖĕНļĮЮŲЧ₤Į
Н ŲļĮаĕ˝Њşĕ Ћ Ĉ
Ć БĳЊ ŷĊ Б ₣
е ΐŎЯřŲŪĳСŷģĕĠеЮĮŀ
ũУşŬŲсЮ΅ЧŎ ЮŢŎΒĕНЮŵņ″ņşĤĠсČ₤сЮΌЧŎ¤
This Code shall immediately be applicable to all criminal proceedings which are conducted
after the entry into force of this Code.

The immediate application of the provisions of this Code has no effect on the validity of the
procedures completed in compliance with the old law.

ΧĠ₤ņįњĕċ
ĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБ˝Ė₣
О ŁũЮĊſ Ч₤ņġℓ
ŁũЮĊſЧ₤ČĆŪĠ‗Њēĕ ŪĳСŷřЕ˝ĜеЮŢŎŪ˝ΐĠŃą БņУŎũРĠ Ю΅ЧŎŪĳСŷЮĊſЮЧ ĝşеЮĵйņНŠŷĳ□О₤˝ŚЊ₤Њ◦ċЊ Юĝ◦Б˝Яĕų₣аĕ
ĳНŵŁũĕБņŎ
У 6¤
ņНĕĕЕ₣ČĠсЮĩŚЧņЮĊſЧ₤ņġℓ ΒĖ˝₤ġℓŪĳСŷΒНĄЮ◦Ьĕ ĊРĠ ĠРďşеЮĵйŷĳ□О₤˝Ś₤

Њ Њ◦ċЊЯřŲŠųФĕŪĳСŷ₤ġℓЮĜй¤ ĠĜĀĠсņ˝
Ū˝ΐĠŃą ŪБ ĳСŷΖĕŪģũĮċǻ◦žų₣
е 6 şĤ₤с6 όŏΒĖ˝₤ġℓ⅜ŚĠс ũУşΖĕ ĵ˝ŏ₤ČĆŪĠ‗Њēĕ όŏΒĖ˝₤ġℓ ▫″ņ¤
ЮŪŁŎĮБЮĊſ₤
Ч ņġℓũУş Ū˝ΐĠŃą ŪБ ĳСŷЮĊſЧ˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНЯřŲģĕόŏ₤ġℓЮĜй ĠŔą˝с▫ ģĕЮĊſŪЧ ĳЕņŪĳСŷЮ΅ЧŎ
Ю₤ş˝ŚБģĕЮşŀǻČόŏ₤ġℓŗл₣₧ ŪĳСŷ˝ĳс˝ĖО₣˝е‗ĳсЮ΅ĳНŗл₣ЮĜйĩ₣¤
Ūģũωǻ◦
ĠĮЊŪĳΒ₤сЮ◦ŪĮ˝℮ ΖũН˝Ζ
š ũ˝℮ΒĖ˝″ ĕЊ₣ģũņБřє₤˝ŚЊ₤◦
Њ ċЊ ŌĕŪĮйΒ₣ðř₣Ю˝Чũ ŪĮйΒ₣ð Ū˝ĮНĘ
е Р˝ ŪĮйΒ₣ðЮ₤ſ ĳđ¯Ūĳ
ŪĮйΒ₣ðЮş˝ ŪĮйΒ₣ðşņ ΒĖ˝″¹ų₣

е ЮņЩ₣ ΒĖ˝″Ū˝΅ņ˝ Юŵ˝″řеĠ₣Яř˝ Юŵ˝″řеĠ₣Ū˝ŀС₣ Юŵ˝ŗŎЮ◦Į
Ћ ũ₤УÐх ŪĮйΒ₣ðŪĮй ĄБŷшŷĳŚģŬŎ‗ч ŪĮйΒ₣ðŷĳŚķĖеЯŠų₣ ďЮřЧņ ₤Рņŗ₣ΒЮŃą Чŀņ˝ЮĊſЧďΒĊЊĠĳБ ˝ĖО₣ĮЊĊБ

ŪĮйΒ₣ðŷΉ
₤ņġℓЮĕй ĳġЊĳÐР˝ŚЮБ ĕйģĕЮěų йĈ₤сЯ◦₣ýĖ Ю΅ЧŎΒйΖ₣ЮŲЧ⅜˝℮Б▫ďΒĖ˝ģĕřЕ₣ ģĕЮþЧŀ ģĕο ĕЊ₣ģĕ
ş₣ČеЮŢŎĬĀŲс Ю΅ЧŎşĤĠсĳŪņСŷόŏŎ˝ΒĖ˝Ĉе₣Юĕй ņ˝ЮĊſЧď⅜˝℮Б όŏЮđųЧŎόŏģĕЮ◦Ь₣Ūĳ₣с″ņĮЊĳ¤
ЮĠЧΒĖ˝₧ЮđųЧŎņЊĕĮЊĳ ″ņЯřŲŠųФĕģĕřЕ₣ ģĕЮþЧŀ ģĕο ĕЊ₣ģĕČеЮ◦ ₤РņΒ₤сЮ◦ŪĮ˝℮ ΖũН˝Ζ

š ũ˝℮
ΒĖ˝″ ŗŎЮ◦Į ĕЊ₣ģũņБř₤

є ˝ŚЊ₤Њ◦ċЊ ĠеĬųŀόŏŵŀ όŏ⅜ųĠсаĳЮΉ₣ ŗл₣Юŷ◦Ĝ ЮŢŎŪýĠсŁЮе ķųЧ₣ ЯŠ℮ЮķųЧ₣đ˝с
ũĕĀйģŀс žųžе Į₤сşЕ˝ ŲНйΒĜÐĳďĳЊ όŏŪĵĳсŪģ₤ΰĮН˝ŌŚŎ Ġ₣Ġ∆Сĕ ˝РĕЮč όŏŪ˝ũЮ΅ņũΉņ Š℮ĳсŪ◦Įŏ
ũ₣◦Н˝Юŷ◦Ĝ Β₤сŪģеũŎďĳЊ¤
ЮĠЧΒĖ˝₧ЮđųЧŎόŏŁũ‗чЮŢŎĮЊĳŪĳ₣с ņЊĕЮŷЬşЮŷũ ņЊĕķРĳ˝Н΅˝ ņЊĕŲеЮΒЬ₣ ЮŪĵйďőĳЊ⅜Юŵ΅Њĳ
ņЊĕ₤ņÐеĕЊĳ ЮŪĵйžųş ЮŪĵй₤∆ Ġс ЮŪĵйŵķ₤Ł˛ũк ЮŪĵй₤НБ₤е‗Р˝Ю◦ ₤РņΒ₤сЮ◦ŪĮ˝℮ ΖũН˝Ζ

š ũ˝℮ΒĖ˝″ ŗŎЮ◦Į
ĕЊ₣ģũņБřє₤˝ŚЊ₤Њ◦ċЊ˝ĖО₣Юŵ˝ĄУŎόŏЮÐŌĕΖŎНŎĕ
Й ŎРũ Ōĕ₤НŠļĮŲ∆ ŌĕŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġĳŚЊ₤ņġСũ‗ч΅РũЮ΅Ьũ Ōĕ
őĳЊЮĭЮýũĮŪ₤ΐŀс ŬĠсΖĕ ŲНйΒĜÐĳďĳЊģĕĄУĠЯĳЮ₤ş˝ŚБŲ∆ şŪņО₣şЮŪņЧĕ ℓ˛ЮОе ℓ˛Ч₣ ũН₣ЮũЩ₣ ₤ņřРşЮ₤ş˝ŚБ
Ġе‗₣Ġл₣Ūģ▫Ė ˝НĠ
е БΖ˝сžĕЮΌЧŎ¤
ĵ˝ŏ₤ČĆŪĠ‗Њēĕ
ŠńОе₤РņЮđųЧŎЯĳŁũĮЊĳ ЯřŲŠńģ
Ое ĕЮþЧŀ ģĕο ģĕřЕ₣ ĕЊ₣ģĕČеĬĀŲс¤
ЮĠЧŠńОеЮđųЧŎņЊĕĮЊĳ ЮŢŎŪĠŁũ₧ņУŎ ₤РņΒ₤сЮ◦ŪĮ˝℮ Ζũ˝℮ΒĖ˝″ ĕЊ₣ģũņБřє₤˝Ś₤

Њ Њ◦ċЊĈе₣Β₤с ĠŬņНŠŠńОе
όŏŷЋĜ₤ŵŀ ΒĕŚŬŎŪ◦Įŏ₤ņġĳŚЊ ĕЊ₣⅜ųĠсаĳЮΉ₣ ŗл₣Юŷ◦Ĝ ЯĳЮĠЧŠЮńОе đųЧŎĮЊĳŪĳ₣с ₤РņЮ◦ŷ″ĄУŎόŏŠńОе ŌĕŪ◦Įŏ
₤ņġĳŚ₤
Њ ņġСũ‗ч΅РũЮ΅Ьũ ĕЊ₣ũ₤сЮĝŪĠ˝ĠЮŢŎЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤Š
Н Ю˝℮ņ˝⅝ĕŚ ĄУĠĄНеĠ₣Ġ∆Сĕ őĳЊЮĭ₤ĜŚ ĕ ďЮũЬ₣ũ΅РĳŪÐĠс
ďĳЊ˝НеĠΖ
Б ˝сžĕЮΌЧŎ¤

Annex
Legal procedure of swearing the oath
The swearing of the oath shall be led by a Greffier, and shall be done in the presence of a
sacred object at the court.
Before beginning the oath, the person taking the oath shall light a candle and incense sticks
in worship of the sacred object upon which that oath is to be taken. Next, the Greffier shall clearly
read aloud the Introductory Statement for the person taking the oath, and then read The Oath for
the person taking the oath to repeat.
After administering the oath, the Greffier shall establish a written record, confirming that it
was properly administered and that the oath in verbatim was recorded.
Introductory Statement
May all the guardian angels, forest guardians, and powerful sacred spirits of Preah Àng
Dâng Kae, Preah Àng Krâpum Chouk, Preah Àng Svēt Chhăt, Preah Àng Chēk, Preah Àng Châm,
Năkta Khlăng Moeung, Năkta Khrâhâmkâ, Lôkta Dâmbâng Dèk, Lôkta Dâmbâng Krâ Nhoung,
Lôk Yeay Tēp, Preah Àng Vihea Suor, Preah Àng Preah Chiviwăt Baray and Preah Àng Wăt
Phnom Khlèng come forward to preside over this swearing ceremony, since the parties to this
matter are in dispute and have alleged that witnesses personally know, have seen, have heard, and
have recalled, and the law requires bringing these people to serve as witnesses and to give truthful
and accurate testimony.
Should anyone answer untruthfully about what they know, have seen, have heard, and
remember, may all the guardian angels, forest guardians, Yeay Tēp and powerful sacred spirits
utterly and without mercy destroy them, and bestow upon them a miserable and violent death by
means of bullets, electricity, lightning, tiger bites, and snake strikes, and in their future
reincarnation separate them from their parents, siblings, children, and grandchildren, impoverish
them, and subject them to miseries for 500 reincarnations.
Anyone testifying truthfully without evasion, without lying, without bias because of
bloodline, without collusion arising from fear, hatred, material greed, or having taken bribes, may
all the guardian angels, forest guardians, Yeay Tēp and powerful sacred spirits in the world assist
them in long life, good health, an abundance of material possessions and having respectful and
loving families until future reincarnation, encountering only good deeds, progress, prosperity and
flourish, in accordance with their aspirations.
The Oath
I will answer only the truth, in accordance with what I have personally seen, heard, know,
and remember.
If I answer falsely on any issue, may all the guardian angels, forest guardians and powerful
sacred spirits destroy me, may my material possessions be destroyed, and may I die a miserable and
violent death. But, if I answer truthfully, may the sacred spirits assist me in having abundant
material possessions and living in peace and happiness along with my family and relatives forever,
in all my reincarnations.

Code de procédure
pénale du Royaume du
Cambodge

Livre 1 : L’ACTION PUBLIQUE ET L’ACTION
CIVILE
Titre 1 : Principes généraux
Chapitre 1 : Principes généraux
Article 1. (finalité du code de procédure pénale)
Le code de procédure pénale a pour finalité d’énoncer les règles à respecter et

appliquer de manière rigoureuse afin de déterminer clairement l’existence d’une infraction
pénale.
Les dispositions du présent Code seront appliquées pour la matière pénale chaque
fois que des règles particulières n'auront pas été prévues par des lois spéciales.
Article 2. (action publique et action civile)
L’action publique et l’action civile sont deux actions en justice.

L’action publique a pour objet de constater l’existence d’une infraction, d’établir la culpabilité de son
auteur et d’infliger à celui-ci les peines prévues par la loi.
L’action civile a pour objet de réparer le préjudice causé à la victime d’une infraction et de permettre à la
victime d’obtenir des dommages intérêts suffisants par rapport au préjudice subi.
Titre 2 : L’action publique

Chapitre 1 : L’action publique
Article 3. (objet de l’action publique)
L’action publique s’exerce contre toute personne, physique ou morale, sans distinction de race, de
nationalité, de couleur, de sexe, de langue, de croyance, de religion, de tendance politique, de l’origine
nationale, de situation sociale, de ressource ou d’autres situations.
Article 4. (déclenchement de l’action publique par le parquet)
L’action publique est exercée, au nom de l’intérêt général, par le parquet.

Le parquet engage les poursuites pénales et requiert l’application de la loi devant les juridictions d’instruction
et de jugement.
Code de procédure pénale - 7 juin 2007 - page 2

Article 5. (mise en mouvement de l’action publique par la victime)
La victime d’un crime ou d’un délit peut déposer une plainte avec constitution de partie civile auprès du juge
d’instruction. La plainte avec constitution de partie civile a pour effet de saisir le juge d’instruction de l’action
publique, dans les conditions prévues par les articles 139 (transmission de la plainte au procureur du Royaume)
et 140 (versement de consignation).
Les juridictions pénales peuvent également être saisies par des fonctionnaires auxquels des lois particulières
accordent ce pouvoir.
Article 6. (dépôt de plainte par la victime)
Toute personne qui se déclare victime d’une infraction peut déposer plainte. La plainte simple n’a pas
pour effet d’engager les poursuites pénales.
Dans le cas où une plainte est restée sans réponse ou a été classée sans suite par le procureur du Royaume,
la victime peut saisir le procureur général près la cour d’appel selon les modalités prévues par l’article 41
(classement sans suite).
Article 7. (extinction de l’action publique)
Les causes d’extinction de l’action publique sont :

1° la mort de l’auteur de l’infraction;
2° la prescription;
3° l’amnistie;
4° l’abrogation de la loi pénale;
5° l’autorité de la chose jugée.
Lorsque l’action publique est éteinte, les poursuites pénales ne peuvent plus être engagées ou doivent
cesser.
Article 8. (autres causes d’extinction de l’action publique)
Lorsque des lois particulières le prévoient expressément, l’action publique peut également s’éteindre :
1° par une transaction avec l’Etat;
2° par le retrait de la plainte, dans le cas où la plainte est la condition nécessaire des poursuites pénales;
3° par le paiement d’une amende forfaitaire ou transactionnelle.
Article 9. (crimes imprescriptibles)
Les crimes contre l’humanité, de génocide et de guerre sont imprescriptibles.
Article 10. (prescription de l’infraction)

Sous réserve des dispositions de l’article 9 (crimes imprescriptibles), les délais de prescription de l’action
publique sont les suivants :
- 15 ans pour les crimes ;
- 5 ans pour les délits ;
- un an pour les contraventions.
Article 11. (interruption du délai de prescription)
Le délai de prescription court à compter de la commission de l’infraction. La prescription est interrompue

par tout acte de poursuite ou d’instruction. La fin de chaque acte de poursuite ou d’instruction fait courir un
nouveau délai de prescription, suivant les distinctions de l’article 10 (prescription de l’infraction). Le
nouveau délai est opposable à toutes les personnes impliquées dans la cause.
Article 12. (autorité de la chose jugée)
En application du principe de l’autorité de la chose jugée, toute personne définitivement acquittée ne peut
plus être poursuivie pour les mêmes faits, même sous une qualification juridique différente.
Titre 3 : Action civile

Chapitre 1 : Action civile
Article 13. (action civile et préjudice)
L’action civile est exercée par la victime de l’infraction.

Pour donner lieu à réparation, le préjudice doit être :
- la conséquence directe de l’infraction;
- personnel;
- né et actuel.
Le préjudice peut être matériel, corporel ou moral.
Article 14. (réparation du préjudice)
Le préjudice peut être réparé par le paiement de dommages-intérêts, par la restitution du bien dont la
victime a été privée ou par la remise en état du bien détérioré.
Les dommages-intérêts doivent être proportionnels au préjudice subi.
Article 15. (demandeur à l’action civile)
L’action civile peut être exercée, au nom de la victime, par son représentant légal, lorsque la victime est
mineure ou lorsqu’il s’agit d’une personne majeure soumise à un régime légal de protection.
Article 16. (action civile des héritiers de la victime)

En cas de décès de la victime, l’action civile peut être intentée ou poursuivie par ses ayants-droit.
Article 17. (association de lutte contre les violences sexuelles, familiales ou les
violences contre les enfants)
Toute association régulièrement déclarée depuis au moins trois ans avant la date de l’infraction, et dont
l’objet statutaire comporte la lutte contre les violences sexuelles ou les violences exercées contre la famille
ou les enfants, peut exercer les droits reconnus à la partie civile en ce qui concerne les infractions suivantes :
- atteintes volontaires à la vie ;
- atteintes à l’intégrité des personnes ;
- atteintes sexuelles.
Article 18. (association contre l’enlèvement, le trafic des êtres humains)
Toute association régulièrement déclarée depuis au moins trois ans à la date de l’infraction, et dont l’objet
statutaire comporte la lutte contre l’enlèvement, le trafic et l’exploitation sexuelle des êtres humains, peut
exercer les droits reconnus à la partie civile en ce qui concerne les infractions prévues par la loi relative à la
lutte contre l’enlèvement, le trafic et l’exploitation.
Article 19. (association de lutte contre le racisme et discrimination)
Toute association régulièrement déclarée depuis au moins trois ans à la date de l’infraction, et dont l’objet
statutaire comporte la lutte contre le racisme et l’assistance de victimes de discriminations fondées sur leur
origine nationale, ethnique, raciale ou religieuse, peut exercer les droits reconnus à la partie civile en ce qui
concerne les infractions suivantes, lorsque ces infractions sont commises à raison de l’origine nationale d’une
personne ou de son appartenance, vraie ou supposée, à une ethnie, une race ou une religion déterminée :
a. discriminations,
b. atteintes volontaires à la vie ou à l’intégrité de la personne,
c. destructions et détériorations.
Article 20. (recevabilité des actions des associations)
Dans les cas prévus par l’article 17 (association de lutte contre les violences sexuelles, familiales ou
violence contre les enfants) à l’article 19 (association de lutte contre le racisme et discrimination) du présent
code, l’association n’est recevable dans son action que si elle justifie avoir reçu l’accord sur les droits de la
victime ou de son représentant légal. En cas d’atteinte à la vie, l’association n’est recevable dans son action
que si elle justifie avoir reçu l’accord sur les droits des ayants-droit de la victime.
Article 21. (défendeurs à l’action civile)
L’action civile est exercée contre tous ceux qui sont tenus de réparer le préjudice résultant de l’infraction :
- les auteurs et coauteurs de l’infraction;
- les complices;
- les personnes civilement responsables.

Article 22. (articulation des compétences des juridictions pénales et civiles)
L’action civile peut être exercée en même temps que l’action publique devant la juridiction pénale.
Elle peut aussi être exercée devant la juridiction civile. Dans ce cas, elle peut être suspendue tant qu’une
décision définitive n’a pas été prononcée sur l’action publique.
Article 23. (déclaration préalable de culpabilité)
La juridiction pénale ne peut réparer le préjudice que si elle a préalablement constaté les éléments
constitutifs de l’infraction pénale et déclaré l’accusé coupable.
Article 24. (décès de l’accusé)
La partie civile peut demander la réparation de son préjudice aux ayants-droit de l’accusé si celui-ci
décède au cours du procès pénal. Malgré l’extinction de l’action publique, la juridiction pénale demeure
compétente pour statuer sur l’action civile exercée contre les ayants-droit.
Article 25. (renonciation et désistement de la victime)
La victime peut renoncer à présenter une demande d’indemnisation ou se désister de sa demande. La

renonciation et le désistement de la victime ne peuvent arrêter ni suspendre l’exercice de l’action publique
sauf les dispositions prévues par l’article 8- 2° (d’autres causes d’extinction de l’action publique) de ce code.
Article 26. (prescription de l’action civile)
L’action civile se prescrit selon les règles du code civil. Toutefois cette action ne peut plus être engagée
devant la juridiction pénale après l’expiration du délai de prescription de l’action publique.
Livre 2 : Autorités chargées de la poursuite, de

l’instruction et de l’enquête
Titre 1 : Le parquet
Chapitre 1 : Dispositions générales
Article 27. (rôle du parquet)
Le parquet engage les poursuites pénales et requiert l’application de la loi. Il assure l’exécution des
décisions pénales et veille à la diffusion des mandats d’arrêt.
Dans l’exercice de leurs fonctions, les magistrats du parquet ont le droit de requérir directement la force
publique.
Un magistrat du parquet doit être présent à toute audience d’une juridiction de jugement en matière
pénale.

Article 28. (magistrats du parquet)
Les magistrats du parquet sont :

1° le procureur général, les procureurs généraux adjoints et les procureurs près la Cour suprême;
2° les procureurs généraux, les procureurs généraux adjoints et les procureurs près les cours d’appel;
3° les procureurs du Royaume et les procureurs adjoints près les tribunaux de première instance.
Article 29. (hiérarchisation du parquet)
Le ministre de la Justice peut dénoncer au procureur général près la cour d’appel ou au procureur près les
tribunaux de première instance les infractions dont il a connaissance, lui enjoindre, par des instructions
écrites versées au dossier, d’engager ou de faire engager des poursuites, ou de prendre telle réquisition qu’il
juge opportune. Il ne peut lui enjoindre de classer sans suite une affaire pénale.
Le procureur général près la cour d’appel a autorité sur tous les magistrats du parquet du ressort de la cour
d’appel. Il peut leur enjoindre d’engager ou de faire engager des poursuites ou de prendre telle réquisition
qu’il juge opportune.
Le procureur du Royaume a autorité sur les magistrats du parquet du ressort du tribunal.
Il peut leur enjoindre d’engager ou de faire engager des poursuites ou de prendre telle réquisition qu’il
juge opportune.
Article 30. (réquisitions orales)
Les magistrats du parquet sont tenus de se conformer aux injonctions de leurs supérieurs hiérarchiques.
Toutefois, à l’audience, ils exposent librement les observations orales qu’ils estiment conformes à leur
conscience. Aucune poursuite disciplinaire ne peut être engagée contre un magistrat du parquet à raison des
propos qu’il tient à l’audience.
Chapitre 2 : Attributions du procureur général près la Cour suprême

Article 31. (représentation du parquet auprès de la Cour suprême)
Le procureur général, les procureurs généraux adjoints et les procureurs près la Cour suprême
représentent le parquet auprès de cette juridiction.
Article 32. (rôle du procureur général auprès la Cour suprême)
Le procureur général près la Cour suprême concourt au respect de la loi à l’occasion des pourvois en
cassation, des demandes de révision et des autres recours soumis à la Cour suprême.
Chapitre 3 : Attributions du procureur général près la cour d’appel

Article 33. (représentation du parquet auprès de la cour d’appel)
Le procureur général, les procureurs généraux adjoints et les procureurs près la cour d’appel représentent
le parquet auprès de cette juridiction.

Article 34. (rôle du procureur général auprès la cour d’appel)
Le procureur général près la cour d’appel veille à l’application de la loi dans le ressort de la cour d’appel.
Il peut effectuer des inspections dans les parquets de son ressort.
En cas d’infraction grave, le procureur général en informe le ministre de la Justice.
Article 35. (pouvoirs du procureur général auprès la cour d’appel)
Le procureur général près la cour d’appel exerce la surveillance et le contrôle de la police judiciaire.
Il peut convoquer les responsables des services de police judiciaire pour s’entretenir avec eux des
questions intéressant le fonctionnement de ces services.
Il peut charger tout officier ou agent de police judiciaire d’accomplir les actes qu’il estime utiles à la
bonne administration ou au bon fonctionnement de la police judiciaire.
Il peut effectuer à tout moment des inspections dans les services de police judiciaire. Il peut assister aux
auditions. Il peut contrôler l’exécution des mesures de garde à vue, en particulier le respect des formalités
légales et la tenue des locaux.
Tout chef de service de police judiciaire, officier de police judiciaire ou agent de police judiciaire est tenu
de se conformer aux injonctions du procureur général près la cour d’appel.
Chapitre 4 : Attributions du procureur du Royaume près le tribunal

de première instance
Section 1 : Organisation du parquet auprès du tribunal de première instance
Article 36. (représentation du parquet auprès du tribunal de première instance)
Le procureur du Royaume et les procureurs adjoints près le tribunal de première instance représentent le
parquet auprès de cette juridiction.
Article 37. (pouvoirs du procureur du Royaume)
Le procureur du Royaume dirige et coordonne l’action de tous les officiers et agents de police judiciaire
de son ressort. Toutefois lorsqu’ils exécutent une commission rogatoire, les officiers de police judiciaire sont
placés sous l’autorité du juge d’instruction.
Le procureur du Royaume dispose de tous les pouvoirs reconnus par le présent code aux officiers de
police judiciaire en matière d’enquête.
Il peut se rendre sur les lieux d’une enquête et donner toutes instructions utiles aux officiers et agents de
police judiciaire. En cas de besoin, il peut dessaisir des officiers et agents de police judiciaire et organiser
leur remplacement.
Il peut effectuer à tout moment des inspections dans les services de police judiciaire. Il peut assister aux
auditions. Il peut contrôler l’exécution des mesures de garde à vue, en particulier le respect des formalités
légales et la tenue des locaux.
Article 38. (pouvoirs des procureurs adjoints)

Les procureurs adjoints, placés sous l’autorité du procureur du Royaume, disposent de tous les pouvoirs
reconnus à ce dernier en matière de recherche et de poursuite des infractions.
Article 39. (compétence territoriale des procureurs du Royaume)
Sont compétents :
- le procureur du Royaume du lieu de l’infraction;
- celui de la résidence de la personne soupçonnée d’avoir commis cette infraction;
- celui du lieu d’arrestation de la personne soupçonnée d’avoir commis l’infraction.
Section 2 : Exercice de l’action publique
Article 40. (choix des poursuites)
Le procureur du Royaume apprécie la suite à donner aux plaintes et aux dénonciations dont il est
directement saisi ou qui lui sont transmises par les officiers de police judiciaire.
Il peut soit ordonner un classement sans suite, soit exercer des poursuites pénales. Avant de statuer, il
peut ouvrir une enquête ou prescrire des investigations complémentaires.
En cas d’infraction grave, le procureur du Royaume informe le procureur général près la cour d’appel qui
informe par la suite le ministre de la justice.
Article 41. (classement sans suite)
Lorsqu’une plainte est classée sans suite, le procureur du Royaume avise le plaignant de sa décision dans
les plus brefs délais, et au plus tard dans le délai de deux mois à compter de l’inscription de la plainte au
registre mentionné à l’article 50 (registre des plaintes) de ce code.
Le classement sans suite doit être motivé en droit et en fait. Il n’a pas autorité de chose jugée.
Le procureur du Royaume peut revenir sur sa décision tant que l’action publique n’est pas éteinte.
Si le plaignant conteste la décision de classement sans suite, il peut former un recours auprès du procureur
général près la cour d’appel.
Le recours doit être exercé dans le délai de deux mois à compter de la notification du classement. Il est
formé par simple déclaration au parquet concerné. Le dossier est ensuite transmis sans délai au procureur
général par le représentant du parquet près du tribunal de première instance.
S’il estime le recours fondé, le procureur général enjoint au procureur du Royaume d’exercer des
poursuites. Il le fait par instructions écrites. Dans le cas contraire, le procureur général confirme la décision
de classement sans suite; il en avise le plaignant.
Article 42. (dénonciation obligatoire de crime ou délit)
Toute autorité publique ou tout fonctionnaire qui, dans l’exercice de ses fonctions, a connaissance d’un
crime ou d’un délit, est tenu d’en aviser sans délai l’officier de la police judiciaire ou le procureur du
Royaume et de transmettre à ce magistrat tous les renseignements, procès verbaux, actes et pièces à
conviction qui concernent cette infraction.
Il ne peut y avoir d’autres exceptions que celles résultant du secret professionnel, dans les cas où la loi le
prévoit expressément.

Article 43. (exercice des poursuites)
Les poursuites pénales peuvent être engagées :

- soit par l’ouverture d’une instruction;
- soit par la citation directe;
- soit par la procédure de comparution immédiate.
Article 44. (ouverture d’une information)
En cas de crime, le procureur du Royaume doit ouvrir une instruction.

L’instruction est ouverte par un réquisitoire introductif qui saisit le juge d’instruction. Elle peut être
ouverte contre une ou plusieurs personnes nommément désignées, ou contre X.
Le réquisitoire introductif comporte :
- l’exposé sommaire des faits;
- la qualification juridique retenue;
- l’indication des textes de loi qui définissent et répriment l’infraction;
- le cas échéant, le nom de la personne ou des personnes contre qui l’instruction est ouverte.
Le réquisitoire introductif doit être daté et signé.
Ces formalités sont prescrites à peine de nullité.
Article 45. (exercice des poursuites en cas de délit)
En cas de délit, le procureur du Royaume peut :

- soit ouvrir une instruction, en procédant comme il est dit à l’article 44 (ouverture d’une information) de
ce code ;
- soit citer directement l’accusé devant le tribunal de première instance, en procédant comme il est dit à
l’article 46 (citation directe) de ce code ;
- soit faire comparaître immédiatement l’accusé devant le tribunal de première instance, en procédant
comme il est dit aux articles 47 (comparution immédiate) et 48 (procédure de comparution immédiate) de ce
code.
Article 46. (citation directe)
La citation directe est l’ordre donné à l’accusé de comparaître devant le tribunal de première instance.
La citation directe comporte :
- l’identité de l’accusé;
- l’exposé sommaire des faits;
- la qualification juridique retenue;
- l’indication des textes de loi qui définissent et répriment l’infraction.
Elle indique la juridiction saisie ainsi que le lieu, la date et l’heure de l’audience. Elle précise que l’accusé
peut se faire assister d’un avocat.

Article 47. (comparution immédiate)
Le procureur du Royaume peut faire comparaître immédiatement l’accusé devant le tribunal de première
instance si les conditions suivantes sont réunies :
- le délit est flagrant au sens des articles 86 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant) et 88 (arrestation en cas
de crime ou de délit flagrant) de ce code.
- il est puni d’une peine d’emprisonnement d’un an au moins et de cinq ans au plus;
- la personne poursuivie est majeure;
- l’affaire paraît en état d’être jugée.
Article 48. (procédure de comparution immédiate)
Lorsqu’il décide de recourir à la procédure de comparution immédiate, le procureur du Royaume doit :

- constater l’identité de la personne qui lui est déférée;
- lui notifier les faits qui lui sont reprochés et la qualification juridique retenue;
- recueillir les déclarations de la personne, si elle désire en faire;
- établir un procès verbal de comparution immédiate.
Le procureur du Royaume informe l’accusé qu’il a droit à l’assistance d’un avocat de son choix, ou
désigné conformément à la loi sur le statut des avocats.
L’avocat choisi ou désigné est avisé sans délai. Il peut consulter le dossier et communiquer avec l’accusé.
Mention de ces formalités est faite au procès verbal, à peine de nullité de la procédure.
Le tribunal de première instance est saisi par le procès verbal de comparution immédiate.
L’accusé est retenu sous escorte jusqu’à sa présentation devant le tribunal, qui doit avoir lieu le jour
même.
Lors de cette présentation, le tribunal, après avoir vérifié l’identité de l’accusé et exposé les faits qui lui
sont reprochés, indique à l’accusé qu’il peut disposer d’un délai pour préparer sa défense.
Si l’accusé demande un délai, ou si le tribunal estime que l’affaire n’est pas en état d’être jugée
immédiatement, l’affaire est renvoyée à une audience ultérieure.
Le tribunal peut placer l’accusé en détention provisoire par un jugement motivé. Il doit, dans ce jugement,
se référer aux conditions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code. Il délivre un mandat de
dépôt.
Le jugement sur le fond doit être prononcé dans un délai qui ne peut excéder deux semaines à compter de
la présentation au tribunal. La détention provisoire cesse de plein droit à l’expiration du délai de deux
semaines.
Si le tribunal, saisi selon la procédure de comparution immédiate, estime que les conditions de l’article 47
(comparution immédiate) de ce code ne sont pas remplies, ou que la complexité de l’affaire nécessite des
investigations supplémentaires approfondies, il renvoie le dossier au procureur du Royaume en vue de
l’ouverture d’une information. L’accusé doit être présenté le jour même devant le juge d’instruction, faute de
quoi il est remis d’office en liberté.
Article 49. (citation directe en cas de contravention)
S’il s’agit d’une contravention, le procureur du Royaume cite directement l’accusé devant le tribunal, en
procédant comme il est dit à l’article 46 (citation directe) de ce code.
Article 50. (registre des plaintes)

Il est institué dans chaque tribunal de première instance un registre du parquet sur lequel sont enregistrées
les plaintes dont est directement saisi le procureur du Royaume ou qui lui sont transmises par les officiers de
police judiciaire.
Toute plainte doit figurer sur le registre, avec les indications suivantes :
- identité du plaignant;
- date de réception de la plainte par le parquet;
- origine de la plainte, plainte adressée directement au procureur du Royaume ou transmise par un officier
de police judiciaire;
- nature des faits dénoncés par le plaignant;
- suite réservée à la plainte, classement sans suite ou engagement de poursuites pénales.
Le registre des plaintes est tenu par le secrétariat du parquet sous le contrôle du procureur du Royaume. Il
peut être consulté par toutes les autorités judiciaires, notamment par le procureur général près la cour d’appel.
Titre 2 : Le juge d’instruction

Chapitre 1 : Le juge d’instruction
Article 51. (désignation par le président du tribunal)
Lorsqu’un juge d’instruction ne peut assurer ses fonctions par suite de congé, de maladie ou toute autre
cause, un autre juge d’instruction du même tribunal est chargé temporairement par le président d’assurer les
fonctions de l’instruction.
A défaut de juge d’instruction, tout autre juge du tribunal peut être désigné temporairement par le
président du tribunal.
Le président rend une ordonnance de désignation insusceptible de voie de recours.
Pour le surplus, les dispositions de l’article 26 du Code de Procédure Civile seront observées.
Article 52. (répartition des dossiers par le président du tribunal)
Lorsqu’il existe plusieurs juges d’instruction dans un tribunal, les dossiers sont répartis par le président.
Article 53. (dessaisissement du juge d’instruction)
Le dessaisissement du juge d’instruction au profit d’un autre juge d’instruction peut être demandé au
président du tribunal dans l’intérêt d’une bonne administration de la justice. Cette demande est faite par
requête motivée du procureur du Royaume agissant soit spontanément soit à la demande des parties.
Les causes de dessaisissement du juge d’instruction sont fondées sur les dispositions de l’article L.911-2
(motifs de récusation de magistrat du siège) de ce code.
Article 54. (cas d’abstention à peine de nullité)
Le juge d’instruction ne peut pas participer au jugement des affaires pénales qu’il a connues en qualité de
juge d’instruction, à peine de nullité du jugement.
Il exerce les pouvoirs résultant du présent code.

Titre 3 : La chambre d’instruction
Chapitre 1 : La chambre d’instruction
Article 55. (formation spéciale de la Cour d’Appel)
Il existe au sein de la Cour d’Appel une formation appelée la Chambre d’instruction. La chambre
d’instruction est compétente pour juger les appels formés contre les décisions du juge d’instruction.
Un membre de la chambre d’instruction ne peut participer au jugement d’une affaire pénale qu’il a
connue comme juge d’instruction à peine de nullité de l’arrêt.
Titre 4 : La police judiciaire

Article 56. (missions de la police judiciaire)
La police judiciaire est l’auxiliaire du pouvoir judiciaire.

Elle est chargée de constater les crimes, les délits et les contraventions, d’identifier et d’arrêter leurs
auteurs et de rassembler les preuves.
Article 57. (composition de la police judiciaire)
La police judiciaire comprend :

1° les officiers de police judiciaire;
2° les agents de police judiciaire.
3° les fonctionnaires et autre agents publics auxquels des lois particulières attribuent le pouvoir de
constater certaines infractions dans leur ressort territorial.
Article 58. (coordination de la police judicaire)
Le procureur du Royaume dirige et coordonne, dans son ressort territorial, l’action de tous les officiers et
agents de police judiciaire.
Il a autorité sur les fonctionnaires et autres agents publics mentionnés à l’article 82 (habilitation de
certains fonctionnaires et autres agents publics) de ce code lorsqu’ils exercent leurs fonctions de police
judicaire.
Lorsqu’ils exécutent une commission rogatoire, les officiers de police judiciaire sont placés sous
l’autorité du juge d’instruction.
Article 59. (contrôle de la police judiciaire)
La police judiciaire est placée sous la surveillance et le contrôle du procureur général près la cour d’appel.
Le procureur général près la cour d’appel exerce le pouvoir disciplinaire sur la police judiciaire.

Chapitre 2 : Officiers de police judiciaire
Section 1 : Obtention de la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire
Article 60. (officier de police judicaire)
Ont la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire :

1° les officiers de police, ayant au moins le grade de sous-lieutenant, comptant au moins deux ans de
service dans la police nationale, après avoir obtenu le diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire.
2° les officiers de la gendarmerie royale comptant au moins deux ans de service dans la gendamerie
royale, après avoir obtenu le diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire.
3° les titulaires des grades et fonctions suivantes :
a) Gouverneur et vice-gouverneur de province et municipalité, Gouverneur et vice-gouverneur de
district et Khan et Mékhum et Chau Sangkat,
b) Directeur et sous directeur de la direction centrale de la police judiciaire ; directeur et sous
directeur de la direction centrale de sécurité ; directeur et sous directeur de la direction centrale de
l’ordre public du commissariat général de la police nationale.
c) Directeurs et sous directeurs de la direction ; chef et chef adjoint de bureau ; chef et chef adjoint de
service, chargés des affaires pénales et placés sous l’autorité de la direction centrale de la police
judiciaire, de la direction centrale de sécurité et de la direction centrale de l’ordre public.
d) Directeurs et sous directeurs de la direction ; chef et chef adjoint de bureau ; chef et chef adjoint de
service :
- de la direction de la police de la frontière pour « infraction interétatique »,
- de la direction anti-drogue
- de la direction de la police de tourisme
- du commissaire spécial de protection du patrimoine.
e) Commissaires et commissaires adjoints de la police provinciale et municipale,
f) Chef et Chef adjoint de bureau ; chef et chef adjoint de service chargés des affaires pénales de la
police provinciale et municipale:
- du bureau de la police pénale pour les affaires graves et du bureau de la police pénale pour les
affaires moins graves,
- du bureau de la lutte contre le trafic d’être humain et de la protection des mineurs,
- du bureau de la police économique,
- du bureau technique scientifique criminel,
- du bureau anti-drogue,
- du bureau anti-terrorisme et
- du bureau d’immigration.
g) Inspecteur et inspecteur adjoint, chef et chef adjoint de service pénal de l’inspection de la police de
district et de Khan,
h) Chef et chef adjoint de bureau de la police de circulation ; chef et chef adjoint de service de la
police de la circulation « pour infraction de la circulation » ; chef et chef adjoint du bureau de
l’administration des armes ; chef et chef adjoint du service du bureau de l’administration des armes
« pour les infractions relatives aux armes » ; chef et chef adjoint d’unité, chef et chef adjoint du
bureau de la police de tourisme, chef et chef adjoint de service du bureau de la police de tourisme.
i) Chef et chef adjoint de police administrative de commune et sangkat « pour affaire pénale »,
j) Comandant et commandant adjoint de la Gendarmerie Royale chargé des affaires pénales,
k) Commandants et commandant adjoint de province et de municipalité de la Gendarmerie Royale
chargé des affaires pénales,

l) Commandants et commandant adjoint de district et d’arrondissement de la Gendarmerie Royale
chargé des affaires pénales,
m) Chef et sous-chef de bureau, chef et chef adjoint de service chargé des affaires pénales de la
Gendarmerie Royale
n) chef et chef adjoint d’autres unités chargées d’enquête des infractions pénales, qui seront créées en
cas de nécessité.
Les Ministres ayant respectivement autorité sur les différents officiers de police et de gendarmerie
visés aux 1°, 2° et 3° du présent article, se chargent de nommer, par prakas commun avec le ministre de la
justice, les officiers de police et de gendarmerie qui sont amenés à exercer les fonctions d’officier de
police judiciaire.
Article 61. (diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire)
Le diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire est délivré à l’issue d’un examen professionnel qui comporte les
épreuves suivantes :
1° une épreuve portant sur le droit pénal khmer;
2° une épreuve portant sur la procédure pénale khmère;
3° une épreuve portant sur la déontologie, telle qu’elle résulte notamment des Codes de conduite élaborés
par l’Organisation des Nations-Unies.
Ce diplôme est cosigné par les ministres concernés avec leur sceau.
Article 62. (jury d’examen)
Le jury de l’examen est présidé par le procureur général près la Cour suprême ou par un magistrat du
parquet général délégué à cet effet.
1. En ce qui concerne les fonctionnaires de la police nationale, le jury est composé de :
- un juge d’instruction désigné par le président de la Cour suprême;
- un magistrat du parquet désigné par le procureur général près la Cour suprême;
- deux représentants du ministère de l’Intérieur.
2. En ce qui concerne les militaires de la gendarmerie royale, le jury est composé de :
- un juge d’instruction désigné par le président de la Cour suprême;
- un magistrat du parquet désigné par le procureur général près la Cour suprême;
- deux représentants du ministère de la Défense nationale.
Les modalités de délivrance du diplôme sont fixées par prakas conjoints des ministres concernés.
Article 63. (serment des officiers de police judiciaire)
Chaque officier de police judiciaire doit prêter serment d’accomplir loyalement ses fonctions. Le serment
est prêté devant la cour d’appel. Il n’a pas à être renouvelé lors de l’obtention ultérieure de l’habilitation de
l’officier de police judiciaire. La formule du serment est fixée par prakas du ministre de la Justice.

Section 2 : Fautes commises dans l’exercice des fonctions
Article 64. (procédure disciplinaire)
Toute faute commise par un officier de police judiciaire dans l’exercice de ses fonctions doit être
signalée par le procureur du Royaume ou par le juge d’instruction au procureur général près la cour
d’appel. Le procureur général près la cour d’appel avise, selon le cas, le ministre de l’Intérieur ou le
ministre de la Défense nationale en vue de l’engagement d’une procédure disciplinaire. Le procureur
général près la cour d’appel est informé des suites de la procédure disciplinaire.
Article 65. (sanctions disciplinaires)
Les sanctions disciplinaires du ministre de l’Intérieur ou du ministre de la Défense nationale ne font pas
obstacle à l’exercice de poursuites pénales si une infraction a été commise.
Lorsqu’un officier de police judiciaire commet une infraction dans l’exercice de ses fonctions, la
juridiction d’instruction ou de jugement chargée de l’affaire peut, dans l’intérêt d’une bonne administration
de la justice, être dessaisie par la Cour suprême au profit d’une autre juridiction, et informer immédiatement
le service intéressé.
La requête en dessaisissement est présentée par le procureur du Royaume.
Article 66. (interdiction d’exercer les fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire)
Lorsque le procureur général près la cour d’appel estime que la gravité de la faute commise par un
officier de police judiciaire est incompatible avec l’exercice des fonctions, il a qualité pour prononcer les
mesures suivantes :
1° l’interdiction d’exercer les fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire à titre temporaire, pour une durée de
cinq ans au plus;
2° l’interdiction d’exercer les fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire à titre définitif.
Avant de prendre sa décision, le procureur général convoque l’officier de police judiciaire et recueille ses
observations. L’intéressé peut demander à être assisté d’un avocat ou d’un conseiller de son choix.
La décision d’interdiction est motivée. Elle est notifiée, selon le cas, au Ministre de l’Intérieur ou au
Ministre de la Défense nationale.
Cette décision peut faire l’objet d’un recours au ministre de la Justice qui peut déclarer refuser la décision
d’interdiction ou réduire la durée d’interdiction fixée par le procureur général. Le ministère intéressé de
l’officier de police judiciaire interdit par le procureur général peut transmettre ses observations au ministre de
la Justice.
L’officier de police judiciaire interdit par le procureur général peut faire un recours motivé dans un délai
de quinze jours à compter de la réception de la notification de la décision d’interdiction.
Le ministre de Justice doit statuer sur le recours susvisé dans un délai d’un mois au plus tard à compter de
la réception du recours. Cette décision est insusceptible de recours.
Pendant le délai de recours et celui de la décision sur le recours, l’officier de police judiciaire interdit par
le procureur général ne peut exercer les fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire. Il peut reprendre l’exercice
de ses fonctions d’officier de police judiciaire lorsque le ministre de la Justice décide de rejeter la décision
d’interdiction ou de réduire la durée d’interdiction.
Les actes accomplis par un officier de police judiciaire au mépris d’une décision d’interdiction du
procureur général près la cour d’appel sont frappés de nullité.

Section 3 : Compétence territoriale de l’officier de police judiciaire
Article 67. (circonscription administrative d’affectation)
Chaque officier de police judiciaire a compétence dans les limites territoriales de la circonscription
administrative à laquelle il est affecté.
Dans la ville de PHNOM-PENH, les officiers de police judiciaire ont compétence sur toute l’étendue de
la ville, quel que soit le service d’affectation.
Les décisions de nomination des officiers de police judiciaire doivent préciser la circonscription
administrative à laquelle ils sont affectés. Elles sont notifiées au procureur général près la cour d’appel.
Article 68. (extension de la compétence territoriale)
En cas de crime ou de délit flagrant au sens des articles 86 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant) et 87
(arrestation en cas de crime ou de délit flagrant) de ce code et s’il y a urgence, le procureur du Royaume peut
autoriser un officier de police judiciaire à opérer sur toute l’étendue du territoire national. L’autorisation peut
être donnée verbalement; toutefois elle doit être mentionnée dans les pièces de l’enquête.
Dans le cadre de l’instruction, lorsque le juge d’instruction délivre une commission rogatoire, il peut, en
cas d’urgence, autoriser un officier de police judiciaire à opérer sur toute l’étendue du territoire national.
Lorsqu’un officier de police judiciaire opère en dehors de sa circonscription territoriale, il doit solliciter la
collaboration d’un officier de police judiciaire territorialement compétent.
Le magistrat ayant autorisé l’extension de compétence doit informer, par tout moyen, le procureur du
Royaume territorialement compétent.
Article 69. (conséquences du non respect des règles de compétence)
Les règles de compétence territoriale prévues par les articles qui précèdent sont prescrites à peine de
nullité des actes accomplis par les officiers de police judiciaire.
Article 70. (ordres des autorités judiciaires)
Les officiers de police judiciaire ne peuvent, dans l’exercice de leur mission, recevoir d’ordre ou
demander des ordres que des autorités judiciaires.
Section 4 : Missions des officiers de police judiciaire
Article 71. (constatations des infractions)
Les officiers de police judiciaire reçoivent les plaintes et les dénonciations. Ils constatent les infractions.
Ils effectuent des enquêtes de flagrance et des enquêtes préliminaires dans les conditions prévues par les
articles 84 (différences de pouvoirs des OPJ suivant les enquêtes) à 110 (pouvoir d’appréciation des
magistrats) .
Lorsqu’une instruction est ouverte, ils exécutent les commissions rogatoires du juge d’instruction dans les
conditions prévues par les articles 173 (commission rogatoire) à 184 (transmission des procès verbaux par
l'officier de police judiciaire au procureur) de ce code.

Article 72. (procès-verbal)
Toute plainte reçue par un officier de police judiciaire donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal.
Le procès verbal reproduit fidèlement les déclarations du plaignant. En cas de besoin, l’officier de police
judiciaire fait appel à un interprète qui prête serment de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à
sa religion ou à sa croyance. L’interprète ne peut en aucun cas être choisi parmi les policiers ni les gendarmes
qui participent à la coopération.
Le procès verbal de dépôt de plainte doit comporter les indications suivantes :
- le nom et la qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire;
- le service auquel il appartient;
- la date.
Chaque page doit être signée par l’officier de police judiciaire et par le plaignant.
Les ratures, les ajouts et les renvois doivent être authentifiés par la signature, en marge, de l’officier de
police judiciaire et du plaignant.
Avant de signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, le plaignant doit relire le procès verbal. En cas de
besoin, l’officier de police judiciaire lit à haute voix le contenu du procès verbal.
Article 73. (registre des plaintes)
Il est tenu dans chaque service de police judiciaire un registre des plaintes. Toutes les fois qu’une plainte
est déposée, l’officier de police judiciaire inscrit dans le registre les mentions suivantes :
- identité du plaignant;
- date du dépôt de la plainte;
- nom et qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire qui a établi le procès verbal de dépôt de plainte;
- nature des faits dénoncés par le plaignant;
- suite réservée à la plainte notamment transmission au procureur du Royaume ou ouverture d’une
enquête.
Le registre des plaintes est tenu en permanence à la disposition de l’autorité judiciaire.
Article 74. (suites des dépôts de plaintes)
L’officier de police judiciaire qui reçoit une plainte doit, immédiatement, soit ouvrir une enquête, soit
transmettre le procès verbal de dépôt de plainte au procureur du Royaume qui appréciera la suite à donner.
Il peut, avant d’ouvrir une enquête, solliciter les instructions du procureur du Royaume.
Lorsqu’il reçoit une dénonciation qui ne parait pas manifestement infondée, l’officier de police judiciaire
en informe le procureur du Royaume et sollicite ses instructions.
Article 75. (atteintes à l’action de la justice)
En aucun cas, un officier de police judiciaire n’est autorisé à classer sans suite une affaire pénale, même
après réconciliation entre l’auteur et la victime ou retrait de la plainte.
Tout officier de police judiciaire qui retient volontairement des procès verbaux ou des pièces à conviction,
ou en dissimule l’existence à l’autorité judiciaire, commet un délit puni des peines prévues par le code pénal
en ce qui concerne le chapitre relatif à la recherche des preuves.

Chapitre 3 : Agents de police judiciaire
Article 76. (obtention de l’habilité d’agent de police judiciaire (APJ))
Ont la qualité d’agent de police judiciaire :

1° les officiers, sous officiers qui n’ont pas d’habilité d’officier de police judiciaire;
2° les autres agents de la police nationale;
3° les officiers de la gendarmerie royale qui n’ont pas d’habilité d’officier de police judiciaire.
4° les autres militaires de la gendarmerie royale.
Article 77. (serment d’un APJ)
Chaque agent de police judiciaire doit prêter serment d’accomplir loyalement ses fonctions. Le serment
est prêté devant le tribunal de première instance. Il n’a pas à être renouvelé lors de l’obtention ultérieure de
l’habilité d’agent de police judiciaire. La formule du serment est fixée par prakas du ministre de la Justice.
Article 78. (missions des APJ)
Les agents de police judiciaire ont pour missions :

1° de constater les infractions, notamment les contraventions;
2° d’assister les officiers de police judiciaire dans leurs fonctions.
Pour la constatation des infractions, les agents de police judiciaire établissent des rapports. Ces rapports
valent à titre de simple renseignement.
En aucun cas, les agents de police judiciaire ne peuvent accomplir des actes réservés aux officiers de
police judiciaire. Les actes accomplis au mépris de cette interdiction sont frappés de nullité.
Article 79. (fautes commises dans l’exercice des fonctions)
Toute faute commise par un agent de police judiciaire dans l’exercice de ses fonctions doit être signalée
par le procureur du Royaume ou par le juge d’instruction au procureur général près la cour d’appel. Le
procureur général avise, selon le cas, le ministre de l’Intérieur ou le ministre de la Défense nationale en vue
de l’engagement d’une procédure disciplinaire. Le procureur général est informé des suites de la procédure
disciplinaire.
Article 80. (sanctions disciplinaires)
Les sanctions disciplinaires du ministre de l’Intérieur ou du ministre de la Défense nationale ne font pas
obstacle à l’exercice de poursuites pénales si une infraction a été commise.
Lorsqu’un agent de police judiciaire commet une infraction dans l’exercice de ses fonctions, la juridiction
d’instruction ou de jugement chargée de l’affaire peut, dans l’intérêt d’une bonne administration de la justice,
être dessaisie par la Cour suprême au profit d’une autre juridiction.
La requête en dessaisissement est présentée par le procureur du Royaume.

Chapitre 4 : Détermination des compétences entre la police
nationale et la gendarmerie royale
Article 81. (détermination de compétences)
En matière de police judiciaire, la police nationale et la gendarmerie royale ont des compétences prévues
par l’article 56 (missions de la police judiciaire) de code.
De plus, pour les infractions militaires, seule la gendarmerie royale est habilitée d’officier de police
judiciaire.
L’opération et la coopération entre les officiers de police nationale et les officiers de la gendarmerie
royale dans l’accomplissement de fonction d’officier de police judiciaire sont déterminées par un sous décret.
Des services de police judiciaire à compétence nationale peuvent être créés par un Krêt royal.
Chapitre 5 : Fonctionnaires et autres agents publics spécialement

habilités à constater certaines infractions
Article 82. (habilitation de certains fonctionnaires et agents publics)
Les autres fonctionnaires et agents publics auxquels des lois particulières confient le pouvoir de constater
certaines infractions sont placés sous l’autorité du procureur du Royaume lorsqu’ils exercent ces fonctions.
Les modalités et la procédure de l’habilitation sont fixées par prakas commun entre le ministère de la
Justice et les ministères concernés.
Ils prêtent serment d’exercer loyalement leurs fonctions. Le serment est prêté devant le tribunal de
première instance. La formule du serment est fixée par prakas du ministre de la Justice.
Pour la constatation des infractions, ces fonctionnaires et agents établissent des rapports. Ces rapports
valent à titre de simple renseignement.
Toute faute commise par un fonctionnaire ou un agent dans l’exercice de ses fonctions doit être signalée
par le procureur du Royaume ou par le juge d’instruction au procureur général près la cour d’appel. Le
procureur général avise le ministre dont relève le fonctionnaire ou l’agent en vue de l’engagement d’une
procédure disciplinaire. Le procureur général est informé des suites de la procédure disciplinaire. Les
sanctions disciplinaires ne font pas obstacle à l’exercice de poursuites pénales si une infraction a été
commise.
Livre 3 : Enquêtes
Titre 1 : Dispositions générales
Article 83. (secret de l’enquête)
L’enquête est secrète. Les personnes qui participent à une enquête, en particulier les magistrats du
parquet, les avocats, les greffiers, les policiers, les gendarmes, les fonctionnaires, les experts, les interprètes,
les médecins et les personnes qualifiées mentionnées à l’article 95 (examen technique ou scientifique) de ce
code, sont soumises au secret professionnel.
Toutefois le respect du secret professionnel ne peut faire obstacle à l’exercice des droits de la défense.
Par ailleurs le procureur du Royaume est autorisé à rendre publics des communiqués lorsqu’il estime que
des informations fausses ont été diffusées sur une affaire.
La violation du secret de l’enquête et de l’instruction est un délit puni des peines prévues par la loi pénale
en vigueur.
Article 84. (différences de pouvoirs des OPJ suivant les enquêtes)
Les pouvoirs reconnus aux officiers de police judiciaire sont différents selon qu’ils agissent dans le cadre
d’une enquête de flagrance ou dans le cadre d’une enquête préliminaire.
Titre 2 : Enquêtes de flagrance

Chapitre 1 : Crimes ou délits flagrants
Article 85. (pouvoir des OPJ dans le cas d’enquête de flagrance)
En cas de crime ou délit flagrant, les officiers de police judiciaire doivent se conformer aux dispositions
du présent titre.
Article 86. (définition du crime ou délit flagrant)
Est qualifié crime ou délit flagrant :

- celui qui se commet actuellement;
- celui qui vient de se commettre.
Il y a également crime ou délit flagrant lorsque, peu de temps après l’infraction :
- la personne soupçonnée est poursuivie par la clameur publique;
- une personne est trouvée en possession d’objets, ou présente des traces ou d’autres indices apparents qui
conduisent à penser qu’elle a commis ou participé à l’infraction.
Article 87. (arrestation en cas de crime ou délit flagrant)
En cas de crime ou de délit flagrant, toute personne peut arrêter le délinquant et l’amener à l’officier de
police judiciaire le plus proche.
Article 88. (assimilation au crime ou délit flagrant)
Est assimilé au crime ou au délit flagrant tout crime ou délit qui, même en dehors des cas prévus par
l’article 86 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant), a été commis dans un lieu dont l’occupant demande au
procureur du Royaume ou un officier de police judiciaire, ou à défaut de ce dernier, à l’agent de police
judiciaire, de venir le constater. Dans ce dernier cas, l’agent de police judiciaire doit informer immédiatement
l’officier de police judiciaire pour qu’il accomplisse ses missions.

Chapitre 2 : Mesures d’investigation
Article 89. (premières mesures en cas de crimes ou délits flagrants)
En cas de crime ou délit flagrant, l’officier de police judiciaire doit immédiatement informer le procureur
du Royaume.
L’officier de police judiciaire se transporte sur les lieux pour procéder aux constatations utiles. Il veille à
la conservation des indices de preuve susceptibles de disparaître. Il peut interdire à toute personne de
s’éloigner du lieu de l’infraction jusqu’à la fin de ses opérations.
Le procureur du Royaume peut, s’il l’estime utile, se transporter sur les lieux et prendre la direction de
l’enquête.
S’il y a urgence, le procureur du Royaume peut, dans les conditions prévues par l’article 68 (extension de
la compétence territoriale) de ce code, autoriser un officier de police judiciaire à opérer sur toute l’étendue du
territoire national.
Article 90. (procès verbal des recherches et constations)
L’officier de police judiciaire établit un procès verbal de ses recherches et de ses constatations.
Article 91. (perquisitions)
L’officier de police judiciaire peut procéder à des perquisitions. Il doit recueillir préalablement
l’autorisation, même verbale, du procureur du Royaume.
Il doit procéder à la perquisition en présence de l’occupant des lieux ou, à défaut, de deux témoins. Les
témoins sont désignés par l’officier de police judiciaire; ils ne peuvent être des policiers ni des gendarmes.
L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut commencer la perquisition avant six heures le matin et après dix-
huit heures le soir, sauf :
- dans le cas prévue par l’article 86 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant) de ce code ;
- dans le cas prévu par l’article 88 (assimilation au crime ou délit flagrant);
- en cas d’appel de secours de l’intérieur du lieu ;
- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu ouvert au public:
- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu où des personnes se livrent à la prostitution ou aux jeux;
- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu où sont produits, conservés, trafiqués, distribués, consommés des
produits stupéfiants.
L’officier de police judiciaire doit établir un procès verbal de perquisition, dans lequel figurent :
- l’autorisation du procureur du Royaume, avec l’indication du jour et de l’heure de cette autorisation;
- l’identité de l’occupant des lieux ou de chacun des témoins.
L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut procéder à une perquisition au cabinet d’un avocat. Seul le
procureur ou le juge d’instruction peut y procéder, en présence du bâtonnier de l’ordre des avocats ou de son
représentant ou de l’avocat concerné.
L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut procéder à une perquisition dans les locaux d’un journal, d’une
entreprise de presse écrite ou d’une entreprise de presse audiovisuelle qu’en présence d’un procureur ou d’un
juge d’instruction qui veille à ce que la perquisition ne porte pas atteinte au libre exercice de la profession de
journaliste, et ne retarde pas cette diffusion de l’information de manière injustifiée.

Article 92. (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction)
L’officier de police judiciaire peut saisir les pièces à conviction. Il doit les placer sous scellés.
Après avoir présenté les objets saisis à l’occupant des lieux ou à deux témoins, il établit un procès verbal
de saisie comportant l’inventaire des objets saisis. Le procès verbal de saisie est signé ou comporter
l’empreinte digitale par l’occupant des lieux ou par deux témoins.
Article 93. (procès verbal d’audition)
L’officier de police judiciaire peut interpeller et conduire dans les locaux du service toute personne
soupçonnée d’avoir participé à l’infraction. Il procède à son audition.
Chaque audition donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal.
Le procès verbal reproduit fidèlement les déclarations de la personne entendue. En cas de besoin,
l’officier de police judiciaire fait appel à un interprète qui prête serment de traduire fidèlement les
déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. L’interprète ne peut en aucun cas être choisi
parmi les policiers, les gendarmes ni les personnes impliquées dans la même affaire.
Chaque page du procès verbal est signée par la personne entendue ou comporter son empreinte digitale.
Avant de signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, la personne entendue doit relire le procès verbal. En
cas de besoin, l’officier de police judiciaire peut lire à haute voix le contenu du procès verbal; il peut faire
appel à l’interprète. Lorsqu’une personne refuse de signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, l’officier de
police judiciaire le mentionne sur le procès verbal.
Article 94. (ordre de comparaître - enquête de flagrance)
L’officier de police judiciaire peut convoquer et entendre toutes les personnes susceptibles de fournir des
renseignements sur les faits.
La personne convoquée est tenue de comparaître. En cas de refus, l’officier de police judiciaire avise le
procureur du Royaume qui peut délivrer un ordre de comparaître. L’ordre de comparaître comporte l’identité
de la personne concernée; il est daté et signé par le procureur du Royaume et revêtu de son sceau. L’ordre de
comparaître autorise l’officier de police judiciaire à faire appel à la force publique pour contraindre la
personne à comparaître devant lui. Les alinéas 2 à 5 de l’article 93 (procès verbal d’audition) de ce code sont
applicables.
Article 95. (examen technique ou scientifique)
S’il y a lieu de procéder à des examens techniques ou scientifiques qui ne peuvent être différés, l’officier
de police judiciaire peut faire appel à toute personne qualifiée. Si elle n’est pas déjà inscrite sur la liste
nationale des experts mentionnée à l’article 163 (liste nationale des experts) de ce code, la personne requise
prête serment d’apporter loyalement son concours à la justice, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance.
Chapitre 3 : La garde à vue

Article 96. (placement en garde à vue)
Pour les nécessités de l’enquête, l’officier de police judiciaire peut placer en garde à vue une personne
soupçonnée d’avoir participé à l’infraction. L’officier de police judiciaire peut également placer en garde à vue
une personne susceptible de fournir des renseignements sur les faits, si les conditions ci-dessous sont
remplies :
- Les personnes en mesure de fournir les informations refuser de le faire.

- L’accord écrit autorisant la garde à vue est requis du procureur.
Il en informe immédiatement le procureur du Royaume et lui communique tous les éléments justifiant le
placement en garde à vue. La durée de la garde à vue est de quarante huit heures. Le point de départ de ce
délai est l’heure de l’arrivée de l’intéressé dans le service de police ou de gendarmerie.
Pour le crime, lorsqu’il existe contre une personne placée en garde à vue des indices de culpabilité,
l’officier de police judiciaire peut solliciter une prolongation de la garde à vue si cette mesure parait
indispensable au bon déroulement de l’enquête. La prolongation est demandée au procureur du Royaume qui
doit en vérifier le bien-fondé. L’autorisation de prolongation, écrite et motivée, est versée au dossier de la
procédure. La prolongation de la garde à vue doit rester exceptionnelle. Elle ne peut excéder vingt-quatre
heures sans tenir compte de la durée nécessaire pour le transport.
Aucune prolongation ne peut être accordée si la personne gardée à vue est mineure.
En matière criminelle, le mineur âgé de 14 à moins de 16 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue pour une
durée supérieure à 36 heures.
En matière délictuelle, le mineur âgé de 14 à moins de 16 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue pour une
En matière criminelle, le mineur âgé de 16 à moins de 18 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue pour une
En matière délictuelle, le mineur âgé de 16 à moins de 18 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue pour une
Un mineur âgé de moins de 14 ans ne peut être placé en garde à vue.
Article 97. (procès verbal de garde à vue)
Lorsqu’il place une personne en garde à vue, l’officier de police judiciaire doit immédiatement notifier sa
décision à la personne concernée et lui en indiquer les motifs. Il l’informe également des droits résultant de
l’article 98 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue) de ce code. Il peut, en cas de besoin, faire appel à
un interprète.
L’officier de police judiciaire établit sur-le-champ un procès verbal de placement en garde à vue
comportant les indications suivantes :
- nom et qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire qui a ordonné le placement en garde à vue;
- identité de la personne gardée à vue;
- motifs du placement en garde à vue;
- jours, mois, année et heures du début de la garde à vue;
- notification des droits résultant de l’article 98 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue);
- le cas échéant, nom de l’interprète.
Ce procès verbal doit être signé par la personne gardée à vue ou comporter son empreinte digitale après
l’avoir lu ou si elle est analphabète, l’officier de police judiciaire lui a lu le procès verbal. Si elle refuse de
signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, l’officier de police judiciaire le mentionne. Le procès verbal est
joint à la procédure.
Article 98. (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue)
Lorsque vingt quatre heures se sont écoulées depuis le début de la garde à vue, la personne gardée à vue
peut demander à s’entretenir avec un avocat ou avec une personne de son choix, à condition que cette
personne ne soit pas impliquée dans la même affaire. La personne choisie est informée de cette demande par
tout moyen et sans délai. Elle peut se présenter sur les lieux de la garde à vue et communiquer avec
l’intéressé pendant trente minutes, dans des conditions garantissant le secret de l’entretien. A l’issue de
l’entretien, elle peut faire des observations écrites qui seront jointes à la procédure.

Article 99. (assistance du médecin pendant la garde à vue)
A tout moment, le procureur du Royaume ou l’officier de police judiciaire peut ordonner que la personne
gardée à vue soit examinée par un médecin. Le médecin vérifie si l’état de santé de la personne est
compatible avec la garde à vue.
Si le médecin estime que l’état de santé de la personne n’est pas compatible avec la garde à vue, l’officier
de police judiciaire en informe immédiatement le procureur du Royaume. Le médecin délivre un certificat
médical qui est joint à la procédure. L’officier de police judiciaire mentionne sur un procès verbal le nom du
médecin ainsi que le jour et l’heure de l’examen médical.
Le procureur du Royaume peut se rendre sur place pour vérifier les conditions de la garde à vue.
Article 100. (mineur gardé à vue)
Lorsqu’un mineur est placé en garde à vue, l’officier de police judiciaire doit en informer par tout moyen
ses parents, son représentant légal ou la personne qui en a la charge.
Article 101. (registre des gardes à vue)
Il est tenu, dans chaque local de police ou de gendarmerie susceptible de recevoir des personnes gardées à
vue, un registre de garde à vue.
Tout placement en garde à vue doit figurer sur le registre, avec les indications suivantes :
- jours et heures du début de la garde à vue et de la fin de la garde à vue;
- nom et qualité du magistrat qui, le cas échéant, a autorisé la prolongation de la garde à vue;
- nom du médecin qui, le cas échéant, a examiné la personne gardée à vue;
- nature de la décision prise par l’autorité judiciaire à l’expiration du délai de garde à vue.
Ce registre doit être tenu en permanence à la disposition de l’autorité judiciaire.
Article 102. (procès verbal récapitulatif de garde à vue)
Toute garde à vue donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal récapitulatif de garde à vue.
Ce procès verbal récapitulatif doit comporter les mentions suivantes :
- motifs du placement en garde à vue;
- date et heure du début de la garde à vue;
- modalités de l’information donnée au procureur du Royaume;
- modalités de l’information donnée en application de l’article 100 (mineur gardé à vue) de ce code ;
- nom du médecin qui, le cas échéant, a examiné la personne gardée à vue;
- identité de celui qui, le cas échéant, s’est entretenu avec la personne gardée à vue, conformément à
l’article 98 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue) de ce code ;
- nom et qualité du magistrat qui, le cas échéant, a autorisé la prolongation de la garde à vue;
- durée de chaque audition et durée des temps de repos qui ont séparé les auditions;

- date et heure de la fin de la garde à vue;
- nature de la décision prise par l’autorité judiciaire à la fin de la garde à vue;
- conditions du déroulement de la garde à vue et incidents éventuels.
Le procès verbal récapitulatif de garde à vue est joint à la procédure.
Chapitre 4 : Le déférement
Article 103. (déférement du gardé à vue)
A l’expiration du délai de garde à vue, la personne gardée à vue est :

- soit déférée au procureur du Royaume,
- soit remise en liberté.
La décision est prise par le procureur du Royaume.
Article 104. (délai de déferrement)
Lorsque la personne gardée à vue doit être déférée au procureur du Royaume, elle est immédiatement
conduite devant ce magistrat.
Si, pour des raisons exceptionnelles dues aux difficultés de transport ou aux distances, la présentation ne
peut avoir lieu le jour même, un délai supplémentaire peut être accordé par le procureur.
Dans tous les cas, la présentation doit avoir lieu dans les meilleurs délais.
Les motifs du retard doivent être consignés dans un procès verbal remis par un officier de police
judiciaire au procureur du Royaume.
Chapitre 5 : Règles concernant l’enquête de flagrance

Article 105. (interdiction notamment des écoutes d’office)
L’officier de police judiciaire n’a pas de pouvoir pour ordonner l’écoute et l’enregistrement de
conversations téléphoniques. Il n’a pas de pouvoir pour ordonner l’interception et l’enregistrement de
correspondances émises par le moyen des télécommunications, telle que les messages fax ou les messages
internet.
Article 106. (durée de l’enquête de flagrance)
La durée de l’enquête de flagrance ne peut excéder sept jours à compter de la commission de l’infraction.
Les actes de l’enquête doivent se succéder sans interruption au cours de ce délai. Si l’enquête n’est pas
terminée au bout de sept jours, l’officier de police judiciaire en réfère au procureur du Royaume.
Article 107. (transmission des procès verbaux au procureur)
A l’issue de l’enquête, l’officier de police judiciaire transmet au procureur du Royaume l’ensemble des
procès verbaux ainsi que les pièces à conviction.
Lorsqu’une personne est déférée au procureur du Royaume, cette transmission doit avoir lieu en même
temps que la présentation de la personne.

Article 108. (mentions portées aux procès verbaux)
Tout procès verbal établi par un officier de police judiciaire doit comporter les indications suivantes :
- le nom et la qualité de l’officier de police judiciaire;
- le service auquel il appartient;
- la date.
Chaque page doit être signée par l’officier de police judiciaire.
Les ratures et les renvois doivent être approuvés par la signature, en marge, de l’officier de police
judiciaire.
Les procès verbaux d’audition ou de garde à vue doivent comporter l’identité de la personne concernée.
Article 109. (règles prescrites à peine de nullité)
Les règles et formalités prévues par les articles :

90 (procès verbal des recherches et constations)
91 (perquisitions),
92 (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction),
93 (procès verbal d’audition),
94 (ordre de comparaître - enquête de flagrance),
95 (examen technique ou scientifique),
96 (placement en garde à vue),
97 (procès verbal de garde à vue),
98 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue),
99 (assistance du médecin pendant la garde à vue),
100 (mineur gardé à vue),
105 (interdiction notamment des écoutes d’office),
106 (durée de l’enquête de flagrance) et
108 (mentions portées aux procès verbaux) de ce code,
sont prescrites à peine de nullité.
Article 110. (pouvoir d’appréciation des magistrats)
En principe, les procès verbaux ont simplement la valeur de renseignement. Toutefois, les procès verbaux
de l’officier de police judiciaire ont la valeur probante « documents originaux », c'est-à-dire qu’on doit garder
ces documents comme valables jusqu’à la preuve contraire. La preuve contraire peut être apportée librement
au juge par tous les moyens conformément à la loi.
Les procès verbaux établis par les officiers de police judiciaire dans le cadre d’une enquête de flagrance
sont soumis à la libre appréciation des magistrats.

Titre 3 : Enquêtes préliminaires
Chapitre 1 : Enquêtes préliminaires
Article 111. (ouverture d’une enquête préliminaire)
Lorsqu’ils ont connaissance de faits susceptibles de constituer un crime, un délit ou une contravention, les
officiers de police judiciaire peuvent effectuer des enquêtes préliminaires soit d’office, soit à la demande du
procureur du Royaume.
Article 112. (règles applicables aux enquêtes préliminaires)
Les dispositions des articles

90 (procès verbal des recherches et constations),
95 (examen technique ou scientifique),
105 (interdiction notamment des écoutes d’office),
107 (transmission des procès verbaux au procureur) et
108 (mentions portées aux procès verbaux) de ce code
sont applicables aux enquêtes préliminaires.
Article 113. (perquisition)
Lorsqu’une enquête préliminaire est relative à un crime ou à un délit, l’officier de police judiciaire peut
procéder à la perquisition et à la saisie des pièces à conviction.
L’officier de police judiciaire doit recueillir préalablement l’accord exprès et réel de l’occupant du lieu.
Cet accord doit être écrit et rédigé à la main par l’occupant du lieu. Si ce dernier est analphabète, il est
indiqué dans le procès verbal que l’occupant du lieu est analphabète et accepte la perquisition.
En cas d’absence ou de refus de l’occupant du lieu, le président du tribunal de première instance
territorialement compétent peut autoriser, par ordonnance, la perquisition sur réquisitions du procureur. Le
procureur doit diriger en personne cette perquisition. La perquisition doit s’opérer en présence de l’occupant
des lieux ou, à défaut, de deux témoins. Les témoins sont désignés par le procureur ; ils ne peuvent être des
policiers ni des gendarmes qui participent à l’opération de la perquisition. La perquisition ne peut être
commencée avant six heures du matin et après dix-huit heures du soir.
Les dispositions de l’article 92 (la mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction) de ce code s’appliquent
également à la saisie des pièces à conviction.
Article 114. (ordre de comparaître –enquête préliminaire)
L’officier de police judiciaire peut convoquer et entendre toute personne soupçonnée d’avoir participé à
une infraction ou susceptible de fournir des renseignements sur les faits.
La personne convoquée est tenue de comparaître. En cas de refus, l’officier de police judiciaire avise le
procureur du Royaume qui peut délivrer un ordre de comparaître. L’ordre de comparaître comporte l’identité
de la personne concernée; il est daté et signé par le procureur du Royaume et revêtu de son sceau.
L’ordre de comparaître autorise l’officier de police judiciaire à faire appel à la force publique pour
contraindre la personne à comparaître devant lui.

Article 115. (procès verbal d’audition –enquête préliminaire)
Chaque audition donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal.

Le procès verbal reproduit fidèlement les déclarations de la personne entendue. En cas de besoin,
l’officier de police judiciaire fait appel à un interprète qui prête serment de traduire fidèlement les
déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. L’interprète ne peut en aucun cas être choisi
parmi les policiers, les gendarmes ni les personnes impliquées dans la même affaire.
Chaque page du procès verbal est signée par la personne entendue.
Avant de signer ou de poser son empreinte digitale, la personne entendue doit relire le procès verbal. En
cas de besoin, l’officier de police judiciaire peut lire à haute voix le contenu du procès verbal; dans ce cas il
peut faire appel à l’interprète. Lorsqu’une personne refuse de signer, l’officier de police judiciaire le
mentionne sur le procès verbal.
Article 116. (garde à vue de la personne soupçonnée)
Lorsqu’une enquête préliminaire est relative à un crime ou à un délit, les dispositions des chapitres 3 et 4
du titre 2 du présent livre relatives à la garde à vue et au déférement sont applicables.
Dans le cadre d’une enquête préliminaire, les règles et formalités prévues par les articles
96 (placement en garde à vue),
97 (procès verbal de garde à vue),
100 (mineur gardé à vue),
105 (interdiction des écoutes d’office),
107 (transmission des procès verbaux au procureur),
113 (perquisition), et
114 (ordre de comparaître –enquête préliminaire) de ce code,
sont prescrites à peine de nullité.
Article 118. (pouvoir d’appréciation des magistrats)
En principe, les procès verbaux ont simplement la valeur d’enseignement. Toutefois, les procès verbaux
de l’officier de police judiciaire ont la valeur probante « documents originaux », c'est-à-dire qu’on doit garder
ces documents comme valables jusqu’à la preuve contraire. La preuve contraire peut être apportée librement
au juge par tous les moyens conformément à la loi.
Les procès verbaux établis par les officiers de police judiciaire dans le cadre d’une enquête préliminaire
sont soumis à la libre appréciation des magistrats.

Titre 4 : Restitutions d’objets saisis dans le cadre des
enquêtes
Chapitre 1 : Restitution d’objets saisis dans le cadre des enquêtes
Article 119. (autorité compétente pour ordonner la restitution)
Le procureur du Royaume est compétent pour ordonner la restitution des objets saisis au cours d’une
enquête préliminaire si ces objets ne sont plus utiles à la manifestation de la vérité et si la propriété n’en est
pas sérieusement contestée.
Toutefois les objets dangereux pour les personnes ou pour les biens, tels que les armes ou les explosifs,
ainsi que les objets dont la détention est illégale ne peuvent être restitués. Ils deviennent propriété de l’Etat
ou doivent être détruits.
En cas de refus de restitution, le demandeur peut exercer un recours devant le procureur général.
Le procureur du Royaume et le procureur général sont incompétents pour la restitution lorsque des
poursuites ont été engagées devant une juridiction d’instruction ou de jugement. Ils demeurent compétents
lorsqu’une instruction a été clôturée par une décision de non-lieu devenue définitive.
Article 120. (restitution d’objets saisis)
Lorsqu’une juridiction saisie a rendu une décision définitive et n’a pas statué sur la restitution des objets,
le procureur du Royaume ou le procureur général selon le cas, est compétent pour décider d’office sur
requête de la restitution des objets lorsque la propriété n’en n’est pas sérieusement contestée.
Livre 4 : L’instruction
Article 121. (secret de l’instruction)
L’instruction est secrète.

Les personnes qui participent à une instruction, en particulier les magistrats, les avocats, les greffiers, les
policiers, les gendarmes, les fonctionnaires, les experts, les interprètes, les médecins et les personnes
qualifiées mentionnées à l’article 95 (examen technique ou scientifique) de ce code, sont soumises au secret
professionnel.
Toutefois le respect du secret professionnel ne peut faire obstacle à l’exercice des droits de la défense.
Par ailleurs le procureur du Royaume est autorisé à rendre publics des communiqués lorsqu’il estime que
des informations fausses ont été diffusées sur une affaire.
La violation du secret de l’instruction est un délit puni des peines prévus par la loi pénale en vigueur.
Article 122. (ouverture d’une instruction)
L’instruction est obligatoire pour les crimes, facultative pour les délits.

Article 123. (compétence territoriale)
Sont compétents :
- le juge d’instruction du lieu de l’infraction;
- celui de la résidence de la personne soupçonnée d’avoir commis l’infraction;
- celui du lieu d’arrestation de la personne soupçonnée d’avoir commis l’infraction.
En cas de conflit entre plusieurs juges d’instruction relevant des tribunaux de première instance différents
et ayant été saisis d’une même affaire pénale, ce conflit est transmis au président de la chambre d’instruction
pour trancher.
Les conflits de compétences territoriales entre plusieurs chambres d’instructions sont tranchés par le
président de la cour suprême.
Cette décision est insusceptible de recours.
Article 124. (réquisitoire introductif)
Conformément à l’article 44 (ouverture d'une information) de ce code, l’instruction est ouverte par un
réquisitoire introductif du procureur du Royaume.
Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’alinéa 2 de l’article 44 (ouverture d'une information) de ce code, l’instruction peut
être ouverte contre une ou plusieurs personnes nommément désignées dans le réquisitoire introductif, ou
contre X.
Le juge d’instruction ne peut accomplir aucun acte d’instruction en l’absence de réquisitoire introductif.
Lorsque le juge d’instruction reçoit une plainte avec constitution de partie civile, il procède ainsi qu’il est
dit aux articles 139 (transmission de la plainte au procureur du Royaume) et 140 (versement de consignation)
de ce code.
Lorsque le juge d’instruction reçoit une plainte simple, il la transmet au procureur du Royaume.
Article 125. (étendue de la saisine)
Le juge d’instruction est saisi des faits visés dans le réquisitoire introductif. Il est tenu d’instruire sur ces
faits seulement.
Si, au cours de l’instruction, apparaît un fait nouveau susceptible de constituer une infraction pénale, le
juge d’instruction en informe le procureur du Royaume. Le procureur du Royaume peut, par un réquisitoire
supplétif, saisir le juge d’instruction du fait nouveau. En l’absence de réquisitoire supplétif, le juge
d’instruction n’a pas de pouvoir pour instruire sur le fait nouveau.
Toutefois, le juge d’instruction n’est pas tenu de solliciter un réquisitoire supplétif si le fait nouveau est
une circonstance aggravante du fait visé dans le réquisitoire introductif.
Article 126. (mise en examen)
Le juge d’instruction a le pouvoir de mettre en examen les personnes nommément désignées dans le
réquisitoire introductif.
Il peut mettre en examen toute personne contre laquelle existent des indices précis et concordants
affirmant que celle-ci a participé à la commission de l’infraction, même si elle n’est pas nommément
désignée dans le réquisitoire introductif.
Il peut mettre en examen cette personne en qualité d’auteur, d’instigateur ou de complice.

Article 127. (instruction à charge et à décharge)
Le juge d’instruction effectue, conformément à la loi, tous les actes d’instruction qu’il juge utiles à la
manifestation de la vérité.
Il a le devoir d’instruire tant à charge qu’à décharge.
Article 128. (assistance du greffier)
Le juge d’instruction est toujours assisté d’un greffier. Le greffier ne peut en aucun cas accomplir des
actes qui relèvent de la compétence du juge d’instruction.
Article 129. (fonctions du greffier)
Le dossier d’instruction est tenu par le greffier. Dans toute la mesure du possible, le greffier établit une
copie de chaque pièce du dossier. La copie doit être certifiée conforme à l’original par le greffier. Les copies
sont classées dans un dossier de sauvegarde.
Toutes les pièces du dossier doivent être cotées par le greffier, dans l’ordre chronologique.
Le dossier et le dossier de sauvegarde sont déposés au bureau du greffe, au cabinet du juge d’instruction
ou dans un autre local du tribunal offrant des conditions de sécurité suffisantes.
L’avocat ou son secrétaire peut être autorisé par le juge d’instruction à effectuer, à ses frais et sous le
contrôle du greffier, des photocopies des pièces du dossier.
Article 130. (transports du juge d’instruction et du greffier)
Le juge d’instruction peut se transporter, avec son greffier, sur toute l’étendue du ressort du tribunal de
première instance pour effectuer les actes d’instruction qu’il juge utiles, notamment des constatations
matérielles, des perquisitions ou des saisies des pièces à conviction.
Il en avise le procureur du Royaume qui a la faculté de l’accompagner.
Si les nécessités de l’information l’exigent, il peut se transporter, avec son greffier, sur toute l’étendue du
territoire national. Il doit aviser au préalable le procureur du Royaume près le tribunal de première instance
dans le ressort duquel il se déplace.
Il doit dresser un procès verbal de ses opérations.
Article 131. (commission rogatoire)
Le juge d’instruction peut demander, par voie de commission rogatoire, à un autre juge, à un officier de
police judiciaire ou à un service de police judiciaire d’effectuer certains actes dans les conditions prévues par
les articles 173 (commission rogatoire) à 184 (transmission des procès verbaux par l’officier de police
judiciaire au procureur) de ce code.
Article 132. (demande d’actes par le procureur du Royaume)
A tout moment de l’instruction, le procureur du Royaume peut demander au juge d’instruction de

procéder à un acte d’instruction qu’il estime utile.

Si le juge d’instruction refuse de suivre les réquisitions du procureur du Royaume, il doit rendre, dans les
quinze jours, une ordonnance de rejet. Cette ordonnance doit être motivée. Elle est notifiée au procureur du
Royaume dans le plus bref délai.
Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans les quinze jours, le procureur du Royaume peut, par voie de
requête, saisir directement la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.
Article 133. (demande d’actes par le mis en examen)
A tout moment de l’instruction, le mis en examen peut demander au juge d’instruction de procéder à son
interrogatoire, à l’audition de la partie civile ou d’un témoin, à une confrontation ou à un transport sur les
lieux. La demande doit être présentée par écrit et motivée.
Si le juge d’instruction refuse de faire droit à cette demande, il doit rendre une ordonnance de rejet dans le
mois qui suit la réception de la demande. Cette ordonnance doit être motivée. Elle est notifiée dans le plus
bref délai au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.
Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai d’un mois, le mis en examen peut, par voie de requête,
saisir directement la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.
Article 134. (demande d’actes par la partie civile)
A tout moment de l’instruction, la partie civile peut demander au juge d’instruction de procéder à son
audition, à l’audition d’un témoin, à l’interrogatoire du mis en examen, à une confrontation ou à un transport
sur les lieux. La demande doit être présentée par écrit et motivée.
Si le juge d’instruction refuse de faire droit à cette demande, il doit rendre une ordonnance de rejet dans le
mois qui suit la réception de la demande. Cette ordonnance doit être motivée. Elle est notifiée dans le plus
bref délai au procureur du Royaume et à la partie civile.
Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai d’un mois, la partie civile peut, par voie de requête,
saisir directement la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.
Article 135. (communication du dossier au procureur du Royaume)
Le procureur du Royaume peut à tout moment consulter le dossier de l’instruction ou en obtenir

communication, à charge de le rendre dans les vingt-quatre heures.
Article 136. (présence du procureur du Royaume aux actes d’instruction)
Le procureur du Royaume peut assister à tous les actes d’instruction, en particulier aux interrogatoires du
mis en examen, confrontations et auditions.
Article 137. (constitution de partie civile par voie d’intervention)
Lorsqu’une instruction est ouverte, toute personne qui se déclare victime peut, à tout moment, se
constituer partie civile auprès du juge d’instruction.
La constitution de partie civile par voie d’intervention n’est soumise à aucune forme.
Lorsqu’elle est formée par lettre, celle-ci est versée au dossier. Lorsqu’elle est formée verbalement, le
juge d’instruction établit un procès verbal.
Le juge d’instruction doit notifier au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen la constitution de partie
civile.

Article 138. (plainte avec constitution de partie civile)
La victime d’un crime ou d’un délit peut déposer une plainte avec constitution de partie civile auprès du
juge d’instruction compétent. La plainte peut être déposée, au nom de la victime, par un avocat.
Article 139. (transmission de la plainte au procureur du Royaume)
Le juge d’instruction constate, par ordonnance, le dépôt de la plainte avec constitution de partie civile. Il
communique cette plainte au procureur du Royaume.
Au vu de la plainte avec constitution de partie civile, le procureur du Royaume saisit le juge d’instruction
par un réquisitoire introductif. Le réquisitoire introductif peut être contre X même si la plainte avec
constitution de partie civile met en cause nommément une ou plusieurs personnes.
Le procureur du Royaume peut demander au juge d’instruction de ne pas instruire si l’action publique est
éteinte ou si les faits ne constituent pas une infraction pénale.
Dans le cas où le juge d’instruction décide de ne pas instruire, il rend une ordonnance motivée qui est
notifiée dans le plus bref délai à la partie civile.
Dans le cas où le juge d’instruction, décide néanmoins d’instruire, il rend une ordonnance motivée. Cette
ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume.
Article 140. (versement de consignation)
En fonction des ressources de la partie civile et des difficultés prévisibles de l’affaire, le juge d’instruction
fixe par ordonnance le montant de la consignation que la partie civile devra verser, ainsi que le délai de
versement.
Si les ressources de la partie civile sont insuffisantes, le juge peut la dispenser de consignation.
L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai à la partie civile.
En cas de versement d’une consignation, la partie civile reçoit un récépissé signé par le président du
tribunal, le procureur du Royaume et le greffier.
Si la consignation n’est pas versée dans le délai fixé par le juge, la plainte avec constitution de partie
civile est déclarée irrecevable par le juge d’instruction. Ce dernier statue par une ordonnance qui doit être
notifiée dans le plus bref délai à la partie civile.
La consignation est restituée en fin de procédure, sous réserve des dispositions de l’article 141 (plainte
abusive ou dilatoire) de ce code.
La consignation est déposée sur un compte spécial ouvert dans un établissement bancaire, ou conservée
dans un local offrant les plus grandes garanties de sécurité. Ce local est choisi d’un commun accord par le
président du tribunal et le procureur du Royaume.
Article 141. (plainte abusive ou dilatoire)
Lorsqu’une information ouverte à la suite d’une plainte avec constitution de partie civile est clôturée par
une ordonnance de non-lieu, le juge d’instruction peut, dans son ordonnance, s’il estime que la procédure
était abusive ou dilatoire, condamner la partie civile à une amende civile dont le montant ne peut excéder
celui de la consignation. L’ordonnance qui condamne la partie civile lui est notifiée dans le plus bref délai.
Article 142. (demande de réparation)
Lorsqu’une instruction ouverte à la suite d’une plainte avec constitution de partie civile a été clôturée par
une décision de non-lieu devenue définitive, la personne visée dans la plainte peut demander réparation au
plaignant si la procédure était abusive ou dilatoire.

La demande en réparation est présentée au tribunal de première instance où l’affaire a été instruite. Le
tribunal peut demander la communication du dossier.
Chapitre 2 : Investigations du juge d’instruction

Section 1 : Notification de la mise en examen
Article 143. (notification de mise en examen)
Lors de la première comparution, le juge d’instruction constate l’identité du mis en examen, lui fait
connaître les faits qui lui sont reprochés et indique la qualification juridique retenue. Il avertit le mis en
examen qu’il est libre de ne faire aucune déclaration. Mention de cet avertissement est faite au procès verbal
de première comparution.
Si le mis en examen désire faire des déclarations, celles-ci sont immédiatement reçues par le juge
d’instruction.
Le juge d’instruction avise le mis en examen de son droit de choisir un avocat ou de s’en faire désigner un
en application de la loi sur le statut des avocats.
Le mis en examen mineur doit toujours être assisté par un avocat. A défaut de choix par le mis en
examen, l’avocat est désigné dans les conditions prévues par la loi sur le statut des avocats.
A l’issue de la première comparution, le mis en examen laissé en liberté doit déclarer au juge
d’instruction son adresse personnelle. Il est avisé :
- qu’il doit signaler au juge d’instruction tout changement d’adresse;
- que toute notification faite à la dernière adresse déclarée sera réputée faite à sa personne.
Mention de ces avis ainsi que de la déclaration de changement d’adresse est faite au procès verbal de
première comparution.
Article 144. (concours d’un interprète)
En cas de besoin, le juge d’instruction fait appel à un interprète. Celui-ci prête serment d’apporter son
concours à la justice et de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance.
L’interprète ne peut en aucun cas être choisi parmi les magistrats du tribunal, les greffiers, les policiers, les
gendarmes, les parties ni les témoins.
Section 2 : Interrogatoires du mis en examen
Article 145. (présence de l’avocat à l’interrogatoire)
Lorsque le mis en examen est assisté d’un avocat, le juge d’instruction doit convoquer l’avocat au moins
cinq jours avant tout interrogatoire. Au cours de ce délai, l’avocat peut consulter le dossier de la procédure.
Le mis en examen ne peut être interrogé qu’en présence de son avocat. Toutefois si l’avocat,
régulièrement convoqué, ne se présente pas au jour et à l’heure indiqués, le juge d’instruction peut interroger
le mis en examen en l’absence de son avocat. Mention de cette absence est faite au procès verbal
d’interrogatoire.
A titre exceptionnel, le juge d’instruction peut interroger le mis en examen sans avoir convoqué son
avocat si le mis en examen renonce expressément à la présence de ce dernier. Cette renonciation doit figurer
dans un procès verbal distinct du procès verbal d’interrogatoire et signé par le mis en examen.
Le juge d’instruction peut également, en cas d’urgence, procéder à un interrogatoire sans avoir convoqué
l’avocat. L’urgence doit résulter d’un danger de mort ou d’un risque de disparition d’indices. La nature de
l’urgence doit être mentionnée au procès verbal.
Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 144 (concours d’un interprète) de ce code, le juge d’instruction peut faire
appel à un interprète.

Article 146. (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction)
Lors des interrogatoires du mis en examen, le procureur du Royaume et les avocats peuvent poser des
questions avec l’autorisation du juge d’instruction.
En cas de refus, il en est fait mention dans le procès verbal.
Article 147. (confrontations)
Les dispositions des articles 145 (présence de l’avocat à l’interrogatoire) et 146 (questions avec
autorisation du juge d’instruction) de ce code sont applicables en cas de confrontation du mis en examen.
Article 148. (délai minimum pour interrogatoire)
Lorsqu’il s’est écoulé un délai de quatre mois à compter de l’interrogatoire de première comparution sans
que le mis en examen ait été interrogé ou confronté, le juge d’instruction est tenu de recevoir ses déclarations
si le mis en examen en fait la demande. Si le juge d’instruction s’abstient de convoquer le mis en examen
dans le mois qui suit la demande, le mis en examen peut saisir directement la chambre d’instruction qui reçoit
elle-même ses déclarations. Le procès verbal est ensuite transmis au juge d’instruction.
Article 149. (droits de la défense)
L’avocat d’un mis en examen détenu peut communiquer librement avec son client à l’intérieur de la
prison ou du centre de détention. La conversation entre l’avocat et le mis en examen ne peut être ni écoutée,
ni enregistrée. L’avocat peut lire à son client les pièces du dossier. En revanche il ne peut communiquer à son
client des photocopies des pièces du dossier.
Section 3 : Auditions de la partie civile
Article 150. (audition de la partie civile)
La partie civile peut être assistée par un avocat.

Dans ce cas, le juge d’instruction doit convoquer l’avocat de la partie civile au moins cinq jours avant
toute audition. Au cours de ce délai, l’avocat peut consulter le dossier de la procédure.
La partie civile ne peut être entendue qu’en présence de son avocat. Toutefois si l’avocat, régulièrement
convoqué, ne se présente pas au jour et à l’heure indiqués, le juge d’instruction peut entendre la partie civile
en l’absence de son avocat. Mention de cette absence est faite au procès verbal d’audition.
A titre exceptionnel, le juge d’instruction peut entendre la partie civile sans avoir convoqué son avocat si
la partie civile renonce expressément à la présence de ce dernier. Cette renonciation doit figurer dans un
procès verbal distinct du procès verbal d’audition et signé par la partie civile.
Le juge d’instruction peut également, en cas d’urgence, entendre la partie civile sans avoir convoqué
l’avocat. L’urgence doit résulter d’un danger de mort ou d’un risque de disparition d’indices. La nature de
l’urgence doit être mentionnée au procès verbal.
appel à un interprète.
Article 151. (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction)

Lors des auditions, le procureur du Royaume et les avocats peuvent poser des questions avec
l’autorisation du juge d’instruction. En cas de refus, il en est fait mention dans le procès verbal.
Article 152. (confrontation)
Les dispositions des articles 150 (audition de la partie civile) et 151 (questions avec autorisation du juge
d’instruction) de ce code, sont applicables en cas de confrontation de la partie civile.
Section 4 : Auditions de témoins
Article 153. (audition des témoins)
Le juge d’instruction peut entendre toute personne dont la déposition parait utile à la manifestation de la
vérité.
Il entend les témoins séparément, hors la présence du mis en examen et de la partie civile. Il peut
également organiser des confrontations entre le mis en examen, la partie civile et les témoins.
Toute personne convoquée par le juge d’instruction en qualité de témoin est tenue de comparaître.
En cas de refus, le juge d’instruction peut faire appel à la force publique pour contraindre le témoin à
comparaître devant lui. Il délivre un ordre de comparaître. L’ordre de comparaître comporte l’identité du
témoin; il est daté et signé par le juge d’instruction et revêtu de son sceau.
Article 154. (serment des témoins)
Avant de répondre aux questions posées, chaque témoin prête serment de dire la vérité conformément à sa
religion ou à sa croyance. Les formes du serment sont soumises à celles fixées par l’annexe du présent code.
Article 155. (concours d’un interprète)
appel à un interprète pour entendre un témoin.
Article 156. (témoins dispensés du serment)
Sont entendus sans prestation de serment les témoins suivants :

1° le père, la mère et tout ascendant du mis en examen;
2° le fils, la fille et tout descendant du mis en examen;
3° les frères et sœurs du mis en examen;
4° les beaux-frères et belles-sœurs du mis en examen;
5° le mari ou la femme du mis en examen, même après divorce;
6° les enfants âgés de moins de quatorze ans.
Article 157. (impossibilité d’audition de certains témoins)

Afin de préserver les droits de la défense, le juge d’instruction ne peut entendre en qualité de témoin une
personne contre laquelle existent des indices de culpabilité. Dans ce cas, le juge d’instruction appliquera
l’article 143 (notification de mise en examen) de ce code.
Article 158. (transport au domicile du témoin)
Si le témoin est malade ou ne peut se déplacer, le juge d’instruction et le greffier peuvent se rendre au
domicile du témoin, ou au lieu où il se trouve, pour recueillir ses déclarations.
Section 5 : Perquisitions et les saisies
Article 159. (règles applicables aux perquisitions)
Le juge d’instruction peut procéder à des perquisitions.

Il doit perquisitionner en présence de l’occupant des lieux ou, à défaut, de deux témoins qu’il désigne.
Les témoins ne peuvent être des policiers ni des gendarmes qui participent à la coopération de perquisition.
Il ne peut commencer la perquisition avant six heures le matin et après dix-huit heures le soir, sauf :
- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu ouvert au public:
- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu où des personnes se livrent à la prostitution ou aux jeux;
- en cas de perquisition dans un lieu où sont produits, conservés, trafiqués, distribués ou consommés des
produits stupéfiants.
Les perquisitions au cabinet d’un avocat doivent être faites en présence du bâtonnier de l’ordre des
avocats ou de son délégué.
Le juge d’instruction doit établir un procès verbal de perquisition, signé par lui et par le greffier, et par
l’occupant des lieux ou deux témoins.
Le procès verbal mentionne l’identité de l’occupant des lieux ou de chacun des deux témoins. Lorsque la
perquisition a lieu au cabinet d’un avocat, le procès verbal mentionne la présence du bâtonnier ou de son
délégué.
Article 160. (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction)
Le juge d’instruction peut saisir les pièces à conviction. Il doit les placer sous scellés.
Après avoir présenté les objets saisis à l’occupant des lieux ou aux deux témoins, il établit un procès
verbal de saisie comportant l’inventaire des objets saisis. Le procès verbal de saisie est signé par le juge
d’instruction et par le greffier, et par l’occupant des lieux ou deux témoins. Il mentionne l’identité de
l’occupant des lieux ou de chacun des témoins.
Article 161. (restitution des objets saisis par le juge d’instruction)
Tant que l’ordonnance de règlement n’est pas rendue, le juge d’instruction est compétent pour restituer
les objets saisis, lorsque la propriété n’en est pas sérieusement contestée. Il statue par ordonnance motivée,
après avoir recueilli l’avis du procureur du Royaume. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au
demandeur et à son avocat s’il en a désigné un.
Il n’y pas lieu à restitution lorsque cette mesure est de nature à faire obstacle à la manifestation de la
vérité.
Les objets dangereux pour les personnes ou pour les biens, tels que les armes ou les explosifs, ainsi que
les objets dont la détention est illégale, ne peuvent être restitués. Ils deviennent propriété de l’Etat.

Section 6 : Expertises
Article 162. (nécessité d’une expertise)
Dans le cas où se pose une question technique, le juge d’instruction peut, d’office ou à la demande du
procureur du Royaume, du mis en examen ou de la partie civile, ordonner une expertise.
Lorsque le juge d’instruction refuse de faire droit à une demande d’expertise, il doit statuer par une
ordonnance motivée. L’ordonnance doit être rendue dans le délai de cinq jours si la demande émane du
procureur du Royaume, et d’un mois si elle émane du mis en examen ou de la partie civile. Elle est notifiée
dans le plus bref délai au demandeur.
Article 163. (liste nationale des experts)
Il est institué une liste nationale des experts. Cette liste est établie par le ministre de la Justice. Les
modalités d’inscription et de radiation sur la liste sont fixées par prakas.
Les experts inscrits sur la liste nationale des experts prêtent serment, devant la cour d’appel de PHNOM-
PENH, d’apporter loyalement leur concours à la justice, conformément à leur religion ou à leur croyance. Les
experts inscrits sur la liste n’ont pas à renouveler leur serment chaque fois qu’ils sont commis.
Article 164. (désignation d’un expert ne figurant pas sur la liste)
Le juge d’instruction doit normalement choisir l’expert sur la liste nationale des experts.
Il peut, par ordonnance spécialement motivée, désigner un expert ne figurant pas sur cette liste. Dans ce
cas l’expert doit prêter serment d’apporter loyalement son concours à la justice, conformément à sa religion
ou à sa croyance.
Article 165. (ordonnance de désignation d’un expert)
L’expert est désigné par une ordonnance du juge d’instruction. L’ordonnance précise la mission de
l’expert ainsi que le délai dans lequel elle doit être accomplie.
La mission ne peut concerner que des questions d’ordre technique.
S’il y a lieu, le juge d’instruction remet à l’expert une partie ou l’ensemble des objets saisis. Il établit un
procès verbal de remise des objets saisis. L’expert est autorisé à briser les scellés pour procéder à l’expertise.
Si l’expertise est de nature à entraîner la dégradation ou la destruction des objets saisis, l’expert doit, avant de
commencer ses opérations, en informer le juge d’instruction et solliciter son autorisation.
Article 166. (contrôle de la mission de l’expert par le juge d’instruction)
L’expert remplit sa mission sous le contrôle du juge d’instruction. Il doit le tenir informé du déroulement
de sa mission, notamment des difficultés qu’il peut rencontrer.
Si l’expert ne respecte pas le délai imparti par le juge d’instruction, celui-ci procède au remplacement de
l’expert. Toutefois si les circonstances le justifient, le juge peut, par ordonnance, accorder une prolongation
du délai.
Article 167. (actes nécessaires à l’accomplissement de la mission de l’expert)

L’expert peut, pour l’accomplissement de sa mission, entendre toute personne autre que le mis en
examen. Les déclarations reçues par l’expert ne valent qu’à titre de simple renseignement. Aucune personne
entendue par l’expert ne prête serment.
S’il estime nécessaire d’entendre le mis en examen, l’expert doit solliciter l’autorisation du juge
d’instruction. Le mis en examen peut demander à être entendu par l’expert en présence de son avocat.
Toutefois lorsque le juge d’instruction désigne un médecin ou un psychologue pour examiner le mis en
examen, l’examen médical ou psychologique de ce dernier a lieu hors la présence de l’avocat.
Article 168. (rapport de l’expert)
Lorsque les opérations d’expertise sont terminées, l’expert établit un rapport dans lequel il décrit avec
précision l’ensemble de ses opérations et formule ses conclusions. L’expert doit attester avoir
personnellement accompli les opérations décrites dans le rapport. Le rapport est daté et signé.
Lorsque l’expert a brisé des scellés pour examiner des objets saisis, il le mentionne dans son rapport.
Lorsque l’expert remet son rapport, il restitue au juge d’instruction les objets saisis. Si les scellés ont été
brisés, le juge d’instruction place de nouveau les objets sous scellé. Un procès verbal de restitution des objets
et, le cas échéant, de placement sous scellé est établi.
Lorsque l’expertise a entraîné la dégradation ou la destruction des objets saisis, l’expert doit mentionner
dans son rapport l’autorisation du juge d’instruction prévue par l’article 165 (ordonnance de désignation d’un
expert), alinéa 3 et troisième phrase de ce code.
Dans toute la mesure du possible, l’expert établit une copie du rapport et la remet au juge d’instruction.
Article 169. (désignation de plusieurs experts)
Si les circonstances le justifient, le juge d’instruction peut désigner plusieurs experts.

Dans ce cas, si les experts sont d’un avis différent, chacun d’eux indique son opinion personnelle ou ses
réserves.
Article 170. (notification des conclusions de l’expertise)
Lorsque le rapport d’expertise est déposé, le juge d’instruction en informe le procureur du Royaume.
Le rapport est versé au dossier d’instruction.
Le juge d’instruction convoque le mis en examen et son avocat pour leur donner connaissance des
conclusions de l’expertise.
Le juge d’instruction convoque également la partie civile et son avocat pour leur donner connaissance des
conclusions de l’expertise.
Le juge d’instruction fixe un délai au procureur du Royaume, au mis en examen et à la partie civile pour
présenter une demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise. Le délai ne peut être inférieur à
dix jours. Pendant ce délai, le dossier, comportant le rapport d’expertise, peut être consulté par les avocats.
Toute demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise doit être motivée et présentée par écrit.
Lorsque le juge d’instruction refuse de faire droit à une demande de complément d’expertise ou de
contre-expertise, il doit statuer par une ordonnance motivée. L’ordonnance doit être rendue dans le délai de
cinq jours si la demande émane du procureur du Royaume, et d’un mois si elle émane du mis en examen ou
de la partie civile. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au demandeur.
Toute demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise formée après l’expiration du délai fixé
par le juge d’instruction est classée au dossier.
Si le juge d’instruction, saisi d’une demande d’expertise, de complément d’expertise ou de contre-
expertise, s’abstient de statuer dans les délais prévus soit par l’article 162 (nécessité d’une expertise) (alinéa

2) de ce code, soit par le présent article, le demandeur peut, par voie de requête, saisir directement la chambre
d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.
Article 171. (les frais d’expertise)
Les frais d’expertise sont à la charge du demandeur.

Lorsque le juge d’instruction, le procureur ou les officiers de police judiciaire demandent un complément
d’expertise ou une contre-expertise, les frais qui en résultent sont à la charge de l’Etat
Section 7 : Ecoutes téléphoniques
Article 172. (écoutes téléphoniques ordonnées par le juge d’instruction)
Le juge d’instruction peut, pour les besoins de la manifestation de la vérité, ordonner l’écoute et
l’enregistrement de conversations téléphoniques. Il peut également ordonner l’interception et
l’enregistrement de toute correspondance émise par le moyen des télécommunications, telle que les messages
fax ou les messages internet.
Il peut demander à tout service public ou à tout fonctionnaire qualifié d’installer le dispositif technique et
de procéder aux enregistrements. Le juge d’instruction précise dans son ordonnance la nature des liaisons à
intercepter, ainsi que la durée de la mission.
Le service public ou le fonctionnaire désigné est tenu de satisfaire à la demande du juge d’instruction. Au
cours de l’exécution de la mission, il tient le juge d’instruction informé du déroulement de celle-ci,
notamment des difficultés éventuelles. Lorsque la mission est accomplie, il établit une transcription écrite des
enregistrements; cette transcription doit refléter fidèlement le contenu des enregistrements. Les
enregistrements sont remis au juge d’instruction et placés sous scellé.
Le juge d’instruction peut à tout moment se rendre dans les locaux où sont effectués les interceptions et
les enregistrements. L’accès à ces locaux ne peut lui être interdit pour quelque motif que ce soit, même s’il
s’agit de locaux militaires.
Le juge d’instruction peut également procéder par voie de commission rogatoire.
Section 8 : Commissions rogatoires
Article 173. (commission rogatoire)
Le juge d’instruction peut demander, par voie de commission rogatoire, à un juge de son tribunal ou d’un
autre tribunal, à un officier de police judiciaire ou à un service de police judiciaire d’effectuer des actes
d’instruction.
Article 174. (contenu de la commission rogatoire)
La commission rogatoire précise la nature des actes à effectuer. Ces actes doivent être en relation directe
avec l’infraction poursuivie. La commission rogatoire ne peut être générale et doit être précise.
Le juge d’instruction fixe le délai dans lequel la commission rogatoire doit être exécutée.
La commission rogatoire est datée et signée par le juge d’instruction et revêtu de son sceau.
Le juge d’instruction peut, à tout moment, rapporter la commission rogatoire.
Article 175. (commission rogatoire délivrée à un autre juge)

Lorsque la commission rogatoire est délivrée à un juge, celui-ci dispose de tous les pouvoirs du juge
d’instruction.
Article 176. (commission rogatoire délivrée à un officier de police judiciaire)
Lorsque la commission rogatoire est délivrée à un officier de police judiciaire, ce dernier dispose des
pouvoirs prévus par les articles 178 (procès verbal de recherches et de constatations) à 184 (procès verbaux
établis par l’officier de police judiciaire) de ce code.
Pour l’exécution de la commission rogatoire, l’officier de police judiciaire est placé sous l’autorité du
juge d’instruction et n’a de compte à rendre qu’à ce magistrat.
Article 177. (exécution de la commission rogatoire par un officier de police judiciaire)
L’officier de police judiciaire effectue les actes visés dans la commission rogatoire dans son ressort
territorial, sous réserve des dispositions de l’article 68 (extension de la compétence territoriale) (alinéas 2 et
3).
Article 178. (procès verbal de recherches et de constatations)
L’officier de police judiciaire établit un procès verbal de ses recherches et constatations.
Article 179. (règles concernant les auditions effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire)
L’officier de police judiciaire peut convoquer et entendre des témoins.

Avant de répondre aux questions posées, chaque témoin prête serment de dire la vérité, conformément à
sa religion ou à sa croyance. Toutefois les témoins énumérés par l’article 156 (témoins dispensés du serment)
sont dispensés de serment. Afin de préserver les droits de la défense, l’officier de police judiciaire ne peut
entendre en qualité de témoin une personne contre laquelle existent des indices de culpabilité. Lorsque
l’audition d’un témoin fait apparaître contre lui des indices de culpabilité, l’officier de police judiciaire doit
interrompre l’audition et en référer au juge d’instruction. L’officier de police judiciaire peut faire appel à un
interprète qui prête serment d’apporter son concours à la justice, conformément à sa religion ou à sa
croyance.
La personne convoquée en qualité de témoin est tenue de comparaître. En cas de refus, l’officier de police
judiciaire avise le juge d’instruction qui peut délivrer un ordre de comparaître. L’ordre de comparaître
comporte l’identité du témoin; il est daté et signé par le juge d’instruction et revêtu de son sceau. L’ordre de
comparaître autorise l’officier de police judiciaire à faire appel à la force publique pour contraindre le témoin
à comparaître devant lui.
Les alinéas 2 à 5 de l’article 93 (procès verbal d'audition) de ce code sont applicables au procès verbal
d’audition du témoin.
Article 180. (auditions ne pouvant être effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire)
L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut interroger un mis en examen ni entendre une partie civile.
Article 181. (perquisitions et saisies effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire)

L’officier de police judiciaire peut effectuer des perquisitions et des saisies dans les conditions prévues
par les articles 91 (perquisitions) et 92 (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction) de ce code. Toutefois
l’autorisation prévue par la deuxième phrase du premier alinéa de l’article 91 (perquisitions) de ce code est
donnée par le juge d’instruction.
Article 182. (garde à vue dans le cadre d’une commission rogatoire)
Les dispositions des articles 96 (placement en garde à vue) à 102 (procès verbal récapitulatif de garde à
vue) relatives à la garde à vue sont applicables dans le cadre de l’exécution d’une commission rogatoire.
Toutefois les pouvoirs attribués par ces articles au procureur du Royaume sont exercés par le juge
d’instruction. Pour l’application des articles 103 (déférement du gardé à vue) et 104 (délai de déferrement) de
ce code, la personne est conduite devant le juge d’instruction à l’expiration de la garde à vue.
Article 183. (écoutes dans le cadre d’une commission rogatoire)
Lorsque la commission rogatoire prévoit l’écoute et l’enregistrement de conversations téléphoniques, ou

l’interception et l’enregistrement de toute correspondance émise par le moyen des télécommunications, telle
que les messages fax ou les messages internet, l’officier de police judiciaire exerce les pouvoirs attribués au
juge d’instruction par la deuxième phrase de l’alinéa 1er et l’alinéa 2 de l’article 172 (écoutes téléphoniques
ordonnées par le juge d’instruction) de ce code.
Article 184. (procès verbaux établis par l’officier de police judiciaire)
Les procès verbaux établis par un officier de police judiciaire dans le cadre de l’exécution d’une
commission rogatoire sont soumis aux dispositions de l’article 108 (mentions portées aux procès verbaux) de
ce code.
Chapitre 3 : Mesures de sûreté ;

Section 1 : Mandats
Article 185. (mandats délivrés)
Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat de comparution, un mandat d’amener, un mandat d’arrêt et
un mandat de dépôt.
Section 2 : Mandat de comparution ;
Article 186. (mandat de comparution)
Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat de comparution.

Le mandat de comparution est l’ordre donné à une personne de comparaître devant le juge d’instruction.
Le mandat de comparution peut être délivré à l’encontre d’un mis en examen ou d’une personne contre
laquelle existent des indices de culpabilité.
Article 187. (mentions portées sur le mandat de comparution)

Le mandat de comparution comporte les mentions suivantes :
- l’identité de la personne concernée;
- l’infraction reprochée et les textes de loi qui la définissent et la répriment;
- le jour, l’heure et le lieu de la comparution devant le juge d’instruction;
- le nom et la qualité du magistrat qui délivre le mandat.
Il est daté et signé par le juge d’instruction, et revêtu de son sceau.
Article 188. (notification du mandat de comparution)
Le mandat de comparution est notifié à la personne concernée par un officier de police judiciaire, un
agent de police judiciaire ou un huissier.
La personne concernée reçoit une copie du mandat et doit signer l’original, qui est retourné au juge
d’instruction.
L’officier de police judiciaire, l’agent de police judiciaire ou l’huissier doit aviser le juge d’instruction de
toute difficulté dans l’exécution de la mission.
Section 3 : Mandat d’amener ;
Article 189. (délivrance du mandat d’amener par le juge d’instruction)
Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat d’amener.
Article 190. (mandat d’amener)
Le mandat d’amener est l’ordre donné à la force publique d’arrêter une personne et de la conduire devant
le juge d’instruction.
Le mandat d’amener peut être délivré à l’encontre d’un mis en examen ou d’une personne contre laquelle
existent des indices de culpabilité.
Article 191. (mentions portées sur le mandat d’amener)
Le mandat d’amener comporte les mentions suivantes :

Article 192. (exécution du mandat d’amener)
L’exécution des mandats d’amener est confiée aux officiers de police judiciaire.
En cas d’urgence, le mandat d’amener est diffusé auprès des services de police ou de gendarmerie par
tout moyen. L’original du mandat est remis dans les plus brefs délais à l’officier de police judiciaire chargé
de l’exécution. L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut s’introduire au domicile où réside la personne
concernée avant six heures le matin et après dix-huit heures le soir. Il doit aviser le juge d’instruction de toute
difficulté dans l’exécution de sa mission.
Article 193. (présentation sur mandat d’amener)
Si, en raison des circonstances, la personne concernée ne peut être présentée au juge d’instruction aussitôt
après son arrestation, elle est conduite dans un local de police ou de gendarmerie, dans une prison ou dans un
centre de détention. Elle doit être présentée le lendemain au plus tard au juge d’instruction ou à son
remplaçant. Si la présentation ne peut avoir lieu le lendemain, la personne concernée est remise en liberté.
Article 194. (imputation de la durée de la détention provisoire)
Lorsqu’une personne, arrêtée en exécution d’un mandat d’amener, est incarcérée, la durée de cette
incarcération s’impute, s’il y a lieu, sur la durée de la détention provisoire.
Section 4 : Mandat d’arrêt ;
Article 195. (délivrance du mandat d’arrêt par le juge d’instruction)
Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat d’arrêt.
Article 196. (mandat d’arrêt)
Le mandat d’arrêt peut être délivré à l’encontre d’un mis en examen ou d’une personne contre laquelle
existent des indices de culpabilité.
Le juge d’instruction ne peut délivrer un mandat d’arrêt que si :
1° l’infraction reprochée est un crime ou un délit puni d’une peine d’emprisonnement;
2° la personne concernée est en fuite, réside en un lieu inconnu ou réside hors du territoire du Royaume.
Le mandat d’arrêt est l’ordre donné :
- à la force publique de rechercher une personne, de l’arrêter et de la conduire dans une prison ou un
centre de détention;
- au directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention de recevoir et d’incarcérer cette personne.
Article 197. (mandat d’arrêt et avis du procureur)
Avant de délivrer un mandat d’arrêt, le juge d’instruction doit recueillir l’avis du procureur du Royaume.
Il délivre ce mandat avec indication des motifs après avoir recueilli l’avis du procureur.
Le procureur du Royaume veille à la diffusion des mandats d’arrêt.
Article 198. (mentions portées sur mandat d’arrêt)
Le mandat d’arrêt comporte les mentions suivantes :


Article 199. (exécution du mandat d’arrêt)
L’exécution des mandats d’arrêt est confiée aux officiers de police judiciaire.
En cas d’urgence, le mandat d’arrêt est diffusé auprès des services de police ou de gendarmerie par tout
moyen. L’original du mandat est remis dans les plus brefs délais à l’officier de police judiciaire chargé de
l’exécution.
L’officier de police judiciaire ne peut s’introduire au domicile où réside la personne concernée avant six
heures le matin et après dix-huit heures le soir. Il doit aviser le juge d’instruction de toute difficulté dans
l’exécution de sa mission.
Article 200. (diffusion internationale du mandat d’arrêt)
En cas de besoin, les mandats d’arrêt peuvent faire l’objet d’une diffusion internationale, par
l’intermédiaire du ministère de la Justice, à l’aide des mécanismes efficaces.
Article 201. (présentation sur mandat d’arrêt)
Le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention est tenu de recevoir et d’incarcérer un mis en examen
qui fait l’objet d’un mandat d’arrêt. Il conserve l’original du mandat ou une copie certifiée conforme.
La personne concernée doit être présentée au juge d’instruction ou à son remplaçant dans les plus brefs
délais, si elle est encore dans la phase d’instruction.
Si cette présentation nécessite un transfert de la personne concernée vers une autre prison ou un autre
centre de détention, ce transfert est organisé par le parquet.
Si la personne concernée n’est pas présentée au juge d’instruction ou à son remplaçant le lendemain du
jour de son arrestation, elle doit être entendue par le procureur du Royaume du lieu de détention. Celui-ci
établit un procès verbal d’audition qui sera transmis au juge d’instruction.
Article 202. (imputation de la durée de la détention provisoire)
Lorsqu’une personne, arrêtée en exécution d’un mandat d’arrêt, est incarcérée, la durée de cette
incarcération s’impute, s’il y a lieu, sur la durée de la détention provisoire.
Section 5 : Détention provisoire
Article 203. (principe de la détention provisoire)
En principe, le mis en examen reste libre. Il peut, à titre exceptionnel, être placé en détention provisoire
dans les conditions prévues par la présente section.
Article 204. (cas de détention provisoire)
La détention provisoire n’est applicable qu’en cas de mise en examen pour un crime ou pour un délit puni
d’une peine égale ou supérieure à un an d’emprisonnement.

Article 205. (motifs de détention provisoire)
La détention provisoire peut être ordonnée lorsqu’elle est nécessaire :

1° pour mettre fin à l’infraction ou prévenir son renouvellement;
2° pour empêcher soit une pression sur les témoins ou les victimes, soit une concertation entre le mis en
examen et complice;
3° pour conserver les preuves ou les indices matériels;
4° pour garantir le maintien du mis en examen à la disposition de la justice;
5° pour protéger le mis en examen;
6° pour préserver l’ordre public du trouble causé par l’infraction.
Article 206. (des observations du mis en examen et motivations de l’ordonnance)
Le juge d’instruction qui envisage, soit de sa propre initiative, soit sur les réquisitions du procureur du
Royaume, de placer un mis en examen en détention provisoire, en informe le mis en examen et recueille ses
observations. Lorsque le mis en examen est assisté par un avocat, ce dernier présente ses moyens de défense.
Le juge d’instruction place le mis en examen en détention provisoire par une ordonnance motivée. Il doit,
dans son ordonnance, se référer aux dispositions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code.
L’ordonnance est notifiée immédiatement au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.
Le juge d’instruction délivre un mandat de dépôt dans les conditions prévues aux articles 220 (définition
du mandat de dépôt), 221 (mentions portées sur le mandat de dépôt) et 222 (exécution du mandat de dépôt)
de ce code.
Article 207. (ordonnance de refus de mise en détention provisoire)
Lorsque le juge d’instruction, saisi de réquisitions du procureur du Royaume tendant à obtenir le

placement du mis en examen en détention provisoire, refuse d’y faire droit, il doit rendre dans les cinq jours
une ordonnance de refus qui n’a pas à être motivée. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au
demandeur.
Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai de cinq jours, le procureur du Royaume peut, par voie
de requête, saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.
Article 208. (durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle)
Pour le majeur poursuivi pour un crime, la détention provisoire ne peut excéder six mois. Toutefois à
l’expiration de ce délai, le juge d’instruction peut prolonger la détention provisoire pour une durée de six
mois à chaque fois par une ordonnance motivée et précise.
Il ne peut ordonner que deux prolongations.
Article 209. (durée de la détention provisoire en matière correctionnelle)
Pour le majeur poursuivi pour un délit, la détention provisoire ne peut excéder quatre mois. Toutefois à
l’expiration de ce délai, le juge d’instruction ne peut prolonger qu’une seule fois la détention provisoire pour
une durée qui ne peut excéder deux mois par une ordonnance motivée et précise.

La durée de la détention provisoire ci-dessus ne doit pas excéder la moitié du minimum de la peine prévue
par la loi.
Article 210. (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de crime contre l’humanité
Dans le cas de poursuites pour crime contre l’humanité, crime de génocide ou crime de guerre, la
détention provisoire ne peut excéder un an pour chacune de ces infractions. Toutefois à l’expiration de ce
délai, le juge d’instruction peut prolonger la détention provisoire pour une durée qui ne peut excéder un an
par une ordonnance motivée et précise.
Il ne peut ordonner que deux prolongations.
Article 211. (prolongation de la détention provisoire)
Lorsqu’il envisage de prolonger la détention provisoire, le juge d’instruction en informe le mis en examen
et recueille ses observations. Lorsque le mis en examen est assisté par un avocat, ce dernier présente ses
moyens de défense.
Le juge d’instruction prolonge la détention provisoire par une ordonnance motivée. Il doit, dans son
ordonnance, se référer aux dispositions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code.
L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au mis en examen.
Article 212. (décision concernant les mineurs de moins de 14 ans)
Les mineurs âgés de moins de quatorze ans ne peuvent être placés en détention provisoire. Le juge
d’instruction peut décider de remettre ces mineurs à leurs tuteurs ou dans le cas où ils n’en ont pas, les
remettre au centre d’éducation et d’entretien provisoire en attendant la décision du juge.
Article 213. (durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle relative au mineur

âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans)
Pour le mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans et poursuivi pour un crime, la durée de la
détention provisoire est suivante :
1. La détention provisoire ne peut excéder quatre mois lorsqu’il est âgé de moins de seize ans.
2. La détention provisoire ne peut excéder six mois lorsqu’il est âgé de seize ans à moins de dix-huit
ans.
Article 214. (durée de la détention provisoire en matière correctionnelle relative au

mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans)
Pour le mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans et poursuivi pour un délit, la durée de la
détention provisoire est suivante :
1. La détention provisoire ne peut excéder deux mois lorsqu’il est âgé de moins de seize ans.
2. La détention provisoire ne peut excéder quatre mois lorsqu’il est âgé de seize ans à moins de dix-huit
ans.
La durée de la détention provisoire selon les 1er et 2e points du présent article ne doit pas excéder la moitié
du minimum de la peine fixée par la loi pour ces mineurs.
Article 215. (mise en liberté du mis en examen par le juge d’instruction)
Le juge d’instruction peut ordonner à tout moment la mise en liberté d’un mis en examen.

Lorsqu’il envisage de mettre le mis en examen en liberté, il en informe le procureur du Royaume afin de
recueillir son avis, et lui communique le dossier. Le procureur du Royaume doit formuler son avis dans le
plus bref délai. Le juge d’instruction statue au plus tard dans les cinq jours qui suivent la communication du
dossier.
En cas d’urgence, le juge d’instruction peut ordonner la mise en liberté immédiate du mis en examen sans
attendre l’avis du procureur du Royaume. Il doit indiquer le motif d’urgence dans son ordonnance.
Article 216. (mise en liberté du mis en examen sur réquisitions du procureur du

Royaume)
Le procureur du Royaume peut requérir à tout moment la mise en liberté du mis en examen. Le juge
d’instruction doit statuer dans le délai de cinq jours.
L’ordonnance qui refuse la mise en liberté doit être motivée.
Article 217. (mise en liberté sur demande du mis en examen)
Le mis en examen peut présenter à tout moment une demande de mise en liberté. Le juge d’instruction la
transmet immédiatement pour avis au procureur du Royaume et lui communique le dossier. Le procureur du
Royaume doit formuler son avis dans le plus bref délai. Le juge d’instruction statue au plus tard dans les cinq
jours qui suivent la communication du dossier.
Le mis en examen peut présenter à nouveau une autre demande de mise en liberté au juge d’instruction ou
à la chambre d’instruction dans le délai d’un mois à compter de la décision de refus de la demande
précédente. Le juge d’instruction ou la chambre d’instruction statue sur cette demande dans le délai de cinq
jours à compter de la réception de la demande.
L’ordonnance qui refuse la mise en liberté doit être motivée.
Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai de cinq jours, le mis en examen peut, par voie de
requête, saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.
Article 218. (notification de l’ordonnance de mise en liberté)
L’ordonnance de mise en liberté est notifiée immédiatement au procureur du Royaume et au directeur de

la prison ou du centre de détention. Les dispositions de l’article 276 (mise en liberté d’un mis en examen
détenu) de ce code sont applicables.
L’ordonnance qui refuse la mise en liberté est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume et
au mis en examen.
Lorsqu’il ordonne la mise en liberté d’un mis en examen, le juge d’instruction peut le placer sous contrôle
judiciaire dans les conditions prévues aux articles 223 (obligations du contrôle judiciaire) à 230 (soustraction
du mis en examen aux obligations du contrôle judiciaire) de ce code.
Section 6 : Mandat de dépôt
Article 219. (délivrance du mandat de dépôt par le juge d’instruction)
Le juge d’instruction peut délivrer un mandat de dépôt.
Article 220. (définition du mandat de dépôt)

Le mandat de dépôt est l’ordre donné au directeur d’une prison ou d’un centre de détention de recevoir et
d’incarcérer un mis en examen.
Le juge d’instruction ne peut délivrer un mandat de dépôt que si le mis en examen fait l’objet d’une
ordonnance de placement en détention provisoire.
Article 221. (mentions portées sur le mandat de dépôt)
Le mandat de dépôt comporte les mentions suivantes :

- l’identité du mis en examen;
- la nature de la mise en examen et les textes de loi qui définissent et répriment l’infraction;
Article 222. (exécution du mandat de dépôt)
Le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention est tenu de recevoir et d’incarcérer un mis en examen
qui fait l’objet d’un mandat de dépôt, jusqu’à ce qu’il reçoive notification de sa mise en liberté. Il conserve
l’original du mandat de dépôt ou une copie certifiée conforme.
Section 7 : Contrôle judiciaire
Article 223. (obligations du contrôle judiciaire)
Le juge d’instruction peut, à tout moment, placer le mis en examen sous contrôle judiciaire si ce dernier
est poursuivi d’une infraction punie d’une peine d’emprisonnement.
Le contrôle judiciaire a pour effet de soumettre un mis en examen libre à une ou plusieurs des obligations
suivantes :
1° ne pas sortir des limites territoriales fixées par le juge d’instruction;
2° ne pas changer de domicile sans l’autorisation du juge d’instruction;
3° ne pas se rendre en certains lieux fixés par le juge d’instruction;
4° se présenter périodiquement à un service de police ou de gendarmerie désigné par le juge d’instruction;
5° répondre à toute convocation de toute personne désignée par le juge d’instruction;
6° remettre au greffe tout document d’identité;
7° ne pas conduire un véhicule automobile;
8° ne pas recevoir ou rencontrer certaines personnes désignées par le juge d’instruction;
9° fournir une caution dont le montant et le délai de versement sont fixés par le juge d’instruction compte
tenu des ressources du mis en examen;
10° ne pas détenir ni porter d’arme; remettre au greffe les armes dont le mis en examen est détenteur;
11° se soumettre à un traitement médical ou à des soins, éventuellement sous le régime de
l’hospitalisation;
12° ne pas exercer certaines activités professionnelles.
Pour l’application du 12° ci-dessus, le juge d’instruction ne peut interdire l’exercice de mandats électifs ni
d’activités syndicales.

Article 224. (non application du contrôle judiciaire aux mineurs de moins de 14 ans)
Les mineurs âgés de moins de quatorze ans ne peuvent être placés sous contrôle judiciaire.
Article 225. (remise de récépissés)
Dans les cas prévus par les 6°, 9° et 10° de l’article 223 (obligations du contrôle judiciaire), le mis en
examen reçoit un récépissé de remise du document d’identité, de la caution ou des armes. Le récépissé de
remise du document d’identité est signé par le greffier.
Le récépissé de remise de la caution ou des armes est signé conjointement par le président du tribunal, le
procureur du Royaume et le greffier.
La caution est déposée sur un compte spécial ouvert dans une banque, ou conservée dans un local offrant
les plus grandes garanties de sécurité. Ce local est choisi d’un commun accord par le président du tribunal et
le procureur du Royaume.
Les armes sont conservées dans le local précité
.
Article 226. (ordonnance de placement sous contrôle judiciaire)
Le juge d’instruction place le mis en examen sous contrôle judiciaire soit de sa propre initiative, soit sur
les réquisitions du procureur du Royaume. Il précise dans son ordonnance les obligations imposées au mis en
examen.
L’ordonnance de placement sous contrôle judiciaire est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du
Royaume et au mis en examen.
Lorsque le juge d’instruction, saisi de réquisitions du procureur du Royaume tendant à obtenir le
placement du mis en examen sous contrôle judiciaire, refuse d’y faire droit, il doit rendre dans les cinq jours
une ordonnance de rejet.
L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume.
Article 227. (modification d’office du contrôle judiciaire par le juge d’instruction)
Le juge d’instruction peut à tout moment modifier le contenu de certaines obligations, en supprimer ou en
imposer de nouvelles.
Il peut également mettre fin au contrôle judiciaire.
Il statue par une ordonnance qui est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume et au mis en
examen.
Article 228. (demande de modifications du contrôle judiciaire par le procureur du

Royaume)
Le procureur du Royaume peut requérir à tout moment la mainlevée ou la modification du contrôle

judiciaire. Le juge d’instruction doit statuer dans le délai de cinq jours. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus
bref délai au procureur du Royaume.
Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans ce délai, le procureur du Royaume peut, par voie de requête,
saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.
L’ordonnance qui refuse de faire droit aux réquisitions doit être motivée.
Article 229. (demande de modifications du contrôle judiciaire par le mis en examen)
Le mis en examen peut présenter à tout moment une demande de mainlevée ou de modification du
contrôle judiciaire. Le juge d’instruction la transmet immédiatement pour avis au procureur du Royaume et
lui communique le dossier. Il statue au plus tard dans les cinq jours qui suivent la communication du dossier
au procureur du Royaume. L’ordonnance est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume et au
mis en examen.
Lorsqu’une demande de mainlevée ou de modification du contrôle judiciaire est présentée avant que le
juge d’instruction ou la chambre d’instruction ait statué sur une précédente demande, le délai de cinq jours ne
commence à courir qu’à compter de la décision rendue sur la précédente demande. L’ordonnance qui refuse
de faire droit à la demande doit être motivée.
Si le juge d’instruction n’a pas statué dans le délai de cinq jours, le mis en examen peut, par voie de
requête, saisir la chambre d’instruction qui statue à la place du juge d’instruction.
Article 230. (soustraction du mis en examen aux obligations du contrôle judiciaire)
Si le mis en examen se soustrait volontairement aux obligations du contrôle judiciaire, le juge peut le
placer en détention provisoire quelle que soit la durée de la peine d’emprisonnement encourue et même si le
mis en examen a déjà été placé en détention provisoire pour la durée maximum prévue par les articles 208
(durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle) à 210 (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de
crime contre l’humanité), 213 (durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle relative au mineur âgé
de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans) et 214 (durée de la détention provisoire en matière correctionnelle
relative au mineur âgé de quatorze ans à moins de dix-huit ans) de ce code.
Lorsqu’il envisage, pour ce motif, de placer le mis en examen en détention provisoire, le juge
d’instruction en informe le mis en examen et recueille ses observations. Si le mis en examen est assisté par un
avocat, ce dernier présente ses moyens de défense.
Le juge d’instruction place le mis en examen en détention provisoire par une ordonnance motivée.
L’ordonnance est immédiatement notifiée au procureur du Royaume et au mis en examen.
La détention provisoire ordonnée en application du présent article ne peut excéder quatre mois pour un
majeur et deux mois pour un mineur.
Chapitre 4 : Convocations et notifications

Section 1 : Dispositions générales
Article 231. (délais communs)
Tous les délais prévus par le présent livre pour l’accomplissement d’un acte ou d’une formalité expirent
le dernier jour à vingt-quatre heures. Le délai qui expirerait normalement un samedi, un dimanche ou un jour
férié est prorogé jusqu’au premier jour ouvrable suivant.
Dans tous les cas où la signature d’une personne est requise sur un acte, la signature peut être remplacée
par une empreinte digitale lorsque la personne ne sait pas signer.
Article 232. (modes de convocations)
Le mis en examen libre, la partie civile et le témoin sont convoqués par la voie postale, par la voie
administrative ou par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.
La convocation au mis en examen est effectuée à la dernière adresse déclarée, ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article
143 (notification de la mise en examen) de ce code.

En cas de nécessité, la convocation peut être faite par tout moyen.
Article 233. (convocation du mis en examen détenu)
Le mis en examen détenu est convoqué par l’intermédiaire du directeur de la prison ou du centre de
détention.
Article 234. (convocation des avocats)
Les avocats sont convoqués par la voie postale ou par la voie administrative.
En cas de nécessité, la convocation peut être faite par tout moyen.
Article 235. (mentions des convocations au dossier)
Le mode de convocation et la date de celle-ci sont mentionnés par le greffier dans le dossier.
Article 236. (notification d’ordonnance aux avocats)
Toutes les fois qu’une ordonnance doit être notifiée au mis en examen, le juge d’instruction doit
également la notifier à son avocat, si le mis en examen est assisté par un avocat.
Toutes les fois qu’une ordonnance doit être notifiée à la partie civile, le juge d’instruction doit également
la notifier à son avocat, si la partie civile est assistée par un avocat.
Article 237. (notification d’ordonnance au procureur du Royaume)
Les ordonnances du juge d’instruction sont notifiées verbalement au procureur du Royaume.

Le greffier mentionne la date de la notification en marge de l’ordonnance. Le procureur du Royaume
appose sa signature.
Le procureur général est informé des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par le procureur du Royaume
selon les modalités qu’il fixe.
Article 238. (notification d’ordonnance au mis en examen)
Les ordonnances du juge d’instruction sont notifiées au mis en examen détenu ainsi qu’il suit :
- soit verbalement;
- soit par l’intermédiaire du directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention.
Elles sont notifiées au mis en examen non détenu, à la partie civile et aux avocats ainsi qu’il suit :
- soit verbalement;
- soit par la voie administrative;
- soit par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.
Lorsque la notification est faite verbalement, le greffier mentionne la notification en marge de
l’ordonnance. Le mis en examen, la partie civile appose sa signature.

Dans les autres cas, la notification est faite par la remise d’une copie de l’ordonnance, contre récépissé.
Article 239. (remise de convocation ou d’ordonnance)
Tout fonctionnaire, toute autorité administrative, tout policier ou gendarme à qui le juge d’instruction
demande de remettre une convocation ou une ordonnance est tenu de se conformer à ses ordres.
La personne, le service ou l’autorité désigné par le juge d’instruction doit remettre la convocation ou
l’ordonnance à son destinataire, contre récépissé. Le récépissé est retourné dans le plus bref délai au juge
d’instruction.
Section 2 : Règles particulières
Article 240. (mentions portées obligatoirement au procès verbal du juge d’instruction)
Tout procès verbal du juge d’instruction doit comporter les indications suivantes :
- nom du juge d’instruction;
- nom du greffier;
- numéro, date de la procédure;
- date du réquisitoire introductif;
- nature des infractions visées dans le réquisitoire introductif;
- date d’établissement du procès verbal.
Chaque page du procès verbal doit être signée par le juge d’instruction et par le greffier.
Le procès verbal ne doit comporter aucun interligne. Les ratures et les renvois doivent être authentifiés
par la signature, en marge, du juge d’instruction et du greffier.
Article 241. (signature du procès verbal de première comparution)
Chaque page du procès verbal de première comparution mentionné à l’article 143 (notification de la mise
en examen) de ce code, est signée, en marge, par le juge d’instruction, le greffier et l’intéressé.
Lorsque le mis en examen fait des déclarations, celles-ci doivent être reproduites fidèlement dans le
procès verbal.
Article 242. (règles pour la rédaction des procès verbaux)
Chaque interrogatoire, audition ou confrontation donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès verbal.
Le procès verbal reproduit fidèlement les questions, les réponses et les déclarations spontanées.
Chaque page du procès verbal d’interrogatoire est signée par le mis en examen et le cas échéant par
l’interprète.
Chaque page du procès verbal d’audition de la partie civile est signée par la partie civile et le cas échéant
par l’interprète.
Chaque page du procès verbal d’audition de témoin est signée par le témoin et le cas échéant par
l’interprète.
Chaque page du procès verbal de confrontation est signée par toutes les personnes confrontées et le cas
échéant par l’interprète.

Avant de signer, le mis en examen, la partie civile ou le témoin relit le procès verbal. Si la personne ne
sait pas lire, le greffier lit à haute voix le procès verbal. L’interprète en donne la traduction. Si la personne
refuse de signer, le juge en fait mention dans le procès-verbal.
Article 243. (mentions portées obligatoirement sur l’ordonnance du juge d’instruction)
Toute ordonnance du juge d’instruction doit comporter les indications suivantes :

- nom du juge d’instruction;
- nom du greffier;
- numéro et date de la procédure;
- date du réquisitoire introductif;
- nature des infractions visées dans le réquisitoire introductif;
- si une mise en examen a été prononcée, l’identité du mis en examen, sa date de naissance, son lieu de
naissance, son domicile;
- numéro et date d’établissement de l’ordonnance.
Chaque page de l’ordonnance doit être signée par le juge d’instruction et par le greffier.
L’ordonnance ne doit comporter aucun interligne. Les ratures et les renvois doivent être authentifiés par
la signature, en marge, du juge d’instruction et du greffier.
Article 244. (ordonnance de transmission de pièces)
Lorsque le juge d’instruction communique une pièce du dossier au procureur du Royaume, il rend une
ordonnance de transmission de pièces.
Lorsqu’il communique le dossier au procureur du Royaume, il rend une ordonnance de transmission du
dossier.
Les dispositions de l’article 243 (mentions portées obligatoirement sur l’ordonnance du juge
d’instruction) de ce code, sont applicables aux ordonnances de transmission.
Article 245. (demandes présentées par l’avocat)
Toutes les fois que le présent code autorise le mis en examen à présenter une demande au juge
d’instruction, la demande peut être formulée par l’avocat du mis en examen.
Toutes les fois que le présent code autorise la partie civile à présenter une demande au juge d’instruction,
la demande peut être formulée par l’avocat de la partie civile.
Toute demande de restitution d’objet saisi formulée par une personne étrangère à la procédure
d’instruction peut être présentée par un avocat.
Chapitre 5 : Clôture de l’instruction

Article 246. (réquisitoire définitif du procureur du Royaume)
Lorsque le juge d’instruction estime que l’instruction est terminée, il en informe le procureur du
Royaume, le mis en examen, la partie civile et les avocats.
A l’issue d’un délai de deux jours, il communique le dossier au procureur du Royaume.
Si le procureur du Royaume estime que de nouveaux actes d’instruction sont nécessaires, il procède
conformément à l’article 132 (demande d’actes par le procureur du Royaume) de ce code.

Dans le délai de quinze jours si le mis en examen est détenu, et d’un mois dans le cas contraire, le
procureur du Royaume retourne le dossier au juge d’instruction, accompagné du réquisitoire définitif. Le
délai court à compter de la réception du dossier par le procureur du Royaume.
S’il estime, comme le juge d’instruction, que l’information est terminée, il établit un réquisitoire définitif
qui doit être écrit et motivé. Le procureur du Royaume peut requérir soit le renvoi du mis en examen devant
la juridiction de jugement, soit le non-lieu.
Article 247. (ordonnance de règlement)
Le juge d’instruction clôture l’instruction par une ordonnance de règlement. L’ordonnance de règlement
peut être une ordonnance de renvoi ou une ordonnance de non-lieu.
S’il estime que les faits constituent un crime, un délit ou une contravention, le juge d’instruction ordonne
le renvoi du mis en examen devant le tribunal. L’ordonnance énonce les faits reprochés et la qualification
juridique retenue.
Le juge d’instruction rend une ordonnance de non-lieu dans les cas suivants :
1° les faits ne constituent ni un crime, ni un délit, ni une contravention;
2° l’auteur des faits est resté inconnu;
3° il n’existe pas de charge suffisante contre le mis en examen.
L’ordonnance de règlement doit toujours être motivée. Le juge d’instruction n’est pas lié par le
réquisitoire définitif du procureur du Royaume. L’ordonnance peut être de renvoi pour certains faits, et de
non-lieu pour d’autres.
L’ordonnance de règlement est notifiée dans le plus bref délai au procureur du Royaume, au mis en
examen et à la partie civile.
Dans l’ordonnance de règlement, le juge d’instruction statue sur la restitution des objets saisis. Les
dispositions de l’article 119 (autorité compétente pour ordonner la restitution) (alinéa 2) de ce code sont
applicables.
Article 249. (dispositions de l’ordonnance de règlement relative à la détention provisoire

et au contrôle judiciaire)
L’ordonnance de règlement met fin à la détention provisoire. Les dispositions de l’article 276 (mise en
liberté d’un mis en examen détenu) de ce code sont applicables.
Néanmoins, le juge d’instruction peut, par une disposition particulière de l’ordonnance de règlement,
maintenir le mis en examen en détention provisoire jusqu’à sa comparution devant le tribunal. Il doit, dans
son ordonnance, se référer aux conditions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code.
La décision de maintien en détention provisoire cesse de produire effet au bout d’un délai de quatre mois.
Si le mis en examen n’a pas comparu devant le tribunal dans ce délai, il est mis en liberté provisoire d’office.
L’ordonnance de règlement met fin au contrôle judiciaire.
Lorsque le juge d’instruction a astreint le mis en examen au versement d’une caution, à la remise d’un
document d’identité ou à la remise d’une arme, la caution, le document d’identité ou l’arme, si cette dernière
n’a pas servi à commettre l’infraction, sont restitués par le greffier, contre récépissé signé par le mis en
examen.
Toutefois, le juge d’instruction peut, par une disposition particulière de l’ordonnance de règlement,
maintenir le mis en examen sous contrôle judiciaire jusqu’à sa comparution devant le tribunal.

Article 250. (transmission en vue d’audiencement)
S’il rend une ordonnance de renvoi, le juge d’instruction transmet sans délai le dossier au président du
tribunal en vue de la fixation de l’audience de jugement.
Article 251. (réouverture de l’information sur charges nouvelles)
Lorsque après une ordonnance ou un arrêt de non-lieu devenu définitif apparaissent des charges
nouvelles, l’instruction peut être réouverte à l’initiative du procureur du Royaume.
Chapitre 6 : Les nullités de l’instruction

Sont prescrites à peine de nullité les règles et formalités prévues par les articles suivants relatifs aux
dispositions générales de la procédure d’instruction :
- 122 (ouverture d’une instruction),
- 123 (compétence territoriale),
- 124 (réquisitoire introductif) (alinéa 3),
- 125 (étendue de la saisine) (alinéas 1er et 2) et
- 128 (assistance du greffier) de ce code.
Il y a également nullité lorsque la méconnaissance d’une règle ou d’une formalité substantielle, prévue
par le présent code ou toute disposition de procédure pénale, porte atteinte aux intérêts de la partie qu’elle
concerne. Ont notamment un caractère substantiel les règles ou formalités qui sont destinées à assurer le
respect des droits de la défense.
Article 253. (saisine de la chambre d’instruction)
Seule la chambre d’instruction a qualité pour constater la nullité d’une pièce de la procédure.
Si le juge d’instruction estime qu’une pièce de la procédure est frappée de nullité, il saisit la chambre
d’instruction par une ordonnance motivée, et en informe le procureur du Royaume, le mis en examen et la
partie civile.
Si le procureur du Royaume estime qu’une pièce de la procédure est frappée de nullité, il présente une
requête motivée à la chambre d’instruction et en informe le juge d’instruction.
Si le mis en examen ou la partie civile estime qu’une pièce de la procédure est frappée de nullité, il
présente une requête motivée à la chambre d’instruction et en informe le juge d’instruction. La requête peut
être présentée par l’avocat du mis en examen ou de la partie civile.
Les requêtes mentionnées au présent article sont enregistrées par le greffe de la chambre d’instruction. Le
greffier demande aussitôt au juge d’instruction de lui transmettre le dossier de la procédure.
Les ordonnances susceptibles d’appel ne peuvent pas faire l’objet d’une demande d’annulation.
Article 254. (renonciation d’une partie à se prévaloir d’une nullité)
Lorsque la méconnaissance d’une règle ou d’une formalité substantielle a porté atteinte aux intérêts d’une
partie, celle-ci peut renoncer à se prévaloir de la nullité et régulariser ainsi la procédure. Cette renonciation
doit être constatée par le juge d’instruction dans un procès-verbal. Lorsque la partie est assistée par un
avocat, le juge d’instruction doit convoquer l’avocat au moins cinq jours avant la date d’établissement du
procès-verbal. Dans ce délai, l’avocat peut consulter le dossier de la procédure.
Article 255. (poursuite de l’instruction en cas de saisine de la chambre de l’instruction)
Lorsque la chambre d’instruction est saisie d’une demande d’annulation, le juge d’instruction peut
poursuivre son instruction, sauf décision contraire du président de la chambre d’instruction ; cette décision
est insusceptible de recours.
Article 256. (couverture des nullités par l’ordonnance de règlement)
L’ordonnance de règlement devenue définitive couvre, s’il en existe, les nullités de la procédure
antérieure. Aucune nullité de la procédure antérieure ne peut plus être invoquée devant la juridiction de
jugement.

Article 257. (registre des appels et requêtes)
Il est tenu, au greffe de la chambre d’instruction, un registre des appels et des requêtes. Après avoir reçu la
demande, le greffier de la chambre d’instruction doit immédiatement informer le juge d’instruction
Lorsque la chambre d’instruction est directement saisie par voie de requête, le greffier de la chambre
d’instruction demande au greffier du juge d’instruction de lui adresser le dossier de la procédure ou le dossier de
sauvegarde.
Article 258. (notification de la date d’audience)
Le président de la chambre d’instruction vérifie si le dossier est en état et fixe la date d’audience. Il
notifie verbalement la date d’audience au procureur général près la cour d’appel. Le procureur général notifie
la date d’audience aux parties et aux avocats.
La notification est faite au mis en examen détenu ainsi qu’il suit :
- soit verbalement;
La notification est faite au mis en examen non détenu, à la partie civile et aux avocats ainsi qu’il suit :
- soit verbalement;
Lorsque la notification est faite verbalement, le greffier mentionne la date de la notification en marge de
l’ordonnance. Le mis en examen, la partie civile ou l’avocat appose sa signature.
Dans les autres cas, la notification est faite par la remise d’une copie de l’ordonnance, contre récépissé.
Article 259. (consultation du dossier et mémoire)
Le procureur général près la cour d’appel et les avocats peuvent consulter le dossier jusqu’à l’audience.

Le procureur général doit remettre au greffier, au plus tard la veille de l’audience, ses réquisitions écrites.
Les parties et les avocats peuvent remettre au greffier des mémoires.
Les réquisitions écrites et les mémoires sont visés par le greffier, avec indication de la date, et
immédiatement versés au dossier.
Les parties et les avocats sont admis à présenter des mémoires jusqu’au début de l’audience.
Article 260. (déroulement des débats)
Les débats se déroulent en chambre du conseil.

Après le rapport du président de la chambre d’instruction, le procureur général près la cour d’appel et les
avocats présentent des observations sommaires.
La chambre d’instruction peut ordonner la comparution personnelle des parties, y compris du mis en
examen détenu, ainsi que la production des pièces à conviction.
Lorsque les débats sont terminés, la chambre d’instruction délibère hors la présence du procureur général
près la cour d’appel, des parties et des avocats.
L’arrêt est rendu en audience non publique, soit le jour même, soit lors d’une audience ultérieure. L’arrêt
doit être motivé et comporter les éléments nécessaires au contrôle de la Cour suprême. Il est signé par le
président de la chambre d’instruction.
L’arrêt est notifié verbalement dans le plus bref délai au procureur général près la cour d’appel. Le
greffier mentionne la date de notification en marge de l’arrêt. Le procureur général appose sa signature pour
l’avoir reçu.
L’arrêt est notifié aux parties et aux avocats ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 238 (notification d’ordonnance au
mis en examen) de ce code.
Article 261. (examen de la régularité de la procédure)
Chaque fois qu’elle est saisie, la chambre d’instruction examine la régularité de la procédure et s’assure
du bon déroulement de celle-ci.
Elle peut, d’office, lorsqu’elle constate des causes de nullité, annuler tout ou partie de la procédure. Elle
procède ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 280 (effet de l’annulation) de ce code.
Article 262. (actes d’instruction complémentaires)
La chambre d’instruction peut ordonner tout acte d’instruction complémentaire qu’elle juge utile.
Elle commet pour y procéder soit l’un de ses membres, soit un juge d’instruction qu’elle délègue.
Le magistrat chargé de procéder aux actes d’instruction complémentaires dispose, dans les limites fixées
par la chambre d’instruction, des pouvoirs accordés au juge d’instruction.
Lorsque les actes d’instruction sont accomplis, le dossier de la procédure est déposé au greffe de la
chambre d’instruction. Le président de la chambre d’instruction fixe une nouvelle date d’audience. Les
dispositions de l’article 259 (consultation du dossier et mémoire) de ce code sont applicables.
Article 263. (extension de la mise en examen à des infractions connexes)
La chambre d’instruction peut, d’office ou sur réquisitions du procureur général près la cour d’appel,
ordonner que la mise en examen soit étendue à des infractions connexes à celles visées par le juge
d’instruction, dés lors que ces infractions résultent du dossier de la procédure.
Les infractions sont connexes :
- lorsqu’elles ont été commises en même temps par plusieurs personnes réunies;
- lorsqu’elles ont été commises par différentes personnes, même en des temps ou des lieux différents,
mais à la suite d’une concertation;
- lorsque des choses enlevées, détournées ou obtenues à l’aide d’une infraction ont été recelées par
d’autres personnes.
Article 264. (extension de la mise en examen à d’autres personnes)
La chambre d’instruction peut ordonner que soient mises en examen d’autres personnes que celles visées
par le juge d’instruction, sous réserve des dispositions de l’article 12 (autorité de la chose jugée) de ce code.
Article 265. (réouverture de l’information sur charges nouvelles)
Lorsque après une ordonnance ou un arrêt de non-lieu devenu définitif apparaissent des charges
nouvelles, l’instruction peut être réouverte à l’initiative du procureur du Royaume.
Chapitre 2 : Appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction

Article 266. (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par le procureur général près la
cour d’appel et le procureur du Royaume)
Le procureur général et le procureur du Royaume peuvent faire appel de toutes les ordonnances du juge
d’instruction.
Article 267. (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par le mis en examen)
Le mis en examen peut faire appel des ordonnances suivantes :

- ordonnance refusant de faire droit à une demande d’acte d’instruction prévu par le deuxième alinéa de
l’article 133 (demande d’actes par le mis en examen) de ce code ;
- ordonnance refusant la restitution d’objets saisis prévu par les articles 161 (restitution des objets saisis
par le juge d’instruction) et 248 (restitution d’objets saisis) de ce code;
- ordonnance refusant une demande d’expertise prévue par l’alinéa 2 de l’article 162 (nécessité d’une
expertise) de ce code;
- ordonnance refusant une demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise prévu par l’alinéa
7 de l’article 170 (notification des conclusions de l’expertise) ;
- ordonnances en matière de détention provisoire et de contrôle judiciaire prévu par la section 5 (détention
provisoire) et la section 7 (contrôle judiciaire) du chapitre 3 (mesure de sûreté) du titre 1 du présent livre et
de l’article 249 (dispositions de l’ordonnance de règlement relative à la détention provisoire et au contrôle
judiciaire) de ce code.
Article 268. (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par la partie civile)
La partie civile peut faire appel des ordonnances dont la liste suit :
- ordonnance refusant de faire droit à une demande d’acte d’instruction prévue à l’alinéa 2 de l’article
134 (demande d’actes par la partie civile) de ce code;
- ordonnance de refus d’instruire prévue à l’alinéa 4 de l’article 139 (transmission de la plainte au
procureur du Royaume) de ce code;
- ordonnance fixant le montant de la consignation prévue à l’alinéa 1 de l’article 140 (versement de
consignation) de ce code;
- ordonnance déclarant irrecevable la plainte avec constitution de partie civile prévue à l’alinéa 4 de
l’article 140 (versement de consignation) de ce code;
- ordonnance condamnant la partie civile prévue à l’article 141 (plainte abusive ou dilatoire) de ce code;
- ordonnance refusant la restitution d’objets saisis prévue aux articles 161 (restitution des objets saisis par
le juge d’instruction) et 148 (restitution d’objets saisis) de ce code;
- ordonnance refusant une demande d’expertise prévue à l’alinéa 2 de l’article 162 (nécessité d’une
expertise) de ce code;
- ordonnance refusant une demande de complément d’expertise ou de contre-expertise prévue à l’alinéa 7
de l’article 170 (notification des conclusions de l’expertise) de ce code et
- ordonnance de règlement prévue à l’article 247 (ordonnance de règlement) de ce code.
Article 269. (appel d’ordonnance de refus de restitution des objets saisis)
Toute personne étrangère à la procédure d’instruction qui, conformément à l’article 161 (restitution des
objets saisis par le juge d’instruction) de ce code, demande la restitution d’un objet saisi, peut faire appel de
l’ordonnance du juge d’instruction qui rejette cette demande.
Article 270. (délais d’appel)
L’appel du procureur général près la cour d’appel est formé dans le délai d’un mois à compter du
prononcé de l’ordonnance.
L’appel du procureur du Royaume est formé dans le délai de cinq jours à compter de la notification de
l’ordonnance.
L’appel du mis en examen, de la partie civile et de la personne mentionnée à l’article 269(appel
d’ordonnance de refus de restitution des objets saisis) de ce code est formé dans le délai de cinq jours à
compter de la notification de l’ordonnance.
Lorsque la notification est faite par remise d’une copie de l’ordonnance contre récépissé, le délai d’appel
court à compter de la date du récépissé.
Article 271. (compétence de la chambre d’instruction)
L’appel est porté devant la chambre d’instruction de la cour d’appel.
Article 272. (formes de la déclaration d’appel)
L’appel est formé par déclaration au greffe du tribunal de première instance. Il est enregistré sur le
registre des appels du tribunal.
L’appel peut être formé par l’avocat du mis en examen, de la partie civile ou de la personne mentionnée à
l’article 269 (appel d’ordonnance de refus de restitution des objets saisis) de ce code.
L’appel du mis en examen détenu est formé par déclaration au directeur de la prison ou du centre de
détention. Le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention remet aussitôt un exemplaire de l’acte d’appel
au greffier du tribunal de première instance. Cet exemplaire est annexé au registre des appels.
Article 273. (transmission du dossier à la chambre d’instruction)

Lorsqu’il est saisi d’un appel, le greffier du tribunal avise aussitôt le juge d’instruction.
Le greffier du juge d’instruction met le dossier en état et le transmet à la chambre d’instruction,
accompagné d’une copie de l’acte d’appel. Cette copie est établie par le greffier du tribunal au vu des
mentions du registre d’appel.
Le dossier doit être transmis au greffe de la chambre d’instruction dans les cinq jours qui suivent l’acte
d’appel, sauf circonstances insurmontables.
Article 274. (dossier de sauvegarde)
Lorsque, conformément à l’article 129 (fonctions du greffier) de ce code, un dossier de sauvegarde a été
établi, le juge d’instruction conserve le dossier original; le dossier de sauvegarde est transmis à la chambre
d’instruction.
Article 275. (poursuite de l’instruction en cas d’appel)
En cas d’appel d’une ordonnance autre qu’une ordonnance de règlement, le juge d’instruction peut
poursuivre son instruction, sauf décision contraire du président de la chambre d’instruction; cette décision est
insusceptible de recours.
Article 276. (mise en liberté d’un mis en examen détenu)
Lorsque le juge d’instruction ordonne la mise en liberté d’un mis en examen placé en détention
provisoire, le mis en examen est maintenu en prison jusqu’à l’expiration du délai d’appel du procureur du
Royaume, à moins que ce dernier consente à sa mise en liberté immédiate. La décision, écrite, du procureur
du Royaume est versée au dossier de la procédure.
Il en va de même en cas d’ordonnance de non-lieu, lorsqu’elle a pour effet d’entraîner la mise en liberté
d’un mis en examen détenu.
En cas d’appel par le procureur du Royaume d’une ordonnance de mise en liberté ou de non-lieu, le mis
en examen détenu est maintenu en prison jusqu’à ce que la chambre d’instruction ait statué sur l’appel.
Article 277. (appel contre une ordonnance de non lieu)
Lorsqu’elle est saisie d’un appel formé contre une ordonnance de non-lieu, la chambre d’instruction
statue ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 281 (conséquences de l’annulation) (alinéa 3) de ce code.
Chapitre 3 : Détention provisoire

Article 278. (arrêt rendu sur la détention provisoire)
En matière de détention provisoire, l’arrêt doit être rendu dans les quinze jours qui suivent la réception du
dossier au greffe de la chambre d’instruction. A l’expiration de ce délai, le mis en examen est mis en liberté
sauf si des vérifications ont été ordonnées ou si des circonstances imprévisibles ou insurmontables mettent
obstacle au prononcé de l’arrêt dans le délai.
Lorsque la chambre d’instruction ordonne un placement en détention provisoire, elle doit motiver son
arrêt par référence aux dispositions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code. Le président
de la chambre d’instruction délivre un mandat de dépôt.
Il est fait retour du dossier sans délai au juge d’instruction après exécution de l’arrêt.

Chapitre 4 : Nullités
Article 279. (irrecevabilité d’une requête en annulation)
La chambre d’instruction peut déclarer irrecevable une requête en annulation dans les cas suivants :
- la requête n’est pas motivée;
- elle concerne une ordonnance susceptible d’appel;
- elle est manifestement infondée.
Sa décision est insusceptible de recours.
Lorsqu’une requête est déclarée irrecevable, le dossier est aussitôt renvoyé au juge d’instruction.
Article 280. (effet de l’annulation)
Lorsqu’elle est saisie d’une demande d’annulation d’un acte ou d’une pièce de procédure, la chambre
d’instruction, lorsqu’elle fait droit à cette demande, décide si l’annulation doit porter sur d’autres actes ou
d’autres pièces.
Les actes ou pièces annulés sont retirés du dossier et classés au greffe de la chambre d’instruction.
Article 281. (conséquences de l’annulation)
Après annulation, la chambre d’instruction peut :

- soit renvoyer le dossier au juge d’instruction;
- soit dessaisir le juge d’instruction et renvoyer le dossier à un autre juge d’instruction;
- soit poursuivre elle-même l’instruction de l’affaire.
Article 282. (pouvoir de poursuivre l’instruction par la chambre d’instruction)
Lorsque la chambre d’instruction décide poursuivre l’instruction, elle confie la poursuite de l’instruction à
l’un de ses membres, qui dispose des pouvoirs du juge d’instruction, à l’exception de ceux visés au chapitre
cinq (clôture de l’instruction) du titre 1 (le juge d’instruction) du présent livre.
Lorsque l’instruction parait terminée, le dossier de la procédure est déposé au greffe de la chambre
d’instruction. Le président de la chambre d’instruction fixe une date d’audience. Les dispositions de l’article
259 (consultation du dossier et mémoire) de ce code sont applicables.
La chambre d’instruction clôture l’instruction par un arrêt de règlement. Les dispositions des articles 247
(ordonnance de règlement (renvoi ou non lieu)) à 250 (transmission en vue d’audiencement) relatives à
l’ordonnance de règlement du juge d’instruction de ce code sont applicables à l’arrêt de règlement de la
chambre d’instruction. Toutefois la décision de mise en liberté du mis en examen détenu est immédiatement
exécutoire; les dispositions de l’article L.422-11 (mise en liberté d’un mis en examen détenu) de ce code ne
sont pas applicables.
Chapitre 5 : Pouvoirs propres du président de la chambre

d’instruction
Article 283. (pouvoirs du président de la chambre d’instruction)

Le président de la chambre d’instruction s’assure du bon fonctionnement des cabinets d’instruction des
juges d’instruction. Il vérifie notamment les conditions d’application des dispositions relatives à la détention
provisoire, aux mandats de justice, aux commissions rogatoires et aux expertises.
Il veille à ce que les procédures ne subissent pas de retard injustifié.
Il peut procéder à des inspections dans les cabinets d’instruction.
Article 284. (état nominatif des affaires)
Chaque juge d’instruction doit établir à la fin de chaque trimestre un état nominatif de toutes les affaires,
avec mention du dernier acte d’instruction accompli.
Article 285. (inspection d’un cabinet d’instruction)
Toute inspection d’un cabinet d’instruction par le président de la chambre d’instruction donne lieu à un
rapport qui est adressé au président de la cour d’appel.
Article 286. (demandes de clôture du dossier)
Le mis en examen peut, à l’expiration du délai d’un an à compter de la mise en examen, demander au
juge d’instruction de clôturer son instruction. Dans le délai d’un mois à compter de la réception de la
demande, le juge d’instruction doit statuer. S’il ne statue pas dans ce délai, le mis en examen peut saisir le
président de la chambre d’instruction qui enjoint au juge d’instruction de statuer.
La partie civile peut, à l’expiration du délai d’un an à compter de la constitution de partie civile,
demander au juge d’instruction de clôturer son instruction. Dans le délai d’un mois à compter de la réception
de la demande, le juge d’instruction doit statuer. S’il ne statue pas dans ce délai, la partie civile peut saisir le
président de la chambre d’instruction qui enjoint au juge d’instruction de statuer.
Les pouvoirs reconnus par le présent article au mis en examen et à la partie civile peuvent être exercés par
leurs avocats.
Livre 5 : Le jugement
Titre 1 : Jugement en première instance
Chapitre 1 : Compétence et saisine du tribunal
Article 287. (organisation territoriale des tribunaux)
Il existe, au chef-lieu de chaque province ou municipalité, un tribunal de première instance dont la

compétence s’étend à tout le territoire de la province ou de la municipalité.
Article 288. (incompatibilités entre différentes fonctions de magistrat)
Il y a incompatibilité absolue entre les fonctions de juge et celles de procureur ou de procureur adjoint.

Tout magistrat qui a connu une affaire en qualité de procureur, de procureur adjoint ou de juge
d’instruction ne peut participer au jugement de cette affaire, à peine de nullité du jugement.
Section 2 : Compétence matérielle et territoriale ;
Article 289. (compétences du tribunal de première instance)
Le tribunal de première instance juge les crimes, les délits et les contraventions. Il statue en formation
collégiale composée de trois juges pour les crimes ainsi que pour les délits et les contraventions connexes.
Il statue à juge unique pour les délits et les contraventions.
Article 290. (conflits de compétences entre tribunaux de première instance)
Est territorialement compétent :

Article 20. le tribunal du lieu de l’infraction,
Article 21. celui de la résidence de l’accusé ou
Article 22. celui du lieu d’arrestation de l’accusé.
Dans le cas où deux ou plusieurs tribunaux d’une cour d’appel sont saisis d’une même affaire, le
président de la cour d’appel désigne celui qui sera en charge du dossier.
Les conflits de compétences territoriales entre plusieurs juridictions du même degré sont tranchés par le
président de la juridiction du degré supérieur.
Cette décision est insusceptible de recours.
La compétence à l’égard d’un accusé s’étend à tous les coauteurs, instigateur et complices.
Si le tribunal saisi s’estime territorialement incompétent, il le déclare par jugement et ordonne le renvoi du
dossier au procureur du Royaume afin qu’il le transmette au tribunal territorialement compétent. Le tribunal
statue, s’il y a lieu, sur le maintien de l’accusé en détention ou sous contrôle judiciaire.
Section 3 : Saisine du tribunal
Article 291. (modes de saisine du tribunal)
En matière pénale, le tribunal de première instance est saisi :

- soit par l’ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou l’arrêt de renvoi de la chambre d’instruction;
- soit par la citation directe du procureur du Royaume;
- soit par le procès verbal de comparution immédiate, établi par le procureur du Royaume.
Toute personne déférée devant le tribunal par l’une des procédures énoncées ci-dessus est appelée
l’accusé.
La victime d’une infraction peut se constituer partie civile devant le tribunal, si elle ne l’a pas déjà fait
devant le juge d’instruction.
Est qualifiée de civilement responsable toute personne qui, en application de la loi, est tenue de réparer le
préjudice causé à la victime d’une infraction.
Article 292. (audiencement)
Sauf dans le cas de la procédure de comparution immédiate, la date de l’audience est fixée par le
président du tribunal.

Dans le cas d’une citation directe, d’une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou d’un arrêt de
renvoi de la chambre d’instruction, le président du tribunal doit tenir compte, pour la fixation de la date
d’audience, des délais prévus par les articles 457 (délais à respecter entre la citation et la comparution) et 466
(délais à respecter entre la convocation et la comparution) de ce code.
Cette date est notifiée verbalement au procureur du Royaume.
Article 293. (délais communs)
Tous les délais prévus par le présent code pour l’accomplissement d’un acte ou d’une formalité expirent
le dernier jour à vingt-quatre heures. Le délai qui expirerait normalement un samedi, un dimanche ou un jour
férié est prorogé jusqu’au premier jour ouvrable suivant.
Dans tous les cas où la signature d’une personne est requise sur un acte, la signature peut être remplacée
par une empreinte digitale lorsque la personne ne sait pas signer.
Article 294. (convocation des parties à l’audience sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi)
Dans le cas d’une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou d’un arrêt de renvoi de la chambre
d’instruction, le procureur du Royaume doit convoquer à l’audience :
- l’accusé;
- la partie civile;
- la victime, lorsqu’elle ne s’est pas constituée partie civile devant le juge d’instruction;
- les témoins;
- les experts;
- les interprètes;
- le civilement responsable, sur les indications fournies par l’accusé ou la partie civile.
Les convocations à l’audience sont effectuées ainsi qu’il est dit au titre 2 (convocation à l’audience de
l’accusé) du livre 7 (citation direction, convocation, signification) de ce code.
Une copie de l’ordonnance de renvoi ou de l’arrêt de renvoi est jointe à la convocation destinée à
l’accusé.
Article 295. (convocations des parties sur citation directe)
Dans le cas d’une citation directe, le procureur du Royaume doit convoquer à l’audience :
- la victime;
- les témoins;
- les interprètes;
Les convocations à l’audience sont effectuées ainsi qu’il est dit au titre 1 (citation directe) du livre 7
(citation directe, convocation, signification) de ce code.
Article 296. (convocations des parties dans le cas de comparution immédiate)
Dans le cas de la procédure de comparution immédiate, le procureur du Royaume doit convoquer à

l’audience :
- la victime;

- les témoins;
- les interprètes;
Les convocations à l’audience sont effectuées ainsi qu’il est dit au titre 1 (citation directe) du livre
7(citation directe, convocation, signification) de ce code. Toutefois en cas d’urgence, le procureur du
Royaume peut convoquer la victime, les témoins, les interprètes et le civilement responsable par tout moyen,
même verbalement.
Article 297. (convocations de témoins)
Tout témoin à charge qui n’a jamais été confronté à l’accusé doit être convoqué pour l’audience.
Article 298. (convocations de témoins par l’accusé et la partie civile)
L’accusé et la partie civile peuvent convoquer pour l’audience, à leurs frais, des témoins qui n’ont pas été
convoqués par le procureur du Royaume. Cette convocation doit être effectuée selon les modalités prévues au
titre 3 (convocation des personnes autres que l’accusé) du livre 7 (citation directe, convocation, signification)
de ce code.
Article 299. (jonction de procédures)
Lorsque le tribunal est saisi de plusieurs procédures visant des faits connexes, il peut en ordonner la
jonction.
Chapitre 2 : Comparution des parties

Section 1 : Comparution de l’accusé
Article 300. (comparution personnelle de l’accusé)
L’accusé est tenu de comparaître personnellement aux audiences du tribunal.

Il peut être assisté par un avocat de son choix. Il peut également demander qu’un avocat lui soit désigné
dans les conditions prévues par la loi sur le statut des avocats.
Article 301. (assistance d’un avocat)
L’assistance d’un avocat est obligatoire dans les cas suivants :

1° en cas de crime;
2° lorsque l’accusé est mineur. A défaut de choix par l’accusé, l’avocat est désigné à l’initiative du
président du tribunal dans les conditions prévues par la loi sur le statut des avocats.
Article 302. (comparution libre de l’accusé)
Dans le cas d’une citation directe, l’accusé comparaît libre à l’audience.

Article 303. (comparution sous escorte de l’accusé)
Dans le cas de la procédure de comparution immédiate, l’accusé est retenu sous escorte jusqu’à sa
comparution devant le tribunal.
Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 48 (procédure de comparution immédiate) de ce code, le tribunal peut placer
l’accusé en détention provisoire.
Le jugement sur le fond doit intervenir dans un délai qui ne peut excéder deux semaines à compter de la
présentation au tribunal.
La détention provisoire cesse de plein droit à l’expiration du délai de deux semaines.
Article 304. (procédure de comparution immédiate)
Lorsqu’il décide de recourir à la procédure de comparution immédiate, le procureur du Royaume doit :

- constater l’identité de la personne qui lui est déférée;
- lui notifier les faits qui lui sont reprochés et la qualification juridique retenue;
- recueillir les déclarations de la personne, si elle désire en faire;
- établir un procès verbal de comparution immédiate.
Le procureur du Royaume informe l’accusé qu’il a droit à l’assistance d’un avocat de son choix, ou
désigné conformément à la loi sur le statut des avocats.
L’avocat choisi ou désigné est avisé sans délai. Il peut consulter le dossier et communiquer avec l’accusé.
Mention de ces formalités est faite au procès verbal, à peine de nullité de la procédure.
Le tribunal de première instance est saisi par le procès verbal de comparution immédiate.
L’accusé est retenu sous escorte jusqu’à sa présentation devant le tribunal, qui doit avoir lieu le jour
même.
Lors de cette présentation, le tribunal, après avoir vérifié l’identité de l’accusé et exposé les faits qui lui
sont reprochés, indique à l’accusé qu’il peut disposer d’un délai pour préparer sa défense.
Si l’accusé demande un délai, ou si le tribunal estime que l’affaire n’est pas en état d’être jugée
immédiatement, l’affaire est renvoyée à une audience ultérieure.
Le tribunal peut placer l’accusé en détention provisoire par un jugement motivé. Il doit, dans ce jugement,
se référer aux conditions de l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code. Il délivre un mandat de
dépôt.
Le jugement sur le fond doit être prononcé dans un délai qui ne peut excéder deux semaines à compter de
la présentation au tribunal. La détention provisoire cesse de plein droit à l’expiration du délai de deux
semaines.
Si le tribunal, saisi selon la procédure de comparution immédiate, estime que les conditions de l’article 47
(comparution immédiate) de ce code ne sont pas remplies, ou que la complexité de l’affaire nécessite des
investigations supplémentaires approfondies, il renvoie le dossier au procureur du Royaume en vue de
l’ouverture d’une information. L’accusé doit être présenté le jour même devant le juge d’instruction, faute de
quoi il est remis d’office en liberté.
Article 305. (comparution de l’accusé sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi)
Dans le cas d’une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou d’un arrêt de renvoi de la chambre
d’instruction, l’accusé comparaît libre, sauf si le maintien en détention provisoire a été ordonné par le juge
d’instruction ou par la chambre d’instruction.
Le procureur du Royaume prend les dispositions nécessaires pour que l’accusé détenu soit conduit à
l’audience par la force publique.
Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 249 (dispositions de l'ordonnance de règlement relative à la détention
provisoire et au contrôle judiciaire) de ce code, la décision de maintien en détention provisoire cesse de
produire effet au bout d’un délai de quatre mois ; si l’accusé n’a pas comparu devant le tribunal dans ce délai,
il est mis en liberté d’office.
Le jugement sur le fond doit intervenir dans un délai raisonnable.
L’accusé qui comparaît détenu à l’audience demeure détenu jusqu’au jugement sur le fond, sauf si le
tribunal ordonne sa mise en liberté.
Article 306. (mise en liberté d’office de l’accusé détenu)
Le tribunal peut, à tout moment, ordonner la mise en liberté d’un accusé détenu ou maintenir l’accusé en
détention en se référant à l’article 205 (motifs de détention provisoire) de ce code.
Il statue après avoir entendu l’accusé, son avocat et le procureur du Royaume.
Article 307. (demande de mise en liberté de l’accusé détenu)
L’accusé détenu peut demander sa mise en liberté au tribunal, soit verbalement lors d’une audience, soit
par une lettre adressée au greffier.
La demande de mise en liberté peut également être présentée par l’avocat de l’accusé détenu, soit
verbalement lors d’une audience, soit par une lettre adressée au greffier.
Lorsque la demande est présentée verbalement, elle est consignée par le greffier sur les notes d’audience.
Lorsqu’elle est présentée par lettre, le greffier mentionne sur celle-ci la date de réception, et la transmet
immédiatement au président du tribunal.
Le tribunal statue après avoir entendu l’accusé, son avocat et le procureur du Royaume. Il doit se
prononcer dans les plus brefs délais, et au plus tard dans les dix jours de la demande, lorsqu’elle est présentée
verbalement, ou de la réception de la demande, lorsqu’elle est présentée par écrit.
Article 308. (maintien en détention jusqu’à expiration du délai d’appel du procureur du

Royaume)
Lorsque le tribunal ordonne la mise en liberté de l’accusé détenu, celui-ci est maintenu en prison jusqu’à
l’expiration du délai d’appel du procureur du Royaume, à moins que ce magistrat consente à sa mise en
liberté immédiate. La décision, écrite, du procureur du Royaume est versée au dossier de la procédure.
En cas d’appel du procureur du Royaume contre un jugement ordonnant la mise en liberté d’un accusé,
l’accusé est maintenu en prison jusqu’à ce que la cour d’appel ait statué sur l’appel.
Article 309. (accusé ne pouvant comparaître)
Si l’accusé ne peut, en raison de son état de santé ou pour des motifs graves, comparaître devant le
tribunal, le président de l’audience peut ordonner que l’accusé sera interrogé au lieu où il se trouve.
Le tribunal fixe la date de l’interrogatoire.
L’interrogatoire est effectué par le président de l’audience en présence du procureur du Royaume, du
greffier, et de l’avocat de l’accusé, sauf si l’accusé renonce expressément à la présence de son avocat.
Il est dressé un procès verbal de l’interrogatoire.
Article 310. (mandat d’amener décidé par le tribunal)

Si le prévenu ne comparaît pas, le tribunal peut, en matière correctionnelle et criminelle, ordonner le
renvoi de l’affaire et délivrer un mandat d’amener. Le tribunal doit préciser la date de la nouvelle audience.
Le mandat d’amener comporte les mentions suivantes :
- l’identité de l’accusé;
Il est daté et signé par le président de l’audience, et revêtu de son sceau.
Les dispositions de l’article 192 (exécution du mandat d'amener) de ce code sont applicables.
L’accusé est conduit dans un local de police ou de gendarmerie, dans une prison ou dans un centre de
détention jusqu’à sa comparution devant le tribunal. Il peut demander à être entendu par le procureur du
Royaume qui établit un procès verbal d’audition.
Section 2 : Comparution de la partie civile
Article 311. (constitution de partie civile en cours d’audience)
Au cours de l’audience, la constitution de partie civile se fait par simple déclaration au greffier. Cette
déclaration est mentionnée sur les notes d’audience.
Aucune constitution de partie civile n’est recevable après les réquisitions du procureur du Royaume sur le
fond.
La victime qui s’est constituée partie civile au cours de l’instruction n’a pas à renouveler cette formalité
devant le tribunal.
Article 312. (incompatibilité de la qualité de partie civile et celle de témoin)
La partie civile ne peut jamais être entendue en qualité de témoin.
Article 313. (assistance et représentation de la partie civile)
La partie civile peut être assistée par un avocat de son choix. Elle peut aussi se faire représenter soit par
un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe; le représentant, s’il n’est pas avocat, doit
être muni d’une procuration écrite.
Section 3 : Comparution du civilement responsable
Article 314. (comparution du civilement responsable)
Le civilement responsable peut être assisté par un avocat. Il peut aussi se faire représenter soit par un
avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne directe; le représentant, s’il n’est pas avocat, doit être
muni d’une procuration écrite.
Section 4 : Comparution des témoins
Article 315. (comparution des témoins)
Les témoins sont tenus de déférer aux convocations et de comparaître devant le tribunal. Le tribunal peut
faire appel à la force publique pour contraindre les témoins à se présenter.

Chapitre 3 : Débats,
Section 1 : Publicité des débats et conduite de l’audience
Article 316. (publicité des débats et huis-clos des débats)
Les débats ont lieu en audience publique.

Toutefois si le tribunal estime que la publicité est dangereuse pour l’ordre public ou pour les mœurs, il
peut, par une décision motivée, ordonner le huis-clos pour tout ou partie des débats. Le tribunal statue par un
jugement distinct du jugement sur le fond, ou par une disposition spéciale du jugement sur le fond.
La décision du tribunal ordonnant le huis-clos est insusceptible de voie de recours.
Article 317. (prononcé du jugement)
Dans tous les cas, le jugement est prononcé en audience publique.
Article 318. (police de l’audience)
Le président de l’audience dirige les débats. Il doit veiller au libre exercice des droits de la défense.
Toutefois il peut rejeter des débats tout ce qui tend à les prolonger inutilement sans contribuer à la
manifestation de la vérité.
Il a la police de l’audience.
Il peut interdire l’accès de la salle d’audience aux mineurs ou à certains d’entre eux.
Il peut ordonner l’expulsion de toute personne qui trouble la sérénité des débats.
Il peut, dans l’exercice de ses fonctions, faire appel à la force publique.
Article 319. (communication du dossier)
Avant l’audience, les avocats peuvent prendre communication du dossier au greffe du tribunal, sous le
contrôle du greffier.
L’avocat ou son secrétaire peut être autorisé par le président du tribunal à effectuer à ses frais, et sous le
contrôle du greffier, des photocopies de pièces du dossier.
Article 320. (infraction commise au cours de l’audience)
Si une infraction est commise au cours de l’audience, le président de l’audience établit un procès-verbal
constatant les faits.
Il peut faire procéder à l’arrestation immédiate de l’auteur de l’infraction et le faire conduire sur-le-champ
devant le procureur du Royaume, qui appréciera la suite à donner.
Lorsque l’infraction est une contravention ou un délit, le tribunal peut juger son auteur immédiatement si
le procureur du Royaume le requiert, et si l’auteur de l’infraction y consent.
Section 2 : Règles de preuve
Article 321. (appréciation des preuves par le tribunal)

Sauf disposition contraire de la loi, la preuve en matière pénale est libre.
Le tribunal apprécie souverainement la valeur des preuves qui lui sont soumises, en fonction de son
intime conviction.
Le tribunal ne peut fonder sa décision que sur des preuves qui figurent au dossier ou qui ont été produites
au cours de l’audience.
L’aveu, comme tout autre mode de preuve, est soumis à l’appréciation du tribunal.
Les déclarations recueillies sous la contrainte physique ou morale sont sans valeur probante.
La preuve ne peut résulter de la correspondance échangée entre l’accusé et son avocat.
Section 3 : Déroulement des débats
Article 322. (règles concernant les parties présentes à l’audience)
Le greffier appelle l’accusé, la partie civile, le civilement responsable, la victime, les témoins et les
experts, et vérifie leur identité.
Lorsque la partie civile est représentée par son conjoint ou par un parent en ligne directe, le greffier
vérifie l’identité du représentant et la validité de la procuration; il en va de même pour le civilement
responsable. Le greffier en réfère au président de l’audience en cas de besoin.
Chaque partie occupe la place qui lui est assignée dans la salle d’audience.
Les accusés ne doivent pas communiquer entre eux.
Les experts et les témoins se retirent dans une salle d’attente qui leur est réservée, et depuis laquelle ils ne
peuvent ni voir ni entendre ce qui se passe dans la salle d’audience.
Au cours de l’audience et dans la salle d’attente, les témoins ne doivent pas communiquer entre eux.
Article 323. (contestations sur les irrégularités de convocations)
Les contestations sur la régularité de la citation directe, du procès verbal de comparution immédiate ou de
la convocation à l’audience doivent, à peine d’irrecevabilité, être soulevées avant l’interrogatoire de l’accusé
sur le fond.
Article 324. (audition d’un témoin non convoqué)
Au moment de l’ouverture des débats, une partie peut demander au tribunal d’entendre en qualité de
témoin une personne présente dans la salle mais qui n’a pas été régulièrement convoquée. L’audition du
témoin est soumise à l’accord du président de l’audience. Le greffier relève l’identité du témoin et l’invite à
se retirer dans la salle d’attente.
Article 325. (interrogatoire de l’accusé)
Le président de l’audience fait connaître à l’accusé les faits qui lui sont reprochés et procède à son
interrogatoire. Il pose toutes les questions qu’il juge utiles à la manifestation de la vérité. Il a le devoir
d’interroger tant à charge qu’à décharge.
Après l’interrogatoire du président de l’audience, le procureur du Royaume, les avocats et les parties
peuvent être autorisés à poser des questions à l’accusé. Toutes les questions sont posées sur l’autorisation du
président. Sauf les questions posées par le représentant du parquet et les avocats, les autres questions sont
posées par l’intermédiaire du président de l’audience. En cas de contestation, le président décide
souverainement si la question doit être posée.

Article 326. (audition des parties)
Le président de l’audience entend, dans l’ordre qu’il estime utile, la partie civile, le civilement
responsable, la victime, les témoins et les experts. Il peut entendre, en qualité de témoins, les officiers et
agents de police judiciaire qui ont participé à l’enquête.
Le procureur du Royaume, les avocats et les parties peuvent être autorisés à poser des questions. Toutes
les questions sont posées sur l’autorisation du président. Sauf les questions posées par le représentant du
parquet et les avocats, les autres questions sont posées par l’intermédiaire du président de l’audience. En cas
de contestation, le président décide souverainement si la question doit être posée.
Article 327. (opposition à l’audition d’un témoin)
Le procureur du Royaume, les avocats et les parties peuvent s’opposer à l’audition d’un témoin dont la
déposition est estimée inutile à la manifestation de la vérité. En cas de contestation, le président de l’audience
décide souverainement si le témoin doit être entendu.
Article 328. (prestation de serment du témoin)
Le président de l’audience demande à chaque témoin s’il est parent ou allié de l’accusé, de la partie civile
ou du civilement responsable, ou s’il est à leur service.
Avant de répondre aux questions posées, chaque témoin prête serment de dire la vérité conformément à sa
religion ou à sa croyance.
Chaque témoin, après son audition, doit rester à la disposition du tribunal; le tribunal peut lui permettre de
se retirer si sa présence n’est plus nécessaire.
Les dispositions de l’article 156 (témoins dispensés du serment) de ce code s’appliquent également.
Article 329. (dénonciateur)
Le dénonciateur qui a reçu une récompense pour sa dénonciation peut être entendu à titre de
renseignement.
Article 330. (concours et serment de l’interprète)
En cas de besoin, le président fait appel à un interprète. Celui-ci prête serment d’apporter son concours à
la justice et de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à sa religion ou à sa croyance. L’interprète
ne peut en aucun cas être choisi parmi les magistrats du tribunal, les greffiers, les policiers, les gendarmes, les
parties ni les témoins.
Les dispositions de l’article 156 (témoins dispensés du serment) de ce code s’appliquent également.
Article 331. (sourd-muet)
Lorsqu’une question doit être posée à un sourd-muet, le greffier écrit la question et la fait lire à l’intéressé
qui répond par écrit. Dans le cas où l’intéressé ne sait pas lire ou ne sait pas écrire, le président du tribunal
fait appel à un interprète dans les conditions prévues par l’article 330 (concours et serment de l’interprète) de
ce code.
Il peut aussi faire appel à toute personne ayant l’habitude de communiquer avec lui. Cette personne prête
serment d’apporter son concours à la justice et de traduire fidèlement les déclarations, conformément à sa
religion ou à sa croyance.

Article 332. (présentation des pièces à conviction)
Le président de l’audience peut faire présenter les pièces à conviction.
Article 333. (recherche de la vérité en cas d’absence de l’accusé)
Même si l’accusé est absent, le tribunal doit rechercher la manifestation de la vérité, entendre les autres
parties et les témoins, examiner les pièces à conviction.
Article 334. (dépôt des conclusions jusqu’à la clôture des débats)
Jusqu’à la clôture des débats, l’accusé, la partie civile et le civilement responsable peuvent déposer des
conclusions écrites et produire toutes les pièces qu’ils estiment utiles à la manifestation de la vérité.
Les conclusions écrites sont visées par le président de l’audience et par le greffier, et jointes au dossier.
Article 335. (droit de parole des parties à l’issue des débats)
A l’issue des débats, le président de l’audience donne successivement la parole :

- à la partie civile, au civilement responsable, à l’accusé pour de brèves observations;
- à l’avocat de la partie civile pour sa plaidoirie;
- au procureur du Royaume pour ses réquisitions;
- à l’avocat du civilement responsable puis à l’avocat de l’accusé pour leurs plaidoiries.
La partie civile et le procureur du Royaume peuvent répliquer. Toutefois l’accusé et son avocat ont
toujours la parole en dernier.
L’accomplissement de ces formalités doit être indiqué dans les notes d’audience et dans le jugement.
Article 336. (réquisitions orales du procureur du Royaume)
Le procureur du Royaume prend les réquisitions orales qu’il estime convenables au bien de la justice.
Article 337. (délibéré du tribunal)
Le tribunal se retire dans la chambre des délibérés. Aucune demande ne peut plus être présentée au
tribunal; aucun argument ne peut plus être invoqué.
Le procureur du Royaume et le greffier ne sont pas admis à participer au délibéré.
Article 338. (transport du tribunal)
Le tribunal peut se transporter en tout lieu du territoire national, dans l’intérêt de la manifestation de la
vérité.

Il est toujours accompagné du procureur du Royaume et du greffier. L’accusé, la partie civile, le
civilement responsable et les avocats peuvent, s’ils en font la demande, accompagner le tribunal.
Il est dressé un procès verbal de ces opérations.
Article 339. (supplément d’information ordonné par le tribunal)
S’il apparaît que de nouvelles investigations sont nécessaires, le tribunal peut, par jugement, ordonner un
supplément d’information.
Sont compétents pour procéder au supplément d’information :
- le président d’audience;
- l’un des juges de la formation lorsque le tribunal statue en formation collégiale.
- tout autre juge du tribunal de première instance.
Le jugement qui ordonne le supplément d’information désigne le magistrat chargé d’y procéder.
Ce magistrat peut, dans les mêmes conditions qu’un juge d’instruction :
- se transporter sur toute l’étendue du ressort du tribunal ou sur toute l’étendue du territoire national,
- entendre des témoins,
- procéder à des perquisitions,
- effectuer des saisies
- ordonner des expertises.
Pour l’exécution du supplément d’information, il peut délivrer des commissions rogatoires.
Article 340. (affaire mise en continuation)
Si les débats ne sont pas terminés au cours de la même audience, le tribunal met l’affaire en continuation
à une autre audience dont il fixe la date.
Article 341. (rédaction des notes d’audience)
Lors de l’audience, le greffier rédige des notes d’audience qui ont pour objet de donner les moyens à la
cour d’appel de contrôler la légalité de la procédure et de prendre connaissance des débats.
Le greffier doit s’efforcer de relater avec soin le déroulement de l’audience, et de reproduire aussi
fidèlement que possible les questions posées ainsi que les déclarations de l’accusé, de la partie civile, du
civilement responsable, des témoins et des experts.
Les notes d’audience sont signées par le greffier et visées, après vérification, par le président d’audience
dans un délai de dix jours après le prononcé du jugement.
Le greffier qui fait preuve de négligence dans la tenue des notes d’audience est passible de sanctions
disciplinaires.
Section 4 : Exceptions
Article 342. (compétence du tribunal en matière d’exceptions)
Le tribunal saisi de l’action publique est compétent pour statuer sur toutes les exceptions soulevées par les
parties, sauf si la loi en dispose autrement.

Il est notamment compétent pour statuer sur les exceptions de nullité de procédure qui lui sont soumises,
sauf lorsqu’il est saisi par une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou un arrêt de renvoi de la chambre
d’instruction.
Article 343. (questions préjudicielles et sursis à statuer)
Le tribunal doit surseoir à statuer lorsqu’une partie soulève une question préjudicielle dont l’examen
relève de la compétence exclusive d’une autre juridiction.
Une question préjudicielle n’est recevable que si elle est de nature à retirer au fait reproché à l’accusé le
caractère d’une infraction.
En matière civile, les questions relatives au droit de propriété, aux autres droits réels immobiliers et à
l’état des personnes relèvent de la compétence exclusive de la juridiction civile.
Article 344. (présentation des exceptions)
Les exceptions doivent être présentées avant toute défense au fond, sous peine d’irrecevabilité.
Article 345. (admission de la question préjudicielle)
Le tribunal ne peut déclarer irrecevable une question préjudicielle que par jugement motivé. Lorsqu’une
exception n’est pas admise, les débats sont continués.
Lorsqu’une question préjudicielle a été soulevée et admise par le tribunal, celui-ci doit surseoir à statuer
et fixe le délai dans lequel la juridiction compétente doit être saisie par la partie concernée.
A l’expiration de ce délai, si la partie concernée justifie avoir saisi la juridiction compétente, le tribunal
accorde un nouveau délai pour obtenir une décision sur cette question. La juridiction saisie est avisée de ce
délai par le procureur du Royaume.
A défaut de décision dans le délai imparti par le tribunal, l’instance pénale reprend son cours si le retard
est imputable à la négligence de la partie concernée.
Article 346. (jugement sur les exceptions)
Le tribunal doit statuer par un jugement distinct du jugement sur le fond sur les exceptions.
Toutefois il peut également joindre l’incident au fond et statuer par un seul et même jugement sur les
exceptions et sur le fond.
Chapitre 4 : La décision
Section 1 : Prononcé du jugement
Article 347. (prononcé du jugement)
Le jugement est rendu à l’audience à laquelle ont eu lieu les débats, ou à une audience ultérieure. Dans ce
dernier cas, le président de l’audience informe les parties présentes du jour où le jugement sera prononcé.
Article 348. (champ de la saisine du tribunal (faits))

Le tribunal ne peut statuer que sur les faits mentionnés dans l’arrêt de renvoi, l’ordonnance de renvoi, la
citation directe ou le procès verbal de comparution immédiate.
Dans le cas où le tribunal, statuant en formation collégiale, estime que les faits dont il est saisi
constituent un délit ou une contravention, il demeure compétent pour les juger.
Dans le cas où le tribunal, statuant à juge unique, estime que les faits dont il est saisi constituent un crime,
il renvoie le dossier au procureur du Royaume afin que celui-ci ouvre une instruction.
Article 349. (champ de la saisine du tribunal (personnes))
Le tribunal ne peut juger que les personnes traduites devant lui en qualité d’accusé.
Si une personne convoquée devant le tribunal en qualité de témoin est susceptible d’être mise en cause
comme auteur ou complice, elle ne pourra être jugée qu’après avoir été poursuivie ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article
L.214-8 (exercice des poursuites).
Article 350. (déclaration de culpabilité)
Le tribunal examine :
- si les faits constituent un crime, un délit ou une contravention;
- si l’accusé a commis les faits qui lui sont reprochés.
S’il retient la culpabilité de l’accusé, le tribunal prononce les peines prévues par la loi.
Si le tribunal estime que les faits ne constituent pas une infraction ou que l’accusé n’est pas coupable,
l’accusé est acquitté.
Article 351. Article L.514-5 (absence de l’accusé)
Le doute doit toujours profiter à l’accusé.

Lorsque l’accusé est absent, le tribunal, s’il le déclare coupable de l’infraction poursuivie, doit prononcer
la peine qui lui parait juste.
Article 352. Article L.514-6 (fin du contrôle judiciaire)
Le contrôle judiciaire prend fin au moment du prononcé du jugement.
Article 353. Article L.514-7(mandat de dépôt et mandat d’arrêt ordonnés par le tribunal)
Si le tribunal prononce une peine d’au moins un an d’emprisonnement sans sursis, il peut, par une
décision spéciale et motivée, décerner à l’audience :
- un mandat de dépôt contre l’accusé présent;
- un mandat d’arrêt contre l’accusé absent.
Le mandat de dépôt et le mandat d’arrêt sont immédiatement exécutoires.
Ils comportent les mentions suivantes :
- l’identité du coupable;
- la nature de la condamnation et les textes de loi qui la fondent;

Ils sont datés et signés par ce magistrat, et revêtus de son sceau.
Le coupable arrêté en exécution d’un mandat d’arrêt est présenté dans les plus brefs délais au procureur
du Royaume du lieu d’arrestation, qui lui notifie le mandat et procède à son incarcération.
Lorsque le jugement a été rendu par défaut, le coupable qui décide de former opposition doit être présenté
dans les plus brefs délais au tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement. Le coupable peut présenter une demande de
mise en liberté; le tribunal statue ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 43 (demande de mise en liberté de l’accusé
détenu) de ce code.
Le tribunal est compétent pour statuer sur la restitution des objets saisis.
Article 355. (jugement sur intérêts civils)
Dans le même jugement, le tribunal statue sur les intérêts civils. Il apprécie la recevabilité de la
constitution de partie civile et se prononce sur les demandes de la partie civile tant à l’égard de l’accusé que
du civilement responsable. Lorsque le tribunal n’est pas en mesure de statuer sur les intérêts civils, il peut
renvoyer à une audience ultérieure et accorder une provision.
Les personnes condamnées pour une même infraction sont tenues solidairement des réparations.
Article 356. (absence de la partie civile à l’audience)
Si la partie civile a présenté avant l’audience une demande de réparation, mais fait défaut à l’audience, le
tribunal, s’il déclare l’accusé coupable, doit dédommager la victime en fonction des éléments du dossier.
Article 357. (rédaction du jugement (motifs et dispositif))
Tout jugement comporte deux parties :

- les motifs, c’est à dire les arguments de fait et de droit qui ont déterminé la décision du tribunal;
- le dispositif, c’est à dire la décision elle-même.
Les faits doivent être précis et sans équivoque. Le tribunal doit examiner chacun des chefs d’accusation et
chacun des arguments soulevés à l’audience.
Dans les motifs, le tribunal doit répondre aux conclusions écrites déposées par les parties.
Le dispositif doit mentionner les infractions dont l’accusé est reconnu coupable, les textes de loi
applicables, la peine et les condamnations civiles.
Article 358. (mentions portées sur le jugement)
Le jugement est signé par le président et par le greffier.

Le jugement doit comporter les indications suivantes :
- date de l’audience ou des audiences;
- date à laquelle le jugement a été rendu;
- noms et qualité du magistrat ou des magistrats composant le tribunal;

- nom et qualité du représentant du parquet;
- nom et qualité du greffier;
- noms, domicile, date et lieu de naissance, profession de l’accusé, de la partie civile et du civilement
responsable;
- noms des avocats.
Après avoir été signé par le président et le greffier, l’original du jugement est déposé au greffe du
tribunal, au plus tard dans les huit jours suivant la date à laquelle il est rendu. Le greffe doit toujours
conserver l’original; il peut délivrer des copies, notamment en cas d’appel.
Article 359. (prononcé du jugement en audience publique)
Tout jugement doit être prononcé en audience publique. Le dispositif est lu à haute voix par le président
de l’audience.
Section 2 : Nature du jugement
Article 360. (jugement contradictoire)
Si l’accusé comparaît à l’audience, le jugement est contradictoire à son égard. Le jugement contradictoire
à l’égard de l’accusé n’est pas signifié à ce dernier; il est susceptible d’appel.
Le jugement reste contradictoire même si l’accusé quitte la salle d’audience.
Le jugement est également contradictoire lorsque l’accusé a été interrogé dans les conditions prévues par
l’article 309 (accusé ne pouvant comparaître) de ce code.
Article 361. (jugement réputé contradictoire)
Si l’accusé ne comparaît pas à l’audience alors qu’il a eu connaissance de la citation directe ou de la

convocation, le jugement est réputé contradictoire à l’égard de l’accusé.
Le jugement réputé contradictoire est signifié à l’accusé; il est susceptible d’appel.
Dans le cas où l’accusé absent fournit une excuse reconnue valable par le tribunal, ce dernier peut
renvoyer l’affaire à une autre audience.
Article 362. (jugement par défaut)
Si l’accusé ne comparaît pas à l’audience, et s’il n’est pas établi qu’il a eu connaissance de la citation
directe ou de la convocation, le jugement est rendu par défaut à son égard.
Le jugement par défaut à l’égard de l’accusé est signifié à ce dernier; il est susceptible d’opposition.
Article 363. (jugement rendu à l’égard de la partie civile)
Si la partie civile comparaît à l’audience ou est valablement représentée, le jugement est contradictoire à
son égard. Le jugement contradictoire à l’égard de la partie civile n’est pas signifié à celle-ci; il est
susceptible d’appel.
Si la partie civile ne comparaît pas à l’audience et n’est pas valablement représentée, le jugement est
rendu par défaut à son égard. Le jugement par défaut à l’égard de la partie civile est signifié à cette dernière;
il est susceptible d’opposition.

Article 364. (jugement rendu à l’égard du civilement responsable)
Si la personne convoquée en qualité de civilement responsable comparaît à l’audience ou est valablement

représentée, le jugement est contradictoire à son égard. Le jugement contradictoire à l’égard du civilement
responsable n’est pas signifié à celui-ci; il est susceptible d’appel.
Si la personne convoquée en qualité de civilement responsable ne comparaît pas à l’audience et n’est pas
valablement représentée, le jugement est rendu par défaut à son égard. Le jugement par défaut à l’égard du
civilement responsable est signifié à ce dernier; il est susceptible d’opposition.
Section 3 : Opposition au jugement par défaut
Article 365. (opposition au jugement par défaut)
Le coupable peut former opposition au jugement rendu par défaut à son égard.
Article 366. (formes et recevabilité de l’opposition)
L’opposition est formée par déclaration écrite :

- soit au greffe du tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement;
- soit au procureur du Royaume, aux services de police ou de gendarmerie ou au directeur de la prison ou
du centre de détention.
Le coupable peut être représenté par un avocat. L’avocat doit être muni d’une déclaration écrite
l’autorisant à former opposition. Toutefois un coupable mineur peut être représenté par son père, sa mère ou
son tuteur; dans ce cas le représentant est dispensé de procuration.
Lorsqu’ils reçoivent une opposition, le procureur du Royaume, les services de police et de gendarmerie
ainsi que le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention la transmettent immédiatement au greffier du
tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement.
Lorsque l’opposant ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale.
Article 367. (registre des oppositions)
Le greffier du tribunal tient un registre des oppositions, qui peut être consulté librement par les parties et
les avocats.
Article 368. (délais pour faire opposition)
L’opposition doit être formée dans le délai de quinze jours à compter :

- soit de la signification du jugement par défaut, lorsque le jugement a été remis en main propre au
coupable;
- soit, lorsque le jugement n’a pas été remis en main propre au coupable, du jour où ce dernier en a
effectivement connaissance.
Article 369. (opposition limitée aux dispositions civiles)

L’opposition peut être limitée aux dispositions civiles du jugement.
Article 370. (effets de l’opposition)
Lorsque l’opposition porte sur l’ensemble du jugement, celui-ci est mis à néant. L’exécution du jugement
est suspendue.
Toutefois le mandat d’arrêt continue de produire effet. Le tribunal est compétent pour statuer sur la mise
en liberté de l’accusé.
Lorsque l’opposition porte sur les dispositions civiles, seules celles-ci sont mises à néant. Leur exécution
est suspendue.
Article 371. (jugement sur opposition)
L’affaire est portée devant le même tribunal.

Les parties sont convoquées à l’initiative du procureur du Royaume.
Après avoir examiné la recevabilité de l’opposition, le tribunal statue de nouveau sur le fond.
Si l’opposant, régulièrement convoqué, ne comparaît pas à l’audience, le tribunal déclare l’opposition non
avenue. Le jugement frappé d’opposition ne peut être modifié; il produit tous ses effets à l’égard des parties.
L’opposant conserve la possibilité de former appel dans les conditions prévues par l’article 382 (délais
d’appel des accusé, partie civile, civilement responsable) de ce code.
Article 372. (opposition formée par la partie civile ou le civilement responsable)
La partie civile peut également former opposition au jugement rendu par défaut à son égard. L’opposition
est limitée aux dispositions civiles du jugement.
- soit de la signification du jugement par défaut, lorsque le jugement a été remis en main propre à la partie
civile;
- soit, lorsque le jugement n’a pas été remis en main propre à la partie civile, du jour où cette dernière en
a effectivement connaissance.
L’opposition est formée par déclaration écrite au greffe du tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement.
La partie civile peut être représentée soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent en ligne
directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former opposition.
Les dispositions du présent article sont applicables à la personne déclarée civilement responsable par le
tribunal.
Titre 2 : Appel des jugements

Chapitre 1 : Compétence de la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel
Article 373. (compétence de la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel)
La chambre pénale de la cour d’appel connaît des appels formés contre les décisions rendues par les
tribunaux de première instance de son ressort en matière pénale.

Article 374. (abstention de certains magistrats)
Un magistrat ayant accompli un acte de poursuite ou d’instruction ou ayant participé au jugement en

première instance d’une affaire ne peut siéger en cause d’appel comme président ou juge pour la même
affaire.
Chapitre 2 : Recevabilité de l’appel

Article 375. (personnes pouvant faire appel)
Ont la faculté de former appel :

- le procureur du Royaume du tribunal de première instance et le procureur général près la cour d’appel;
- l’accusé;
- la partie civile en ce qui concerne les intérêts civils;
- le civilement responsable en ce qui concerne les intérêts civils.
Article 376. (formes de l’appel par les procureur, accusé, partie civile et civilement
responsable)
L’appel du procureur du Royaume, de l’accusé, de la partie civile et du civilement responsable est formé
par déclaration au greffe du tribunal qui a prononcé le jugement.
L’accusé peut être représenté par un avocat. L’avocat doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant
à former appel. Toutefois un accusé mineur peut être représenté par son père, sa mère ou son tuteur; dans ce
cas le représentant est dispensé de procuration.
directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former appel.
Le civilement responsable peut être représenté soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent
en ligne directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former appel.
Le greffier inscrit l’appel sur un registre spécial qui est conservé au registre du tribunal. L’acte d’appel est
signé par le greffier et l’appelant ou son représentant. La procuration doit être annexée à l’acte d’appel.
Article 377. (déclaration d’appel de l’accusé détenu)
L’accusé détenu peut faire connaître sa volonté de former appel au directeur de la prison ou du centre de
détention. Il remplit une déclaration d’appel qui doit être datée et signée.
La déclaration d’appel est enregistrée par le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention sur un
registre spécial. Le détenu appose sa signature en marge du registre.
Le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention transmet dans les plus brefs délais la déclaration
d’appel au greffier du tribunal, qui la mentionne sur le registre des appels du tribunal.
Article 378. (appelant analphabète)
Lorsque l’appelant ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale.
Article 379. (formes de l’appel du procureur général)

L’appel du procureur général est formé par déclaration au greffe de la cour d’appel.
Le greffier inscrit l’acte d’appel sur un registre spécial qui est conservé au greffe de la cour. L’acte
d’appel est signé par le greffier et par le procureur général.
Article 380. (consultation des registres des appels)
Le registre des appels du tribunal et celui de la cour d’appel peuvent être consultés librement par les
parties et par les avocats.
Article 381. (délais d’appel des procureur du Royaume et procureur général)
L’appel du procureur du Royaume doit être formé dans le délai d’un mois.
L’appel du procureur général doit être formé dans le délai de trois mois.
Le délai d’appel court à compter du prononcé du jugement.
Article 382. (délais d’appel des accusé, partie civile, civilement responsable)
L’appel de l’accusé, de la partie civile et du civilement responsable doit être formé dans le délai d’un
mois.
Lorsque le jugement est contradictoire, le délai d’appel court à compter du prononcé du jugement.
Lorsque le jugement est réputé contradictoire, le délai d’appel court à compter de la signification du
jugement, quel qu’en soit le mode.
Article 383. (délais supplémentaires pour faire appel (appel incident))
En cas d’appel d’une des parties pendant les délais ci-dessus, les autres parties disposent d’un délai
supplémentaire de sept jours pour former un appel incident. Le délai supplémentaire commence à courir à
l’expiration du délai normal.
Article 384. (délais d’appel en cas de détention (procureur du Royaume, accusé))
En matière de détention, l’appel doit être formé par le procureur du Royaume dans le délai de quarante-
huit heures, et par l’accusé dans le délai de cinq jours. Ce délai court à compter de la décision du tribunal sur
la détention.
Article 385. (appel d’un jugement avant-dire droit)
Lorsque le tribunal rend un jugement avant-dire droit, l’appel est immédiatement recevable si ce jugement
met fin à la procédure. Dans le cas contraire, le jugement avant-dire droit ne peut être soumis à la cour
d’appel qu’en même temps que le jugement sur le fond.
Chapitre 3 : Procédure devant la cour d’appel

Article 386. (transmission du dossier à la cour d’appel)

En cas d’appel, le greffier du tribunal met le dossier en état en vue de sa transmission à la cour d’appel.
Il doit adresser dans les plus brefs délais au greffe de la cour :
- le dossier de la procédure;
- une copie certifiée conforme de chaque acte d’appel;
- une copie certifiée conforme du jugement.
En cas d’appel contre une décision du tribunal relative à la détention de l’accusé, le dossier doit être
transmis dans les dix jours de l’appel, sauf circonstances insurmontables qui doivent être précisées dans la
transmission.
Article 387. (audiencement et délais pour statuer)
Dès que le dossier parvient à la cour, le président de la chambre pénale vérifie si le dossier est en état et
fixe la date d’audience.
La cour doit statuer dans un délai raisonnable. En cas d’appel contre une décision du tribunal relative à la
détention de l’accusé, elle doit statuer dans les plus brefs délais, et au plus tard dans les quinze jours de la
réception du dossier.
Article 388. (notification et convocation à l’audience)
Le président de la chambre pénale notifie la date d’audience au procureur général près la cour d’appel.
Le procureur général convoque l’accusé, la partie civile et le civilement responsable dans les conditions
prévues aux titres 2 (convocation à l’audience de l’accusé) et 3 (convocation à l’audience des personnes
autres que l’accusé) du livre 7 (citation directe, convocation et signification).
Article 389. (transfèrement de l’accusé détenu)
L’accusé détenu doit être transféré dans le délai le plus court, sur ordre du procureur général, à la prison
ou au centre de détention le plus proche du siège de la cour d’appel.
Article 390. (rapport d’appel)
Le président désigne un juge rapporteur. Le rapporteur peut être soit le président, soit un des assesseurs.
Le rapport a pour objet d’exposer les faits de la cause et de donner connaissance du jugement déféré à la
cour. Il est rédigé par écrit et doit figurer au dossier. Il doit être suffisamment développé pour permettre à la
cour d’être complètement informée.
Article 391. (consultation du dossier et dépôt des mémoires)
Le procureur général et les avocats peuvent consulter le dossier jusqu’à l’audience.

Les parties et leurs avocats peuvent remettre des mémoires au greffier. Les mémoires sont visés par le
greffier, avec indication de la date, et immédiatement versés au dossier.
Article 392. (publicité des débats et huis-clos)
Les débats se déroulent en audience publique.

Toutefois, si la cour estime que la publicité est dangereuse pour l’ordre public ou pour les mœurs, elle
peut, par une décision motivée, ordonner le huis-clos pour tout ou partie des débats. La cour statue par un
arrêt distinct de l’arrêt sur le fond, ou par une disposition spéciale dans l’arrêt sur le fond.
La décision de la cour ordonnant le huis-clos est insusceptible de recours.
Article 393. (interrogatoire de l’accusé)
Après la lecture du rapport, le président interroge l’accusé.

Le procureur général, les avocats et les parties peuvent être autorisés à poser des questions à l’accusé.
Toutes les questions sont posées par l’intermédiaire du président. En cas de contestation, le président décide
souverainement si la question doit être posée.
Article 394. (auditions des partie civile, civilement responsable, experts, témoins)
Après l’interrogatoire de l’accusé, le président entend, dans l’ordre qu’il estime utile, la partie civile et le
civilement responsable.
Les témoins et les experts ne sont entendus que si la cour ordonne leur audition.
Article 395. (ordre de parole)
Le procureur général et les avocats prennent la parole dans l’ordre des appels.
Dans tous les cas, l’accusé a la parole le dernier. Son avocat est autorisé à formuler de brèves
observations complémentaires.
Article 396. (Extension à la cour d’appel des règles applicables au tribunal)
Pour le surplus, les règles applicables au tribunal de première instance sont également applicables à la
cour d’appel.
Chapitre 4 : Effets de l’appel

Article 397. (effet dévolutif de l’appel)
L’affaire est dévolue à la cour d’appel dans les limites fixées par l’acte d’appel et par la qualité de
l’appelant.
Article 398. (effet de l’appel sur l’exécution du jugement)
Pendant le délai d’appel, il est sursis à l’exécution du jugement.

Toutefois, l’accusé qui a comparu détenu devant le tribunal reste en prison pendant le délai d’appel du
procureur du Royaume, et en cas d’appel sur les dispositions pénales, jusqu’à ce que la cour d’appel ait
statué. En cas d’acquittement par le tribunal de première instance ou de condamnation à une peine
d’emprisonnement d’une durée au moins égale à celle de la détention provisoire, le procureur du Royaume
peut consentir à la mise en liberté de l’accusé avant l’expiration du délai d’appel.
Le délai d’appel du procureur général ne fait pas obstacle à l’exécution de la peine.

Article 399. (effet du seul appel de l’accusé)
La cour d’appel, lorsqu’elle est saisie par le seul appel de l’accusé, ne peut aggraver son sort. Elle peut
modifier le jugement uniquement dans un sens qui lui est favorable. Elle ne peut ajouter à la peine principale
une peine accessoire.
La cour peut substituer à la qualification retenue par le tribunal une autre qualification, mais elle ne peut
aggraver les condamnations prononcées contre l’accusé.
Si le tribunal a omis de prononcer une peine accessoire obligatoire, la cour annule le jugement, évoque et
statue de nouveau sur la peine.
La cour ne peut, lorsqu’elle est saisie par le seul appel de l’accusé, augmenter le montant des réparations
allouées à la partie civile.
Article 400. (effets de l’appel du procureur du Royaume et du procureur général)
L’appel du procureur du Royaume et du procureur général remet en cause les dispositions pénales du
jugement.
La cour peut, le cas échéant, infirmer un jugement d’acquittement, ou aggraver la peine prononcée par le
tribunal. Elle peut toujours acquitter l’accusé si sa culpabilité ne lui parait pas démontrée.
Elle peut prononcer les peines accessoires obligatoires que le tribunal aurait omis de prononcer.
Article 401. (requalifications par la cour d’appel)
La cour d’appel peut modifier les qualifications juridiques adoptées par le tribunal, sous réserve de
n’introduire aucun élément nouveau sur lequel ce dernier n’a pas été appelé à statuer.
Article 402. (effets de l’appel de la partie civile ou du civilement responsable)
L’appel de la partie civile ou du civilement responsable ne peut porter que sur les intérêts civils.
La partie civile ne peut, devant la cour d’appel, former une demande nouvelle qui n’aurait pas été soumise
au tribunal.
Article 403. (forme et signature des arrêts)
Les règles concernant la forme et la signature des jugements sont applicables aux arrêts de la cour
d’appel.
Article 404. (appel irrecevable)
Lorsque la cour d’appel estime que l’appel est tardif ou formé dans des conditions irrégulières, elle
déclare l’appel irrecevable.
Article 405. (infirmation du jugement)

Lorsque la cour d’appel estime que la culpabilité de l’accusé n’est pas établie, ou que les faits ne
constituent pas une infraction, elle infirme le jugement et acquitte l’accusé.
Article 406. (droit d’évocation de la cour d’appel)
Lorsque la cour d’appel constate que le jugement est entaché de nullité, elle peut évoquer et statuer sur le
fond comme le tribunal de première instance.
Article 407. (mandat de dépôt ou mandat d’arrêt décernés par la cour d’appel)
Si la cour prononce une peine d’au moins un an d’emprisonnement sans sursis, elle peut, par une décision
spéciale et motivée, lorsqu’une mesure de sûreté s’impose, décerner à l’audience :
- un mandat de dépôt contre l’accusé présent;
- un mandat d’arrêt contre l’accusé absent.
Le mandat de dépôt et le mandat d’arrêt sont immédiatement exécutoires.
Ils comportent les mentions suivantes :
- l’identité du coupable;
- la nature de la condamnation et les textes de loi qui la fondent;
Ils sont datés et signés par ce magistrat, et revêtus de son sceau.
Le coupable arrêté en exécution d’un mandat d’arrêt est présenté dans les plus brefs délais au procureur
général du lieu d’arrestation, qui lui notifie le mandat et procède à son incarcération.
Lorsque l’arrêt a été rendu par défaut, le coupable qui décide de former opposition doit être présenté dans
les plus brefs délais à la cour d’appel qui a prononcé l’arrêt. Le coupable peut présenter une demande de mise
en liberté; la cour d’appel statue ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 307 (demande de mise en liberté de l’accusé
détenu) de ce code.
Article 408. (nature des arrêts)
Les arrêts rendus par la cour d’appel sont contradictoires, réputés contradictoires ou par défaut selon les
distinctions applicables aux jugements rendus par le tribunal de première instance.
Chapitre 5 : Opposition à l’arrêt rendu par défaut

Article 409. (opposition à un arrêt par défaut)
Le condamné peut former opposition à l’arrêt rendu par défaut à son égard.
Article 410. (formes de l’opposition)
L’opposition est formée :

- soit par déclaration écrite au greffe de la cour d’appel qui a prononcé l’arrêt;
- soit par déclaration écrite au procureur général, aux services de police ou de gendarmerie ou au directeur
de la prison ou du centre de détention.

Le coupable peut être représenté par un avocat. L’avocat doit être muni d’une déclaration écrite
l’autorisant à former opposition. Toutefois un coupable mineur peut être représenté par son père, sa mère ou
son tuteur; dans ce cas le représentant est dispensé de procuration.
Lorsqu’ils reçoivent une opposition, le procureur général, les services de police et de gendarmerie ainsi
que le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention la transmettent immédiatement au greffier de la cour
d’appel qui a prononcé l’arrêt.
Lorsque l’opposant ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale.
Article 411. (registre des oppositions)
Le greffier de la cour d’appel tient un registre des oppositions, qui peut être consulté librement par les
parties et les avocats.
Article 412. (délais d’opposition)

- soit de la signification de l’arrêt par défaut, lorsque l’arrêt a été remis en main propre au condamné;
- soit, lorsque l’arrêt n’a pas été remis en main propre au condamné, du jour où ce dernier en a
Article 413. (opposition limitée aux dispositions civiles)
L’opposition peut être limitée aux dispositions civiles de l’arrêt.
Article 414. (opposition portant sur les dispositions pénales ou civiles de l’arrêt)
Lorsque l’opposition porte sur l’ensemble de l’arrêt, celui-ci est mis à néant. L’exécution de l’arrêt est
suspendue. Toutefois le mandat d’arrêt continue de produire effet. La cour d’appel est compétente pour
statuer sur la mise en liberté de l’accusé.
Lorsque l’opposition porte sur les dispositions civiles, seules celles-ci sont mises à néant. Leur exécution
est suspendue.
Article 415. (arrêt sur opposition)
L’affaire est portée devant la même cour d’appel.

Les parties sont convoquées à l’initiative du procureur général.
Après avoir statué sur la recevabilité de l’opposition, la cour statue de nouveau sur le fond.
Si l’opposant, régulièrement convoqué, ne comparaît pas à l’audience, la cour déclare l’opposition non
avenue. L’arrêt frappé d’opposition ne peut être modifié; il produit tous ses effets à l’égard des parties.
Toutefois le condamné conserve la faculté de former un recours devant la Cour suprême.
Article 416. (opposition par la partie civile ou civilement responsable (délais, formes,
représentation))

La partie civile peut également former opposition à l’arrêt rendu par défaut à son égard. L’opposition est
limitée aux dispositions civiles de l’arrêt.
- soit de la signification de l’arrêt par défaut, lorsque l’arrêt a été remis en main propre à la partie civile;
- soit, lorsque l’arrêt n’a pas été remis en main propre à la partie civile, du jour où ce dernier en a
L’opposition est formée par déclaration écrite au greffe de la cour d’appel qui a prononcé l’arrêt.
directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former opposition.
Les dispositions du présent article sont applicables à la personne déclarée civilement responsable par la
cour d’appel.
Livre 6 : La cour suprême

Titre 1 : Pourvoi en cassation
Chapitre 1 : Pourvoi en cassation
Article 417. (décisions susceptibles de pourvoi)
Les arrêts de la chambre d’instruction de la cour d’appel, y compris en matière d’extradition, ainsi que les
arrêts rendus en dernier ressort par la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel peuvent faire l’objet d’un pourvoi en
cassation.
Toutefois, cette voie de recours est exclue pour les arrêts de la chambre d’instruction qui ordonnent le
renvoi d’un accusé devant le tribunal.
Article 418. (personnes pouvant former un pourvoi)
Le pourvoi en cassation peut être formé par :

- le procureur général près la Cour suprême;
- le procureur général près la cour d’appel;
- l’accusé ou le coupable;
- la personne réclamée dans le cas d’une procédure d’extradition;
- la partie civile;
- le civilement responsable.
Les pourvois en cassation sont examinés par la chambre pénale de la Cour suprême.
Article 419. (causes de pourvoi)
La Cour suprême peut casser une décision dans les cas suivants :
- composition illégale de la juridiction;
- incompétence de la juridiction;
- abus de pouvoir;
- violation de la loi ou fausse application de la loi;
- violation ou omission de formalités prescrites à peine de nullité par la loi;

- omission de statuer sur une demande présentée par le parquet ou par une partie, lorsque cette demande
était formulée par écrit et dépourvue d’ambiguïté;
- dénaturation des faits;
- défaut de motif;
- contradiction entre les motifs et le dispositif.
Article 420. (délais pour former un pourvoi)
Le pourvoi en cassation doit être formé dans les délais suivants :

- un mois pour les arrêts rendus par la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel;
- quinze jours pour les arrêts rendus par la chambre d’instruction de la cour d’appel.
- cinq jours pour les avis rendus par la chambre d’instruction en matière d’extradition.
Lorsque l’arrêt attaqué est contradictoire, le délai commence à courir à compter du prononcé de l’arrêt.
Lorsque l’arrêt attaqué est réputé contradictoire, il commence à courir à compter de la signification.
Lorsque l’arrêt a été rendu par défaut, il court à compter de l’expiration du délai d’opposition.
Article 421. (pourvoi contre un arrêt avant-dire droit)
Lorsque la cour d’appel rend un arrêt avant-dire droit, le pourvoi en cassation est immédiatement
recevable si cet arrêt met fin à la procédure. Dans le cas contraire, l’arrêt avant-dire droit ne peut être soumis
à la Cour suprême qu’en même temps que l’arrêt sur le fond.
Article 422. (formes de la déclaration de pourvoi)
Le pourvoi est formé par déclaration au greffe de la cour d’appel qui a rendu la décision. Cette déclaration
est inscrite sur un registre spécial qui est conservé au greffe de cette juridiction.
L’accusé, le coupable et la personne réclamée dans le cadre de la procédure d’extradition peuvent être
représentés par un avocat. L’avocat doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former un pourvoi.
Toutefois un accusé ou un coupable mineur peut être représenté par son père, sa mère ou son tuteur; dans ce
cas le représentant est dispensé de procuration.
directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former un pourvoi.
Le civilement responsable peut être représenté soit par un avocat, soit par son conjoint, soit par un parent
en ligne directe. Le représentant doit être muni d’une procuration écrite l’autorisant à former un pourvoi.
Article 423. (signatures du pourvoi)
Le pourvoi est signé par le greffier et par l’auteur du pourvoi ou son représentant. Lorsque l’auteur du
pourvoi ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale. La procuration doit être annexée à la déclaration
de pourvoi.
S’il manque la signature du greffier, ou si la date n’est pas inscrite, la déclaration sera déclarée recevable
si aucune fraude n’est décelée. Une amende de 5.000 RIELS sera infligée au greffier; cette amende sera
prononcée par la Cour suprême dans son arrêt.
Article 424. (transmission du dossier à la cour suprême)

Dans les plus brefs délais, le greffier de la cour d’appel met le dossier en état et le transmet au greffier de
la Cour suprême.
Article 425. (enregistrement du dossier à la cour suprême)
Dès que le dossier lui parvient, le greffier de la Cour suprême procède à son enregistrement.
Article 426. (constitution d’avocat)
Les parties peuvent constituer avocat dès l’enregistrement du dossier, et au plus tard la veille de
l’audience. Elles doivent communiquer par écrit le nom de leur avocat au greffier de la Cour suprême.
Article 427. (délais pour produire un mémoire)
Le greffier de la Cour suprême avise les parties de l’enregistrement du dossier.

Dans les dix jours qui suivent cet avis, le greffier notifie au demandeur qu’il dispose d’un délai de vingt
jours pour adresser au président de la chambre pénale de la Cour suprême un mémoire dans lequel il exposera
ses moyens de droit. Si l’auteur du pourvoi a constitué avocat et a communiqué le nom de celui-ci au greffier,
cette notification est également adressée à son avocat.
Si le demandeur produit un mémoire, le greffier en informe les autres parties, et le cas échéant leurs
avocats, qui disposent également d’un délai de vingt jours pour répondre au mémoire du demandeur.
Article 428. (mise à disposition du dossier)
Le dossier est tenu à la disposition des avocats qui peuvent en faire copie à leurs frais.
Article 429. (prolongation du délai de production du mémoire)
Lorsque le délai de vingt jours est insuffisant, une partie peut demander au président de la chambre pénale
de la Cour suprême une prolongation du délai. Cette prolongation ne peut excéder dix jours.
Article 430. (désignation du juge rapporteur)
A l’expiration des délais impartis pour le dépôt des mémoires, le président désigne un juge rapporteur et
lui transmet le dossier, accompagné des mémoires.
Article 431. (rédaction du rapport)
Le rapport, rédigé par écrit, doit exposer :

- la procédure et les faits;
- les points de droit soulevés par les parties;
- les solutions que propose le juge rapporteur.
Le rapport est versé au dossier.
Article 432. (transmission du dossier au procureur général et réquisitions écrites)
Le dossier, accompagné des mémoires et du rapport, est transmis au procureur général près la Cour
suprême.
Le procureur général près la Cour suprême prépare des réquisitions écrites qui sont versées au dossier.
Le dossier est retourné au président de la chambre pénale.
Article 433. (notification de la date d’audience aux parties)
Le président de la chambre pénale fixe la date de l’audience et la notifie verbalement au procureur

général. Le procureur général notifie la date d’audience aux parties et aux avocats.
La notification est faite à l’accusé détenu, au coupable détenu ou à la personne réclamée en matière
d’extradition ainsi qu’il suit :
- soit verbalement;
La notification est faite au coupable ou à l’accusé non détenu, à la partie civile, au civilement responsable
et aux avocats ainsi qu’il suit :
- soit verbalement;
Lorsque la notification est faite verbalement, le greffier mentionne la date de notification sur le dossier.
Le coupable l’accusé, la partie civile, le civilement responsable ou l’avocat appose sa signature.
- Dans les autres cas, la notification est faite contre récépissé.
Article 434. (publicité des débats)

Les parties ne sont pas entendues par la chambre pénale de la Cour suprême, sauf si le président ordonne
leur comparution.
Le juge rapporteur fait son rapport. Le procureur général prononce ses réquisitions. Les avocats plaident.
A l’issue des débats, la chambre pénale se retire pour délibérer et rédiger son arrêt. L’arrêt peut être rendu
le jour même ou lors d’une audience ultérieure fixée par la cour.
En aucun cas la Cour suprême ne peut délibérer sur une affaire tant que les débats à l’audience n’ont pas
eu lieu.
Toutes les parties peuvent déposer un mémoire, ou de nouveaux mémoires, jusqu’à la clôture des débats.
Article 435. (effet suspensif du pourvoi)
Pendant les délais du pourvoi en cassation, il est sursis à l’exécution de l’arrêt de la cour d’appel.
Le pourvoi en cassation a un effet suspensif. Il est sursis à l’exécution de la décision attaquée tant que la
Cour suprême n’a pas statué.
Toutefois, il n’est pas sursis à l’exécution de la peine d’emprisonnement dans le cas où l’accusé avait
comparu détenu devant la cour d’appel.

Le mandat d’arrêt continue à produire effet.
La détention provisoire continue à s’exécuter.
La personne incarcérée dans le cadre d’une procédure d’extradition demeure détenue.
En cas d’acquittement, l’accusé est remis en liberté.
Article 436. (décision sur les questions de droit)
La Cour suprême doit statuer sur les questions de droit soulevées par le demandeur au pourvoi et
exposées dans ses mémoires.
Article 437. (désistement de pourvoi)
L’accusé, le coupable la personne réclamée en matière d’extradition, la partie civile et le civilement

responsable peuvent se désister de leur pourvoi. Le désistement est constaté par le président de la chambre
pénale de la Cour suprême.
Article 438. (délai pour statuer)
La Cour suprême doit statuer dans le délai de six mois à compter de la réception du dossier, sauf
circonstances insurmontables.
Article 439. (catégories de décision de la cour suprême)
La chambre pénale de la Cour suprême peut :

- rejeter en totalité ou partiellement le pourvoi;
- casser l’arrêt attaqué de la cour d’appel en totalité ou en partie.
Si le pourvoi est rejeté, la décision attaquée acquiert l’autorité de chose jugée. Le demandeur au pourvoi
n’est pas admis à se pourvoir une nouvelle fois contre le même arrêt.
Lorsque la Cour suprême casse la décision attaquée, elle renvoie l’affaire et les parties devant une cour
d’appel autre que celle qui a rendu la décision attaquée, ou devant la même cour d’appel autrement
composée.
Article 440. (cassation sans renvoi)
Lorsque le fait poursuivi ne constitue pas une infraction, la Cour suprême prononce la cassation de l’arrêt
sans renvoi.
Article 441. (cassation avec renvoi)
Lorsque la Cour suprême estime que les faits reprochés constituent une infraction autre que celle retenue
dans la décision attaquée, mais punie de peines identiques, elle peut, sans prononcer la cassation, requalifier
les faits en maintenant la peine prononcée ainsi que les dispositions civiles.

Lorsque la Cour suprême estime que les faits reprochés constituent une infraction autre que celle retenue
dans la décision attaquée, et punie de peines différentes, elle doit casser l’arrêt et ordonner le renvoi devant la
juridiction compétente.
Article 442. (arrêt d’assemblée plénière)
Si la juridiction de renvoi ne s’incline pas devant son premier arrêt, et si les mêmes moyens sont
présentés à l’appui d’un second pourvoi, la Cour suprême, réunie en assemblée plénière, statue en fait et en
droit par un arrêt définitif.
Titre 2 : Les demandes de révision des procès

Chapitre 1 : Les demandes de révision des procès
Article 443. (demandes de révision)
La révision est une voie de recours ouverte contre les jugements et arrêts qui sont devenus définitifs et ont
acquis l’autorité de la chose jugée.
L’assemblée plénière de la Cour suprême est compétente pour connaître des demandes de révision.
Article 444. (révision en matière pénale)
La révision peut être demandée en matière pénale quelle que soit la juridiction qui a statué et la peine qui
a été prononcée.
Article 445. (cas d’ouverture de révision des procès)
La révision des procès ne peut être demandée que dans les cas suivants :
1° lorsque, après une condamnation pour homicide, des indices suffisants permettent de penser que la
prétendue victime est vivante;
2° lorsque deux accusés ont été condamnés pour les mêmes faits, les deux condamnations étant
incompatibles;
3° lorsque l’un des témoins a été condamné pour faux témoignage à l’encontre de l’accusé;
4° lorsqu’un fait nouveau ou des pièces nouvelles font naître un doute sur la culpabilité du condamné.
Article 446. (personnes pouvant demander la révision d’un procès)
Le droit de demander la révision d’un procès appartient :

1° au ministre de la Justice;
2° au condamné ou à son représentant légal si celui-ci est frappé d’incapacité;
3° en cas de décès ou de disparition du condamné, à son conjoint, à ses parents, à ses enfants et en général
à tous ceux qui ont un intérêt matériel ou moral à voir la condamnation effacée.
Le ministre de la Justice, avant de saisir la Cour suprême, peut demander au procureur général
territorialement compétent de procéder à des investigations complémentaires.

Article 447. (enregistrement de la demande de révision et consultation du dossier)
La demande de révision est enregistrée par le greffier de la Cour suprême.

Le dossier de la demande de révision peut être consulté au greffe de la Cour suprême par le demandeur et
son avocat. L’avocat peut faire des copies du dossier.
Lorsque la demande a été présentée par le ministre de la Justice, le dossier peut être consulté par le
condamné et son avocat; en cas de disparition du condamné, il peut être consulté par son conjoint, ses parents
et ses enfants.
Article 448. (procédure de révision (délais))
Le greffier avise le demandeur qu’il dispose d’un délai de trente jours pour compléter sa demande. A titre
exceptionnel, ce délai peut être prolongé par le président de la Cour suprême.
A l’expiration de ce délai, le président désigne un juge rapporteur. Une fois le rapport établi, le dossier est
transmis au procureur général près la Cour suprême. Le procureur général établit un réquisitoire écrit dans un
délai de trente jours.
Article 449. (décision de suspension de l’application de la peine)
La chambre pénale, de la cour suprême, qui a reçu la demande de révision peut décider de suspendre
l’application des peines, s’il y a des motifs précis.
Article 450. (transmission de la demande de révision à la cour suprême)
Lorsque la chambre pénale décide de la recevabilité la demande de révision, elle doit transmettre le
dossier de la demande de révision à la Cour suprême à fin de réunir en assemblée plénière et statuer en fait et
en droit par un arrêt définitif.
Article 451. (notification de la date d’audience et publicité des débats)
Le président fixe la date de l’audience et la notifie verbalement au procureur général. Le procureur

général notifie la date d’audience au demandeur et à son avocat ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 433 (notification
de la date d’audience aux parties) de ce code. Si la demande a été présentée par le ministre de la Justice, il
notifie la date d’audience au condamné ou à sa famille.
La cour entend le rapport du juge rapporteur, puis l’avocat du demandeur. Lorsque la demande a été
présentée par le ministre de la Justice, elle entend l’avocat du condamné ou de sa famille. Si elle l’estime
utile, la cour entend le condamné.
La cour entend les réquisitions du procureur général. L’avocat du demandeur peut reprendre la parole.
Article 452. (investigations complémentaires)
Si la Cour suprême estime que l’affaire est en état, elle statue sur la demande de révision par un arrêt
insusceptible de voie de recours.

Dans le cas contraire, la Cour suprême ordonne des investigations complémentaires. Elle désigne l’un de
ses membres pour y procéder. Il dispose des pouvoirs reconnus au juge d’instruction, sauf en ce qui concerne
la détention provisoire et le contrôle judiciaire.
Une fois les investigations accomplies, elles sont portées à la connaissance du demandeur et de son
avocat.
Le président fixe une date d’audience ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 451 (notification de la date d’audience
et publicité des débats) de ce code.
Article 453. (motivation de l’arrêt)
L’arrêt doit être motivé. Il est prononcé en audience publique.
Article 454. (décision de sursis à l’exécution de la condamnation)
Saisie de la requête en révision, la Cour suprême, réunie en assemblée plénière, peut à tout moment
surseoir à l’exécution de la condamnation. Elle statue par un arrêt motivé.
Article 455. (conséquences de la grâce et de l’amnistie sur la demande de révision)
La grâce et l’amnistie ne font pas obstacle à une demande de révision.
Livre 7 : Citation directe, convocation et signification

Titre 1 : Citation directe
Chapitre 1 : Citation directe
Article 456. (citation directe (formes))
Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 46 (citation directe) de ce code, la citation directe est l’ordre donné à l’accusé
de comparaître devant le tribunal de première instance statuant en matière pénale.
L’original de la citation directe, sur lequel sont mentionnés les date et lieu de naissance de l’accusé ainsi
que son domicile, doit être daté et signé par le procureur du Royaume.
Article 457. (délais à respecter entre la citation et la comparution)
Le délai entre la délivrance de la citation directe à l’accusé et le jour fixé pour la comparution devant le
tribunal est fixé comme suit :
- quinze jours si l’accusé demeure au siège du tribunal;
- vingt jours si l’accusé demeure en un autre lieu du territoire national;
- deux mois si l’accusé demeure dans un état limitrophe du Royaume du CAMBODGE;
- trois mois si l’accusé demeure en tout autre lieu.
Article 458. (délivrance de la citation par le procureur du Royaume)

La citation directe peut être délivrée en mains propres à l’accusé par le procureur du Royaume.
Dans ce cas, le procureur du Royaume remet à l’accusé une copie de la citation directe. Il mentionne sur
l’original la date et le lieu de la remise. L’accusé appose sa signature sur l’original.
Article 459. (délivrance de la citation par huissier)
La citation directe peut également être délivrée par un huissier de justice.

L’huissier de justice doit tout mettre en oeuvre pour remettre la citation directe en main propre à l’accusé.
Article 460. (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier à l’accusé)
Si l’huissier de justice rencontre l’accusé à son domicile ou en tout autre lieu, il lui remet une copie de la
citation directe. L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à l’accusé en main
propre. Il mentionne la date et le lieu de la remise. L’accusé appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est
immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.
Article 461. (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé)
Si l’accusé est absent de son domicile, l’huissier de justice remet une copie de la citation directe à toute
personne majeure présente au domicile.
L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à une personne présente au domicile.
Il mentionne l’identité de cette personne et la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit la copie appose sa
signature sur l’original. L’original est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.
La personne qui reçoit l’acte s’engage à le remettre dans les plus brefs délais à l’accusé.
Article 462. (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du

sangkat)
L’huissier de justice remet une copie de la citation directe au chef de la commune ou du sangkat, ou à un
adjoint, dans les cas suivants :
- l’accusé refuse de recevoir la citation directe;
- aucune personne n’est présente au domicile de l’accusé;
- aucune des personnes présentes au domicile de l’accusé n’accepte de recevoir la citation directe.
L’huissier de justice mentionne sur l’original l’identité et la qualité de la personne qui a reçu la copie,
ainsi que la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit l’acte appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est
Article 463. (autres modes de délivrance de la citation directe)
La citation directe peut également être délivrée :

- par un greffier;
- par la voie administrative;
- par le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention si l’accusé est détenu pour autre cause;

- par l’intermédiaire des services de police ou de gendarmerie.
Le greffier, l’autorité administrative ou pénitentiaire, le policier ou le gendarme à qui le procureur du
Royaume demande de délivrer une citation directe est tenu de se conformer à ses ordres.
Il est procédé ainsi qu’il est dit aux articles 460 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier à l’accusé) à
462 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat) de ce code.
Article 464. (accusé sans domicile ni résidence connue)
Si l’accusé est sans domicile ni résidence connue, ou si il demeure hors du territoire national, le procureur
du Royaume peut néanmoins exercer des poursuites contre lui par voie de citation directe. Dans ce cas, la
date de la délivrance est réputée être la date d’établissement de la citation directe.
Titre 2 : Convocation à l’audience de l’accusé

Chapitre 1 : Convocation à l’audience de l’accusé
Article 465. (formes d’une convocation à l’audience)
Ainsi qu’il est dit à l’article 294 (convocation des parties à l’audience sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi)
de ce code, dans le cas d’une ordonnance de renvoi du juge d’instruction ou d’un arrêt de renvoi de la
chambre d’instruction, le procureur doit convoquer l’accusé à l’audience.
La convocation de l’accusé à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :
- identité de l’accusé;
- date et lieu de naissance de l’accusé;
- domicile de l’accusé;
- références de l’ordonnance ou de l’arrêt de renvoi;
- juridiction saisie;
- lieu, date et heure de l’audience.
- date et signature du procureur du Royaume.
La convocation précise que l’accusé peut se faire assister d’un avocat.
Article 466. (délais à respecter entre la convocation et la comparution)
Le délai entre la délivrance de la convocation à l’accusé et le jour fixé pour la comparution devant le
tribunal est fixé comme suit :
- quinze jours si l’accusé demeure au siège du tribunal;
- vingt jours si l’accusé demeure en un autre lieu du territoire national;
- deux mois si l’accusé demeure dans un état limitrophe du Royaume du CAMBODGE;
- trois mois si l’accusé demeure en tout autre lieu.
Toutefois aucun délai n’est exigé entre la délivrance de la convocation à l’accusé et le jour fixé pour la
comparution devant le tribunal dans le cas où l’accusé est détenu.
Article 467. (convocation délivrée en main propre par le procureur du Royaume)
La convocation peut être délivrée en main propre à l’accusé par le procureur du Royaume.
Dans ce cas, le procureur du Royaume remet à l’accusé une copie de la convocation. Il mentionne sur
l’original la date et le lieu de la remise. L’accusé appose sa signature sur l’original.
Article 468. (convocation délivrée en main propre par un huissier de justice)
La convocation peut également être délivrée par un huissier de justice.

L’huissier de justice doit tout mettre en oeuvre pour remettre la convocation en main propre à l’accusé.
Article 469. (remise de copie par l’huissier à l’accusé)
Si l’huissier de justice rencontre l’accusé à son domicile ou en tout autre lieu, il lui remet une copie de la
convocation.
L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à l’accusé en main propre. Il
mentionne la date et le lieu de la remise. L’accusé appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original est
Article 470. (remise de copie par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé)
Si l’accusé est absent de son domicile, l’huissier de justice remet une copie de la convocation à toute
personne majeure présente au domicile.
Il mentionne l’identité de cette personne et la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit la copie appose sa
Article 471. (remise de copie de la convocation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou

du sangkat)
L’huissier de justice remet une copie de la convocation au chef de la commune ou du sangkat, ou à un

- l’accusé refuse de recevoir la convocation;
- aucune personne n’est présente au domicile de l’accusé;
- aucune des personnes présentes au domicile de l’accusé n’accepte de recevoir la convocation.
Article 472. (autres modes de délivrance de la convocation)
La convocation peut également être délivrée :

- par un greffier;

Royaume demande de délivrer une convocation est tenu de se conformer à ses ordres.
Il est procédé ainsi qu’il est dit aux articles 469 (remise de copie par l’huissier à l’accusé) à 471 (remise
de copie de la convocation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat) de ce code.
Article 473. (accusé sans domicile ni résidence connue)
Si l’accusé est sans domicile ni résidence connue, ou si il demeure hors du territoire national, le procureur
du Royaume peut néanmoins le convoquer à l’audience. Dans ce cas, la date de la délivrance est réputée être
la date d’établissement de la convocation.
Article 474. (pièces annexées à la copie de la convocation)
Dans tous les cas, une copie de l’ordonnance ou de l’arrêt de renvoi est annexée à la copie de la
convocation.
Titre 3 : Convocation à l’audience des personnes autres que

l’accusé
Chapitre 1 : Convocation à l’audience des personnes autres que
l’accusé
Article 475. (convocation de la partie civile)
La convocation de la partie civile à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité de la partie civile;
- domicile de la partie civile;
- indication du nom de la personne poursuivie et des faits qui sont reprochés à celle-ci;
La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité de partie civile.
Article 476. (convocation de la victime)
La convocation de la victime à l’audience, lorsqu’elle ne s’est pas constituée partie civile devant le juge
d’instruction, comporte les mentions suivantes :
- identité de la victime;
- domicile de la victime;
- indication du nom de la personne poursuivie et des faits qui sont reprochés à celle-ci;

La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité de victime.
Article 477. (convocation d’un témoin)
La convocation d’un témoin à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité du témoin;
- domicile du témoin;
- indication du nom de la personne poursuivie;
La convocation précise :
- que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité de témoin ;
- que la non-comparution à l’audience, le refus de témoigner ou le faux témoignage sont punis par la loi.
Article 478. (convocation d’un expert)
La convocation d’un expert à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité de l’expert;
- domicile de l’expert;
La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité d’expert.
Article 479. (convocation d’un interprète)
La convocation d’un interprète à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité de l’interprète;
- domicile de l’interprète;
La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité d’interprète.
Article 480. (convocation du civilement responsable)
La convocation du civilement responsable à l’audience comporte les mentions suivantes :

- identité du civilement responsable;

- domicile du civilement responsable;
- date et signature du procureur du Royaume
La convocation précise que la personne concernée est convoquée en qualité de civilement responsable.
Article 481. (dispositions communes)
La convocation à l’audience de la partie civile, de la victime, du témoin, de l’expert, de l’interprète et du

civilement responsable est soumise aux dispositions des articles 467 (convocation délivrée en main propre
par le procureur du Royaume) à 472 (autres modes de délivrance de la convocation) de ce code.
Titre 4 : Signification des décisions de justice

Chapitre 1 : Signification des décisions de justice
Article 482. (objet de la signification)
La signification est l’acte par lequel, dans les cas prévus par la loi, une décision de justice est portée à la
connaissance d’une partie concernée pour que celle-ci en ait connaissance.
La signification est effectuée à l’initiative du procureur du Royaume, du procureur général ou d’une
partie.
Article 483. (mentions portées sur la signification)
La signification comporte les mentions suivantes :

- nature et référence de la décision signifiée;
- identité et domicile de la partie à qui la décision est signifiée;
- date et signature de celui qui procède à la signification.
La signification précise les voies de recours possibles contre la décision signifiée.
Une copie de la décision signifiée est annexée à l’acte de signification des décisions de justice.
Article 484. (signification effectuée par le procureur du Royaume)
La signification peut être effectuée à la partie concernée par le procureur du Royaume.

Dans ce cas, le procureur du Royaume remet à la partie concernée une copie de la décision de justice.
Il mentionne sur l’original la date et le lieu de la remise. La partie concernée appose sa signature sur
l’original.
Article 485. (signification effectuée par un huissier de justice)
La signification peut également être effectuée par un huissier de justice.

L’huissier de justice doit tout mettre en oeuvre pour signifier la décision à la personne concernée.
Article 486. (remise de copie de décision à la partie concernée par un huissier)
Si l’huissier de justice rencontre la partie concernée à son domicile ou en tout autre lieu, il lui remet une
copie de la décision.
L’huissier de justice indique sur l’original que la copie a été remise à la partie concernée en main propre.
Il mentionne la date et le lieu de la remise. La partie concernée appose sa signature sur l’original. L’original
est immédiatement retourné au procureur du Royaume.
Article 487. (absence de la partie concernée)
Si la partie concernée est absente de son domicile, l’huissier de justice remet une copie de la décision à
toute personne majeure présente au domicile.
Il mentionne l’identité de cette personne et la date de la remise. La personne qui reçoit l’acte appose sa
La personne qui reçoit l’acte s’engage à le remettre dans les plus brefs délais à la partie concernée.
Article 488. (remise de copie de décision au chef de la commune ou sangkat)
L’huissier de justice remet une copie de la décision au chef de la commune ou du sangkat, ou à un

- la partie concernée refuse de recevoir la décision;
- aucune personne n’est présente au domicile de la partie concernée;
- aucune des personnes présentes au domicile de la partie concernée n’accepte de recevoir la décision.
La personne qui reçoit l’acte s’engage à le remettre dans les plus brefs délais à la partie concernée.
Article 489. (autres modes de signification)
La signification peut également être effectuée :

- par un greffier;
Royaume demande de signifier une décision de justice est tenu de se conformer à ses ordres.
Il est procédé ainsi qu’il est dit aux articles 486 (remise de copie de décision à la partie concernée par un
huissier) à 488 (remise de copie de décision au chef de la commune ou sangkat) de ce code.
Article 490. (partie sans domicile ou résidence connue)

Si la partie concernée est sans domicile ni résidence connue, ou si elle demeure hors du territoire national,
la décision peut néanmoins lui être signifiée. Dans ce cas, la date de la signification est réputée être la date de
la décision.
Titre 5 : Dispositions communes

Chapitre 1 : Dispositions communes
Article 491. (conséquences de délais non respecté)
Dans le cas où les délais prescrits par les articles 457 (délais à respecter entre la citation et la
comparution) et 466 (délais à respecter entre la convocation et la comparution) de ce code ne sont pas
respectés, il est procédé ainsi qu’il suit.
- Si l’accusé ne se présente pas, la juridiction constate la nullité de la citation directe ou de la convocation
à comparaître. Elle ordonne de délivrer une nouvelle citation directe ou une nouvelle convocation à
comparaître, sauf si l’action publique est éteinte.
- Si l’accusé se présente à l’audience, la juridiction peut examiner l’affaire si l’accusé consent
expressément à être jugé immédiatement. Si l’accusé refuse d’être jugé immédiatement, la juridiction
ordonne le renvoi de l’affaire à une audience ultérieure.
Article 492. (nullité de citation et de convocation)
La nullité d’une citation directe ne peut être prononcée que lorsqu’elle a eu pour effet de porter atteinte
aux intérêts de l’accusé.
La nullité d’une convocation délivrée à l’accusé, à la partie civile ou au civilement responsable ne peut
être prononcée que lorsqu’elle a eu pour effet de porter atteinte aux intérêts de la partie qu’elle concerne.
Article 493. (mentions devant figurer sur une citation directe ou une convocation)
Lorsqu’une citation directe ou une convocation est délivrée par un huissier de justice, un greffier, par la
voie administrative, par le directeur de la prison ou du centre de détention ou par l’intermédiaire des services
de police ou de gendarmerie, elle doit comporter les mentions suivantes :
- identité et qualité de celui qui délivre l’acte;
- signature de celui qui délivre l’acte.
Article 494. (mentions devant figurer sur une enveloppe)
Dans les cas prévus par les articles 461 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier en cas d’absence de
l’accusé), 462 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat), 470
(remise de copie par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé) et 471 (remise de copie de la convocation par
l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat) de ce code, la copie de la citation directe ou de la
convocation est remise sous enveloppe fermée, comportant les indications suivantes :
- sur la face avant, les nom, prénoms et adresse du destinataire de l’acte;
- sur la face arrière, le cachet de la personne qui a délivré l’acte.
Les présentes dispositions sont applicables en cas de signification d’une décision de justice.
Article 495. (signature et empreinte digitale)

Dans tous les cas où la signature d’une personne, destinataire doit être apposée sur un acte, elle peut être
remplacée par une empreinte digitale si la personne ne sait pas signer.
Livre 8 : Procédures d’exécution

Article 496. (exécution des peines et des condamnations civiles)
L’exécution des peines et de la contrainte par corps est effectuée à l’initiative du parquet.
L’exécution des condamnations civiles est effectuée à l’initiative de la partie civile.
Article 497. (décision définitive)
Le parquet procède à l’exécution de la peine dès que la décision est devenue définitive.
Le délai d’appel du procureur général ne fait pas obstacle à l’exécution de la peine.
Article 498. (recouvrement des amendes et des droits de procédure)
Le recouvrement des amendes et des droits de procédure est effectué par les agents du Trésor, sous
l’autorité du parquet. Le produit des amendes et des droits de procédure est versé au budget de l’Etat.
Toute décision de condamnation devenue définitive vaut commandement de payer l’amende et les droits
de procédure.
Article 499. (recours à la force publique)
Le procureur du Royaume et le procureur général peuvent requérir la force publique pour assurer
l’exécution des peines.
Article 500. (difficultés d’exécution d’une peine)
Les difficultés relatives à l’exécution d’une peine sont portées devant le tribunal ou la cour qui a prononcé
la condamnation.
La juridiction est saisie sur requête du parquet ou de la partie concernée. Elle statue en audience publique,
après avoir entendu le parquet, la partie concernée et le cas échéant son avocat.
L’exécution de la peine peut être suspendue par la juridiction.
Article 501. (demandes de confusion de peines)
Les demandes de confusion de peines sont portées devant la dernière juridiction qui a statué.

La juridiction est saisie sur requête du parquet ou de la partie concernée. Elle statue en audience publique,
après avoir entendu le parquet, la partie concernée et le cas échéant son avocat.
Titre 2 : Exécution de la détention provisoire et des peines

privatives de liberté
Chapitre 1 : Règles relatives à la détention
Article 502. (calcul de la durée d’emprisonnement)
La peine d’un jour d’emprisonnement dure vingt-quatre heures.

Celle d’un mois dure trente jours.
Celle de plus d’un mois est calculée de quantième à quantième.
Les condamnés ayant exécuté leur peine sont libérés entre six heures et dix-huit heures.
Article 503. (déduction de la durée de la détention provisoire)
La durée de la détention provisoire est entièrement déduite de la durée de la peine prononcée ou, le cas
échéant, de la durée totale de la peine à subir après confusion.
Article 504. (organisation des prisons)
L’organisation et le régime intérieur des prisons et centres de détention sont déterminés par prakas du
ministère chargé de la gestion pénitentiaire.
Il détermine également les conditions de répartition des condamnés entre les différentes prisons et les
différents centres de détention, les modalités d’exécution des peines privatives de liberté et le régime de la
détention.
Article 505. (registre des personnes détenues)
Toute prison et tout centre de détention est pourvu d’un registre mentionnant l’identité des personnes
détenues, la date d’incarcération et la date de libération. Ce registre doit être contrôlé fréquemment par le
parquet. Chaque page doit être visée par le parquet.
Tout agent de l’administration de la prison et du centre de détention est tenu de présenter le registre aux
magistrats qui en font la demande, ainsi qu’aux officiers de police judiciaire agissant sur délégation de
l’autorité judiciaire.
Article 506. (titre de détention)
Aucun agent de l’administration pénitentiaire ne peut recevoir et détenir une personne en l’absence d’un
titre délivré par l’autorité judiciaire.
L’agent de l’administration pénitentiaire qui reçoit et détient une personne en l’absence d’un titre délivré
par l’autorité judiciaire se rend coupable de séquestration.

Article 507. (détention illégale)
Tout magistrat à qui est dénoncée une détention illégale est tenu de faire procéder immédiatement aux
vérifications nécessaires.
Article 508. (présentation d’un détenu sur demande)
Tout agent de l’administration pénitentiaire est tenu de présenter un détenu aux magistrats qui en font la
demande, ainsi qu’aux officiers de police judiciaire agissant sur délégation de l’autorité judiciaire.
Article 509. (inspection des prisons)
Le procureur général près la cour d’appel, le procureur du Royaume, le président de la chambre

d’instruction et le juge d’instruction doivent inspecter périodiquement les prisons.
Article 510. (entretien du détenu avec son avocat)
Le détenu doit pouvoir s’entretenir confidentiellement avec son avocat.
Article 511. (information du procureur du Royaume en cas d’incident grave)
Tout incident grave à l’intérieur d’une prison ou d’un centre de détention doit être immédiatement porté à
la connaissance du procureur du Royaume.
Dans le cas où un détenu s’est évadé de la prison ou du centre de détention, le procureur délivre un ordre
d’arrestation et prend immédiatement toutes mesures pour l’exécution de cet ordre d’arrestation
conformément aux dispositions de l’article 196 (mandat d'arrêt) et suivants de ce code.
¬
Chapitre 2 : Libération conditionnelle
Article 512. (condition relative au comportement)
Tout condamné ayant à subir une ou plusieurs peines d’emprisonnement peut bénéficier d’une libération
conditionnelle s’il présente un bon comportement durant sa détention et parait apte à se réinsérer dans la
société.
Article 513. (condition relative à la durée de la peine accomplie)
La libération conditionnelle peut être accordée aux condamnés ayant accompli :

- la moitié de la peine, si la peine est inférieure à un an;
- deux tiers de la peine dans les autres cas.
Les condamnés à l’emprisonnement à perpétuité peuvent bénéficier d’une libération conditionnelle s’ils
ont accompli au moins vingt ans d’emprisonnement.
Article 514. (autorité compétente pour accorder la libération conditionnelle)

La libération conditionnelle est accordée par le président du tribunal du lieu de détention. Il statue après
avis d’une commission nationale qui siège au ministère de la Justice.
Cette commission est composée :
- de deux membres désignés par le ministre de la Justice, dont l’un est président ;
- du directeur de l’administration pénitentiaire ou de son représentant, qui sont membres.
Article 515. (avis de la commission nationale)
Saisi d’une demande de libération conditionnelle, le président du tribunal transmet à la commission

nationale :
- la demande;
- le jugement ou l’arrêt de condamnation;
- le cas échéant les jugements et arrêts si le condamné purge plusieurs peines;
- le bulletin n° 1 du casier judiciaire;
- l’avis du procureur du Royaume;
- toutes pièces utiles.
La commission nationale émet son avis dans les plus brefs délais. L’avis, écrit et motivé, est aussitôt
adressé au président du tribunal.
Article 516. (décisions relatives à la libération conditionnelle)
Le président du tribunal n’est pas lié par l’avis de la commission.

Il statue par une ordonnance motivée.
Sa décision peut faire l’objet, dans le délai de cinq jours, d’un recours devant le président de la cour
d’appel. Ce recours ne peut être exercé que par le procureur général près la cour d’appel ou le procureur du
Royaume du tribunal concerné.
Lorsque le président du tribunal ordonne la libération conditionnelle, sa décision n’est pas exécutoire
pendant le délai de cinq jours prévu au troisième alinéa du présent article. Si un recours est exercé, sa
décision n’est pas exécutoire jusqu’à l’ordonnance du président de la cour d’appel.
Le président de la cour d’appel statue par une ordonnance motivée et insusceptible de recours.
Article 517. (modalités d’exécution et conditions de la libération conditionnelle)
La décision accordant la libération conditionnelle fixe les modalités d’exécution et les conditions
auxquelles est subordonnée la remise en liberté du condamné.
Elle fixe un délai d’épreuve qui ne peut excéder la durée de la peine restant à subir.
Article 518. (révocation de la décision)
En cas de nouvelle condamnation ou de non respect des conditions fixées par l’ordonnance, le président
du tribunal peut révoquer sa décision.
Article 519. (arrestation du condamné libéré)

En cas d’urgence, le procureur du Royaume du tribunal intéressé peut ordonner l’arrestation du condamné
libéré. Il doit en aviser immédiatement le président du tribunal.
Article 520. (révocation de la libération conditionnelle)
En cas de révocation de la libération conditionnelle, le condamné doit subir le restant de sa peine.

La durée de la peine restant à subir doit être comptée à partir de la réception, par l’accusé, la décision de
libération conditionnelle.
Si le condamné a été arrêté en application de l’article 519 (arrestation du condamné libéré) de ce code, la
durée de la détention subie jusqu’à la décision de révocation s’impute sur la durée de la peine restant à subir.
Article 521. (conséquences de la non révocation)
Si la libération conditionnelle n’est pas révoquée avant l’expiration du délai d’épreuve fixé en application
de l’article 517 (modalités d’exécution et conditions de la libération conditionnelle) de ce code, la libération
devient définitive.
Dans ce cas, la peine est réputée exécutée depuis le jour de la libération conditionnelle.
Article 522. (prakas du ministère de la justice)
Un prakas du ministère de la Justice détermine les modalités de surveillance, de contrôle et de réinsertion

des condamnés libérés conditionnels. Ce praka peut confier à des institutions publiques ou privées le soin de
veiller à la réinsertion sociale des condamnés.
Titre 3 : Contrainte par corps

Chapitre 1 : Contrainte par corps
Article 523. (cas d’application de la contrainte par corps)
La contrainte par corps est applicable aux personnes condamnées par une juridiction pénale qui ne paient
pas :
- les amendes;
- les droits de procédure;
- la réparation et les dommages-intérêts dus aux parties civiles.
Article 524. (application de plein droit)
La contrainte par corps s’applique de plein droit. Elle n’a pas à être prononcée par le tribunal ou la cour.
Article 525. (contrainte par corps pour défaut de paiement des amendes ou droits de
procédure)

Si le condamné ne paie pas les amendes ou les droits de procédure, les services du Trésor en informent le
procureur du Royaume près du tribunal de première instance.
Le procureur du Royaume fixe au condamné un ultime délai pour payer et l’informe qu’à défaut de
paiement, il pourra faire l’objet d’une contrainte par corps. Ce délai ne peut être inférieur à dix jours.
La notification est faite :
- soit verbalement;
Il est dressé un procès verbal de notification. Ce procès verbal est signé par le condamné. Si le condamné
ne sait pas signer, il appose une empreinte digitale.
Article 526. (ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération)
A l’expiration du délai, si le condamné n’a pas payé, le procureur du Royaume délivre un ordre de
contrainte et d’incarcération. Il peut surseoir à cette décision pour des motifs humanitaires, notamment en
raison de l’état de santé du condamné.
L’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération comporte les mentions suivantes :
- identité du condamné;
- nature et références de la condamnation;
- références de la notification prévue par l’article 525 (contrainte par corps pour défaut de paiement des
amendes ou droits de procédure) de ce code;
- montant des sommes impayées;
- durée de la contrainte par corps.
Il est signé par le procureur du Royaume et revêtu de son sceau.
Le procureur du Royaume demande à la force publique de procéder à l’arrestation et à l’incarcération du
condamné.
Article 527. (contestation de l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération)
Si, au moment de son arrestation, de son incarcération ou ultérieurement, le condamné conteste la

décision du procureur du Royaume, il est conduit devant le président du tribunal.
Le président du tribunal vérifie la légalité de l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération. En cas de violation
de la loi, il annule l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération.
Il statue par une ordonnance motivée.
Sa décision peut faire l’objet, dans le délai de deux jours, d’un recours devant le président de la cour
d’appel. Ce recours peut être exercé par le procureur général, le procureur du Royaume ou le condamné.
Le président de la cour d’appel statue par une ordonnance motivée insusceptible de recours.
Lorsque le président du tribunal annule l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération, sa décision n’est pas
exécutoire pendant le délai de deux jours prévu au quatrième alinéa du présent article. Si un recours est
exercé, sa décision n’est pas exécutoire jusqu’à l’ordonnance du président de la cour d’appel.
Le président de la cour d’appel statue par ordonnance motivée et insusceptible de recours.
Article 528. (remise en liberté)
En cas d’annulation de l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération, le condamné est remis en liberté.

Article 529. (assimilation à l’emprisonnement)
La contrainte par corps est subie dans les mêmes conditions que l’emprisonnement.
Article 530. (durée de la contrainte par corps)
La durée de la contrainte par corps est fixée ainsi qu’il suit :

- dix jours lorsque la somme impayée n’excède pas 250.000 Riels;
- vingt jours si elle est comprise entre 250.001 et 500.000 Riels;
- un mois si elle est comprise entre 500.001 et 1.000.000 Riels;
- deux mois si elle est comprise entre 1.000.001 et 2.500.000 Riels;
- trois mois si elle est comprise entre 2.500.001 et 5.000.000 Riels;
- six mois si elle est comprise entre 5.000.001 et 10.000.000 Riels;
- un an si elle est comprise entre 10.000.001 et 20.500.000 Riels;
- dix huit mois si elle est comprise entre 20.500.001 et 50.000.000 Riels;
- deux ans si elle excède 50.000.000 Riels.
Lorsque la contrainte par corps garantit le recouvrement de plusieurs créances, sa durée est fixée en tenant
compte du total des condamnations.
Article 531. (exemptions de la contrainte par corps)
La contrainte par corps n’est pas exercée contre les condamnés mineurs au moment des faits, contre les
femmes âgées d’au moins soixante cinq ans, ni contre les hommes âgés d’au moins soixante dix ans.
La contrainte par corps ne peut être exercée simultanément contre le mari et la femme, même pour le
recouvrement de condamnations pécuniaires différentes.
Article 532. (non libération de la dette)
Le condamné qui a subi une contrainte par corps demeure débiteur de la somme à payer. Toutefois il ne
peut faire l’objet d’une nouvelle contrainte par corps pour la même dette.
Article 533. (contrainte par corps à la demande de la partie civile)
Lorsque la partie civile ne parvient pas à obtenir le paiement des dommages-intérêts ni auprès du
condamné, ni auprès du civilement responsable, elle peut demander au procureur du Royaume d’exercer la
contrainte par corps.
La contrainte par corps pour le paiement des dommages-intérêts n’est applicable qu’au condamné.
La partie civile doit justifier avoir utilisé les moyens d’exécution prévus par la loi, tels que la saisie des
biens mobiliers ou immobiliers. Le procureur du Royaume peut inviter la partie civile à engager de nouvelles
procédures pour tenter d’obtenir le paiement des dommages-intérêts.
Si le condamné s’abstient de payer, la contrainte par corps est applicable dans les conditions prévues par
les articles 523 (contrainte par corps pour défaut de paiement des amendes ou droits de procédure) à 532
(non libération de la dette) de ce code. En cas de concurrence entre l’amende, les droits de procédure et les
dommages-intérêts, la préférence est accordée aux dommages-intérêts.

Titre 4 : Habilitation et réhabilitation
Chapitre 1 : Réhabilitation judiciaire
Article 534. (juridiction compétente pour prononcer la réhabilitation)
La réhabilitation judiciaire est accordée ou refusée par la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel dans le
ressort de laquelle la condamnation a été prononcée.
Article 535. (conditions de délais relatives à la demande de réhabilitation)
La demande de réhabilitation ne peut être présentée à la chambre pénale qu’après l’expiration des délais
suivants :
- cinq ans pour les crimes;
- trois ans pour les délits;
- un an pour les contraventions.
Ces délais partent à compter :
- de l’exécution de la peine;
- de l’exécution de la contrainte par corps dans le cas prévu par l’article 536 (justifications nécessaires)
(alinéa 2) de ce code.
Article 536. (justifications nécessaires)
Le condamné doit justifier du paiement de l’amende, des droits de procédure et des dommages-intérêts. Si
la partie civile a renoncé au recouvrement des dommages-intérêts, le condamné doit en fournir l’attestation,
sauf si la partie civile est introuvable.
Si le condamné a fait l’objet d’une contrainte par corps, le non-paiement de l’amende, des droits de
procédure ou des dommages-intérêts ne fait pas obstacle à sa réhabilitation si le condamné justifie être
insolvable.
Si le demandeur a été condamné pour banqueroute, il doit justifier du règlement du passif de la faillite. Si
les créanciers ont renoncé au règlement du passif, le condamné doit en fournir l’attestation.
Article 537. (forme de la demande de réhabilitation)
Le condamné adresse sa demande de réhabilitation au procureur du Royaume territorialement compétent.

Il doit indiquer la nature de la condamnation ou des condamnations dont il a fait l’objet, et préciser les lieux
où il a résidé depuis sa libération.
Article 538. (transmission du dossier par le procureur du Royaume au procureur général)
Le procureur du Royaume fait procéder à une enquête de moralité dans tous les lieux où le condamné a
résidé depuis sa libération.
Il se fait délivrer :
- une copie des décisions de condamnation;
- la notification de la date d’exécution de la peine;
- un bulletin n° 1 du casier judiciaire.
Il transmet le dossier, avec son avis motivé, au procureur général près la cour d’appel.
Article 539. (procédure devant la cour d’appel)
Le procureur général saisit la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel.

Il notifie la date d’audience au demandeur et à son avocat.
La cour statue en audience publique, après avoir entendu le condamné, son avocat et le procureur général.
Article 540. (rejet d’une demande de réhabilitation)
En cas de rejet d’une demande, une nouvelle demande ne peut être présentée avant l’expiration d’un délai
de deux ans.
Toutefois si la première demande a été rejetée par suite du non-respect des délais prévus par l’article 535
(conditions de délais relatives à la demande de réhabilitation) de ce code, la nouvelle demande peut être
formée dès l’expiration de ces délais.
Chapitre 2 : Réhabilitation de plein droit

Article 541. (réhabilitation de plein droit)
La réhabilitation est acquise de plein droit dans les cas suivants :

- au bout d’un délai de cinq ans à compter de l’exécution ou de la prescription de la peine dans le cas où
une personne a été condamnée à une peine d’emprisonnement n’excédant pas cinq ans ou à une amende;
- au bout d’un délai de dix ans à compter de l’exécution ou de la prescription de la peine dans le cas où
une personne a été condamnée à une peine d’emprisonnement supérieure à cinq ans.
Titre 5 : Casier judiciaire

Chapitre 1 : Casier judiciaire
Article 542. (gestion des fiches de condamnation du casier judiciaire)
Le casier judiciaire est tenu par un service placé sous l’autorité du ministère de la Justice.
Il reçoit, en ce qui concerne les personnes nées au CAMBODGE, les fiches constatant :
- toutes les condamnations contradictoires, réputées contradictoires et par défaut prononcées par les
juridictions pénales cambodgiennes;
- les condamnations prononcées par les juridictions étrangères qui, en application d’un accord
international, ont été notifiées aux autorités cambodgiennes;
- les mesures de grâce accordées par le Roi du Royaume du Cambodge;
- les décisions prises en matière de libération conditionnelle;
- les décisions relatives à la contrainte par corps;
- les jugements ou arrêts qui prononcent la faillite;
- les décisions de réhabilitation judiciaire;
- les décisions d’expulsion prises contre les étrangers.

Lorsque le condamné a purgé une peine d’emprisonnement ou une contrainte par corps, la date
d’exécution de la peine ou de la contrainte est mentionnée au casier judiciaire.
Lorsque le condamné a payé l’amende et les droits de procédure, la date du paiement est mentionnée au
casier judiciaire.
Lorsqu’une condamnation est réhabilitée de plein droit, cette mention doit figurer au casier judiciaire.
Sont retirées du casier judiciaire :
- les condamnations par défaut, lorsque elles ont été mises à néant à la suite d’une opposition;
- les condamnations effacées par une amnistie;
- les condamnations résultant d’une erreur d’identité
- les condamnations mises à néant par une procédure de révision.
Article 543. (mentions relatives à l’identité)
Le casier judiciaire reçoit également les fiches qui concernent :

- les personnes nées à l’étranger;
- les personnes dont l’identité n’a pu être vérifiée ou apparaît douteuse.
Dans le second cas, une mention spéciale doit figurer au casier judiciaire identité non vérifiée ou identité
douteuse.
Article 544. (informations du casier judiciaire)
Les greffiers des juridictions doivent, sous le contrôle du président de la juridiction, adresser au service
du casier judiciaire une fiche pour chaque décision qui doit être inscrite au casier judiciaire.
Les directeurs de prison notifient au service du casier judiciaire les dates d’exécution de peines ou de
contrainte par corps.
Les services du Trésor notifient au service du casier judiciaire le paiement des amendes et des droits de
procédure.
Le service du casier judiciaire veille à être informé des mesures de grâce royale et des décisions
d’expulsion des étrangers.
Article 545. (informations du casier judiciaire relatives aux personnes morale)
Le casier judiciaire reçoit les fiches constatant les condamnations de toute nature prononcées par les
juridictions pénales à l’encontre des personnes morales.
Article 546. (délivrance des bulletins)
Le service du casier judiciaire peut délivrer des bulletins du casier judiciaire. Le bulletin est le relevé de
tout ou partie des mentions qui figurent au casier judiciaire pour une personne déterminée.
Article 547. (bulletin n°1)
Le bulletin n° 1 du casier judiciaire comprend l’ensemble des mentions qui figurent au casier judiciaire
d’une personne.

Le bulletin n° 1 n’est délivré qu’aux autorités judiciaires.
Le bulletin n° 2 comporte l’ensemble des mentions qui figurent au bulletin n° 1, à l’exception :

- des condamnations effacées par la réhabilitation judiciaire ou de plein droit;
- des condamnations assorties d’un sursis non révoqué;
- des jugements ou arrêts qui prononcent la faillite, en cas de réhabilitation.
Le bulletin n° 2 est délivré :
- aux autorités judiciaires;
- aux autorités militaires saisies de demandes d’engagement dans l’armée;
- aux agents qui tiennent le registre du commerce.
Il est également délivré aux gouverneurs de province ou de municipalité et aux services de l’Etat :
- lorsqu’ils sont saisis de demandes d’emploi public;
- lorsqu’ils sont saisis de propositions relatives à des travaux publics ou à des marchés publics;
- lorsqu’ils sont saisis de demande d’ouverture d’établissements soumis à autorisation;
- dans le cadre des procédures disciplinaires.
Le bulletin n° 3 comporte exclusivement les condamnations à des peines d’emprisonnement sans sursis
prononcées contre une personne pour crime ou délit.
Toutefois les condamnations réhabilitées n’y figurent pas.
Le bulletin n° 3 est délivré à la personne qu’il concerne. Il ne peut en aucun cas être délivré à un tiers.
Article 550. (fonctionnement du casier judiciaire (prakas))
Un prakas du ministère de la Justice détermine les mesures nécessaires au fonctionnement du service du

casier judiciaire. Ce prakas détermine notamment les conditions dans lesquelles sont les fiches sont établies,
contrôlées et transmises par les greffiers, ainsi que les conditions dans lesquelles les bulletins sont établis,
contrôlés et délivrés.
Article 551. (rectification du casier judiciaire)
Lorsqu’un individu a été condamné sous une fausse identité, le parquet doit immédiatement demander
une rectification du casier judiciaire.
Article 552. (effets de la réhabilitation)
La réhabilitation efface les condamnations pénales. Toutefois celles-ci continuent à figurer au casier
judiciaire, assorties de la mention “réhabilité”.

Titre 6 : Frais de justice
Chapitre 1 : Frais de justice
Article 553. (frais de justice)
Les frais de justice sont à la charge de l’Etat.

La liste des frais de justice, leur tarif et les modalités générales sont déterminés par prakas.
Article 554. (droit de procédure)
Chaque condamné doit verser à l’Etat un droit forfaitaire de procédure. Le montant du droit de procédure
peut varier suivant la nature du procès.
Un prakas détermine le montant des droits de procédure.
Livre 9 : Procédures particulières

Titre 1 : Dispositions concernant les personnes
Chapitre 1 : Les magistrats
Section 1 : Abstention
Article 555. (motifs légitimes d’abstention)
Le juge qui a des motifs légitimes de ne pas participer à l’instruction ou au jugement d’une affaire peut
demander à être remplacé. La demande est présentée au président de la juridiction dont il dépend. S’il estime
le motif légitime, le président de la juridiction procède à son remplacement. Sa décision est insusceptible de
recours.
Section 2 : Récusation
Article 556. (motifs de récusation de magistrat du siège)
La récusation n’est recevable qu’en ce qui concerne les magistrats du siège.

Tout juge peut être récusé pour les causes suivantes :
- Si le juge ou son conjoint, actuel ou ancien, sont l’une des parties ;
- Si le juge est lié par un degré de parenté allant jusqu’au 6ème degré ou par un degré d’alliance jusqu’au
3e degré ou était lié par un degré d’alliance jusqu’au 3e degré avec l’une des parties ;
- Si le juge a la garde de l’une des parties ;
- Si un litige est ou était pendant entre le juge et l’une des parties ;
- Si le juge est témoin ou appelé à titre d’expert dans l’affaire ;
- Si le juge est ou était représentant ou assistant de l’une des partie ;

- Si le juge a participé à la décision sur l’affaire en tant qu’arbitre, à la décision de première instance
faisant l’objet de recours ou au jugement de l’appel faisant l’objet d’une recours ou a offert un conseil
juridique de l’affaire.
Article 557. (demandes de récusation)
La partie qui veut récuser un juge doit, à peine d’irrecevabilité, présenter sa demande dès qu’elle a
connaissance du motif de récusation.
En aucun cas, une demande de récusation ne peut être présentée après la clôture des débats.
Article 558. (destinataire de la requête en récusation)
La partie présente une requête :

- au président de la cour d’appel, lorsque la demande de récusation concerne le président ou un juge d’un
tribunal de première instance;
- au président de la Cour suprême lorsque la demande de récusation concerne un magistrat de la Cour
suprême, le président d’une cour d’appel ou un magistrat de cour d’appel.
La requête doit, à peine d’irrecevabilité, indiquer avec précision les motifs de la récusation et être
accompagnée des pièces justificatives.
Article 559. (notification de la requête en récusation)
La requête est notifiée au magistrat dont la récusation est demandée. Ce dernier doit cesser de participer à
l’instruction ou au jugement de l’affaire.
En cas d’urgence, il est remplacé par un autre magistrat désigné par le président de la juridiction dont il
relève.
Article 560. (rapport du magistrat concerné par la récusation)
Dans les huit jours de la notification, le magistrat concerné indique dans un rapport motivé s’il accepte la
récusation ou s’il s’y oppose. Ce rapport est transmis au président de la cour d’appel ou au président de la
cour suprême selon le cas, afin de statuer sur la requête de récusation.
Si le magistrat accepte la récusation, il est aussitôt remplacé.
S’il s’y oppose, il doit être statué sur le bien-fondé de la requête.
Article 561. (examen de la requête en récusation)
La requête est examinée sans qu’il soit besoin d’entendre les parties ni le magistrat concerné.
Si la récusation est admise, il est procédé au remplacement du magistrat.
Dans le cas contraire, le demandeur peut être condamné à une amende de 200.000 Riels, sans préjudice
des dommages-intérêts qui peuvent être alloués au magistrat mis en cause.
Article 562. (décision sur la requête en récusation)

L’autorité mentionnée à l’article 558 (destinataire de la requête en récusation) de ce code statue par une
ordonnance insusceptible de recours. Cette ordonnance est notifiée par le greffier au magistrat concerné et au
requérant.
Article 563. (actes accomplis avant notification de la requête)
Les actes accomplis par le magistrat récusé avant la notification de la demande de récusation ne peuvent
être remis en cause.
Article 564. (requête visant plusieurs magistrats)
Quand le demandeur veut récuser plusieurs magistrats siégeant dans une même formation collégiale, il
peut présenter une seule requête. Il peut déposer une requête complémentaire si un nouveau motif de
récusation apparaît postérieurement.
Article 565. (récusation du président de la cour suprême)
Quand la récusation concerne le président de la Cour suprême, celui-ci décide en conscience s’il doit ou
non s’abstenir.
Chapitre 2 : Extradition
Section 1 : Extradition demandée par un état étranger
Sous-Section 1 : Extradition ;
Article 566. (extradition d’un ressortissant étranger sur le territoire)
Le Royaume du CAMBODGE peut accepter de livrer à un Etat étranger un ressortissant étranger qui
séjourne sur le territoire du CAMBODGE et qui :
- soit fait l’objet de poursuites judiciaires dans cet Etat;
- soit a été condamné à l’emprisonnement par une juridiction de cet Etat.
Article 567. (traités et conventions internationaux)
L’extradition d’un ressortissant étranger arrêté sur le territoire du CAMBODGE est régie par les
dispositions des traité et convention internationaux ratifiés par le Royaume du Cambodge. A défaut de traité
ou convention internationaux ratifiés par le Royaume du Cambodge, les dispositions du présent chapitre
s’applique sauf les dispositions spéciales prévues par d’autres lois.
Article 568. (définitions “état requérant” “personne réclamée”)
Dans le présent chapitre, sont appelés :

- “Etat requérant”, l’Etat étranger qui demande l’extradition d’un ressortissant étranger;
- “personne réclamée”, le ressortissant étranger qui séjourne sur le territoire du CAMBODGE et fait
l’objet d’une demande d’extradition.

Sous-Section 2 : Conditions de l’extradition
Article 569. (conditions de l’extradition relatives aux faits)
L’extradition n’est possible que si les faits reprochés à la personne réclamée constituent une infraction à
la fois dans la loi de l’Etat requérant et dans la loi cambodgienne malgré que :
- les faits délictuels soient qualifiés différemment ou
- la qualification juridique, l’emploi du terme technique ou la définition ou la détermination des
caractéristiques de l’infraction s’effectuent différemment ou
- les éléments constitutifs de l’infraction selon la loi de l’Etat requérant sont différents de ceux retenus
par la loi cambodgienne, si au regard de l’ensemble des éléments de fait présentés par l’Etat
requérant, il s’agit d’une infraction prévue par les dispositions de la loi en vigueur au Cambodge.
Article 570. (cas de la tentative d’infraction et de la complicité)
Si les faits reprochés constituent, dans la loi de l’Etat requérant, la tentative d’une infraction, l’extradition
n’est possible que si, pour la même infraction, la tentative est punie par la loi cambodgienne.
Les dispositions du présent article sont applicables à la complicité.
Article 571. (conditions relatives à la peine d’emprisonnement)
L’extradition n’est possible que si les faits reprochés à la personne réclamée sont punis, dans la loi de
l’Etat requérant, d’une peine d’emprisonnement au moins égale à deux ans.
Toutefois l’extradition est également possible si la personne réclamée a été condamnée, par la juridiction
de l’Etat requérant, à une peine d’emprisonnement au moins égale à six mois et la décision de condamnation
est devenue définitive, quelle que soit la durée de la peine prévue par la loi.
Article 572. (conditions tenant au lieu de commission de l’infraction)
Lorsque les faits reprochés à la personne réclamée ont été commis sur le territoire de l’Etat requérant,
l’extradition est possible même si la personne réclamée n’est pas de la nationalité de l’Etat requérant.
Lorsque les faits reprochés à la personne réclamée ont été commis en dehors du territoire de l’Etat
requérant, l’extradition n’est possible que si la personne réclamée est de la nationalité de l’Etat requérant.
Article 573. (faits à caractère politique)
L’extradition n’est pas possible lorsque les faits reprochés ont un caractère politique.
Toutefois ne sont pas considérés comme infraction politique les actes de violence qui mettent en péril la
vie, l’intégrité corporelle ou la liberté des personnes.
Article 574. (faits commis sur le territoire et ayant été jugés définitivement)
L’extradition n’est pas possible lorsque les faits reprochés ont été commis sur le territoire du Royaume du
CAMBODGE et ont été jugés définitivement au Cambodge.

Article 575. (extinction de l’action publique)
L’extradition n’est pas possible dans le cas où l’action publique est éteinte au regard de la loi de l’Etat
requérant.
Lorsque les faits reprochés ont été commis sur le territoire du Royaume du CAMBODGE, l’extradition
n’est pas possible dans le cas où l’action publique est éteinte au regard de la loi cambodgienne.
Article 576. (demandes d’extradition multiples concernant la même personne)
Lorsque plusieurs Etats étrangers ont adressé une demande d’extradition visant la même personne et si
l’extradition est possible, il est tenu compte de toutes les situations suivantes :
- les obligations des conventionnelles concernées ;
- la gravité de l’infraction ;
- le temps et le lieu de la commission de l’infraction ;
- la date et l’ordre d’arrivée des demandes ;
- la nationalité, le domicile, la résidence de la personne réclamée et de la victime ;
- la possibilité de l’Etat requérant dans la remise de la personne réclamée.
Article 577. (conditions d’extradition relatives à la demande)
L’extradition n’est possible que si l’Etat requérant s’engage à ne pas exercer de poursuite pour une
infraction différente de celle visée dans la demande d’extradition, lorsque cette infraction a été commise
avant l’arrestation de la personne réclamée.
Toutefois des poursuites sont possibles avec l’accord du Royaume du CAMBODGE. Dans ce cas l’Etat
requérant doit présenter une demande complémentaire aux autorités cambodgiennes.
Article 578. (suspension de l’extradition)
Lorsque la personne réclamée fait l’objet de poursuites judiciaires au CAMBODGE, l’extradition est
suspendue tant que les poursuites sont en cours ou, en cas de condamnation, que la peine n’est pas exécutée.
Toutefois le Royaume du CAMBODGE peut consentir à ce que la personne réclamée soit transférée
temporairement dans l’Etat requérant pour y être jugée. L’Etat requérant doit s’engager à remettre la
personne extradée aux autorités cambodgiennes à l’issue de la procédure de jugement.
Sous-Section 3 : Procédure de l’extradition
Article 579. (justifications de la demande d’extradition)
Toute demande d’extradition est adressée au gouvernement cambodgien par la voie diplomatique. Elle
doit être accompagnée des pièces justificatives.
Les pièces justificatives doivent comporter :
- les documents suffisants pour identifier la personne réclamée ;
- un exposé des faits reprochés à la personne réclamée;
- les textes applicables à ces faits et la peine encourue;
- le cas échéant la copie de la décision de condamnation.

Tous les documents doivent être signés, revêtus de sceau officiel et enveloppés, et si à défaut de version
khmère, française ou anglaise, accompagnés de documents de traduction en khmer, en français ou en anglais
avec certification.
Article 580. (transmission de la demande d’extradition)
Le ministre des affaires étrangères du CAMBODGE transmet la demande d’extradition et les pièces
justificatives au ministre de la Justice. Le ministre de la Justice vérifie la régularité de la demande et la
communique au procureur général près la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH.
Article 581. (demande d’arrestation provisoire)
L’Etat requérant peut demander l’arrestation provisoire de la personne réclamée.

En cas d’urgence, la demande d’arrestation provisoire peut précéder la demande d’extradition mentionnée
à l’article 579 (justifications de la demande d’extradition) de ce code.
La demande d’arrestation provisoire, destinée à éviter la fuite de la personne réclamée, n’est soumise à
aucune forme particulière.
La personne soumise à une procédure d’arrestation provisoire doit être libérée d’office si le gouvernement
royal n’a pas reçu les documents prévus à l’article 579 (justifications de la demande d’extradition) de ce code
dans un délai de deux mois à compter de l’arrestation.
Article 582. (ordre d’arrestation et d’incarcération de la personne réclamée)
Le procureur général près la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH peut délivrer un ordre d’arrestation et
d’incarcération de la personne réclamée.
Cet ordre comporte les mentions suivantes :
- identité de la personne réclamée;
- références de la demande d’arrestation provisoire de l’Etat étranger;
- nom et qualité du magistrat qui délivre cet ordre.
Il est daté et signé par le procureur général, et revêtu de son sceau.
L’ordre d’arrestation et d’incarcération est exécutoire sur l’ensemble du territoire cambodgien.
Article 583. (présentation de la personne réclamée au procureur du Royaume ou au

procureur général compétent)
En cas d’arrestation, la personne réclamée doit être présentée dans les plus brefs délais au procureur du
Royaume territorialement compétent qui lui notifie l’ordre d’arrestation et d’incarcération, et reçoit ses
déclarations.
Elle est incarcérée à la prison de PHNOM-PENH. Elle peut demander à être entendue par le procureur
général près la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH.
Article 584. (saisine de la chambre d’instruction)
Le procureur général met le dossier en état en vue de la saisine de la chambre d’instruction de la cour
d’appel de PHNOM-PENH.

Article 585. (procédure devant la chambre d’instruction)
La personne réclamée doit comparaître devant la chambre d’instruction. Elle peut être assistée d’un
avocat de son choix ou désigné en application de la loi sur le statut des avocats.
Les débats se déroulent en chambre du conseil. En cas de besoin, la chambre d’instruction fait appel à un
interprète.
Après avoir entendu les déclarations de la personne réclamée, les réquisitions du procureur général et la
plaidoirie de l’avocat, la chambre d’instruction émet, sous la forme d’un arrêt, un avis motivé sur la demande
d’extradition.
Article 586. (avis de la chambre d’instruction)
La chambre d’instruction émet un avis défavorable si elle estime que les conditions légales de
l’extradition ne sont pas remplies.
Article 587. (demande de mise en liberté de la personne réclamée)
La personne réclamée peut demander sa mise en liberté.

La demande doit être présentée par écrit.
La demande est soumise à la chambre d’instruction qui statue après avoir entendu les déclarations de la
personne réclamée, les réquisitions du procureur général et la plaidoirie de l’avocat.
Article 588. (acquiescement à l’extradition)
Si la personne réclamée consent à être transférée selon la requête de l’Etat requérant après avoir été
pleinement informée des conséquences de son consentement sur l’extradition, la chambre d’instruction le
mentionne dans son arrêt.
Article 589. (effets des avis de la chambre d’instruction)
Lorsqu’il a acquis un caractère définitif, l’arrêt de la chambre d’instruction est immédiatement porté à la
connaissance du ministre de la justice.
Si la chambre d’instruction émet un avis défavorable, l’extradition ne peut être accordée par le
gouvernement cambodgien. La personne réclamée est aussitôt remise en liberté, sauf si elle fait l’objet d’un
autre titre de détention.
Si la chambre d’instruction émet un avis favorable, le ministre de la Justice peut transmettre cette affaire
au gouvernement qui prend un anukret ordonnant l’extradition de la personne réclamée.
Quand l’extradition est ordonnée, la personne réclamée est remise à l’Etat requérant. Les frais
d’extradition sont à la charge de l’Etat requérant. L’escorte relève de la responsabilité de l’Etat requérant dès
que l’extradé a quitté le sol cambodgien.
Si l’Etat requérant n’a pas engagé la procédure de rapatriement dans le délai de trente jours qui suit la
notification de l’anukret ordonnant l’extradition, la personne réclamée est remise en liberté.

Section 2 : L’extradition demandée par le Royaume du Cambodge à un état
étranger
Article 590. (compétence de la chambre d’instruction)
La chambre d’instruction de la cour d’appel de PHNOM-PENH est seule compétente pour apprécier la
régularité d’une extradition obtenue par le gouvernement cambodgien.
La personne extradée dispose d’un délai de quinze jours à compter de son arrivée sur le sol cambodgien
pour soulever la nullité de l’extradition.
La demande doit être présentée par écrit.
Article 591. (procédure devant la chambre d’instruction)
La chambre d’instruction statue après avoir entendu les déclarations de l’extradé, les réquisitions du
procureur général et la plaidoirie de l’avocat.
Article 592. (effet non suspensif d’une requête en nullité)
La requête en nullité ne suspend pas les poursuites en cours contre l’extradé.
Article 593. (effets de l’annulation de l’extradition)
Si l’extradition est annulée par une décision définitive de la chambre d’instruction, il est mis fin aux
poursuites en cours. L’extradé est remis en liberté et a la possibilité de quitter librement le territoire
cambodgien.
Toutefois, à l’expiration d’un délai de trente jours à compter de sa libération, l’extradé peut être arrêté sur
le territoire cambodgien et de nouveau poursuivi pour les faits qui ont motivé son extradition.
Article 594. (consentement de l’Etat qui a livré le ressortissant au Royaume du Cambodge)
Lorsque le Royaume du CAMBODGE a obtenu l’extradition d’un ressortissant étranger et est saisi,
ultérieurement, d’une demande d’extradition présentée par un Etat étranger, il ne peut faire droit à cette
demande qu’après avoir obtenu le consentement de l’Etat qui avait livré ce ressortissant au gouvernement
cambodgien.
Toutefois ce consentement n’est pas exigé lorsque le ressortissant étranger a pu, pendant un délai d’un
mois, quitter librement le territoire du CAMBODGE.
Chapitre 3 : Transit
Article 595. (demande de transit)
Le transit, sur le territoire cambodgien, d’une personne sous le coup d’une procédure d’extradition est
autorisé lorsque l’extradition ne concerne pas une infraction politique. La demande doit être présentée par la
voie diplomatique. Elle doit être accompagnée des pièces justificatives nécessaires.

Chapitre 4 : Dispositions particulières relative à l’exécution de
certaines peines
Article 596. (dispositions relatives à l’exécution des peines)
Pour les conflits relatifs à l’application de peines prévus dans le code pénal, la juridiction est saisie par le
parquet par voie de simple requête. Le parquet notifie la date d’audience aux parties concernées.
Chapitre 5 : Les personnes morales

Article 597. (compétence concernant les personnes morales)
Pour la poursuite, l’instruction et le jugement des infractions commises par les personnes morales, sont
compétents :
- le procureur du Royaume, le juge d’instruction et le tribunal de première instance du lieu de l’infraction;
- le procureur du Royaume, le juge d’instruction et le tribunal de première instance du lieu où la personne
morale a son siège.
Article 598. (représentation en justice de la personne morale)
La poursuite est exercée à l’encontre de la personne morale prise en la personne de son représentant légal
au moment des poursuites. Ce dernier représente la personne morale à tous les actes de la procédure.
Lorsque le représentant légal est empêché, le procureur du Royaume peut demander au président du
tribunal de première instance de désigner un mandataire pour représenter la personne morale.
Lorsque des poursuites pénales sont engagées pour les mêmes faits ou pour des faits connexes contre la
personne morale et contre son représentant légal, celui-ci peut demander au président du tribunal de première
instance de désigner un mandataire pour représenter la personne morale.
La demande est présentée par requête écrite.
Article 599. (identité du représentant de la personne morale)
La personne chargée de représenter la personne morale doit faire connaître son identité à la juridiction
saisie. Il en va de même en cas de changement de représentant légal au cours de la procédure.
Article 600. (mesure de contrainte applicable à la personne morale)
Le représentant de la personne morale ne peut, en cette qualité, faire l’objet d’aucune mesure de
contrainte autre que celle applicable aux témoins.
Article 601. (mise sous contrôle judiciaire de la personne morale)
Le juge d’instruction peut placer la personne morale sous contrôle judiciaire. Peuvent être prononcées les
obligations suivantes :
1° fournir un cautionnement dont le montant, les délais de versement et les modalités sont fixées ;
2° ne pas exercer certaines activités professionnelles;
3° être placée sous surveillance judiciaire pendant un délai qui ne peut excéder six mois.
La décision de placement sous surveillance judiciaire entraîne la désignation d’un mandataire de justice
dont le juge d’instruction précise la mission.
Article 602. (convocation et signification faites à la personne morale)
Les convocations et les décisions prévues par le présent code sont adressées et signifiées à la personne
morale, prise en la personne de son représentant légal, dans les mêmes conditions que celles prévues pour les
personnes physiques.
Titre 2 : Disparition de pièces ; interprétation et rectification

des décisions
Chapitre 1 : Disparition de pièces
Article 603. (dispositions applicables en cas de disparition de pièces)
Les dispositions du présent chapitre sont applicables en cas de destruction, de disparition ou de perte :
- soit de l’original d’une décision de justice;
- soit d’une pièce de procédure.
Article 604. (copie se substituant à l’original)
S’il existe une copie de la décision de justice, certifiée conforme par le greffier ou par une autre autorité,
elle est considérée comme l’original. Le détenteur de la copie certifiée conforme est tenu, à la demande du
président de la juridiction, de la remettre au greffier. Une nouvelle copie certifiée conforme lui est délivrée
par le greffier.
A défaut de copie certifiée conforme, une nouvelle décision est établie en tenant compte des copies, des
notes d’audience et des éléments figurant au dossier.
Article 605. (reconstitution des pièces de procédure)
Les pièces de procédure sont reconstituées au moyen de copies conservées par les services de police ou de
gendarmerie, les parties, les experts, les greffiers ou toutes autres personnes.
Chapitre 2 : Interprétation et rectification des décisions

Article 606. (compétence de la juridiction qui a prononcé la décision)
Toutes les difficultés d’interprétation d’une décision de justice sont soumises à la juridiction qui l’a
prononcée.
Cette juridiction est également compétente pour procéder à la rectification des erreurs purement
matérielles contenues dans ses décisions. La juridiction est saisie par le parquet, soit de sa propre initiative,
soit à la demande d’une partie. Le parquet notifie la date d’audience aux parties concernées. Dans tous les cas
le parquet donne son avis à l’audience.
Livre 10 : Dispositions transitoires
Titre 1 : Dispositions transitoires
Chapitre 1 : Dispositions transitoires
Article 607. (conditions d’attribution de la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire aux
officiers de la police nationale et de la gendarmerie royale)
Les officiers de la police nationale titulaires du certificat d’études d’officier de police judiciaire, avant
l’entrée en vigueur du présent code, se verront attribuer automatiquement le diplôme supérieur de police
judiciaire et seront nommés par prakas commun du Ministère de l’intérieur et du Ministère de la Justice.
Les officiers de la gendarmerie royale titulaires du certificat de l’officier de police judiciaire avant
l’entrée en vigueur de ce code, se verront attribuer automatiquement le diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire
et seront nommés par prakas commun du Ministère de la Défense et du Ministère de la Justice.
Après l’entrée en vigueur du présent code, afin d’obtenir la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire, il
faut remplir les conditions prévues à l’article 60 de ce code.
Article 608. (application dans le temps des délais de détention provisoire)

Les délais de détention provisoire pour les affaires en cours demeurent ceux prévus par la loi ancienne
sauf le crime contre l’humanité, le crime de génocide ou le crime de guerre.
Article 609. (application dans le temps des délais de recours et d’opposition)

Toutes les décisions judiciaires rendues antérieurement à l’entrée en vigueur de ce code sont soumises
aux délais de recours et d’opposition de la loi antérieure.
Article 610. (application dans le temps des règles de prescription de l’action publique et
de la peine)
Les prescriptions de l’action publique et de la peine des infractions commises avant l’entrée en
vigueur de ce code sont soumises aux dispositions de la loi ancienne.
Livre 11 : Dispositions finales

Titre 1 : Dispositions finales
Chapitre 1 : Dispositions finales
Article 611. (abrogation des textes de procédure antérieurs)
Les dispositions suivantes sont abrogées :
- Toutes les dispositions de procédure pénale antérieures à 1992,

- Les dispositions de procédure pénale de la loi APRONUC organisant les dispositions relatives au
système judiciaire, au droit pénal et à la procédure pénale applicables au Cambodge pendant la
période transitoire, adoptées par le Conseil National Suprême le 10 septembre 1992.
- La loi du 8 février 1993 sur la procédure en matière pénale adoptée par le conseil de l’Etat du
Cambodge et promulguée par le Kret n°21 kr du 8 mars 1993.
- Le kram n°0899/09 du 26 août 1999 portant sur la durée de la détention provisoire.
- La loi portant amendement des articles 36, 38, 90 et 91 de la loi sur la procédure pénale, promulguée
par le Kret n° 0102/005 du 10 janvier 2002.

Les dispositions de procédure de la loi du 8 février 1993 relative à l’organisation et aux activités des
tribunaux, promulguée par le Kret n° 6 kr du 8 février 1993, sont inapplicables à la matière pénale.
Article 612. (application immédiate du code de procédure pénale)

Le présent Code est immédiatement applicable à tous les actes de procédure qui sont faits après
l’entrée en vigueur du présent code.
L’application immédiate de ces dispositions est sans effet sur la validité des actes de procédure
accomplis conformément à la loi ancienne.

Livre 1 : L’ACTION PUBLIQUE ET L’ACTION CIVILE
Titre 1 : Principes généraux
Chapitre 1 : Principe généraux
Article 1.Article L.111-1 (finalité de ce code)
Article 2.Article L.111-2 (action publique et action civile)
Titre 2 : L’action publique
Chapitre 1 : L’action publique
Article 3.Article L.121-1 (objet de l’action publique)
Article 4.Article L.121-2 (déclenchement de l’action publique par le parquet)
Article 5.Article L.121-3 (mise en mouvement de l’action publique par la victime)
Article 6.Article L.121-4 (dépot de plainte par la victime)
Article 7.Article L.121-5 (extinction de l’action publique)
Article 8.Article L.121-6 (autres causes d’extinction de l’action publique)
Article 9.Article L.121-7 (crimes imprescriptibles)
Article 10.Article L.121-8 (délais de prescription)
Article 11.Article L.121-9 (interruption du délai de prescription)
Article 12.Article L.121-10 (autorité de la chose jugée)
Titre 3 : Action civile
Chapitre 1 : Action civile
Article 13.Article L.131-1 (action civile et préjudice)
Article 14.Article L.131-2 (réparation du préjudice)
Article 15.Article L.131-3 (demandeur à l’action civile)
Article 16.Article L.131-4 (action civile des héritiers de la victime)
Article 17.Article L.131-5 (association de lutte contre les violences sexuelles ou familiales ou violence contre
les mineurs)
Article 18.Article L.131-6 (association contre l’enlèvement, le trafic etc des êtres humains)
Article 19.Article L.131-7 (association de lutte contre le racisme et discrimination)
Article 20.Article L.131-8 (recevabilité des actions des associations)
Article 21.Article L.131-9 (défendeurs à l’action civile)
Article 22.Article L.131-10 (articulation des compétences des juridictions pénales et civiles)
Article 23.Article L.131-11 (déclaration préalable de culpabilité)
Article 24.Article L.131-12 (décès de l’accusé)
Article 25.Article L.131-13 (renonciation et désistement de la victime)
Article 26.Article L.131-14 (prescription de l’action civile)
Livre 2 : Autorités chargées de la poursuite, de l’instruction et de l’enquête
Titre 1 : Le parquet
Article 27.Article L.211-1 (rôle du parquet)
Article 28.Article L.211-2 (magistrats du parquet)
Article 29.Article L.211-3 (hiérarchisation du parquet)
Article 30.Article L.211-4 (réquisitions orales)
Chapitre 2 : Attributions du procureur général près la Cour suprême
Article 31.Article L.212-1 (représentation du parquet auprès de la Cour suprême)
Article 32.Article L.212-2 (rôle du procureur général auprès la Cour suprême)
Chapitre 3 : Attributions du procureur général près la cour d’appel
Article 33.Article L.213-1 (représentation du parquet auprès de la cour d’appel)
Article 34.Article L.213-2 (rôle du procureur général auprès la cour d’appel)
Article 35.Article L.213-3 (pouvoirs du procureur général auprès la cour d’appel)
Chapitre 4 : Attributions du procureur du Royaume près le tribunal de première instance
Section 1 : Organisation du parquet auprès du tribunal de première instance
Article 36.Article L.214-1 (représentation du parquet auprès du tribunal de première instance)
Article 37.Article L.214-2 (pouvoirs du procureur du Royaume)
Article 38.Article L.214-3 (pouvoirs des procureurs adjoints)
Article 39.Article L.214-4 (compétence territoriale des procureurs du Royaume)
Section 2 : Exercice de l’action publique
Article 40.Article L.214-5 (choix des poursuites)
Article 41.Article L.214-6 (classement sans suite)
Article 42.Article L.214-7 (dénonciation obligatoire de crime ou délit)
Article 43.Article L.214-8 (exercice des poursuites)
Article 44.Article L.214-9 (ouverture d’une information)
Article 45.Article L.214-10 (exercice des poursuites en cas de délit)
Article 46.Article L.214-11 (citation directe)
Article 47.Article L.214-12 (comparution immédiate)
Article 48.Article L.214-13 (procédure de comparution immédiate)
Article 49.Article L.214-14 (citation directe en cas de contravention)
Article 50.Article L.214-15 (registre des plaintes)
Chapitre 1 : Le juge d’instruction
Article 51.Article L.221-1 (désignation par le président du tribunal)
Article 52.Article L.221-2 (répartition des dossiers par le président du tribunal)
Article 53.Article L.221-3 (désaisissement du juge d’instruction)
Article 54.Article L.221-4 (cas d’abstention à peine de nullité)
Chapitre 1 : La chambre d’instruction
Article 55.Article L.231-1 (formation spéciale de la Cour d’Appel)
Titre 4 : La police judiciaire
Article 56.Article L.241-1 (missions de la police judiciaire)
Article 57.Article L.241-2 (composition de la police judiciaire)
Article 58.Article L.241-3 (coordination de la police judicaire)
Article 59.Article L.241-4 (contrôle de la police judiciaire)
Chapitre 2 : Officiers de police judiciaire
Section 1 : Obtention de l’habilité d’officier de police judiciaire
Article 60.Article L.242-1 (officier de police judicaire)
Article 61.Article L.242-2 (diplôme supérieur de police judiciaire)
Article 62.Article L.242-3 (jury d‘examen)
Article 63.Article L.242-4 (serment des officiers de police judiciaire)
Section 2 : Fautes commises dans l’exercice des fonctions
Article 64.Article L.242-5 (procédure disciplinaire)
Article 65.Article L.242-6 (sanctions disciplinaires)
Article 66.Article L.242-7 (interdiction d’exercer les fonctions d’officiers de police judiciaire)
Section 3 : Compétence territoriale de l’officier de police judiciaire
Article 67.Article L.242-8 (circonscription administrative d’affectation)
Article 68.Article L.242-9 (extension de la compétence territoriale)
Article 69.Article L.242-10 (conséquences du non-respect des règles de compétence)
Article 70.Article L.242-11 (ordres des autorités judiciaires)
Section 4 : Missions des officiers de police judiciaire
Article 71.Article L.242-12 (constatations des infractions)
Article 72.Article L.242-13 (procès-verbal)
Article 73.Article L.242-14 (registre des plaintes)
Article 74.Article L.242-15 (suites des dépôts de plaintes)
Article 75.Article L.242-16 (atteintes à l’action de la justice)
Chapitre 3 : Agents de police judiciaire
Article 76.Article L.243-1 (obtention de l’habilité d’agent de police judiciaire (APJ))
Article 77.Article L.243-2 (serment d’un APJ)
Article 78.Article L.243-3 (missions des APJ)
Article 79.Article L.243-4 (fautes commises dans l’exercice des fonctions)
Article 80.Article L.243-5 (sanctions disciplinaires)
Chapitre 4 : Détermination des compétences de la police nationale et la gendarmerie royale
Article 81.Article L.244-1 (détermination de compétences)
Chapitre 5 : Fonctionnaires et agents publics spécialement habilités à constater certaines infractions
Article 82.Article L.245-1 (habilitation de certains fonctionnaires et agents publics)
Livre 3 : Enquêtes
Article 83.Article L.311-1 (secret de l’enquête)
Article 84.Article L.311-2 (différences de pouvoirs des OPJ suivant les enquêtes)
Titre 2 : Enquêtes de flagrance
Chapitre 1 : Crimes ou délits flagrants
Article 85.Article L.321-1 (pouvoir des OPJ dans le cas d’enquête de flagrance)
Article 86.Article L.321-2 (définition du crime ou délit flagrant)
Article L. 321-3 (arrestation en cas de crime ou délit flagrant)
Article 87.Article L.321-4 (assimilation au crime ou délit flagrant)
Chapitre 2 : Mesures d’investigation
Article 88.Article L.322-1 (premières mesures en cas de crimes ou délits flagrants)
Article 89.Article L.322-2 (procès verbal des recherches et constations)
Article 90.Article L.322-3 (perquisitions)
Article 91.Article L.322-4 (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction)
Article 92.Article L.322-5 (procés verbal d’audition)
Article 93.Article L.322-6 (ordre de comparaitre - enquête de flagrance)
Article 94.Article L.322-7 (examen technique ou scientifique)
Chapitre 3 : La garde à vue
Article 95.Article L.323-1 (placement en garde à vue)
Article 96.Article L.323-2 (procès verbal de garde à vue)
Article 97.Article L.323-3 (assistance de l’avocat pendant la garde à vue)
Article 98.Article L.323-4 (assistance du médecin pendant la garde à vue)
Article 99.Article L.323-5 (mineur gardé à vue)
Article 100.Article L.323-6 (registre des gardes à vue)
Article 101.Article L.323-7 (procés verbal récapitulatif de garde à vue)
Chapitre 4 : Le déférement
Article 102.Article L.324-1 (déférement du gardé à vue)
Article 103.Article L.324-2 (délai de déférement)
Chapitre 5 : Règles concernant l’enquête de flagrance
Article 104.Article L.325-1 (interdiction des écoutes d’office)
Article 105.Article L.325-2 (durée de l’enquête de flagrance)
Article 106.Article L.325-3 (transmission des procès verbaux au procureur)
Article 107.Article L.325-4 (mentions portées aux procès verbaux)
Article 108.Article L.325-5 (règles prescrites à peine de nullité)
Article 109.Article L.325-6 (pouvoir d’appréciation des magistrats)
Titre 3 : Enquêtes préliminaires
Chapitre 1 : Enquêtes préliminaires
Article 110.Article L.331-1 (ouverture d’une enquête préliminaire)
Article 111.Article L.331-2 (règles applicables aux enquêtes préliminaires)
Article L.331-3 (perquisitions)
Article 112.Article L.331-4 (ordre de comparaître –enquête préliminaire)
Article 113.Article L.331-5 ( procès verbal d’audition –enquête préliminaire)
Article 114.Article L.331-6 (garde à vue de la personne soupçonnée)
Article 115.Article L.331-7 (règles prescrites à peine de nullité)
Article 116.Article L.331-8 (pouvoir d’appréciation des magistrats)
Titre 4 : Restitutions d’objets saisis dans le cadre des enquêtes
Chapitre 1 : Restitutions d’objets saisis dans le cadre des enquêtes
Article 117.Article L.341-1 (autorité compétente pour ordonner la restitution)
Article 118.Article L.341-2 (restitution d’objets saisis)
Livre 4 : L’instruction
Article 119.Article L.411-1 (secret de l’instruction)
Article 120.Article L.411-2 (ouverture d’une instruction)
Article 121.Article L.411-3 (compétence territoriale)
Article 122.Article L.411-4 (réquisitoire introductif)
Article 123.Article L.411-5 (étendue de la saisine)
Article 124.Article L.411-6 (mise en examen)
Article 125.Article L.411-7 (instruction à charge et à décharge)
Article 126.Article L.411-8 (assistance du greffier)
Article 127.Article L.411-9 (fonctions du greffier)
Article 128.Article L.411-10 (transports du juge d’instruction et du greffier)
Article 129.Article L.411-11 (commission rogatoire)
Article 130.Article L.411-12 (demande d’actes par le procureur du Royaume)
Article 131.Article L.411-13 (demande d’actes par l’inculpé)
Article 132.Article L.411-14 (demande d’actes par la partie civile)
Article 133.Article L.411-15 (communication du dossier au procureur du Royaume)
Article 134.Article L.411-16 (présence du procureur du Royaume aux actes d’instruction)
Article 135.Article L.411-17 (constitution de partie civile par voie d’intervention)
Article 136.Article L.411-18 (plainte avec constitution de partie civile)
Article 137.Article L.411-19 (transmission de la plainte au procureur du Royaume)
Article 138.Article L.411-20 (versement de consignation)
Article 139.Article L.411-21 (plainte abusive ou dilatoire)
Article 140.Article L.411-22 (demande de réparation)
Chapitre 2 : Investigations du juge d’instruction
Section 1 : Notification de l’inculpation
Article 141.Article L.412-1 (notification d’inculpation)
Article 142.Article L.412-2 (concours d’un interprète)
Section 2 : Interrogatoires de l’inculpe
Article 143.Article L.412-3 (présence de l’avocat à l’interrogatoire)
Article 144.Article L.412-4 (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction)
Article 145.Article L.412-5 (confrontations)
Article 146.Article L.412-6 (délai minimum pour interrogatoire)
Article 147.Article L.412-7 (droits de la défense du mis en examen)
Section 3 : Auditions de la partie civile
Article 148.Article L.412-8 (audition de la partie civile)
Article 149.Article L.412-9 (questions avec autorisation du juge d’instruction)
Article 150.Article L.412-10 (confrontation)
Section 4 : Auditions de témoins
Article 151.Article L.412-11 (audition des témoins)
Article 152.Article L.412-12 (serment des témoins)
Article 153.Article L.412-13 (concours d’un interprète)
Article 154.Article L.412-14 (témoins dispensés du serment)
Article 155.Article L.412-15 (impossibilité d’audition de certains temoins)
Article 156.Article L.412-16 (transport au domicile du témoin)
Section 5 : Perquisitions et les saisies
Article 157.Article L.412-17 (règles applicables aux perquisitions)
Article 158.Article L.412-18 (mise sous scellés des pièces à conviction)
Article 159.Article L.412-19 (restitution des objets saisis par le juge d’instruction)
Section 6 : Expertises
Article 160.Article L.412-20 (nécessité d’une expertise)
Article 161.Article L.412-21 (liste nationale des experts)
Article 162.Article L.412-22 (désignation d’un expert ne figurant pas sur la liste nationale)
Article 163.Article L.412-23 (ordonnance de désignation d’un expert)
Article 164.Article L.412-24 (contrôle de la mission de l’expert par le juge d’instruction)
Article 165.Article L.412-25 (actes nécessaires à l’accomplissement de la mission de l’expert)
Article 166.Article L.412-26 (rapport de l’expert)
Article 167.Article L.412-27 (désignation de plusieurs experts)
Article 168.Article L.412-28 (notification des conclusions de l’expertise)
Article 169.Article L.412-29 (les frais d’expertise)
Section 7 : Ecoutes téléphoniques
Article 170.Article L.412-30 (écoutes téléphoniques ordonnées par le juge d’instruction)
Section 8 : Commissions rogatoires
Article 171.Article L.412-31 (commission rogatoire)
Article 172.Article L.412-32 (contenu de la commission rogatoire)
Article 173.Article L.412-33 (commission rogatoire délivrée à un autre juge)
Article 174.Article L.412-34 (commission rogatoire délivrée à un officier de police judiciaire)
Article 175.Article L.412-35 (exécution de la commission rogatoire par un officier de police judiciaire)
Article 176.Article L.412-36 (procès verbal de recherches et de constatations)
Article 177.Article L.412-37 (règles concernant les auditions effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire)
Article 178.Article L.412-38 (auditions ne pouvant être effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire)
Article 179.Article L.412-39 (perquisitions et saisies effectuées par l’officier de police judiciaire)
Article 180.Article L.412-40 (garde à vue dans le cadre d’une commission rogatoire)
Article 181.Article L.412-41 (écoutes dans le cadre d’une commission rogatoire)
Article 182.Article L.412-42 (transmission des procès verbaux par l’officier de police judiciaire au procureur)
Chapitre 3 : Mesures de sûreté ;
Section 1: Mandat ;
Article L. 413-1. (délivrance du mandat)
Section 2 : Mandat de comparution ;
Article 183.Article L.413-2 (mandat de comparution)
Article 184.Article L.413-3 (mentions portées sur le mandat de comparution)
Article 185.Article L.413-4 (notification du mandat de comparution)
Section 3 : Mandat d’amener ;
Article 186.Article L.413-5 (délivrance du mandat d’amener par le juge d’instruction)
Article 187.Article L.413-6 (mandat d’amener)
Article 188.Article L.413-7 (mentions portées sur le mandat d’amener)
Article 189.Article L.413-8 (exécution du mandat d’amener)
Article 190.Article L.413-9 (présentation sur mandat d’amener)
Article 191.Article L.413-10 (imputation de la durée de la détention provisoire)
Section 4 : Mandat d’arrêt ;
Article 192.Article L.413-11 (délivrance du mandat d’arrêt par le juge d’instruction)
Article 193.Article L.413-12 (mandat d’arrêt)
Article 194.Article L.413-13 (mandat d’arrêt et avis du procureur)
Article 195.Article L.413-14 (mentions portées sur mandat d’arrêt)
Article 196.Article L.413-15 (exécution du mandat d’arrêt)
Article 197.Article L.413-16 (diffusion internationale du mandat d’arrêt)
Article 198.Article L.413-17 (présentation sur mandat d’arrêt)
Article 199.Article L.413-18 (imputation de la durée de la détention provisoire)
Section 4 : Détention provisoire
Article 200.Article L.413-19 (principe de la détention provisoire)
Article 201.Article L.413-20 (cas de détention provisoire)
Article 202.Article L.413-21 (motifs de détention provisoire)
Article 203.Article L.413-22 (des observations de l’inculpé et motivations de l’ordonnance)
Article 204.Article L.413-23 (ordonnance de refus de mise en détention provisoire)
Article 205.Article L.413-24 (durée de la détention provisoire en matière criminelle)
Article L. 413-25 (durée de la détention provisoire en matière délictuelle)
Article 206.Article L.413-26 (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de crime contre l’humanité
Article 207.Article L.413-27 (prolongation de la détention provisoire)
Article 208.Article L.413-28 (décision concernant les mineurs de moins de 14 ans)
Article L. 413-29 (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de crime commis par un mineur de 14 ans à
moins de 18 ans)
Article L. 413-30 (durée de la détention provisoire en cas de délit commis par un mineur de 14 ans à moins
de 18 ans)
Article 209.Article L.413-31 (mise en liberté de l’inculpé par le juge d’instruction)
Article 210.Article L.413-32 (mise en liberté de l’inculpé sur réquisitions du procureur du Royaume)
Article 211.Article L.413-33 (mise en liberté sur demande de l’inculpé)
Article 212.Article L.413-34 (notification de l’ordonnance de mise en liberté)
Section 6 : Mandat de dépôt
Article 213.Article L.413-35 (délivrance du mandat de dépôt par le juge d’instruction)
Article 214.Article L.413-36 (définition du mandat de dépôt)
Article 215.Article L.413-37 (mentions portées sur le mandat de dépôt)
Article 216.Article L.413-38 (exécution du mandat de dépôt)
Section 7 : Contrôle judiciaire
Article 217.Article L.413-39 (obligations du contrôle judiciaire)
Article 218.Article L.413-40 (non application du contrôle judiciaire aux mineurs de moins de 14 ans)
Article 219.Article L.413-41 (remise de récepissés)
Article 220.Article L.413-42 (ordonnance de placement sous contrôle judiciaire)
Article 221.Article L.413-43 (modification d’office du contrôle judiciaire par le le juge d’instruction)
Article 222.Article L.413-44 (demande de modifications du contrôle judiciaire par le procureur du Royaume)
Article 223.Article L.413-45 (demande de modifications du contrôle judiciaire par l’inculpé)
Article 224.Article L.413-46 (soustraction de l’inculpé aux obligations du contrôle judiciaire)
Chapitre 4 : Convocations et notifications
Article 225.Article L.414-1 (délais communs)
Article 226.Article L.414-2 (modes de convocations)
Article 227.Article L.414-3 (convocation de l’inculpé détenu)
Article 228.Article L.414-4 (convocation des avocats)
Article 229.Article L.414-5 (mentions des convocations au dossier )
Article 230.Article L.414-6 (notification d’ordonnance aux avocats)
Article 231.Article L.414-7 (notification d’ordonnance au procureur du Royaume)
Article 232.Article L.414-8 (notification d’ordonnance à l’inculpé )
Article 233.Article L.414-9 (remise de convocation ou d’ordonnance)
Section 2 : Règles particulières
Article 234.Article L.414-10 (mentions portées obligatoirement au procès verbal du juge d’instruction)
Article 235.Article L.414-11 (signature du procès verbal de première comparution)
Article 236.Article L.414-12 (règles pour la rédaction des procès verbaux)
Article 237.Article L.414-13 (mentions portées obligatoirement sur l’ordonnance du juge d’instruction)
Article 238.Article L.414-14 (ordonnance de transmission de pièces)
Article 239.Article L.414-15 (demandes présentées par l’avocat)
Chapitre 5 : Clôture de l’instruction
Article 240.Article L.415-1 (réquisitoire définitif du procureur du Royaume)
Article 241.Article L.415-2 (ordonnance de réglement (renvoi ou non lieu))
Article 243.Article L.415-4 (dispositions de l’ordonnance de réglement relative à la détention provisoire et au
contrôle judiciaire)
Article 244.Article L.415-5 (transmission en vue d’audiencement)
Article 245.Article L.415-6 (réouverture de l’information sur charges nouvelles)
Chapitre 6 : Les nullites de l’instruction
Article 246.Article L.416-1 (règles et formalités prescrites à peine de nullité)
Article 247.Article L.416-2 (saisine de la chambre d’instruction)
Article 248.Article L.416-3 (renonciation d’une partie à se prévaloir d’une nullité)
Article 249.Article L.416-4 (poursuite de l’instruction en cas de saisine de la chambre de l’instruction)
Article 250.Article L.416-5 (couverture des nullités par l’ordonnance de réglement)
Article 251.Article L.421-1 (registre des appels et requêtes)
Article 252.Article L.421-2 (notification de la date d’audience)
Article 253.Article L.421-3 (consultation du dossier et mémoire)
Article 254.Article L.421-4 (déroulement des débats)
Article 255.Article L.421-5 (examen de la régularité de la procédure)
Article 256.Article L.421-6 (actes d’instruction complémentaires)
Article 257.Article L.421-7 (extension de l’inculpation à des infractions connexes)
Article 258.Article L.421-8 (extension de la mise en examen à d’autres personnes)
Article 259.Article L.421-9 (réouverture de l’information sur charges nouvelles)
Chapitre 2 : Appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction
Article 260.Article L.422-1 (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par le procureur général et le procureur du
Royaume)
Article 261.Article L.422-2 (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par l’inculpé)
Article 262.Article L.422-3 (appel des ordonnances du juge d’instruction par la partie civile)
Article 263.Article L.422-4 (appel d’ordonnance de refus de restitution des objets saisis)
Article 264.Article L.422-5 (délais d’appel)
Article 265.Article L.422-6 (compétence de la chambre d’instruction)
Article 266.Article L.422-7 (formes de la déclaration d’appel)
Article 267.Article L.422-8 (transmission du dossier à la chambre d’instruction)
Article 268.Article L.422-9 (dossier de sauvegarde)
Article 269.Article L.422-10 (poursuite de l’instruction en cas d’appel)
Article 270.Article L.422-11 (mise en liberté d’un inculpé détenu)
Article 271.Article L.422-12 (appel contre une ordonnance de non lieu)
Chapitre 3 : Détention provisoire
Article 272.Article L.423-1 (arrêt rendu sur la détention provisoire)
Chapitre 4 : Nullités
Article 273.Article L.424-1 (irrecevabilité d’une requête en annulation)
Article 274.Article L.424-2 (effet de l’annulation)
Article 275.Article L.424-3 (conséquences de l’annulation)
Article 276.Article L.424-4 (pouvoir de poursuivre l’instruction par) la chambre d’instruction
Chapitre 5 : Pouvoirs propres du president de la chambre d’instruction
Article 277.Article L.425-1 (pouvoirs du président de la chambre d’instruction)
Article 278.Article L.425-2 (état nominatif des affaires)
Article 279.Article L.425-3 (inspection d’un cabinet d’instruction)
Article 280.Article L.425-4 (demandes de clôture du dossier)
Livre 5 : Le jugement
Titre 1 : Jugement en première instance
Chapitre 1 : Compétence et saisine du tribunal
Article 281.Article L.511-1 (organisation territoriale des tribunaux)
Article 282.Article L.511-2 (incompatibilités entre différentes fonctions de magistrat)
Section 2 : Compétence matérielle et territoriale ;
Article 283.Article L.511-3 (compétences du tribunal de première instance)
Article 284.Article L.511-4 (conflits de compétences entre tribunaux de première instance)
Section 3 : Saisine du tribunal
Article 285.Article L.511-5 (modes de saisine du tribunal)
Article 286.Article L.511-6 (audiencement)
Article 287.Article L.511-7 (délais communs)
Article 288.Article L.511-8 (convocation des parties à l’audience sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi)
Article 289.Article L.511-9 (convocations des parties sur citation directe)
Article 290.Article L.511-10 (convocations des parties dans le cas de comparution immédiate)
Article 291.Article L.511-11 (convocations de témoins)
Article 292.Article L.511-12 (convocations de témoins par l’accusé et la partie civile)
Article 293.Article L.511-13 (jonction de procédures)
Chapitre 2 : Comparution des parties
Section 1 : Comparution de l’accusé
Article 294.Article L.512-1 (comparution personnelle de l’accusé)
Article 295.Article L.512-2 (assistance d’un avocat)
Article 296.Article L.512-3 (comparution libre de l’accusé)
Article 297.Article L.512-4 (comparution sous escorte de l’accusé)
Article 298.Article L.512-5 (procédure de comparution immédiate)
Article 299.Article L.512-6 (comparution de l’accusé sur ordonnance ou arrêt de renvoi)
Article 300.Article L.512-7 (mise en liberté d’office de l’accusé détenu)
Article 301.Article L.512-8 (demande de mise en liberté de l’accusé détenu)
Article 302.Article L.512-9 (maintien en détention jusqu’à expiration du délai d’appel du procureur du Royaume)
Article 303.Article L.512-10 (accusé ne pouvant comparaître)
Article 304.Article L.512-11 (mandat d’amener décidé par le tribunal)
Section 2 : Comparution de la partie civile
Article 305.Article L.512-12 (constitution de partie civile en cours d’audience)
Article 306.Article L.512-13 (incompatibilité de la qualité de partie civile et celle de témoin)
Article 307.Article L.512-14 (assistance et représentation de la partie civile)
Section 3 : Comparution du civilement responsable
Article 308.Article L.512-15 (comparution du civilement responsable)
Section 4 : Comparution des témoins
Article 309.Article L.512-16 (comparution des témoins)
Chapitre 3 : Débats,
Section 1 : Publicité des débats et conduite de l’audience
Article 310.Article L.513-1 (publicité des débats et huis-clos)
Article 311.Article L.513-2 (prononcé du jugement)
Article 312.Article L.513-3 (police de l’audience)
Article 313.Article L.513-4 (communication du dossier)
Article 314.Article L.513-5 (infraction commise au cours de l’audience)
Section 2 : Règles de preuve
Article 315.Article L.513-6 (appréciation des preuves par le tribunal)
Section 3 : Déroulement des débats
Article 316.Article L.513-7 (règles concernant les parties présentes à l’audience)
Article 317.Article L.513-8 (contestations sur les irrégularités de convocations)
Article 318.Article L.513-9 (audition d’un témoin non convoqué)
Article 319.Article L.513-10 (interrogatoire de l’accusé)
Article 320.Article L.513-11 (audition des parties)
Article 321.Article L.513-12 (opposition à l’audition d’un témoin)
Article 322.Article L.513-13 (prestation de serment du témoin)
Article 323.Article L.513-14 (dénonciateur )
Article 324.Article L.513-15 (concours et serment de l’interprète)
Article 325.Article L.513-16 (sourd-muet)
Article 326.Article L.513-17 (présentation des pièces à conviction)
Article 327.Article L.513-18 (recherche de la vérité en cas d’absence de l’accusé)
Article 328.Article L.513-19 (dépôt des conclusions jusqu’à la clôture des débats)
Article 329.Article L.513-20 (droit de parole des parties à l’issue des débats)
Article 330.Article L.513-21 (réquisitions orales du procureur du Royaume)
Article 331.Article L.513-22 (délibéré du tribunal)
Article 332.Article L.513-23 (transport du tribunal)
Article 333.Article L.513-24 (supplément d’information ordonné par le tribunal)
Article 334.Article L.513-25 (affaire mise en continuation)
Article 335.Article L.513-26 (rédaction des notes d’audience)
Section 4 : Exceptions
Article 336.Article L.513-27 (compétence du tribunal en matière d’exceptions)
Article 337.Article L.513-28 (questions préjudicielles et sursis à statuer)
Article 338.Article L.513-29 (présentation des exceptions)
Article 339.Article L.513-30 (admission de la question préjudicielle)
Article 340.Article L.513-31 (jugement sur les exceptions)
Chapitre 4 : La décision
Section 1 : Prononcé du jugement
Article 341.Article L.514-1 (prononcé du jugement)
Article 342.Article L.514-2 (champ de la saisine du tribunal (faits))
Article 343.Article L.514-3 (champ de la saisine du tribunal (personnes))
Article 344.Article L.514-4 (déclaration de culpabilité)
Article 345.Article L.514-5 (absence de l’accusé)
Article 346.Article L.514-6 (fin du contrôle judiciaire)
Article 347.Article L.514-7(mandat de dépôt et mandat d’arrêt ordonnés par le tribunal)
Article 349.Article L.514-9 (jugement sur intérêts civils)
Article 350.Article L.514-10 (absence de la partie civile à l’audience)
Article 351.Article L.514-11 (rédaction du jugement (motifs et dispositif))
Article 352.Article L.514-12 (mentions portées sur le jugement)
Article 353.Article L.514-13 (prononcé du jugement en audience publique)
Section 2 : Nature du jugement
Article 354.Article L.514-14 (jugement contradictoire)
Article 355.Article L.514-15 (jugement réputé contradictoire)
Article 356.Article L.514-16 (jugement par défaut)
Article 357.Article L.514-17 (jugement rendu à l’égard de la partie civile)
Article 358.Article L.514-18 (jugement rendu à l’égard du civilement responsable)
Section 3 : Opposition au jugement par défaut
Article 359.Article L.514-19 (opposition au jugement par défaut)
Article 360.Article L.514-20 (formes et recevabilité de l’opposition)
Article 361.Article L.514-21 (registre des oppositions)
Article 362.Article L.514-22 (délais pour faire opposition)
Article 363.Article L.514-23 (opposition limitée aux dispositions civiles)
Article 364.Article L.514-24 (effets de l’opposition)
Article 365.Article L.514-25 (jugement sur opposition)
Article 366.Article L.514-26 (opposition formée par la partie civile ou le civilement responsable)
Titre 2 : Appel des jugements
Chapitre 1 : Compétence de la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel
Article 367.Article L.521-1 (compétence de la chambre pénale de la cour d’appel)
Article 368.Article L.521-2 (abstention de certains magistrats)
Chapitre 2 : Recevabilite de l’appel
Article 369.Article L.522-1 (personnes pouvant faire appel)
Article 370.Article L.522-2 ( formes de l’appel (procureur, accusé, partie civile et civilement responsable))
Article 371.Article L.522-3 (déclaration d’appel de l’accusé détenu)
Article 372.Article L.522-4 (appelant analphabète)
Article 373.Article L.522-5 (formes de l’appel du procureur général)
Article 374.Article L.522-6 (consultation des registres des appels)
Article 375.Article L.522-7 (délais d’appel (procureur du Royaume et procureur général))
Article 376.Article L.522-8 (délais d’appel (accusé , partie civile, civilement responsable))
Article 377.Article L.522-9 (délais supplémentaires pour faire appel (appel incident))
Article 378.Article L.522-10 (délais d’appel en cas de détention (procureur du Royaume, accusé))
Article 379.Article L.522-11 (appel d’un jugement avant-dire droit)
Chapitre 3 : Procédure devant la cour d’appel
Article 380.Article L.523-1 (transmission du dossier à la cour d’appel)
Article 381.Article L.523-2 (audiencement et délais pour statuer)
Article 382.Article L.523-3 (notification et convocation à l’audience)
Article 383.Article L.523-4 (transfèrement de l’accusé détenu)
Article 384.Article L.523-5 ( rapport d’appel)
Article 385.Article L.523-6 (consultation du dossier et dépôt des mémoires)
Article 386.Article L.523-7 (publicité des débats et huis-clos)
Article 387.Article L.523-8 (interrogatoire de l’accusé)
Article 388.Article L.523-9 (auditions (partie civile , civilement responsable, experts, témoins))
Article 389.Article L.523-10 (ordre de parole)
Article 390.Article L.523-11 (Extension à la cour d’appel des règles applicables au tribunal)
Chapitre 4 : Effets de l’appel
Article 391.Article L.524-1 (effet dévolutif de l’appel)
Article 392.Article L.524-2 (effet de l’appel sur l’exécution du jugement)
Article 393.Article L.524-3 (effet du seul appel de l’accusé)
Article 394.Article L.524-4 (effets de l’appel du procureur du Royaume et du procureur général)
Article 395.Article L.524-5 (requalifications par la cour d’appel)
Article 396.Article L.524-6 (effets de l’appel de la partie civile ou du civilement responsable)
Article 397.Article L.524-7 (forme et signature des arrêts)
Article 398.Article L.524-8 (appel irrecevable)
Article 399.Article L.524-9 (infirmation du jugement)
Article 400.Article L.524-10 (droit d’évocation de la cour d’appel)
Article 401.Article L.524-11 (mandat de dépôt ou mandat d’arrêt décernés par la cour d’appel)
Article 402.Article L.524-12 (nature des arrêts)
Chapitre 5 : Opposition à l’arrêt rendu par défaut
Article 403.Article L.525-1 (opposition à un arrêt par défaut)
Article 404.Article L.525-2 (formes de l’opposition)
Article 405.Article L.525-3 (registre des oppositions)
Article 406.Article L.525-4 (délais d’opposition)
Article 407.Article L.525-5 (opposition limitée aux dispositions civiles)
Article 408.Article L.525-6 (opposition portant sur les dispositions pénales ou civiles de l’arrêt)
Article 409.Article L.525-7 (arrêt sur opposition)
Article 410.Article L.525-8 (opposition par la partie civile ou civilement responsable (délais , formes ,
représentation))
Livre 6 : La cour suprême
Titre 1 : Pourvoi en cassation
Chapitre 1 : Pourvoi en cassation
Article 411.Article L.611-1 (décisions susceptibles de pourvoi)
Article 412.Article L.611-2 (personnes pouvant former un pourvoi)
Article 413.Article L.611-3 (causes de pourvoi)
Article 414.Article L.611-4 (délais pour former un pourvoi)
Article 415.Article L.611-5 (pourvoi contre un arrêt avant-dire droit)
Article 416.Article L.611-6 (formes de la déclaration de pourvoi )
Article 417.Article L.611-7 (signatures du pourvoi)
Article 418.Article L.611-8 (transmission du dossier à la cour suprême)
Article 419.Article L.611-9 (enregistrement du dossier à la cour suprême)
Article 420.Article L.611-10 (constitution d’avocat)
Article 421.Article L.611-11 (délais pour produire un mémoire)
Article 422.Article L.611-12 (mise à disposition du dossier)
Article 423.Article L.611-13 (prolongation du délai de production du mémoire)
Article 424.Article L.611-14 (désignation du juge rapporteur)
Article 425.Article L.611-15 (rédaction du rapport)
Article 426.Article L.611-16 (transmission du dossier au procureur général et réquisitions écrites)
Article 427.Article L.611-17 (notification de la date d’audience aux parties)
Article 428.Article L.611-18 (publicité des débats)
Article 429.Article L.611-19 (effet suspensif du pourvoi)
Article 430.Article L.611-20 (décision sur les questions de droit)
Article 431.Article L.611-21 (désistement de pourvoi)
Article 432.Article L.611-22 (délai pour statuer)
Article 433.Article L.611-23 (catégories de décision de la cour suprême)
Article 434.Article L.611-24 (cassation sans renvoi)
Article 435.Article L.611-25 (cassation avec renvoi)
Article 436.Article L.611-26 (arrêt d’assemblée plénière)
Titre 2 : Les demandes de révision des procès
Chapitre 1 : Les demandes de révision des procès
Article 437.Article L.621-1 (demandes de révision)
Article 438.Article L.621-2 (révision en matière pénale)
Article 439.Article L.621-3 (cas d’ouverture de révision des procès)
Article 440.Article L.621-4 (personnes pouvant demander la révision d’un procés)
Article 441.Article L.621-5 (enregistrement de la demande de révision et consultation du dossier)
Article 442.Article L.621-6 (procédure de révision (délais))
Article 443.Article L.621-7 (décision de suspension de l’application de la peine)
Article 444.Article L.621-8 (transmission de la demande de révision à la cour suprême)
Article 445.Article L.621-9 (notification de la date d’audience et publicité des débats)
Article 446.Article L.621-10 (investigations complémentaires)
Article 447.Article L.621-11 (motivation de l’arrêt)
Article 448.Article L.621-12 (décision de sursis à l’exécution de la condamnation)
Article 449.Article L.621-13 (conséquences de la grâce et de l’amnistie sur la demande de révision)
Livre 7 : Citation directe, convocation et signification
Titre 1 : Citation directe
Chapitre 1 : Citation directe
Article 450.Article L.711-1 (citation directe (formes))
Article 451.Article L.711-2 (délais à respecter entre la citation et la comparution)
Article 452.Article L.711-3 (délivrance de la citation par le procureur du Royaume)
Article 453.Article L.711-4 (délivrance de la citation par huissier)
Article 454.Article L.711-5 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier à l’accusé)
Article 455.Article L.711-6 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé)
Article 456.Article L.711-7 (remise de copie de la citation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat)
Article 457.Article L.711-8 (autres modes de délivrance de la citation directe)
Article 458.Article L.711-9 (accusé sans domicile ni résidence connue)
Titre 2 : Convocation à l’audience de l’accusé
Chapitre 1 : Convocation à l’audience de l’accusé
Article 459.Article L.721-1 (formes d’une convocation à l’audience)
Article 460.Article L.721-2 (délais à respecter entre la convocation et la comparution)
Article 461.Article L.721-3 (convocation délivrée en main propre par le procureur du Royaume)
Article 462.Article L.721-4 (convocation délivrée en main propre par un huissier de justice)
Article 463.Article L.721-5 (remise de copie par l’huissier à l’accusé)
Article 464.Article L.721-6 (remise de copie par l’huissier en cas d’absence de l’accusé)
Article 465.Article L.721-7 (remise de copie de la convocation par l’huissier au chef de la commune ou du sangkat)
Article 466.Article L.721-8 (autres modes de délivrance de la convocation)
Article 467.Article L.721-9 (accusé sans domicile ni résidence connue)
Article 468.Article L.721-10 (pièces annexées à la copie de la convocation)
Titre 3 : Convocation à l’audience des personnes autres que l’accusé
Chapitre 1 : Convocation à l’audience des personnes autres que l’accusé
Article 469.Article L.731-1 (convocation de la partie civile)
Article 470.Article L.731-2 (convocation de la victime)
Article 471.Article L.731-3 (convocation d’un témoin)
Article 472.Article L.731-4 (convocation d’un expert)
Article 473.Article L.731-5 (convocation à l’audience d’un interprète)
Article 474.Article L.731-6 (convocation du civilement responsable)
Article 475.Article L.731-7 (dispositions communes)
Titre 4 : Signification des décisions de justice
Chapitre 1 : Signification des décisions de justice
Article 476.Article L.741-1 (objet de la signification)
Article 477.Article L.741-2 (mentions portées sur la signification)
Article 478.Article L.741-3 (signification effectuée par le procureur du Royaume)
Article 479.Article L.741-4 (signification effectuée par un huissier de justice)
Article 480.Article L.741-5 (remise de copie de décision à la partie concernée par un huissier)
Article 481.Article L.741-6 (absence de la partie concernée)
Article 482.Article L.741-7 (remise de copie de décision au chef de la commune ou sangkat)
Article 483.Article L.741-8 (autres modes de signification)
Article 484.Article L.741-9 (partie sans domicile ou résidence connue)
Titre 5 : Dispositions communes
Chapitre 1 : Dispositions communes
Article 485.Article L.751-1 (conséquences de délais non respecté)s
Article 486.Article L.751-2 (nullité de citation et de convocation)
Article 487.Article L.751-3 (mentions devant figurer sur une citation directe ou une convocation)
Article 488.Article L.751-4 (mentions devant figurer sur une enveloppe)
Article 489.Article L.751-5 (signature et empreinte digitale)
Livre 8 : Procédures d’exécution
Article 490.Article L.811-1 (exécution des peines et des condamnations civiles)
Article 491.Article L.811-2 (décision définitive)
Article 492.Article L.811-3 (recouvrement des amendes et des droits de procédure)
Article 493.Article L.811-4 (recours à la force publique)
Article 494.Article L.811-5 (difficultés d’exécution d’une peine)
Article 495.Article L.811-6 (demandes de confusion de peines)
Titre 2 : Execution de la détention provisoire et des peines privatives de liberté
Chapitre 1 : Règles relatives à la détention
Article 496.Article L.821-1 (calcul de la durée d’emprisonnement)
Article 497.Article L.821-2 (déduction de la durée de la détention provisoire)
Article 498.Article L.821-3 (organisation des prisons)
Article 499.Article L.821-4 (registre des personnes détenues)
Article 500.Article L.821-5 (titre de détention)
Article 501.Article L.821-6 (détention illégale)
Article 502.Article L.821-7 (présentation d’un détenu sur demande)
Article 503.Article L.821-8 (inspection des prisons)
Article 504.Article L.821-9 (entretien du détenu avec son avocat)
Article 505.Article L.821-10 (information du procureur du Royaume en cas d’incident grave)
Chapitre 2 : Libération conditionnelle
Article 506.Article L.822-1 (condition relative au comportement)
Article 507.Article L.822-2 (condition relative à la durée de la peine accomplie)
Article 508.Article L.822-3 (autorité compétente pour accorder la libération conditionnelle)
Article 509.Article L.822-4 (avis de la commission nationale)
Article 510.Article L.822-5 (décisions relatives à la libération conditionnelle)
Article 511.Article L.822-6 (modalités d’exécution et conditions de la libération conditionnelle)
Article 512.Article L.822-7 (révocation de la décision)
Article 513.Article L.822-8 (arrestation du condamné libéré)
Article 514.Article L.822-9 (révocation de la libération conditionnelle)
Article 515.Article L.822-10 (conséquences de la non révocation)
Article 516.Article L.822-11 (prakas du ministère de la justice)
Titre 3 : Contrainte par corps
Chapitre 1 : Contrainte par corps
Article 517.Article L.831-1 (cas d’application de la contrainte par corps)
Article 518.Article L.831-2 (application de plein droit)
Article 519.Article L.831-3 (contrainte par corps pour défaut de paiement des amendes ou droits de procédure)
Article 520.Article L.831-4 (ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération)
Article 521.Article L.831-5 (contestation de l’ordre de contrainte et d’incarcération)
Article 522.Article L.831-6 (remise en liberté)
Article 523.Article L.831-7 (assimilation à l’emprisonnement)
Article 524.Article L.831-8 (durée de la contrainte par corps)
Article 525.Article L.831-9 (exemptions de la contrainte par corps)
Article 526.Article L.831-10 (non libération de la dette)
Article 527.Article L.831-11 (contrainte par corps à la demande de la partie civile)
Titre 4 : Réhabilitation
Chapitre 1 : Réhabilitation judiciaire
Article 528.Article L.841-1 (juridiction compétente pour prononcer la réhabilitation)
Article 529.Article L.841-2 (conditions de délais relatives à la demande de réhabilitation)
Article 530.Article L.841-3 (justifications nécessaires)
Article 531.Article L.841-4 (forme de la demande de réhabilitation)
Article 532.Article L.841-5 (transmission du dossier par le procureur du Royaume au procureur général)
Article 533.Article L.841-6 (procédure devant la cour d’appel)
Article 534.Article L.841-7 (rejet d’une demande de réhabilitation)
Chapitre 2 : Réhabilitation de plein droit
Article 535.Article L.842-1 (réhabilitation de plein droit)
Titre 5 : Casier judiciaire
Chapitre 1 : Casier judiciaire
Article 536.Article L.851-1 (gestion des fiches de condamnation du casier judiciaire)
Article 537.Article L.851-2 (mentions relatives à l’identité)
Article 538.Article L.851-3 (informations du casier judiciaire)
Article 539.Article L.851-4 (informations du casier judiciaire relatives aux personnes morale)s
Article 540.Article L.851-5 (délivrance des bulletins)
Article 541.Article L.851-6 (bulletin n°1)
Article 544.Article L.851-9 (fonctionnement du casier judiciaire (prakas))
Article 545.Article L.851-10 (rectification du casier judiciaire)
Article 546.Article L.851-11 (effets de la réhabilitation)
Titre 6 : Frais de justice
Chapitre 1 : Frais de justice
Article 547.Article L.861-1 (frais de justice (prakas))
Article 548.Article L.861-2 (droit forfaitaire de procédure (prakas))
Livre 9 : Procédures particulieres
Titre 1 : Dispositions concernant les personnes
Chapitre 1 : Les magistrats
Section 1 : Abstention
Article 549.Article L.911-1 (motifs légitimes d’abstention)
Section 2 : Récusation
Article 550.Article L.911-2 (motifs de récusation de magistrat du siège)
Article 551.Article L.911-3 (demandes de récusation de magistrat du siège)
Article 552.Article L.911-4 (destinataire de la requête en récusation de magistrat du siège)
Article 553.Article L.911-5 (notification de la requête en récusation de magistrat du siège)
Article 554.Article L.911-6 (rapport du magistrat concerné par la récusation)
Article 555.Article L.911-7 (examen de la requête en récusation de magistrat du siège)
Article 556.Article L.911-8 (décision sur la requête en récusation de magistrat du siège)
Article 557.Article L.911-9 (actes accomplis avant notification de la requête)
Article 558.Article L.911-10 (requête visant plusieurs magistrats)
Article 559.Article L.911-11 (récusation du président de la cour suprême)
Chapitre 2 : Extradition
Section 1 : Extradition demandée par un état étranger
Sous-Section 1 : Extradition ;
Article 560.Article L.912-1 (extradition d’un ressortissant étranger sur le territoire)
Article 561.Article L.912-2 (conventions internationales)
Article 562.Article L.912-3 (définitions “état requérant” “personne réclamée”)
Sous-Section 2 : Conditions de l’extradition
Article 563.Article L.912-4 (conditions de l’extradition relatives aux faits)
Article 564.Article L.912-5 (cas de la tentative d’infraction et de la complicité)
Article 565.Article L.912-6 (conditions relatives à la peine d’emprisonnement)
Article 566.Article L.912-7 (conditions tenant au lieu de commission de l’infraction)
Article 567.Article L.912-8 (faits à caractère politique)
Article 568.Article L.912-9 (faits commis sur le territoire et ayant été jugés définitivement)
Article 569.Article L.912-10 (extinction de l’action publique)
Article 570.Article L.912-11 (demandes d’extradition multiples concernant la même personne)
Article 571.Article L.912-12 (conditions d’extradition relatives à la demande)
Article 572.Article L.912-13 (suspension de l’extradition)
Sous-Section 3 : Procédure de l’extradition
Article 573.Article L.912-14 (justifications de la demande d’extradition)
Article 574.Article L.912-15 (transmission de la demande d’extradition)
Article 575.Article L.912-16 (demande d’arrestation provisoire)
Article 576.Article L.912-17 (ordre d’arrestation et d’incarcération de la personne réclamée)
Article 577.Article L.912-18 (présentation de la personne réclamée au procureur du Royaume ou au procureur
général compétent )
Article 578.Article L.912-19 (saisine de la chambre d’instruction)
Article 579.Article L.912-20 (procédure devant la chambre d’instruction)
Article 580.Article L.912-21 (avis de la chambre d’instruction)
Article 581.Article L.912-22 (demande de mise en liberté de la personne réclamée)
Article 582.Article L.912-23 (acquiescement à l’extradition)
Article 583.Article L.912-24 (effets des avis de la chambre d’instruction)
Section 2 : L’extradition demandée par le Royaume du Cambodge à un état étranger
Article 584.Article L.912-25 (compétence de la chambre d’instruction)
Article 585.Article L.912-26 (procédure devant la chambre d’instruction)
Article 586.Article L.912-27 (effet non suspensif d’une requête en nullité)
Article 587.Article L.912-28 (effets de l’annulation de l’extradition)
Article 588.Article L.912-29 (consentement de l’Etat qui a livré le ressortissant au Royaume du Cambodge)
Chapitre 3 : Transit
Article 589.Article L.913-1 (demande de transit)
Chapitre 4 : Dispositions particulières relative à l’exécution de certaines peines
Article 590.Article L.914-1 (dispositions relatives à l’exécution des peines)
Chapitre 5 : Les personnes morales
Article 591.Article L.915-1 (compétences concernant les personnes morales))
Article 592.Article L.915-2 (représentation en justice de la personne morale)
Article 593.Article L.915-3 (identité du représentant de la personne morale)
Article 594.Article L.915-4 (mesure de contrainte applicable à la personne morale)
Article 595.Article L.915-5 (mise sous contrôle judiciaire de la personne morale)
Article 596.Article L.915-6 (convocation et signification faites à la personne morale)
Titre 2 : Disparition de pièces ; interprétation et rectification des décisions
Chapitre 1 : Disparition de pièces
Article 597.Article L.921-1 (dispositions applicables en cas de disparition de pièces)
Article 598.Article L.921-2 (copie se substituant à l’original)
Article 599.Article L.921-3 (reconstitution des pièces de procédure)
Chapitre 2 : Interprétation et rectification des décisions
Article 600.Article L.922-1 (compétence de la juridiction qui a prononcé la décision)
Livre 10 : Dispositions transitoires
Titre 1 : Dispositions transitoires
Chapitre 1 : Dispositions transitoires
Article 601.Article L.1011-1 (conditions d’attribution de la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire aux officiers de la
gendarmerie royale)
Article 602.Article L.1011-2 (application dans le temps des délais de détention provisoire)
Article 603.Article L.1011-3 (application dans le temps des délais de recours et d’opposition)
Article 604.Article L.1011-4 (application dans le temps des règles de prescription de l’action publique et de la peine)
Livre 11 : Dispositions finales
Titre 1 : Dispositions finales
Chapitre 1 : Dispositions finales
Article 605.Article L.1111-1 (abrogation des textes de procédure antérieurs)
Article 606.Article L.1111-2 (application immédiate du code de procédure pénale)
Article 607.(conditions d’attribution de la qualité d’officier de police judiciaire aux officiers de la police nationale et
de la gendarmerie royale)
Article 608.(application dans le temps des délais de détention provisoire)
Article 609.(application dans le temps des délais de recours et d’opposition)
Article 610.(application dans le temps des règles de prescription de l’action publique et de la peine)
Article 611.(abrogation des textes de procédure antérieurs)
Article 612.(application immédiate du code de procédure pénale)

(Cambodia - 2007) Code of Criminal Procedure

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(Cambodia - 2007) Code of Criminal Procedure

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ŪĮйŬď₧şŪ˝˝ņįОď

Ū˝ņĕБĳЊ ŷЋĊБŪĮ΅Ŋ ◦‗Ź

CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE

Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ļ⅜ЯŠŊũ - Β₣сЮÐų ₤

ЮģйĮНņįЮŲЧ˝◦БņУŎ ЯŠ˝Ŕň ĂĖƯ

ũ˝⅝₤Њ◦ċЊŪÐĠсŗл₣¤ Βĳ□Ġ◦Ĉе₣Β₤сЯřŲŌĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ю₤ЬŷЮŅЮĕй ĕЕ₣ņЊĕŪĳСŷģĕĩŲЊĳЮΌЧ₣ ŷЋŀ ũ˝⅝◦Н˝

ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņЮĕйďļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ÐЙďŁũČеģşс ЮřЧņġБďĄеĕУŎřŲсĄĕďĳЊĠũЮ◦₤ ďЮčŪ˝ņ ЮņēŷВ ΒĖ˝ŪĠ˝Ġ

ΒĕŉũďĳЊ ЮĊſЧŁũũУņýĖ ЮřЧņġБŁĳсЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ЮņřЕ˝ĜеďĕсŠį₤ас ĕũĠĠ˝ņįО ďŪĠďĊЊĠЮĳŎŏ ĕЊ₣ĄĕĈе₣ΐŎЯřŲ◦◦УŲŠН₤

ŁũũжĮЕ₣ĩ₣Яřũ▫ ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠşĤĠсЮĕйĕЕ₣ĄУŎ₤ŪņФŲřŲсŁũİũũĠ₤сЮčŪ˝ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ ЮņēŷВЯŠŊũ ņūĕŚБ

ЮŢŎЯĩ∆˝ЮŲЧŪĠŷĳŉаЊ ĕЮ₤ş˝ŚŪБ ĵ₣şĤĠс ŷЋĊБ⅜ū₤Ś аĕŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠũĠ₤сЮŎЧ₣ŪĳСŷģĕЮĊſď

Юŵ˝ģĕЮĊſЧŁũďΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠĬĀŲсŌĳс ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠυ˝⅜ũ Β₤сũŎкЮĮŲĄЊĳ ƯƠĂĖеņ˝Ю΅ЧŎ¤

ЮĝĂĖеơtt́ Юŵ˝ģĕ◦◦УŲ₤ŔňĠњŪĳ▫Ė˝сΒĕНĠ‗ŹЊĳ ĮБ⅜˝ŲŷЋ◦ŜŲњŎЮþĕЮĠŬм ŪĠЮ◦₤ΒРū⅜ŚŲБ ЯĩĖ˝

ĠЮŪ₣Эĕļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤₤ŪŌĠсΒĖ˝ĕЊŗŎļ⅜řа◦Ю◦Ьĳ¤ Юŵ˝ÐЙďņĕН₤℮ŌĖ˝с ˝ĖО₣şеЮ₧ņΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠĬĀŲсŌĳс

ĕЊ₣Ġ˝ЯŪĠυ˝⅜ũ ņУŎşеĕУĕĳРş ЯřŲ⅜□ĠњĕďĳЊ₤ŪŌĠсĩŚŲсĕБĳ₤

ЮŢŎ⅜ũЮ₤ş˝ŚБŪĵ₣şĤĠсЮřЧņďļ⅜ģŬе ₣ Юŵ˝ ŎР΅ðЊĕ Ζ⅜Ŋĕс ģĕЮĊſЧ₤НŠřНņĕБŎ˝ņŊŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠ

Юĝ˝ĖО₣ Β.ŷ.ĳ.˝.¤ ĠĜĀĠсĮБģĕ₤Њ˝⅝şĤĠсЮĝŪĠЮ◦₤ΖΌЙņл₣с ĕЊ₣ģŬе₣ņ˝ ЮĝĂĖеƯƠƠƯ Юŵ˝ģĕŁųŎďũřťΖďń

Юĝ◦БŪ˝О₣ Ήе ЮĠпГ˝ ŪĠЮ◦₤ΖΌЙņл₣¤

ĠŃąС ĕЮŵ˝ņ˝ĠеЮĮŀŁũİũЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĠЮ◦₤˝ņįОď¤ ņĄęņ‗ŹŲЮĕйďЯĩĖ˝ņУŎаĕĠ₧Ś ŀĊе◦РŵŎũĠ₤с˝ЊşĆ₤΅

ЮŎЧ₣ģĕşе₧ŎЮĮŲЮŷŵĬĀŲсŠФ ųĕΒ₤сďЮŪşЧĕЮŌл₣ Ю΅ЧŎŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠŪ˝ņЮĕй ĮЊĳďĮНеΖş₤ЮŪņşģĕ

Βе‗ũÐН‗řŲс Юŵ˝ ″ĕс Ю₤₧ũм₣

Ћ ŪБ Į΅Ŋ ◦‗ŹЮĕй¤ ЮŎЧ₣₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗ĩ₣ЯřũřŲс Юŵ˝

ŁũЯ˝₤ŪņФŲЮŲЧЮ₤ş˝ŚБŪĵ₣ ˝ĖО₣Ĝņď ãΒĖ˝ĕЊŗŎļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ЮřЧņå¤ ◦ĕĀЕņĕЕ₣ЮĜй ЮŎЧ₣˝є₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition

ЮŪşЧĕЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũЯ˝ĳŪņСŷΒĳ□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠЮĕй¤ ЮŲЧ₤ĮБЮĜй ЮŎЧ₣˝є₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗řŲс Юŵ˝ ˝Н˝ ⅜ũНĕ ЯřŲģĕ

ЮþЧŀ˝е΅Н₤ĳРş6ďЮŪşЧĕ ЯřŲЮĕйďŁũũУņŷЋļÐĈĕřєŪĠЮ₤ЧũĠеĩНĳ¤ ďşН₣ЮŪŁŎ ЮŎЧ₣˝є₤РņЯℓų₣Βе‗ũÐН‗řє

ŪďŲЮŪĐřŲс ˝Ŕň ŲБ ₤НĈċ ũВ ЯřŲģĕşе₧ŎЮĮŲřєŌĕĳаņų ĄУŎЯĩĖ˝ĠЮşĆ˝Ю◦₤˝НеĮŏС◦њũ¤ ýĳсģĕĩŚŲĄ

ЯĩĖ˝˝НеĮŏС◦њũ ˝ĖО₣ŁũЮũЬĠЮũЬ₣υ˝⅜ũĠ˝ЯŪĠЯřŲŌĕļĮ₤ŊО Ð⅜ŊŀЮĕй ďĮЊЮ₤₤ŁũЮũЬĠşе″Ŭ₣ŌĳЊŁЮŢŎ

ĕЕ₣ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀŠųй ЮŪĠЧЮĝ˝ĖО₣ŁũĠ˝ЯŪĠ ĕЊ₣Ю₤ş˝ŚБĠŔą˝сЮŲЧĠ ũЋĠ◦аĕŌŪ″ņУŎşеĕУĕ¤

ЮĕйÐЙďļ⅜ģŬе₣ Ю΅ЧŎĠĜĀĠсņ˝ŪĳСŷģĕĠ˝ЯŪĠďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ ņНĕĕЕ₣ũřť₤ļģĕΒĕНņњĳ¤ Ю₤ЬŷЮŅĠ˝ЯŪĠĮБũļ⅜

ЮĕйņЊĕЯņĕŲ∆ ΟĳЮžĆйЮĜйЮ◦ ЮĈйĠБďЮŎЧ₣ģĕŪĠЕ₣ЯŪĠ₣Β₤сĮБ₤ņĳ□ļĮ˝Ś¤

Ŏ˝ĕРŷņĳЊЮŗĠŲс ũЋйÐĕсĕЊ₣⅜□ĠĜ ĮБŪĠЊŎņЊĳΒ

◦БŪĠЕ˝⅝şĤĠс ΒĖ˝Ġ˝ЯŪĠ Β.ŷ.ĳ.˝.

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition ii

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition iii

Phnom Penh, 9th September 2008

Jürgen ASSMANN Bunleng CHEUNG

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition iv

ď◦РЮĉ şĤĠсÐЙďΒĳ□Ġ◦ņУŎЯřŲŪĠďĄĕ⅜ņŃňΖşŎŲсģĕ¤ ЮýŲĠе‗₣₤еžĕсũĠ₤сşĤĠсÐЙĩŲ

ŁũЯ‗ĜеΒеĮБş ũЋĳŲ˝š‗кũĠ₤сǻ ЮřЧņġБЯℓũ˝⅝Łũĵũ₤₧Ś ĠсēĖĠс₤₣ðņ ĕЊ₣Łũũ₤сЮĝŪĠ˝ĠЮŢŎ₤ĕŚļ

ĠНÐŲ Ћ БŪĮ΅Ŋ◦‗ŹЮĕй ģĕĩŉŲď

řŲсЮčŪ˝ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮřЧņġБΒĕНŷĳŉĕŷР ÐН‗ĳаņų ₤С Ė Ųаĕ₤₣ðņ ЮřЧņġБŢ˝с◦‗Ź˝ņŊЮŢŎŌĕŪĠ₤Њ◦ċЊļĮřŲс

Ų˝š‗кĊņŊďĳЊаĕşĤĠсĕБņУŎ6ÐЙЮĠЧ˝şе΅₤ŪŌĠсŁũĠ˝Ū⅜Ŏ¤ ЮĕйďşũЋĳŲ˝š‗к˝₧Ś ŲаĕŁũЮĊſЧ

Ĉе₣Β₤с¤ ĠĜĀĠсĮБŪĳСŷģĕΒĕНŷĳŉΒ₤сũŎкЮĮŲďЮŪşЧĕĂĖе ĕЊ₣ЮŪŁŎЮĮŲ ЮčŪ˝ņ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ĕЊ₣ЮņēŷВ ЮŪĠЧŪģ₤с

ņРŲŢť ĕ ďļ⅜ЯŠŊũĕЊ₣ģŬе₣¤ ЮŢŎЮ΅ĳН▫şĤĠсЮĕйŪĳСŷģĕũřť₤ļΒĕНņњĳďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ Βĳ□Ġ◦ďļ⅜ЯŠŊũÐЙď

ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “judicial authorities” Юĝ˝ĖО₣Βĳ□Ġ◦Ġ˝ЯŪĠ ďĕЊşď

ЮĈйĠБďЮĝ˝ĖО₣Βĳ□Ġ◦Ū˝ņЮřЧņďļ⅜ЯŠŊũ ŌĕŁũЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀĮБũЮĩ℮₣ýĖ ₤еŬĠсЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņşũĠ₤с

⅜ŵřеĠР₣ ĕЊ₣⅜ŵΧ◦ċũ‗ч ˝єЮŢŎ ˝є˝ĖО₣ļ⅜Β₣сЮÐų₤ ŌĕЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀЯĳņУŎĠлНЮ₧‼ й¤ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ şе‗ş

Ю₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ĕЊ₣₤ļЮ₤НЧĠ₤Уũ ₤ŪŌĠсĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕĄ

ŪĮйŬĄΖďńņЊĕЯřŲЮşŀřБŁ₤ЮŪņşĠŃąС ĕ₤е‗ЮеН ũЩ₣ЮĉĄеĕĄ

ģŬе₣¤ ˝ĖО₣ŁũЯ₤ſ ₣ũ˝řеЮ₧йŪ⅜Ŏ ÐЙЮŎЧ₣ĮŜŗņĠŔą˝сЮĝ˝ĖО₣Ġ◦ĠġŃňĳĵ

₤ŪŌĠсЮčŪ˝ņ ιŪĮйŬĄΖďń¤ ЮŢŎ⅜ũ˝ЊşĆŁũЮĕйď˝ЊşĆŁũĮЊģ˝ ЮŎЧ₣₤РņόŏΒĖ˝ΖĕĮЊĕЊĳŏЮŲЧĠ ũЋĠ◦аĕĠ◦

Code of Criminal Procedure Khmer-English Translation – First Edition v

Ĉе₣Β₤с¤ ďΧĈũ‗ч ÐЙŌŪ″ ơƠơ (ЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “magistrat” ЯřŲŌĕĕњŎ▫ ŪĮйŬĄΖďń ЯřŲΖşĮĕŜũЮĮŲ

ĠĕŉŁũ¹ĳсŠФ ųĕ ˝ĖО₣˝ũ‗БĮЊЮ₤₤) ĕЊ₣ŌŪ″ ơtơ (ЮŪĠЧǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “magistrat” ЯřŲŌĕĕњŎ▫ ЮčŪ˝ņ ЯřŲşНй

₤ŪŌĠсǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ order ĕЊ₣ warrant ņЊĕŌĕŁũĩŉŲΒ

₤ŪŌĠсĮ‗хĜΒеĮБ řБŁĄРĕřе‗Е₣ ˝ĖО₣◦Ūņ₣сĮЊЮ₤₤ЯĳĠлНЮ₧‼ й řРşĮ‗хĜЮĝ˝ĖО₣ Ðĕ□Б ́ ŌĳЊŁ◦Б ̉¤ ŌŪ″ ưỞ

ЮŲЧ˝ЮΌЧ₣▫ ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “judgment” ŌĕĕњŎ▫ ĳНŵŁũģĕЮşŀЮ₤ş˝ŚБ₤ЮŪņş (ņЊĕЯņĕŪĮйŬĄΖďńЮ◦)¤

ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ “confrontation” ₤еЮţřŲс ŷЋēĕŁũЮ₤НĠ

ЯŠſ₣ýĖЮĝ˝ĖО₣şЮņų ЧŎĈе₣ЮĜй ЮŢŎĬĀŲсЯĳņŉ₣¤

ǻ˝ŏ₤њĮĀ accused ĕЊ₣ convicted person ņЊĕŌĕļĮŠН₤ýĖЮĮ˝ЮĜйЮ◦ ďĮЊЮ₤₤ ЮŢŎ⅜ũЯĳŌĕŁũ

Ĭų₤сĠСũŉ Šųй Юĝ˝ĖО₣ŪĠĄНе₤њĮĠ

ЮŢŎΉņ¹ĳсņЊĕόŏŌĕĠ‗ŚЕ₣ΖďńĳЮĉЮ◦Ьĳ (₤РņΖĕŌŪ″ ̉ơ) ЮŢŎ⅜ũЮĮŲЮŷŵ˝е‗ĳс₤ŪŌĠсЮĊſĠ

Б ₤ЮŪņşЮŲЧΒ₣ðЮ₤ş˝ŚБ ŪĳСŷģĕĩНĳ˝е‗ĳс ι˝єĠ‗ŚЕ₣⅜◦Н˝Ūš ĳСŷģĕĠřЊЮ₤Ċ (ŌŪ″ ̉ưt)¤ Юŗ₣

ơ (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖе .......................................................................................................................... 93

ơ (řĠсŪģеĠБ) ĂĖе .......................................................................................................................... 94